Obs.
ho-ta-l§
CONTRIBUTIONS

FROM THE

GRAY HERBARIUM

OF

HARVARD UNIVERSITY
NEW SERIES
~
VOL. II— Nos. 26—50

FW
1908-1917

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS, U.S. A.

MissouRm! BOTANICAL
BARDEM LIBRARY.

26.
27.

CONTENTS

A Revision of the Genus Flaveria. By J. R. Jounston.
I. Diagnoses and Synonymy of some Mexican and Central Ameri-
can Eupatoriums.
II. Synopsis of the Mikanias of Costa Rica.
III. Notes on the Genus Mimosa in Mexico and Central America.
IV. Notes on some Polygonums of western North America.
V. New Spermatophytes of Mexico and Central America.
By B. L. Rosprnson.
I. Revision of the Genus Sabazia. By B. L. Roprnson and J. M.
GREENMAN.
II. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Species of
Trixis. By B. L. Ropinson and J. M. GREENMAN.
III. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Species of
Hieracium. By B. L. Ropinson and J. M. GREENMAN.
Iy. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Alnus.
By M. L. Ferna.p.
V. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Mexican and Central American
Spermatophytes. By J. M. GrREENMAN
VI. Some New Species of Mexican and Nicaraguan Dicotyledons.
y M. L. Fernacp.
_ New Plants from the Islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela.
By J. R. JoHNsTon.
A Revision of the Genus Zexmenia. By W. W. Jones.
I. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. GreEnMAN.
II. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae. By
B. L. Roprnson.
Studies in the Zupatorieae.
I. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
II. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
III. The genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
IV. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
By B. L. Rosinson.

iv CONTENTS
33. Revision of the Genus Spilanthes. By Atpert Hanrorp Moore.

34. I. New — _ ae and Schoenocaulon from Mexico. By J.

M. GRE

II. New or vical seemed Spermatophytes, chiefly from
Mexico. By B. L. Rosinso

III. New Plants from Guatemala me Mexico collected chiefly by
C.C. Deam. By B. L. Roprnson and H. H. Bartierr.

IV. Diagnoses of New Spermatophytes from Mexico. By M. L.
FERNALD.

35. The Soil Preferences of Certain Alpine and Subalpine Plants. By
M. L. FeRNaL.

36. I. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Castil-
leja. By A. Easrwoop.
II. A Revision of the Genus Rumfordia. By B. L. Rosrnson.
III. A Synopsis of the American Species of Litsea. By H. H. Bart-

LETT.
IV. Some Undescribed Species of Mexican Phanerogams. By A.
TWOOD.
V. Notes on Mexican and Central American Alders. By H. H.
BARTLETT.
. Diagnoses and Transfers of Tropical American Phanerogams.
By B. L. Rosinson.
VII. The Purple-flowered Androcerae of Mexico and the Southern
United States. By H. H. Barrierr.
VIII. Descriptions of Mexican Phanerogams. By H. H. Barriert.

=<
—

37. Flora of the Islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela. : With
8 plates. By Joun Ropert JOHNSTON. .

38. I. A preliminary Synopsis of the Genus Echeandia. By C. A.
WEATHERBY.’
II. Spermatophytes, new or reclassified, chiefly Rubiaceae and
Gentianaceae. By B. L. Rosinson.
Hil. — Forms of Lycopodium complanatum. By C. A. WratH-

IV. News ee aan known Mexican Plants, chiefly Labiatae. By M.
L. Fern

Mexican Pie as Woe and new Species. By C. A.
WEATHERBY,

_

39.

46.

47.

CONTENTS a

I. On the Classification of certain Eupatorieae.
II. Revision of the Genus Barroetea.
III. On some hitherto undescribed or misplaced 5 tee
By B. L. Rosinson.

A Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador.
With 6 plates. By M. L. Frernaxp.

. I, A Redisposition of the Species heretofore referred to Leptosyne.

lon!
—_

. A Revision of Encelia and some related Genera. With 1 plate.
. By Stpney F. Buake.

I. A Key to the Genera of the Compositae-Eupatorieae. By B. L.
ROBINSON.
II. Revisions of Alomia, Ageraium, and Ozylobus. By B. L. Rosin-
SON.

III. Some new Combinations required by the International Rules.
C. A. WEATHERBY.
IV. On the Gramineae collected by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British
Honduras, 1905-1907. By F. Tracy Hussarp.
V. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes. By B. L.
ROBINSON.

I. Some new or unrecorded Compositae chiefly of Northeastern
America. By M. L. FERNALD.
II. Some anomalous Species and Varieties of Bidens in Eastern
North America. By M. L. Fernarp and H. Sr. Jonn.
III. An insular Variety of Solidago sempervirens. By H. Sr. Jonn.

The Genus Euphrasia in North America. By M. L. FeRNaup and
K. M. Wieaanp.

I, Compositae new and transferred, chiefly Mexican. By 8S. F.

LAKE.

II. New, reclassified, or otherwise noteworthy Spermatophytes. By
B. L. Ropinson.

III. Certain Boraginaceae new or transferred. By J. Francis Mac-
BRIDE.

The Genus Puccinellia in Eastern North America. With 4 plates.
By M. L. Fernavp and C. A. WEATHERBY.

A Revision of the Genus Polygala in Mexico, Central — and
the West Indies. With 2 plates. By S. F. Bia

CONTENTS

The True Mertensias of Western North America.

. Revision of the Genus Oreocarya.

Notes on Certain Borraginaceae.
By J. Francis MAcBRIDE.

A Revision of the North American Species of Amsinckia. By
J. Francis Macsripe.

. Further Notes on the Boraginaceae. By J. Francis MAcCBRIDE.
. Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae and a few other North American

Spermatophytes. By J. Francis Macsripe. -

New or Otherwise Interesting Plants from Idaho. By J. Francis
Macsrivk and Epwin Biaxke Payson.

A Revision of the Erigerons of the Series Multifidi. By J.
Francis Macsrivr and Epwin Biake Payson.

Some Polygonums new to North America.

. New or critical Species or Varieties of Ranunculus.
. Some Color-Forms of American Anemones.
. New Species, Varieties and Forms of Sazifraga.
. Anew Vitis from New England.

. Gentiana clausa a valid Species.

Vil.
VIII.

Some Forms of American Gentians.
Some new or critical Plants of Eastern North America.
By M. L. Fernatp.

Reprinted from Rhodora, Vol. XIII.—July, 1911.

ISSUED.
JUL 21 1911

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Serres.— No. XL.

A BOTANICAL EXPEDITION TO NEW! AND AND
SOUTHERN LABRADOR.

By M. L. Ferna.p.

Rhodora Plate 86.

1. BLANC SABLON FROM THE EASTERN TERRACES.

2. OLD STUMP ON THE TABLELANDS EAST OF BLANC SABLON.

‘Rbodora

JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 13. July, 1911. Ms 151.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HarvarRD UNIVERSITY.—
EW Serres, No. XL.

A BOTANICAL EXPEDITION TO NEWFOUNDLAND AND
SOUTHERN LABRADOR.!

M. L. FERNALD.
(Plates 86-91).
Part I. JouRNAL OF THE EXPEDITION.

In recent years few lands have figured more prominently in our
American papers and in our treaty negotiations than Newfoundland,
the oldest of Great Britain’s colonial possessions, the largest island
in the western hemisphere and, with the exception of Great Britain
herself, the largest island in Altantic waters. Nevertheless, although
many other British colonies have had their vascular floras adequately
worked out in such classic publications as Bentham’s Flora Australien-
sis (7 vols.), Hooker’s Flora of British India (7 vols.), Hooker’s
Flora Tasmaniae, and Grisebach’s Flora of the British West Indies;
and the French islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon, immediately
south of Newfoundland, have their Florule des iles Saint Pierre et
Miquelon by Bonnet and the Flora Miquelonensis by Delamare,
Renauld & Cardot; Newfoundland has been left to shift for herself.

It is true that several collections have been made upon the island —
by Sir Joseph Banks? and by John Fraser in the second half of the
18th century; by Bachelot de la Pylaie, Cormack, Miss Brenton and

1 Read at the meeting of the New > Botanical Club, March 3, 1911.
ames Britten, Journ. Bot. xlii. 84 (1904).

110 Rhodora [JULY

others early in the 19th century; by Dr. John Bell, Dr. Robert Bell,
Henry Reeks, Professor Roland Thaxter, J. D. Sornborger, and
numerous others!; but upon some of these collections no publica-
tions have been based, while others have been the bases for compara-
tively brief lists. La Pylaie undertook the preparation of an
elaborate Flore de Terre-Neuve et des Iles Saint-Pierre et Miclon with
illustrations drawn from living plants, but only our section, devoted
to Algae, was issued.2 In 1825, however, he published a little book,
Voyage a Vile de Terre-Neuve, giving a journal of his explorations
and many notes on the vascular plants and their distribution, pub-
lishing several new but undefined names, and recording numerous
species of more than usual interest: Schizaea pusilla (S. filifolia
La Pylaie) ‘‘dans certaines parties de ces bas-fonds. .. .qu’on nomme
Swamps dans )’Amérique septentrionale”; Salix reticulata on the
barrens by Ingornachoix Bay; ‘‘l’ Alchemilla officinalis, dans le partie
inférieure des coteaux’’ of Quirpon Island; and many others which
may be discussed at another time. William E. Cormack published
an account of his journey made in 1822 across the island from Trinity
Bay to Bay St. George and made notes upon some of the plants seen.
His account, reprinted in 1873,’ is rare even in its reprinted form and
the plants enumerated, often under unintelligible names, are chiefly
the commoner species. Reeks published a somewhat pretentious
list of the vascular plants * based upon his observations on the west
coast, and proposed three new species which were overlooked by the
editors of Index Kewensis — a Viola of the blanda. group, a Euphrasia
which was collected in quantity last summer at the type locality and
which is uncomfortably near our New England E. Randii, and an
Tris which is clearly I. setosa, var. canadensis. Reeks’s collections,
so far as known, were not preserved and his list contains many entries
extremely doubtful until the past summer and others which are
obvious errors of determination. Dr. John Bell published a very

able account ° of his trip made in June and July, 1867, and noted
some of the commonest plants, with a few which are certainly rare or

von ee further notes see Robinson & Schrenk, Can. Rec. Sci. vii. 4, 5 (1896).
2

Ww. E. Gaia Narrative of a Journey across the Island of Newfoundland.
Reprinted by Moses Harvey (St. John’s, 1873).

‘Henry Reeks: A List of the Flowering Plants & Ferns of Newfoundland with
Metereological Observations (Ne ewbury, England, 1873).

5 John Bell: The Plants of the West Coast of Newfoundland. Can. Nat. ser. 2,
iv. 256-263 (1869); v. 54-61 (1870).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 111

local on the island —Claytonia caroliniana from a mountain side
south of the Great Cod Roy River; Dryopteris fragrans from Cairn
Mountain; Epilobiwm latifolium from Flat Bay Brook and Grand
Lake — and several which were surely misidentified! Dr. Robert
Bell’s collections made in southeastern Newfoundland in 1885 were
the basis of a list (102 vascular plants) by Professor John Macoun2

The largest collections made upon the island by a resident were those
of the late Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne who in his missionary work
travelled widely and is now remembered at many of the fishing ports
of both Newfoundland and Labrador, where he often dried his pressing
papers by the kitchen fires. Mr. Waghorne collected rather exten-
sively and his specimens (poorly prepared and labeled in a crabbed and
often illegible hand and determined with varying degrees of accuracy)
are found in several of our larger herbaria, but the major part of his
collections are now deposited with the Geological Survey of Newfound-
land. Toward the end of his life Mr. Waghorne had issued three
parts (Polypetalae and Gamopetalae) of his Flora of N. ewfoundland,

rador and St. Pierre et Miquelon}

Of a more satisfactory character both as to specimens and determi-
nations are the large collections of the past two decades made by three
parties of American botanists. In 1894 Drs. Benjamin L. Robinson
and Hermann von Schrenk spent the summer collecting in the Avalon
Peninsula, with a short side trip to the lower Exploits River. Upon
their extensive collections they based a 29 page report published in
1896.4 In 1901 the New York Botanical Garden sent an expedition
to Newfoundland. The members of the party, Messrs. C. D. Howe
_ and W. F. Lang, were algologists but they supplemented their col-
lections of Algae by a large series of vascular plants. So far as I am

Dr. Bell’s Vallisneria spiralis which the waves ‘‘rolled in quantities” on the beach
of Bay St. George was certainl ostera marina, his Viburnum Lentago must have
= the common V. cassinoides which he does not mention, his Cirsium pumilum from
The Gravels” was undoub a form of C. muticum (probably var. monticola
tern Newfoundland), his Aspidium marginale from Bay of
was unquestionably the there common A. Filiz-mas; and there is grave
' © occurrence Newfoundland of such plants, mentioned by him, as As-
plenium thelypteroides, Salix petiolaris, B
oblongifolia, and Vibu erifolium
ty oon * : List of Plants collected in Newfoundland in 1885 by Dr. Robert
a eol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep. n. s., i. 21-25 D D (1886).
aghorne, Trans. Nova tia Inst. Sci. ser. 2, i. 359-375 (1893), ii. 17-34
onece fi. 361-401 (1898).
cme and von Schrenk: Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland, Can. Rec.
- 3-31 (1896).

etula lenta, Thalictrum dioicum, Lonicera

112 Rhodora [JULY

informed, no special publication has ever been made upon their col-
lection of flowering plants and ferns. In July and August, 1908,
two members of the New England Botanical Club, Drs. Edwin H
Eames and Charles C. Godfrey, spent nearly a month in southwestern
Newfoundland, between Port aux Basques and the Bay of Islands,
bringing back about 400 species, 50 of them previously unknown from
the island. Their results were published in Ruopora ! for May, 1909.

This, so far as. I am aware, summarizes briefly the more important
botanical work in Newfoundland up to the past summer. The reasons
for this rather meagre record are numerous and, when we look into
the history of the colony and realize that until very recently the
people of the island have all depended upon the sea, readily understood.
But I imagine that with most of us who spend our summers on shore
one of the most important reasons for neglecting Newfoundland has
been a failure to appreciate how readily accessible is this island of
Terra Nova which has so long remained to botanists a Terra Incognita
as well. Few of us realize that Newfoundland is about 350 miles
across from east to west and approximately the same from north to
south (farther than from Boston to Quebec or about as far as from
Boston to Baltimore) and contains 42,200 square miles; i. e. is larger
than the island of Cuba or two thirds as large as New England. When
this immense area is taken into account it will be readily admitted
that, in spite of the notes already published, the flora of Newfoundland
as a whole has been among the least known of any flora in civilized
America.

And so, in the hope of learning something more of the region and
of comparing the flora with that of the mainland and Anticosti Island
on the western side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the expedition of
1910 was organized. I was fortunate in having as companions
Professor Karl M. Wiegand, who had accompanied me on a previous
summer’s campaign, Mr. Joseph Kittredge, Jr., one of my students,
who went as general assistant but soon proved so efficient that he was
doing original exploring, and Mr. Alfred V. Kidder, an archaeologist
and ethnologist, who represented the Peabody Museum of Harvard
University.

Our first sight of Newfoundland was the conventional one, but none
the less thrilling and picturesque. Upon rising early on the morning

1 E. H. Eames: Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland, Ruopora, xi. 85—99 (1909).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 113

of July 3d as the “ Bruce” (now lying at the bottom of Cabot Strait)
approached Port aux Basques we gazed with delight upon the great
granitic tablelands, their summits and slopes so covered with snow
and ice that it was difficult to realize that less than two days before
we had left New England sweltering in untempered heat and dust.
So here, at our first landing on the island, we almost regretted that
we had ticketed through to the Bay of Islands (140 miles north of
Port aux Basques), for surely no country could be more tempting to a
botanist from farther south nor hold out more hope of boreal plants
than this first spot to meet our expectant gaze. But the train would
not wait for us to climb the mountains so, making mental note that
we must return to explore the region of Port aux Basques and the
Cape Ray Mountains, we entered the dining car and had breakfast
while the train was surging along winding valleys and around hills
or making its way across the less treacherous parts of extensive moors
and bogs. By the time breakfast was over and we settled down
to uninterrupted observation of the landscape we had passed under
more snow-covered tablelands and were following the western flank
of the Long Range through the Carboniferous sandstones north of
Cape Ray. The region was in places heavily forested, but with
occasional extensive bogs which increased in abundance and area as
we approached the coast. From the train they seemed exactly like
our New England sphagnum bogs, except that there Arethusa grew in
close colonies forming brilliant spots, as if pots of fifty or more
finely flowered plants were set here and there upon the barren; the
Wet places were often densely carpeted with the little dwarf birch,
Betula nana L., var. Michauzii (Spach) Regel;! and there were great
carpets bright copper-colored with a cotton-grass which I recognized
as my own Eriophorum callitrix, var. erubescens, a beautiful plant
which was thus far known only from Newfoundland and which I had
seen only in the herbarium. Such bogs, covered with the Eriophorum
and the Betula, soon began the tantalizing habit, as it seemed to us, of
appearing whenever the train whistled for a station but just as regu-
larly disappearing before the station was actually reached. We kept
up a continuous “hide and seek” with the Eriophorum and the Betula
for some hours but were unable to catch them near a railway station,
}

1
. = this paper the authors of species and varieties are given only for such plants
not included in Gray’s Manual, ed. 7.

114 Rhodora [JULY

so we finally solaced ourselves with the thought that they were so
abundant that we should find them about the Bay of Islands. But,
after we had followed this type of country for seventy-five miles so
that we were beginning to think of it as typical Newfoundland, there
was a sudden change. The broad open bogs or barrens with scattered
Black Spruce and Larch and with the Eriophorum and Betula, Are-
thusa, Sarracenia, Rubus Chamaemorus, and Andromeda, abruptly
gave way toa beautiful dense forest of White Spruce with open park-
like glades and springy meadows, with now and then a white mass
which we recognized as Salix candida, or a clump of pink and white
Showy Ladies’ Slipper (Cypripedium hirsutum). Upon comparing
the time-table and Howley’s geological map, which quickly became
our “guide, philospher and friend” for the summer, it was obvious —
just as if the abrupt change in vegetation were not in itself sufficient
evidence — that we had left the Carboniferous sandstone area and had
entered the Silurian limestones which extend from here to the Bay
of Islands and far beyond. Soon after passing St. George’s Pond
we caught fleeting and thrilling glimpses over the forested valleys of
treeless reddish-brown slopes in the West, just like Mt. Albert as one
sees it from the East, and we knew, as already indicated by Murray’s
geological reports and Howley’s map, that we should soon be exploring
serpentine mountains like those of Gaspé.

After leaving the head of Bay St. George we had seen no towns —
only camps and occasional log-cabins — but suddenly emerging from
among the Silurian hills we came unannounced upon the Bay of Is-
lands with its prosperous and picturesque town, Birchy Cove. Our
headquarters were to be at Petrie’s which proved to be a comfortable
house on a point reached ordinarily by walking a mile back on the
track, but on such occasions as this — a first arrival — by motor boat.
Here we found a comfortable home for the summer, with a kind host
and hostess and interesting and friendly people at table, and we soon
had a work-room equipped ‘and in active use. We had entrusted, a
week before we ourselves started, our drying paper, collecting boxes,
waterproof clothes, tramping shoes and such other articles as we most
n to the mercies of our old acquaintance, the American Express
Company, and this time some brilliant wag had shipped them from
Cambridge to Newfoundland by way of Montreal! So during a four
days’ wait we attempted to explore in our travelling shoes, a pro-
gramme which on the first day wrought havoc with them, for in

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 115

western Newfoundland, and apparently elsewhere on the island, as
soon as one leaves the beaten path he is either in a saturated bog or
on hard and ragged ridges. Our first few days were consequently
occupied in gaining a general knowledge of the region and in pick-
ing out spots for more thorough exploration. Immediately around
Birchy Cove the woods have been terribly destroyed by forest
fire, exposing baked ledges over thousands of acres, and of course
in such soilless spots the botanizing was practically spoiled. Simi-
larly, along the roadsides the sheep had browsed so closely that
there was little hope there, but we soon discovered unspoiled slopes
and mossy woodland glades which exhibited a flora suggesting that
of Aroostook County, Maine, or Bonaventure and Gaspé Counties,
Quebec, with the abundance of Selaginella selaginoides, Habenaria
dilatata and hyperborea, Cypripedium hirsutum, Carex gynocrates,
vaginata, and castanea, Tofieldia glutinosa, Gewm macrophyllum,
Osmorhiza obtusa, Pinguicula vulgaris, and Galium labradoricum;
but for some reason, after all, these rich mossy woods of the Silurian
hills were quite unlike those of the Silurian region of northern Maine
and adjacent Canada, and after many excursions we found out why.
There is no Arbor Vitae (Thuja occidentalis) in Newfoundland and
consequently there are no Arbor Vitae swamps such as we find so
generally in our northern calcareous regions; and as the summer
passed we were more and more impressed with this singular desidera-
tum, for the absence of Arbor Vitae seems to deprive the island of many
of the plants we find so abundantly in its shade: in Newfoundland we
watched in vain for Equisetum pratense, Orchis rotundifolia, Calypso
bulbosa, Corallorhiza striata, Pyrola asarifolia, Lonicera involucrata,
Valeriana uliginosa, and Senecio discoideus, which on the Gaspé Penin-
sula are so generally found in the humus of the Arbor Vitae swamps.

But we were not looking simply for familiar plants; and, although
the absence of many which we confidently expected was a surprise
and opened our eyes and minds to a problem not previously consid-
ered, there were plenty of good things to be collected. Many springy
‘Places and brook-beds were filled with a dense tangle of a sprawling
plant with white clammy pubescence and brilliant yellow flowers,

imulus moschatus, much commoner in the Rocky Mountain region
than in the East. The thickets and open woods had tall clumps of a
Serophularia strange to us of New England —true S. nodosa L.,
*pparently identical with the plant of Europe. In the woods also

116 Rhodora [JULY

were great clumps of Dryopteris Filix-mas and Polystichum Brauni,
with here and there P. Lonchitis on the shaded limestone shingle.
Vaccinium ovalifolium, abundant from Alaska to California and
also on the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé, was common on the hill-tops,
as was Galium kamtschaticum in cold ravines; and typical Valeriana
sylvatica Banks (smaller in all parts than our V. uliginosa) was occa-
sionally found. Singularly enough each bog and wet woodland glade
seemed to have its own specialty: in one Bartonia iodandra, a species
known only in Newfoundland and Cape Breton; in another Uéri-
cularia clandestina, heretofore unknown east of New Brunswick;
in another a perplexing Euphrasia, Rhinanthus, or Senecio. Along
- the railway were strange weeds, the most interesting of them perhaps
being the Fairy Flax, Linum catharticum, with white flowers and
opposite leaves, both unusual characters in the genus, and the hand-
some thistle, Cirsium palustre, which was afterward seen at points
more than fifty miles apart.

‘pon the arrival of our driers, presses and old clothes, it was de-
cided that Kidder and I should undertake a trip across the Island
by way of the East Branch of the Humber River and Indian Brook
to Notre Dame Bay. We went by train to a point east of Howley
whence we could easily reach the Humber system at the Goose Ponds.
This region was in the midst of a Carboniferous sandstone area, and I
was delighted to find myself actually camping on a sandy and boggy
barren such as we had so long watched from the train between Cape
Ray and the head of Bay St. George. Here was the flora we had seen
from the train, but quite unlike that of the calcareous Silurian region
about the head of the Bay of Islands. Except for the nearly endemic
Eriophorum callitrix, var. erubescens Fernald and Betula nana L.,
var. Michauxii (Spach) Regel and the everywhere abundant Cala-
magrostis Pickeringii, we might have been on the barren coast of
eastern New England, and the chief botanical excitement came from
adding to the list of Newfoundland plants such treasures as Dryop-
teris cristata, Lycopodium clavatum, var. megastachyon Fernald &
Bissell, L. complanatum, Scheuchzeria palustris, Panicum implicatum,
Carex trisperma, var. Billingsii, C. polygama and limosa, Listera
auriculata, Salix lucida, var. intonsa and S. pedicellaris, var. hypo-
glauca Fernald ?; while I tried to rouse enthusiasm over Pinus resinosa,

1 Ruopora, xii. 53 (1910). Ruopora, xi. 161 (1909).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 117

Carex debilis, var. Rudgei, C. intumescens, Eriocaulon septangulare,
Salix humilis, Populus tremuloides, Pyrus arbutifolia, var. atropur-
purea, Ilex verticillata, Vaccinium macrocarpon, Melampyrum lineare
and Diervilla Lonicera. This long list is given, obviously not to
display any botanical richness of the region, but because in our whole
summer’s experience most of these common plants of sterile coastal
New England were nowhere encountered except in the sandstone areas
of central Newfoundland and of Bay St. George or occasionally on
the most sterile summits of hills and mountains. About Sandy Lake
are dunes and sandy beaches covered with Elymus arenarius and
Juniperus horizontalis, quite like a silicious coastal strip of eastern
New England, but here in the very heart of Newfoundland.

We climbed one of the higher granite mountains of the interior,
Mt. Steepmore (or Seemore) but it had little to add to what was on
the lower barrens, except Festuca ovina, var. brevifolia, Carex scir-
poidea and deflexa, Juncus trifidus, Empetrum nigrum, var. purpureum
(with small coral-red berries), Loiseleuria procumbens, Arctostaphylos
alpina and Diapensia lapponica. In one of the Birchy Ponds at
its base was the most beautiful pondweed imaginable, Potamogeton
praelongus, forma elegans Tiselins, a form described from Scandinavia,
with delicate translucent leaves almost a foot (3 dm.) long.

A combination of mishaps, head winds, and ineffective guide forced
us to turn back before reaching the eastern coast and, after waiting
half the night in a peat-bog for the freight train due at 3 o’clock in the
afternoon and which we stopped by waving a fire-brand, we reached
headquarters in time to see Wiegand and Kittredge starting in the
early morning for a three days’ trip to the Marble Mountain region
of the Humber River. They returned in due time heavily laden
with a good collection of calciphiles, among them Polystichum Lon-
chitis, Carex eburnea, Tofieldia palustris, Microstylis monophyllos,
Salix vestita Pursh, Arenaria verna, var. propingua, A. litorea, a species
probably long ago found in Newfoundland and reported by Pursh
as A. juniperina (see Ruopora, viii. 34), Thalictrum alpinum L.,
Anemone parviflora, Draba arabisans, Saxifraga Aizoon, aizoides, and
oppositifolia, an Alchemilla, Erigeron hyssopifolius, and Taraxacum
ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC., mostly species which had beén recorded

y la Pylaie and which we afterward found to be common enough
on all the exposed limestones of the West Coast, but certainly a re-
oe contrast to the commonplace collection which had come back

e sandy barrens and bogs of Goose Pond and Sandy Lake.

118 Rhodora [JULY

The next move was a double one, Wiegand and Kidder taking the
‘‘Home” north to Cow Head in the Silurian limestones north of St.
Paul’s Bay, Kittredge and I making a first attack upon the serpentine
barren which, five miles west of Birchy Cove, forms the northeastern
flank of the Blomidon (with some propriety corrupted to ‘‘Blow-me-
down’’) Range. We went with keen anticipations, for this serpentine
barren from the distance looked so like a reduced Mt. Albert that we
felt it inevitable that it should yield the plants which in Gaspé dis-
tinguish the serpentine from all the other mountains. And we were
in no way disappointed. Here was Mt. Albert all over again; and
during the whole summer we did not have a closer day’s work than
on that single day in late July when, starting soon after sunrise, we
tramped in to the mountain from Benoit’s Cove in a heavy thunder
storm which rendered more obscure an overgrown trail, climbed up
to the tableland (plate 87, fig. 3) botanizing all the way, came down
over a snow-field at the risk of our lives as it proved, thus teaching
us a valuable lesson in mountaineering, and returned before dark
five miles through the woods to Benoit’s Cove. Our boxes and
riick-sacks were crowded full and Mr. Albert,! the great serpentine
tableland of Gaspé, will be suggested in the plants we had found:
Adiantum pedatum L., var. aleuticum Rupr., first recognized in eastern
America on Mt. Albert, occurring in the Selkirks, according to Pro-
fessor F. K. Butters, only on a serpentine ridge, and similarly, accord-
ing to Professor John Macoun, found on Vancouver Island only on
the serpentine or other magnesian rocks; Danthonia intermedia Vasey,
unknown elsewhere in the East except on Mt. Albert; Festuca sca-
brella Torr., recently confused with F. altaica Trin. and heretofore
known in eastern America only on Mt. Albert where it abounds;
Iychnis alpina L., otherwise unknown south of Labrador except
on Mt. Albert and along Coal or Serpentine River in Newfoundland,
which takes its name from the serpentine rocks of the Blomidon
Range and the Lewis Hills; Arenaria arctica Stev. (ditto); Arenarta
ciliata L., var. humifusa Hornem. (ditto), a plant identical with A.
norvegica Gunn. which in the British Isles has but two stations, one
in the Orkneys (soil not stated), the other on a serpentine hill on one
of the Shetland Islands? ; Statice sibirica (Turcz.) Ledeb. (Mt. Albert)

1See Ruopora, ix. 155, 158, etc. (1907)

See Edmundston, Flora of Shetland, xv (1845); also Syme, English Bot. fi. 104
(1873), where it is stated (105) that A. ciliata (true) occurs on calcareous cliffs.

Rhodora

3- NORTHEASTERN TABLELANDS OF THE BLOMIDON RANGE,
LOOKING ACROSS THE GORGE OF BLOMIDON BROOK FROM
THE TREELESS SERPENTINE TO THE WOODED DIORITE AREA.

rs rt

4. Dry LIMESTONE BARREN,
PORT

WESTERN EDGE OF TABLE MOounNvTAIN,
A Port Bay.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 119

and Solidago multiradiata Ait., the common Arctic American repre-
sentative of the Virgaurea group.

We were still putting our exciting collections into press when the
“Home” returned from the North bringing Wiegand with his Cow
Head material — practically all the calciphiles of the Humber River
marbles and some not met before: Botrychium Lunaria, a species
which abounds locally in calcareous gravels and beaches or on damp
turfy slopes around much of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, often attaining
splendid proportions (2-2.5 dm. high, with the sterile lamina 6-7 cm.
long); Poa alpina and P. eminens, two of the handsomest of the genus;
Salix Pseudo-myrsinites Anderss., a frequent species in the Canadian
Rockies and on the Gaspé limestones; one of the puzzling Scurvy
Grasses (Cochlearia anglica L.); Draba incana L. and its var. confusa

Ehrh.) Poir. which are familiar to those who have been at Percé
in eastern Quebec; Arabis alpina L.; Saxifraga caespitosa L.; Par-
nassia parviflora; Oxytropis campestris DC., var. caerulea Koch, a
singularly misnamed plant since its flowers are crimson or “rose-
purple ’’ and, like those of many other Leguminosae, become blue only
when dry; and Hedysarum alpinum L., a larger-flowered plant than
our variety ' of Gaspé, the St. John River, and Willoughby, which,
as maintained more than a century ago by Michaux and more recently
by Fedtschenko? and by Ostenfeld,’ certainly cannot be separated
specifically from the Siberian H. alpinum. But the plant which upon
first discovery was most interesting was a beautiful blue gentian,
new to us as well as to the Gray Herbarium, Gentiana nesophila Holm,
a species heretofore supposed to grow only on Anticosti, but after our
first introduction found to be a common plant on the limestones of
western Newfoundland as far north and south as we explored — Pointe
Riche at the north, Port 4 Port at the south. In fact this gentian,
which abounds on the limy gravels and in damp spots about Ingor-
nachoix Bay and the foot of Bay St. John, was undoubtedly seen by
la Pylaie who in that region found “une gentiane voisine du pneu-
monanthe.”’

Now came the longest flight, the whole party like the Newfoundland
fishermen migrating to the Labrador — not very far into Labrador,
but north of the Straits of Belle Isle and east of the Canadian bound-
ase neue eMeghan americanum Michx. FI. ii. 74 (1803). H. boreale Nutt. Gen.

- H. americanum Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 201 (1894).
edtschenko: Generis Hedysari revisio. Act. Hort. Petrop. xix. 253-258 (1901).

* Ostenfeld: Vascular Plants collected in Arctic North America by the Gjéa Expedi-
tion. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. I Klasse, No. viii. 55, 56 (1909)

120 Rhodora [JuLy

ary. Inearlier days the name Labrador was used in a general way for
the entire peninsula north of the lower St. Lawrence and the Gulf,
but in 1876 the jurisdiction of the Government of Newfoundland was
defined as that portion of the Labrador Peninsula lying east of a
line drawn directly north from Blanc Sablon to 52° N. latitude,
thence along the height of land to a point on the mainland-shore
nearly south of Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh. West of this boundary
the region is Canadian, the southern tract being Saguenay County,
Quebec, the northern Ungava. Many of the older collections made
on the Labrador Peninsula prior to this delimitation, and a few more
recent ones, from west of Blane Sablon River are designated as com-
ing from “Labrador” and upon such specimens many so-called Lab-
rador records have been made and new species based — for example,
Calamagrostris labradorica Kearney, the type from Bonne Espérance,
Saguenay County, Quebec, and Galium labradoricum, deriving its
name from an old specimen presumably from the North Shore of
the River or Gulf of St. Lawrence. If we wish our geographic
citations to be as generally intelligible as possible it seems wisest to
refer to the regions in the Canadian portion of the Peninsula by the
most definite designations available (Saguenay County, ete.) and to
reserve the name Labrador in its restricted sense (as opposed to the
more general Labrador Peninsula), as is done in most if not all up-
to-date anti for the outer coastal strip of the Peninsula.' In these

e been criticized by at least one student of Natural History for accepting

Newfoun

specim n fail to grasp at every restricted use of a geographic name which m

for simplicity and clearness in citation. In fact, for those who wish to cite exact

localities it would be a great advantage if the Labrador Peninsula were sub-

divided into many more clearly defined districts, for the divisions, Newfoundland

Labrador, Ungava, and Saguenay County, Quebec, are all too large for the r
from

quimaux Island, Labrador” we are entirely in doubt, unless there is a record of the
t
County, Quebec, from the famous island at the mouth of Esquimaux River, near the

Straits of Belle Isle (also in Saguenay County), from the island in Hamilton Inlet,
or from one of the other islands along the coast of the Atlantic, Ungava | Ey or Hud-
son B

1911} Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 121

notes the official boundary is recognized as it is in the most pretentious
publication yet available upon the flora, Delabarre’s Report on Botany
in his Report of the Brown-Harvard Expedition to Nachvak, Labrador.*

In the latter work, which in 1902 enumerated all the plants seen on
the coast of “Labrador proper” during the summer of 1900 by
fessor Delabarre, nearly 200 vascular plants were listed. The work
which may yet be accomplished by trained and discriminating ex-
plorers is shown by the fact that in Wiegand and Kittredge’s one day
at Forteau and my five botanizing days at Blane Sablon, where I
once more had the genial companionship of Kidder (principally ab-
sorbed in gathering Esquimaux arrow-heads), 331 species of flowering
plants and ferns were collected, and of these more than 200 are not
in Delabarre’s list.

As just intimated, Wiegand and Kittredge went to Forteau, Kidder
and I to Blane Sablon. This division of the party was made in order
to compare these two regions having similar geological and geo-
graphical conditions, which will become clear by a brief description
of Blanc Sablon and the neighboring coast. West of the Straits of
Belle Isle the entire north shore of the Gulf and the lower River St.
Lawrence is composed of Laurentian gneiss and allied rocks, except
at the Mingan region, which is limestone. But the words of Sir
William Logan describe the general conditions with authority:
“‘Between this exposure [the Mingan Islands] and Bradore Bay, the
distance is about 300 miles. The shore, which is very much indented
by bays and inlets, and fringed with a multitude of islands, presents
an almost continuous line of bare rock; but in no part of it have there
been observed any strata, but such as belong to the Laurentian series.
On the east side of Bradore Bay, which is situated near to the entrance
to the Straits of Belle Isle from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the palaeo-
zoic rocks again present themselves. Resting on the Laurentian
gneiss, they run along the north coast for nearly eighty miles, with a
breadth of probably ten or twelve miles.” 2 At Blanc Sablon (plate
86, fig. 1) the flat country through which the river runs is a floor of
Laurentian gneiss, in many places converted to shifting sand. Each
side of the river the Cambrian limestones and calcareous sandstones
rise as five terraces until at an altitude of about 350 feet (115 m.)
they reach the tableland which stretches west or east and north

' Delabarre, Bull. Geogr. Soc. Phila. 167-201 (1902).
* Logan, Canadian Geology, 287 (1863

122 : Rhodora [JULY

until cut through by other streams. Here was an ideal place to study
the vegetation of a highly calcareous region side by side with the
plants of a silicious and gneissoid area, and if anyone doubts the dis-
similarities of these floras he can find no better spot in which to un-
deceive himself than at Blanc Sablon. And if he is received with
the hospitality and desire to make his stop successful which were
extended to us by our wide-awake host, Mr. Edwin G. Grant, manager
of the cod-fishing ‘‘room,” and his son and daughter in their large
and comfortable summer residence — more than a hundred years
old, but with electric push-buttons, typewriter and other signs of
contact with the world not looked for on the Labrador as ordinarily
described; or if he is entertained as we were by Mr. Grant’s friendly
rival and neighbor, Mr. Thomas Morel, manager of the fishery on
the Canadian side, and his good wife, with pictures and accounts of
their home in Jersey, with music ‘and discussions of European galler-
ies and theatres, and with lettuce salad dressed with real Jersey cream
and a sight of their garden with a patch of carefully sheltered cucum-
bers coming on; he will feel that the open-handed hospitality which
we read of in early accounts of the Hudson Bay Company is equally
dispensed by the Labrador fisherman.

e botanizing at Blanc Sablon furnished such an embarrass-
ment of riches that it is now possible to mention only a few
characteristic plants. As representative a day as any was Saturday,
August 6, the last field-day I had there. Starting from the settlement
on the Labrador side, where the shore is bordered by a broad strand-
terrace of gneissoid gravel and sand covered by a broad belt of Strand
Wheat (Elymus arenarius), with Catabrosa aquatica, Montia lam-
prosperma Cham.,' Stellaria crassifolia, and Ranunculus hyperboreus
Rottb., a little creeping buttercup with only 3 lemon-yellow petals,
in the damp hollows, I made my way through the group of Esqui-
maux dogs, which all summer hang about the fishery, across the sandy
and rocky plain which extends from the river to the terrace-slope.
As I remember writing home, the commonest flower of these Laurentian
plains is Carex rariflora, though with singular regard for its specific
name it is by all means the rarest of its genus in New England. In
some places on the drier part of the plain the turf was composed of
Carex stylosa C. A. Meyer, an Alaskan species which, like many other
Alaskan plants, reappears along the Straits of Belle Isle. In the

1 See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 138 (1910).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 123

sand-blows were Luzula spicata and a viviparous form of Festuca
ovina L., var. supina (Schur.) Hack., subvar. pubiflora Hack., and
here were the common plants of the granitic barrens of N ewfoundland,
Gaspé, or northern New England: the Whortleberry (Vaccinium
uliginosum) the Bearberry (Arctostaphylos alpina), the Curlew-berry
(Empetrum nigrum) both the typical black-fruited plant and the var.
purpureum with bright coral-red berries, Baked Apple (Rubus Cham-
aemorus), Dewberry or Plumboy (Rubus arcticus), Partridge-berry or
Red Berry (Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea, var. minus) and Loiseleuria, Dia-
pensia, Betula glandulosa, Salix Uva-ursi, ete. The bogs were every-
where brilliant with Cotton Grasses, Eriophorum angustifolium, gracile,
tenellum and callitrix, but handsomest of all the splendid bronze-
topped E. Chamissonis, and, its known range now extended across
from Newfoundland, the recently described E. callitrix, var. erubes-
cens Fernald. Coming now to the head of a cove the trail passed
back of the Strand Wheat, with here and there a colony of the crimson
Rumex occidentalis or of some perplexing Epilobium, clumps of the
handsome sunflower-like Senecio Pseudo-Arnica, the splendid whitish-
green grass, Poa eminens, and the bronze-purple Calamagrostis lap-
ponica (Wahlenb.) Hartm., like C. neglecta with very long spikelets,
and soon reached the foot of the limy terraces.

Immediately the vegatation changed. The brooks tumbling and
interlacing every few rods along the slopes from the summit-tableland
were bordered by a luxuriant thicket of coarse herbs and low shrubs
which, in early August, made as rich an alpestrine meadow as one
could well imagine. Here was a tangle as high as one’s head, with
Salix candida, S. vestita Pursh, S. Pseudo-myrsinites Anderss., and
several variations of S. cordifolia Pursh, strange Goldenrods and
Asters, Angelica atropurpurea, Heracleum lanatum, and a strange
villous Urtica composing the taller thicket. In making my way
up the course of one of these brooks to the crest I encountered more
than 175 species of vascular plants, surely a good number for one
day’s collecting on a Labrador meadow and one difficult to match
in our more amiable climates. The brook-margins and moss-bordered
rills were everywhere brilliant with Marsh Marigold (Caltha palustris)
still in bloom, with white masses of Arabis alpina L., looking almost
exactly like our garden species, the Old World A. albida, golden spires
of the boreal Yellow Rocket (Barbarea orthoceras Ledeb.') and blue

1 See Ruopora, xi. 140 (1909). _

124 Rhodora [JULY

carpets of the northern Speedwell (Veronica humifusa), while a beau-
tiful gray-green Ladies’ Mantle (Alchemilla sp.) made a misty fringe
at the edge of the tumbling waters. Occasionally in the wet moss there
was a delicate carpet of Cystopteris montana (Lam.) Bernh., suggest-
ing a compromise between a broad-fronded C. bulbifera and a stockily
developed Phegopteris Dryopteris; or a colony of Pinguicula vulgaris
with rich voilet flowers, ordinarily mingled with various Saxifrages
and Drabas or the little white Parnassia Kotzebuei C. & S. (of southern
Labrador, the Gaspé Peninsula, and the Alaskan area). On the
exposed rocks at the crests of the terraces were great colonies of
Cerastiums, differing from any we had got in Newfoundland and
adding two more to the plants we had already collected which, by
matching in the herbarium, we are forced for the time being to call
vaguely ‘‘Cerastium alpinum.” Occasionally in more open springy
spots there were strange sedges and rushes: the chestnut-colored
Kobresia caricina Willd., its range in eastern America now extended
south from Greenland, or Juncus triglumis L., an extremely neat
little species suggesting J. stygius. Near the dis of the upper terrace
was a meadow crimson and orange-scarlet with Senecio pauciflorus
Pursh which has discoid heads, the involucre crimson-tinged, the
corolla-lobes orange-red, and the anthers yellow.

I had hardly reached the crest at supper time and before turning
back could have only the sad satisfaction of seeing for myself that
beyond for miles stretched an alluring and to botanists unknown area
of alpine meadows, bogs, pools and dry ridges which the approaching
night and the call to supper, not to mention the serious difficulty of
carrying more plants, forced me to leave until “next time.” Return-
ing to the plain, I descended the terrace by a new route, haunted by
the consciousness that I was passing by innumerable good things,
but stopping only once in the hasty descent to gather a conspicuous
lilac-flowered Erigeron, the new E. acris, var. oligocephalus,' and again
to look over some brackish rocks along shore. Here was a
Grass (Cochlearia officinalis L.) in splendid development, flowering
and fruiting plants and new rosettes of thickish round leaves. I was
curious to eat some of the plant which for centuries had been credited
with great virtues and found it a most palatable salad, in texture
crisp and somewhat fleshy, in flavor like horse-radish. Near by

1 Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 226 (1910)

1911] © Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 125

was an attractive and strange grass which proves to be Hordeum
boreale Scribner & Smith, a species heretofore known only from
Alaska to northern California. But it was growing late and I had
so often been tardy at Mr. Grant’s table that I hastened back this
last day to leave if possible a better impression of my punctuality
and appreciation and found a Labradorian meal which would please
the most epicurean palate,—a choice of young puffins or young
divers, with greens of Atriplex patula, var. hastata.

Although the boreal plants above enumerated and many others
not here mentioned are the species which at first attract the New
England botanist visiting the Straits of Belle Isle, they are after all
surpassed in geographic interest by a large number of species which
one might be tempted to ignore. Mingled with the northern species
on the terrace-slopes are the following and many more which to the
New Englander make a very tame list: Phegopteris Dryopteris and
polypodioides, Botrychium virginianum, Equisetum scirpoides, Milium
effusum, Cinna latifolia, Carex Deweyana, vaginata, laxiflora, var.
leptonervia, and capillaris, var. elongata, Clintonia borealis, Streptopus
amplexifolius, Microstylis monophyllos, Ranunculus abortivus, Actaea
rubra, Mitella nuda, Ribes triste, Geum macrophyllum, Viola Selkirkii,
Viola renifolia, Conioselinum chinense, Chiogenes hispidula, Galium
triflorum, Linnaea borealis, var. americana, Solidago macrophylla,
and Petasites palmata. If one were to enumerate the more typical
woodland plants of northern New England and eastern Canada
I am quite sure that all of these would be in the list. And it is for
just this reason that their occurrence on the terraces and tablelands
north of the Straits of Belle Isle is of greatest interest.

In such accounts as I have found (except possibly Cartier’s) the
coasts of the Straits of Belle Isle are described as desolate and bare,
and even Cartier, in 1534, entering the Straits and anchoring at Blanc
Sablon, was so impressed with the barrenness that he wrote: ‘‘If the
land was as good as the harbors there are, it would be an advantage;
but it should not be named the New Land! but [a land of]? stones
and rocks frightful and ill shaped, for in all the said north coast I did
not see a cart-load of earth, though I landed in many places. Except
at Blane Sablon ® there is nothing but moss and small stunted woods;

‘Cartier had just come up the east coast of Newfoundland and apparently took
ae to be part of the same region.

eted phrase inserted by the translator.

* At Blanc Sablon the shores and flat country back of the shores are covered with
sand.

126 Rhodora [JuLy

in short, I deem rather than otherwise, that it is the land that God
gave to Cain;’”’! and again on his second voyage, in 1535, he wrote:
‘‘The whole of the said coast from the Castles as far as here” bears
east-northeast and west-southwest, ranged with numerous islands
and lands all hacked and stony, without any soil or woods, save in
some valleys.” And at the present time the people at Blane Sablon
insist that there has never been any forest there and that no timber
exists within four or five miles of the Straits. Yet, the first day I
saw upon the terraces east of Blanc Sablon such plants as have just
been enumerated I was convinced that a forest must have been there,
since these are so distinctly woodland species and so decidedly not
plants typical of the Arctic barrens and tundra. So my delight can
be imagined when, crossing with Kidder the tableland east of Blanc
Sablon, we came upon buried logs in the bog and soon after found
numerous stumps protruding from the moss. Some of the stumps
(plate 86, fig. 2), now much crumbled, were still a foot or more in
diameter and indicated an ancient forest of considerable size. Just
when this forest lived it is difficult to say, but if it still throve in the
16th century Cartier did not give a very clear indication of it. Only
by such indefinite expressions as ‘‘except at Blane Sablon there is
nothing but moss and small stunted woods” and “without any soil
or woods, save in some valleys” did he indicate a possible forest cover-
ing. But here at least was a remnant of the forest which had once
sheltered Carex Deweyana, Actaea rubra and Viola Selkirkii, though
at the present time only shrubs or dwarf straggling trees, as described
by Cartier, thrive on the bleak and wind-swept shores of the Straits
of Belle Isle; and that the forest was an extensive one and presumably
once fringed the entire length of the Straits we are safe in assuming
from the presence at Bonne Espérance, L’Anse au Clair, Forteau,
Red Bay, and Chateau (as shown by the collections of John A. Allen
and others) of a relict forest vegetation (sometimes further augmented
by Onoclea sensibilis, Osmorhiza obtusa, Pyrola secunda, etc.) such
as abounds on the terraces of Blane Sablon.

e ‘‘Home” which we had expected back from Battle Harbor
Saturday night came Sunday evening and we found ourselves sharing
a stateroom with two professors from the Methodist College at

1jJ. P. Baxter, Memoir of Jacques Cartier, 86

86 (1906).
2? From Chateau oo as far as Brest, west of Blanc Sablon.
3 J. P. Baxter, 1

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 127

St. John’s, who were making a circuit of Newfoundland collecting
plants for their newly organized Natural History Society. As loyal
British subjects they were trying to identify their plants by means
of Bentham’s Handbook of the British Flora; and I am sure they were
able thus to identify nearly half the species they found, for of the
known vascular plants of Newfoundland (scarcely 1000 species) more
than 400 occur in Scotland, northern England or Ireland, though about
25 of them are found in the ‘‘manual region.”

At Port Saunders we were joined again by Wiegand and Kittredge
who, having met at Forteau with no such comfortable quarters as
we enjoyed at Blanc Sablon, had come south a week before and had
been having a busy week on the limestone barrens about Ingornachoix
Bay and on Pointe Riche. They had some of the best things of Blane
Sablon — Hordeum boreale Scribner & Smith, Kobresia caricina Willd.,
Juncus triglumis L., ete. — and a most interesting lot besides:
Carex bicolor All., quite like the smallest European specimens; Salix
reticulata L., reported years ago from Ingornachoix Bay by la Pylaie
and so far as we can make out just like the shrub of northern Europe;
other strange willows including a beautifully distinct species allied
to the Lapland S. lanata L.; Lesquerella arctica (Richardson) Watson,
var. Purshii Watson, a single stunted individual but precious, for
the plant had heretofore been known only from Anticosti; Drosera
anglica, familiar in the marl-bogs of Gaspé; Potentilla maculata
Pour., now extended south from northern Labrador; P. nivea L.,
an arctic species already familiar to me on calareous cliffs of eastern
Quebec, but here with remarkable old thickened caudices; Dryas
integrifolia Vahl, another arctic type familiar on the Gaspé limestones;

ampanula rotundifolia L., var. alaskana Gray, a gigantic variety
previously known only from the Bering Sea region; two new Anten-
narias, one of them a canescent variety of A. alpina (L.) R. Br.
(var. cana Fernald & Wiegand"), the other apparently an undescribed
species; Tanacctum huronense in a dense low and very pubescent form
found in dry exposed shingle; and other good things too numerous
to mention.

Once back to our presses at Birchy Cove it took us only two days
‘o put up all our specimens and by means of corrugated boards and
hot papers ? to get them ready to leave, so that in three days we were

‘ Rrovora, xiii, 24 (1911). 2 See J. F. Collins, Raopora, xii. 221 (1910).

128 Rhodora [JULY

meer for a short time at the comfortable and to us quite luxu-

“Log Cabin” at Stephenville Crossing at the head of Bay St.
aa Kidder after the Labrador trip had returned to Boston for
a happy errand —his marriage, and we naturally missed his hearty
comradeship and the jingle in his riick-sack of arrow- and spear-heads
as they clicked against the bones of ancient Esquimaux, Montagnais,
or Beothuks

The “Log Cabin” at Stephenville Crossing, more elegantly known
as St. George’s Hotel, is situated at the edge of extensive sand dunes
where were Ammophila arenaria, Carex silicea and C. hormathodes,
var. invisa, just as if we were on the coast of Cape Cod or Long Island.
This region had been so thoroughly worked over by Messrs. Eames
and Godfrey that there was little of novelty for us, but we were
specially interested to find upon the sands or clays and the bogs just
the plants which had been seen on the similar Carboniferous area of
central Newfoundland, and a few others which were now beginning
to mature: Lycopodium inundatum, L. complanatum, var. flabelliforme,
Spartina glabra, var. alterniflora, Scirpus subterminalis, Habenaria
blephariglottis, Calopogon pulchellus, Hypericum virginicum, Cicuta
bulbifera, Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana Fernald,! and G.
baccata, which are all typical species of our sterile New England
coast. Around some of the sand-bottomed pools were dense carpets
of Juncus pelocarpus, identical with the plant of our sandy shores,
and, contrasting with it, the creeping or floating J. subtilis. All
summer we had been forced by the abundance of the attractive but
taxonomically most perplexing Eye Brights to collect many different
lots of Euphrasia. But here were two or three which we had nowhere
seen before, so that much of our time was taken in collecting and
studying them.

Then on Monday, August 8, we drove out the north shore of Bay
St. George to the village of Port 4 Port. Here the Carboniferous
sandstones gave way to Silurian limestones and the locality which
first attracted our attention and took practically all the time we had
was the southwestern edge of Table Mountain (in Newfoundland
almost every community on the west coast has its own “Table Moun-
tain’’), a white limestone tableland rising only about 1000 feet (300
meters) above Port 4 Port Bay. When we reached the crest we were

1 Reopora, xiii. 99 (1911).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 129

puzzled to know where to begin, for we had only the one day for
exploring this vast area, with bare unforested alpine barrens stretching
some miles to the east and farther to the north, while beyond we
could see the higher bare-topped tablelands of the Lewis Hills, serpen-
tine, diorite, limestone, and trap, which at their highest points attain
an altitude of 2700 feet (800 meters). There was no time to lose,
for everywhere about us were most of the species we had first met
and had then considered to be rarities on the Marble Mountain,
Cow Head, Ingornachoix Bay, or the terraces of Blanc Sablon and
Forteau. The western margin of the tableland is mostly dry and
shingly (plate 87, fig. 4), but farther back becomes boggy, with small
pools and wet runs. On the drier portions of the first low dome of
the mountain which we explored the commonest species were Salix
vestita which is apparently common on all the limestones of western
Newfoundland; Lesquerella arctica, var. Purshii, here in great pro-
fusion; Tofieldia palustris; a number of strange Euphrasias; Carex
pedata Wahlenb., a tiny species heretofore unknown south of Green-
land and arctic Alaska; Carex rupestris All., probably commoner than
is supposed, for it abounds on dry limestones of Gaspé as well; Dryas
integrifolia and a variety with the leaves white-pubescent above
(var. canescens Simons, previously known only from Ellesmere Land);
Antennaria alpina, var. cana; and the more generally distributed
Saxifrages and Arenarias, Anemone parviflora, Thalictrum alpinum,
etc. The wetter part of this dome was quite boggy, and in the
humus and moss we found a few of the ordinary bog plants, which
did not venture upon the open limestone gravel.

The drier surface of the second dome visited lacked the Lesquerella,
Carex pedata, and several other plants which had abounded on the
farther side of a narrow wooded sag, but here was a strange Antennaria
in great profusion — the remarkable plant subsequently described
as A. eucosma,! and as yet known only from this mountain and Anti-
costi Island, and here were many other plants we had not seen on
the first dome: Woodsia glabella in the full glare of the alpine light
(I had never before seen it except in humus at the crests of woodlan
cliffs); Hedysarum alpinum, Oxytropis campestris, var. caerulea,

otentilla fruticosa, var. tenuifolia Lehm. forming little prostrate
mats upon the rock; and other plants as yet not worked out. Ina

1 Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xiii. 23 (911).

130 Rhodora [JULY

wet boggy run upon this dome, where we flushed a covey of ptarmigan
which started one by one almost from under our feet, were Kobresia
carcina, Juncus triglumis, Equisetum variegatum, and other species
which we had only occasionally met; but the greatest discovery here
was a finely fruited Carex which we at once recognized as the long-
lost Carex Hornschuchiana of Newfoundland. In 1794 Goodenough,
in describing from Eaton his C. fulva, supplemented the description
of the English plant with the comment: “I have received it from
America and Newfoundland, but never understood till very lately
that it was an inhabitant of our country.” ! Goodenough’s Eaton
plant subsequently proved to be a hybrid of one of the forms of C.
flava and the common European C. Hornschuchiana Hoppe, so that
the name C. fulva is correctly applied only to the hybrid, and the
identity of the Newfoundland plant mentioned by Goodenough has
remained somewhat vague. The plant of Table Mountain (and
also of Hugh’s Brook, Bay of Islands, where we subsequently found it)
is quite like typical C. Hornschuchiana except in size of the perigynia
and other minor characters * and singularly enough was associated
with forms of C. flava and a hybrid so like the true C. fulva of Goode-
nough as to differ only in the slightly larger perigynia. The redis-
covery of this Newfoundland plant was indeed gratifying, but in
view of the occurrence on the limestones of western Newfoundland
of a few other plants — Gentiana nesophila, Lesquerella arctica, var.
Purshii and Antennaria eucosma — which are otherwise known only
. Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 178 (1794).
‘Caawe Hornscuvucuiana Hoppe, var. laurentiana Fernald & Wiegand, n. var.,
a forma typica recedit habitu majore, foliis basilariis 3—4 mm. latis, Gaal 3-6 dm.
altis, spicis foemineis crassioris, perigyniis 3.54.5 mm. lon
ering from the typical form of the species in its larger habit: the basal leaves
mm. dm. high (in the European 3-4.5 dm. high); the
pistillate spikes thicker: perigynia 3.5-4.5 mm. long (in the European 3 mm. long).—
ap cng oto wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens, altitude 200-300

m., e Mountain, Port & Port Bay, Aug. 16, 1910, Fernald Wiegand, no. 2897

itunes in G H arsh ni he mouth of Hugh's Brook, Bay of

Islands, September 6, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 28 UEB wee
g Bay, Anticosti, Se ; coun,

It is possible that var. laurentiana will prove to be identical with Carex Greeniana
Dewey, Am. Jour. Sci. xxx. 61 (1836). The latter — was Sopa in the neighbor-
hood of Boston, by B. D. Green{e]; described from specimens in Dr. Torrey’s her-
— “ Vv ed

reserv

in B. D. arium (at the Boston Society of Natural History) is
immature oa does not show clearly whether or not the plant is typical C. Hornschu-
chiana or var. laurentiana. Nothing of the sort has subsequently been found near
Boston and there is a possibility, as has more than once been suggested, that the
Greene specimens were a casual jiiecmadnee from Europe.

1911] Fernald ,— Expedition to Newfoundland 131

on the limestone island of Anticosti,! it is interesting to find that the
same large-fruited American variety of Carex Hornschuchiana was
collected in 1883 on Anticosti by Professor John Macoun and was
listed in his Catalogue as C. fulva, “certainly indigenous.”

The discovery of this plant would have made a fitting climax for
one of the most thrilling days of our summer, but after we had re-
peatedly made solemn vows to look at nothing else and were finally
hastening back across the barren in order to reach the settlement
before dark, an unusual appearing Senecio came riding down a mass
of sliding gravel to my very feet. is was too great a temptation,
so I snatched the plant as it was sliding past and Professor Greenman
tells me that it is one of a unique group of species supposed to grow
only on the highest of the Rocky Mountains. While hurrying in the
twilight down the slope to Port 4 Port we found damp ledges covered
with Phegopteris Robertiana, a species rare in America, but quickly
distinguished in the field from the common P. Dryopteris by its nar-
rower firmer fronds and gray-green color. We were very late to supper
but Mrs. MacDonald had a tempting rabbit stew and fresh lettuce
ready for us; and next morning, after a breakfast of Lactarius delicio-
sus (which we had never before made a piéce de résistance), when we
washed and sorted our plants we found that we had collected on Table
Mountain 184 species in quantities varying from one to twenty
sheets — one of our record days for the summer.

On the way back to Birchy Cove Wiegand and I left the train half
way up Harry’s River and followed the valley all day from there to
the Log Cabin at Spruce Brook, on St. George’s Pond. The region
traversed was one we had watched with interest from the train, for
there in the limy alluvium the plants reached a wonderful degree of
luxuriance. The goldenrods, all strange to us and still unidentified
except Solidago rugosa, var. villosa, were shoulder high; Calama-
grostis Pickeringii, one of the commonest grasses of the island and
elsewhere rarely 3 dm. high, was here more than 1 meter tall; Des-
champsia caespitosa, which elsewhere on the island, as in eastern
Canada and New England, is commonly 3 to 6 dm. high, here attained
a gigantic stature, the first clump which met our gaze as we descended
from the train being 1.5 meters (5 feet) high with panicles nearly
5 dm. long; and in walking through the Ostrich Ferns and Cow Pars-

Certain badly crumbled s specimens from Labrador seem to be Lesquerella arctica,
var. Su but better material is needed to con whet .

132 Rhodora [JuLy

nips on the river flats we felt like mere pygmies with the latter plants
stretching high above our heads. Surely if farming is ever to succeed
in Newfoundland, where people have lived for three centuries without
seriously attempting it, this is the region which should take the lead —
a valley with deep limestone alluvium, with a native vegetation
similar to that of “the Aroostook, the Garden of Maine,’ lying in
nearly the same latitude and shut in by hills sufficiently high to afford
considerable protection from the bleaker winds. Messrs. Dodd and
Paulett, the energetic proprietors of the ill-fated Log Cabin at Spruce
Brook (burned during the winter of 1909-10, then rebuilt and burned
again last summer) have already demonstrated that this soil will
yield wonderful crops, and of all the regions seen by us it seemed the
one best worth developing. Many plants common to this region
and northern Maine were seen, Cypripedium hirsutum, Eupatorium
purpureum, var. foliosum, Cystopteris bulbifera, Trisetum melicordes;
and commonest of all Carices in the valley, Carex flava, var. gas
Fernald, first found in the Gaspé Peninsula but later in the rich valley
of the Meduxnakeag in Aroostook County.! On the gravelly beach
of St. George’s Pond, as well as along Harry’s River, the handsome
Epilobium latifolium L., was abundant, and at several points we saw
the Foxglove, Digitalis purpurea, which had spread from the wild
garden at Spruce Brook and, Mr. Paulett informed us, has now
established itself for five miles around, as it did long ago on the north-
western coast of America.

Leaving the new collections with Kittredge to care for Wiegand
and I went back to the Blomidon tablelands (plate 87, fig. 3). The
first day and a half were devoted to the serpentine area, where we
followed up many strange plants which still await critical study.
Juniperus communis, var. montana, common everywhere on the
island, was now in fully mature fruit and conspicuous for the large
size of the berries. Drosera linearis was abundant about some of the
shallow pools; and we were suddenly struck with the fact that the
only fern on the serpentine besides the everywhere abundant Adian-
tum pedatum, var. aleuticum was Osmunda regalis, a species we had
observed hardly anywhere else on the island, though others have
found it in the more sterile sections. But here the plants were any-
thing but regal, 1.5 to 3 dm. high, with the very short oblong pinnules

1 See Ruopora, xii. 115 (1910).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 133

quite different in their proportions from those of the ordinary plant.
A study of the serpentine plant shows it to be O. regalis, var. pumila
described by Milde and taken up by Luerssen as a constant varia-
tion known only from Brandenburg and Silesia.

Foot-travel in Newfoundland, except on the beaten trails and open
tablelands, is notoriously difficult, and the Blomidon talus-slopes are
no exception. At the end of the first day Wiegand had succeeded
in bruising one of his feet so that next morning I started, accompanied
only by our packer, a particularly foul-smelling “Jacky Tar” as the
French of this coast are called, for the diorite tableland which lay a
few miles to the west of our camp. It was necessary practically to
climb the slope of the intermediate serpentine tableland, then to
descend 1500 feet to the bed of Blomidon Brook and up the other
side which was diorite. The freshly broken talus was slightly cal-
careous and had some of the common calciphiles, but the weathered
rock from which the soluble lime had leached was carpeted in patches
with the plants we are used to on our granitic mountains, and Phyl-
lodoce caerulea was here seen for the first time in the entire summer
and Stipa canadensis was apparently new to the island. Here were
no signs of the plants of the serpentine which abounded only a
short distance to the east, and much of the tableland was wooded and
covered with a dense carpet of moss and humus. Ponds and shallow
pools were everywhere and I was glad to find in one of them Calli-
triche anceps Fernald ! which was discovered in 1906 in ponds on Table-
top Mountain, Gaspé, and which we had found also in Blane Sablon
River. Drosera anglica was common as were many plants which
earlier in the summer had been quite new to us; but the species which
interested me most were two which seemed entirely out of place in
this subalpine habitat. Among the tufts of Scirpus caespitosus which,
aS on many similar barrens, formed broad carpets in the drier por-
tions of the bogs, was the famous little fern of the New Jersey Pine

arrens, Schizaea pusilla, already known in Newfoundland from col-
lections of la Pylaie, Waghorne, and Eames & Godfrey and after we

ad once seen it found wherever we looked for it ; also known at remote
Stations in Nova Scotia, but quite unknown between there and south-
ern New Jersey. Here at 2000 feet altitude it abounded over many
acres, nestling in the bases of the Scirpus tussocks; while in many

1 Ruopora, x. 51 (1908).

134 Rhodora [JULY

of the shallow ponds Potamogeton Oakesianus, another New Jersey
species and one of the commonest of its genus on Nantucket and
Cape Cod, though unknown in eastern Maine, New Brunswick and
Nova Scotia, was fruiting profusely.

Long before dark I had followed Wiegand’s unfortunate example
of the day before and came into camp hobbling on one foot and a heel.
He, fortunately, was on both feet again, but when we got back to
Birchy Cove and the doctor found that I had cracked the tendon
of my little toe I was laid aside for repairs and it was nearly two weeks
before I ventured off the piazza. Wiegand and Kittredge meanwhile
went on the ‘‘Home”’ to Bonne Bay, by many said to be the most
picturesque fiord south of northern Labrador. This trip had been
one of my fondest hopes, for the mountains about Bonne Bay are a
duplication of those about the Bay of Islands and years ago, when I
first read Logan’s account of Bonne Bay, I had set my heart on
sometime making a comparison of that region and the Bay of Islands
area. But, although it was necessary to delegate to others this part
of the work, my enforced housing brought the great pleasure of at
last making the acquaintance of the paleontologist, Professor Charles
Schuchert who, with his companion (making up the ‘‘Yale Expedi-
tion” of the Newfoundland papers) had been studying all summer
much the same region as the ‘‘Harvard Expedition,” but whom we
had always preceded or immediately followed at our various centers
of work.

In less than a week Kittredge returned bringing part of the Bonne
Bay collections, but the ‘‘hoodoo”’ was still with us. Kittredge was
yellow with jaundice and soon returned to Boston and a less strenuous
life. Wiegand, after leaving Bonne Bay, had gone north to Blanc
Sablon whence he returned without mishap bringing the remainder
of the Bonne Bay collections. These, in brief, were an exact dupli-
cation of the Blomidon plants, the Bonne Bay serpentines yielding
the Adiantum, Osmunda, Danthonia, Lychnis, Arenaria arctica and
A. ciliata, var. humifusa, Statice, and all the others (except perhaps
Festuca scabrella which it was now too late to collect); Lookout Moun-
tain, the Bonne Bay counterpart of the diorite portion of the Blomidon
Range yielding Schizaea pusilla, Potamogeton Oakesianus and two
plants we had not before seen: Sparganium hyperboreum, found by
Eames and Godfrey on the Blomidon diorite; and Eleocharis nitida,
a little sedge heretofore known only from the diorite region at the
head of the Ottawa River in Canada.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 135

Thus I have recounted some of our discoveries and have as briefly
as possible, though I fear at too great length, tried to give some impres-
sion of our more notable days of field-work during the past summer.
Many unchronicled days yielded important results and after deter-
mining all the plants we can by matching in the herbarium and by
the ordinary works of reference we have a stack of ‘‘snags’”’ in many
tight bundles awaiting monographic study. And if I have laid no
stress on the abundance of insect pests which Newfoundland shares
with Gaspé, Anticosti, Labrador and New Jersey, it is because we
soon grew accustomed to our veils and canopies and took them as
mere incidents in a thoroughly absorbing summer.

Part II. Tue GroGrapHic OrIGIN OF THE FLORA OF
NEWFOUNDLAND.

There are many comparisons which it would be interesting to make:
of the flora of the west coast, for example, with that of the east as
shown by the collections of Waghorne, Robinson and Schrenk, Howe
and Lang, Sornborger, and others, but we still know too little of the
detailed distribution to undertake such generalizations with assurance.
Certain facts of wider scope, however, are so obvious as to challenge
immediate explanation.’ As’ we have seen, the boreal and even the
arctic floras are abundantly represented in Newfoundland; and,
especially in the sandy areas or.in the bogs on the Carboniferous sand-
stones the plants of southern New England, Long Island, New Jersey,
and even of the more southern Coastal Plain are abundant,— such
species as Panicum implicatum, Ammophila arenaria (found also on
the sand dunes west of Blanc Sablon), Scirpus subterminalis, Carex
silicea, C. hormathodes, C. sterilis (atlantica), C. trisperma, var. Bil-
lingsii, Eriocaulon septangulare, Juncus pelocarpus, Habenaria blephari-
glottis, Spergularia rubra, Arenaria peploides, var. robusta,’ Pyrus
arbutifolia, var. atropurpurea, Corema Conradii, Elatine americana,
Hudsonia ericoides, M yriophyllum tenellum, Vaccinium macrocarpon,
Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, Utricularia clandestina, Solidago
uniligulata, Aster radula and A. nemoralis; while there and even on the

ghest mountain-tablelands Schizaeca pusilla, Potamogeton Oakesi-

1 See Ruopora, xi. 114 (1909).

136 Rhodora [JULY

anus, and Rynchospora fusca of our southern coasts are mingled with
arctic-alpine species. These two elements, the arctic-alpine and the
southern coastal types are, then, abundant; but when-we look for
the commonest plants which abound in all the forested area west of
Newfoundland, from eastern Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova
Scotia to the Great Lakes, i. e. the typical Canadian species, we find
them singularly few in number.

These facts become more vivid when we map the known distribu-
tion in eastern America of the species which make up the native flora
of Newfoundland. So far as we yet know, the indigenous species -
and recognized varieties on the island number 783, while there are
about 200 species clearly introduced by man. The indigenous plants
when traced throughout their known continental ranges fall into four
primary classes distinguished from their geographic position (in rela-
tion to Newfoundland) as:

Class I. Boreal Types.

Class I]. Western or Canadian Types not included in I.

Class III. Southwestern Types.

Class IV. Endemic Plants or Species unknown on the American
Continent.

These major floras may be ee defined and subdivided as follows:

CLASS I. BOREAL TYPES. Here are included all species
which occur to the north of Newfoundland: in Labrador proper,
Baffin Land, Ellesmere Land or Greenland or in the arctic-alpine
regions farther west. In their detailed distribution these plants
into four subclasses which together include 466 species = 592 per cent
of the Newfoundland flora.

Suscrass A. ARCTIC-ALPINE SPECIES COMMON TO NEWFOUNDLAND,
LABRADOR, AND EASTERN CANADA (the Gaspé Peninsula or the more
exposed portions of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia). 216 species
an 273 per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

This large group includes such familiar plants of our higher Canadian
or New England mountains as Lycopodium Selago, Phleum alpinum,
Calamagrostis hyperborea, Poa alpina » Scirpus cae spitosus , Carex rari-

ae (Vaccinium Vitis-Sdeea. var. sips which is common

Rhodora Plate 88.

6. DIsrRIBUTION OF RIBES PROSTRATUM.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 137

Newfoundland and the North Shore of the St. Lawrence northward,
but south of the lower St. Lawrence is restricted to the more exposed
mountains, high hills, rock-coasts and cold bogs. The range of this
plant in eastern America is shown in plate 88, fig. 5.1

Suspciass B. ARCTIC-ALPINE SPECIES COMMON TO NEWFOUNDLAND
AND LABRADOR (OR GREENLAND) BUT UNKNOWN IN EASTERN CANADA
orn New EnGianp. 16 species = 2 per cent of the Newfoundland
flora.

This subclass includes widely distributed polar species all of which
are likely to be found on Anticosti or the Gaspé Peninsula: such plants
as Hordeum boreale, Kobresia caricina, Carex pedata, Juncus triglumis,
Capsella elliptica C. A. Meyer, Cochlearia anglica, Potentilla maculata,
and Antennaria alpina, var. cana.

Suspciass C. ARCTIC-ALPINE SPECIES KNOWN IN VARIOUS SECTIONS
OF NORTHERN CANADA OR ALASKA BUT AS YET UNKNOWN IN LABRADOR
PROPER. 16 species = 2 per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

These are mostly plants confined to the highly magnesian rocks
(serpentine, etc.), areas which because of their extreme sterility are
rarely visited those who are looking for plants. The magnesian
areas of Labrador, when explored, will doubtless yield these plants:
such species and varieties as Adiantum pedatum, var. aleuticum, Dan-
thonia intermedia and Festuca stabrella.

Susctass D. HupsontAN oR CANADIAN PLANTS COMMON TO
EWFOUNDLAND, SOUTHERN OR FORESTED LABRADOR, AND EASTERN
Canapa. 218 species = 274 per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

It is naturally difficult to draw a definite line between the Arctic-
alpine and the Hudsonian plants on the one hand and the Hudsonian
and Canadian on the other, for in such regions as Newfoundland and
eastern Canada these groups mingle in the most perplexing fashion.
The plants of Subclass D are probably chiefly Hudsonian for they extend
across the Labrador Peninsula to the Atlantic coast or the Straits 0!
Belle Isle, but this subclass contains a number of species, already
enumerated on p. 125, which are ordinarily of more southern range and
belong more properly to the tee nise te: or even the Alleghanian flora.
The si jy is the fact that these
218 plants of Siddlans W ones occur north of Newfoundland, in Labra-
dor. Thislarge group includes, besides the species listed on p. 125, such
very familiar species as Cryptagramma Stelleri, Dryopteris Filix-mas,
grionie um complanatum (true), Larix laricina, Picea canadensis, P.

tT he mn :
to indicate exact stations.

d show the broad range of the species but do not attempr

138

Rhodora [July

mariana, Abies balsamea, Triglochin palustris, Scirpus hudsonianus, S.
atrocinctus, Eriophorum isi Carex Michauxiana, Habenaria peas

rea, H. dilatata, H. obtusata, Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, Lis ‘or-
data, Salix balsamifera, S. cobs Populus balsamifera, Se gee:

Drosera rotundifolia, Parnassia parviflora, Ribes lacustre, R. prostratum,
R. triste, Pyrus sitchensis, Amelachir sitisaine: Geum macrophyllum,
Epilobium naar a a alpina, Osmorhiza obtusa, Heracleum
lanatum, Cornus ca Pyrola minor, Primula farinosa, var.

cropoda, Halen seat Galium labradoricum, Viburnum pauci-
florum and Solidago macrophylla. A good conception of the broad
range of this group is gained from the map (plate 88, fig. 6) showing
the distribution in eastern America of the Skunk Currant (Ribes
prostratum)

CLASS II. WESTERN OR CANADIAN TYPES NOT REACH-
ING LABRADOR. 27 species = 34 per cent of the Newfoundland

Flora.

These plants occur on the west side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence
(in northern Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, the Gasp¢ Peninsula and
adjacent area or on Anticosti) but are unknown in central and southern
Nova Scotia, coastal Massachusetts, Long Island and eastern and
southern New Jersey. From the following list, which includes all of
the species of Class II, it will be seen that many of these plants are
such as by further exploration are likely to be discovered in Labrador,
when they will take their places in Class I; and that none of them
are characteristic (if found at all) in the southern half of Nova Scotia
and the coastal region southward.! Potamogeton filiformis, Trisetum
meliciodes, Eleocharis nitida,? Scirpus pauciflorus, Carex eburned,
Carex Maas: var. gaspensis, C. Hornschuchiana, var. laurentiana,* Carex
pa Juncus compressus Jacq., Juncus alpinus, var. insignis,

Idia glutinosa, Zigadenus chloranthus, Listera auriculata, L. con
malian Salix ARI vg S. Barclayi, Polygonum Roberti Loisel.;
Ranunculus Macounii, Ribes hirtellum, var. saxosum,® a nephro-
phylla, Shepherdia canadensis, Pyrola asarifolia, var. incarnata, Genti-
ana nesophila, Galium ec li Lobelia Kalmii, ype bere
eu 6 and Tanacetum huronense

4

CLASS III. SOUTHWESTERN TYPES. This class contains
274 species = 35 per cent of the Newfoundland flora. It consists of

ose

1 For notes on ream saghs x eines var. Purshii see p
1

own as yet only from western Newfoundland said the upper Ottawa River (see

34).
3 pes is a possibility that this was once found in eastern Massachusetts (see

130).
* Polygonum Roberti has been collected at the Grand Narrows, Cape Breton ( aes

no. 20,

206

).
See Ruopora, xiii. 75, 76 (1911). 6 See Ruopora, xiii. 23 (1911).

Rhodora Plate 89.

OMA
feb

2 + “ht 4

BE See

mie oth aS
Rs £

»

DISTRIBUTION OF PINUS RESINOSA.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 139

plants found chiefly in regions to the southwest of Newfoundland and
may be divided into two subclasses.

Suspcitass A. CANADIAN AND ALLEGHANIAN PLANTS COMMON TO
NEWFOUNDLAND, Nova Scotia, NEw BRUNSWICK, AND COASTWISE
New ENGLAND BUT UNKNOWN IN EASTERNMOST QUEBEC OR LABRADOR.
214 species = 27} per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

It is not possible in our northeastern regions to ila sharply
between the Canadian and Alleghanian floras. any plants such
as Onoclea sensibilis, Osmunda cinnamomea, Pinus Sirus Cypripedium
acaule, —_ humilis, Spiraea SAE. Acer rubrum, Aralia hispida,

E machi

Pyrola americana, Epigaea repens, ia terrestris, and Solidago
rugosa pease in both regions rye very often encroach upon the
Carolinian area. In placing species in Subclass A no distinction has

been made between eouahes and Alleghanian; but the significant
point in regard to this large group is that its species occur in
the North Atlantic States, Nova Scotia, and often New Bruns-
wick, are rare or unknown on the Gaspé Peninsula or Anti-
costi, and reach their northeastern limit on the continent in
western Saguenay County, Quebec, 400-500 miles west of the
Straits of Belle Isle.

Besides the — just enumerated this group contains such very
familiar plants as Dryoptcris cristata, Lycopodium complanatum, var.
flabelliforme, Pinus resinosa, Panicum boreale, Oryzopsis asperifolia,
Glyceria canadensis, Elymus ib ges "Scirpus georgianus, Rynchospora
fusca, Carex vulpinoidea, Juncus effusus, var. Pylaei,! J. canadensis,

Trillium cernuum, Calopogon pulchellue, Pogonia ophioglossoides,
Arethusa oe Salix Soten Polygonum sagittatum, Pyrus melano-

carpa, a virginiana, Ilex verticillata, Oenothera pumila, Cicuta bulbi-
fera, Gautthenta procumbens, Gaylussacia baccata, Vaccinium macro-
carpon, Apocynum dndronsenicioliunk. Lycopus uniflorus, Viburnum
cassinoides, Lobelia Dortmanna, Eupatorium purpureum, var. maculatum,
Aster nemoralis, A. umbellatus, and Antennaria naodioken: As g
representatives as any of the distribution of Subclass A are the ines
bog orchid, Calopogon pulchellus, the range of which is shown in plate
89, fig. 7, and the Red or Norway Pine, Pinus resinosa, the range
shown in plate 89, fig. 8.

Supciass B. CaRroLintiaN PLANTS COMMON TO NEWFOUNDLAND,
Nova Scotia, Care Cop AND ADJACENT ISLANDS, Lona IsLanp,
OR COASTAL AND SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY, BUT RARE OR UNKNOWN
INLAND OR IN CONTINENTAL EASTERN CANADA. 60 species = 73
Per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

See Ruopora, xii. 92 (1910).

140 Rhodora [JULY

The plants of Subclass B are more restricted in their distribution

n the more southerly elements of Subclass A, being confined to the
silicious and boggy coastal strip represented by the New Jersey Pine
Barrens, southern and eastern Long Island, Cape Cod and adjacent
coasts, sandy portions of Nova Scotia, Sable Island, and silicious
and other sterile areas of Newfoundland, only in the most exceptional
cases found far inland or northward in New England or eastern Canada.
Several of these plants are enumerated on p. 135, among the most not-
able of them being Schizaea pusilla, Potamogeton Oakesianus, Ammo-
phila arenaria, Carex hormathodes, C.. silicea, C. sterilis, Juncus effusus,
var. conglomeratus Engelm. (known in America only from eastern
Newfoundland, southeastern Connecticut, and the Pine Barrens of
New Jersey), Spergularia rubra, Arenaria peploides, var. robusta,
Corema Conradii, Elatine americana, Hudsonia ericoides, Myriophyllum
tenellum, Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, and Utricularia clan-
destina. The distribution of this group is represented on plate 90,
wtf the ranges of Schizaea pusilla (fig.9) and of Corema Conradit
(fig. 10).

CLASS IV. ENDEMIC PLANTS OR SPECIES UNKNOWN
ON THE AMERICAN CONTINENT. A small class, 16 plants =
2 per cent of the Newfoundland flora, divided into

Supciass A. Enpemic Puants. 8 plants = 1 per cent of the
Newfoundland flora, chiefly varieties of continental types.

Susciass B. Otp Worip Types AS YET UNKNOWN ON THE AMER-
ICAN CONTINENT. 8 species = 1 per cent of the Newfoundland flora.

These — such species as Montia rivularis Gmel., Sarifrage
etc., are mostly either technical or obscure boreal species
which are o bkely to be found in Labrador or are known from Greenland.

Briefly summarized, the analysis of the indigenous flora is

Per cent of
— Plants lit Flora
Tr ees a
Claes 1.) Babe Tyan. a a | 466 | 593
Class II. Western or Canadian Types not reach-
ing Labrador. a 27 33
Class III. Southwestern Types............... 274 35
Class IV. Endemic Plants or Species Unknown
on the Continent. 00. 3 ee. oe 16 :
eae
783 100
Oe hentne, Geem tent

Rhodora

ae a
\

Cs

E>, ‘

B. k
for\

ay Y/. Pas! K
77\ MS

5 i L f +
i + Waa

Plate 90.

f \
\

¥ \4
wee
6 =| Ge

g. DisTRIBUTION OF SCHIZAEA PUSILLA.

10. DISTRIBUTION OF COREMA CONRADII.

11. DistRipuTION OF ASTER MACROPHYLLUS.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 141

The striking feature of this analysis is of course, as already stated,
the fact that of the indigenous plants of Newfoundland 944 per cent
are identical either with species found to the north of the Straits of
Belle Isle or with plants which occur along the Atlantic seaboard to
the southwest; while only 33 per cent are most typically Canadian
plants which on the continent find their greatest development in
latitudes and climatic zones parallel with those of central and southern
Newfoundland. As previously suggested a very large proportion
(340 + species) of the plants which abound on the continent at the
western edge of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and which we should expect
to find in appropriate habitats in Newfoundland seem to be quite
absent from the island. I have spoken (p.115) of the absence from the
calcareous valleys of Arbor Vitae and some of its regular associates.
Besides these we have searched for in vain and others have failed to
find in Newfoundland such very familiar species as Adiantum pedatum,}
Dryopteris marginalis, Sagittaria latifolia, S. arifolia, Alisma Plantago-
aquatica, Poa Sandbergi Vasey (one of the most abundant grasses on
calcareous rocks of the Gaspé Peninsula), Eleocharis obtusa, Carex
stricta, C. lurida, C. retrorsa, Arisaema triphyllum, Veratrum viride,
Lilium canadense, Trillium erectum, T. undulatum, Populus grandi-
dentata, Ostrya virginica, Quercus rubra, Polygonum cilinode; Anemone
riparia, A. canadensis, Clematis virginiana, Corydalis sempervirens
Penthorum sedoides, Tiarella cordifolia, Chrysosplenium americanum,
Dryas Drummondii Richardson (which, in the Silurian regions of
Anticosti and the Gaspé Peninsula, covers the river-gravels), Prunus
pumila, Dalibarda repens, Acer Saccharum, Viola septentrionalis,
Pyrola asarifolia,? Steironema ciliatum, Mimulus ringens, Lonicera
canadensis, Sambucus canadensis, Viburnum alnifolium, Eupatorium
urticaefolium, Solidago squarrosa, Aster macrophyllus, A. acuminatus,
Erigeron philadelphicus, Bidens cernua, and Prenanthes altissima;
these, as just said, only a few of the most conspicuous of 340 + such

1La Pylaie ead states that the mountains north of Hare Bay have been named
Regis du Capillaire, because of the abundance there of Adiantum pedatum (Voyage,
3); but ij Hevtonndiand na name Capillare is so generally ‘or Chiogenes, from
the haere of which a highly esteemed preserve is made, that it is poorer: that woop
t was more concerned than Adiantum with the naming of the

only Adiantum known in teuemeeniows is A. pedatum, var. aleuticum hick is common
on t mg ‘ine barrens.

asarifolia, var. incarnata which is a more northerly plant than typical P.
eae occurs in western Newfoundland.

142 Rhodora [JULY

species, a large flora which on the continent occupies a fairly definite and
broad belt between the Hudsonian element of Class I and the group
of species embraced in Class III. Typical ranges of these Canadian
plants are shown in plates 90 and 91, indicating the distribution of
Aster macrophyllus (fig. 11), perhaps the most common Aster of the east-
ern Canadian forests, and of the Arbor Vitae, Thuja occidentalis (fig.
12), one of the most abundant and valuable trees of eastern Canada.

Here indeed is an anomalous situation. Although from the
insular position of Newfoundland we should naturally expect that
her flora would lack many species, it is certainly by more than a mere
coincidence that the island lacks a large proportion of the most typical
plants which on the mainland to the west abound in similar latitudes
and under essentially identical conditions of climate and soil, but at ©
the same time possesses so large a proportion of the Arctic-alpine
flora mingled, often in closest proximity, with plants characteristic
of southern New England, and even of the Cretaceous and Tertiary
clays and sands of the New Jersey Pine Barrens. The presence on
the island of the 466 Boreal plants of Class I (59} per cent of the
whole flora) is apparently simple to explain, for the northern peninsula
of Newfoundland is separated from the Labrador Peninsula merely
by the Straits of Belle Isle which are in many places only 11 or 12
miles across. The endemic plants and those not known upon the
continent of North America (Class IV) may also be passed for the
present since, when that country is better known, the latter will
presumably be found in Labrador, and since the endemic plants are
without exception minor variants or immediate relatives of conti-
nental types, showing that the flora of the island is of comparatively
recent origin; in this resembling the flora of the Faerées, a region
which, as Warming states, forms “a strong contrast to other Atlantic
islands, viz. the Azores, Madeira, and the Canaries, which are rich
in endemic species, and have a flora which is very old, related to that
of the Tertiary time; this can only be accounted for by the fact that no
Glacial Period destroyed the old plant-world of these islands.” *
The greatest problem, and the only one with which we will at present
deal, concerns Classes II and III, the typical Canadian flora which
is very meagrely represented in Newfoundland, and the somewhat

_ Warming: The History of the Flora of the Faerdes. Botany of the Faerdes, il
2 (1903).

Rhodora Plate 91.

13. Copy OF A PORTION or DE GEER’S MaP OF 7HE LAST
CHANGE OF LeveL IN EasterN Nortu America. BROKEN
LINES ARE ISOBASES WITH 200 FOOT INTERVAL. DOTTED
PORTION, THE SUBMERGED COASTAL PLAIN, A. SUBMARINE
RIVER-CHANNELS.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 143

more Southwestern plants which together with the Boreal make up
943 per cent of the flora of the island; a flora which, it is almost need-
less to say, must have reached Newfoundland since the receding
toward the north of the Pleistocene glaciers.

Besides by human transportation there are five methods by which
plants are commonly supposed to have reached islands: by trans-
portation by birds, by ocean-currents, by floating ice and logs, by winds,
or by having crossed on a formerly existing land-bridge. All of these
methods may well have been effective in bringing to Newfoundland
the plants of Group I, the Boreal types, but before accepting them as
the sources of the floras of Groups IT and III, the typical Canadian
and the Southwestern plants, we may well consider them in some
detail.

Birps. There has long been a strong tendency, based in part on
the notes of Darwin and others, to believe that many difficult problems
of plant distribution are to be explained by assuming that the seeds
or fragments of the plants have been transported by birds. But it
can only be said that the best evidence is opposed to this explanation
of the origin of the floras of the more remote islands of the North
Atlantic. In their exhaustive treatises on the sources of the Faeréese
flora Warming and Ostenfeld, though diametrically opposed in their
final opinions (the latter urging the necessity of a post-glacial land-
bridge from Scotland to the Faerées, the former maintaining that no
such bridge is demanded), both affirm that the number of plants
carried by birds over such distances are almost negligible. This con-
clusion is based upon the studies of two eminent Danish ornithologists
and is so applicable to the present problem that I quote freely from
both Ostenfeld and Warming. The former says:

“As I also [formerly] laid some stress on the migrations of birds (all
the more, perhaps, because I held the other disseminating agencies
to be of little value) I applied to an eminent Danish ornithologist,
Mr. Knud Andersen, who has made a special study of the birds
of the Faerées,' and he very kindly gave me the information I wanted.
.... If we consider how the migrating birds would carry the seeds
with them, it can only be in one of two different ways, either in the
alimentary canals or adhering to their beaks, feet or feathers. With

eddelelser om Faerfernes Fugle med saerligt H

1 Knud Andersen ensyn til
Nols@, I and II. via Medd. f. d. naturh. Forening i Kj@benhavn ono p. 315,
1899, p. 239).

144 Rhodora [JULY

regard to this Mr. Andersen says that in Denmark during a period of
4-5 years the intestines of all the birds found at the lighthouses were
examined with the result that all without exception were empty, 1. e.
the birds migrate on an empty stomach. Even if a bird had taken food
just before it left the nearest land, Shetland, it would not retain it
until it reached the Faerées, as it takes at most a few hours to digest
the food and the useless parts are doubtless ejected during flight.
With regard to the seeds adhering to the birds, Mr. Andersen says
that here also we must bear in mind that we are speaking of migrating
birds, for while a bird shot in the fields may have clumps of earth, ete.
(possibly with seeds) adhering to it, this has never been found to be
the case with migratory birds on the move, and he again refers to
the quantity of birds from lighthouses which he has had for investi-
gation to support him in stating with some certainty that migratory
birds are almost always clean when they journey.”

“‘Thus we see that an ornithologist is of opinion that migratory
birds are of hardly any importance as disseminators of plants.” *

Warming, referring to Andersen’s conclusions, supplements them
with the conclusions of the Danish zoologist, Winge:

‘For a number of consecutive years thousands of birds, picked
up dead at the Danish lighthouses, have been sent to the Zoological
Museum in Copenhagen, and notes on these dead birds have for
many years been published annually by H. Winge in ‘Videnska-
belige Meddelelser fra Naturhist. Forening.’ This eminent zoologist
writes to me, in a letter dated March 27, 1903, as follows:— ‘In one
of the first years, the contents of the stomachs were systematically
examined, later on only occasionally, but the stomach has always
proved to be empty, only rarely some very slight traces of food have
been found, viz. small pieces of the testa of seeds, etc. (besides, in
some cases, a little sand or small stones, etc.). Though I have had
thousands of dead migratory birds between my hands, and have made
a habit of examining every single one, I have not as yet found any seeds
adhering to the feathers, beaks, or feet. Small crusts or lumps
of dried mud or clay occur fairly often on the beaks and feet of birds
such as wading-birds, larks, starlings, etc.; whether these crusts oF
lumps contain microscopical germs, has not yet been ascertained
(they may undoubtedly do so), but seeds, such as may be discerned
by the naked eye or with a pocket-lens, have not been found.’”’

1 Ostenfeld, Botany of the Faerdées, i. 116, 117 (1901).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 145

**As the above observations are made by so careful and eminent
an investigator, I must consequently believe that birds at least very
seldom carry seeds. and other larger reproductive organs, and small
plants, across great distances, and the indisputable evidences of birds
carrying seeds either in them or adhering to them mentioned in books
evidently apply to birds shot at or not far from, their daily haunts,
and not to such as have just made a long journey. Winge also has
observed a great many instances of birds carrying seeds across short
distances.” !

In view of the well known character of the work of Andersen and
of Winge and the fact that it is confidently relied upon by so dis-
tinguished an advocate of the land-bridge theory as Ostenfeld and by
the illustrious opponent of that theory, Warming, we can do no better
than to acquiesce in their conclusion, that some method other than
transportation by birds is required to account for the vascular flora
of the Faerées; and to conclude that in the case of the Newfoundland
vascular plants (or at least of most of them) we must also seek a
better explanation.

Ocean CurRRENTS. The most pronounced of the ocean-currents
which skirt the eastern coast of North America are of course the
Gulf Stream which as it drifts eastward off the coast of eastern
New England, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland is far out to sea, and
the Labrador Current which, coming from the North, is the shoreward
current along the outer coast of Newfoundland, Nova Scotia an
eastern New England. That the plants of New Jersey, coastwise
New England and boetheti Nova Scotia could not reach Newfound-
land by means of the south-flowing shoreward Labrador current needs
no argument; and that the Gulf Stream, far offshore and washing no
part of our coast north of the West Indies would be ineffective is per-
fectly obvious. Nor is Cabot Strait, the water separating Newfound-
land from Cape Breton, adapted to transport seeds from the latter to
the former region for, as shown by W. B. Dawson, the strong trend
of the currents on the western or Nova Scotia side of this Strait is
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence out to the open Atlantic; but on the
eastern or Newfoundland side from the Atlantic into the Gulf.'| And
the very meagre representation in Newfoundland of the character-
istic Canadian plants (27 species out of more than 367) which

Warming, Botany of the Faerées, ii. 676, 677 (1903).

146 Rhodora [JULY

abound on the west side of the Gulf of St. Lawrence shows clearly
how ineffective have been the waters of the Gulf in transport-
ing plants from Anticosti, the Gaspé Peninsula, New Brunswick and
Cape Breton to the Newfoundland shores. Even the current of the
gigantic lower St. Lawrence River has been surprisingly ineffective
in this transportation, for not only do the 340 typical Canadian plants
which are unknown in Newfoundland nearly all occur along the lower
St. Lawrence whence, theoretically, their seeds, fruits or other frag-
ments might be washed to the Newfoundland side of the Gulf; but of
the 274 species which comprise our Class III, the Southwestern plants,
not any of those which grow along the upper St. Lawrence but are
unknown in easternmost Quebec show, so far as indicated by my
daily recorded observations for many summers on the lower St.
Lawrence, any evidence of extending their ranges from their continu-
ous areas of distribution to points farther down the river. Many other
plants, furthermore, such as Dryopteris cristata, Pinus resinosa, Carex
pinoidea, Juncus tenuis, Salix humilis, Spiraea latifolia, Rosa
virginiana, Ilex verticillata, Hypericum boreale, H. virginicum, Aralia
hispida, Sium cicutaefolium, Cornus circinata, Pyrola americana,
Repaid galericulata, Chelone glabra, Viburnum cassinoides, and
go rugosa, while extending in a comparatively solid phalanx
across New England and southern Quebec as far east as Temiscouata,
Rimouski or western Matane County, where the St. Lawrence has
become sea-like and decidedly saline, have failed to find successful
anchorage farther down the St. Lawrence, along the north shore of
the Gaspé Peninsula or on Anticosti Island, although many of them
extend northward along the coast from eastern New Brunswick to the
north shore of the Baie des Chaleurs. This fact is further emphasized
by an examination of Dr. Schmitt’s catalogue of the vascular plants
of Anticosti,? which enumerates a large number of species but, with
the possible exception of Diervilla Lonicera, not one of them such as
seem to have been stranded on the island from areas far up the St.
Lawrence.’ It is thus apparent that, although our small rivers are

1 See A. T. wig ond: Currents and Temperatures in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
Can. Ree. Sci., vii. 54 (189

6).
2 Schmit a iat ae de l’ile d’ Anticosti, 159-234 (1904).

3 Sch Ranunculus Harveyi, Thalictrum divicum [dioicum], T. purpurascens,
and Viola pene are unquestionably listed though errors of determination, since these
are all plants of far more southern or inland areas. His Ranunculus Harvey? (real

Re Harveyi is confined to Missouri and Arkansas) is possibly R. Allenii Robinson;

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 147

often highly efficient in transporting and distributing plants or their
fragments or fruits, the broad lower St. Lawrence, like a great drift-
ing sea, accomplishes little toward populating the shores near its
mouth with the plants from farther up-stream; and in this service
not only the current of the St. Lawrence but the currents in the Gulf
have been conspicuously ineffective in carrying to Newfoundland
the plants which abound on the continent

Fioatine Ick anp Logs. These may well be efficient in bring-
ing boreal plants upon the coast of Newfoundland, but for the
reasons explained in the consideration of ocean-currents they appar-
ently have carried few if any southwestern types to the island.

Winns. Warming feels that in case of the Faerées winds are
sufficient to have carried upon those islands most of the plants they
have received from Scotland, but Ostenfeld urges that many species
have seeds too heavy for ready transportation by this means. In the
case of Newfoundland it is perfectly reasonable to suppose that the
plants of Class I, the Boreal Species, which, as we have seen, might
readily be brought from the Labrador side of the Straits of Belle Isle
by birds, ocean-currents or floating ice and logs, could as readily have
been transported by the winds; for the distance is so slight that the
light seed (or spores) — of Botrychium Lunaria, Lycopodium Selago,
Eriophorum Chamissonis, Salix, Populus balsamifera, etc.— might
readily be wafted across, and the dried fragments or heavier fruits
of other plants blown across on the comparatively short ice-bridge
formed in severe winters. But the distance across Cabot Strait, the
shortest route from the southwestern mainland to Newfoundland is
fully 70 miles, and, although this does not seem a forbidding gap, the
fact remains that very many common Canadian species with fine
spores or with the seeds plumose, feathery or otherwise adapted for
wind-transportation have failed to cross from Cape Breton to south-
Western Newfoundland. Among such plants perfectly adapted,
It would seem, for wind-transportation, at least in heavy gales or
i winter when advantage can be taken of broad fields of ice, are
Lycopodium sabinaefolium, Adiantum pedatum, Dryopteris marginalis,
Pyrola elliptica and Chimaphila umbellata, with very minute spores

Thalictrum ange probably 7. confine which is a characteristic plant about the Gulf

. t. Lawr ; his T. purpurascens (a es unknown as far east as New England)
undoobtedly ‘the common T. polygamum Syme h he does not list; and his Viola
oo (a an

arts d speci ry rare east of the Connecticut valley) is more likely
bradorica, arenaria, or adunca, all of sebuah occur about the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

148 Rhodora [JULY

or seeds; and Populus grandidentata, Clematis virginiana, Acer
Saccharum, Epilobium molle, Apocynum cannabinum, Asclepias
Syriaca, Eupatorium perfoliatum, E. urticaefolium, Solidago squarrosa,
S. latifolia, S. juncea, Aster macrophyllus, A. cordifolius, A. acuminatus,
Erigeron philadelphicus, Gnaphalium polycephalum and Prenanthes
altissima with feathery pappus or other means of buoyancy. And
even though the buoyant-seeded plants of Nova Scotia have, since
the receding of the Pleistocene ice, failed to reach by means of the
winds the opposite side of Cabot Strait, there are plenty of other very
common plants of Cape Breton or Nova Scotia proper — such as
Leersia oryzoides, Carex lurida, C. retrorsa, Veratrum viride, Ostrya
virginica, Polygonum cilinode, Osmorhiza divaricata and Steironema
ciliatum,— the bladdery fruits, light seeds, or dry seed-bearing frag-
ments of which it requires no extreme stretch of the imagination to
picture as blowing and bounding on the broad fields of ice finally to
find lodgment on the Newfoundland shore. But theoretically simple
as this process appears, such conspicuous plants of the Canadian zone
seem to have failed utterly in thus crossing Cabot Strait; and if this
shortest route to Newfoundland has proved too much for the Nova
Scotian species it is quite obvious that the routes from Anticosti (110
miles) and the Gaspé Peninsula (more than 200 miles) are no more
efficient. Otherwise we should expect to find upon Newfoundland
such very common and conspicuous plants of Anticosti or Gaspé as
Anemone multifida, A. riparia, Clematis verticillaris, Arabis brachy-
carpa, Dryas Drummondii, Astragalus frigidus, var. americanus, Pyrola
asarifolia, Erigeron acris, var. asteroides, Arnica mollis, A. chionopappa,
and Prenanthes racemosa.

Surely, if nearly all the plants (340 + out of 367 + species) which
today abound in eastern Canada in the latitudes of Newfoundland
(with the exception of the northern peninsula) but which are not
characteristic of the sandy coastal country to the southwest, have
thus signally failed to reach the island by means of the winds, is it
not obvious that such a method for the transportation of Schizaea
pusilla, for example, from New Jersey to Nova Scotia, thence to
Newfoundland, or of the other southwestern plants which compose
our Class ITI, is highly improbable? In fact, from the size and weight
of the seeds or fruits of many of these Southwestern Types which
are perfectly at home in Newfoundland — for example, Sparganium
diversifolium, Potamogeton Oakesianus, Carex folliculata, Carex in-

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 149

tumescens, Corylus rostrata, Castalia odorata, Pyrus arbutifolia, var.
atropurpurea, Rosa virginiana, Corema Conradii, Ilex verticillata,
Viola cucullata, Aralia hispida, Sanicula marilandica, Cicuta bulbifera
(reproduced by bulblets), Cornus alternifolia, Gaylussacia baccata,
G. dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, Vaccinium macrocarpon, Convolvoulus
Sepium, and Melampyrum lineare — it is difficult to see how the winds
could have had any efficient part in transporting them from the
continent to Newfoundland.

Not only is the flora of Newfoundland composed of boreal and
southwestern species with only a very meagre representation of the
typical Canadian species but the fauna shows a similar composition.
There are several animals, the caribou, marten, Arctic hare, ptarmi-
gan, etc. closely akin at least to Arctic-alpine or Hudsonian species
of rador, but the moose, porcupine, squirrels, mice, spruce
partridge, and many other conspicuous animals of our Canadian
forests are unknown; and Mr. Outram Bangs and Dr. Glover M.
Allen inform me that the only native mouse of Newfoundland, instead
of being one of the common woodland species of eastern Canada, is
Microtus terrae-novae, the Newfoundland vole, which is closely akin
to the Meadow Mice of our New England coast, and that the muskrat
of Newfoundland (Fiber zibethicus obscurus) is very close to the muskrat
(true Fiber zibethicus) of our continental swamps and pond shores, a
species unknown from Labrador.

As we have already seen, the possibility of the southwestern coastal
plants reaching Newfoundland from Nova Scotia by means of birds,
ocean-currents, floating logs and ice, or by winds is very slight indeed
if not entirely negligible. And surely these agencies would hardly
be likely to transport to Newfoundland the vole or the muskrat,
neither of which would be apt to undertake long water-journeys.
We are therefore ready to consider the possibilities of the flora and
at least the southern mammal-fauna of Newfoundland having reached
the island by the method which we have not yet discussed, viz. by
crossing on a

Post-GLActaL Lanp Bripge. We here approach a problem upon
Which there is little direct geological or at least paleontological
evidence, and many geological friends whom I have consulted are
’ disinclined, from the meagreness of the geological record, to express
a final opinion in the matter. But the botanical evidence, at least,
'S very extensive and of a rather striking nature. The isolation

150 Rhodora [JULY

at northeastern stations of Pine Barren and other Coastal Plain
species is by no means confined to Newfoundland. In 1880 Pro-
fessor N. L. Britton! called attention to the fact that many of
the plants of the New Jersey Pine Barrens extend northeastward
upon the Cretaceous soil (but not on the Drift) of Staten Island,
and across Long Island to the similar soils of southern New England;
and gradually our knowledge of these northeastern outliers of the
flora of the Pine Barrens and even of more southern highly silicious
areas of the Coastal Plain has increased until (omitting from consider-
ation all plants which reach Newfoundland) we now know 118 such
species which, northeast of Long Island, have remote outlying stations
along the coastal strip of New England or the Maritime Provinces,
and every season of botanizing is adding one or more species to the
list from Prince Edward Island, eastern New Brunswick, Nova
Scotia, eastern Massachusetts, Cape Cod, Marthas Vineyard, Nan-
tucket, Rhode Island or southeastern Connecticut. A few examples
will make clear this class of cases, 118 species, as already said, besides
those which constitute our Class III, Subclass A of the Newfoundland
flora. Sabatia dodecandra (S. chloroides), the splendid rosy pink
gentian of coastal pond-shores from North Carolina to eastern Massa-
chusetts, is quite unknown on the continent northeast of Cape Cod
or north of Bristol and Plymouth Counties, Massachusetts, but on that
remarkable isolated sand ridge and plain, Sable Island, 100 miles out to
sea from the southeast coast of Nova Scotia, it is “the chief annua =
in the flora.? Aster subulatus is a characteristic plant of coastal flats
from Florida to New Hampshire, is quite unknown on the coast of
Maine, southern New Brunswick or Nova Scotia, but reappears
(with other southern species) in great profusion on the broad flats
at the mouth of the Nepisiguit River as it enters the Baie des Chaleurs
in northeastern New Brunswick. Ilex glabra, the Inkberry of coastal
swamps from Louisiana to Florida and the Atlantic coast as /at
north as the region of Dorchester Bay, south of Boston, occurs 30
miles away in an isolated area of swamps in Wenham and Magnolia,
its most northeasterly station in the United States, but it reappeats
in sandy swamps of southwestern Nova Scotia. Magnolia wr guna.
of our southern Atlantic coast extends northward across New Jersey

1'N. L. Britton: On the Northward Extension of the N. J. Pine Barren Flora oP

Long and Staten Islands. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vii. 81-83 (1880)
2 J. Macoun, Geol. Surv. Can. n. s. xii. 218 A (1902).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 151

to Suffolk County, Long Island, but is unknown east of Long Island
except in the famous swamp on Cape Ann (120 miles in a straight
line from the nearest Long Island station) where it has been known
since the days of Menasseh Cutler. Betula nigra, the River or Red
Birch so characteristic of swamps and river-banks from Texas to
Florida and throughout the lower Mississippi region, extends up our
coastal plain to Suffolk County, Long Island, but, save along the lower
Merrimac and adjacent regions of southern New Hampshire and
northeastern Massachusetts, 115 miles from the Long Island area,
is unknown in New England. Echinodorus tenellus is found at
various stations in the Mississippi valley and about the Gulf of Mexico
and the southern coast, but northeast of Canterbury, Delaware, is
known only around ponds of Middlesex County, Massachusetts (a gap
of 340 miles). Scirpus Hallii, originally described from Texas, is
abundant on the shores of Winter Pond in Middlesex County, Massa-
chusetts, but, though it is the most distinct and easily recognized
species of its subgenus, it is unknown elsewhere in the Atlantic states
north of Decatur County, Georgia, and Indian River, Florida, 1115
miles away. These few cases, as said, are typical of this large class
of plants, for were the ranges of the remainder of the 118 species
very closely scrutinized similar broad gaps in their northern distribu-
tion would be quickly apparent— such very local plants in our flora
as Lycopodium alopecuroides, Najas quadalupensis,: Panicum verru-
cosum, P. scoparium,? Leptochloa fascicularis, Eleocharis interstincta,?
E. quadrangulata, E. Torreyana, E. tricostata,t Scirpus Longii,> Ryncho-
spora Torreyana,’ Scleria reticularis, Carex ptychocarpa, C. subulata,
Orontium aquaticum, Juncus brachycarpus,’ J. aristulatus, Saururus
cernuus, Rumex hastatulus, Sagina decumbens, Linum floridanum,
Ilex opaca, Ascyrum hypericoides, Opuntia vulgaris, Cuscuta arvensis,
Stachys ambigua,! Gerardia parvifolia, Viburnum venosum, Sclerolems

‘See Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 908).

* See Hitchcock & Chase, Cont. Nat. Herb. xv. 295 (1910).

* See Wiegand, Hinovons. xi. 83 (1909).

shea Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxy. 480 (1908).
See Ruopora, xiii. 6 (1911)

: :
PS cea B. Graves, Ruopora, iv. 27 (1902); and G. G. Kenn i Dr
ie 6 vee observation that at Scituate, Massachusetts, Juncus brachycarpus grew
reddish soil quite different from the general e e
The gravel was in small ; a

equal sized particles with a peculiar greasy feeling to the hand
r the soil were observed elsewhere,”’ is peculiarly interesting,

and neither the plant no
fessor ah wman has shown (Science, n. s. xxi. 994) that at Scituate

152 Rhodora [JULY

uniflora,? Eupatorium leucolepis,? Gnaphalium purpureum, and Coreop-
sis rosea.

In 1893, Dr. Arthur Hollick, in a significant paper entitled Plant
Distribution as a Factor in the Interpretation of Geological Phenomena,
with Special Reference to Long Island and Vicinity,’ accounted for the
presence on Long Island, Martha’s Vineyard, Nantucket and Cape
Cod of the Pine Barren plants by demonstrating that after the reced-
ing of the Pleistocene ice there existed a land connection along the
shoreward margin of the old coastal plain, which now forms the
coastal bench extending gradually offshore until at a depth of about
100 fathoms — 600 feet — it abruptly meets the deeper waters of the
open Atlantic. Hollick’s statements bear so directly on our problem
that I quote freely from them: —

“During Cretaceous and Tertiary times a series of fresh water or
estuary and marine deposits (clays, sands, gravels and marls) were
laid down along the eastern borders of the North American continent.
About the close of the Miocene, or the beginning of the Pliocene
period, an era of elevation began which finally raised them hundreds,
in places thousands of feet, above their present level, forming a vast
coastal plain, which extended over the entire area where we now
find them, and for a considerable distance eastward, into what 1s
now part of the bed of the Atlantic ocean. On the land side this
plain was bounded by the crystalline and Triassic rocks of Connecticut,
southern New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and southward. .
The evidences of its extension northward around Rhode Island ind
Massachusetts are now almost obliterated, but there seems to be
every reason to believe that its land limits were approximately the
coast line of the present day. .. . Further north than Massachusetts,

are found beds of Pre-Pleistocene deposits, the uppermost being bright 2 red page
Kennedy's station for Juncus brachycarpus is at ‘‘Egypt,” where th oo

clays th of ‘‘ Egyp
half-mile along the cliff face.” It is desirable to watch at Third Cliff for the Juncus
and other Coastal —— species and it _ be that remnants of the Coast tal Pla
ton than at Third C

1 See Wiegand, Honecus, xi. 83 (1 an anit Fernald, Ruopvora, xii. 191 (1910).
*See F. T. Lewis, Ruopora, vii. 186 (1905); and J. F. Collins, Raopora, xii.

£6

(1910).

3 ae gldago leucolepis was collected nag Kingston, Massachusetts, by W. P.
Rich and C. H. Knowlton, August 30, 1

‘Trans ; xi. prego (1893).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 153

so far as I am aware, it is not even indicated, and except for the
presence of the well-recognized submerged plateau off our eastern
shores all further trace of the former coastal plain is lost. Its eastern
limits, where it formerly met the waters of the Atlantic ocean, were
probably where we now find the borders of this plateau to be, namely,
at the 100 fathom contour.”

“Shortly after the advent of the Ice Age the elevation had reached
its maximum. The rivers had previously cut deep valleys through
the easily eroded material forming the coastal plain, in their courses
to the sea, and when the continental glacier, pushing its way south-
ward and eastward, finally flowed over the edges and escarpments
of the hard crystalline rocks onto the soft and incoherent material
of the coastal plain it scooped it out to a great depth in places, and
then, either carrying it forward in mass, or else pushing and squeezing
it ahead in a great contorted ridge, capped by the boulder till, finally
left it as part of the terminal moraine. .. .”

“Just when the period of elevation ended and that of depression
began, in fact, whether it was previous to, or subsequent to that of
greatest ice accumulation, is yet a matter of controversy between
authorities, but in either case on the retreat of the glacier, we may
picture to ourselves the terminal moraine forming an elevated ridge
extending through Staten Island, Long Island and the islands to the
eastward, forming a continuous, more or less elevated land connection
to the north and east, with what remained of the coastal plain sloping
away from it on one side and a trough filled with the water from
the melting glacier on the other... .”

“The present rate of coastal subsidence, as calculated by Prof.
Geo. H. Cook, and other authorities, is about two feet per century.
At this rate, six thousand years ago practically the whole of the area
included within the present twenty-fathom contour would have been
above sea level — only the deepest parts of the trough of the Sound
being below it. .. . This area, as may readily be seen, includes the whole
of Staten Island, Long Island, Block Island, Martha’s Vineyard and
Nantucket, besides a respectable portion of the submerged coast
fastward and southward. It is also probable that at least a part of
this area to the eastward, which at the present time is lower than the
twenty fathom contour, has become disproportionately so in mod

times by tidal scouring, and that it was actually and relatively higher
formerly than now.”

154 Rhodora [JULY

“Under these circumstances we should, therefore, have had, during
a considerable period of time, a continuous strip of land, except for
the river outlets, all the way from New Jersey to Massachusetts,
separated from the mainland by a body of water occupying the trough
scooped out by the glacier, which, in its present depressed and widened
condition, we now call Long Island Sound, but which was then a
fresh water lake or broad river. Bearing these conditions in mind
we next have to consider the still further subsidence of the Champlain
Period, the re-elevation of the Terrace Period, and the depression

which is again going on at the present day. It is evident that at
some time during these oscillations of level the sea, having eaten
away the coastal plain, finally reached the barrier of the terminal
moraine, where this still remained as the connecting link between
Long Island and Massachusetts. The moraine gave way in places,
channels were formed and detached portions remained to form the
islands which we recognize today as Block Island, Martha’s Vineyard,
Nantucket and the host of other lesser islands which stream out
from the end of Long Island towards Cape Cod and the Rhode Island
shore, while the eroded portions are represented by the great sub-
pd, ridges which are known as the Nantucket and other shoals.”
.it is evident that our theory implies the continued existence
of fend connection, between New Jersey and southeastern New Eng-
land, by way of Long Island, during a sufficient period of time after
the final recession of the glacier, for the pine barren flora to have
spread and become established there. .. . Long Island, Block Island,
Martha’s Vineyard, Nantucket, etc., as we now know them, have
not been submerged since the final retreat of the glacier, and their
separation into islands by the submergence of the intervening land
is a comparatively modern phenomenon, due to the depression and
erosion which are actively at work, and which have produced such
conspicuous results during the historic period.”’ !

Dana, reviewing in 1894 the botanical evidence, said: “The migra-
tion northward of the Pine Barren flora must have been during the
latter part of the time of high latitude elevation. .... Each stage in

. the retreat was a contraction of the area of perpetual frost, and a wid-
ening of the range of tropical winds, ensuring further encroachment.
In view of all the facts, it is probable that before the subsidence had

1 Hollick, |. c. 196-201 (1893).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 155

made large progress, the ice-sheet had retreated to Canadian territory,
excepting the portions left about the higher mountains of eastern
and western America.” !

In 1908, the late John H. Sears,? accounting for the presence in
Middlesex and Essex Counties of isolated southern plants, cited
Dana’s discussion of the occurrence in Northumberland Strait and
at other points north of Cape Cod of a southern mullosk fauna in
which Dana had concluded that, since “none of the shells are found
in elevated beaches; ...the migration from south of Cape Cod took
place in the Recent period. Such a migration, extending to the St.
Lawrence Gulf, was not possible, unless the Labrador current had
first been turned aside; and a closing of the Straits of Belle Isle
would have brought this about. This implies an elevation of about
200 feet; and it may be that the rise which introduced the Recent
period carried the continent, to the north, to this height above the
present level. In the Champlain period of subsidence the Straits
were open, this being proved by the cold-water shells of the now ele-
vated beaches.” * And basing his conclusions in part on the presence
of the southern plants — Echonodorus tenellus, Scirpus Hallii, Betula
nigra, Magnolia virginiana, ete., in part on the occurrence in coastal
muds of Essex County of southern invertebrates, Sears concluded
that the southern flora (and fauna) reached northeastern Massachu-
setts during the elevation which followed the Champlain subsidence.

Thus, by Hollick’s interpretation, which was accepted by Dana
(who placed their migration and that of the mullosks of North-
umberland Straits at different times) the southern plants reached Cape
Cod in “the period of Glacial emergence which made New Jersey,
Staten Island, Long Island, with the islands east of it and southern
New England, continuous dry land... .long before the alleged sub-
sidence had completed its work” 4; while by Sears the time of the
migration of the southern plants is placed after the Champlain subsi-

ence. The final weighing of the more detailed geological evidence
must of course be left in other hands, but it is possible that on the
more general question we may gain some light by further investigating
the origin of the southern flora of Newfoundland.

oot Man. Geol. ed. 4, 980 (1894).
-H. Sears: A Southern Flora and Fauna of Post-Pleistocene Age in Essex County,
: usetts. Ruopora, x. 42-46 (1908).

Dana, |. ¢. 995

156 Rhodora [Juuy

In the accounts above quoted of the extension to Massachusetts
of the Coastal Plain plants no direct mention is made of one very
important item. This is the amount of water which would necessarily
have been withdrawn from the ocean in order to form the tremendous
masses of ice which, as is now becoming apparent, extended simul-
taneously over large areas of both the northern and the southern
hemispheres. Professor Reginald A. Daly, to whom I am indebted
for references to papers on this subject, says: “At the time of their
maximum extension the ice-sheets, which have since melted away,
covered a total area which may be estimated as from five to eight
millions of square miles.””! And though there is great diversity in the
estimates of the average thickness of the ice and consequently of the
corresponding decrease in the depth of the ocean with the resultant
lowering of sea-level all over the globe, some idea of the magnitude
of this change can be gained by the following extracts from students
of the subject.

Penck, in 1894, wrote: “The causes of the general rise of sea-level
in the latest geological time might perhaps be connected with those
climatic changes which the earth underwent in the Glacial period.
If, during that time, northern Europe, northern North America,
and the Antarctic regions were simultaneously glaciated, a consider-
able mass of water must have been removed from the ocean, and,
the thickness of ice be assumed as 1,000 meters, the sea-level must
have been 150 meters below its present position.” *

Daly, in 1910, felt that these former estimates were too great and
that “the formation of the ice-sheets (which have since disappeared)
would produce a negative movement of sea-level in low latitudes to
an amount ranging between twenty-five and forty-five fathoms.” *

Besides the direct removal from the ocean of water sufficient to
form the ice, there is a second factor which must be taken into account.
This is the gravitative power of the great masses of ice. Using the
formulas of R. S. Woodward,‘ Daly calculates that “ if the ice had an
area of 6,000,000 square miles and an average thickness varying from

Daly: Pleistocene Glaciation and the Coral Reef Problem. Am. Jour. Sci.
ser. 4, xxx. 299 (1910).
? Penck, Morphologie der Erdoberflaeche, ii. 660 (1894) as translated by Daly, |. ©
2 Daly, ie

300.
* Woodward: On the Form and Position of the Sea Level. U.S. Geol. Surv- Bull.
48 (1888).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 157

3,000 to 5,000 feet, the attraction of the ice would lower the level
of the equatorial sea by amounts ranging from five to eight fathoms.”
Consequently, when the front of the northern ice-sheet extended
along the coast of New England, the attraction of the ice would tend
to some extent to compensate for the negative change of our sea-level
produced by direct extraction of water from the ocean; but as the
ice-front receded farther and farther to the north the belt of ice-
attracted water would shift with it, and when New England, the Mari-
time Provinces, and Newfoundland were quite free from the ice-sheet
and the front of the latter had receded to a point on the Labrador
Peninsula, the northward moving rim of heightened water would have
passed beyond us and our coast-line would feel little positive effect
from this source.

If we now examine a chart showing the contours of the coastal
bench which extends as a submerged fringe off the eastern coast of
North America and which represents the old land-border of the
continent, we shall see that in some places, for instance at Nantucket
Shoals and Georges Shoal, the bench comes to within 2 or 3 fathoms
of the ocean-surface, while 100 miles off Canso in eastern Nova Scotia,
Sable Island rises above the water as a long sand-ridge fully 100 feet
high. In many areas — the bench all the way from the coast of the
South Atlantic States to Georges Bank, then Brown’s Bank, then the
coastal banks around western and southern Nova Scotia, Sable Island
Bank, the Banquereau, St. Pierre Bank, etc.— there are portions of
the old land-border forming an almost continuous chain of submerged
plains which, even 100 miles out to sea, show soundings of only 25 to
44, often as low as 10 or 15, fathoms. If we trace the line of soundings
which reveals the submerged coastal plain at a depth of 60 fathoms, we
shall find that only the very deepest channels, such as the outlet from
the deep Gulf of Maine (now 25 miles wide) between Georges Bank
and Brown’s Bank, or Cabot Strait between Cape Breton and the
Banquereau on the west and Newfoundland and St. Pierre Bank on
the east, interrupt the continuity of the coastal bench.

Now, if we concede the withdrawal of water from the ocean to
form the ice of the Glacial Period and disregard for the moment the
Possibility of any other change in the level of the coast, it will be obvious
that Vast areas off our present shore must have their ocean-water
withdrawn. If we take Penck’s view that “the sea-level must have
been 150 meters [492 feet or 82 fathoms] below its present position”

158 Rhodora [JuLy

almost the entire coastal bench, cut through only by the deepest
channels such as that from the Gulf of Maine and Cabot Strait,
would have been dry land. But if Daly’s more conservative figures
(“between twenty-five and forty-five fathoms’’) are taken it is appar-
ent that, although much of the coastal bench would have been dry
land, there would have been innumerable shallow channels between
the uncovered areas.

Furthermore, it is quite apparent that the height of the now sub-
merged coastal bench, composed of friable deposits augmented by great
masses of loose terminal moraine material, must, during and after its
submergence, have been tremendously reduced not only by the denud-
ing action of the waves but by the strong water-currents aided by the
winds. We can gain some conception of this rapid reduction of the
height and area of these remnants of the old coastal plain by observa-
tions made on Sable Island.. In his account of Sable Island, Pro-
fessor John Macoun said: “When the Admiralty survey of the island
was made in 1799 it was found to be thirty-one miles long and two
broad, though according to the older French charts it had been forty
miles in length and two and one quarter in breadth. Lieut. Burton,
who surveyed the island in 1808, found it to be thirty miles long and
two wide”. In 1855, according to Sir William Dawson, the island
was “about 23 miles in length, and from one mile to one and a half
in breadth.”? Des Barre’s charts of 1779 show that some of the
hills (not the highest he stated) were 146 feet above sea-level. Today
the charts show an island less than 22 miles long, and according
to Macoun the highest hills “are now but little over 100 feet”
in height. Macoun further says in regard to Sable Island: “The
popular opinion that as it wastes in one part it makes in another is
fallacious. Another erroneous idea is that the wind wastes the
hills and levels the land and causes destruction. The wind is a builder
and the sea is the leveller. The wind certainly shifts the sand but
it cuts out in one place only to build up in another. By it the sand is
blown inward, but none to sea, except perhaps to a small extent dur-
ing a very heavy gale. On the other hand, the currents that are set
in motion by the winds, and others of a permanent character, are
constantly cutting away the sand and carrying it out to sea, and if

? Macoun, Geol. Surv. Can., Ann. Rep. n. s. xii. 213, 214A (1902).
* Dawson, Acad. Geol. 380 (1855).

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 159

a high tide should throw some of this back, which it often does, the
wind, by blowing this inward, at once begins to build up new hills.”

It is apparent, then, that during the maximum development of
the last ice-advance (the Wisconsin of glacial geologists) a very large
portion of our coastal bench must have been above the sea-level of
that time, forming, as it were, a broad sand-bar off the mouth of the
Gulf of Maine at least to the edge of Georges Bank. Opposite this
to the east would have been another continuation of the sandy belt
running along the Nova Scotia coast and across Sable Island Bank
and the Banquereau to Cabot Strait, with St. Pierre Bank beyond. In
fact, since the ice-action was very slight about the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and there is no evidence of ice-action on the Magdalen Islands, it is
safe to assume that the channel from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Cabot
Strait) was not then of nearly such depth and breadth as at the present
time. Then when the ice began to recede and the water from its
melting (impeded in its progress seaward by various barriers) began
to return to the ocean, the deeper channels would first become filled
and not until the ice-front had reached a comparatively high latitude
would the more elevated portions of the coastal bench become sub-
merged.

Here, then, would be a strip of sands and similar soils stretching
with only slight interruptions from our South Atlantic coast to New-
foundland, and it is probable that not far in the wake of the receding
ice and the more boreal plants and animals the Coastal Plain plants
with the Newfoundland vole and the muskrat crossed on this sandy
bridge to Newfoundland, though some other plants and animals which
farther south occur with them or to which they are closely related —
Sabatia dodecandra, Ilex glabra, ete.— failed to cover the entire dis-
tance. Although many of the plants which seem thus to have reached
Newfoundland belong to southern or even sub-tropical groups and on
the continent find their great development from Cape Cod to Texas or
eveneastern Mexico, it is apparently y to assume that at the
ume of this migration the southeastern edge of the ice was far north
of Newfoundland or even had fully receded from the island. For to-

ay, with arctic ice often fringing far into the summer the eastern and
northern portions of Newfoundland, and snow and ice lying until
mid-July or even through the drier summers upon the bleak slopes,
Schizaea pusilla and Xyris montana, isolated representatives of large
‘ropical families, and Bartonia todandra, an essentially endemic

160 Rhodora [JULY

outlier of a southern Coastal Plain genus, fruit profusely among the
tussocks of Scirpus caespitosus and other Arctic species on the highest
alpine barrens of Newfoundland; and Potamogeton Oakesianus is
there as thoroughly at home with Sparganiwm hyperboreum of Green-
land as on Nantucket! with Najas guadalupensis.

The withdrawal from the ocean of a great body of water to form the
Pleistocene glaciers and the gradual restoration of it to cause the
submergence of our coastal bench give us, then, a sufficient basis upon
which to build the land bridge necessary to carry the Coastal Plain
plants, the muskrat and the vole to Newfoundland, and gradually
to isolate them upon that island. But other factors may have had
to do with the former height of the coastal bench. For instance, in
his paper On Pleistocene Changes of Level in eastern North America,
Baron Gerard de Geer * shows that although in the later Pleistocene
submergence the ocean covered areas which now are far above sea-level
(Mt. Desert Island with late Pleistocene beaches at 210 feet on the hills;
St. John, New Brunswick, at about 269 feet; Dalhousie, New Bruns-
wick, at 174 feet; Riviére du Loup at 373 feet; with points farther in-
land showing beaches at 600-800 feet), southeast and east of this now
uplifted region there is a belt including Perth Amboy (New Jersey),
Long Island, Martha’s Vineyard, southeastern Massachusetts, south-
ern, central and eastern Nova Scotia, eastern Prince Edward Island,
the Magdalen Islands, and the southern margin of Newfoundland,
which shows no sign of Post-Pleistocene uplift. This line (de Geer’s
isobase for zero) south of which no evidence has been found of recent
elevation is so nearly coincident with the northern line of our supposed
land-bridge that the eastern portion of de Geer’s map is here repro-
duced (plate 91, fig. 13), with the omission of the colors and some
inland features which do not bear directly on our problem. And,
although inland from de Geer’s isobase for zero the land has clearly
been elevated since Glacial times,’ Professor J. B. Woodworth, who
has kindly helped me to several references, informs me that he knows
no evidence of Post-Glacial elevation south of that isobase but that,
whatever may be the changes at present going on, there are many eVi-

1"It [Potamogeton Oakesianus] is oe Peteomene in some of the small ponds
of Nantucket, where it fruits very freely. ng, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii. No-

De Geer, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxv. 454-477 (1892). .
* Recent observations have altered in some details the courses of de Geer’s
isobases but have not changed his zero line along the coast west of Newfoundland.

1911] Fernald,— Expedition to Newfoundland 161

dences which demand, since the Glacial Period, a decided subsidence
outside that line.

If we now examine the lists of characteristic plants of Class III, the
Southwestern plants which, it seems to me, must have crossed from
southern New England to Newfoundland on this bridge, we shall see
that they are all species typical of our more purely silicious plains, »
sterile hills, or acid bogs, but not of the better mixed soils such as the
glacial till; many of them being plants which in New Jersey are today
abundant only on the Cretaceous and Tertiary clays, sands and gravels
and which farther south are almost confined to the Coastal Plain and
similar areas.’ If, on the other hand, we examine the list of char-
acteristic Canadian plants which, though abundant on the west side
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, are unknown in Newfoundland, we shall
see that they are chiefly species of rich woods, meadows or other well
mixed soils, or highly calcareous ledges and gravels.

When, therefore, we consider the fact that the bridge formed by the
elevated coastal plain was composed of silicious soils presumably
identical with those found upon the southern Coastal Plain of our
present continent it is evident that an ideal route was laid out for the
spread northeastward of the plants which prosper chiefly in such soils
and it is easy to picture the Red Pine, Pinus resinosa, accompanied or
soon followed by Schizaea pusilla, Corema Conradit, Hudsonia ericoides,
and the other southwestern plants of highly silicious regions, pushing
successfully across the bridge to Newfoundland, while Sabatia do-
decandra got as far as Sable Island and Ilex glabra reached the sandy
swamps of Nova Scotia. Here too, in the boggy meadows and about
the shallow pools, would be a habitat over which the vole and the
musk-rat would rapidly spread. But such a very silicious region would .
have been highly unattractive to Adiantum pedatum, Thuja occidentalis,
Carex retrorsa, Liliwm canadense, Calypso bulbosa, Anemone riparia,
Dalibarda repens, Lonicera canadensis, Viburnum alnifolium, Solidago
squarrosa, Aster macrophyllus, and the hundreds of other plants of
richer soils, which not only in eastern Canada but farther south
(when they occur there) scrupulously avoid the more sterile areas;
and even if they did occasionally straggle slightly off the richer soils

, for example, Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vii. 81 (1880) and Cat. Pl.
N.J. (1889); Hollick, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xii. 191, etc. (1893) and Am. Nat. xxxiii.
1-14, 109-116 (1899): R. M. Harper, Ruopvora, vii. 69 (1905), viii. 27 (1906).

162 Rhodora [JULY

in which they delight, these plants would have found the long belt
of pine barren region of the bridge as forbidding to them then as are
such habitats today. Similarly, though the caribou, Arctic hare,
ptarmigan and other boreal animals of Newfoundland, would find
the bridge congenial territory, the moose, porcupine, and other
mammals of the Canadian forest would find little inducement to leave
the denser woods to wander far upon the sand-bridge, and for this
reason apparently they failed to accompany the vole and the muskrat
(as well as the caribou, etc.) to Newfoundland.

To summarize briefly, the indigenous flora of Newfoundland consists
primarily of plants which occur to the north, in Labrador, or to the
southwest, chiefly along the Atlantic seaboard or the Coastal Plain; the
typical Canadian plants, unless their northeastern range extends to the
north side of the Straits of Belle Isle, being essentially absent from the
island. The distance between Newfoundland and Labrador is not
sufficiently great to prevent ready interchange of species across the
Straits of Belle Isle, but the distance between Newfoundland and
Cape Breton is so great that the plants of the latter region rarely if
ever span it. Birds, ocean-currents, drifting logs and ice, and winds
prove to be ineffective in carrying to Newfoundland the plants from
the southwest, so that an ancient land-bridge is suggested. This
is the more demanded from the presence in Newfoundland of a vole
and a muskrat, mammals closely related to species of our coastal
region. The amount of water withdrawn from the ocean to form the
Pleistocene glaciers was apparently sufficient to leave exposed nearly
if not all the old coastal plain which now forms the submerged bench
off our coast, and in addition there is unquestioned evidence that
since the Glacial Period this coastal bench has been much higher than
it is now; so that upon this now submerged plain, as the ice-front
receded northward, the southwestern plants, most of which still occur
on Cape Cod, Long Island or in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey,
must have spread to Newfoundland, where now they form an isolated

ora.

A

Ne

ska

_
°

-

(Continued pan page 3 of dense)

VOLUME 49.

\

Baipeman, P. W.— Thermodynamic i of Twelve Liquids between
20° and 80° and up to 12000 Kgm. per Sq. Om. pp. 1-114. 7 folders.
May,1913. $2.50

Perrcz, B. Osaoop. — The Maximum Value of the Magnetization in Iron.
pp. 115-146. 3 pls. June, 1913. 60c.

_ Layman, Cuartes Rockwet. — Buddhaghosa’s Treatise on Buddhism, enti-

tled The Way of ESeiresion: analysis of Part I, on Morality. pp: 147-169.
A » 1913.

Ricwargps, T. W.. an and Rowe, A. W.— An Improved Method for Determining -
Specific Heats of Liquids, with Data concerning Dilute Hydrochloric, Hy- |
ipa Hydriodic, Nitric and Perchloric Acids and nee thium, Sodium

d Potassium Hydroxides. pp.171-199. August, 1913.
Warnes, Caries H. — Petrology of the Alkali-Granites and 1 Porphries 0 of
i nena Blue Hills, Mass., U.S, A. pp. 201-331. 2 pls.

joie

* Buaxsg, eioder F. — Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni-

versity. New Series, No. XLI. pp. 333-396. 1 plate. September, 1913, 80c.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

VoL. XLIX. No. 6.—SnpremBer, 1913.

ISSUED
SEP 20 1913

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Seriges.— No. XLI.

By Sipney F. Buake.

I. A Redisposition of the Species heretofore referred to Leptosyne.

II. A Revision of Encelia and some related Genera.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, No. XLI.

By Sipney F. Buake.

Presented by B. L. Robinson 14 May, 1913. Received 12 June, 1913.

I. A REDISPOSITION OF THE SPECIES HERETOFORE
REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE.

Among the numerous genera of the Helianthoid Compositae scarcely
any has had a more involved history than the genus Coreopsis L.,
its synonymy embracing more than a score of generic names. On the
one hand closely allied to the still larger genus Bidens, and perhaps
not clearly separable from it, it is related on the other to various smaller
and much more distinct genera. One group of about a dozen species,
characterized by fertile rays and the presence of an annulus on the
tube of the disk-flowers, has by many authors been kept distinct under
the name Leptosyne DC., but by Bentham and Hooker,! Hoffmann,?
and more recently by Hall,* has been reduced to Coreopsis, apparently
with justice. In habit, involucre, and achenes its members are closely
similar to various species of genuine Coreopsis; and while most of the
species have a thickened hairy oy at base of throat in the disk-
corollas, this is glabrous in some species * and entirely absent in others,®
while the rays although usually fertile are sometimes sterile or neutral
in the section Pugiopappus; so that in the absence of any quite con-
stant diagnostic character and because of the general very close simi-
larity, it seems advisable to follow the authorities above mentioned
in referring the genus definitely to Coreopsis.

The genus Coreocarpus Bentham, on the other hand, although made
a section of Leptosyne by Gray and included by Hoffmann in his section
Leptosyne of Coreopsis, departs in its isomorphic involucral scales so

. Pl. ii. 8385 (1873).
Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iv. Ab. 5. 243 (1890).
3 Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. ili. 189 (1907).
maritima, L. gigan
; L mexicana, L. insularis; and Electra has no annulus.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

strikingly from the distinct dimorphism of the bracts, running with
considerable uniformity through the whole Coreopsis series, as to
deserve generic rank. The bracts are imbricated in two rows, sub-
equal and all similar, subherbaceous, and ovate, which in connection
with the cymosely panicled small heads makes the genus easy of recog-
nition.

A scapose Mexican perennial, Leptosyne pinnata Robinson, described
from material without ripe fruit and referred to this genus with con-
siderable doubt, proves to confirm in achenial characters the distinct-
ness already suggested by habit and is described further onas a new

us

nus.
The relation of the groups in question would seem to be best shown

thus:

COREOPSIS L. (xépis bug, and drs likeness, from the form
of the achene in the original species, C. lanceolata L.) Heads radiate
or rarely and abnormally discoid, the flowers all yellow; rays neutral
or styliferous and fertile or rarely sterile, disk-flowers mostly fertile.
Involucre double, scales of each series slightly connate at base; the inner
membranaceous, 1—2-rowed, brown or yellow; the outer narrower (except
in C. calliopisidea), herbaceous, usually shorter than the inner. Recep-
tacle flat or nearly so; pales flat, membranaceous. Ray-florets ligu-
late, entire or 2-3-dentate; disk-florets regular, tubular, with slightly
enlarged throat and (4—)5-toothed limb, often with a thickened gla-
brous or pilose ring at base of throat. Anthers entire or barely bi-
dentate at base. Style-tips truncate or with short subulate hispid
appendages. Achenes obcompressed, sometimes meniscoid and much
thickened on one face, orbicular to oblong, those of the ray when
fertile commonly broader than the others, glabrous or pubescent,
sometimes villous on the margins, wingless or with a chartaceous wing
sometimes pectinately lobed, epappose or with two teeth, short ciliate
scales, or glabrous or upwardly hispidulous awns or scales, or with a
small cupule in place of pappus.— Herbs or rarely shrubs, glabrous or
pubescent. Leaves alternate or usually opposite, undivided and
entire or toothed, or ternate, or usually ternately or pinnately dis-
sected. Heads of medium size, solitary or corymbose-panicled.—
Gen. 263, no. 670 (1737), and Sp. PI. ii. 907 (1753), in part.

Subgenus Leptosyne (DC.) Blake, n. comb. Rays styliferous,
mostly fertile, rarely neutral in the section Pugiopappus; disk-flowers
usually with a thickened and generally hairy annulus at base of throat.
— Leptosyne DC. Prod. v. 531 (1836); Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvu.
218 (1882), Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2. 299 (1884). Coreopsis sect. Leptosyne

BLAKE.— SPECIES HERETOFORE REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE. 337

O. Hoffm. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iv. Ab. 5. 243 (1890) (excluding
Epilepis, Coreocarpus, and Acoma).— Twelve species, ranging from
California to Guatemala, chiefly Mexican.

Sect. 1. Electra (DC.) Blake, n. comb. Suffruticose, with oppo-
site oval to lanceolate coriaceous sometimes ternately parted leaves.
Heads solitary or paniculate-corymbose, radiate. Outer involucral
scales about 5, oblong; inner about 8, longer, oval-oblong. Rays
about 5, 2-3-dentate, oblong to elliptic, fertile, the tube pubes-
cent; disk-flowers with pubescent tube shorter than the cylindric-
funnelform throat, and (4—)5-toothed limb; annulus none. Style-
branches with subulate hispid appendages. Achenes strongly ob-
compressed, glabrous, margined, the outer broad, the inner much
narrower, all pappusless or the inner rarely witha pair of smooth slen-
der awns.— Electra DC. Prod. v. 630. (1836); Gray, Pl. Wright. i.
110, footnote (1852).— Three species of Mexico and Central America.

* Heads numerous in ternate corymbose panicles.

1. C. mextcana (DC.) Hemsl. Shrubby, nearly glabrous, 0.6-
2m. high; leaves lanceolate to lance-ovate, acute to acuminate at
both ends, sharply serrate, often trifoliately cut nearly to the midrib,
glabrate on both sides or retaining a sparse pubescence chiefly along
the veins, the blades 4-11 cm. long, on narrowly margined petioles
1-2.5 cm, long; heads 1-1.3 em. high, 2.54 em. in diameter including
rays; achenes 6-9 mm. long.— Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 196 (1881).
Electra mexicana DC. 1. ¢. Electra Galeottii Gray, 1. ec. Coreopsis
Galeotti Hemsl. |. c. 195.— In an authentic example of E. mexicana
in the Gray Herbarium, collected by Mendez, the tube of the ray is
distinctly hirtellous, and the narrowly lanceolate leaves still show a
slight appressed pubescence beneath, while one of the younger heads
is also sparingly hairy at the base, so that the characters relied upon
by Dr. Gray in separating FE. Galeottii entirely fail to hold. Galeotti
2086, represented by a fragment in the Gray Herbarium, as well as the
Baites specimens cited in the original description, is practically gla-
brous, while Galeotti 2087 somewhat approaches the next form.

Guanasvato: “cirea Villalpando ultra Guanaxuato,” Mendez
(coryPE in Gray Herb.); Guanajuato, 1895, Dugés 472; near Cader-
eyta, 22 Aug. 1905, Rose 9717; Hipaxco: sunny rocky slopes, Pa-
chuca, Sept. 1905, Purpus 1550; clay banks, Dublan, alt. 2070 m.,
15 Oct. 1902, Pringle 9895; Sierra de Pachuca, 2900 m., 14 Sept.
1899, ge S18 ; near Metepic Station, 2530 m., 20 Sept. 1904,
Pringle 1 ; Mexico: barranca above Santa Fe, 2600 m., 1 Sept.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

1905, Pringle 13547; Oaxaca: Cerro San Antonio, 1650 m., 26 June
1906, Conzatti 1431; Curtapas: 1864-1870, Ghiesbreght 133, 539 (both
with panicle and under side of leaves along veins loosely pubescent);
Mexico without locality: 1864, Battes; Galeotti 2086, 2087 (TYPES
of FE. Galeottit Gray, in Gray Herb.). GuatreMAaLa: Dept. Alta Vera-
paz, Dec. 1907, Tiirckheim II 2043 (large-leaved); Dept. Amatitlan,
near Amatitlan, 20 July 1860, Sutton Hayes; Dept. Jalapa, Laguna de
Ayarza, Sept. 1892, Heyde & Lux 3792.

C. mexicana (DC.) Hemsl. var. hyperdasya Blake, n. var.,
foliis infra ubique dense pubescentibus, supra venis exceptis glabratis
vel scabriusculis, caulibus et gemmis et inflorescentia fuscis cum pilis
tomentosis lente subglabratis— Oaxaca: ravines of hills near Neer
1830 m., Sept. 1894, Pringle 4896 (ryPE SHEET in Gray Herb.); La
Carbouera, 2165 m., 20 Sept. 1895, L. C. Smith 808; Cerro de San
Felipe, 2000 m., 1 Sek: 1897, Conzatti & Gonzdlez 545, 546; San Juan
del Estado, 18 June 1894, L. C. Smith 25; near Reyes, 1830-2290 m.,
17 Oct. 1894, Nelson 1718 (approaching the next form); Hima.co:
Mineral del Monte, C. Ehrenberg 354.

ly. C. mexicana (DC.) Hemsl. var. HypeRDAsSYA Blake f. holo-
tricha Blake, n. forma, foliis parvis utrimque cineraceis pube densa
subscabra.— PuEBLA: vicinity of San Luis Tultitlanapa, July 1908,
Purpus 3099 (TYPE SHEET in Gray Herb.).

* * Heads long-peduncled, solitary or rarely somewhat panicled.

+ Leaves 2-5 cm. long, cuneately oe or obovate; disk-corollas 5-

2. C.cuNEIFoLIAGreenm. Suffruti ichot ly branched,
the young growth pubescent, later Serene leaves pale green espe-

cially beneath, with a few loose hairs when young, mucronately 5-11-
toothed above the middle, tapering to a sessile margined base; heads
8-10 mm. high, 2 em. across the rays.— Proc. Am. Acad. x1. 43 (1904).
— Jauisco: dry rocky mountains above Etzatlan, 2 Oct. 1903, Pringle
8781; Sierra de San Estaban, near Guadalajara, 1830 m., 21 Oct.
1903, Pringle 11900; Duranco: 16 Aug. 1897, Rose 2344.

+- + Leaves 1-2 em. long, oval; disk-corollas 4-toothed.
w 3. C. parvifolia Blake, n. sp., fruticosa trichotome ramosa juven-

tate appresse pubescens denique glabrata cortice cano; foliis parvis
1-2 em. longis ovalibus supra appresse pubescentibus infra paullum

BLAKE.— SPECIES HERETOFORE REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE. 339

capitulis 1-1.5 em. altis 3 em. diametro (radiis inclusis); squamis
exterioribus subcrinitis oblongo-spatulatis obtusis, interioribus oblon-
gis obtusis apice fimbriatis (8-10 mm. longis 4-5 mm. latis); radiis ea.
5 ovalibus 13 mm. longis 8 mm. latis; corollis disci 7 mm. longis infra
hirtellis 4-dentatis— Pursia: dry rocky hillsides, Esperanza, Aug.
1907, Purpus 2581 (rypE in Gray Herb.).

Sect. 2. Anathysana Blake, n. sect., herbae perennes caulibus
pluribus radice lignea foliis oppositis integris vel pinnatiformibus lobis
paucis filiformi-linearibus. Involucrum ut apud §1, squamis interiori-
bus 8-12. Flosculi radii fertiles; ei disci saepius exannulati. Styli
rami apice incrassati breviter appendiculati. Achenia ut apud $1,
epapposa.— Type species Leptosyne mexicana Gray (= C. cyclocarpa
Blake).— Three species of Mexico and Socorro Island.

* Leaves entire, linear-filiform.

Fae 4. C. cyclocarpa Blake, n. nom. Stems numerous from a thick
woody base, 6-7 dm. high, slightly pubescent below; leaves 2-6 cm.
long, entire or very rarely 3-lobed from near the middle, ciliate at
base; heads rather few, long-peduncled, 6-8 mm. high, 1.5-2.5 em.
in diameter including the 8-10 rays; outer scales about half as long
as inner; disk-florets exannulate.— Leptosyne mexicana Gray, in
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 429 (1887), not C. mexicana (DC.) Hemsl.
(1881).— Named from the orbicular indistinctly margined achenes,
those of the ray 4.5 by 4.5 mm.— Jauisco: Rio Blanco, Sept. 1886,
Palmer 568 (type of L. mexicana in Gray Herb.); near Guadalajara,
10 Sept. 1890, Pringle 3570, 24 Sept. 1891, Pringle 3841, 4 Oct. 1903,
Pringle 11546. Rs

* * Leaves pinnately divided into 3-7 linear lobes, the uppermost sometimes
entire.

+ Heads larger, inner involucre 6-8 mm. long; leaves mostly with 3 lateral
pairs of lobes; disk-flowers with hairy annulus.

” 5. C. pinnatisecta Blake, n. nom. In habit, pubescence, and
involucre very similar to the last; leaves 2-3 cm. long, the lobes

mucronate-tipped; achenes obovate, 3.5-4 mm. long, 2.5 mm. broad.—

Leptosyne Pringlet Rob. & Greenm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 3. 1. 155

(1895), not C. Pringlei Rob. Proc. Am. Acad. xliii, 41(1907).—

Oaxaca: Sierra de San Felipe, 2135 m., 7 Aug. 1894, Pringle 4871

(TYPE in Gray Herb.); Pursia: Cerro de Paxtle, near San Luis”
Tultitlanapa, Sept. 1909, Purpus 4098.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

+ + Heads smaller, inner scales 4-5 mm. long; ores mostly with 1 pair of
lobes; disk-flowers exannulat

6. C. insularis (Brandeg.) Blake, n. sat Decumbent (base

a unknown), nearly glabrous; leaves 1-2.5 em. long, 3-5-lobed; heads

axillary and terminal, about 1.3 em. in diameter including the small

rays; outer bracts 3 as long as inner; achene 4.2 mm. long.— Lepto-

syne insularis Brandeg. Erythea vii. 5 (1899).— Socorro ISLAND:

March-June 1897, Anthony 394 (tyPE COLLECTION): 27 May-3 July
1903, F. E. Barkelew 223.

Sect.3. Tuckermannia (Nutt.) Blake,n.comb. Stout perennials,
with alternate fleshy 2-3-pinnately dissected ‘leaves and large heads.
Outer involucral scales 5-8, lance-oblong, about equaling the inner;
the latter about 12, oblong. Rays large, fertile. Disk-flowers with
nearly glabrous annulus. Achenes obcompressed, glabrous, narrowly
winged, epappose or rarely with margins produced into short teeth or
awns.— T'uckermannia Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2. vii. 363
(1841). Leptosyne sect. Tuckermannia Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 356 (1876),
& Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 300 (1884).— Two species of California, Lower
California, and adjacent islands.

* Heads few, on very long naked peduncles, 6-8 em. broad including rays.

7. C. maritima (Nutt.) Hook. fil. Stems fleshy-herbaceous,
re spreading, 3-8 dm. high, from a thick woody base; leaf-lobes linear,
1.5-3 mm. broad; peduncles 2-5 dm. long; rays 14-20; achenes
rarely with 2 teeth or awns.— Bot. Mag. t. 6241 (1876). Tucker-
mannia maritima Nutt. 1. c. Leptosyne maritima Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad. vii. 358 (1868).— Coast of San Diego County, California,
northern Lower California, and adjacent islands.
* * Heads gente cymosely clustered toward tips of branches on peduncles
ostly 1—1.5 dm. long, smaller (5-6 em. broad).
8. C. GIGANTEA (Kellogg) Hall. Stems fleshy-woody, erect, 3-30
7 te dm. high, often 1 dm. thick; leaves mostly clustered toward tips of
beknchen: leaf-lobes finer, 1-1.5 mm. broad; rays 10-16; pappus
none.— Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iii. 142 (1907). Leptosyne gigantea
Kell. Proc. Calif. Acad. iv. 198 (1872).— Coast of southern California
and islands, from Los Angeles County to San Luis Obispo County;
also Guadalupe Island, Lower California— A form occurs on San
Nicolas Island (Blanche Trask 76, in part) with discoid heads, the
receptacle very chaffy, the disk-florets eid dialysis of corolla
with more or less complete abortion of sexual orga
Sect.4. Pugiopappus (Gray) Blake, n. aeie., hte branched

BLAKE.— SPECIES HERETOFORE REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE. 341

from the base, with 2-3-pinnatifid leaves mostly basal, and medium-
sized heads solitary on long nearly naked peduncles. Outer involucral
scales 5-7; inner about 8. Rays usually styliferous and fertile, some-
times neutral or with short included styles, broad and many-nerved.
Disk-flowers with bearded ring. Achenes dimorphous: those of ray
epappose, corky-margined and more or less corky-ridged on the faces;
those of disk long-villous on margins, bearing a pair of linear-lanceolate
denticulate paleae— Agarista DC. Prod. y. 569 (1836), not D. Don
1834 (Ericaceae). Pugiopappus Gray, Pacif. R. Rep. iv. 104 (1857).
Leptosyne sect. Pugiopappus Gray, Syn. Fl. 1. e.— Two species of
southern California.
* Outer scales linear-lanceolate.

9. C. Bicetovi (Gray) Hall. Simple or branched below, 1-6 dm.
high; leaves 5-10 cm. long, or smaller in starved specimens; outer
scales 6-11 mm. long, the inner ovate, 8-12 mm. long; rays 1-2 em.
long; disk-achenes black, 6 mm. long, glabrous on both faces or
slightly pubescent on inner, twice as long as the awns.— Univ. Calif.
Pub. Bot. iii. 141 (1907). Pugiopappus Bigelovii Gray, Pacif. R. Rep.
l.c. Leptosyne Bigelovii Gray, Syn. Fl. 1. ce. P. Breweri Gray, Proc.
Am. Acad. viii. 660 (1873). L. hamiltonii Elmer, Bot. Gaz. xli. 323
(1906).— Southern California, not on the coast, from Tulare County
to the Colorado Desert.— The annulus of the disk-flowers, in the
types and other specimens examined, is very distinctly bearded, not
glabrous as originally described and as repeated in the Synoptic Flora
and by Hall.

* * Outer scales deltoid-ovate.

ne 10. C.catitiopstipea (DC.) Gray. Rather stouter and more leafy-
stemmed, with broader leaf-lobes; outer scales united for about half
their length, the free deltoid tips 5-6 mm. long; inner scales 11-14 mm.
long; rays 1-2.5 em. long; disk-achenes villous on inner face, nearly
equaled by their pappus.— Bot. Mex. Bound. 90 (1859). Agarista
calliopsidea DC. Prod. v. 569 (1836). Leptosyne calliopsidea Gray,
Syn. Fl. lc. L. calliopsidea var. nana Gray, |. c. (a dwarfed form).
Pugiopappus calliopsidea Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 660 (1873).
P. calliopsideus Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 355 (1876).— Southern California,
from Cholame (San Luis Obispo County) to Santa Barbara County
and the Mohave Desert; north to middle California according to Hall.
_Sect. 5. Euleptosyne (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Similar to last sec-
tion in habit and involucre (outer scales linear); rays glabrous, fertile.
Disk-flowers with an annulus, nearly glabrous in one species. Style-

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

branches enlarged at tip, short-appendaged. Achenes corky-winged,
sometimes meniscoid, with a cupule in place of pappus.— Leptosyne
sect. Euleptosyne Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 299 (1884).— Two species of
Arizona, California, and northern Lower California.
* Achenes — i clavellate hairs on both ages ee with
ed annulus; leaf-divisions nearly

Sats oP Dectiati (DC.) Hall. Scapes solitary or aie 1-3.5 dm.
J keh high; leaves chiefly in a dense basal tuft, entire or mostly 1- 2-pin-
nately dissected into linear-filiform lobes, 2-10 cm. long; outer in-
volucral scales linear, 5=8 mm. long; inner yellow, scarious-margined,
multinervose, ovate, slightly longer — Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iii. 140
(1907). Leptosyne Douglasii DC. Prod. v. 531 (1836). LL. californica
Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2. vii. 363 (1841). L. Newberryr
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 358 (1868).— Southern California and
southern Arizona; also San Quentin, Lower California, 1889, Palmer
677.

* * Achenes without clavellate hairs, glabrous on outer face, more or less
papillose on inner; annulus nearly or quite glabrous; leaf-divisions about
1-1.5 mm. broad
12. C. Stillmanii (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Somewhat stouter than

last, more leafy below; corky margin of achene rugose.— Leptosyne

Stillmanii Gray, in E. Durand, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. iii. 91

(1855), and in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 92 (1859). L. Stillmani Gray,

Bot. Calif. i. 356 (1876).— Cauirornta: Calaveras Co., Heermann;

valley of the Sacramento, Stillman (TYPE in Gray Hab.) hillsides,

Auburn, April 1865, Bolander 4520; dry sand hills, Antioch, 16 April

1868-9, Kellogg & Harford 439; fields, Middle Tule River, 240-305 m.,

April-Sept. 1897, iia cose ae

COREOCARPUS Benth. (xédpis bug, and xapzwés fruit, from
the peculiar achenes). Heads heterogamous, radiate, the flowers all
yellow; rays styliferous, fertile, disk-flowers mostly fertile. Involu-
cral scales 5-8, 2-rowed, subequal, submembranaceous, dark-lineate,
ovate to ovate-oblong, the outer obtusish, the inner acuminate; heads
sometimes with a few bractlets at base. Receptacle flat, with narrow
membranaceous pales subtending the flowers. Ligules small, 4-5-
nerved, entire or emarginate; disk-corollas regular, tubular, with
slightly enlarged funnelform throat and 5-toothed limb, with a hairy
annulus at base of throat. Style-branches with subulate hispid —
dages. Anthers entire at base. Achenes obcompressed, wi

’

BLAKE.— SPECIES HERETOFORE REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE. 343

entire or pectinately cut crustaceous wing, calvous or with two re-
trorsely hispidulous slender awns, often granular on one or both faces.
— Annuals or suffrutescent perennials, with opposite 1—2-pinnately
divided leaves, and small slender-peduncled heads (less than 2 em. in
diameter including the rays) in somewhat ternate cymose clusters at
the ends of the branches.— Bot. Voy. Sulph. 28, t. 16 (1844); Gray,
Proc. Am. Acad. v. 162 (1861). Acoma Benth. I. ec. 29, t. 17 (1844).
Leptos, yne sect. Coreocarpus Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 301 (1884).— Three
species of the Sonoran region.— Well distinguished by inflorescence,
and by the involucre of few similar scales, not double as in all members
of the genus Coreopsis.

* Herbaceous annuals.

1. C. PARTHENIOIDES Benth. Slender, 2-4 dm. high, branched
: G above, nearly glabrous, bearing few heads in somewhat ternate termi-
nal clusters; leaf-blades 24.5 cm. long on petioles nearly as long,
somewhat thickish, bipinnatifid, the primary lobes deltoid, 1-2 em.
long, nearly as broad, entire or 3—4-lobed with broad divisions; heads
5-6.5 m m. high, about 1 cm. broad including the rays; rays oval,
about 5, 5 mm. long, yellow, often drying whitish with purplish veins;
achenes oblong, crenate-margined, in the only specimens examined;
figured by Bentham as oval, shortly 2-awned, with imperfectly dis-
sected wing.— Bot. Voy. Sulph. 28, t. 16 (1844). Leptosyne parthe-
nioides Gray, |. c.— Bentham’s type came from Bay of Magdalena,
Lower California. The only specimens examined are: SoNorRa:
high in the mountains, Guaymas, Oct. 1887, Palmer 299.
ra 18. C. PARTHENIOIDES Benth. var. heterocarpus (Gray) Blake, n
comb. Leaves bi-tripinnatifid with finer divisions, the ultimate ones
nearly linear; margin of achenes entire and incurved or dissected into
lobes; awns sometimes present.— Coreocarpus heterocarpus Gray,
Proc. Am. Acad. v. 162 (1861). Leptosyne heterocarpa Gray, Syn. FI.
l.c. L. dissecta Gray, 1. c. (as to plant, not synonym). L. parthe-
nioides var. dissecta Wats. Proc. Am. — XXiv. fee (1889), as to
plant cited, not as to name-bringing synon Coreocarpus involutus
Greene, Pittonia, i. 290 (1889).— While C. he pint Gray appears
to be merely a form of C. parthenioides, as long ago suggested by Dr.
Watson, indistinguishable by achenial characters alone, it nevertheless
differs sufficiently in foliar characters to retain varietal rank.
involutus Greene, of which no authentic yaar: has been seen, is
judging from the description inseparable from this variety. Plants
collected by Brandegee on Natividad Island and distributed as this

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

species are slightly stouter and more pubescent than any other
specimens examined but show no essential differences.— LOWER
CALIFORNIA: Lagoon Head, Mar. 1889, Palmer 795; Natividad
Island, 10 April 1897, Brandegee; Cape San Lucas, &c., Aug. 1859-
Jan. 1860, Xantus 62 (ryPE of C. heterocarpus); San José del Cabo, 8
Mar. 1892, Brandegee 339; La Paz, 20 Jan.—5 Feb. 1890, Palmer 19;
Santa Agueda, 4-6 Mar. 1890, Palmer 248; mountain sides, Los
Angeles Bay, Dec. 1887, Palmer 660; Lower California, without
locality, Dr. Street.
* * Suffrutescent perennials.
+ Achene-wing pectinately dissected.

a 2. C. arizonicus (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Much branched from a
woody base, nearly or quite glabrous; leaves 7-10.5 cm. long, pin-
nately divided into 3-5 linear lobes 1-3 mm. wide; heads rather nu- _
merous in panicled few-headed cymes; involucral scales 5-6 mm. long;
rays 5-6, 7 mm. long; achenes with the wing split into flattened cu-
neate lobes, the inner achenes narrower; retrorsely spinulose awns
sometimes present.— Leptosyne (Coreocarpus) arizonica Gray, Proc.
Am. Acad. xvii. 218 (1882). Coreopsis arizonica O. Hoffm. in Engler
& Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iv. Ab. 5. 243 (1890).— Arizona: along streams,
Ft. Lowell, Aug. 1880, Lemmon (cotyre); by streams of the Santa
Catalina Mts., 760-1060 m., April 1881, Pringle (corypE); Santa
Catalina Mts., May 1881, Lemmon 211; mountains, Lowell, 8 May
1884, W. F. Parish 112. Sonora: Touithebs: 18 Nov. 1890, F. E.
Lloyd 407; Alamos, 1890, Palmer 384 (approaching the next form);
CHIHUAHUA: southwestern part, 1885, Palmer 294.

28. C. arizonicus (Gray) Blake var. pubescens (Rob. & Fern.)
Blake, n.comb. Whole plant pubescent with short rather soft hairs.—
Leptosyne arizonica var. pubescens Rob. & Fern. Proc. Am. Acad. xxx.
118 (1894).— Sonora: Granados, 905 m., 15 Nov. 1890, Hartman
222; Huchuerachi, 1220 m., 5 Dec. 1890, Hartman 296; Agnos
Blanco, 9 Dec. 1890, Lloyd 406.

2y. C.arizonicus (Gray) Blake var. filiformis (Greenm.) Blake,
n. comb. Leaf-lobes linear-filiform, less than 1 mm. wide, the lower —
4-6 cm. long.— Leptosyne arizonica var. filiformis Greenm. Proc. Am
Acad. xl. 44 (1904).— Srvatoa: Sierra de Choix, 80 km. NE. of
Choix, 15 Oct. 1898, Goldman 258 (coryrs in Gray Herb.).

+ + Achene-wing thick, ys ose, entire or barely crenulate; leaves
fles' ipinnatifid.

3. C. dissectus (Benth.) ei n.comb. Suffrutescent, trichoto-
mously branched, glabrous; leaves mostly crowded near the base 0

—

BLAKE.— SPECIES HERETOFORE REFERRED TO LEPTOSYNE. 345

the young branches, 1—2-pinnatifid, 1.5—-2.5 em. long, ternately cut
into short fleshy linear lobes, on petioles nearly as long; heads cy-
mosely arranged in nearly naked panicles, as large as those of last
species; achenes 4 mm. long, 2.5 mm. broad.— Acoma dissecta Benth.
Bot. Voy. Sulph. 29, t. 17 (1844). Leptosyne dissecta Gray, Syn. FI.
i. pt. 2. 301 (1884), as to synonym. UL. parthenioides var. dissecta
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiv. 56 (1889), as to synonym only.— Ben-
tham’s type came from Cape San Lucas. The only specimens ex-
amined are three sheets from Magdalena Island, Lower CALIFORNIA,
collected 12 Jan. 1889 by Brandegee (see Brandeg. Proc. Calif. Acad.
ser. 2. ii. 176 (1889)).

38. . DissEcTuS (Benth.) Blake var. longilobus Blake, n. var.,
foliis 5-7.5 em. longis pinnatiformibus, segmentis (8-5) lineari-fili-
formibus, lobis inferioribus 2-3 cm. longis 3-5-lobatis; acheniis ut in
forma typica sed margine crenulatis— Lower CALIFORNIA: Carmen
Island, 1-7 Nov. 1890, Palmer 877 (TYPE SHEET in Gray Herb.; dis-
tributed as L. dissecta Gray).

STEPH IS Blake, n. genus Compositarum Coreopsi-
_ dearum (orédavos crown, and ¢goXis scale). Capitula heterogama radi-
ata, radiis fertilibus. Involucrum duplex squamis liberis, exterioribus
5-6 herbaceis obtusis ovato-lanceolatis; interioribus circa 8 submem-
branaceis pees be spipleraetee apice rotundatis margine. angusto
eceptaculum conicum,
paleis plants membranaceis flavis apice rotundatis. Radii corollae ca.
12 ligulatae oblongae tridentatae supra albidae infra atroplumbeae
glabrae obscure ca. 8-nervatae. Disci corollae flavae glabrae exan-
nulatae 5-dentatae tubulo breve. Antherae basi subintegrae apice
appendice deltoideo munitae. Styli rami apice incrassati. Achenia
dimorpha: ea radii valde obcompressa ovalia glabra epapposa; disci
paullo crassiora oblonga supra appresse pubescentia, pappo coro-
niformi e squamis brevissimis inaequalibus lacerato-fimbriatis vix
junctis ad angulos plus minusve exaggeratis composito.— Herbae
perennes scaposae pratincolae radicibus fasciculatis caulibus a foliorum
basibus fibrillosis persistentibus lanugine brunnea intermixta vestitis.
Folia multa longa integra vel pinnatiformia. Scapi pauci nudi vel
.1-2-bracteati capitula solitaria majuscula radiis albidis gerentes.
Genus habitu pappo clinio conico bene distinguitur. Type species

ptosyne pinnata Rob.— One species with a variety, in. mountain
meadows of southern Mexico.

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

1. S. pinnata (Rob.) Blake, n. comb. Smooth except base and
scapes; leaves 1-3.5 dm. long, with 3-6 pairs of small oblong lobes and
a much enlarged slightly glandular-crenulate terminal one 3.5—-9.5 cm.
long; scapes very rarely branched, densely appressed-pubescent above,
exceeding the leaves; head about 1 em. high, 3 em. broad including
the rays.— Leptosyne pinnata Rob. Proc. Am. Acad. xxvii. 176 (1892).
— Mexico: wet meadows, Del Rio, 30 Aug. 1890, Pringle 3668 (TYPE
in Gray Herb.); wet meadows, Valley of Toluca, 19 Aug. 1892,
Pringle 4194; wet alpine meadows, Sierra de las Cruces, 2990 m.,
28 Aug. 1904, Pringle 13067.

18. S. ptnnaTA (Rob.) Blake var. integrifolia (Greenm.) Blake, n.
comb. Leaves entire, narrowly lanceolate, only very slightly crenu-
late, 1.5-2 dm. long; pappus slightly more developed.— Leptosyne
pinnata var. integrifolia Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xl. 44 (1904).—
DuranoGo: near El Salto, 12 July 1898, Nelson 4580 (coryPE in Gray
Herb.).

II. A REVISION OF ENCELIA AND SOME RELATED
GENERA.

In the course of a revision of the genus Encelia, as at present under-
stood, it has been found necessary for clearness of definition to remold
the group by the reference of a number of species to the related genera
Viguiera, Flourensia, and Verbesina, and by the recognition of several
genera long treated as synonymous; and in view of the changes in
generic boundaries involved it seems desirable to consider briefly the
history of some of these related genera and to contrast their characters.

Only two genera of this immediate relationship were known to
Linnaeus. Helianthus, characterized by its thickish achenes with
promptly deciduous pappus of paleaceous awns and sometimes also
squamellae (short intermediate scales), is today taken in its original
interpretation, save that the small and very distinct genus Heliopsis
was later erected by Persoon on one of the original species (H. laevis).
The Linnaean genus Verbesina, on the other hand, was very com-
posite, its ten original species (reducible to nine or eight) representing
seven modern genera, two only of the species being now included in
the genus. It is well distinguished by the generally fertile rays an
the chartaceo-cartilaginous wings of the flat achene, but these being
usually invisible or indistinct in the ovary young material is easily

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 347

misplaced, and several species of Verbesina have been described under
Encelia.

Encelia Adanson® was based on “ Cotula marit. Peruana,” cultivated
in the Jardin de Roi at Paris, which is Encelia canescens Lam.,’ an
alternate-leaved perennial with epappose achenes villous on the edges
and narrowly white-margined. In 1789 L’Héritier® redescribed the
plant as Pallasia halimifolia, a new genus, quoting as a synonym
Coreopsis limensis Jacq.,? but not referring to Adanson’s genus.
The species was again described and figured by Cavanilles?® in 1791,
Lamarck being correctly accredited with the authorship of the species,
which has nevertheless since been universally attributed to Cavanilles.

In 1807 Persoon | described the genus Simsia, basing it upon three
species published by Cavanilles under Coreopsis, of which one, S. ?
heterophylla, has since become the type of Jostephane Benth., while
the others, both reducible to the species long known as Simsia auri-
culata DC. or Encelia mexicana Mart., have always been retained in
Simsia — characterized mainly by the biaristate not villous-edged
achene — until that genus was merged with Encelia in 1873.

oth genera were recognized by De Candolle in his Prodromus in
1836, Encelia with four species and Simsia with eight, several a it
being here first published, and the new genus ri to nus aw
described, based upon Hopkirkia fruticulosa Spreng.,'? a species not
since identified but certainly a Simsia.

n a communication by Gray to the American Academy, apparently
first published !* in 1847, two new genera of this group were proposed,
Barrattia Gray & Engelmann for a species closely allied to Simsia
but with epappose achenes, and Geraca Torr. & Gray for an annual
with narrowly cuneate villous achenes having well developed margin
and crown and two strong awns. Two years later both genera were
reduced to Simsia by Dr. Gray.!5 In Bentham’s treatment twenty-
four years later in his Genera Plantarum !® they were recognized as
sections of Encelia, to which Simsia was here also for the first time
definitely subordinated. Dr. Gray, in a paper of 1883 7 and in the
Synoptical Flora, carried the reduction a step further by including

A hey ii. i Agta ye: 7 Eneycl. Meth. ii. 356 (1786).
Kew. iii. 498 (1789).

Scar ii. 299 (1788 ), ok indus ili. t. 594 (1786-1793).

10 Icon, i. ap . 61 (1791 2 . Syn. ii. 478 (1807).

12 pe 76 (1836). 3 Sys. iii. 444 (1826).

14 Am bn Be cl. ser. 2. iii. 274-5 (Mar. 1847). 15 PL. Fe Fendi. 85 (1849).

~ Seas Pl i ii. — bb ab!
17 Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 7-9 (1883).

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Geraea in the section Euencelia, and Barrattia in Simsia. Since Dr.
Gray’s treatment nothing has been done in the way of a revision of
the group as a whole, nor has any new species been described under
any of the genera Pallasia, Armania, Geraea, Barrattia, or Simsia
since 1859.

In 1871 D. C. Eaton !8 described as Tithonia argophylla a remarkable
new species from Utah, with large solitary heads, squamellaceous
corona between the awns of the achene, and densely silvery-pubescent
basal leaves, which two years later was referred to Encelia by Dr.
Gray,!® who at the same time added a very similar new species (E.
nudicaulis). Ten years after Gray 7° transferred them to Helianthella,
instituting for their reception the new section Enceliopsis. In 1909
Aven Nelson ?! elevated the group to generic rank, mainly on the basis
of habit, enumerating five species, one of them new, which I have not
been able to separate from FE. nudicaulis.

Hemsley 7? in 1881 listed 17 species of Encelia from Mexico, de-
scribing one new species and making many new combinations of names
which had been first published under Simsia.

In recent years the boundaries of the genus Encelia have been
stretched to include a number of shrubby Mexican species, usually
described from material without ripe fruit, which in the light of all
their characters require transferral to other genera (Viguiera, Flouren-
sia, Verbesina) if generic distinctions in this group are to be preserved.
Six species (E. hypargyrea, maculata, montana, Pringlei, rhombifolia,
squarrosa), with achenes plumpish when mature, so far as known, and
a persistent pappus of two aristate or paleaceous awns and several
short truncate squamellae, exactly agree with Viguicra in essential
characters and are further on transferred to that genus. Another
fascicle of six species (E. collodes, glutinosa, microphylla, oblonga,
resinosa, suffrutescens) is not so easily placed owing to lack of ripe
fruit in nearly every species, but all differ in more or less essential
characters from the true genus Encelia, and may by a slight extension
of character be included in Flourensia DC.23 This genus, wrongly
referred by Bentham 74 to Helianthus, was based on four species, two
radiate Chilean Plants and two discoid Mexican species, the latter
taken by mince as nile of the genus. One of the Chilean species,

18 In Wats. Bot. ines Res, v. 423 3 (1871 i

1 c. Am. Acad. viii. 657 Bogle 23 Prod. v. 592 (1836).

20 Sen Am. Acad. xix. 9 (1883). 24 Gen. PI z "as (1873).

21 Bot. Gaz. xlvii. 432 (1909). 25 Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 7 ie
22 Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 183-5 (1881).

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 349

F. corymbosa DC., is a true Viguiera and was transferred to that genus
by Gray in 1883 under the new name V’. Poeppigii, the name corym-
bosa being rejected as inappropriate; but Reiche 7° says: “El estremo
de los tallos corimboso-ramoso, rara vez indiviso. Cabezuelas ter-
minales en las ramas hacia arriba desnudas’’; and in any case the
name corymbosa, not being preoccupied, must be retained.?”?_ The
remaining three species, alternate-leaved glutinous shrubs with villous
achenes noticeably thicker than in true Encelia, and with a pappus of
two slender awns disposed to be trifid from near the base, with or
without slender acute squamellae, form a rather definite group which
has since been increased to about ten species. Of the six Encelias
above mentioned four (E. collodes, microphylla,?® oblonga, suffrutescens)
agree well with these characters, except that E. oblonga and E. suffru-
tescens are scarcely glutinous, while the remaining two species, fully
mature fruit of which is greatly to be desired, in their general charac-
ters are so close to the others as to justify their allocation here.

The genera Encelia, Geraea, and Simsia are here separated mainly
on the strength of characters to which attention has not previously
been directed. The fourteen species included in Encelia are all peren-
nials with leaves all alternate, achenes very flat, villous at least
on margins, narrowly white-bordered and generally pappusless,
bluntish short-hairy style-branches, and receptacular chaff softly
scarious, bluntish, falling with the achenes. The two species included
in Geraea are annuals or biennials, with all or nearly all the leaves
alternate, pales as in the last, longer and more hairy style-branches,
and narrowly cuneate villous achenes with strong white border, awns,
and conspicuous crown, the last represented on the ovary in at least
one species by a squamellaceous corona. The twenty-two species
included in Simsia are mostly annuals, with always some at least of.
the lower leaves opposite, marginless thin-edged not villous achenes,
attentuate hispid style-branches, and stiff acuminate pales persistent
long after the achenes have fallen. The characters of these and some
related genera are contrasted in the following key.

In the course of this revision some 670 sheets have been studied,
eae all the material in the Field Columbian Museum, the

26 Fl. Chile, iv. 93 (1905).

27 Vicurmra corymbosa (DC.) Blake, —_ sets pe ss ee set
Prod. v. 592 (1836); Reiche L . (q. Vv. ars.).
Poeppig in DC. l. c. as syn. H. raotuts Meven Reet ke “31L dort >

"hth Poeppigit Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 6 (1883).
8 The close Sa se of E. wncroplylia to Flourensia was commented
on by Dr. Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 7, and Syn. Fl.). :

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

National Herbarium, and the Gray Herbarium. I wish to thank
Mr. W. R. Maxon and Dr. C. F. Millspaugh for the loan of the mate-
rial of Encelia under their charge, Mr. M. E. Jones for the loan of
11 sheets of Enceliopsis and for assistance in other ways, M. Casimir
de Candolle for a photograph of the type of Simsia lagascaeformis
and critical notes, and Dr. Philip Dowell for aid in proof-reading. 1
am greatly indebted to Miss Mary A. Day of the Gray Herbarium for
assistance in proof-reading and for constant help in bibliographical
matters, and above all to Dr. B. L. Robinson for his advice and
guidance throughout the whole course of my work.

Key To ENCELIA AND SOME RELATED GENERA.

Achenes Mig flat; no squamellae except in Helianthella and oiasshaats
VER

Achen winged ; raye usally tertiles... e265 ea ESINA L.
Ache aan wicca rays neu
pe <a ~
Usu y leafy-stemmed herbs of mountainous regions, with gree
: ves and freq wey foliae ceous outer involucral a Stee
eoely Ss rrow, laciniate, and united at

nes not ae or rerhite-rih argined. HeLIANTHELLA T.&G.
Seapose desert plants with saisbeeeart or silvery broadly oval or

short and indistinct, mostly united into a low sometimes en-
tire crown; achene villous except in EZ. grandiflora, and strongly
white-bordered........ Enceropsis (Gray) A. Nels. (p. 351.)

Scapose, wit ith broad leaves and large solitary heads. . (ENCELIOPSIS)
Leafy-stemmed (except EZ. scaposa, which has linear leaves); heads
several (exept in two species with linear leaves), small or
ium-siz
Pales soft, bluntish, falling Hone the achenes; leaves alternate;
east on margins
Perennials; style-branches ‘Hunt, not villous; achenes
without crown, usually epapp
cELIA Adans. (p. 358.)

EN

Annuals . biennials; style-branches longer, villous; achene

wly cuneate, with strong pe margin, awns, an
ee a) Geraga T. & G. (p. 355.)
Pales *igid, bente , persiste ne ‘wae leaves oppo-
Fine le-branches a attenuate, hispid-villous achenes not
e.. _.Smusta Pers. (p. 376.)

Achenes thick weet suamella often present.

Pappus caducous, of paleaceous awns and rarely short squamellae; herbs.

HELIANTHUS
oe a Pshrubs. 29; awns often aristate, squamellae usually present;

Squamellae none, or narrow and acute; achenes a densely eg ’
hrub UR. :

resinif , oft ite-leav'
erous, often aaaen saab " UBK.

29 Caducous in some Viguieras, e. g. V. Mandoni Sch. Bip.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 351

Herbs, with alternate linear leaves and four-angled achenes, or scapose,
with linear-lanceolate leaves ...............-. (HELIANTHELLA)

ENCELIOPSIS (Gray) A. Nels. (Enecelia, and dys likeness).—
Heads large, many-flowered, radiate or discoid, the rays neutral;
flowers all yellow. Involucre hemispherical, the scales 2—3-seriate,
subequal or graduated with the outer shorter, lanceolate to lance-
ovate, equaling or somewhat exceeding the disk. Receptacle some-
what convex; pales soft and scarious, with abruptly narrowed hairy
tip, enfolding the achenes and falling with them. Rays long (1.5-
4.5 em.) and narrow, several-nerved, pubescent on back and tube,
entire or tridenticulate, absent in one species; disk-corollas with
cylindric tube abruptly widened into the throat, and 5-toothed pubes-
cent limb. Anthers sagittate at base. Style-branches bluntish,
pubescent. Achenes of ray triquetrous, sterile, rarely maturing and
developing thin corky wings; of disk compressed, very flat, villous
particularly on the margins (or glabrate in one species), with blackish

y and white cartilaginous border passing above into 2 teeth or
awns, these connected by a fringe of short confluent squamellae, some-
times completely united into a thick entire crown.— Scapose xerophy-
tic perennials, with stout root and often much branched caudex, the
short branches bearing tufts of thick oval or rhombic 3-5-nerved
leaves, and one or several naked or 1-2-bracteate monocephalous
secapiform peduncles. Type species Encelia nudicaulis se — Four
species of very arid regions of the southwestern United Stat

Distinguished from Helianthella by the generally shorter pia
rom Encelia and Geraea by usual presence of squamellae, and from
all three by habit. Forming a connecting link between Geraea and
_ Helianthella, and probably having developed as an adaptation to
desert conditions of the mountain loving genus Helianthella.

Helianthella § Enceliopsis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 9 (1883), &
Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2. 283 (1884).

Enceliopsis A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xlvii. 432 (1909).

* Heads discoid; plant hispid-canescent.

1. E. nutans (Eastw.) A. Nels. Root Spends oe very
thick (3 em.) and woody, bearing a short lignescen x from which
proceed the 1-5 scapes and the tuft of crowded Lares: leaves oval,
obtuse to rounded at tip, rounded at base, hispid-canescent with
appressed hairs, 2-5 cm. long, on margined petioles 2-6 cm. long;
scapes hispid with somewhat reflexed hairs, 1.5-2.5 dm. high, naked
or with one or two narrow bracts; heads nodding in fruit, 24 em.
wide, 1.5-2 em. pie scales densely hispid, lanceolate, 2-3-seriate,

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

11-15 mm. long, the outer shorter; pales about 15 mm. long, faintly
nerved, pubescent on the back and subherbaceous narrow tip; disk-

corollas 8 mm. long, tube } length of throat; achenes 1 em. long,
obovate, very villous, the callous margin emarginate at apex.

Encelia nutans Eastw. Zoe ii. 230 (1891); Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad.
ser. 2. v. 701 (1895).

Enceliopsis nutans A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xlvii. 433 (1909).

Verbesina scaposa Jones, Zoe ii. 248 (1891), & Proc. Calif. Acad. 1. ¢.
(1895).

Specimens examined: Cotorapo: Grand Junction, May 1892,
Alice Eastwood (GN °°); Uran: Green River, alt. 1340 m., 23 May
1895, Jones 11859 (hb. Jones). Type material collected by Miss
Eastwood on Orchard Mesa, Grand Junction, 17 May 1891. Ver-
besina scaposa Jones was described from material collected in sandy
deserts near Grand River, eastern Utah, at Cisco, 2 May 1890.— This
species grows in very poor clay soil containing a little active alkali
(sodium carbonate) in open deserts (Jones, in litt.).

* * Heads radiate; _ densely white-pubescent.
+ Heads anced a rays31 1-2.5cem. long; pubescence rather dull, not
very; leaves mostly abt or roun

. E.Nnuprcauuts (Gray) A. Nels. Caudex more or less branched
from a thick woody root, the branches short and stout, woolly and
covered with the thick crowded bases of former leaves; leaves tufted,
ovate to orbicular, subacute to rounded at both ends, white with a
dense fine simple pubescence of several-celled glandular-based hairs,
2.5-6.5 em. long, 1-6.5 em. wide, on margined petioles one to three
times their length; scapes 1.5-2.5 dm. high, pubescent like the leaves,
usually bractless; heads 4-8 cm. in diameter including the rays;
involucre densely pubescent like the leaves and stem, 3-seried, the
scales slightly unequal, subulate-lanceolate from an ovate base,
bluntish, 1-2 cm. long, equaling or barely surpassing the disk; rays
about 20, glandular-pubescent on tube and back, tridentate, about
11-nerved, 1-2.5 em. long, 2-6 mm. wide; disk-corollas 7 mm. long,
with short tube and thick-cylindric throat, more or less glandular-
pubescent; pales 12-15 mm. long, scarious, pubescent on back and
tip and somewhat glandular, often laterally 1-toothed; mature
achenes cuneate, 9 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, rather shortly silky-

30 In plea of specimens F = Field Museum; G = Gray Herbarium;
N = National Herbari
31 Ligule measurements are taken exclusive of tube.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 353

villous except for a submarginal naked border, narrowly white-mar-
gined, awnless or with two stout subulate teeth or slender upwardly
pubescent awns $-3 their length, connected by a fimbriate crown of
nearly fused squamellae.

Encelia (Geraea) nudicaulis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 656 (1873);
Jones, Proce. Calif. Acad. ser. 2. v. 701 (1895).

Helianthella nudicaulis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 9 (1883).

Enceliopsis nudicaulis A. Nels. 1. c. (1909).

Enceliopsis tuta A. Nels. 1. ec. (1909).

Specimens examined: IpAuo: rather rare, dry rocky bluffs, Salmon
River near Bay Horse, 5 Aug. 1895, Henderson 3653 (N); dry sage
brush hills, above Salmon River, 6 Aug. 1895, Henderson 3653 (N);
Nevapa: Candelaria, Esmeralda Co., 1881, Shockley (G); Hawthorne,
Lepantha Mine, alt. 1677 m., 25 May 1897, Jones (N); compact clay
slopes, alt. 305 m., Las Vegas, 29 April 1905, Jones 11857 (hb. Jones) ;
limestone clays, Las Vegas, 4 May 1905, Goodding 2271 (G, type
collection of E. tuta); clay, Horse Spring, alt. 915 m., 17 April 1894,
Jones 5069k (hb. Jones); Uran: St. Thomas or St. George, Capt.
F. M. Bishop (HoLoTYPE in Gray Herb.); gravel at foot of precipitous
slopes in very poor clay soil, Marysvale, alt. 1830 m., 4 June 1894,
Jones 5376 (hb. Jones); Ferguson Spring, alt. 1920 m., 14 June 1900,
Jones 6403 (hb. Jones); halfway station W. of Wa Wa, alt. 2135 m.,
15 May 1906, Jones 11856 (hb. Jones).— Inhabits rocky or hard clay
knolls where the soil is very compact (Jones, in litt.).

I am unable to separate satisfactorily E. tuta from the older E.
nudicaulis. The type of the latter has medium-sized orbicular leaves,
connected by the Shockley and Jones plants with the small subacute
ones of E. tuta, while the Henderson plants, largest- and broadest-
leaved of all, bear some smaller leaves identical in shape and tip with
those of E. tuta, indicating that the latter represents only a starved
phase of E. nudicaulis. The achenes appear to be rather variable in
pubescence when young, and at maturity are strongly bidentate or
with two awns of varying length, the longest that I have seen being
about ¢ the length of the mature fruit, although when young they are
often longer relative to the ovary. The squamellae, fairly distinct when
young, become fused into a barely fimbriate crown on the ripe fruit.

*— Heads larger, rays 2-4. Ps em. long; pubescence ee leaves
ombic-ovate, acute.

++ aeenpy puberulent or “ahasoaes rays 3.5-4.2 cm. long, 6-12 mm. . wide.

E. GRANpIFLORA (Jones) A. Nels. “Stems very thick and
a branched and very short, woody, densely covered with very

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

thick leaves;’’? leaves all basal, broadly rhombic-oval or orbicular,
subacute, velvety with appressed hairs especially when young, 4.5-8
em. long, 3-6 cm. wide, on broadly margined petioles of about the
same length; scapose peduncles channeled and finely pubescent,
3.5-4.5 dm. high, with 1-2 linear bracts; heads 11-12 em. in diameter
including rays; involucre densely short-pubescent, triseriate, the
bracts little graduated, about 18 mm. long, tapering from an ovate |
base, exceeding the disk; rays 24-33, oblong, subentire or faintly tri-
dentate, 3.54.2 em. long, 6-12 mm. broad, about 11-nerved, pubescent
on back chiefly along the veins; disk-corollas with slender tube and
cylindric throat, glabrous except for the pubescent teeth, 6-7 mm. long;
pales glandular-pubescent at apex, 11-14 mm. long, about 11-nerved;
immature achene 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, appressed puberulent
on body and margin or nearly glabrous, with two short ascending
awns and a corona of short confluent squamellae; mature achene
broadly obovate, 10 mm. long, 6.5 mm. broad, with blackish sparingly

puberulent or glabrate body and broad geortans margin and
ae ame crown, the smoothish awns 1 mm. lon

Encelia grandiflora Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. ser. 2. = 702 (1895), not
E. grandiflora (Benth.) Hemsl. (1881).

Enceliopsis grandiflora A. Nels. 1. c. (1909).

Helianthella argophylla Coville, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iv. 132
(1893), not Gray.

H. Covillei A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 273 (1904).

Specimens examined: CALIFORNIA: Panamint Cafion, alt. 610 m.,
3 May 1897, Jones 11855 (GN, and hb. Jones); banks of apparently
calcareous clay, Hall Cafion, Panamint Mts., alt. 450 m., 18 April
1891, Coville & Funston 698 (G).— This species and the next are found
only where sodium chloride is abundant, on cliffs adjoining salt de-
posits, but apparently never directly on salt flats (Jones, in litt.).

++ ++ Achenes villous; rays 2 cm. long, 4 mm. wide.

4, E. arcopuyiia (D. C. Eaton) A. Nels. Base as in the last;
leaves in a thick tuft, oblong-obovate or rhombic-obovate, silvery-
velutinous, acute at apex, tapering to a broadly margined base, 3-
nerved, 3.5-7 cm. long, 1.1-3.2 em. wide, the petioles shorter; scapose
peduncles 1 or 2, 2.5-3.7 dm. high, short-pubescent, bractless; heads
4.5-7.5 em. in diameter including rays; involucre 2 cm. high, tri-
seriate, the short-silky scales subulate-tipped, with broadly ovate
base, exceeding the disk, the outer loose and reflexed; rays about 30,

32 Jones, l. ec.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 355

linear-oblong, 2 em. long, 3-4.5 mm. wide; disk-corollas 7 mm. long
(tube 3 mm.), hairy on teeth and base of tube; pales 13.5 mm. long,
laterally 1-toothed, glandular-hairy on keel and tip; achene oblong,
10 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, silky-villous on body and margin, awnless
or with two subulate awns 1.8 mm. long, the squamellae almost com-
pletely united.

Tithonia argophylla D. C. Eaton in Wats. Bot. King’s Rep. v. 423
(1871

Bncetia See ee argophylla Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 657 (1873);
Jones, |. ce. 702 (1895).

Helianthella argophylla Gray, Proc-Am. Acad. xix. 9 (1883); Co-
ville, 1. ce. (1893), as to name only.

Enceliopsis argophylla A. Nels. |. c. (1909).

Specimens examined: Ura: St. George, 1870, Palmer (fragments
of TypPE in Gray Herb.); Nevapa: salty cliffs, salt mine near Stone’s
Ferry, near the Colorado River, alt. 366 m., 11 April 1894, Jones
5032q (hb. Jones).

GERAEA Torr. & Gray (yepa:ds old, from the canescent-villous
achenes). Heads medium-sized or rather large, many-flowered,
radiate or discoid, the rays neutral; flowers all yellow. Involucre
hemispheric, the scales 2-3-seriate, linear or broadly oblong, equaling
or shorter than the disk. Receptacle flattish; pales softly scarious,
conduplicate, falling with the achenes. Rays when present cuneate,
the tube hairy; disk-corollas with cylindric tube and broader throat,
limb hairy and 5-toothed. Style branches long, hairy. Disk-achenes -
strongly compressed, villous especially on the edges, narrowly cuneate
with narrow whitish margin produced into two strong awns decurrent
into the conspicuous crown.— Annuals or biennials (base unknown
in G. viscida), glandular-pubescent, simple or branched, with alternate
dentate leaves and usually few paniculate heads. Type species G.
canescens Torr. & Gray (Encelia eriocephala Gray).— Two species of
southwestern United States and adjacent Mexico.— The squamella-
ceous corona of the ovary, from which the thick crown of the fruit is
at least in part developed, is distinct enough in G. viscida, although
visible in G. canescens only as a narrow border connecting the decurrent
based awns. It seems quite analogous with the corona of completely
fused squamellae in such a species of Enceliopsis as E. nutans.

Geraea Torr. & Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2. iii. 275 (Mar. 1847);
Proc. Am. Acad. i. 48 (1848).

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Simsia section Geraea Gray, Pl. Fendl. 85 (1849).
Encelia section Geraea Benth. & Hook. fil. Gen. Pl. ii. 378 (1873).

* Heads radiate; involucral scales linear, densely ciliate; lower leaves nar-
to a petiolar

1. G.caANEscENS Torr. & Gray. Erect annual, 1-6 dm. high, simple
or branched from the base, hirsute with white hairs intermixed with
stalked glands; leaves lance-oblong, ovate, or obovate, narrowed to a
margined base, 1-7 cm. long, 0.3-0.4 em. wide, acute, 3-nerved, bluntly
or acutely toothed mostly above the middle, those of inflorescence
bracteiform, all alternate or rarely one or two pairs of opposite ones
at base of stem; heads few, somewhat panicled, terminating branchlets
or long-peduncled from the upper axils, 5 em. in diameter when well
developed; involucre 8-12 mm. high, 2-3-rowed; the scales subequal
or the outer a little shorter, linear-lanceolate, glandular on the back,
3-nerved inside, densely ciliate except at tip with long white hairs;
rays 10-14, golden yellow, cuneate, subentire or tridentate, 11-21 mm.
long, 6-11 mm. wide, the tube hairy; disk-corollas 6 mm. long, with
short glandular-hairy tube and cylindric-funnelform throat; pales
9 mm. long, fimbriate-margined, glandular-hairy toward the narrowed
apex; achenes narrowly cuneate, 6-7 mm. long, silky-villous, with
poke et denticulate awns half their length, the body black, the narrow
white margin continuous with the awns and the thick entire yellowish
crown.

Geraea canescens Torr. & Gray, |. c. (1847).

Simsia (Geraea) canescens Gray, Pl. Fendl. 1. c. (1849).

Encelia eriocephala Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 657 (1873).

Specimens examined: Uran: southeastern part, 1870, Palmer (N);
Nevapa: El Dorado Caiion, Lincoln Co., Jan.—Apr. 1895, Lyra Mulls
12 (N); valley of the Virgin River, 6 May 1891, V. Bailey (Death
Valley Exp. no. 1911: N); Catrrorn1a: Furnace Creek Cafion, Funeral
Mts., alt. 100 m., Feb. 1891, Coville & Funston 361 (N); 8 miles N.
of Salton Sea, Apr 1910, Mrs. C. H. Everhart 2 (F); Palm Springs,
alt. 150 m., 19 Apr. 1907, S. B. Parish 6079 (F); The Needles, 3 May
1884, Jones 3783 (FN); Agua Caliente, Mar. 1881 and Apr. 1882,
Parish Bros. 228 (FN); Agua Caliente, W. G. Wright (G); Colorado
Desert, Apr. 1889, Orcutt (N); same locality, W right (FN); loose soil,
near Calexico, 28 Mar. 1903, Abrams 3153 (G); in sandhills, Jan., Ft.
Yuma, Schott (G); diluvial banks of the Colorado near Ft. Yuma,
Schott. (F); Colorado River, Newberry (G); interior of California,
Fremont 393 of 1844, Coulter 304 (coryres in Gray Herbarium);

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 357

Arizona: Ft. Mohave, 1860-1, Cooper (GN); Beaver Dam, 1877,
Palmer 237 (GN); Santa Rosa to Casagrande, 13 Mar.—23 Apr. 1903,
Griffiths 4008, 4025 (N); Tule Desert, W. of Monument no. 180, 9 Feb.
1894, Mearns 2794 (N); without locality, 1880, Lemmon (G).
Sonora: near El] Capitan, southwest of Sonorita, west of Pinacate,
5 Feb. 1910, Lumholtz 27 (G)
18. G. canescens Torr. & Gray var. paniculata (Gray) Blake,
-n. comb. Greener and less hirsute than the ordinary form, panicu-
lately much branched above, the very numerous heads only 2 em. in
diameter including the rays.

Encelia eriocephala var paniculata Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 282 (1884).

Specimens examined: ARIZONA: mesas near Phoenix, 17 June 1882,
Pringle 1271 (FGN, TYPE COLLECTION).

* * Heads discoid; involucral scales oblong, densely glandular; leaves all
sessile by a clasping base.

2. G. viscida (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Stout, at least 8 dm. high
(the base unknown), hirsutely villous and viscid-glandular throughout;
stem channeled, simple or branched above, leafy; leaves thin, oval
or broadly ovate-oblong, acutish to obtuse or rounded, sessile by an
auriculate or cordate base, irregularly dentate on the wavy margin,
the midvein prominent, 3-10 em. long, 1.5-5 em. wide; heads rather
few, terminating branchlets or long-pedunculate from the upper axils,
1.5-4 cm. broad, hemispherital; involucre shorter than the disk;
scales 2-3-seriate, subequal or the outer shorter, oblong, obtuse,
3-nerved, densely glandular, 11-15 mm. long, 2-5 mm. broad; disk-
corollas 7-8 mm. long, with rather long slender tube and cylindric
throat, somewhat glandular particularly on the tube; pales 14 mm.
long, glandular-pubescent toward apex; achenes 7-9 mm. long, with
two villous awns more than half their length, narrowly wedge-shaped,
silky-villous, with blackish body and white margin and crown.

Encelia (Geraea) viscida Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 78 (1876).

Specimens examined: CatrrorNia: near Larkin’s Station, 80 miles
east of San Diego, 1875, Palmer (type in Gray Herb.); Warner’s
Ranch, and other elevated places in San Diego Co., June 1880, Parish
241 (G); Campo, June 1880, Vasey 327 (N); mountains near Campo,
24 July 1883, Oreutt (F); dry hills near Campo, 26 May 1903, Abrams
3633 (FGN); Potrero Valley, San Diego Co., June 1889, Orcutt (N).
Lower Cauirorni: without locality, 1883, Orcutt (G).

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ENCELIA Adans. (to Christopher Encel, who published a work on |
oak-galls in 1577).— Heads small or medium, radiate or rarely discoid,
flowers yellow or purple. Involucral scales 2-3-rowed, subequal or
the outer shorter, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate. Receptacle convex;
pales scarious, soft, embracing the achenes and falling with them.
Rays entire or 2-3-toothed or -lobed, yellow, rarely absent; disk-
corollas with short tube and usually cylindric-funnelform throat, the
limb hairy and 5-toothed. Style-branches obtuse, short-pubescent
outside. Disk-achenes compressed, very flat, oblong or obovate,
villous on margins and glabrous or pubescent on the sides, narrowly
white-margined, usually pappusless but in some species with two
slender upwardly pubescent awns.— Alternate-leaved generally pubes-
cent perennials, sometimes frutescent, with solitary to paniculate
heads of usually yellow flowers. Type species E. canescens Lam.—
About 14 species of western America, in arid regions and on the sea-
coast, from Nevada to Lower California and central Mexico, and again
from Peru to central Chili; one species on the Galapagos Islands.

Encelia Adans. Fam. ii. 128 (1763).

Pallasia L’Hér. [“ Diss. (1784)”] in Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 498
(1789), not of Houtt. 1775, nor Scop. 1777, nor L. fil. 1781, nor
Klotzsch 1853 (the last a valid genus of Rubiaceae, the others all
synonyms of various genera).

Eucalia Raeuschel, Nom. ed. 3. 251, 385 (1797), a nomen nudum.

Enchelya Lem. in Orb. Dict. Hist. nat. v. 300 (1844).

Encelya and Enchelia Baillon, Dict. Bot. ii. 517 (1886).

KeryY TO THE SPECIES OF ENCELIA.

A. Suffrutescent, leaves laciniately lobed.

So Leaves Weeks: aa 1. E. ventorum.
B. Lea OVMG 5S a AES LE a ts 2. E. laciniata.
A. Leaves linear, |
B. Hea icled; plant TOUR. oS ks hes va ee E. stenophylla.
B. Heads solitary; Geil ycikernmed; leaves saison * eee
12. E. angustifolia.
B. Heads solitary; scapose; leaves puberulent both sides.
5 13. EH. scaposa.
A. Leaves oblong to ovate, unlobed.
B. Heads paniculate, numerous; branches of inflorescence sa us.
3. E. farinosa.
B. a few or solita uncles pubescent.
Ce manwe ie ype are 11. E. Palmeri.
C. pote rounded or cuneate at base.
D. Shrubby; disk yellow. 4. E. frutescens.

5. BE. albescens.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 359

D. Misety: herbaceous; disk purple.
E ves tomentose or canescent with a rather soft pubescence;
natin 3 Fi ys eee. RS - canescens.
E. Hispid-canescent; plant of the Galapagos Islands.
E. hispida.
E. Leaves greener, less pubescent; Mexican an Californian.
F. go a densely tomentose, or scabrous-pubescent in

oe cakes GPE dawalee tates a ak californica.
F. Seales dorsally glandular, ciliate toward tips leaves
J Sat oat Whew Uvers yume 7. E. halimifolia.

F. Pa santinibeediiated leaves ibitic pt
E. conspersa.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
* LACINIATAE. swans age ae caper lobed leaves; achene pap-
; disk purple
+ Leaves nisears ‘piace a centimeter long.

1. E. venrorum Brandegee. Suffrutescent, much branched, 0.9-
1.2 m. high, stem 5-7.5 em. thick; the young branchlets glandular;
leaves crowded toward tips of branches, fleshy, linear, with 1-5 linear
alternate lobes above the middle, 3-6.5 em. long, 1-2 mm. wide;
heads “fragrant,” glutinous, nodding on short peduncles, solitary at
tips of branches, hemispheric, 10-12 mm. high; scales about 3-seriate,
somewhat unequal, rather loose, lanceolate to lance-ovate, ciliate and
glandular-dotted, becoming reflexed and somewhat woody in age;
rays about 10, small, 8 mm. long, truncate, with rather long hairy
tube; disk-flowers about 50, the corolla 5 mm. long, with short tube
and cylindric-funnelform throat; pales greenish and glandular-
puberulent on the keel, about 3-nerved on the sides, 7-11 mm. long;
achenes 5.5-8 mm. long, oblong, truncate, narrowly margined, with
villous margin and apex, glabrous on the sides.

Encelia ventorum Brandeg. Proc. Calif. Arete ser. 2. ii. 175 (1889).

Specimens examined: Lower Cauirornia: Lagoon Head, 6-15
Mar. 1889, Palmer 828 (GN); Playa Maria, Fuly-Oct 1896, Anthony
118 (FGN). Originally collected by Brandegee “on the narrow strip
of sand between the lagoons and the ocean near the Boca de Las Ani-
mas.’

+ + Leaves broader; peduncles 2.5-6.5 cm. long.

2. E.xactniata Vasey & Rose. Suffrutescent,0.6-0.9m. high, much
branched, more or less glandular-pubescent, and usually hispid with
ascending hairs on the younger parts; leaves ovate or obovate in
outline, acute or obtuse, unequally and laciniately lobed with the lobes
sometimes toothed, narrowed to a margined petiole, 3-5.5 em. long,
1-2.5 em. wide, lamina 2.5-6 mm. broad between the lobes; heads

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

terminal and long-peduncled from the upper axils, nodding in fruit,
10-12 mm. high; scales 2-3-rowed, loose, lanceolate, somewhat
glandular, ciliate and tomentose; rays about 12, oval, subentire,
7 mm. long, with hairy tube; disk-corollas as in the last, glandular
at base and tip, 5 mm. long; pales few-nerved, glandular-hairy
toward the loose subherbaceous tip, 8-10 mm. long; achenes 5-6.5 mm.
long, obovate, emarginate at apex, oe spreading-villous on the
margin and with a few hairs toward the a

Encelia laciniata Vasey & Rose, Proc. U. 'S. ie. Mus. xi. 535 (1889).

Specimens examined: Lower Ca.trornia: sand plains and hills
above the bay, Lagoon Head, 6-15 Mar. 1889, Palmer 804 (FGN, TYPE
COLLECTION); Ascension Island, Mar.-June 1897, Anthony 435 (G).
Also reported by Brandegee from San Gregorio.— Anthony’s plant
differs from Palmer’s in its thicker more bluntly lobed leaves, like the
stem finely glandular-pubescent, nearly without the rough white
hairs of the types.

* * Hanimirouiar. Herbaceous or frutescent; leaves entire or merely
i A pt pao oblong to ovate; disk yellow or purple; achene rarely

+ Heads numerous, ceniodinke: son nee of inflorescence smooth; leaves
]

3. E. rarmosa Gray. Much branched from a woody base,
sometimes 1.6 m. high, the stems and branches exuding a fragrant
resin, white-mealy becoming glabrate; leaves mostly basal, broadly
ovate to lanceolate, acute or obtuse, entire or rarely repand-toothed,
the margin, often undulate, densely white-farinose occasionally be-
coming subglabrate, the nerves rather prominent beneath, 3-10 cm.
long, 2-5 em. wide, on narrowly margined petioles 1-4 cm. long;
panicle nearly naked, the branches whitish-yellow, glabrous or rarely
with a few hairs, often glandular-hairy just below the heads; heads
terminating the branches, often nodding i in fruit, radiate, disk 1-1.5
cm. in diameter; scales imbricated in 3-4 rows, the outer or some-
times all linear, the inner usually successively longer and with broader
bases, loosely hairy when young, often glabrate when older, all blunt,
the longest 3.5-7 mm. long, shorter than the disk; rays °° about 12,
usually conspicuous, 7-11 mm. long, oval-oblong, 3-lebed; disk-
corollas 3.54.5 mm. long, glandular on the tube, yellow including the
limb; pales 6-7 mm. long, glandular on keel, faintly nerved, entire
or laterally 1-toothed; achene 4.5 mm. long, obovate, emarginate,
villous all over except for a submarginal naked border, awnless.

wire
3 In Coulter 327 (hb. Gray) some _ —_ of the rays are styliferous, the
oo such instance known to me in the

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA, 361
Encelia farinosa Gray in Torr. Bot. Emory Rep. Mil. Recon. 143
(1848)

Specimens examined: Nevapa: Muddy Valley, Lincoln Co., alt.
518 m., 1 May 1906, Kennedy & Goodding 8 (N); boulder washes, Las
Vegas Mts., 13 May 1905, Goodding 2363 (G); CaLtrorNtA: Pana-
mint Cajion, alt. 610 m., 3 May 1897, Jones (N); Furnace Creek
Ranch, Death Valley, 25 Mar. 1891, Coville & Funston 476 (FGN);
near Bennett Wells, Death Valley, 22 Jan. 1891, Coville & Funston
202 (N); Los Angeles, 25 May 1902, Braunton 287 (N);34 San Bernar-
dino Mts., 1880, Vasey 286 (N); San Bernardino, 12 Jan. 1880, S. B.
Parish (G); May 1881, Parish (F); 2 May 1896, C. E. Cummings
(G); dry hills near San Bernardino, 27 Apr. 1891, S. B. Parish 2192
(N); vicinity of San Bernardino, alt. 305-457 m., 27 Apr. 1895, S. B.
Parish 3638 (GN); foothills near San Bernardino, 15 May 1891, S. B.
Parish (F); San Bernardino Hills, Apr. 1881, Parish (F); near
Barstow, 12 Apr. 1905, 7. E. Wilcox (N); The Needles, 8 May 1884,
Jones 3853 (FN); Elsinore, 4 Apr. 1903, Baker 4151 (FG); Temecula
Caiion, alt. 800 m., 31 Mar. 1898, Leiberg 3209 (N); Box Springs, San
Diego Co., 10 May 1882, Oreutt (F); Signal Mt., Colorado Desert, 2
Apr. 1903, Abrams 3159 (G); Colorado Desert, Mar. 1881, W. G.
Wright 185 (G); southeastern California, 1876, Palmer (G); southern
California, 1876, Parry & Lemmon 181 (F); California, Coulter 327 —
(G); Colorado River, interior of California, 1854, Bigelow (G); Mexican
Boundary Survey under Emory, 1846 (TyPE in Nat. Herb., no. 46083);
eastern base of Coast Range, edge of Colorado Desert, 7 May 1894,
Mearns 2969 (N); Arizona: Fort Mohave, 1860-1, Cooper (G);
Beaver Dam, 1877, Palmer 239 (G); Grand Cafion of the Colorado,
Journey of 1885, Gray (G); Verde Mesa, 1867, E. Smart 201 (N);
buttes, Tempe, 19 Apr. 1892, Ganong & Blaschka (G); along the Gila,
Mar. 1852, Parry 54 (G); Coyote to Santa Rosa, 13 Mar.—23 Apr.
1903, Griffiths 3986 (N); Laosa to Lavare via Babuquivari, 1903,
Griffiths 3615 (N); Santa Catalina Mts., 19 Apr. 1881, Pringle (FG);
Camp Grant, 2 Apr. 1867, Palmer 124 (G); Tucson Mts., Sept. 1907,
Thornber (N); Tucson Mts., 1903, Griffiths 3475 (N); hills near Tuc-
son, 8 May 1883, Pringle (F); Tucson, 8 Apr. 1892, Toumey (N), and
1 May 1892, Toumey 687 (N); Tule Mts., Mexican boundary line, 11
‘eb. 1894, Mearns 2800 (N); near Monument no. 178, Mex. bound.
line, 8 Feb. 1894, Mearns 2791 (N); Chimehuevis, alt. 915 m., 21 Apr.

ion ¢ MS. note attached to the sheet says in part: ‘This plant was just
teeth gags root to fruit.” The species is not included in Abrams’ Los Angeles

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

1903, Jones (N). SoNoRA: common on plains from Huerigo to
Granada, Guasabas, alt. 915-1220 m., 15 Nov. 1890, Hartman 233
(GN); Hermosillo, 10 June 1897, F. S. Maltby 229 (N); Torres, 10
June 1897, Maltby 179 (N); El Grupo (?), 13 Nov. 1895, MeGee (N);
hillsides, Guaymas, July 1887, Palmer 111 part (GN); Hermasillo,
4 Mar. 1910, Rose, Standley, & Russell 12354 (N); Empalme, 11 Mar.
1910, Rose, Standley, & Russell 12625 (N); Carral, 12 Mar. 1910, Rose,
Standley, & Russell 12651 (N); Guaymas, 23 Apr. 1910, Rose, Stand-
ley, & Russell 15051 (N); Magdalena, 25 Apr. 1910, Rose, Standley, &
Russell 15098 (N); Srvatoa: thickets along Rio Fuerte, San Blas, 24
Mar. 1910, Rose, Standley, & Russell 13365 (N).— The only Encelia
of any economic importance, and that but slight, the resin being
burned as incense in the churches of Lower California, giving the
plant the local name of “ Incienso” (Brandegee, Zoe i. 83 (1890)).

. E. rartnosa Gray f. phenicodonta Blake, n. forma, disco
purpureo. Disk-corollas purple above; otherwise as in the typical
form.— Specimens examined: Ca.irornta: Riverside Mt., Newberry
(G); Arizona: Williams Fork, Mar. 1876, Palmer 251 (FN). Lower
CALIFORNIA: west side of Lake Maquata, Colorado Desert, 27 Jan.
1890, Orcutt 2023 (N); cafion near San Quentin, 22 Apr. 1886, Orcutt
1341 (corypEs in FGN); old diggings, Calmalli, alt. 366 m., Jan.—
Mar. 1898, Purpus 33 (FN); La Paz, 20 Jan.—5 Feb. 1890, Palmer
50 (N); Santa Rosalia, 24 Feb.-3 Mar. 1889, Palmer 186 (GN);
Sonora: Papago Tanks, Pinacate Mts., 14 Nov. 1907, MacDougal
(N); hillsides, Guaymas, July 1887, Palmer 111 in part (GN).

3y. E. rartosa Gray var. radians Brandeg. in herb., n. comb.—
Leaves glabrate or nearly so; involucre nearly or quite glabrous, its
bracts chiefly linear-oblong; disk purple.

Encelia radians Brandeg. Proc. Calif. Acad. ser. 2. ii. 176 (1889).

Specimens examined: Lower CaLirornta: San José del Cabo,
Mar.-June 1897, Anthony 433 (GN); same locality, Jan-Mar. 1901,
Purpus 398 (GN).

+ Heads few or solitary; peduncles usually muy stem leafy.

+ Shrubby, even the branches woody; heads solitary at tips of long nake d

usually scabrous aiid oe the branches, often dissed disk

yellow; awns often prese

4. E. FRUTESCENS ee 35 A low much branched shrub, 1.3-

1.6 m. high, white with a dense short very scabrous pubescence at least

_ 35 Often —— with Viguiera Parishii Greene, which is rather —
in aspect but has mostly opposite cordate-deltoid leaves and a pappus °
squamellae m well as awns.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 363

on the younger parts, the branchlets ending in long naked monocepha-
lous peduncles; leaves short-petioled, oblong to ovate, obtuse or acute,
cuneate or truncate at base, scabrous with scattered white hairs
with persistent tuberculate bases, 1-3 cm. long, 0.6-1.6 cm. wide;
involucre 6-10 mm. high, its scales somewhat unequal, 3-rowed,
hispid-scabrous and sometimes slightly glandular, varying from linear-
lanceolate to ovate-acuminate; heads 1-2.5 em. broad; rays rarely
present, then about 12, 3-lobed, about 9 mm. long; disk-corollas 5-6
mm. long, with glandular-hairy tube and hairy limb; pales glandular-
pubescent, 1 cm. long; achenes black with narrow white margin,
villous on the edges and somewhat pubescent on the sides, 6.5-8 mm.
long, 2.5-3.2 mm. broad, awnless or with 1 or 2 weak villous awns.

Simsia frutescens Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 89 (1859).

Encelia frutescens Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 657 (1873).

E. frutescens f. radiata Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iii. 135 (1907).

E. frutescens f. ovata Hall, 1. e.

Specimens examined: Catrrornta: Mohave Desert, near Bagdad,
12 Apr. 1905, Wilcox (N); The Needles, 3 May 1884, Jones 3812
(FN); near Cafion Springs, Apr. 1905, Hall 5859 (N); Palm Spring,
alt. 61 m., 10 May 1903, Jones (N); wash near Coyote Wells, Colo-
rado Desert, 3 Nov. 1890, Orcutt 2200 (GN); Signal Mt., 2 Apr. 1903,
Abrams 3156 (FGN, cotype number of f. ovata Hall); interior of Cali-
fornia, 1849, Fremont (G, coryPE); ARIZONA: ravines in gravel plain,
Ft. Mohave, 1860-1, Cooper, (GN, mixed with Viguiera Parishii
Greene); Sierra Prieta near Ft. Yuma, Schott (G, coryPE); Agua
Caliente, 1846, Emory (G, coryrEy; Yuma, 1881, Vasey (N); west
bank of Colorado River below Yuma, 7 Apr. 1894, Mearns 2853 (N);
Yuma, 25 Apr. 1906, Jones (N); Santa Catalina Mts., Apr. 1881,
Lemmon 188 (G); Red Rock, 11 June 1892, Towmey 671 (N); Car-
rizo Creek, Hayes 446 (G); mesas near Tucson, 8 May 1884, Pringle
(FGN, cotype number of f. ovata Hall); mesas, without exact locality,
15 May 1881, Pringle (FG); foothills, Santa Rita Mts., 1902, Griffiths
& Thornber (N); high plains, Lowell, 9 May 1884, W. F. Parish
110 (G); Wilmot Siding, 8 miles southeast of Tucson, on the mesas,
800 m., 6 June 1903, Thornber 83 (N); without locality, 1869,
Palmer (N).

The form ovata described by Hall seems hardly distinct enough for
recognition; apparently the lower leaves are always more or less ovate
or ovate-oblong, the upper usually oblong but sometimes broader, but
without any distinct line of demarcation ; and the presence of rays,

also

» is a character scarcely requiring recognition by name.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

The following sheets, with ovate leaves more or less glandular and
with fine appressed pubescence, seem intermediate between this and
var. virginensis: ARIZONA: near Ft. Verde, 20 June 1883, Rusby,
(FN); along Bright Angel Trail to Grand Cafion, alt. 1000 m., 10
Sept. 1901, Leiberg 5926 (N); Hackberry, 24 May 1884, Jones (FN).

46. . FRUTESCENS Gray var. resinosa Jones in litt., n. var.,
hispido-scabra et plus minusve glandulosa interdum glandulosissima;
foliis tenuibus margine sinuatis late ovatis. 1-2 cm. longis latisque
subacutis obtusisve basi truncatis vel rotundatis rare cuneatis utrinque
plus minusve glandulosis scabris pilis albis basi tuberculatis; petiolis
glanduloso-scabris 5-7 mm. longis; pedunculis 1-2 dm. longis glandu-
losis sparse scabris; capitulis 1-2 em. diametro radiatis; involucri
2-3-seriatis squamis ovato-acuminatis vel lineari-lanceolatis dense
glandulosis exterioribus interdum paucis pilis hispidis; paleis dense
glandulosis; acheniis exaristatis.

Specimens examined: Uran: near Great Salt Lake, Capt. Bishop
(G); Arizona: without locality, 1869, Palmer (N); Little Colorado
near Winslow, 10 June 1890, Jones (TYPE COLLECTION, GN); ha
mile below Tanner’s Crossing, Little Colorado, 18 May 1901, L. F.
Ward (N).

4y. E.rruTescens Gray var. virginensis (A. Nels.) Blake, n. comb.
Leaves broadly ovate, cinereous-scabrous with a fine glandular pubes-
cence intermixed with stouter tuberculate-based hairs like those
found in the type; outer involucral scales linear-lanceolate, the inner
ovate-acuminate; rays apparently always present; otherwise as In

- the typical form.%® ;

Encelia virginensis A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 272 (1904).

E. frutescens f. virginensis Hall, 1. ce. (1907).

Specimens examined: Uran: valley of the Virgin River near St.
George, 1874, Parry 142 (FG); La Verken, alt. 1036 m., May 1894,
Jones 5195 (FN); southern part, 1875, Johnson (N); Nevapa: “The
Pockets,” valley of the Virgin River, 30 April 1902, Goodding 666
(FGN, corypes of E. virginensis); dry washes, Mesquite Well, 1 May
1905, Goodding 2259 (G); Arizona: northern part, 1872, Wm.
Thompson 380 (N).

The following, with white-pubescent but scabrous leaves and more
or less ovate-acuminate outer scales, seem intermediate between this
variety and the next; Uran: St. George, 1877, Palmer 238 (G);

36 Anos to Nelson’s description the lower leaves are opposite, bat}
have been unable to find evidence of this in the material at hand, and oppost
leaves are unknown elsewhere in the genus.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 365

Nevapa: Moapa, Lincoln Co., alt. 518 m., 12 May 1906, Kennedy
1112 (N); Arizona: 1869, Palmer part (N).

45. E. rrutescens Gray var. actoni (Elmer) Blake, n. comb.
Leaves ovate, cuneate or truncate at base, very rarely toothed,
whitened with a rather soft fine pubescence; pubescence of stem and
peduncles also softer than in the typical form; involucral scales
mostly ovate-acuminate; rays apparently always present; otherwise
as in the typical form.

Encelia actoni Elmer, Bot. Gaz. xxxix. 47 (1905).

E. frutescens {. actoni Hall, |. e. (1907).

Specimens examined: Nevapa: Esmeralda Co., 31 May 1886,
Shockley 416 (G); Candelaria, alt. 1677 m., June 1887, Shockley 540
(G); without locality, 1872, Lt. Wheeler (N); alt. 1050 m., Beattie,
Nye Co., 5 June 1912, Heller 10422 (N); Cauirornra: Pleasant
Cafion, Panamint Mts., alt. 1677 m., 6 May 1897, Jones (N); near
Independence, 29 May 1906, alt. 1160 m., Hall & Chandler 7217 (G);
hillsides, Argus Mts., alt. 1220-1525 m., 1897, Purpus 5383 (GN);
Tehachapi foothills, Kern Co., 30 May 1905, F. Grinnell (N); east
slope of Walker Pass, Kern Co., alt. 1300 m., 21 June 1891, Coville &
Funston 1020 (N); Rock Creek, desert slopes of San Gabriel Mts.,
alt. 1158 m., July 1908, Abrams & McGregor 548 (N); Liebre Mts.,
June 1908, Abrams & McGregor 402 (GN); Acton, June 1902, Elmer
3724 (N, TYPE NUMBER of E. actoni®7); Mohave Desert, June 1887,
S. B. Parish (F); near Hesperia, Mohave Desert, 30 May 1901, S. B.
Parish 4873 (N); San Francisquito Creek, 27 May 1905, F. Grinnell
(N); San Francisquito Cafion, 26 May 1905 (N); Victor, alt. 792 m.,
17 May 1903, Jones (N); San Jacinto, June 1901, Hall 2007 (N); San
Felipe Cafion, 22 June 1888, Orcutt 1483 (N); San Jacinto, 14 Aug.
1997, V. Bailey (N); San Felipe, June 1852, Thurber 634 (G); San
Isabel, June 1852, Thurber 634 (G); near San Felipe, 10 Oct. 1858,
Sutton Hayes 443 (N); dry rocky hills, Jacumba, 31 May 1903,
Abrams 3667 (GN); Smith’s Mt., San Diego Co., 1880, Vasey 285
(FN); Arizona: Colorado River, Schott (G)38; “Jesup Rapids,”
18 Feb. 1858, Ives Expedition, in part (N).

5. E. aupescens Gray. Frutescent (?); branches striate, whit-
ened with a roughish appressed pubescence, terminating in naked

- Originally taken by Gray (Bot. Mex. Bound. 88) to be E. conspersa Benth.
and afterwards considered (Proce. Am. Acad. viii. 656) a small variety of Z.
californica, but best placed here.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

similarly pubescent monocephalous peduncles; rameal leaves ovate,
obtusish, barely toothed, whitened with an appressed scabrous
pubescence particularly beneath, 2-2.5 cm. long, 0.9-1.2 cm. wide,
short-petioled; involucre 7 mm. high, the scales subequal, in 2 rows,
linear-lanceolate, appressed-pubescent and scabrous without; rays
suborbicular, 3-lobed, 12 mm. long, pubescent on the back; disk-
corollas 5 mm. long, pubescent on tube and teeth; pales 7 mm. long,
scantily glandular-pubescent on back, fimbriate at apex; immature
achene 4.7 mm. long, villous on margin, appressed-pubescent on the
sides, bearing 2 unequal weak awns, or awnless.

Encelia albescens Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 658 (1873).

Specimens examined: Sonora: 1869, Palmer 21 (GN, coTyPEs).—
A doubtful species, known from very insufficient specimens, too close
to E. frutescens var. actoni.

++ ++ Mostly herbaceous (except no. 6); heads always radiate, usually some-

what racemose; disk purple; awns absent (rarely present in one variety).
= Frutescent; leaves small, oblong, green; involucral scales glandular-ciliate.

6. E. conspersa Benth. Shrubby, branched, the scabrous bark
white; branches leafy below, terminating in nearly naked 1-3-
branched peduncles, the branches monocephalous; leaves oblong to
ovate, obtusish, cuneate or truncate at base, green, scabrous-pubes-
cent especially beneath, 2-2.5 em. long, 8-10 mm. wide, on petioles
3.5-7 mm. long; peduncles slightly scabrous; disk 1—-1.3 cm. in diame-
ter, 8 mm. high; involucre 5-6 mm. high, its scales unequal, 3-seriate,
the outer lanceolate, the inner ovate, glandular on back and white-
ciliate nearly to the tip; rays oval, slightly 3-lobed, pubescent on
tube and back; disk-corollas 5 mm. long, with short tube, glabrous;
pales 6 mm. long, about 9-nerved, glandular on the back; immature
achenes 2.5 mm. long, villous on the margin, pubescent on the sides.

Encelia conspersa Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 26 (1844).

Specimens examined: Lower Ca.trornta: Magdalena Island,
18 Jan. 1889, Brandegee (GN). Bentham’s type came from Bay of
Magdalena.— Brandegee’s specimens well agree with Bentham’s _
description, except that the branches are not “albo-tomentosis” nor
the scales “lineari-lanceolatis.” The species must remain somewhat
‘in doubt until Bentham’s type can be re-examined. As is suggested
in Index Kewensis, it seems in the specimens at hand too close to
E. halimifolia Cav.

*

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 367

= = More herbaceous; leaves larger, generally canescent or white-tomentose;
involucral scales generally tomentose or canescent-pubescent.

x Leaves green; scales mostly ciliate.

7. E.°wauirronia Cav. Suffrutescent, branched, apparently
diffuse, the stems, young branches, and in a less degree the peduncles
canescent with fine incurved hairs; leaves ovate, acute or obtusish,
cuneate or nearly truncate at base, entire or slightly repand-toothed,
somewhat pubescent with incurved hairs but not canescent, 2.5-3.5
cm. long, 1.2-2 em. wide, on petioles a centimeter long; peduncles
axillary and terminal, simple or 2-3-branched, monocephalous,
nearly naked; heads 8 mm. high, 1.2—1.4 em. wide excluding rays;
involucre 5-6 mm. high, the scales somewhat unequal, 2-3-seriate,
linear-lanceolate, glandular-ciliate; rays 10-12, broadly oval, barely
3-lobed, pubescent on tube and back; disk-corollas 4.5 mm. long, with
short tube, glabrous; pales 7.5 mm. long, glandular-pubescent on
back; immature achene 3.6 mm. long, villous on margin, otherwise
nearly glabrous.

Encelia halimifolia Cav. Icon. iii. 6. t. 210 (“1794” = 1795).

Pallasia grandiflora Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 2261 (1804).

Specimens examined: Sonora: Yaqui River, 1869, Palmer 12
F GN). There is also a sheet in Gray Herb. (ex herb. Klatt) labeled
“Ex horto Scholae centralis Monspeliensis. Mexico? Peruvia!”
but the specimen is doubtless from Mexico.

' & & Leaves canescent or tomentose, or involucre densely pubescent.
© Leaves green; apogee usually densely and softly tomentose; plants of

ornia and Lower California

8. E. cattrornica Nutt. Much branched, somewhat spreading
from a frutescent base, 6-10 dm. high, or on San Clemente Island
becoming 3-3.6 m. high, 2.5-10 cm. in diameter; stem and peduncles
canescent with fine incurved-spreading rather soft hairs; leaves from
lanceolate to ovate, acute, cuneate or rarely slightly rounded at base,
entire or somewhat repand-dentate, appressed-pubescent with soft
hairs but distinctly green, 3-6 cm. long, 1-3 em. wide, on petioles
0.5-3 em. long; peduncles long, terminal and axillary toward ends of
branches, nearly naked; disk 1.5-2.5 em. in diameter; involucre
1-1.3 em. high, the scales 2-3-seriate, lanceolate, densely tomentose;
rays oblong, 14-20, pubescent on tube and exterior, 1.5-3 cm. long;
disk-corollas 5 mm. long, glabrous or the teeth pubescent; pales 7.5-
10 mm. long, glandular-puberulent above; achenes 5.5-6 mm. long,

villous on margin and pubescent down the middle of each side, awnless.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Encelia californica Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2. vii. 357
1841).
Specimens examined: CALtForNnIA: Santa Barbara, 1873, Bolander
(G); also June 1875, Rothrock 82 (F), and May 1902, Elmer 3899
(FN); ocean bluffs, Santa Barbara, 16 May 1908, Eastwood 129
(FGN); near the 35th parallel, Whipple’s Exp., 1853-4, Bigelow (N);
San Fernando Valley, Feb. 1861, Brewer 187 (“bad smell”, GN);
beach above San Buenaventura, 5 Mar. 1866, S. F. Peckham (N);
Pasadena, May 1903, Grant 395 (F); Santa Monica, Oct. 1881,
Parish Bros. 964 (F); also 24 Jan. 1897, J. H. Barber 29 (N); near
beach, Long Wharf, near Santa Monica, 13 Aug. 1910, Blake 693 (G);
hillsides, May 1885, Los Angeles, Hasse (N); foothills, Griffith Park,
13 Mar. 1902, Braunton 242 (N); hillsides near Inglewood, 8 Mar.
1903, Abrams 3107 (G); Redondo, 25 May 1902, Braunton 288 (N);
hills, Wilmington, 1 Apr. 1882, Pringle (FN); near Riverside, alt.
366 m., Apr. 1902, Hall 2922 (N); San Diego, Parry, Newberry,
Nuttall (G); also 1875, Palmer 169 (F), 28 Feb. 1884, Orcutt (F),
15 Mar. 1882, Jones 3069 (N), 29 Jan. 1894, H. A. Sheldon 45 (N),
30 Mar. 1896, C. E. Cummings (G), 1 May 1902, Brandegee (Baker
distr. 1657, FGN), May 1906, Brandegee (F); La Jolla, 16 Feb. 1895,
Snyder (F); seashore, 30 m. from Lower California, 24 Feb. 1883,
G. C. Deane (G); Catalina Island, 30 Jan. 1874, Baker & Dall (GN);
Avalon, May 1898, Trask (N); San Clemente Island, 25 Aug. 1894,
Mearns 4067 (N); Chalk Cafion, San Clemente Island, June 1903,
Trask 204 (“10-12 ft. tall; 1-4 ins. diam.”, N); Arizona: Ft.
Mohave, 1860-1, Cooper 324 (N). Lower Ca irornta: Todos
Santos, 13 May 1882, H. E. Fish (F); San Quentin Bay, Jan. 1889,
Palmer 661 (N), 662 (GN).— Bailey (Cye. Am. Hort. ii. 529 (1900))
states that this species is in cultivation.

E. caLirornica Nutt. var. asperifolia Blake, n. var., frutes-
centior capitulis foliisque plerumque minoribus; disco 1.2-1.8 cm.
diametro; pube caulium foliorumque asperiore; foliis ovalibus vel
ovatis 1.5-3 em. longis 1-1.5 em. latis scabris subintegris; involucro
breviore, pube densa aspera, squamis subglandulosis ad apicem sub-
glabratis; acheniis rare cum aristis 1-2 tenuibus.

Specimens examined: Lower Catrrornia: near Rosario and San
Fernando, 4 May 1886, Orcutt 1346 (FGN); Lagoon Head, 40 miles
inland, 6-15 Mar. 1889, Palmer 822 (GN); Cedros Island, 1875,
Streets (GN), also 18-20 Mar. 1889, Palmer 702 (FGN: 1 or 2 weak
awns present), Mar.-June 1897, Anthony 292 (coTYPES in FGN);
San Benito Island, Streets (G); San Bartolome Bay, Mar. 1889, It.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 369

C. F. Pond (N).— Often confused with E. frutescens Gray, from which ~
the purple disk at once distinguishes it.

o o Leaves canescent or tomentose; involucre not densely tomentose; plants
of South America (except one species of Lower California, with cordate
leaves).

+ Leaves cuneate or rounded at base; plants of South America and the

Galapagos Islands.

— Pubescence usually soft; heads (except in starved specimens) long-pe-
duncled; South American.

9. E. canescens Lam. Suffrutescent below, suberect, canescent
with a rather soft pubescence, the stem about 6 dm. long; leaves
broadly ovate, rounded at base, obtuse or rounded at tip, canescent
with a soft pubescence, 2.5-5 cm. long, 1.6-3.5 em. broad, on petioles
0.5-2 em. long; inflorescence few-headed, terminal, the heads racemose
or corymbose-panicled; disk 1-1.5 cm. in diameter; involucre 5-7 mm.
high, its rather loose bracts lanceolate to lance-ovate, somewhat tri-
seriate, tomentose; rays about 12, broadly oval, faintly 2-3-lobed,
7mm. long; disk-corollas 4.5 mm. long, the short tube glandular, the
_ teeth hairy; pales 8 mm. long, glandular-hairy on the back; achenes
6 mm. long, 2.7 mm. wide, blackish with narrow white villous margin,
pilose down the middle of the sides, awnless.

Encelia canescens Lam. Encycl. Method. ii. 356 (1786); Cav. Icon.
i. 45. t. 61 (1791).

Coreopsis limensis Jacq. Coll. ii. 299 (1788), & Icon. Pl. Rar. iii. t.
594 (1786-1793).

Enselia limensis Jacq. Coll. 1. c. 300; Encelia limensis Steud. Nom.
ed. 2. 420 (1840).

Pallasia halimifolia L’Hér. in Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 498 (1789).

Encelia alternifolia Raeuschel, Nom. ed. 3. 251 (1797).

Eucalia canescens Raeusch. |. c. (1797).

Specimens examined: Peru: dry seacoast, Payta, Col. Hall (G);
Lima and San Lorenzo, Gaudichaud 112 (G); without definite locality,
Dombey (G), McLean (G); Wilkes Expl. Exp. (N), approaching var.
oblongifolia; Curr: sandy places, Copiapo, Sept. 1854, Lechler 2801
(G).— Passes into the following varieties. 3

98. E. canescens Lam. var. PaRvIFOLIA (HBK.) J. Ball. Pubes-
“ont denser, almost tomentose; leaves rhombic-ovate or ovate-lanceo-
ha

te, cuneate at base, acute or subacute at tip; achenes rather more

iry.
Encelia parvifolia HBK. Nov. Gen. iv. 206 (1820).

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Encelia canescens var. parvifolia J. Ball, Journ. Linn. Soe. xxii.
151 (1887).

Pallasia procumbens Spreng. Sys. iii. 610 (1826).

Encelia paucifolia Walp. Linnaea xiv. 505 (1840) [err. cler.].

Encelia pilocarpa Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. viii. 131 (1912).

Specimens examined: Peru: Arequipa, 8 Aug. 1901, Williams
2526 (GN, type number of E. pilocarpa); without definite locality,
McLean (G); Curut: desert of Atacama, Sept.—Oct. 1890, Morong
1311 (FGN, distr. as E. tomentosa Walp.); sandy places near Caldera,
May 1882, Ball (G). With no locality: Wilkes Expl. Exp. (N).

9y. E. cANESCENS Lam. var. TOMENTOSA (Walp.) J. Ball. Appar-
ently more frutescent; stem and the small broadly ovate blunt short- .
petioled leaves densely white-woolly.

Encelia tomentosa Walp. Linnaea xiv. 504 (1840).

Encelia canescens var. tomentosa J. Ball, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxii. 160
(1887).

Specimens examined: Soutn America: Wilkes Expl. Exp., without
locality (N). Walpers says of his species: “e Chili misit Filter.”

95. E. canescens Lam. var. oblongifolia (DC.) Blake, n. comb.
Leaves oblong-lanceolate to rhombic-ovate, somewhat less pubescent
than in the typical form, about the shape of those of var. parvifolia
but much less pubescent; heads apparently fewer, on much longer

peduncles.

Encelia oblongifolia DC. Prod. v. 567 (1836).

Specimens examined: Cutt: Coquimbo, Gaudichaud 85 & 86 (G,
coTYPE); Coquimbo, July—Aug. 1856, Harvey (G); without definite
locality, Gay (G).

— — Pubescence harsh; — racemose, on peduncles about 3 cm. long;
plan f the Galapagos Islands.

10. E.HIspra eet bua, erect, 0.6—1 m. high, canescent
with a dense hispid pubescence, the branches striate; leaves oblong,
cuneate at base, subentire or repandly toothed, 4-5 em. long, 1.4-2.2
cm. broad, on spreading-hirtous petioles 1-1.8 cm. long, appressed-
hirsutulous above, more densely so beneath particularly along the
veins; heads racemose in inflorescences terminating the branches,
the arcuate-spreading peduncles linear-bracted at base, 2-3.5 em. long,
densely villous-hispid; heads small, 8 mm. high, 9-11 mm. wide
exclusive of rays; involucre 4-5 mm. high, the scales lanceolate, 2-
seriate, somewhat unequal, densely villous-hispid, the outer a little
loose; rays oval, tridentate, pubescent on the back, 4.2 mm. long;
disk-corollas 3.5-4.5 mm. long, the short tube and teeth pubescent;

BLAKE.— ENCELTA AND RELATED GENERA. ‘Si

pales 4.7 mm. long, upwardly villous; achenes (not quite mature)
narrowly obovate, 4.5 mm. long, villous on margin and pubescent
medially on the sides.
Encelia hispida Anderss. Om Galap.-Oarnes Veg. 73 (1853).
Specimens examined: Gatapacos IsLaNnps: dry grassy places,
Chatham and Charles Islands, Andersson (G, TYPE COLLECTION).

+ + Mature leaves cordate-ovate; plant of Lower California.

11. E.Patmert Vasey & Rose. Suffrutescent, branched, 1 m. high,
the stems whitened with a dense hispid pubescence, the branches
rather sharply angled; leaves broadly ovate, cordate or rarely trun-
cate at base, rounded or obtuse at apex or the younger acute, hispid-
canescent on both sides or sometimes almost velutinous, entire or
with blunt triangular teeth, 1.5-4 em. long, 1.1-3.5 em. broad, on
petioles 3-10 mm. long, with ampliated base; heads peduncled, several
in a glandular-hispid paniculate inflorescence, the bracts minute;
disk 1-2 cm. broad; involucre 1 em. high, the rather loose scales
lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, triseriate, somewhat unequal, glandular
on the back, densely villous on sides nearly to tip, somewhat pubescent
inside; rays about 20, 10 mm. long, broadly oval, slightly trilobed,
pilose on tube and back; disk-corollas 5 mm. long, nearly glabrous,
the disk brownish purple; pale 8 mm. long, glandular-pubescent on
the back above; achenes 4.5 mm. long, villous on the angles and
slightly pubescent down the midline of the sides.

Encelia Palmeri Vasey & Rose, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi. 535 (1889).

Specimens examined: Lower Cauirornta: Lagoon Head, 6-15
Mar. 1889, Palmer 805 (FGN, TYPE COLLECTION): San José del Cabo,
Mar.—June 1897, Anthony 326 (GN); La Paz, 20 Jan.—5 Feb. 1890,
Palmer 15 (GN).

*** AnGUSTIFOLIAE. Leaves narrowly linear; awns present; disk yellow.

*— Leafy-stemmed; heads solitary, terminal; leaves glabrous beneath.

- E. aneustironia Greenm. An herbaceous perennial, the
stems several, erect, 3-4 dm. high, striate, purplish below, slightly
pubescent above, from a woody root; leaves scattered, narrowly
linear, attenuate, subsessile, with 3 strong somewhat reticulated
nerves, glabrous or nearly so below, appressed-hirsutulous above, 2.5-8
bee: long, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, remotely serrulate; heads pedunculate,
solitary, terminating the stems, about 1 cm. high, the peduncle
ooribe a slender bract just below the head; scales apparently
€w and rather loose, lance-attenuate, ciliate, 1-2-seriate; rays about
5, oblong, barely tridentate, 15 mm. long, 4 mm. wide; disk-corollas

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

rather few, 5.5 mm. long, pubescent on tube and teeth; pales 8 mm.
long, pubescent; immature achene 2.5 mm. long, villous on the
margin and slightly pubescent on the sides, bearing 2 upwardly
pubescent awns about its own length.
Encelia angustifolia Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 110 (1903).
Specimen examined: Territory oF Tepic: in the Sierra Madre,
13 Aug. 1897, Rose 3453 (G, TYPE COLLECTION).

+ + Scapose; head solitary, terminal; leaves puberulent both sides.

13. E. scaposa Gray. Herbaceous perennial, simple and erect,
3.5 dm. high, the leaves all clustered at the base, the monocephalous
scape naked except for two linear bracts; the lowest leaves scalelike;
leaves linear, 3.5-8.5 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide, attenuate, subsessile,
with whitish cartilaginous margin and tip, rough-puberulent both
sides; scape puberulent especially above, striate, whitish; head 1 cm.
high, 2 cm. wide excluding the rays; scales linear-lanceolate, subequal,
about 2-rowed, rather loose, white-hispid on the back; rays pubescent
on tube and back, apparently rather numerous, oval, 15 mm. long,
6 mm. wide; disk-corollas 5 mm. long, pubescent on teeth and short
tube; pales 10 mm. long, rather narrow, about 9-nerved, pubescent
above; immature achenes 4.5 mm. long, pubescent on the sides,
villous on margin and top, as are the two awns which are about as

ong.

Simsia? (Geraea) scaposa Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 88 (1853).

Encelia scaposa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 657 (1873).

Specimen examined: New Mexico: stony hills between the Mim-
bras and the Rio Grande, Oct. 1851, C. Wright (G, TYPE COLLECTION).

+ + + Heads numerous, panicled; plant resinous.

14. E. srenopHyiia Greene. Perennial, the stems several and
erect from a somewhat branched woody base bearing the scars of
former leaves, more or less glutinous; leaves mostly crowded toward
the bases of the stems, linear, 4.5-8 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, mucronu-
late, somewhat fleshy, glutinous, slightly hairy along the margin, the
edges more or less revolute; heads corymbose-panicled toward tip of
stem, on peduncles 1-3 em. long; disk 8 mm. high, 7-11 mm. wide;
involucre 3.5-4 mm. high, the scales lance-ovate, about 3-seriate,
somewhat unequal, resinous and slightly ciliate, rather strongly
ribbed; rays about 6, oval, entire, resin-dotted on tube and back,
5.5 mm. long; disk-corollas 4.5 mm. long, resin-dotted, the throat
broadly oblong; pales 7.5-8.3 mm. long, rounded at tip, resin-dotted;

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. Sis

achene it mm. long, villous all over, the awns 2 mm. long, upwardly
pubescen :
E mek seal ylla Greene, Bull. Torr. Club, x. 4 (1883).
Specimens examined: Lower CaLtrorniA: Cedros Island: Veatch
(GF, TYPE COLLECTION); 3 May 1885, Greene (G); 18-20 Mar. 1889,
Palmer 734 (FGN); Mar.-June 1897, Anthony 309 (FGN); 7 Apr.
1897, Brandegee (F).

TRANSFERRED AND DOUBTFUL SPECIES.

- Encelia adenophora Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 109 (1903) is
to be transferred to Simsia.

Encelia amplexicaulis Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 183 (1881) is
a synonym of SIMSIA AMPLEXICAULIS (Cav.) Pers.

Encelia calua Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 658 (1873), is a synonym of
SIMSIA CALVA Gra

Encelia eiobensta Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 17 (1890) =
VERBESINA HaASTATA Kell. (V. venosa Greene).

Encelia Chaseae Millsp. in Millsp. & Chase, Field Col. Mus. Bot.
iii. 125 (1904), is to be transferred to Simsia.

Encelia collodes Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 110 (1903), from
Chiapas = FLourensta collodes (Greenm.) Blake, n. comb. Habit
very much like that of F. laurifolia DC., but heads fewer and radiate;
immature achenes villous, the two awns united at base to several
slender lacerate squamellae.

neelia Conzattii Greenm. 1. c. 111 (1903) = VERBESINA HYPO-
GLaUCA Sch. Bip. (as noted by Greenman in Gray Herb.).

Encelia cordata oe l. c. 183 (1881) is a synonym of Sms1a
corpaTa (HBK.) C

Encelia dentata Poi, Encycl. Suppl. v. 665 (1817) = VERBESINA
DENTATA (Humb. & Bonpl.) HBK.

‘ oa exaristata Gray in Hemsl. 1. c. 183 (1881) = Sista EXARIS-
ATA

Encelia foctida Hemsl. 1. ec. ti (1881) is a synonym of Coreopsis
foetida Cav., which is a Simsi

Encelia Pion Hieron. But Jahrb. xix. 54 (1894) is based as to
name on Hopkirkia fruticulosa Spreng. Sys. ili. 444 (1826), which is
also Armania fruticulosa Bert. in DC. Prod. v. 576 (1836), a species
not identified but certainly a Simsia. Hieronymus has renamed his
specimens Encelia Sodiroi, q. v.

Encelia Ghiesbreghtiana Hemsl. 1. c. iv. 57 (1887) is a clerical error
for E. — Gray.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Encelia Ghiesbreghtii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 658 (1873), is to be
transferred to Simsia.

Encelia glutinosa Rob. & Greenm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 3.1. 155 (1895)
from Oaxaca = FLovurensia glutinosa (Rob. & Greenm.) Blake,
n. comb. Habit much as in F. collodes, but petioles and young
branches tomentose, heads numerous and corymbed, and the decidedly
villous young achenes 2-awned but without squamellae.

Encelia grandiflora Hemsl. |. ¢. ii. 184 (1881) is a synonym of SIMsIa
GRANDIFLORA Benth.

Encelia heterophylla Hemsl. 1. c. 184 (1881) is a synonym of SrmstA
HETEROPHYLLA (HBK.) DC.

Encelia hirsuta Ktze. Rev. Gen. iii. pt. 2. 145 (1898), including f.
radiata Ktze. |. c., is to be transferred to Simsia.

Encelia hispida Hemsl. |. c. 184 (1881) is a synonym of SIMSIA
Hispipa (HBK.) Cass.

Encelia hypargyrea Rob. & Greenm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 3. 1. 155
(1895), from Oaxaca and Puebla, = Vicurera argyrophylla Blake,
n. nom. (not V. hypargyrea Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 105
(1903)). Pappus of two awns with several short fimbriate scales be-
tween; achene thickened and appressed-pubescent.

Encelia lagascaeformis Gray in Hemsl. |. c. 184 (1881) = Srmsta
LAGASCAEFORMIS DC. (as to name only).

Encelia maculata Brandeg. Zoe v. 259 (1908), from Puebla and
Oaxaca = VicuIERA maculata (Brandeg.) Blake,‘n. comb. Pappus
and achene of Viguiera. Related to Viguiera eriophora Greenm. The
specimens examined (Purpus 4127) have the ray-flowers cadet:

Encelia megacephala Sch. Bip., a nomen in Ktze. Rey. Gen
pt. 2. 145 (1898), is a Simsia.

Encelia mexicana Mart. in DC. Prod. v. 578 (1836) is a synonym of
SIMSIA AURICULATA DC.

Encelia microcephala Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 657 (1873) =
HELIANTHELLA MICROCEPHALA Gray, l. c. xix. 10 (1883).

Encelia microphylla Gray, |. ¢. xv. 37 (1880), from Coahuila = FLov-
RENSIA microphylla (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Habit of Flowrensia;
achene somewhat thickened (perfectly ripe fruit not seen), densely
villous in the manner of F. laurifolia DC., with or without a pappus
of 2 upwardly pubescent awns. The Gina to Flourensia of this
species was commented on by Dr. Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 7, and
Syn. FI.

Encelia. montana Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iii. 394 (1909),
from Cerro de Paxtle, Puebla (Purpus 3103) = VIGUIERA HELIAN-

~-

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 375

THorIpeESs HBK. The ray-flowers are described as neutral by Brande-
gee, but in the specimens of the type collection examined are styliferous
but undoubtedly sterile.

Encelia nivea Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 27 (1844) has been variously
identified, but from the opposite leaves and the thickened achenes
cannot have been an Encelia, and was probably a Viguwiera.

Encelia oblonga Rob. & Fern. Proc. Am. Acad. xxx. 118 (1894), from
Durango and Chihuahua, is a synonym of Helianthella Pringlei Gray,
Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 389 (1886). The species, an alternate-leaved
frutescent plant with large heads solitary and long-peduncled at tips
of stems, and involucre of ovate-based long-attenuate somewhat
foliaceous bracts much exceeding the slightly resinous disk, is some-
what anomalous in appearance, but seems best referred to Flowrensia
as F. Pringlei (Gray) Blake, n. comb. The achenes are oblong,
11 mm. long, much thickened, striate, densely pubescent, and tend
at maturity to lose the 2 awns which compose the pappus.

Encelia pilosa Greenm. |. c. xxxix. 111 (1903) is a synonym of

IMSIA LAGASCAEFORMIS DC.

Encelia pleistocephala J. D. Sm. Bot. Gaz. xiii. 189 (1888) = VER-

BESINA PLEISTOCEPHALA (J. D. Sm.) Rob. Proc. Am. Acad. xliii. 41

Encelia polycephala Hemsl. |. ec. 184 (1881) is a synonym of SrMsta
POLYCEPHALA Benth.

Encelia Pringlei Fern. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxv. 573 (1900), from
Hidalgo, has the pappus and achene of Viguiera and should be referred
to that genus as VIGUIERA trachyphylla Blake, n. nom. (not V.
Pringlet Rob. & Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxix. 387 (1894).

Encelia purpurea Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 336 (1895) =

TMSIA LAGASCAEFORMIS DC.

Encelia resinosa Brandeg. Zoe v. 240 (1906), from Hidalgo, an
alternate-leaved resinous shrub with a few racemose axillary large
heads, seems best referred to Flourensia as F. resinosa (Brandeg.)
Blake, n.comb. The young achene is flattish, scantily haired on the
sides and thickly at the apex, with two long awns disposed to be
trifid from near the base.

Encelia rhombifolia Rob. & Greenm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 3. 1. 155
(1895), from Oaxaca = Vicurera rhombifolia (Rob. & Greenm.)
Blake, n. comb. Pappus of two awns with intermediate short squamel-
lae; achene thickened and pubescent.

Encelia sanguinea Hemsl. |. c. 185 (1881) = Smmsta SANGUINEA Gray.

Encelia sericea Hemsl. |. ¢. 185 (1881) is a Simsia.

Encelia Sodiroi Hieron. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 43 (1900) is a Simsza.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Encelia squarrosa Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 112 (1903),
from Guerrero = VIGUIERA squarrosa (Greenm.) Blake, n. comb.
Achene and pappus quite of this genus. A very distinct species.

Encelia stricta Seaton, Proc. Am. Acad. xxviii. 120 (1893), from Mt.
Orizaba and Esperanza, Mexico = VERBESINA Seatoni Blake, n. nom.
(not V. stricta (Hemsl.) Gray, 1. ec. xix. 13 (1883)). Closely related to
V. hypomalaca Rob. & Greenm. and to V. stricta (Hemsl.) Gray; dis-
tinguished from the latter by the not scabrous under leaf-surface,
and from the former by the shorter broader crenate-dentate leaves
not cordate-clasping at the base

Encelia subaristata Gray in Hemsl. |. ec. 185 (1881) is a synonym of
SIMSIA SUBARISTATA Gray.

Encelia suffrutescens R. E. Fries, Nova Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 4.
i. no. 1. 83. pl. 6. fig. 1-3 (1905), from northern Argentina = FLOU-
RENSIA suffrutescens (R. E. Fries) Blake, n. comb. Young achene
plumpish, with two upwardly pubescent awns; habit of Flouwrensia,
the heads radiate but scarcely resinous.

Encelia tenuis Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxiii. 94 (1897) is a Simsza.

SIMSIA Pers. (dedicated to Jacob Sims, editor of Curtis’ Botanical
Magazine from 1784 to 1816).— Heads small or medium, radiate or
discoid, the flowers yellow or purple. Involucral scales in 3 or 4 rows,
subequal or distinctly seriate, lance-ovate to lance-linear. Receptacle
slightly convex; pales scarious, stiff, acuminate, conduplicate about
the achenes, persisting after the fall of the latter. Rays slightly
bidentate, yellow or rarely purple, sometimes wanting; disk-corollas
with short usually pubescent tube and cylindric throat, 5-toothed,
yellow or purple, sometimes changing color with age. Style branches
attenuate, hispid-villous. Disk-achenes strongly compressed, very
flat, obovate or oblong, glabrous or more often appressed-pubescent,
never villous, with thin unmargined edges, calvous or usually biaris-
tate.— Annuals or sometimes perennials, with at least the lower leaves.
opposite, and usually paniculate heads. Type species S. ficifolia
Pers. and S. amplexicaulis (Cav.) Pers., both reducible to S. foetida.—
About 22 species of western America, from the arid southwestern
part of the United States to Argentina; one species in Jamaica.

Simsia Pers. Syn. ii. 478 (1807), excl. S.? heterophylla which =
Tostephane ee ee (Cav.) Benth.

Armania Bert. in DC. Prod. v. 576 (1836).

Barrattia Cia & Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2. iii. 274 (Mar.
1847).

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 377

Key TO THE SPECIES OF SIMSIA.

ee RN RUN ss a ay ss a asada oie Radek we A haa 22. S. sanguinea.
A. Rays yellow or wanting.
B ue ae silky beneath.

O CANNES ey pe Ble vs ses 19. * ieee.
C. es appressed-pubescent.............-.20+. S. 8
B. Leaves densely abaentacnenca benesth: <2 22e4% rs S. Sodirot.
S. pubescens.
B. Leaves neither nse nor densely a beneath.
etio sa aly nate, forming oe disk
olucral seals subeq UM gis ci a RS 1. S. calva.

D. pres 3—4-seri
Leaves pad lobed; stems glandular-setose .2. S. setosa.
es unlobed; stems st glandular....3. S. tenuis.
C. _Petiole-bases not connate into foliac isks.
pom eee scales 3—4-seriate, the pee ovate.
es glabrous and awn
Petioles mot suriculate: ic. sss. S. exaristata.
5. ‘s submollicoma.
¥. Pee BUCA, oc cess 6. S. eurylepis.
E. Achenes pubescent, 2-awned.
F. Pales and scales purple-tipped; achene 5 mm. long.
7. SS. lagascaeformis.
F. Pales scarcely purple-tipped; achenes 6-7 mm. long.
D. Scales subequal, or the outer if shorter lance-oblong. to linear-
lanceolate.
E. Leaves 3-lobed, the beatig narrow, sessile by a margined base;
ncnene SG wm: tone srs ete CE
Leaves unlobed, or “the Lone if present broad, and the
achene 44.5 mm. -_
F. Achenes 6-7.3 m
G. Leaf blade brieiite “deltoid, abruptly narrowed to a
broadly margined clasping base; pce perc
: a.
G. Leaves not clasping, grayish beneath ithe yor ten
late-based hairs; South American. .14. S. hirsuta

15. Dombeyana
G. Leaves ca oo. densely enwe eames both
maicensis

gubees Jarmieany 62625. 2524

F. Achenes ar 3 3 (6 we
G. Whole plant deraely pane with stalked glands.
12. S. adenoph

ora.
G. Glands less
i, pater seat, nh ty ee scarcely striate;
sb mostly lobed, generally auricu ateclas
; Mexican & Guatemalan... .11. S.
H. Scale $ ag ey niin at base; heads is lange, ‘disk
2-3 em. in diameter; Central Am

16. ce prandifiors.
H. —- pin yar meer heads smaller, disk
2-1.7 om. diameter; Cent ee American.

* ; : 17. 8S. polycephala, -

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
* Petiole-bases connate into conspicuous foliaceous pada. SCD ee
tuberous-rooted perennials, at least the first spec
+ Involucral scales subequal; heads solitary, PU A terminating
the branches.

1. S. catva (Gray & Engelm.) Gray. Erect, much branched,
from a thick woody tuberlike root, harsh with white bristle-like hairs
with swollen bases intermixed with a fine puberulence, the stem and
branches striate-grooved; leaves opposite usually to tips of the
branches, very harsh with a double pubescence like that of. stem,
lance-deltoid in outline, acute at apex, somewhat cordate at base,
crenate-dentate, unlobed or hastately eared or deeply trilobed, 3-5
em. long, 1.5—4 cm. wide, on short margined petioles 7-12 mm. long,
their bases united into broad entire or lobed foliaceous disks; heads
solitary on long naked peduncles terminating the branches, the disk
1-2.2 em. wide; involucre 7-9 mm. high, the scales linear-lanceolate
to linear-oblong, in about 3 rows, subequal or the outer series slightly
shorter, densely hispid and covered with a fine puberulence, somewhat
green-nerved; rays 20-30, yellow, somewhat livid without, oval,
8 mm. long, pubescent on tube and nerves of back; disk-corollas-
yellow, becoming purplish upwardly, puberulent, 6.5 mm. long, the
tube very short; pales 8 mm. long, puberulent on back and sub-
herbaceous tip; achene glabrous, emarginate, awnless, mottled with
black and gray, 4.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. broad.

Barrattia calva Gray & Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2. iii. 275
(1847).

Simsia calva Gray, Pl. Lindh. ii. 228 (1850).

Encelia (Barrattia) calva Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 658 (1873).

Specimens examined: Texas: rocky bluffs, Baird, Apr. 1882,
Reverchon (N); rocky terraces of limestone hills, under stunted live
oaks, Comanche Spring, June 1849, Lindheimer 60 (G); Comanche
Spring, June 1849, Lindheimer 900 (FGN); Brazos, Sutton Hayes
47 part (F); dry hills, local, Austin, 22 et 1891, J. E. Bodin 192 (N);
rocky soil, in open woods between the headwaters of the Guadalupe
and Pedernales Rivers, Oct. 1845, Lindheimer 432 (G, TYPE); top of
dry hills, Pedernales, 1847, Lindheimer 39 (G); summit of rocky hills,
Upper Guadalupe, 1846, Lindheimer 142 (G) [?= Lindheimer U1 433:
GN]; San Antonio, 28 July 1882, Letterman 5 (N); common in
woods, San Antonio, 18 Sept. 1901, Bush 837 (N); Spring Creek,
Gillespie Co., G. Jermy (F); Kerrville, alt. 487-610 m., June 1894,

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 379

Heller 1860 (N); Bexar Co., Jermy (N); foot of limestone hill, near
Bracken, Bexar Co., 28 July 1903, B. H. A. Groth 143 (FG); rocky
bluffs, Crockett Co., May 1885, Reverchon (FN); rocky bank, Devils
River, 22 July 1900, Earle 439 (N); Pinto, 6 Sept. 1900, Earle 464
(N); Roma, 1889, G. C. Neally (N); southwestern Texas, 1879-80,
Palmer 610 (GN), 611 (GN), 613 part (G); without definite locality,
1849, Wright 330 part (GN); “cultivated,” Hall (N); Mexican
Boundary Survey under Emory, 560 in part (N). Nurva Leon:
Sierra Madre, above Monterey, alt. 915 m., 17 Aug. 1903, Pringle
8739 (FGN); without definite locality, 1880, Palmer 615 part (N);
Tamavuuipas: Matamoros, April 1831, Lindheimer 2290 = 870 (G).
Mexico, without definite locality, 1848-9, Gregg 85 (G).

18. S. catva (Gray & Engelm.) Gray var. subaristata (Gray)
Blake, n. comb. Similar in all respects to the last, except that the
achenes are appressed-pubescent (sometimes only on the margin
above) and usually provided with a pair of upwardly hispidulous awns,
which may be reduced to mere traces.

Simsia subaristata Gray, Pl. Fendl. 84 (1849).
ae subaristata Gray in Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 185

1881).

Specimens examined: Texas: Brazos, Sutton Hayes 447 part (G);
dry hills, Austin, 20 May 1872, Hall 339 (GN); Guadalupe, 20 miles
W. of San Antonio, 1880, Palmer 612 (GN); Eagle Pass, San Antonio,
&e., 1882, Havard 57 (G); San Angelo, 18-19 May 1899, W. L. Bray
356 (N); without definite locality, 1849, Wright 330 part (G); south-
western Texas, 1880, Palmer 613 part (N); Mex. Bound. Surv. under
Emory, 560 part (N). Tamavuiipas: Matamoros, Apr. 1836, Lind-
heimer 3010 = 1510 part (G); San Fernando to Jimeney, 26-27
Feb. 1902, Nelson 6603 (GN); Nueva Leon: Bishops Hill near
Monterey, 6 Feb. 1847, Gregg 47 (G, TYPE); Pico Chico, near Mon-
terey, 18 Mar. 1900, Canby, Sargent, & Trelease 135 (N); Coanutia:
Caracol Mts., S. E. of Manclova, 1880, Palmer 615 part (G).— Often .
occurs mixed with S. calva on herbarium sheets.

*- + Scales 3-4-seriate, the outer much shorter; heads paniculate.
++ Leaves hastately lobed; stems bristly-hairy as well as glandular: heads 1.5

em.

2. S. setosa Blake, n. sp., herbacea (inferiore caulis parte ignota)
ubique dense glandulosa et parce setosa pilis albis patentibus; foliis
Ovato-lanceolatis basi sinu lato leviter cordatis et hastato-lobatis
dentato-crenatis maximis 9 em. longis 6 cm. latis; petiolis anguste
marginatis 3.5-4 em. longis basi in orbes dentatas latas conjunctis,

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

summis alternis denique minimis linearibus; capitulis paniculatis;
disco 11-15 mm. alto 8-12 mm. diametro; involucri squamis 4-seriatis
exterioribus sensim brevioribus striatis margine et apice minute
glanduloso-strigosis lanceolatis interioribus lanceolato-attenuatis disco
subaequalibus; radiis ca. 12 oblongo-ovalibus flavis 6.5 mm. longis;
disci flosculis 8 mm. longis (tubulo 1.5 mm.) puberulo-glandulosis
flavidis denique purpurascentibus; paleis 11.5 mm. longis lateraliter
sublaceratis dorso et apice oe acuminato glanduloso-

pubescentibus; acheniis 5 mm. longis 2.4 mm. latis appresse pubes-
centibus interdum subglabris — scilintie calvis. vel cum aristis 2
tenuibus sursum ciliatis ad 2.2 mm. longis.

Specimens examined: Sonora: Mate 16-30 Sept. 1890, Palmer
741 (corypes in Gray Herb. and Nat. Herb., no. 46131).— Distributed
as Encelia mexicana, from which it is very distinct.
++ ++ Leaves unlobed; stems merely glandular; heads 9-10 mm. high, 5-7

mm. wide.

3. S. tenuis (Fernald) Blake, n. comb. Base and lowest leaves
unknown; stem finely and thickly glandular, only the ultimate
branches of the inflorescence somewhat setose; leaves deltoid-ovate,
cordate with broad shallow sinus, acute, crenate, glandular-puberu-
lent and somewhat strigose, on glandular and setose barely margined
petioles 1—-2.5 em. long, with their bases united into rounded crenate
foliaceous disks; inflorescence much branched, the branches slender,
the very slender peduncles 2-10 cm. long; heads short-cylindric;
scales 3-4-seriate, distinctly graduated, the outer ovate, the inner
lance-acuminate, glandular-puberulent, ciliate above, striate-veined;
rays about 8, yellow, oval, 6 mm. long, barely bidentate, hairy on tube

and sl bescent on back; disk-corollas 5.8 mm. long, glandular-
ssiheebidies a n tethe and pubescent above, yellow becoming purplish;
pales 7-8 mm. long, glandular-puberulent; achenes dark-mottled,
appressed-pubescent, awnless, 5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide.

Encelia tenuis Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxiii. 94 (1897).

pecimens examined: GuERRERO; rather scarce on edge of a corn-
field, Nov. 1894, Palmer 96 (FGN, TYPE COLLECTION).

* * Petioles sometimes auriculate, not connate at base into disks; anruals or
perennials.

+ Rays yellow.
++ Involucral scales distinctly unequal, the outer ovate, 3—4-seriate.
= Achenes glabrous and awnless.
x Petioles not auriculate.
4. §. exaristata Gray. Annual, erect, much branched above,
the stem and branches striate, covered with a fine glandular pubescence

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 381

intermixed with long hairs; leaves mostly opposite, ovate, acute,
cuneate-truncate to cordate at base, subentire, crenate, or sometimes
rather sharply toothed, tuberculate-strigillose with some longer hairs
intermixed, the blade 5-11 em. long, 2.5-8.5 em. wide, on nearly
naked petioles 1-7 cm. long, glandular-puberulent and fringed with
long white hairs; heads numerous, paniculate, the bracts linear-lanceo-

late or broader; disk 1-1.3 cm. high, about as broad; involucre’

nearly or quite equaling the disk, about 3-seried, the inner scales lance-
acuminate, the outer ovate or ovate-oblong and half their length, all
striate, glandular on the back, ciliate particularly toward the tip,
purple-tipped, the inner mostly purple; rays about 8, oval-oblong,
under 8 mm. long, subentire, yellow, apparently sometimes wanting;
disk-corollas 7 mm. long, glandular-puberulent particularly on tube
and teeth, yellow turning purplish with age; pales 9-10 mm. long,
narrow, glandular-puberulent and ciliate on the back and tip; achene
blackish, glabrous and awnless, nearly truncate at apex, 4.5 mm. long,
2.3-2.8 mm. broad.

Simsia exaristata Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 87 (1853).

Encelia exaristata Gray in Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 183
(1881),

Specimens examined: Texas: valleys in the mountains east of El
Paso, 1849, Wright 331 (GN); Arizona: Mexican Boundary Line,
south of Bisbee, 14 Sept. 1892, Mearns 873 (N); southern part, 1881,
Lemmon 575 (G); New Mexico: southern part, Mex. Bound. Surv.
under Emory, 561 (N). Sonora: valley of a tributary of the San
Pedro, Sept. 1851, Wright 1224 (GN, Type COLLECTION); sandy
places, Sept. 1851, Thurber 953 (G); Carauanua: valley near Chi-
huahua, 19 Sept. 1885, Pringle 321 (FGN); Vera Cruz: Orizaba,
Botteri 804 (G)

5. S. submollicoma Blake, n. sp., herbacea caule ramisque striatis
puberulo-pilosis ad nodos canescentibus; foliis fere omnibus oppositis
ovato-deltoideis cordatis sinu lato breveque vel superioribus truncatis
crenato-dentatis paullulo hastato-lobatis acutis infra dense submol-
literque pubescentibus pilis brevibus patentibus in venis longioribus
Supra subcanescentibus pube subsimile autem appressa asperaque
4-6 em. longis 3-5.5 cm. latis, petiolis immarginatis puberulo-pilosis
1-3 em. longis; capitulis subcorymbosis ramos terminantibus juven-
tate ut gemmis dense pilosis maturitate 10-14 mm. alto 9-11 mm.
diametro; involucro 1 em. altitudine squamis acutis purpurascentibus
"ssapingae puberulis subdense pilosisque interioribus oblongis exteriori-
< 4S ovatis duplo brevioribus: radiis (an semper) 0; corollis disci

.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

6.5 mm. longis (tubulo 2 mm.) infra glanduloso-puberulis —
glanduloso-pilosis flavis denique obscurantibus; paleis latis 9 m
longis-appressé pubescentibus dorso. et apice ciliatis; acheniis es
truncatis glabris calvis 4.5 mm. longis 2.8 mm. latis.

Specimens examined: TamMauuipas: weed in waste places, growing
in clusters, vicinity of Tampico, alt. 15 m., 10 Mar.—19 Apr. 1910,
Palmer 250 (rypE in Gray Herb.).

x » Petioles auriculate.

6. S. eurylepis Blake, n. sp., herbacea foliis inferioribus et basi
invisis; caule striato sparse puberulo et pilis longis mollibus nonnullis;
foliis remotis maxima ex parte alternis ovatis acutis basi subtruncatis
subintegris vel infra dentatis utrimque pubescentibus pilis brevibus
patentibus basi tuberculatis venas secundum subhispidis, petiolo vix
marginato puberulo-glanduloso ad basin latas in auriculas integras
ampliato; capitulis plerumque glomeratis in pedunculis longis nudis
terminalibus, eradiatis 1.2-1.4 cm. altitudine 1-1.5 cm. diametro;
involucro discum subaequante 3-4-seriato squamis sensim gradatis
interioribus oblongis 7-9.5 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis extimis ovalibus

5 mm. longis 2.5 mm. latis acutis striatis puberulo-glandulosis et
subpilosis supra purpureo-brunneis; corollis disci flavis denique
purpurascentibus 8 mm. longis (tubulo 2.2 mm.) infra et in dentibus
puberulis; paleis 8. 5 mm. longis apice pilosis a latere subdentatis;
acheniis g 2 calvis glabris 5.5 mm. longis 3. 4mm.
latis. .

Specimens examined: San Luts Porost: district Cuidad del Maiz
near Gallinas, Feb. 1888, C. & E. Seler 684 (vype in Gray Herb.).

nes pubescent and biaristate.

x Tips of pales oadt inner Tatts purple; leaves not tomentose beneath; Mexican.

S. LaGascaEFormis DC. Annual, erect or rarely somewhat
sptending, usually much branched; stems and branches striate, glandu-
lar-pubescent and pilose particularly near the nodes; leaves opposite
below, alternate in the inflorescence, broadly deltoid-ovate, unlobed or
rarely hastately 3-lobed, the margin crenate 0 or vane sade acute, the
base truncate or cordate with broad sinus, b ent
pilose along the veins, or when young almost tomentose, eeave or
lose, the hairs tuberculate-based, intermixed with longer looser ones,
the blades 3~12 cm. long, 2—13.5 cm. wide, on purplish naked glandular-
puberulent pilose-fringed petioles 1.5-5 cm. long; heads numerous,
cymose-panicled, the branches somewhat pilose and ee
lar; heads cylindric becoming hemispheric, 10-12 mm. high, 5-8

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 383

wide; involucre nearly equaling the disk, its scales 3-ranked, striate,
purple-tipped, glandular-puberulent, ciliate, the outer ovate, the inner
oblong-lanceolate, all acute; rays 5-8, small, oval to oval-oblong, 5
mm. long, yellow; disk-corollas 5.5-6 mm. long, glandular-puberulent,
yellow becoming purplish; pales truncate or retuse and mucronate,
ciliate on back and tip, glandular, purplish above, striate, 6-8 mm.
long; achene appressed-pubescent, mottled with brownish-gray and
black, bearing 2 slender upwardly pubescent fimbriate-based awns,
5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide.—A photograph of the type of Samsia
lagascaeformis, kindly sent me by M. C. de Candolle, who also writes
that the achenes are hairy and biaristate (not glabrous as originally
described), proves that this long-misunderstood species is identical
with EF. pilosa Greenm., which in all technical characters is the same
as E. purpurea Rose. The latter species, known only from two plants
collected by Palmer in 1891, and represented by sections in the Gray
and National herbaria, seems to be merely a peculiarly branched and
perhaps somewhat teratological condition, with very numerous capi-
tula and somewhat flattened branches.
Stmsia lagascaeformis DC. Prod. v. 577 (1836).
ha (Simsia) purpurea Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. i. 336

Encelia pilosa Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 111 (1903).
pecimens examined: San Luis Porost: alt. 1830-2440 m., 1878,
Parry & Palmer 472 part (G); Coma: in a creek bottom, Colima,
9 Jan.—6 Feb. 1891, Palmer 1105 (GN, type collection of E. purpurea);
PvuEBLA: maize fields, Rio de San Francisco, Aug. 1909, Purpus 3826
(FGN); Tehuacan, 7 Nov. 1903, Holway 5340 (G); Oaxaca: Las
Sedas, alt. 1830 m., Sept. 1894, C. L. Smith 277 (N); between Coixtla-
huaca and Tamazulapam, alt. 2000-2500 m., 12 Nov. 1894, Nelson
1937 (GN); valley of Etla, alt. 1700 m., 23 Oct. 1895, L. C. Smith 854
(G); Ocotlan, Dec. 1901, Conzatti & Gonzdlez 1263 (G); without
definite locality, alt. 1750 m., July—Aug. 1900, Conzatti & Gonzédlez
1002 (G); 25 Oct. 1899, Holway 3740 (G); 17 Oct., 1899, Holway

3747 (G).

x x Pales and scales not purple-tipped, or else | lensely canescent-tomen-
beneath; plants of Yucatan, Columbia, and Ecuador.

© Leaves canescent-tomentose beneath; scales pilose.

8. S. Sodiroi (Hieron.) Blake, n. comb. Said to be suffrutescent
and 2 m. high; stem and branches striate, short-pubescent and some-
what glandular; leaves all but the uppermost opposite, ovate-lanceo-

late, acute, truncate or subcordate at base, roughish with appressed

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

hairs above, canescent-tomentose beneath, crenate-serrate, 4-7.5 cm.
long, 3-6 cm. wide, on puberulent-pilose wingless earless petioles
1-1.5 cm. long; heads rather closely corymbed at tips of branches,
the short peduncles densely pubescent; heads 1.2 em. high; invo-
lucre triseriate, the outer scales ovate, densely pilose, half the length
of the oblong less pilose inner ones, all acute and striate; rays few,
yellow, oblong, 8 mm. long;°* disk-corollas 7 mm. long, pilose on tube
and teeth, yellowish becoming darker; pales 9 mm. long, laterally
somewhat toothed, pilose on back and tip; achenes 4.3 mm. long,
1.9 mm. wide, blackish, more or less appressed-pubescent on sides
and tip, bearing 2 slender slightly ciliate awns.
Encelia mexicana Klatt, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. viii. 43 (1887), not Mart.
Encelia fruticulosa Hieron. |. c. xix. 54 (1894), not Hopkirkia fruti-
culosa papi Sys. iii. 444 (1826), fide Hieron. Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
XXIx. 1900).
ely Sodiroi Hieron. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 43 (1900).
Specimen examined: CoLuMBIA: open savannas of the Rio Dagua,
Cauca, alt. 800 m., 15 July 1883, Lehmann 2964 (G). Reported also
by Hieronymus front Ecuador, along the Guallabamba R. (type
— ty).

S. PUBESCENS Triana. “Suffrutex erectus; ramis gracilibus,
séuhe Nitin: minute puberulo-hirtis; foliis inferioribus oppositis,
superioribus alternis ovato-lanceolatis acutis dentato-serratis, supra
pubescentibus, subtus dense pubescenti-canescentibus, deorsum sub-
abrupte in petiolum longum attenuatis, petiolo basi auriculato-am-
plexicauli; involucri squamis striatis, dorso tenuiter pubescentibus,
exterioribus ovatis, interioribus oblongo-lanceolatis, utrisque acutis;

- capitulis pedunculatis, laxe corymbosis; acheniis atris, alatis, oblongis,

undique decumbenti-pilosis.

“Crescit altitudine 1400 metr. inter Tena et El Colegio, in devexis
occidentalibus Andium Bogotensium.

Simsia pubescens Triana, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. sér. 4. ix. 40 (1858).

This species, not since recognized, appears to differ from S. Sodirot
only in its auriculate-amplexicaul petioles and perhaps in the less
pubescent scales of the involucre, and may be identical with that
species, but in the absence of specimens it seems unwise to combine
them.

39 Described by pera as stylose, but neutral in the Lehmann plant
which he refers to EL. Sod

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 389
e © Leaves merely puberulent beneath except along the veins; scales gland-
ular-hispid.

10. S. Chaseae (Millsp.) Blake, n. comb. Herbaceous, the base
unknown; stem and branches striate, glandular-hispid particularly
in the inflorescence; only the lower leaves opposite, thin, ovate-deltoid,
acute, broadly wedge-shaped at base, crenate-dentate with blunt
teeth, above granular-scabrous, beneath rather softly puberulent and
somewhat pilose along the veins, 5-6 cm. long, 3-5.5 em. wide, nar-
rowed into margined glandular-setose petioles 1.5 cm. or less long, the
upper sessile and oblong-lanceolate; heads corymbose-paniculate,
1-1.2 em. high; scales somewhat triseriate, the outer ovate-lanceolate,
glandular-hispid, shorter than the lance-oblong inner ones which are
glandular on back and ciliate toward tip; rays sometimes wanting,
when present 8-10, yellow, elliptic, 4-7 mm. long; disk-corollas 5.5
mm. long, pubescent, yellow; pales 8-9 mm. long, broad, the margin
denticulate, green-ribbed, hispidulous on the keel; achenes 6-7 mm.
long, 3.54 mm. broad, appressed-pubescent and short-ciliate, bearing
two upwardly ciliate awns about half their length.

Encelia Chaseae Millsp. in Millsp. & Chase, Field Col. Mus. Pub.
Bot. iii. 125, pl. (1904).

Specimens examined: Yucatan: ruins of Kobah, 26 Nov. 1865,
Schott 911 (ryPE no. 176020, Field Mus.); “herb, 5 feet high, common
at Izamal, Oct.,” Gaumer 910 (FG); Chichankanab, Gawmer 2045
(F); San Anselmo, Gawmer 2046 (F).

++ ++ Involucral scales subequal, or the outer if shorter linear-lanceolate to
lance-oblong.

= Leaves ovate or ovate-deltoid, unlobed except in S. foetida, the lobes when
present broad.

x Leaves not silky-pubescent beneath.
° Involucral scales herbaceous throughout, scarcely striate; the usually lobed
es generally broadly auriculate-clasping at base of petiole; achenes
small, .5 mm. long.

ll. S. foetida (Cav.) Blake, n. comb. Annual, erect, often much
branched, the stem usually purplish, glandular-puberulent and hispid
with tuberculate-based hairs; lower leaves opposite, the upper often
alternate, ovate or deltoid, often 3-lobed, particularly the upper,
crenate-dentate, acute at apex, broadly cuneate or cordate at base,
hispid with tuberculate-based hairs longer along the veins, the blade
5-14 cm. long, 3-12 em. wide, the petioles usually margined, often
broadly so, and generally auriculate-clasping at base; heads numerous,
_ panicled, the peduncles glandular-hispid; heads 1 cm. high, radiate;

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

involucre equaling disk, the scales subequal, about 2-rowed, lance-
acuminate, glandular-hispid, herbaceous nearly throughout, slightly
or not at all striate, the inner sometimes purplish; rays about 10,
yellow, oval, pubescent on tube, faintly bidentate, 10 mm. long; disk-
corollas 6 mm. long (tube less than 1 mm.), puberulent, yellow turn-
ing purple; pales 9 mm. long, purplish and glandular above; achenes
black .or mottled, appressed-pubescent, 44.5 mm. long, 2—2.4 mm.
wide, the 2 upwardly pubescent awns fimbriate at base.— Very vari-
able in leaf-form, even on the same plant, but not satisfactorily divisi-
ble even into formae.

Coreopsis foetida Cav. Icon. i. 55. t. 77 (1791).

Ximenesia foetida Spreng. Sys. iii. 606 (1826).

Encelia foetida Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 183 (1881).

Simsia ficifolia Pers. Syn. ii. 478 (1807).

Coreopsis amplexicaulis Cav. Descrip. 226 (1802).

Simsia amplexicaulis Pers. 1. c. (1807).

Encelia amplexicaulis Hemsl. |. ec. (1881).

Ximenesia cordata HBK. Nov. Gen. wh 228 (1820).

Simsia cordata Cass. Dict. lix. 137

Encelia cordata Hemsl. |. c. (1881).

Ximenesia heterophylla HBK. 1. ec. 227. t. 380 (1820).

Simsia heterophylla DC. Prod. v. 577 (1836), not Pers. I. ce.

Simsia Kunthiana Cass. 1. ec. (1829).

Encelia heterophylla Hemsl. |. c. 184 (1881).

Simsia auriculata DC. 1. e. v. 577 (1836).

Encelia mexicana Mart. in DC. |. e. 578 (1836), as syn.; Gray, Proc.
Am. Acad. xix. 8 (1883).

Ximenesia hirta Mart. |. c. 578 (1836), as syn.

Helianthus amplexicaulis DC. 1. c. 589 (1836).

Simsia Schaffneri Sch. Bip. in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 8 (1883).
Specimens examined: CHIHUAHUA: southwestern part, 1885,
Palmer 440 part (N); Coanutia: Saltillo, Sept. 1898, Palancr-s22 :

(FG); Parras, 16 May 1847, Gregg (G); Parras, Oct. 1898, Palmer

427 (FGN); without definite locality, 1880, Palmer 493 (GN ); Dvu-

RANGO: Durango, Sept. 1896, Palmer 657 (FGN); San Luts Porost:
Villa de Guadalupe, Sept. 1855, Schaffner 19 (G); sandy places near
San Luis Potosi, Aug. 1876, Schaffner 265 (G); woods about San
Luis} Potosi, 1876, Schaffner 389b (G)*°; sandy cultivated grounds,
1880, Schaffner 389a (G)*°; alt. 1830-3050 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer

40 “‘ Lamyrote’ incolarum.”

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 387

471 (GFN); alt. 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 472 part (G);
fields, Cardenas, 3 Nov. 1891, Pringle 5090 (G); Jattsco: Bolafios,
Sept. 1897, Rose 2875 (G); Guadalajara, Oct. 1886, Palmer 622 (GN);
fields near Guadalajara, 1 Nov. 1893, Pringle 4622 (FGN); Guana-
suato: Leon, Mendez (G, fragments of type of Helianthus amplext-
caulis DC.); 1895, Dugés 455 (G)*!; Quereraro: alt. 1800 m., 12
Dec. 1898, Deam (F); Hrpauco: fields near Dublan, 2074 m., 19
Sept. 1902, Pringle 9897 (FGN): fields, Pachuca, Sept. 1905, Purpus
1542 (FGN); Vera Cruz: La Luguna, 22 Jan. 1906, Greenman 33
(F); Orizaba, Bottert 805, 808 (G); on a volcanic mountain, near
Tantoyea, 1858, L. C. Ervendberg 378 (G); near Orizaba, Bottert &
Sumichrast 122 (G); Muicnoacan: Patzcuaro, 29 Oct. 1895, C. & E.
Seler 1185 (G); Mexico: fields, Salto de Aqua, Oct. 1905, Purpus_
1541 (FGN); Ixtaccihautl, Jan. 1903, Purpus (N); near Mexico City,
Berlandier 927 (G, type collection of S. auriculata DC.); Valley of
Mexico, 1848-9, Schmitz (G); fields, Valley of Mexico, Sept.—Oct.
1865-6, Bourgeau 850 (GN); Valley of Mexico, Aug. 1856, Schaffner
162 (G, type of S. Schaffneri Sch. Bip.); near San Angel, Schaffner
(G); Tacubaya, 20 June 1865-6, Bourgeau 155 (G); plaza, Chalchi- .
comula, 27 July 1901, Rose & Hay 5808 part (G); Pursia: Mt.
Orizaba, alt. 2440 m., 14 Aug. 1891, Seaton 329 (FGN); Cholula,
1 Jan. 1899, Deam 73 (FG); without definite locality, alt. 2000 m.,
Nov. 1895, Conzatti 131 (G); Oaxaca: near Puebla, alt. 2135 m.,
8 Noy. 1895, L. C. Smith 909 (G); Cutapas: plains, 1864-70,
Ghiesbreght_540 (G). Mexico, without locality, Hartweg 145 (G);
Coulter 359 (G); “Mexico Commu,” 21 Sept. 1865-6, Bowrgeau 959
(G); 1905, Lemmon (G). Guatemata: Dept. Quiché, alt. 1372-3660
m., Apr. 1892, Heyde & Lux 3396 (FG); Laguna Amatitlan, Dept.
Amatitlan, alt. 1250 m., Feb. 1890, Heyde & Lua 2408 (F).

3. S. ForTIpA (Cav.) Blake var. decipiens Blake, n. var.,
pappo nullo, achenio glabro. As the typical form, but achene gla-
brous and pappusless; leaves mostly entire, but at least the upper
auriculate-petioled.— It is barely possible that the specimen is a
hybrid with S. exaristata, with which species it was identified by Dr.
Gray; but the heads and leaf-bases are quite those of S. foetida.

Specimen examined: CatavanHua: southwestern part, Aug.—Nov.
1885, Palmer 440 part (type in Gray Herb.). :

41“Vulg. Mirasol amarillo ou Lampotillo” (i. e. yellow turnsol or little fire).

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

© Scales somewhat corky basally, kee Bisoeey striate; leaves very

oer lobed; achenes usually larger, 6-7 m g (except in nos. 12 and 17)
+ Whole plant densely covered with Halkel ¢ sande sagers never auriculate;
.2 mm. long o

12. §S. adenophora (Greenm.) Blake, n. comb. Erect annual,
branched above, 1—2.5 m. high, setose and yellowish with dense stalked
glands; lower leaves opposite, deltoid-ovate, rarely 3-lobed, acute,
truncate or shallowly cordate at base, crenate-dentate, 6.5-12 cm. long,
5-13 cm. wide, setose and glandular both sides, on marginless densely
glandular petioles 1-8 cm. long, never auriculate, the upper lance-
acuminate, gradually reduced to linear-lanceolate bracts; heads
panicled, rather numerous, 10-17 mm. high; involucre slightly ex-
ceeding disk, 3-rowed, the scales densely glandular-hispid, subequal,
lanceolate, striate and somewhat corky-ribbed at base, the narrow
herbaceous tips loosely spreading; rays when present yellow, about
12, 7-8 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide; disk-corollas pubescent, 6 mm. long,

ellow turning purplish above, the tube only 0.6 mm. long; pales 9 mm.
long, laterally dentate, appressed-pubescent above; achenes blackish,
5-5.3 mm. long, 2.9 mm. wide, appressed-pubescent and _ slightly
ciliate, with 2 finely and upwardly pubescent awns 3-4 mm. long.

Encelia adenophora Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 109 (1903).

Specimens examined: Jaisco: fields and copses, Tequila, Sept.—
Oct. 1893, Pringle 4602 (FGN, TyPE coLtEcTIOoN); Etzatlan, 2 Oct.
1903, Holway 5092 (G); Moretos: limestone hills near Yautepec, alt.
1372 m.,.21 Oct. 1902, Pringle 9898 (FGN); GurRRERO: between
Tlapa and Tlaliscatilla, alt. 1190-1372 m., 5 Dec. 1894, Nelson 2045
(GN); Oaxaca: Monte Alban, near Oaxaca City, alt. 1677-1830 m.,
8 Oct. 1894, C. L. Smith 236 (N); hills of Soledad de Etla, alt. 1830 m.,
19 Nov. 1895, L. C. Smith 894 (G); Hacienda Guadalupe, alt. 1600 m.,
7 Oct. 1906, Conzatti 1529 (F); without definite locality, 10 Nov. 1903,
Holway 5360 (G).

+ + Usually sare cso the gor mostly sessile; pene sometimes
e; achene ly 6-7 mm. lon
— Lower leaves al sail As with i sbeitly margined ¢ dust based: the upper
sometimes cordate-clasping

A. Achenes 6—7.5 mm. long, or if smaller, the ‘eet strongly ribbed.
B. Leaves evan densely glandular-dotted both sides; mature heads 1.5 em.
n diameter; achene 7 mm. long; Jamaican ;
1dvc oh ees Blake, n. sp., herbacea erecta ramosa 1.3-2.5 m.
alta foliis infimis et radice i invisis ; caule ramisque multistriatis hirsutis
dense glandulosis praecipue in inflorescentia ubi glandulae pedatae
sunt; £oliic intferi +} lat x Md eerie ee ae soa ie ne ars ou ba patoe

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 389

truncatis 8-15 em. longis 5.5—-15 em. latis utrobique pilis basi glandulo-
sis tectis venas paginae inferioris secundum et supra ubique hirsutis,
glandulis inferiore in superficie conspicuoribus quam eis specierum
affinium, petiolis immarginatis 2-4.5 cm. longis infra glandulari-hir-
sutis supra complanatis pilosis saepe basi subauriculatis; foliis summis
sensim lanceolatas ad bracteas sessiles reductis; capitulis non paucis
cymoso-paniculatis pedunculis 2-6 em. longis dense glandulosis et
patenti-hirsutis; disco 15-17 mm. alto maturitate 1.5 cm. aetate
18-24 mm. diametro; involucri biseriati squamis subaequalibus vel
interioribus paullo longioribus oblongo-lanceolatis subobtusis striatis
glandulosis et strigoso-hirsutis; radiis vel nullis vel ca. 10 ovalibus
parvis flavis; corollis disci 6.5 mm. longis (tubulo 2 mm.) flavis pube-
rulo-glandulosis; paleis 9-12 mm. longis ad apicem glandulosis viridi-
carinatis cuspidatis; acheniis 6-7.5 mm. longis 2.4-3.5 mm. latis
nigricanti-maculosis appresse aliquid pubescentibus aristis 2 subaequa-
libus 44.5 mm. longis.

Specimens examined: Jamaica: vicinity of Kingston, alt. 152 m.,
29 Jan.—4 Feb. 1900, Clute 2 (corypes in Gray Herb. and Field Mus.
no. 83001: distributed as “Verbesina gigantea Jacq.?’’); Kings House
Grounds, alt. 183 m., 17 Nov. 1897, Harris 6953 (F); Hope Grounds,
alt. 198 m., 4 Dec. 1901, Harris 8228 (F); Hope Road, 13 Jan. 1898,
Harris 6989 (F); Long Mountain Road, alt. 91 m., 19 Nov. 1907,
Harris 10001 (FN).

B B. Leaves BN aie! Sg with short tuberculate-based hairs especially beneath;
mature heads 1.5-2 cm. broad; achene 7 mm. long; South American.
14. §S. hirsuta (Ktze.) Blake. n. comb. Erect branched annual

1-1.5 mm. high, the stem and branches substriate, glandular-puberu-

lent and setose; lower leaves ovate, acute, subcordate or cuneate-

truncate at base, repand-dentate to subentire, setose along the veins,
roughish both sides with short white hairs with swollen bases, some
gland-like particularly on the upper surface, 8 cm. long, 5 cm. wide,
on puberulent-setose marginless petioles 1 cm. long, the uppermost
sessile and lance-oblong; heads rather few, cymose-paniculate, on
glandular-puberulent and setose peduncles 2.5-14 em. long; heads
chiefly discoid; involucre 10-13 mm. high, equaling the disk, its scales

Subequal, 2-rowed, lanceolate-subulate, striate, glandular-pubescent

and hispid; disk-corollas 5 mm. long (tube 0.6 mm.), glandular-puber-

ulent, yellow; pales 1 cm. long, glandular-puberulent above; achene

mottled, appressed-pubescent all over, oblong, obcordate, 6.5-7 mm.

long, 2.7-3.6 mm. wide, the upwardly pubescent awns 2.5 mm. long.

Encelia hirsuta Ktze. Rev. Gen. iii. pt. 2. 145 (1898).

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Encelia hirsuta Ktze. f. radiata Ktze. 1. ec.

Specimens examined: ARGENTINA: Dique near Cordoba, Dec.
1891, Kuntze (N, cotyrres of EF. hirsuta Ktze.). Also reported by
Kuntze from Sierra de Cordoba, Argentina, Lorentz; Peru (f. radiata,
leg. Dombey); and Cartagena, Columbia, Billberg

15. S. Dompryana DC. ‘“‘Caule terete sparse hispido et inter
setas maicnite puberulo-glanduloso, foliis superioribus alternis petiolatis
late ovatis irregulariter repando-dentatis hinc inde sublobatis acutis
‘utrinque setis hispidulis et puberulo-glandulosis, capitulis paucis
breviter pedicellatis, invol. squamis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis
disco longioribus, ligulis paucis minimis, achaeniis obcordatis biarista-
tis margine ciliolatis.— in Amer. austr. verisim. in Peruvia legit Dom-
bey. Petioli valde hispidi, setis ut in tota planta longis patulis
mollibus. (v.s. comm. & Mus. reg. Par.

Simsia Dombeyana DC. Prod. v. 578 (1836).

M. Casimir de Candolle, to whom I sent fragments of Kuntze’s
cotypes of E. hirsuta for comparison with the Prodromus type of S.
Dombeyana, states that the latter is distinguished by its more hairy
achenes with awns nearly as long as the paleae, and by the more long-
triangular leaves with the long hairs thinner and the short ones nearly
pulverulent.

B B. Leaves ee oa R ged omy, = large, 2-3 cm. in diameter, the

pi die ce prominent r and more pine dares than in

ated species; achene 5-6 mm. re Cale! ‘Arianne

* : GRANDIFLORA Benth. Erect annual, 1.6 m. high, subsimple
or branched above; stem and branches setose, striate, rather sparsely
glandular-puberulent; lower leaves opposite, broad-ovate, acute,
truncate at base, crenate or crenate-serrate, setose along the veins,
glandular-puberulous both sides, the glands more prominent on the
lower surface, 7-14.5 em. long, 4.5-10 em. wide, on naked glandular-
setose petioles 1.5-8 cm. long; the upper decurrent into wing’
amplexicaul bases, the uppermost sessile, subentire, lance-ovate;
heads few, axillary and terminal, hemispheric even in anthesis, the
disk 1.5-2 em. high, 2-3 em. wide, equaled or slightly surpassed by the
involucre; peduncles setose and glandular, 2-12 em. long; involucre
triseriate, the inner scales slightly longer, lance-ovate to ovate-oblong,
subacute, glandular-hispid, with about 4 conspicuous light thickened
ribs in the lower half, the central pair most prominent, the upper part
herbaceous; rays oval, about 20, yellow, 9 mm. long, 4.2 mm. wide,
rather prominent, usually present; disk-corollas 5.5-6 mm. long (tube
1.3 mm.), yellow, glandular; pales 9-10 mm. long, puberulent on keel

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 391

and margin above; achene blackish or dark-mottled, ovate-oblong,
subobcordate, appressed-pubescent, 5-6 mm. long, 2.56 mm. wide,
bearing 2 awns 4-5.5 mm. long.
Be Simsia grandiflora Benth. Vidensk. Medd. Kjébenh. for 1852. 92
(1853).
Encelia grandiflora Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 184 (1881).
Specimens examined: NicarRaAGUA: very common on the high pla-
teaus toward the Pueblos, Niquinohomo, Dept. of Granada, 13 Feb.
1903, Baker 2419 (GN); waste land near Granada, alt. 40 m., Jan.
1870, P. Levy 355 (Bot. Mus. Copenhagen); Costa Rica (?): sunny
pastures near Ojos de Agua,— 352 & 382 (G, ex herb. Klatt). There
seems to be no place of this name in Costa Rica, and the town so called
in Honduras may have been intended. Bentham’s type (Oersted 100)
came from Volcan el Viejo, Nicaragua.
A A. Achene 5 mm. long; bracts not strongly ribbed; Central American.
17. S. potycepHata Benth. Base not seen; stem and the numer-
ous branches densely glandular and pilose-hispid; middle leaves ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, truncate or subcordate at base,
crenate-dentate, glandular-hispid both sides, 4-7 em. long, 3.5-5 em.
wide, on nearly marginless densely glandular-hispid petioles 1.5-2.5
em. long, with slightly enlarged bases; heads numerous, cymose-
paniculate, on glandular-setose peduncles 1-7 cm. long; disk 11-13
mm. high, 12-17 mm. broad; involucre nearly as tall, its scales tri-
seriate, subequal or the outer a little shorter, glandular-hispid, oblong-
ceolate, bluntish, only slightly striate-ribbed; rays 5-7 mm. long,
yellow; disk-corollas 6 mm. long (tube 1.5 mm.), yellow, glandular
below, pubescent on the teeth; pales 8-10.5 mm. long, pubescent
above, greenish toward the apex; achenes blackish, appressed-pubes-
cent chiefly on margin and middle, 5 mm. long, 2.6-3.5 mm. wide, the
awns 3.2 mm. long.
a he polycephala Benth. Vidensk. Medd. Kjébenh. for 1852. 93
Encelia polycephala Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 184 (1881).
pecimens examined: GuaTeMALA: Cerro Redondo, Dept. Santa
Rosa, alt. 1372 m., Oct. 1894, Heyde & Lux 6160 (FGN); Chupadero,
Dept. Santa Rosa, alt. 1600 m., Oct. 1892, Heyde & Lux 3810 (FG).
— — Even the lower leaves ey contracted to broadly margined clasping
ases.
megacephala Sch. Bip. in herb., herbacea supra

andulari-pubescens et praecipue in inflorescentia piloso-

o

18. §
Tamosa gl

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

hirsuta; foliis inferioribus deltoideis vel ovato-deltoideis utrimque
glandulari-hirsutis venas tres secundum praecipue, lamina 7-10 em.
longa lataque acuta infra abrupte fere truncate contracta in portionem
petioliformem late marginatam media in parte 1.2-1.7 em. basi 1.7-
3.5 cm. latam, superioribus sensim ad bracteas ovatas reductis; capi-
tulis non paucis axillaribus et terminalibus in pedunculis 4-14 em.
longis; disco 1.3-1.5 cm. alto 1.7-2.2 em. diametro; involucro quam
eo paullo breviore squamis 2-3-seriatis exterioribus paullo brevioribus
acutis lanceolatis glandulari-hirsutis valde costatis; radiis ca. 20
flavis ovalibus 6.5 mm. longis; corollis disci flavis 5.5-6 mm. longis
(tubulo 1 mm.) infra et in dentibus puberulis; paleis 9 mm. longis
supra hirsutulis; achenio nigricante dense appresse pubescente 7.2
mm. longo 3.3 mm. lato aristis 2 sursum ciliatis basi fimbriatis 4 mm.
longis.

Specimens examined: GuanasuaTo: near cultivated gardens, Cerro
de Cuarto, Sept. 1903, Dugés 12 (G). Also the following cultivated
specimens: Harvard Botanic Garden, 1866, “e sem. Hort. Par.”;
Botanic Garden of Deidesheim, er eroheamingyt 25 Nov. 1859,
Schultz Bipontinus (type in Gray Herb.).

x x Leaves silky beneath.
o Achenes glabrous, awnless; branches puberulent and pilose.

19. S. Ghiesbreghtii (Gray) Blake, n. comb. Lower part of stem
unknown; branches apparently few, opposite, like the stem purplish,
glandular-puberulent and pilose; leaves all opposite, ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, truncate or subcordate at base, serrate, canescent above
with a short glandular-pubescence, silky with dense appressed hairs
mr 4.5 cm. long, 2-2.5 em. wide, on densely pilose marginless
petioles timeter long; heads few or solitary towards tips of branch-
lets, the disk 10-11 mm. high, 10 mm. wide, equaled by the periclinium,
this triseriate, the outer scales a little shorter, all subulate-linear, glan-
dular-puberulent and pilose-hirsute; rays about 10, pale yellow, pur-
plish-tinged outside, oblong, 11 mm. long, 4.6 mm. wide; disk-corollas
yellow, puberulent particularly on tube, 6-6.5 mm. long (tube 1.2
mm.); pales 9.5 mm. long, pubescent on the subherbaceous keel above,
very acute; immature achene 3.5 mm. long, oblong, glabrous and
awnless.

Encelia (Barrattia) Ghiesbreghtii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 658
(1873).

Encelia Ghiesbreghtiana Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. iv. 57 (1887),
clerical error for E. ee Gray.

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 393

Specimen examined: CuHrapas: mountain forests, 1864-70, Ghies-
breght 568 (TyPE in Gray Herb.).

o o Achenes appressed-pubescent, biaristate; branches puberulent.

20. S. sericea (Hemsl.) Blake, n. comb. Herbaceous?, erect, the
stem and nearly opposite branches slender, terete, striate, densely
glandular-puberulent; leaves mostly opposite, lance-ovate, acuminate,
truncate or slightly rounded at base, remotely and obscurely serrulate,
densely glandular-strigillose above, softly silvery-silky beneath, 4-9
em. long, 1.5-3.5 em. broad, on densely glandular short-pilose
petioles about 1 cm. long; heads rather few, corymbed toward tips
of branches, on peduncles 2-5.5 em. long; disk 1 cm. high, about
as broad, exceeding the involucre; the latter triseriate, the scales
graduated, the inner lance-attenuate, the outer ovate-lanceolate,
glandular-puberulent and hispid-ciliate; rays “about 7,” 1 em. long;
disk-corollas 6.5 mm. long, puberulent, yellow; pales 8 mm. long,
stiff, scarious, acuminate, glandular-pubescent on keel and tip, later-
ally lacerate-dentate; achene 3.2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, densely ap-
pressed-pubescent, the awns ampliate and lacerate toward the base,
1.5 mm. long.

Encelia (? Simsia) sericea Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. ii. 185 (1881).

Specimens examined: GuaTEMALA: Antigua, dept. Sacatapéquez,
13 Feb. 1905, Kellerman 4982 (GN) (distr. as Viguiera helianthoides
HBK.). Hemsley’s type (Salvin & Godman 133, in Kew Herb.) came
from the Motagua Valley in Guatemala.
= = Leaves three-lobed, sessile, the upper reduced to lance-linear bracts;

orescence few-headed, the peduncles very long.

21. S. triloba Blake, n. sp., verisimiliter herbacea; caule ad 1 m.
alto tenui supra pauciramoso, ramis longissimis 1—3-capitulatis,
utrisque purpureis substriatis glandulari-pubescentibus et praecipue
in inflorescentia sparse pilosis; foliis inferioribus oppositis ovatis 1 em.
supra basin trilobatis, lobo medio 2.5-4 em. longo alteris 1 em. sive
minoribus, omnibus oblongis subdentatis vel integris, sessilibus basi
subamplexicaule 1 cm. longo latitudine medium lobum aequante,
glandulari-scabris et praecipue supra hirsutis pilis basi tuberculatis;
foliis superioribus oblongo-lanceolatis amplexicaulibus sensim ad
bracteas ovatas vel lineares reductis; capitulis paucis longe peduncu-
latis pedunculis nudis vel pluribracteatis; disco 12-13 mm. alto 13-
15 mm. diametro quam involucro paullo longiore; squamis circa tri-
‘eTiatis striatis glandulari-pubescentibus subhirsutis linear-subulatis
exterioribus brevioribus; radiis ca. 10 flavis ovalibus 7.5 mm. longis

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

latis; corollis disci 6.5—7.5 mm. (tubulo 1 mm.) longis flavis denique
apice purpurascentibus glandulosis praecipue in tubulo; acheniis
maculosis appresse pubescentibus pilis ferrugineis 5-6 mm. longis
2.8-3 mm. latis; aristis 2, 4 mm. longis.

Specimens examined: Pursua: rocky soil, Cerro de Paxtle, Sept.
1908, Purpus 3022 (FGN, coryrrs). Distributed as Encelia hetero-
phylla (= S. foetida), from which it differs in size of achene, leaf-base,
and whole character. !

+ + Rays purple.

22. S. SANGUINEA Gray. Stems several, erect from a woody root,
1 m. high or more, branched above, usually purplish, glandular-setose;
lower leaves opposite, variable, hastately 3-lobed, with broadly mar-
gined cordate-clasping petiolar bases, crenate-dentate or sometimes
cut-lobed, scabrous and glandular-setose both sides, 3-18.5 em. long
including petiole, about as wide across the lobes, the upper reduced
to linear-lanceolate bracts; heads numerous, panicled, on peduncles
1-11 cm. long; disk 1-1.5 em. high, mostly slightly surpassing the
involucre; this 3-seried, the scales linear-subulate to lanceolate,
striate, densely glandular, setose, the outer’ distinctly shorter; rays
about 10, rich purple, oblong-oval, 6-10 mm. long; disk-corollas
5-8 mm. long, purple above, glandular-pubescent below, hairy on the
teeth; pales 8.5-13 mm. long, narrow, glandular-pubescent toward the
acute tip; achenes blackish, oval, barely obcordate, 4.5—6.5 mm. long,
2.5-3.5 mm. wide, more or less densely appressed-pubescent, bearing
2 teeth or 1 short smooth awn or 2 upwardly pubescent awns as much
as 3 mm. long.

Simsia sanguinea Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 107 (1852).

Encelia sanguinea Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 185 (1881).

Simsia erythranthema Sch. Bip. in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x1x. 9
(1883), as syn. s

Specimens examined: Jaxisco: dry grassy slopes of the barranca
near Guadalajara, 5 Nov. 1888, Pringle 1738 part (F: intermediate
between this and the next); Vera Cruz: hillsides, Chavarillo, 7 Sept.
1906, Barnes, Chamberlain, & Land 6 (F); Mirador, Consoquitla,
Aug. 1841, Liebmann 492 (G); Mirador, without date, Sartorius (G);
Oaxaca: hills, Las Sedas, alt. 1830 m., 11 Aug. 1894, P ringle 5756
(G); El Parian, Etla, alt. 1200 m., Nov. 1898, Conzatti & Gonadles
899 (G); Santa Catarina, alt. 1000 m., 26 Dec. 1906, Conzatti 1652
(F); La Carbonera, alt. 2135 m., 20 Sept. 1895, L. C. Smith 817 (G);
Monte Alban, alt. 1800 m., 18 Aug. 1897, Conzatti & Gonadlez 403 (G);

¢

BLAKE.— ENCELIA AND RELATED GENERA. 395

valley of Oaxaca, alt. 1677-2287 m., 20 Sept. 1894, Nelson 1445 (N);
same data, Nelson 1426 (GN). Temperate Mexico, without locality,
mountains, Ghiesbreght 305 (type in Gray Herb.).

228. S. sanGuINEA Gray var. Palmeri (Gray) Blake, n. comb.
Similar in size, habit, pubescence, and inflorescence; leaves ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, contracted below the middle to a clasping base,
subentire or coarsely dentate, unlobed or slightly three-lobed; heads
mostly 1.5 em. high, the scales generally linear-lanceolate and fully
equaling the disk; achenes variable as in the last as to pubescence
and awns, sometimes quite glabrous; rays mostly paler, violet to
pale purple.

Encelia (Simsia) sanguinea Hemsl. var. (?) Palmeri Gray in Wats.
Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 427 (1887).

Specimens examined: Jauisco: thickets on sides of cafions, Rio
Blanco, Sept. 1886, Palmer 602 (GN, TYPE COLLECTION); barranca of
Guadalajara, alt. 1372 m., 29 Sept. 1903, Pringle 11513 (FGN); dry
grassy slopes of barranca near Guadalajara, 5 Nov. 1894, Pringle
1738 part (GN: intergrading with the species).

DovuBTFUL AND TRANSFERRED SPECIES.

a ite canescens Gray, Pl. Fendl. 85 (1849) = GERAEA CANESCENS

Simsia frutescens Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 89 (1859) =
ENCELIA FRUTESCENS Gray.

Simsia ? heterophylla Pers. Syn. ii. 478 (1807) = IosTEPHANE
HETEROPHYLLA (Cay.) Benth.

Simsia hispida (HBK.) Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. lix. 137 (1849). X7-
menesia hispida HBK. Nov. Gen. iv. 227 (1820). Encelia hispida
Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. ii. 184 (1881). This species, with

foliis alternis, sessilibus, ovato-oblongis, obsolete serratis, supra
Piloso-, subtus sericeo-hispidis,” and hispidulous stem three-flowered
at apex, has not since been recognized. The description points to a
Poorly developed S. foetida.

Simsia pastoensis Triana, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 4. ix. 40 (1858), from
Columbia, has not since been identified. It seems to be related to
8. Dubescens Triana and S. Sodiroi (Hieron.) Blake. The original
description reads thus: “Suffrutex, ramis teretibus sparse molliter

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

4 mm. loso-scabris, subtus secus nervos pilosis, inter nervos sparse
pubescentibus, petiolo basi auriculato amplexicauli longeque pilis
longiusculis villoso; involucri squamis lanceolatis, acutis, extus pilis
longiusculis villoso-canescentibus, squamis exterioribus brevioribus;
capitulis petiolatis [sic], corymbo laxo subpaniculato; acheniis decum-
bentipilosulis, margine alatis

“Crescit prope Ortega, alicuadine 1200 metr. in prov. Pasto.

Simsia scaposa Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 88 (1853) = ENCELTIA SCAPOSA

Tray.

3?

Errata.

Page ee line 20; for calliopisidea read calliopsidea.
353, ‘‘ 37; for + Heads larger, rays 2-4.5 em. read
+ + Heads larger, rays 2—-4.2 cm.

PLATE 1.

A. Enceliopsis (Gray) A. Nels. xi gp da 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, whole plant, head,
pnb somo , achene, yes? and edece of E. nudicaulis (Gray) A. Nels. Figure
lis

. Geraea Torr. & Gray. Piast 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, whole plant, head, disk-
— nas pale, and style-branches of 'G. ca se gpers ee is

Adans. Fig. 1, portion of plant o californica Nutt.
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, head, disk-floret, achene, pares and styletp of E. farinosa Gray.
D. Simsia Pers. igures 5, 6, who

e plant, pe gor oye achene,
Re and style-tip of S. foetida tears Blake. Fig. 2, head o} ristala

BLake. —Encevia and Retateo GENERA.
NW,
is

\

we
BA ne
sein ccindietgunnati” thats
= ee
}, ix \y
ais 2 JOS Za
Se ae ——
ei £

Sly (Nee
A cS Is
a “ { ®
‘|
A

S. F. Blake, del.
Proc. Amer. Acao. Arts ano Sciences.— Vor. XLIX.

VOLUME e.

Bait. Lours.— On ae Dede Violet Component in Artificial Light. pp. 1-29
2p

ay, 1
Watcort, Henrr P.—Alerand er Agassiz. pp. 31-44. June, 1912. 30c.
Paruurres, H. B. and Moorg, C, L. E.—A Theory of Linear Distance and

Angle. pp. 45-80. July, "11d.
setetigg A. H.— Preliminary Diagnoses of New Species of Chanoniam, pp.

ata Norton A—A Study with the Echel on Spectroscope ‘of Gonada Ber
‘in the Spectra of the Zinc Arc _ — park at Atmospheric Pressure.
91-109. 2 pls. August, 1912.
ga rit A. E., and Pierce, G. 7 on e Impedance of Telephone Receivers
as affec ted by the Motos of their Diaphragms. pp. 11 1-151. ‘September, ©
1912. 70c :
THaxTeER, Roiae ND. Sear ~ Critica Laboulbeniales from the Argentine. pp.
155-223. August, 1912
Horson, Jonn Wiuiam. — culture Studies of Fungi producing Bulbils and
ee Propagative Bodies. pp. 225-306. October.1912, $1.
Beipeman, P. W.— Therm odyn amic Wa pateagy * — Water to 80° and
3000 1

3 whacbnes see 1912, pp

a Roua reliminary Descriptions = ‘New Species of Rickia and
Tren pores “September: 1912. pp. 363-386.

Wixso oe Epw , and Lewis, Girsert N.— The T basse hie Manifold of

Relativity. pt ‘non- Euclidean Geometry of Mechanics and Electromag-
net: November, 1912. pp. 387-507. $1.75.
Wuterbx D. L.—On the se ne tence and Properties of the Ether. pp. 509-

JEFFREY, Epwarp OC. sae th History, Comparstive Anatomy and Evolution, .
of the Araucarioxylon Type. Parts 1 November, 1912. pp. 531-571,
$1.00.

Sancer, Caarutzs Ropert and Rizcer, Emint Rarmonp.—The Action of
Sulphur Trioxide on Silicon Tetrachloride. pp. 573-595. January, 1913.°

isk. A. ye An Leanne Heater and Automatic Thermostat. pp. 597-605.
an

- Hoxpen, Pialassilee ase Sh A goopenidg from Cliffwood, New Jersey. pp.

—6 mS <
Taser, Henry.— On the Salar Functions of Hyper Complex Numbers. pp.
625-667.. March,

80c.
Mark, Kennera L.— fk reliminary Study of the Salinity of Sea-water in the
Bermudas. pp

Herper, Wituam Argtaur.— On OC tain Fragments of the Pre-Socratics:
ti otes and Elucidations. sie mihi May, 1913
Cuester, W he Structure the Gorg Coral Peoudoplexsure

Wright and Studer. pp. 735-773. 4pls. May, 1913

(Continued on page 2 of Cover.)

oe ‘MEMOIRS Oe SERIES, Vols. 14; New. ‘SERIES, Vols. 113.
“16 volumes, $10 each: ‘Half volumes, $5 each. Discount to”
~~ booksellers 25%; to members 50%, or for. whole sets 60%. —
ah, Vol. 11. -Parr 1. Centennial eS 1880. =104. 82. $20025 =
Part 2. No. 1. Agassiz, A.— The Tor ae ee renee # Reefs. pp. 105-134,
12 pls. June, 1885. (Author's copies, Jun 3.)
Part 3. Nos. 2-3, Searle, A.— The Sdnesene Posdon of rin Zodiacal Light
Dp. 135-157 and CHASES, eee. On the Square Rar Micrometer. pp. 1
' October, poet

+ Past. 4. - NO, _ Pickering, E, Cs _ Stellar Photography. ‘pp. 179-226. - 3 pls,
: March, 1886, ; owe .
eo Paut 4. No, 5 i Winide: anki x Datelogue of: 130 Polar
5) Stars for the Boost ‘of ae 0. sauicihg from the available O

oe
ES
ace

rvations
pet ween 1860 and d 1885, and r reduced ‘to the System 0 of a mlodud ‘of Publ. :
~-/ “eation XIV of the Astronomische Gesellschaft. pp. 227-300. June, 1886. 75¢.

: fiber y ‘Photometer. pp. 301-324. : et ee’ 1886.° -25c.
Part 6. “No. 7. Wyman, M.— Mem eo Daniel Treadwell. PP. 335-523.

eas Vol. A2e21. Bawyst. BE. F.— Sateiogus of the Magnitudes: of ‘Southern Stare”
“> tro

Rowland, H. A—Ona ‘Table of Blends “Wave Lengths of the Spectral
j Lines. Pp. 101-186. peat, 1896. $2,
3. Thaxter, R.— Con tributi wine a ‘Monograph of the Laboulbeniaces.
ae “Pe 187-43 0... 26 pls.
Lowell,

_D scat bes 1896. 6.00. 2
P.— a. Observations of ‘the Planet ‘Mercury. PP: sae 66. 8 pis

'§. Sedgwick, w re. d Winslow 0.8 A=) ' Experiments: on the Effect of
- Freezing and ane iow Temperatures upon we. Toone of: tte. bette of ~
eros Feyer, with Considerations regarding Vehicle nfectious —
Disease. (II.) Statistical au dies on the Scien: Prevalence xe Pyphol

_- Fever. i various Countries and its Belbtion to Season al T emperature. p. 467-
579. 8 pls, August, 1902. an

ol. 13.. 1. Curtiss, D. Ri— —Biaty Families fis pis: eonieieovel Region with |
Especial Refer pp. 1-60. . January, 1904. $1.00
2. Tonks, 0. 8.— Brygos: his ‘Characteristics. _ PP: 61- 119. =e pis. “November.
= 74904. $1.50. Pa =
+8. ‘Lyman, T.— The Spectrum of Hydrogen ia the Region ay ‘Ex
~-Wave-Length. pp. 121-148. - ns evil February; 1906. -75c.
‘4. Pickering, .W. -H.— Lunar Hawaiian Phra Features Compared.
Pp. 149-179. ‘pls, ix—xxiv. Neva Eo, 1906.
25. Trowbridge, J— High Electro-motive Force,
May, 1907. Boe
6. —Thaxter, in = Contribution toward a Mono orreol af the Laboulbeniace,

Part Il. pp. ~469. + pls. xxviiij-lxxi. June; 1908. $7.00.

Vol. heah Ve "Towa Percival — The Origin of the Planets. Pp. 1-16. pls. Liv.

153 PROCEEDINGS, Vols.. 1-47, $5 each. Discount to ‘booksellers
ane 50%, or for ‘hole sets 60%.

is The. indoviduel ois may be obtained separately; A price tist of re
“articles is printed on the inside pages of the. cover of we Foes.

tremely. Short

et Complete Works ot Count Rumford. -4 vols., $5 00-ea
S Memo oir of Sir Benjamin: thestsen, Sear: Rumford, gars Notices ie
~~ his Daughter. By George E. Ellis
Complete sets of ne tate and ‘Works of Rumford. 5 vols.; $25. 00;
to members, $5.00

Fos sale at the Lihtae ‘of THE AMERICAN haces or ARTS AND
siavar css 28 Hes bury Street, Boston, Massachyset

Parr 5. No. 6.’ Langley, 8. P., Young, O. A.. and Pickering, E. C.— Pritch agin

m 0° to — 30° Declination, to the Magnitude 7.0 inclusive. pp. 1- 100. May, — se
1

181-215 “Dis. savoavil ee

49-8

‘Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. ;

Vou. XLIX. No. 8.— Ocroser, 1913.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM .
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series. — No. XLII.

‘I. A Key to the Genera of the Compositae-Eupatorieae. ‘By Boi.
RoBINson.

II. Revisions of scsear Ageratum, and Ozxylobus. By B. L. Ros- © ‘

INSON. :

III. Some new Combinations required by the International Rules.

By C. A. WEATHERBY. ;

IV. On the Gramineae collected by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British

Honduras, 1905-1907. By F. Tracy Hussarp.

NV. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes. By B.L.
OBINSON.

~

)

=e

rd

{Continued from page 3 of Cover.)

VOLUME 49.

Berpeman, P. W.— > fhmemodytanité Properties of Twelve Liquids between
20° and 80° and up to 12000 Kgm. per Sq. Cm. pp.1-114. 7 folders.

Peirce, B. Oscoop, — The govorsga Value of the Magnetization in Iron.

pp. 115-146. 3 pls. reed sin
LanMan, CHartes Rock wei. — Bu nik ghosa’s Treatise on Buddhism, enti-
giacde a Salvation: saat of Part I, on Morality. pp. 147-169.

So oie T. wi aaa Rewer, A. W.— An Improved Method for De

Specific Heats of Liquids, wit h Data concerning Dilute Hydrochloric, Hy-
_ drobromic, Hydriodic, Nitric and Perchloric Acids and Lithi _— Sodium
and Potassium Hydroxides. pp.171-199. August, 1913

- Warren, Cuarites H.— Petrology of the Alkali-Granites ‘and a pespieaal of
mber

Quincy and the Blue Hills, Mass., U.S. A. pp. 201-331. 2pls. Septe ’
1913.

Buake, Srpwar F, — Contributions from the wie Herbarium of Harvard Uni-
versity. New pee No. XLI. pp. 333-396. 1 plate. icarprontng 1913, 80c.

‘eintan: G. H., and Buurarp, ©. —On the Size : haga Sa d the Number
of Nipples in Swine. pp. 397-426. September, 1 80c.

Rosinson, B. L., WeatHersy, C. A., Hussarp, Mg Tra cr.— Contributions
from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. New Series No. XLII.
pp. 427-517. October, 1913. $1.40.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Vou. XLIX. No. 8.— OcrosEr, 1913.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series. — No. XLII.

I. A Key to the Genera ‘of the Com positac-Eupatorieae. By B. L.
Roprnson.

IT. Revisions of Alomia, ee and Oxylobus. By B. L. Ros-
INSON.

ITI, Some new ae required by the International Rules.
. A. WEATHERBY.
IV. On the Gramineae ie by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British
Honduras, 1905-1907. By I’. Tracy Hupparp.
V. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes. By B. L.
OBINSON.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, No. XLII.

Presented by B. L. Robinson, May 14, 1913. Received June 24, 1913.
I. A GENERIC KEY TO THE COMPOSITAE-EUPATORIEAE,
By B. L. Rosinson.

It is now more than twenty years since the genera of the Eupatorium
tribe were keyed by Hoffmann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv.
Ab. 5 (1890). During this interval several genera have been added
to the tribe, some few have been definitely removed from it to other
tribes of the Compositae, two (Brachyandra and Addisonia) have been
reduced, and certain sections of genera have come to appear worthy
of generic rank within the tribe. In consequence the key of Hoffmann,
“though excellent for its time, is now unsatisfactory and far from com-
plete. The one here offered, though drawn up after some years’
study of the group, is put forth rather as a convenient working hy-
pothesis than a finished or monographic product.

In the Eupatorium tribe, as elsewhere in the Compositae, generic
distinctions, though essential for classification, often seem pretty arti-
ficial and the more precisely they are stated the greater of necessity
becomes the artificial or arbitrary element. A re-examination of the
technical characters relied upon by the older authors discloses many
exceptions and transitions. On the other hand persistent attempts

secure a more natural classification by relying in larger measure
upon habital traits have proved even more disappointing. These,
while fairly convincing among plants of a circumscribed area, quickly
lose any statable definiteness in dealing with the species of the world.
One is in consequence forced to a restatement of the distinctions of
pappus, achenes, anther-tips, and involucral-bracts as yielding after
all the most practical basis for classification in the up.

In order to employ these more technical features effectively some
explanation and definitions are necessary.

The pappus of the Eupatorium tribe offers a wide variety, including
nearly all forms found in the Compositae. Scales, distinct or connate,

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

blunt or bristle-tipped, as well as hairs truly capillary or setiform or
awn-like, simple, barbellate, or plumose, rarely clavate or even gland-
tipped, all occur within the tribe.

With rare exceptions it has been found possible to distinguish pretty
readily between the truly capillary pappus of such genera as Lupa-
torium, Mikania, or Brickellia and the also terete but stiffer bristle-
formed pappus characteristic of Agrianthus and of certain species to be
segregated from Ageratum. On the other hand it is believed that this
bristle-formed pappus can in practically all cases be distinguished from
the scale-pappus of the true Ageratums and that it forms a useful
basis of separation for some elements long classified with Ageratum.
More difficult is the sharp distinction of plumose pappus from forms
in which the setae are merely barbellate, and while this traditional
character seems almost necessary at times it has been employed as
sparingly as possible.

A distinction which is more important and which seems never to
have been adequately studied even by close students of the Compositae
is the difference between a very short cup-shaped, saucer-shaped, or
coroniform pappus, such as occurs in Ageratum § Coclestina, and the
similar low and often slightly angulate or toothed annulus which often
‘erowns the mature achene in genera like Alomia, which lack all true

appus. When seen on fully ripe achenes from which the corolla has
fallen away these structures often’ appear considerably alike, yet
even in this late stage differences are usually to be noted. The.
true pappus, even when very rudimentary, inclines to be cup-shaped
and possesses a thin edge. The annulus is a mere low usually thickish
cartilagineous or fleshy ring with a blunt edge. If examined in a
younger stage, while the corolla is still in place, it will be seen that the
true pappus, however rudimentary, is distinctly exterior to the base
‘of the corolla, while the annulus is merely the ringlike base from which
the mature corolla disarticulates. This base sometimes enlarges
slightly after the corolla falls and has in such species as Ageratum
echioides or more properly Alomia echioides been taken for a true and
much reduced pappus. In the peculiar genus Jaliscoa the annulus
takes on a saucer shape and has frayed quasi ciliolate edge, yet when
carefully examined in a young state it can be seen to be a sub-corollar
rather than an extra-corollar structure. ;
To add to the complexity an intra-corollar disk is often present
various rudimentary forms, as for instance in minute fleshy or glandu-
Jar papillae or in a fleshy ovoid, depressed-globose, or napiform en-
largement at the base of the style, capable of some persistence the
mature achene.

ROBINSON.— GENERA OF THE EUPATORIEAE. 431

The presence or absence of a true (though often much reduced)
pappus becomes especially important in distinguishing Ageratum §
Coelestina and Alomia and leads, as will be seen elsewhere in this
paper, to some readjustment of generic lines. The character is be-
lieved to be a good one and to lead to a real distinction between groups
which have hitherto been very poorly delimited.

To see clearly what is here meant it is only necessary to compare
Ageratum micropappum, possessing a true but excessively reduced
pappus, with Ageratum heterolepis, A. echioides, A. microcephalum, or
A. microcarpum, all of which so far as observed by the writer have no
real pappus but merely a sub-corollar annulus and in consequence
are to be referred to Alomia.

The involucre in the Eupatorium tribe takes on many forms, all
more or less intergrading. In Eupatorium itself, though the involucre
goes through the whole gamut of variation, the number of species is
so great that grouping by involucral differences has never appeared
to be sharp enough to permit any satisfactory generic segregation of
the elements concerned. It is very easy to refer certain marked
Species to Osmia Sch. Bip. and others to Kyrstenia Necker, but tran-
sitions are innumerable. On the other hand in many of tbe smaller
genera involucral characters furnish distinctions of sectional or even
generic value. Three types of involucre may be recognized as follows:
1) in which the chief scales are definite or subdefinite in number (four
in Mikania and Kanimia, five or six in Stevia) often surrounded at the
base by 1-3 considerably reduced scales i. e. calyculate. 2) the chief
scales of indefinite number (though rarely very numerous) and sub-
equal, appearing to be in 1-3 series and often accompanied by a
very few much reduced outer ones. This is the common form of invo-
lucre in Ageratum, Kuhnia, etc. 3) scales of indefinite number (usually
humerous) conspicuously unequal and gradually diminishing outward,
forming apparently several to many series, though of course in reality
spirally arranged. These three types of involucre, while sometimes
confluent, are in general pretty readily distinguished.

There are also considerable differences in the texture of the involu-
cral scales and to some extent these may be used, at least as supple-
mentary aids, in distinguishing genera. Thus in Ageratum, most
Alomias, and several other genera the scales are prevailingly of rather
firm texture and pretty definitely 1-3-costate, while in Brickellia,
ic, tax oa oem Oaxacania, etc. the scales are prevailingly
, , ely striate.

One other character of special classificatory significance in the

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Eupatorium tribe needs restatement with greater detail, namely the
apical appendage of the anthers. It has long been customary to
separate the subtribe Piquerinae on the ground that this apical ap-
pendage was there absent, yet to this subtribe have been referred
several genera, such as Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis, H artwrightia,
Podophania, Decachaeta, Helogyne, and Eupatoriopsis, which exhibit
such an apical appendage in various degrees of development, while in
Eupatorium proper there are several species in which the appendage
is decidedly rudimentary. It will thus be seen that the distinction
between the Piquerinae and the Ageratinae breaks down completely
unless it can be supplemented by other characters or restated with
proper qualification. Persistent search has failed to discover any
correlated differences, so it is necessary to make the most of the anther-
appendage.

Examination of the typical Piquerinae, such as Piqueria, Ophr a
porus, ete., shows that the anthers are entirely destitute of apical
appendage, nor is the connective upwardly thickened or expanded in
a way to cover the cells. If, however, the doubtful genera above
mentioned are examined, it becomes evident that the rudimentary
appendage assumes several distinguishable forms. In Decachaeta
and Podophania it consists merely of an exceedingly short cushion-like
expansion of the dilated summit of the connective. The connective
‘is thus without change of texture broadened out until it partially ss
entirely covers the apices of the loculi, the whole anther being de-
cidedly blunt or even slightly retuse. It is to be noted that there .
here no membranaceous appendage in the stricter sense, and it seems
best to retain these genera in the Piquerinae. :

The next stage in the development of the apical appendage 1s or
in the three genera Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis, and H artwrightia.
In these there appears always to be at least a very short and co
retuse membranous appendage. This may be a single or —
structure or in Adenostemma it is sometimes so deeply divided in ca
middle that it virtually becomes two small membranous tips crowning
and slightly prolonging the two loculi. In other respects these eo
genera manifest striking similarities, such as the form of the core
and especially in the uniforml y glandular faces of the achenes. Bo r
on account of the seemingly close relationship among themselves ”
in order to permit a more precise definition of the Piquerinae it pa
desirable to class these three genera in a new co-ordinate subtribe, t
Adenostemmatinae. the

In Helogyne and Eupatoriopsis the apical appendage assumes

fecal EAA Tas, eo.

ROBINSON.— GENERA OF THE EUPATORIEAE. 433

ovate-oblong form, fairly characteristic of other portions of the Kupa-
torium tribe, and these genera may well be transferred to the Agera-
tinae as has been earlier pointed out. See Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 27
(1906). With these changes it is believed that the Piquerinae,
Adenostemmatinae, and Ageratinae will be found fairly clear as sub-
tribes. The fourth subtribe of the Lupatorieae, characterized by its
more numerously ribbed achenes, has been known as the Adeno-
stylinae from its (as assumed) typical genus, Adenostyles Cass. This
genus, however, is one which has always been very dubiously placed
with the Lupatoricac if classed with them at all. To the writer, after
repeated examinations of the genus from various points of view, it
seems clear that its real affinity is with the Senecioneae. Arguments
for this view can be found in many minor details of habit, which taken
together become convincing. The elongated style-branches alone
would suggest a relationship with the Eupatorieae, but even these do
not appear really eupatorioid. They tend to an attenuate rather
than a clavellate form in the first place, and in the second they are
inclined to be recoiled through a much greater arc than is usual among
the Eupatorieae. Finally the unbranched portion of the style in
Adenostyles is at maturity commonly exserted, while this would in the
_ Eupatorium tribe be highly exceptional. With the removal from the
Eupatorium tribe of the genus Adenostyles the remaining portion of
the subtribe hitherto known as the Adenostylinae must in accordance
with Art. 52 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature
be renamed. It may be called the Kuhniinae.

The genus Mallinoa Coult. Bot. Gaz. xx. 47 (1895) was doubt-
fully ascribed by its author to the Inuleae, its anthers being de-
scribed as sagittate and being figured (I. ec. t. 5, f. 4) as having acute
auricles at the base of the anther-cells. Soon after its publication
Hoffmann in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. Nachtr. 322 (1897)
Placed Mallinoa in the Eupatorieae, where there can be no doubt it in
reality belongs. For some reason not made clear, Hoffmann, though
recognizing the eupatorioid nature of Mallinoa placed it next Tricho-
gonia, with which it has no close habital resemblance nor striking
likeness of involucre or pappus. To the writer Mallinoa seems to be
merely a species of the genus Eupatorium, exceedingly close to the
long known E. bellidifolium Benth. In foliage, gesture, and inflores-
i these plants possess a resemblance amounting almost to iden-
3 Mallinoa, however, is readily distinguished (specifically) by
its decidedly broader, blunter, and much smoother involucral bracts.

Tn the light of excellent material of both plants secured by Mr,

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Pringle, the writer finds that the anther-bases in Mallinoa are cordate
rather than sagittate, the basal auricles being decidely rounded. In
Eupatorium bellidifolium furthermore the anther-bases are also retuse,
the condition being very similar and the difference merely a trifling
one of degree and in no sense one of kind. The degree of difference is
closely comparable to that shown between fig. 2 and fig. 3 on plate 9
of Bentham’s classical “Notes” (Jour. Linn. Soe. xiii.). It will be
noticed that Bentham, whose experience and judgment upon these
matters have probably never beén surpassed, admits the occurrence
of anthers of both these types in the Eupatorium tribe (I. ec. 360). If
admitted to the Eupatorium tribe at all, Mallinoa cannot be kept out
of the genus Hupatorium as at present delimited.

Regarding the transfer of Apodocephala Bak. to the Vernonieae, see
Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 32 (1906), and of Lepidesmia Klatt to the Heli-
antheae, see Proc. Am. Acad. xlvii. 210 (1911).

Further study, especially of the larger genera, may well reveal
profitable generic segregations not as yet clear. This is especially
likely to be the case among the numerous and as yet very imperfectly
known South American members of the tribe. It is also by no means
improbable that when these are more satisfactorily represented in
herbaria some new and more convincingly natural re-adjustment of ~
generic lines will become possible. Furthermore, it is to be remem-
bered by users of the following key that disconcerting exceptions and
anomalies occur here as elsewhere among the Compositae, as for
instance four-, six-, or even seven-angled achenes among the normally
5-angled ones in the Ageratinae, or occasionally calvous achenes in
certain heads of the normally pappus-bearing genera Trichogonia and
Ageratum.

Subtr. I. PIQUERINAE. _Antherae apice omnino expen a
vel a connectivo sursum levi minusV
lateraliter expanso tithats ‘eat ‘retuso terminatae. Achaenia non
glandulari-papillifera.

- hat si ese Ma rarissime brevissime obsoleteque setosus. . 1. iesccobte

1. “Papp Pid S10 pen laeves vel modice scabratae
hh setae eg toe 10 sursum lavellitan: roe Dies eit
es vel non lobata. Capitula parva nu subsessl

sim here RvRERy DER pay a's ween ec es 2. Deca oe
€; e tenues non ravi aha Folia opposita dissecta, aad
Hap s axillatia I non pedunculata...............+4. icons ane

ROBINSON.— GENERA OF THE EUPATORIEAE. 435

a. se dan squamosus d.
Pappi squamulae breves fimbriatae. Ind. Oce .5. Phania.
‘ Pappi squamulae longae integrae apice in ‘aristam attenuatae.
Pe es a SE eae 6. Ageratella.

Subtr. II. Adenostemmatinae, subir. nov. Antherae apice
breviter appendiculatae, appendice membranacea aut simplici et
retusa aut bifida et apices loculorum coronante. Corollae tubus
brevis et fauces infundibulares. Achaenia obovoidea glandulari-
papillosa.

a. Pappus e setis brevibus 3-5 clavatis ab annulo patentim gor eam <
ORIG oa cs ere se ee toe ee eee: ostem oe
a. Pepys, nullus vel brevissime obsoleteque setosis, setulis girecnane
tis

b. Recevtanutistn nudum. Folia opposita dentata. Mex., Am. Aust.
ren Tymnocoronis.
b. Receptaculum margine paleiferum. Folia alterna integra. Fla.
9. Hartwrightia.

Subtr. II. AGeratinar. Antherae apice cum appendice mem-
branacea ovata vel oblonga integra vel retusa instructae. Achaenia
hormaliter 5(rarissime 4—6)-angulata prismatica vel subprismatica
rariter compressa eglandularia vel rariter glandulari-atomifera.

a. ore oat squamis ape vel basi connatis aut ex aristis deors

sSquam Senn ristis et squamellis au ut & e corona S aetada
vel fimbriata ve a ptt composts aut omnino deficiens
6. Involueri _ Squamae uniseri say subaequales wait vel aheue 1-3
misarwalia extimis multo breviorbas oes sas Caan tah ts Stevia. —
b. Involueri sq i i
Pappus evolutus e squamis aut deioctia tenuibus vel rare indurescen-
ibus aut in cupulam coroniformem tenuem scariosam dentatam vel
ances connatis compositus rarissime (apud “Agenks spp.) obso-
etu

d, ae heomale pane valde inaequales o-seriatim imbricatae e.
e. Pappus coronam crateriformem margine laciniatam ich

Folia bipanat ee SP a es 11.
e. Pappus _@ squam amulis brevibus obovatis vel oblongis abbas
compositus f
f. Receptaculum pilosiusculum. Pappi paleas apicem versus
ones oa Folia penninervia. Bras 12. Carelia.~
J. Receptaculum paleaceum. Pappi | cathe breviter fimbriatae.
o RVING | GR ee ee 13. Aschenbornia.
é. Pappus ex aristis ¢ owas alternantibus aut g r ariatlk basi

squamiforme dilatatis compositus g.
g. Folia sessilia linearia subintegra. Herba annua. Calif.

Ma Gens Wee tay eye ce a ees ee peria
g. Folia ge ik neaging dentata vel lobata vel dissecta.

a1 rutices vel ee Pe or eee 15. Hofmeist -
> Involueri sqjuan baeq qualea 2- -3-seriales cum vel absque squamu-

s
i squamae distinete indurescentes. Folia verti-
ta. at. 16. Sclerolepis.—

436 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

h. pi ect tenuis non indurescens. Folia opposita vel

4. Cardiac tubus bene distinctus subfiliformis in fauce
i ‘ an

fa) a. ”
i. Corollae tubus saepissime — brevis, faucibus vix dis-
tinetis vel solum eae ampliatis. Folia me asi
geratum. ~

MNOR ee ees

c. Pappus verus nullus, achaeniis tamen cum annulo sub ‘ela num-
uam extra ¢ orollam orienti coronatis 7.

j. Achaenia Pag ae ta. Involucrum non foliaceum k.

Achaenia prismatica J. :
rbae pint yea Se pon prance eS ais os aye 19. Alomia. —
lL. Hata pbc Sr oe ee 20. Tuberostyles.
lL. Fru tex. Caulis Getubostas et maturitate clathratus, er
is
k. Achaenia compressiuscula. Frutex, foliis alternis suborbicu-
laribus beurre 2 gagy MICRA Pee eae ss Oaxacania.
j. Achaenia 6-angulata. Involucri squamae exteriores , subfoliace : ent
0

a. Pappus setosus, tag capillaribus vel firmiusculis, liberis vel basi in
annulum coalitis
m. Pappi setae oh el sae n
nm. Achaenia compressa. “Pappi setae brevissimae. Bras.
24. Eupatoriopsis.
n. Achaenia siear ars
o. Pappi setae firmiu seiilas saepissime breves non = capillares p.
Pp. Petals sessilia. Folia squamiformia imbrica
Agrianthus.

p. Capitula pedicellata. Folia cum lamina gen
7. Trichogonia? \
o. Pappi setae capillares plumos:
q. Corollae fauces mbeauinanalelge a tubo wee differentiatae
Trichogonia.
q. Corolla graciliter tubulata sine pobetg bee distineti« ,,

r. Folia alterna. Frutices xerophytic Am. Aust. oce.
Helogyne.
r. Folia opposita. Herba. Am. Bor. aust.-occ. et Mex.
Ca rminatia.

m. Pappi setae capillares simplices laeves vel modice scabratae 8.
s. Achaenia valde compressa. fete setae 2. Mex. 30. Schaetzellia.
cs = aenia -sbetnsere ca. A Senko e 5-% t. \ Am. Aust
: t t | aequales. site
appi setae longitudine valde Siasinani inaeq at Dissothie
t. ee setae vel subaequalis as ss sala
appi set: revi ‘longitudine crassitiem “
x @ pee pauene ce 3. Trichocoronis.
u. Pappi setae per Jeera subaequantes v.
v. Pappi setae ¢ tas
w. Involucri pata valde inaequales c -seriatim — 8
Polis oepesitn... Mex.: . 5.5.55 2320 ees Pipto “hase
w. Involucri squamae subaequilongne ca. - 2 d-ecnalin,
imbricatae. Folia alterna. Bras .34, Leptoclina

1 Hic expeterentur species quaedam adhuc Sane < — ato ob niet
setiformi expulsae et ad Trichogoniam valde approxim

ROBINSON.— GENERA OF THE EUPATORIEAR. 437

v. Pappus persistens z.
x appi setae basi in annulum crassiusculum coalitae.
B

Folia coriacea. ge Pg ee are 35. Symphyopappus.
y= Papi ae basi liberae vel levissime inconspicueque
coalitae. Folia s = pissime membranacea y.

y. Involueri squamae ut flosculi cc z.
. Pappi setae ma PF ae i saepissime By:

Fleischmannia.

z. Pappi setae “Phin aeranta Receptaculum nudum vel
obscure setiferum. . 2.06... 6505, ortum.

z. Pappisetae « maa ee Receptaculum paleiferum.
Folia magna. ex.. 38. patoriastrum.

y. Involueri squa definitae 4. Flosculi etiam 4.

Herbae vel recap saepissime volubiles. .39. Mikania.

Subtr. IV. Kuhniinae, nom. nov. Antherae apice cum appen-
dice membranacea ovata vel oblonga munitae. Achaenia 10-20
(rariter Pre ee auct. excl. 1 genere
ipsissimo nominiferente

a. Involueri ee definitae 4. Flosculi etiam 4.......... 40. Kanimia.
@. Involucri amae & saepissime numerosae b.
b. Panne. a Be es

nu d.
Achaenia compressa. Foliorum dentes saepissime setiferae. Mex.
41. Barroetea.
d. sr Face po vel teretia

e. Invo ri squamae valde inae nat uales emai be eos ps
Tavoined sSquamae tenues striatae vix herbac setae
uniseriatae laeves vel barbulatae. Folia panne fo pe ean

Kelli

rickellia.
ons ee squamae herbaceae ie coloratae vel s seariosae =
nspicue striatae. Pappi uniseriatae saepissime
pik rariter harbulatne g tect perennes, caule saepius
f — tele tiers. es ee 3

volucri squamae Ea rbaceae. Pappi se © 2-B-perintas, exte-
fogbus eevee. Frutex foliis qrdasieag obovatis. Fla.
rbera.
e. ge sinh Squamae subaequales 2-3-seriatae. Folia " saepissime
alt:

. Pappi setae uated nog anpaass plumosae....45. Kuhnia.
Pappi setae firmiusculae vix marie Sees 46. Trilisa.
b. ~ Recepiaculum paleiferum,. Tolig a alte 47. Carp

Am. Bor. Wey eaes. et Nie Or ee 48. Carphochaete.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

II. REVISIONS OF ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS.
By B. L. Rosprnson.

THE following treatment has been based chiefly upon an intensive
study of the pertinent material in the Gray Herbarium, but much aid
has been derived from a series of photographs, taken at various Euro-
pean herbaria in 1905 and 1910, representing the types of nearly all
the recognized species of Alomia and Ageratum not originally described
from the Gray Herbarium. There has been no opportunity to test
the keys and descriptions by a re-examination of the extensive material
in foreign collections, but through the kindness of Messrs. Coville
and Maxon the writer has been permitted to borrow and study the
representation of Alomia and Ageratum from the National Museum at
Washington, a considerable privilege for which he would express great-
ful appreciation. The writer is also much indebted to Mr. John
Donnell Smith for the loan of Ageratum and Alomia from his rich—
personal herbarium, and to Mr. A. B. Rendle of the British Museum
of Natural History for the critical comparison establishing beyond
doubt the identity of Ageratum Houstonianum Mill. Miss M. A. Day
and Miss E. M. Vincent of the Gray Herbarium staff have given
bibliographical aid.

It may be said in a general way that the species of these genera do
not tend to serious intergradation, except in the case of Ageratum
conyzoides L. and A. latifolium Cav. (not Hemsl.), where separation
though easily made seems pretty artificial, and on the other hand the
several species which are closely allied to the highly variable A.
corymbosum Zuccag. and are distinguished chiefly by such characters —
as leaf-contour, pubescence, ete. |

It must be frankly admitted that the treatment of the South
American species is very sketchy, being derived from wholly inade-
quate material. It is highly pl »bable that furth expt tion f north-
ern South America and of Brazil will bring to light many further
species, and perhaps considerably modify our present views as to the
distinctness of those already known.

1. Revision or THE Genus ALOMIA.
Tue tropical American genus Alomia is a convenient rather than @
convincingly natural group of species. Depending for its separation

ROBINSON:— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 439

from Ageratum and Trichogonia solely on the absence of pappus, the
genus may well have a composite — at least a double — origin.
Either a Trichogonia, on the loss of its plumose pappus-bristles (a
condition known to occur in 7’. menthaefolia and T. salviaefolia Gardn.),
or an Ageratum, on the complete abortion of its often obsolescent scale-
pappus, would become as to technical characters an Alomia, and the
fact that the genus Alomia, as now circumscribed, contains species of a
wide range of habit, extending on the one hand from the original A.
ageratoides, with distinctly ageratoid habit, to A. dubia, on the other,
which except for the lack of pappus would certainly be placed in
Trichogonia, it appears by no means unlikely that the elements now
grouped in Alomia may have come in part from an ageratoid and in
part from a Trichogonia-like ancestry.

Although from these considerations Alomia may seem an artificial
group, its components certainly have close affinity and our present
knowledge does not permit any improvement of the situation either
by dividing the genus on trifling traits of habit or by merging it bodily
with any of the neighboring genera.

The three species here grouped as a new subgenus, Geissanthodium,
possessing softer much imbricated involucral scales (striate in the
manner of Brickellia), form an interesting strain, a small presumably
natural group. After careful comparison ‘of A. alata Hemsl. and
Ageratum callosum Wats. it is impossible to see any grounds for their
generic separation. Either Ageratum callosum must be referred to
Alomia or the genus Alomia must be transferred to Ageratum. The
close relationship of the third species of this subgenus, the South
American A. Regnellii Malme, although less convincing, seems highly
probable to judge from Malme’s description and figures. Some spe-
c1ous arguments might be advanced for the separation of these three
Species as a new genus, but their distinctions from other species of
Alomia are not strong. Involucral characters in nearly related genera
are seen to be highly inconsistent and it is to be noticed that the im-
brication of the scales is by no means so striking in the Brazilian A.

gnellii as in the Mexican species. Nor is the undifferentiated
corolla-tube a strong character. It seems best therefore to treat the
group merely as a subgenus.

Alomia tenuifolia (the genus Lycapsus of Philippi), a xerophytic
shrub confined to a small island off the coast of Chili, is still ob-
Scure. It does not appear to be represented in the leading European
or North American herbaria. Bentham, judging it merely by the
description and crabbed little figures of Philippi, placed it in Alomia.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

This may be its real affinity, but it is to be noted that Philippi repre-
sents the style-branches as being recoiled through more than 360°.
This would be highly exceptional in the Eupatorieae. Furthermore,
the style-branches as shown in Philippi’s figures are unusually short
for the tribe. Until material of this rare and local plant can be ob-
tained and subjected to further study the species would better be left
here, where Bentham placed it, but it would seem almost as likely to
prove one of the Heliantheae, perhaps near Isocarpha.

As explained elsewhere in this paper, the rudimentary annular
or coroniform “pappus,” accredited in the past to several species
hitherto placed in Ageratum, proves not to be a true pappus, i. e. &
calycular structure exterior to the corolla, but only an annulus upon
which the corolla itself is borne and which after the disarticulation and
fall of the corolla sometimes is slightly accrescent. These species,
destitute of a true pappus, must certainly be transferred to Alomia
if that genus is to be kept distinct from Ageratum and they are so
treated in the following revision.

While in nearly all of the species concerned the presence or absence
of a pappus is upon careful observation sufficiently evident and con-
stant to permit a pretty ready separation of species into those which
should be referred to Alomia on the one hand and those which would
better be placed in Ageratum on the other, there are two exceptional
species, Ageratum littorale Gray and A. maritimum HBK., in which
the distinction breaks down absolutely. Here the pappus may be
entirely wanting, it may consist of minute teeth, very short and slightly
exterior to the corolla, or finally it may develop into a perfectly definite
and conspicuous scale-pappus. These marked variations in pappus
occur in individuals of precisely similar habit, and so far as ean be |
ascertained are accompanied by no concomitant changes of structure.
This wide intra-specific variation presents, of course, a technical
difficulty in delimiting the genera Ageratum and Alomia. Howevel,
it is to be remembered that calvous forms in normally pappus-bearing
Compositae are by no means rare and must be accepted as one of the
inherent difficulties of the group. It would be highly artificial to
transfer to Alomia the calvous forms of Ageratum littorale and fee
maritimum, nor does it seem best to unite with the otherwise consis-
tently pappus-bearing genus Ageratum the consistently calvous genus
Alomia because in certain exceptional species an abortion of the pappus
occurs inconstantly, as it does also in T'richogonia menthaefolia Gardn.,
Calea peduncularis HBK., and various other Compositae in whic’
the loss of pappus can in no sense be regarded as having genere
significance.

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 441

Alomia was confused by Gardner with Piqueria and Gymnocoronis,
but may be readily distinguished by its apically appendaged anthers.
Orsinia Bert., associated with his Piqueria § Eupiqueria by Gardner
in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 430 (1847), and with Alomia by Baker
in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 189 (1876), and even by Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen. Siph. 526 (1905), is a Clibadium, as was indicated by
Bentham, Gen. ii. 240 (1873).

ALOMIA HBK. (Nomen ex 4 privativo et A@ya, margo, de-
fectionem pappi alludens.) Capitula homogama parva vel mediocra
saepe numerosa laxe paniculata vel in apicibus ramorum corymbulosa
20-70-flora; involucri campanulati vel subturbinati squamis vel
subaequalibus ca. 2-seriatim imbricatis lanceolato-linearibus saepis-
sime acutis 1—3-costatis firmiusculis vel valde inaequalibus 3-%-seria-
tim imbricatis tenuioribus striatulis; receptaculo plano vel conico
nudo vel plus minusve paleifero, paleis saepe angustis. Corollae albae
vel roseae vel purpureae saepissime extus glandulis subsessilibus
conspersae rarius in tubo vel limbo hirsutae vel tomentosae rarissime
glabrae. Antherae oblongae apice appendiculatae basi rotundatae
haud rarenter vix connatae. Styli rami filiformi-clavellati purpurei
_ Vel flavi vel aurei rectiusculi vel leviter recurvantes vel per exceptionem
(Subg. 3) spiraliter recurvati. Achaenia prismatica 5-angularia
glanduloso-atomifera vel hispidula vel glabra fusca vel nigrescentia
basi callosa apice annulo cartilagineo vel carnoso integerrimo vel
angulato conspicuo vel tenuissimo vel omnino obsoleto coronata;
a nullo.— Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 151, 312, t. 354 (1820); Cass.
By ‘a ee XxVi. 227 (1823); Less. Syn. Comp. 154 (1832); DC.
“hoa (1836) ; Endl. Gen. 366 (1838); Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii.

(1873); Pfeiff. Nom. i. 116 (1873); Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl,

oo Tarissime frutices. Folia ovata vel rhomboidea vel

Nites ce Shire pleraque serrata vel dentata rarius integriuscula

Sot Shes e pinnatifida. Inflorescentia corymbosa vel pani-

esGeeran| ( i Agerati aut T. richogoniae. Species 12 quarum 3

Maiti u terius inquirenda) insulam chilensem incolens, ceterae
am centrali-meridionalem habitantes.

»

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Clavis subgenerum.

Involucri squamae 3-%-seriatim imbricatae tenues comida Doers: in
bum proprium et fauces distinctas non — tiata.
Riamneyesenst
Bast ovis , panna ca. 2-seriatim (apud A. heterolepidem pluriseriatim) imbri-
saepius firmiusculae 1—3-costatae. Cor a um tubo proprio graci-
‘hen deGnito et faucibus plus minusve anpliet

Styli rami rectiusculi vel modice recurvantes. Folia Rory oar profunde
pi FPS eE ite en ope eee ante te, Ay ATLA ety fie 2. EUALOMIA.

Styli rami spiraliter recurvati. Folia pinnatifida hia linearibus
Subg. 3. Lycapsus.
Subg.1. Geissanthodium, subg. nov. (Nomen ex yetaaor, protec-
tum sensu imbricatum, et anthodium i. e. involucrum, ab avOwdns,

seriatim imbricatae tenues virides aut purpurascentes saepe tenuiter
albido-striatae, exteriores gradatim breviores. Corollae graciliter
tubulatae, tubo proprio haud discreto, faucibus distinctis nullis, limbo
brevi quinquifido. Styli rami filiformi-clavellati rectiusculi vel leviter
curvati saepissime flavi vel aurei. Achaenia per coronam carnosam
albidam integerrimam coronata.— Herbae nunc perennes nunc veri-
similiter annuae pubescentes. Folia longiuscule petiolata saltim
inferiora opposita superiora saepius alterna. Species 2 calciphilae
mexicanae necnon | brasiliana

Clavis specierum.
Folia crenato-serrata. Species mexicanae

Caulis glandul "yeah fo nec ye pilosus. Petioli sursum ange
alat: i. a WORUIAG E20. AGRO SS eS eee

Folia prone a dea RRS Pediat ‘“ "A, Regnellit.
= 1. A. atata Hemsl. herbacea perennis gracilis decumbens vel

saepe a rupibus pendula laxe ramosa; caulibus 4-6 dm. longis teretibus
striatulis tenuissime glanduloso-puberulis; foliis deltoideo-ovatis late
cordatis crenato-serratis tenuibus utrinque viridibus supra leviter
pubescentibus subtus praesertim in nerviis venisque pilosis 2.5-5.5 cm.
longis 1.5-5 em. latis, petiolis 1-7 em. longis sep ace ani apicem versus
anguste alatis; capitulis laxe et irregulariter corymboso-panl niculatis,
pedicellis filiformibus saepius brevibus; involucri turbinato-campanu-
lati squamis lineari-lanceolatis viridibus vel purpurascentibus albido-
striatulis apice attenuatis extimis puberulis ceteris glabriusculis;
corollis 3.6 mm. longis graciliter tubulatis viridescenti-albis plus ™ml-
nusve atomiferis limbum brevissimum versus subconstrictis; achaents
2.2 mm. longis basi callosis apice annulo turgido carnoso coronatis @

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 443

glandulis subsessilibus sparse conspersis.— Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii.
79 (1881).— Mexico: in rupibus abruptis umbrosis vallicularum
prope Cuernavacam, Bourgeau, n. 1216 (hb. Gray.), Bilimek, n. 579
f. Hemsl. |. ¢., Pringle, nn. 6229, 9846 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);
Guadalupe, Bilimek, n. 488 (hb. Gray.).

2. A. callosa (Wats.), comb. nov., herbacea gracilis; caulibus
teretibus saepe purpureo-brunneis brevissime glanduloso-puberulis
et conspicue griseo-pilosis sublanatis quamquam aetate glabriusculis
3-6 dm. longis oppositirameis; foliis oppositis ovatis obtusiusculis vel
acutis crenato-serratis basi obtusis vel subtruncatis 3-nerviis tenuibus
utrinque laxe pubescentibus 2-6 cm. longis 1+ em. latis, petiolo 1-3
cm. longo exalato; capitulis laxe corymbosis; involucri campanulati
Squamis multiseriatim imbricatis anguste lanceolato-oblongis acutis
Mucronulatis erosis; corollis graciliter tubulatis a basi ad limbum
sensim ampliatis sed sine faucibus ullis distinctis viridescenti-albis
3.2 mm. longis glandulis minutis subsessilibus conspersis; achaeniis
1.2 mm. longis atropurpureis in costis 5 glanduloso-puberulis apice
coronam carnosam integerrimam crateriformem gerentibus.— Agera-
tum callosum Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxv. 153 (1889).— Mexico: in
Tupibus humidis prope Guadalajaram, Pringle, nn. 2166 (hb. Gray.),
alt. 1525 m., 4739 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), n. 9353 (hb.
Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

plano nudo; corollis albis caerulescentibus ca. 3 mm. longis a
m ampliatis tubo extus intusque glabro sed denti-
; minusve pilosiusculis; achaeniis ca. 2.5 mm. longis
subprismaticis vel gracili
sub apice pilis brevissimis paucis caducis munitis.— Kongl. Sv.

et. Akad. Handl. xxxii. n. 5, 32, t. 2 (1899).— Brasiliae prov. Matto
rupium praeruptarum, Serra da Chapada, Buriti,
2€08 subumbrosos praesertim habitans, Malme, n. 1678. Sp. non
_ Visa, solum e descriptione et icone optimis cl. Malmei interpretata.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Subg.2. Eualomia, subg. nov. Involucri squamae (more Agerati
earum) subaequales saepissime firmiusculae 1-3-costatae. Corollae
cum tubo proprio saepe brevi et faucibus plus minusve cylindraceis
munitae. Styli rami filiformes vel leviter clavellati patente recur-
vati saepius purpurascentes. Achaenia ecoronata vel coronam tenuem
cartilagineam integerrimam ferentia.— Herbae annuae vel perennes
vel suffrutescentes. Folia rhomboideo-ovata vel lanceolata vel line-
aria. Species 9, quarum una mexicana est ceterae Brasiliam centrali-
meridionalem incolunt.

Clavis specierum.

Bs ie Receptaculum paleiferum b.

Herbae annuae c.
c. Folia anguste Jinearia. Capitula 8 mm. “onan nee ee Me Pohlit.
c. Folia lanceolata. ee —_ 5 mm. diametro.........- 5. A. foliosa.

b. Herbae perennes vel fru
d. Paleae receptaculi jai re Sirsa vel acutae saepius erosae
vel pilosae numquam indurata
e. Folia lineari-oblanceolata praeet ‘inciso-dentata
G. <A: arcsec

e. Folia late rhomboidea inciso-dentata ssgeeese sai we
e. Folia lanceolata sil oblong: serrata vel integra, conta
6-8-flor 8

i i
f. Capitula ca. 36-flora NE Oe een ce 9. A. yi bons
d. Paleae Bo tesa apice subulato-attenuatae plus minusve in
duratae glabrae g.
g- io: per fere totam longitudinem —— h.
h. Folia subtus glandulis numerosissimis crebre ee
cum pilis sparsissimis vel a nd 4;

7. Involucri squamae costatae

gstine te — elanduloso-atomiferae aliter gla-
es rigidiusculae. Folia Se

j. Involueri Rg arene fere eglandulosae sed sub 1

psa, ei 8 pubescentes et rarer’ lanceolatae.
Che IINGATA... COs. Bee ee a es 1
t. Involucri eke aae planae latiusculae ovatae ecosta
oe A. plat ners
h. Folia subtus velutino-pilosa....... : atl
g- Caulis superne step Folia abt piss
. echioides.
a. Re taculum nudum k.
k. olia angusta, linearia vel lanceolata Mei wee re
l. Capitula 30-35-flora. Folia publines Pedicelli breves (3-4 mm.
longi). Corolla te: Dinh Monga a ee a 15. A. cinerea.
l. Capitula ea. 65-flora. Folia Ratvobiiltes Pedicelli 6-8 mm. longi.
wolla ca)4 win dont eh a nee ces 16. A. dubia.
k. Folia latiora, cordato- to- vel rhomboideo-ovata m Mex

Capitula laxe scorpioideo-cymosa atentim meoramri noe :
P 17. A. ageratoides.

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 445

m. Capitula dense corymbosa n.
n. Capitula 12-15-flora. Folia irregulariter grosse gah An-
18. nie

nua. ‘ts = SG iar UE cnet nia be Se ae Ne oe aa Sia ngustata,

n. Capitula 60-70-flora. Mex., Am. Cent., Venez. o.
rennis. Corymbi laxi patentes planiusculi. Folia acute
acuminata et serrata. Mex....... . Wendlandiz.

Rica et (dubitative) Venez............. : . microcarpa.

4. A. Ponti (Sch. Bip.) Bak., annua erecta vel ascendens parce
ramosa; radice fibrosa; caule glabriusculo 3-4.5 dm. alto, ramis

acutatis uninerviis; capitulis ca. 8 mm. diametro ca. 35-floris ad apices
ramorum in corymbis parvis confertis graciliter pedicellatis; involucri
subhemisphaerici squamis subaequalibus oblongis obtusis viridibus
vel apicem versus purpureis extus glanduloso-puberulis margine et
praesertim apice membranaceo expanso translucido conspicue ciliatis;
receptaculo conico cum paleis angustissime oblanceolati-linearibus
mstructo; corollis 2.8 mm. longis subglabris vix basin versus cum
glandulis paucis subsessilibus conspersis, tubo proprio vix ullo, fauci-
bus fere ab apice achaenii ampliatis; achaeniis nigris saepe curvatis
cum glandulis parce conspersis neque basi callosis nec apice annulo
coronatis ca. 1.9 mm. longis.— Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 190
(1876). Coelestina Pohlii Sch. Bip. ex Bak. 1. c— Brast1a: “inter
Manoél Souza et Mideroz,” Pohl, n. 358 (hb. Berol., phot. et fragm.
in hb. Gray.); Lagoa Santa prov. Minas Geraés, Warming.

gatis parvis 5 mm. solum diametro; involucri hemisphaerici vel
campanulati squamis subaequalibus biseriatis herbaceis oblongis

vel praesertim ad apicem obtusum plus minusve translucidum
purpurascenti-pilosis et ciliatis 2.8-3.4 mm. longis; receptaculo conico
cum paleis parvis angustis deciduis instructo; corollis 2.5 mm. longis
Toseis vel pallide purpureis subglabris, dentibus limbi papillosis, tubo
Proprio vix ullo in fauces confestim ampliato; achaeniis nigris prisma-
Uels parce glandulosis 1.8 mm. longis.— Gen. ii. 240 (1873); Bak. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 190 (1876). Isocarpha foliosa Gardn. in,

°

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 457 (1846); Walp. Rep. vi. 703 (1847).

Piqueria foliosa Gardn. 1. c. vi. 432 (1847). Emmallocalyx chamaedri-

folius Pohl ex Bak. |. c. (1876).— Brasttia: prov. Minas Geraés ad

ripas inundatas fluminis Urucuyae prope San Roméo, Gardner, n.

4838; sine loco indicato, Claussen, Pohl, n. 669 (hb. Berol., phot. et

fragm. in hb. Gray.); prov. Bahia ad Utinga, Blanchet, n. 2754, fide
A a

6. A. rastrarata (Gardn.) Benth., suffruticosa fastigiatim ramosa
4-9 dm. alta foliosissima; ramis gracilibus teretibus pallide brunnes-
centibus crispe puberulis vel glabriusculis; foliis oblanceolatis vel
lineari-lanceolatis incise serratis vel integriusculis basi attenuatis
apice acutatis vel attenuatis utrinque viridibus subtus vix pallidiori-
bus puncticulatis 2-8 em. longis 4-8 mm. latis saepius alternis et
fasciculatis; capitulis parvis 20-40-floris 3.5 mm. diametro subdense
corymbosis; involucri campanulati squamis lanceolatis viridibus
pilosiusculis; receptaculo convexo vel planiusculo cum paleis oblongis
paucis instructo; corollis albis (Gardner) vel rubris (Baker) vel lilaceis
(Ktze.) 1.6 mm. longis, tubo proprio granuloso fauces cylindratas
glabras subaequante; achaeniis graciliter prismaticis glabris acutan-
gularibus 1.4 mm. longis.— Benth. ex Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2,
192 (1876). Isocarpha fastigiata Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot.
v. 455 (1846). Piqueria fastigiata Gardn. |. c. vi. 431 (1847). P.
polyphylla Sch. Bip. ex Bak. |. c. 191 (1876). Alomia polyphylla (Sch.
Bip.) Bak. 1. ec. (1876). Coelestina linearifolia Sch. Bip. ex Bak. I. ¢
(1876).— Brastia: prov. Minas Geraés in regione Adamantium,
locis humidis, Gardner, n. 4837 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray. );,Con-
tendas, Kuntze (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus. ); in eadem provincia, Riedel,

n. 711, Pohl, n. 371, Sello, nn. 120, 122; in Brasilia australi locis exactis
non datis, Pohl, n. 535, Riedel, n. 959, Beyrich; prov. Rio de Janeiro,
Brunet, n. 24 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), Tijuca, Lund (hb. Havn., fragm.
in hb. Gray.), Ule, n. 3904 (hb. Berol.).

A— ribus subintegris
Panne ade io cat on Ration thom Bas gett 2: 700 disjungenda.

7. A. MYRIADENIA — Bip.) Bak., , suffruticosa erecta ascemieae’
ramea; caule tereti brunne uli
puberulis et cum glandulis subsessilibus eonspetsis: - foliis shomboidels
oppositis vel ramealibus alternis graciliter petiolatis tenuibus acumi-
natis incise irregulariterque serratis basi —— subintegris —
te plus minusve p rymbis
parvis subcongestis dispositis ca. oot ar pp ern tie campanlat
squamis subaequilongis obovati-oblongis herbaceis 4 mm. longis apice

ROBINSON.—ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 447
tundati i ginatis ciliato-erosis d pilosi lis; recepta-
culo conico paleaceo, paleis squamis involucri similibus angustioribus
persistentibus; corollis 2.2 mm. longis tubo proprio ca. 0.3 mm. longo
extus patentim hirtello, faucibus leviter ampliatis ca. 1.5 mm. longis
glabris, limbi dentibus deltoideis vix 0.3 mm. longis patentibus;
achaeniis subclavellati-prismaticis 2 mm. longis nigris glabris. — Bak.
in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 192 (1876). Piqueria myriadenia Sch.
Bip. ex Bak. |. ec. (1876).— Brast1a: prov. Minas Geraés, Sello, n.
119; Lagoa Santa, Warming, n. 402 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.) ;
Rio de Janeiro, Glaziou, n. 10,980 (hb. Berol., fragm. in hb. Gray.).

Nota.— Forma corollae cum tubo proprio brevissimo hirtello et faucibus
dentes limbi valde superantibus ut ab auctore observata cum descriptione cl.
B e quadrat

8. A. longifolia (Gardn.), comb. nov., fruticosa 1.8-2 m. alta;
ramis glabriusculis teretibus striatis; foliis itis petiolati g
lanceolatis penninerviis serratis coriaceis basi acutis apice attenuatis
1-2 dm. longis 1-2 em. latis glabris reticulato-venosis; capitulis 6-12-
floris corymbosis; involucri squamis paucis (6-8) inaequalibus oblongis
obtusis 2-3-seriatim imbricatis; receptaculo paleaceo, paleis lineari-
bus apice plus minusve pilosis; corolla glabra; achaeniis prismaticis
5-angulatis glabris, pappo proprio nullo, annulo parvo vix angulato.—
Decachaeta longifolia Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v, 462 (1846);
Walp. Rep. vi. 705 (1847). Ageratum longifolium (Gardn.) Benth. in
Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 242 (1873) ex Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi.
pt. 2, 197 (1876). Carelia longifolia (Gardn.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325
(1891 -— Brastu1a: prov. Minas Geraés in regione Adamantium
locis calcareis, Gardner, n. 4863 (hb. Kew.).

cae A. heterolepis (Bak.), comb. nov., fruticosa; ramis virgatis
foliosis apicem versus puberulis; foliis oppositis coriaceis lanceolatis
ca. 1 dm. longis 2.2 em. latis apice basique attenuatis utrinque reticu-
lato-venosis supra viridibus glabriusculis subtus griseo-tomentellis;
capitulis ca. 36-floris in corymbis congestis dispositis; involucri
campanulati 5 mm. diametro squamis oblongis arcte appressis apice
rotundatis dorso paullo carinatis ecostatis, interioribus subaequalibus
extimis paucis gradatim brevioribus; receptaculo convexo usque ad
— partem paleifero, paleis oblongis concavis obtusis; corollis
“ mm. longis glabris tubulosis, faucibus vix ampliatis; achaeniis

ea. longis glabris basi callosis; pappo proprio nullo.— Ageratum
heterolepis Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 198 (1876).— Brasm1a:
Prov. Bahia, Blanchet, n.3123 (hb. Berol., fragm. et phot. in hb. Gray.).

ohloneo

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

10. A. microcephala (Hemsl.), comb. nov., herba perennis; ramis’
virgatis teretibus glabris; foliis oppositis late lanceolatis vel ovato-
lanceolatis serratis 3-nerviis 5-14 cm. longis 2-4 em. latis firmiusculis
apice basique acuminatis supra viridibus scabridis vel laevibus subtus
pallidioribus cum glandulis minutis flavis densissime punctatis omnino
epilosis; corymbis terminalibus multicapitulatis densis convexis;
capitulis ca. 6 mm. diametro; involucri campanulati viridis squamis
lanceolatis attenuatis saepissime 2-costatis glabriusculis vel parce
glanduloso-atomiferis; paleis apice indurato-subulatis glabris; corollis
glanduloso-atomiferis, tubo proprio fauces subaequante; achaeniis
glabris acute 5-angulatis.— Ageratum microcephalum Hemsl. Biol.
Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82, t. 43, ff. 1-5 (1881). Carelia microcephala
(Hemsl.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: Oaxaca in agris et
silvis, alt. 2135 m., Galeotti, n. 2098 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.);
prope Choapam, alt. 1170-1380 m., E.. W. Nelson, n. 858 (hb. U.S.
Nat. Mus., fragm. et icon. simplici in hb. Gray.).

- 11. A. guatemalensis, spec. nov., herbacea perennis erecta 3
dm. vel ultra alta; caulibus teretibus brunneo-pupureis gracilibus
virgatis superne crispe griseo-puberulis basin versus glabratis; inter-
nodiis perlongis (7-13 cm.) folia superantibus; foliis oppositis lanceo-
lato-linearibus remote serratis vel integriusculis 3-nerviis utrinque
obscure et tenuissime pilosis subtus flavido-viridibus glanduloso-
punctatis 5-8 cm. longis 4-7 mm. latis longe attenuatis basi acutis
breviter petiolatis; corymbis terminalibus longipedunculatis; densis
10-20-capitulatis saepius subglobosis, pedicellis ca. 3 mm. longis to-
mentellis; capitulis5 mm. altis 6 mm. diametro ca. 80-floris; involucri
campanulati squamis subaequalibus oblongo- vel lineari-lanceolatis
acutis ciliolatis dorso 2-costatis pilosiusculis; receptaculo conico
ubique paleifero; paleis angustis apice subulato-acutis pallidis corollas
subaequantibus; corollis 3.2 mm. longis glabris, tubo proprio fauces
paullo vel modice ampliatas aequanti; achaeniis nigrescentibus glabris
lucidis acute angularibus basi callosis apice cum annulo cartilagineo
humillimo obscure angulato coronatis.— Ageratum salicifolium Coult.
in J. D.Sm. Enum. Pl. Guat. iv. 72 (1895), non Hemsl.— GUATEMALA:
Canchén, Depart. Santa Rosa, alt. 610 m., Oct. 1894, Heyde & Lua,
n. 6153 a cl. J. D. Smithio distributa (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.
hb. J. D. Sm.). e

12. A. platylepis, spec. nov., verisimiliter herbacea perenns;
caule tereti primo puberulo maturitate glabrato purpureo folioso; fo-:
liis majusculis oppositis breviter petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis caudato-
attenuatis subremote serratis basi rotundatis vel acutatis utrinque

>,

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND. OXYLOBUS. 449

glabris viridibus subtus vix pallidioribus minute glanduloso-punctatis
7-10 em. longis 2.5-3.8 cm. latis supra basin 3-nerviis; corymbis in
ramis terminalibus densis pauci(5-8)-capitulatis longiuscule peduncu-
latis; bracteolis parce pubescentibus linearibus; pedicellis 3-5 mm. lon-
gis rectis; capitulis pro genere majusculis 7-9 mm. diametro; invol-
ucri turbinato-campanulati squamis ovati- vel obovati-oblongis planis
ecostatis acutis erosis pallidis subaequalibus (extimis paucis multo
angustioribus exceptis); receptaculo undique paleifero; paleis corollas
subaequantibus apice subulatis pallidis induratis; corollis 2.2 mm.
longis glabris limbum versus caeruleo-purpureis, tubo proprio faucibus
paullo ampliatis longiore; achaeniis nigris glabris 5-angularibus saepe
arcuatis basi callosis apice cum annulo parvo albido subintegro coro-
natis.— GUATEMALA: prope Nenton, alt. 900-1225 m., 13 Dec. 1895,
E. W. Nelson, n. 3528 (hb. Gray., sub nomine Isocarpha echioides
distributa).

13. A. isocarphoides (DC.), comb. nov., suffruticosa; caule tereti
hispido-pubescenti usque ‘ad inflorescentiam terminalem compositam
foliato; foliis oppositis 3-nerviis lanceolatis integriusculis vel crenato-
dentatis subsessilibus supra scabridis subtus velutino-villosis acumina-
tis basi cuneato-angustatis; inflorescentia oppositi-ramea; capitulis
ca. 25-floris in corymbis densis dispositis.— Coelestina isocarphoides
DC. Prod. v. 107 (1836), incl. 8 dentata. Ageratum isocarphoides
(DC.) Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881). Carelia isocar-
Phodes [DC.] Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico, sine loci
indicio accuratiori, Haenke (hb. DC., phot. in hb. Gray.); in cultis
prope Orizabam, Botteri & Sumicrast, n. 524 (hb. Gray., immatura et
dubitativa). Species minus cognita, an cum sequenti conjungenda?

14. A. echioides (Less.), comb. nov., herbacea perennis; radice
fibrosa; caulibus solitariis vel paucis virgatis suberectis simplicibus
vel rariter ramosis saepius ad mediam partem solum foliosis hirsuto-
villosis; foliis lanceolati-oblongis 3-costatis serrato-dentatis vel saepius
integriusculis basi cuneatis apice gradatim angustatis sed vix vero

_ &cutis 2.5-9 em. longis 8-18 mm. latis utrinque villoso-hirsutis subtus

paullo pallidioribus glanduloso-punctatis; corymbis terminalibus
Saepius densis rarius trichotomis et laxioribus; bracteis parvis lineari-
bus; capitulis 7 mm. diametro ca. 50-floris; involucri campanulati
Squamis lanceolato-oblongis viridibus vel purpurascentibus ciliolatis
Saeplus 2-costatis apicem versus subinduratis pallidioribus; recep-
taculo Valde elevato subcylindrato-conico undique paleifero; corollis
subcylindricis sparse pubescentibus 3 mm. longis caeruleo-purpureis,

| tubo proprio fauces vix ampliatas fere aequante; achaeniis nigris

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

argute 5-angulatis glabris lucidulis ca. 2 mm. longis.— Isocarpha
echioides Less. Linnaea, v. 141, t. 2, ff. 14-16 (1830); DC. Prod. v. 107
(1836); Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 167 (1881). Ageratwm echi-
oides (Less.) Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 81 (1881). Carelia
echiodes [Less.} Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: Vera Cruz,
in graminosis prope Hacienda de la Laguna, Schiede, n. 304 (hb. Berol.,
icon. simplici et fragm. in hb. Gray.); prope Mirador, Sartorius (hb.
Gray.), Liebmann, n. 143 (f. Hemsl. l. ¢.), n. 144 (hb. Havn.); Linden
n. 1156 (f. Hemsl. 1. ¢.); Jalapa, alt. 915 m., Galeotti, n. 2200; Orizaba,
Botteri, n. 623 (hb. Gray.), Miiller, n. 1129 (f. Hemsl. |. c.), Bourgeau,
n. 2393 (hb. Gray.), Sallé (f. Hemsl. |. ¢.), Thomas (hb. Gray.); Es-
camella, Bourgeau, n. 3207 (hb. Gray.); Zacuapan, Purpus, n. 2199
(hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

15. A. cinerea (Gardn.) Benth., suffruticosa griseo-puberula;
caulibus pluribus teretibus striatis glanduloso-tomentellis foliosis
alterni-rameis apicem versus corymboso-ramosis; foliis alternis saepe
fasciculatis patentibus linearibus 4-7.5 em. Jongis 3-6 mm. latis ob-
secure crenulatis apice rotundatis basi angustissimis sessilibus utrin-
que griseo-tomentellis; capitulis ca. 35-floris breviter pedicellatis
modice numerosis; involucri campanulati 4 mm. diametri squamis
subaequalibus anguste lanceolati-oblongis obtusis dorso glanduloso-
puberulis apicem versus longius ciliatis; corollis roseis extus dense
hirsutis ca. 2 mm. longis in fauces ampliatis; achaeniis prismaticis
5-angularibus nigrescentibus glabris calvis basi callo conspicuo muni-
tis.— Benth. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 191 (1876). Pi
queria cinerea Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 432 (1847).—
Brasitia: prov. Goyaz, in campis siccatis altis prope Villam de
Arrayas, Gardner, n. 3810 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.).

16. A. puBta Robinson, hectineie perennis glandulari-tomentosa
4-7 dm. alta; caudice erecto; caulibus teretibus striatulis foliosissimis
usque ad inflorescentiam corymbosam simplicissimis; foliis (infimis
caducis suboppositis exceptis) alternis CREE 2-3 em. longis
5-9 mm. latis obtusis basin versus attenuatis vix petiolatis supra
rugulosis subtus reticulatis utrinque sed praesertim in pagina in
glandulari-granulosis et sordide pubescentibus; capitulis ca. 1 cm.
diametro 65-floris in corymbis laxis dispositis; involucri campanulati
squamis sub-biserialibus herbaceis lanceolato-linearibus dorso dense
glanduloso-pulverulis et apicem attenuatam versus plus minusve
lanato-pilosis; corollis roseis 4 mm. longis tubo proprio gracili extus
glanduloso-hirtello, faucibus turbinato-campanulatis, limbo purpur-
ascenti-tomentello; achaeniis nigris Papier iar s glabris basin

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 451

versus attenuatis apice annulo integerrimo cartilagineo coronatis.—
Brasii1a: prov. Goyaz, Glaziou, n. 21,579 (hb. Berol., hb. Kew.,
fragm. in hb. Gray.).
17. A. aceratorpEs HBK., herbacea perennis suberecta diffuse
ramosa 3 dm. vel ultra alta; ramis oppositis teretiusculi-tetragonis
rimo obscure hirtellis, tardius glabratis foliatis saepissime brunnes-
centibus; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis acutis acute serratis vel
subintegris 1.5-3.5 em. longis 1-1.4 em. latis trinerviis primo sparse
hirtellis mox glabrescentibus subtus distincte pallidioribus; petiolis
brevibus 2-4 mm. longis plus minusve pilosis ciliatisque; capitulis
parvis ca. 6 mm. diametro ca. 25-floris laxe cymoso-paniculatis,
ramulis paniculae s dialibus scorpioideis, pedicellis filiformibus
rectiusculis vel leviter arcuatis 1-3 em. longis, bracteolis parvis 1-3
subulati-linearibus instructis; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 30
sub-biserialibus lanceolatis acutis saepissime 2-costatis; corollis pur-
pureis 1.8 longis glabris vel glabriusculis, tubo proprio faucibus
subcylindratis breviori; achaeniis glabris nitidis nigrescentibus acute
5-angulatis saepe leviter curvatis 1.5 mm. longis.— Nov. Gen. et Spec.
Iv. 152, t. 354 (1820); Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 79 (1881);
Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 5, 134, f. 78 A (1890).
Ethulia ageratoides (HBK.) Spreng. Syst. iii. 458 (1826). Phalacraea
Lindenii Sch. Bip. ex Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 240 (1873).— Mexico:
Guerrero prope Mescala, Humboldt & Bonpland, n. 3949 (hb. Par.,
phot. in hb. Gray.); Puebla ad Matlala, Liebmann, n. 84 (hb. Havn.,
hb. Gray.); Hidalgo ad Cazadera, Liebmann, n. 82 (hb. Havn., fragm.
in hb. Gray.), sine loco indicato, Liebmann, n. 83 (hb. Havn., fragm.
in hb. Gray.). Duo ultima sunt forma dubia inflorescentiis densiori-
bus et ut apud Ageratum littorale vel A. maritimum longe pedunculatis.
18. A. ancustata (Gardn.) Benth., annua erecta pauciramea 4-6
dm. alta; radice fibrosa; caule tereti striato cum pilis glanduloso-
viscosis instructo; foliis plerisque alternis longe graciliterque petiolatis
Ovato-deltoideis vel rhomboideis grosse inaequaliterque dentatis vel
lobatis utrinque pilosis 3-nerviis 6-7.5 cm. longis basi subtruncatis,
dentibus sinubusque obtusis, illis mucronulatis; petiolis et pedunculis
viscoso-pilosis; capitulis 12—15-floris ad apices ramorum in corymbulis
‘regulariter dichotomis dispositis; involucri squamis ca. 12 glandu-
°so-pilosis herbaceis acuminatis 3-nerviis 5 mm. longis sub-biseriatis
ciliatis; corollae tubo proprio glandulari-puberulo, faucibus modice
ampliatis; achaeniis prismaticis nigris calvis.— Benth. ex Bak. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 190 (1876). Piqueria angustata Gardn. in
Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 432 (1847).— Brasti1a: prov. Goyaz, in

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

locis saxosis silvarum umbrosarum, prope Villam de Arrayas, Gardner,
n. 3809 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.); prov. Minas Geraés, ad Lagoa
Santa, Warming f. Bak. 1. ec.

Nota.— Folia — adhuc ab auctore pts Aaa leviter — ne dentato-
eit sunt sed numquam profunde pinnatifida ut a cl. Bakero, 1. c., —e ripta.
seta fiistani est Gardneri n. 3809 nec ut in i Bras. 3089 ar

19. A. Wendlandii (Sch. Bip.), comb. nov., perennis 3 dm. vel
ultra desist caule tereti viridi striatulo pubescent! internodiis
paucis elongatis ca. 1 dm. longitudine; foliis oppositis ovatis tenuibus
argute serratis ca. 6 cm. longis ca. 4 em. latis apice acuminatis basi
obtusiusculis supra tenuiter pubescentibus subtus paullo pallidioribus
molliter griseo- vel cinereo-tomentosis; petiolo gracili 1-2.8 em. longo
dense pubescenti; corymbis longiuscule pedunculatis trichotomis
planiusculis densis multicapitulatis ca. 5 em. diametro; bracteis fili-
formibus; pedicellis filiformibus 2-8 mm. longis; capitulis erectis
60-70-floris 6-6.5 mm. altis 6 mm. diametro; involucri ovoideo-
turbinati squamis oblanceolatis attenuatis sub-biseriatim imbricatis
subaequalibus saepius 2-costatis dorso griseo-puberulis et cum glandu-
lis minutis obscure nigro-punctatis; corollis saltim limbum versus
caeruleis 2.7 mm. longis, tubo proprio glanduloso-hispidulo, faucibus
subaequilongis parce glanduloso-atomiferis; achaeniis nigrescentibus
acute 5-angulatis 1.6 mm. longis saepius curvatis apice cum annulo
integro cartilagineo coronatis basi callosis.— Phalacraea Wendlandit
Sch. Bip. ex Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 74 (1884), in synon. et sine char.
? Ageratum Wendlandii Hort. ex Vilm.F. de pl. terre, Suppl. 2 (1884).—
Mexico: ad “Gualulu” verisimiliter lapsu pennae pro Guatulco (seu
Huatulco) in civitate Oaxaca, Liebmann, n. 147 (hb. Havn., fragm. in
hb. Gray.); Etzatlan in civitate Jalisco, Pringle, n. 11,819 (hb. Gray.)-

Nota.— yi ea Wendlandii Hort. hue dubitanter locatum variat flosculis
albis f. Vilm. 1. ¢

20. A. microcarpa (Benth.), comb. nov., herbacea annua erecta
vel decumbens undique molliter pilosa 3-6 dm. alta; radice fibrosa;
caulibus teretibus saepius flexuosis medullosis usque ad inflorescentiam
foliatis viridibus vel. _purpureis; foliis oppositis petiolatis deltoideo-
ovatis saepius cordatis vel subcordatis 3-6 em. longis 2-4 em. latis
crenato-serratis obtusis vel vix acutiusculis membranaceis subcon-
coloribus utrinque pilosis; petiolo 8-18 mm. longo saepius hirsuto;
corymbis terminalibus et ex axillis superioribus oriuntibus densis
multicapitulatis; capitulis ca. 60-floris; involucri campanulati squa-
mis anguste lanceolatis saepius 2-costatis attenuatis viridibus plus

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 453

minusve pilosis; corollis limbum versus caeruleo-purpureis, tubo pro-
prio gracili glanduloso-atomifero fauces cylindratas glabras distincte
ampliatas fere aequanti; achaentis nigris glabris argute 5-angulatis
prismaticis 1.1 mm. longis.— Coelestina microcarpa Benth. ex Oerst.
Vidensk. Meddel. 1852, p. 72 (1852). Ageratwm microcarpum (Benth.)
Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881).— Costa Rica: in grami-
nosis, etc., Cartago, Oersted, nn. 241, 247, 248 (omnia in hb. Kew.,
phot. in hb. Gray.); in pascuis ad Général, Pittier, n. 3415 (hb. Gray.) ;
Turrialba in pascuis, alt. 1200 m., Pittier, n. 4139 (hb. Gray.); Agua-
caliente secundum viam ferriam, alt. 1300 m., Pittier, n. 2390 (hb.
Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.); Poaz, alt. 2200 m., Tonduz, n. 10,816 (hb.
Gray.); in sepis secundum vias, San José, Tonduz, n. 7281 (hb. Gray.,
hb. J. D. Sm.); in terris cultis et incultis, San José, alt. 1135 m.,
Pittier, n. 3533 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); in
pascuis, San Francisco de Guadeloupe, alt. 1170 m., Tonduz, n. 8479
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); in agro ad Juan Viiias, alt. 1000
m., Cook & Doyle, n. 277 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). VeNEzUELA: ad
Caracas, Linden, n. 349 (hb. Kew.), forma dubia parvifolia.

Subg. 3. Lycapsus (Phil.), subg. nov. Involucri squamae 6-8
subuniseriales subaequales angustae herbaceae enerviae. Receptacu-
lum paleaceum. Corollae fauces distincte ampliatae. Styli rami pro
tribu breviusculi valde spiraliter recurvati— Lycapsus Phil. Bot.
Zeit. Xxvili. 499, t. 8A (1870).— Frutex xerophyticus. Folia alterna
Pinnatipartita. Species 1 chilensis.

21. A. TeNnvrForta (Phil.) Benth. & Hook. f., fruticosa ramosa
glaberrima; foliis alternis crassiusculis pinnatipartitis, rhachi laciniis-
que filiformibus ; petiolo ca. 17 mm. longo rhachin subaequanti,
laciniis utrinque 3-4 oppositis vel alternis usque ad 9 mm. longis 1.3
mm. Ccrassis; capitulis corymbosis pedicellatis; bracteolis 1-2 lineari-
Setaceis 3-4 mm. longis; involucri hemisphaerici squamis 3 mm. longis
lanceolati-linearibus herbaceis subaequalibus vix imbricatis corollas
aequantibus; corollis verisimiliter albis; tubo proprio glandulari-
atomifero fauces glabras cylindratas aequanti; limbi dentibus 5
eam recurvatis; achaeniis 2 mm. longis granulosis deorsum

crescentibus.— Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 240 (1873), sine combina-
one definitiva sed ex Reicheo, Fl. de Chil. iii. 260 (1901).— Cutt:
m insula San Ambrosio.

Page — Haec planta minime cognita a navarcho innominato navis bellicae
rosio inert t80 SuO collecta fide cl.” Philippi (1. c. 501) in insula San Am-
inveniebatur, nec ut dicit cl. Reiche (1. c.) in insula San Felix.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Species reducta vel exclusa. :

A. Armani (Balbis) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 191 (1876).
Eupatorium Armani Balbis, Pl. Rar. Hort. Turin, 1810, p. 27,
t. 6 (1810). Orsinia Eupatoria DC. Prod. v. 104 (1836). Pi-
queria Eupatorium (DC.) Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi.
430 (1847). Clibadium rotundifolium DC. Prod. v. 505 (1836);
Bak. 1. ¢. vi. pt. 3, 152 (1884), ubi syn. alia..= Ci1papruM ARMANI
(Balbis) Sch. Bip. ex Bak. 1. c. (1884).

A. polyphylla (Sch. Bip.) Bak. = A. rasticiaTa (Gardn.) Benth.

A. spilanthoides D. Don ex Hook. & Arn. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 238
(1835) = GyMNocoRONIS sPILANTHOIDES (D. Don) DC. Prod.
vii. 266 (1838).

2. REVISION OF THE GENUS AGERATUM.

The genus Ageratum L. has not been subjected to any general revi-
sion since its treatment in DeCandolle’s Prodromus in 1836. For
many years it has been made to include plants of a considerable range
of habit and, what is more noteworthy, though chiefly defined by its
pappus, has been allowed to contain species of widely divergent
character in just this matter. While the more typical species have @
pappus of five distinct scales, others have a cup-like crown of very
short and connate scales; still others have been admitted into the
genus which instead of scales of definite number have short or long,
slender or slightly thickened, smooth or plumose bristles of indefinite
number ranging from 8 to 20 or more. Finally certain species have
been included from similarity of habit which possess no true pappus
whatever but merely a sort of annulus beneath rather than exterior
to the corolla

To render the genus properly natural and compact, as well as to
permit its more precise definition, it seems best to refer to Alomia the
species destitute of pappus, and to exclude also those species which
have a bristle pappus. The latter group consists of six South Amer!-
can species, namely A. Agrianthus Hoffm. (Agrianthus corymbosus
DC.), A. alternifolium (Gardn.) Bak., A. campuloclinioides Bak., A-
confertum (Gardn.) Benth., A. melissaefolium DC., and A. Pohlianum
Bak. At first, it seemed likely that these species could be approp!-
ately separated as a distinct genus. Schultz-Bipontinus seems
have planned such a segregation in his undescribed Melissopsts. :
species, however, differ much among themselves, both as to habit

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 455

and technical characters, and several are scarcely to be separated
from Trichogonia except by their slightly shorter and thicker pappus-
bristles. Their satisfactory generic disposition must await further
study, for which there is no adequate material as yet available in the
North American herbaria.

The other two elements traditionally included in Ageratum, namely,
the true Ageratums with pappus of distinct scales, and Coelestina Cass.
with cuplike or crownlike pappus, are groups of very close affinity,
by no means sharply separable. It is believed that they are best
treated merely as sections of the genus Ageratum.

The writer has not had many opportunities to follow up the various
forms of Ageratum which have received horticultural names. So far
as seen these have proved merely cultural improvements of the com-
mon annuals, A. conyzoides L. and especially A. Houstonianum Mill.
A. rubens Viviani, early described from cultivated material, has never
been recognized. A. Lasseauxii Carr., to judge from a supposably
authentic specimen in the Gray Herbarium, is clearly a species of
Eupatorium. A. conspicuum Hort. is generally believed to have been
Eupatoriumglechonophyllum Less. Ageratum Wendlandii of Vilmorin’s
Fleurs de pleine terre, Suppl. 2 (1884), with uncharacteristic figure
and mere horticultural description, was presumably founded on the
same plant as the one to which Schultz-Bipontinus applied the manu-
seript name Phalacraea Wendlandii, later published in synonymy by
Klatt. If this is the case Vilmorin’s plant was the one described else-
where in this paper as Alomia Wendlandii and came from the uplands
of southern central Mexico. It would seem probable that both Agera-
tum and Alomia would repay further horticultural attention, there

being several other species quite as promising as those already brought
into cultivation.

AGERATUM L. (Nomen ab antiquis et graece et latinice ad
plantam aliquem non viescentem non certe cognitam fortasse ut dici-
tur Achilleam applicatum.)— Capitula homogama tubuliflora. In-
volucrum plerumque campanulatum rariter turbinato-subcylindratum
vel hemisphaericum, squamis angustis longitudine subaequalibus 2-3-
Seriatim imbricatis (cum vel absque squamulis 1-3 extimis multo
brevioribus) plerisque lanceolato-linearibus acutis vel attenuatis
Saepius 2(1-4)-costatis. Receptaculum planum vel convexum vel
conicum nudum vel paleiferum. Corolla 5-dentata limbum versus
Saeplus caerulea vel purpurea vel alba rarius rosea, tubo proprio
Superne sensim in fauces subcylindratas plus minusve ampliato.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Antherae oblongae vel lineares apice cum appendicem membranaceam
ovatam vel oblongam munitae basi rotundatae. Achaenia 5-angulata
prismatica vel deorsum paullo decrescentia. Pappus e squamis
apice setiferis vel muticis distinctis vel basi connatis vel in coronam
crateriformem integram vel dentatam compositus.— Sp. PI. ii. 839
(1753); DC. Prod. v. 108 (1836); Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 241 (1873),
excl. syn. Decachaeta et Oxylobus; Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2,
193 (1876), pro parte; Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 80 (1881), pro
parte majori; Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 93 (1884); Hoffm. in Engl. &
Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 5, 137 (1890), excl. syn. Oxylobus; Dalla
Torre & Harms, Gen. Siph. 527 (1905), excl. syn. Oxylobus, Melissopsis,
Decachaeta. Carelia Adans. Fam. ii. 123 (1763); Ktze. Rev. Gen. i.
325 (1891). Coelestina Cass. Bull. Soc. Philom. Par. 1817, p. 10 (1817);
DC. Prod. v. 107 (1836), partim. Caelestina Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. vi.
suppl. 8, t. 93 (1817).— Herbae annuae vel perennes vel suffrutices
vel frutices. Folia saepius opposita rariter alterna saepissime ovata
vel lanceolata crenata vel serrata rariter integra sessilia vel petiolata
saepe glandulari-punctata. Inflorescentia plerumque terminalis co-
rymbosa vel cymosa saepius composita.

Genus extraneis expurgatis e speciebus 27 sistens quarum 19 re-
gionem mexicano-centrali-americanam incolunt, aliae inter Floridam
australem et insulas Indiae Occidentalis et Americam Australem cali-
diorem distributae, una africana, una in terris calidioribus latissime

persa.
Sect. I. Evaceratum DC. Pappi squamae omnino distinctae vel
imo paullulo connatae nunc longae et apice setiferae corollam subae-

timi et A. littoralis formas nonnullas) omnino desunt.— Prod. v. 108
(1836). -Ageratum verum Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 194 (1876),
pro parte.— Species 13 pleraeque herbaceae saepius annuae.

Clavis specierum.

a. Caulis procumbens vel prostratus repens b.
b. Folia parva suborbicularia profunde crenata. — gee oe
b. Folia majora lanceolata subintegra. Capitula eymosa 2. A. radicans.
a. Caulis erectus vel plus minusve decumbens c.

d. Folia subtus griseo-incana. Afr..........+++ 3. A. Nay ti es
d. Folia subtus glabra viridia. Am. Cent.......----- A. Pee
c. Folia petiolata crenata vel dentata e Jlam
e. Pappi paleae omnes vel nonnullae apice setiferae corova®
aequantes f.

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 457

f. he subcongestim ae ae Lies tert Lp
ecumbens superne nudum D- mariti
1 A. littorale, f. setigerum.
g- Erectum vel suberectum saepius: usque ad inflorescentiam
foliosum A
Annuum. Pars pappl palearum squamiforme dilatata
setam fere aequans
i. Involucri squamae any ecrehatagiby integrae cilio-
latae longe in apicem peracutam attenuatae saepius
l A Hous J

ciliatae saepius margine plus minusve dentatae vel
erosae dorso parce pubesennie vel So

=

h. Suffruticosum. Pars pappi palearum pauaaioras dila-

ata quam seta triplo brevior. A. suffruticosum.

f. Inflorescentia laxa; capitulis omnibus Tongiuseule Shed cm.)
PCRS Ss es Os Seen oe etree 8. mert.

é. Pappi paleae omnes muticae corollae tertiam partem graced

Vix ntes 7.

j. Erectum vel suberectum. Folia 2-8 em. longa. Sp. non-
maritimae
. Perenne. Folia serrata longe attenuata acuta. B gpa very
. Tugosum
Perenne. Folia crenata obtusa vel obtuse piioraheds
Petiolo obcompressi late planiusculi. Caulis — lignes-
: cens. Involucrum. basi saepius umbonatum.

oY

jer ypodu um.
k. Annuum omnino herbaceum. Petioli subteretes. Tavdies

crum basi plus minusve acutatum...... 11. a eer

j. Decumbens. Folia 1-1.8 em. p . maritim
l. Caulis usque supra mediam partem Simin’ iain ovato-
oblonga vel anguste dahotica regulariter crenata. Co-
rymbi 3—5-capitulati............... . maritimum.
l. Caulis vix ad am partem fo m-
eo-ovata vel i s breviter lateque deltoidea

n
saepissime inciso-dentata. Corymbi 4-13-capitulati
13. A. littorale.

1. A. DOMINGENSE Spreng., herbaceum pusillum prostratum rep-

ns; caule gracili ad nodos radicantes folia et ramos suberectos basi
foliatos apice floriferos et etiam scapos nudos unicapitatos ure
foliis oppositis suborbicularibus 6-12 mm. diametro tenuibus gros
crenato-lobulatis cordatis, petiolis 3-16 mm. longis; capitulis soli.
tariis terminalibus 5-8 mm. diametro; involucri turbinati squamis
viridibus tenuibus vix costatis oblanceolatis acutis laxe imbricatis
subaequilongis dorso laxe pilosis; pedunculis vel scapis flexuosis
Saepe nutantibus 3-7.5 cm. longis; corollis albis 2 mm. longis glandu-
loso-atomiferis, tubo proprio gracili faucibus campanulatis breviori-
us; achaeniis glabris _ sire deorsum decrescentibus _ basi
substipitati-callosis; pappi mulis oblongis fimbriatis quam
achaenio bis brevioribus.— Syst. i iii. 446 (1826). Phania domingensis

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

(Spreng.) Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 145 (1866). Carelia domingensis
tia ag Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891). Eupatorium planellasianum

& Molt. An. Hist. Nat. Madr. xix. 271 (1890).—SanTA
ropeat en Bertero (hb. DC., icon. simpl. in hb. Gray.). CuBA: in
ripis fluminis Sta. Catalina, Wright, n. 2798 (hb. Gray.); in saxis
prope San Diego de Tapia, Wright (hb. Gray.) ; sub fruticibus in col-
libus petrosis Bahia Honda, prov. Pinar del Rio, Wilson, n. 9405 (hb.
Gray.).

Nora.— Quamquam planta domingensis a cl. Senne glabra descripta sit
ea aullenela tamen distincte pubescens se exhibet :

2. A. rapicaNns Robinson, herbaceum glabrum prostratum rep-
tans; caule tereti crassiusculo medulloso; ramis patentibus ad nodos

saepe radicantibus apicem versus ascendentibus; foliis oppositis
lanceolatis a anguste elliptico-oblongis 3-nerviis integriusculis utro-
que angustatis apice obtusis utrinque glabris supra viridibus subtus
vix pallidioribus impunctatis 4-8 em. longis 5-15 mm. latis breviter
petiolatis; pedunculis nudis cymos parvos 2-3-capitulatos terminales
vel etiam laterales gerentibus; capitulis breviter pedicellatis 8-10 mm.
diametro; involucri squamis lanceolatis vel linearibus fere a basi ad
apicem attenuatis 2-costatis peracutis glabris; receptaculo parvo con-
vexo nudo; corollis glabris imbum versus purpureis; achaeniis acute
5-angularibus 1.2 mm. longis glabris; pappi paleis 5 ovatis scariosis
apice in setam productis corollam aequantibus. — Proc. Am. Acad.
xlvii. 192 (1911).— Bauize: in aquis dulcis prope Manatee Lagoon,
Peck, n. 99 (hb. Gray.).

POLYPHYLLUM Bak., herbaceum perenne foliosissimum;
caulibus erectis simplicibus pabesbentibus: foliis sessilibus oppositis
lanceolatis integris 1-2.5 em. longis margine revolutis supra glabris
viridibus subtus griseo-incanis tomentosis; corymbis densis; capitulis
ca. 5 mm. diametro multifloris; involucri campanulati squamis lanceo-
latis pauciseriatim imbricatis extimis gradatim brevioribus; coro is
rubris tubo proprio pubescenti; achaeniis glabris; pappi paleis paucis
obtusis quam corolla triplo brevioribus— Kew Bull. 1898, p. 1
(1898).— AFRICA CENTRALIS ANGLICA: ad Nyikam, alt. 1800-2150 m.,
Whyte, n. 252. Non vidi.

4. A. Peck Robinson, herbaceum annuum erectum 5 dm. altum
fastigiatim ramosum glabrum; radice fibrosa; caule subtereti basin
versus crassiusculo nodoso; foliis lineari-oblongis integris 3-nerviis
2.5-4.5 em. longis 2.5-6 mm. latis acutiusculis sed in apice vero ob-
tusis basi petioliforme attenuatis margine ree capitulis paucis

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 459

3.5-4 mm. diametro ca. 20-floris in cymis dichotomis dispositis ; brac-
teolis lineari-subulatis 2-4 mm. longis; involucri squamis lineari-
lanceolatis attenuatis saepius 2-costatis acutissimis longitudine sub-
aequalibus glabris; corollis glabris caeruleo-purpureis; achaeniis
nigris 5-angularibus in angulis parce hispidulis in faciebus obscure
granulosis; pappi paleis ovatis scariosis argenteis plus minusve lacinia-
tis apice setiferis corollam aequantibus.— Proc. Am. Acad. xlvii.
191 (1911).— BawizE: in apertis arenosis in collibus piniferis prope
Manatee Lagoon, Peck, n. 80 (hb. Gray.).
en 5. A. Hovustontranum Mill., annuum robustum erectum vel de-
cumbens; caule tereti medulloso per totam longitudinem folioso
patentim piloso plus minusve ramosum; foliis oppositis late deltoideo-
ovatis saepius crenatis hinc inde (in eodem individuo) acute serratis
basi saepissime late cordatis rarius truncatis vel paullo acutatis apice
saepius obtuse acuminatis 3.5-12 em. longis 1.5-9 em. latis tenuibus
utrinque viridibus hirsutis subtus paullo pallidioribus impunctatis; co-
rymbis terminalibus saepe compositis densis valde convexis multicapi-
tulatis glanduloso-hirtellis et cum pilis moniliformibus albis longius
hirsutis; capitulis ca. 8 mm. diametro ca. 75-floris; involucri squamis
anguste lanceolatis vel lanceolato-linearibus integris herbaceis longe
continenterque attenuatis acutissimis ciliolatis apicem versus saepius
purpureis dorso 2-costatis glandulari-puberulis et conspicue hirsutulis;
corollis gracillimis ca. 3 mm. longis limbum versus caeruleis, tubo
proprio parce glandulari-puberulo fauces cylindratas glabriusculas
aequanti vel paullo superanti, limbi dentibus extus hispidulis;
achaeniis nigris nitidis saepius in angulis et etiam plus minusve in
faciebus sursum hispidulis ca. 1.2mm. longis; pappi paleis 5 lanceolatis
margine fimbriatis apice longe setiferis, setis sursum scabridis corollas
subaequantibus.— Dict. ed. 8, n. 2 (17 68). A. mexicanum Sims, Bot.
Mag. t. 2524 (1825); Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 89 (1825), a copia eadem
ac ea Simsii descripta, pappi squamulis a cl. Sweetio per errorem
nimium brevioribus depictis; Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881),
Pro parte. A. conyzoides, var. mexicanum (Sims) DC. Prod. v. 108
(1836). A. conyzoides Hemsl. |. c. 81 (1881), pro parte, non L. Carelia
Houstoniana (Mill.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: prae-
Sertim in civitate Vera Cruz: Cordova, Bourgeau, n. 1557 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Orizaba, alt. 1220 m., Seaton, n. 55 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); Feland, Schiede, f. Hemsl. |. c.,
"f 1220 m., Pringle, no. 8065.(hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb.
- D. Sm.); Fortin, Kerber, n. 302 (hb. Havn.); Mirador, Sartorius
- (hb. Gray.); Coatzacoalcos, C. L. Smith, n. 145 (hb. Gray.), n. 979

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

(hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Huasteca, Tantoyuca, Ervendberg, n. 100 (hb.
Gray.); Tepic, Palmer (anno 1892), n. 2066 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Costa Rica: San Rafael de Cartago, Pittier, n. 6995 (hb..Gray.).
GuateMaLa: Alta Vera Paz, Goll, n. 238 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Cusa: in agro nicotianae, Pinar del Rio, Palmer & Riley, n. 65 (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.), fl. roseis. Jamaica: Eggers, n. 3445 (hb. J. D.
Sm.); Cinchona, alt. 1525 m., Clute, n. 190 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); in
marginibus silvarum, Morce’s Gap, alt. 1525 m., Nichols, n. 33 (hb.
Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Marrrnique: cultum et erratum, Duss,
n. 4681 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), partim. Brasri1a: Rio de Janeiro,
Rudio (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Sr. Herena: Brown &
Brown, n. 254 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Assam: Mangaldai, Chatterjee
(U. S. Nat. Mus.).

NOMEN VULGATUM hispanice (Mex.) ‘‘ Yerba de zopilote”’ ex cl. Kerber .
aec species pro genere optima, origine certe austro-mexicana est

Pag 6. A. conyzorpes L., annuum pubescens oppositi-rameum normali-
ter erectum rarius decumbens 2.5-9 dm. altum; radice fibrosa; caule
molli tereti patentim pubescenti saepius purpurascenti per totam
longitudinem folioso; ramis patentim ascendentibus; foliis ovatis

nerviis impunctatis vel subtus glandulis paucis inconspicuis conspet-
sis; petiolis 0.5-3 em. longis hirsutis; corymbis in caule ramisque
terminalibus saepe compositis (3—-)8—40-capitulatis valde convexis
_ breviter pedunculatis; pedicellis filiformibus 3-7 mm. longis glandu-
losis vel hispidulis; bracteolis setaceis; capitulis 50-floris ca. 6 mm.
diametro; involucri campanulati squamis oblongis viridibus saep!us
2-costatis apice subabrupte acuminatis margine scariosis sub acumine
saepius erosis et ciliatis dorso parce pilosis vel glabriusculis; recepta-
culo nudo; corollis limbum versus caeruleis ca. 2 mm. longis, tubo
proprio gracili fauces modice ampliatas paullo superanti glabriusculo
vel glandulari-puberulo; achaeniis nigris nitidis in angulis saeplus
minute sursum hispidulis; pappi paleis 5 lanceolatis margine fimbrio-
latis apice setiferis corollam subaequantibus.— Sp. Pl. ii. 839 (1753).
A. hirtum Lam. Dict. i. 54 (1783). A. conyzoides, 8 hirtum (Lam.)
DC. Prod. v. 108 (1836). 4. hirsutum Poir. Suppl. i. 242 (1810),
sphalm. pro hirtum. A. odoratum Vilm, Fl. Pl. Terre, ed. 2, 42 (1866).

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 461

Cacalia mentrasto Vell. Fl. Flum. 339 (1825), viii. t. 69 (1827). Carelia
conyzodes [L.] Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891), cum varietatibus vegetivis
robusta, umbrosa, pusilla, coerulea— Mexico: Tepic, Palmer (anno
1892), n. 1850 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), n. 1890 (hb. Gray.).
_ Guatemata: Heyde, n. 530 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Santa Rosa, alt.
- 915 m., Heyde & Lua (distrib. J. D. Sm.), n. 3781 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S.
Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); Coban, alt. 1310 m., v. Tuerckheim (dis-
trib. J. D. Sm.), n. 488 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.),
alt. 1350 m., v. Tuerckheim, n. II 999 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Gualan,
Deam, n. 330 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Alta Vera Paz, Cook &
Griggs, n. 560 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); prope Nenton, alt. 915-1220 m.,
Nelson, n. 3542 (hb. J. D. Sm.); in agris gossypii vulg., prope Mazate-
nango, alt. 350 m., Mazon & Hay, n. 3487 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);
El Paxte, in monte igniv. Ipala, alt. 1000 m., Pittier, n. 1891 (hb. U.S.
Nat. Mus.); Las Animas, alt. 200 m., Shannon (distrib. J. D. Sm.),
n. 600 (hb. J. D.Sm.). Honpuras: Rio Permejo, alt. 180 m., Thieme
(distrib. J. D. Sm.), n. 5323 pro parte (hb. J. D. Sm.). Cosra Rica:
Cartago, alt. 1300, m., “Santa Lucia incolarum,” Cooper (distrib.
J.D. Sm.),n. 5824 (hb. J. D.Sm.). Nicaragua: Chinandega, Baker,
n. 2021 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Satvapor: Renson, n. 190
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Cusa: prope villam Monte Verde dictam,
Wright, 1310 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); in ripis,
Cienfuegos, Combs, n.59 (hb. Gray.). Insuta Prnorum: in silvis
pinorum, Palmer & Riley, n. 1068 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Porro
Rico: Sintenis, nn. 59 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), 3661 (hb.
J.D. Sm.), 5816 (hb. J. D. Sm.); Heller, nn. 542 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.),
rT (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Britton & Cowell, n. 927 (hb.
©.S. Nat. Mus.); Underwood & Griggs, nn. 871, 872 (hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus.). Sr. Toomas: Eggers, n. 303 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.).
Sr. Crorx: Ricksecker, nn.430 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.),
SU (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Monrserrat: Shafer, n. 207 (hb. U.
S. Nat. Mus.). GuapELoure: Duss, n. 2520 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Martinique: Duss, nn. 934, 4681 partim (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);

& G. W. Smith, n. 543 (hb. Gray.). Grenapa: Broadway (hb. Gray.,
ae es S. Nat. Mus.). Barpapos: n. 124 legulo innom. (hb. Gray.,

Tovar, alt. 1980 m., Fendler, n. 652 (hb. Gray.). Gutana ANGLICA:
le ants litoreis, Jenman, n. 5398 (hb. J. D.Sm.). Boutvia: Mapiri,
alt. 1525 m., Rusby, nn. 1642 (hb. U. S, Nat. Mus.), 1643 (hb. Gray.;

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

hb. J. D. Sm.), Buchtien, n. 1456 (hb. Gray.); Yungas, Bang, n. 407
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Brasti1a: in pascuis ruderatisque prope Rio
de Janeiro, Beyrich (hb. Gray.); Rudio (hb. Gray., hb. Berol.); Petro-
polis, Binot, n. 15 (hb. Berol.); ex umbrosis juxta Tijuca, Ball (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.); juxta Santos, Ball (hb. Gray.); Minas Geraés,
Regnell, n. Il 675 (hb. J. D. Sm.); Sad Paulo, Everett, n. 16 (hb. .
Gray.); sine loco indicato, Martius, n. 672 (hb. Gray.), Burchell, n.
854 (hb. Gray.), Luschnath (hb. Gray.), Riedel, n. 1346 (hb. Gray.).
Ins. St. HELENA: Wilkes (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Srerra LEONE:
Freetown, W. H. & A. H. Brown, nn. 31a, 51 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
AEGYPTO: prope Luxorem, Kralik (hb. Gray.), prope Girgeh, Joad
(hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Nupra: in insula Tutli ad urb. Chartum,
Kotschy, n.327 (hb. Gray.). AFR. ORIENT. GERMAN.: Kilima Njaro,
Abbott Th U. S. Nat. Mus.); Usambara, Holst, n. 8860 (hb. U. 5S.
Nat. Mus.). Nyassatanp: Buchanan, n. 740 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
SansiBaR: Stuhlmann (hb. Gray.). Mapacascar: Imerina, Hilde-
brandt, n. 3500 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Nossi-be, Hildebrandt,
n. 3304a (hb. J. D. Sm.); Shufeldt, n. 101 (hb..U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Cuina: Meng-Tsze, Henry, n. 9094 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Canton,
Williams (hb. Gray.); Hong Kong, Wright (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).
Inv. Or.: Sikkim, reg. subtrop., Hooker f. (hb. Gray.), Khasia, reg.
subtrop., Hooker f. & Thompson (hb. Gray.); in locis incultis prope
Mangalor, Hohenacker, n. 1 (hb. Gray.). Assam: Dumar Dallang,
Watt,n. 10, 431 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).. Stam: Bangkok, Zimmermann,
nZ0 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Burma superior: a legulo cl. Kingu,
n. 11 (hb. Gray.). Mauacca: Cuming, n. 2362 (hb. Kew., phot. in
hb. Gray.). Java: Zollinger, n. . Gray.). Ins. PHILIPPENSES:
Cuming, n. 2419 (hb. Gray.); Manila, Merrill, n.35 (hb. Gray.);
Luzon ws ; n. 1955 (hb. Gray.), Ramos, n. 2086 (hb. Gray.);
Cution, Merrill, n. 563 (hb. Gray.). Ins. Virenses: Seemann, 0.
267 (hb. Gray.). Ins. Toncenses: Moore, n. 469 (hb. U. 5. Nat.

us.). ; :

(hb. Gray.), Heller, n. (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). e

Forma album (Willd.), comb. nov., formae typicae habitu, folits,
ete., simillimum differt solum corollis albis.— A. album Willd. ex
Steud. Nom. 18 (1821). Carelia conyzodes [L.] Ktze., a robusta Ktze.,
var. alba (Willd.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891), etiam 7 pusilla
Ktze., var. alba Ktze., 1. c— Cum forma typica late dispersa tamen
multo rarior, e. g. Porto Rico: in graminosis ad “Cacoa,” Sintenis,
n. 5874 (hb. J. D. Sm.). 4

7 Var. INAEQUIPALEACEUM Hieron., formae typicae habitu, foliis, ete-»

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 463

simillimum differt pappi paleis valde inaequilongis, saepius 1-3
setiferis corollas subaequantibus, ceteris brevioribus squamiformibus
muticis.— Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 44 (1894).— CoLumBIA:
ad Fusagasuga, Holton (hb. Kew.); prope Popayan, Lehmann, n.
4666 (hb. Berol., fragm. in hb. Gray.); in campis prope Chapa in
prov. Cauca, alt. 1860 m. (fl. albis), Lehmann, n. 3600 (hb. Gray., hb.

. D. Sm.), n. 3601, fl. caeruleis (hb. Gray.). Boxrvia: Yungas,
Bang, n. 407 (hb. Gray.). Preruvra: Lima, Wilkes (hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus., hb. Gray.). Ins. BAHAMENSES: ad Nassau, Curtiss, n. 77 (hb.
Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Harbor Ins., E. G. Brifton, n. 6375 (hb.
U.S. Nat. Mus.). Insuta Prvorum: Taylor, n. 191 (hb. Gray., hb.
U.S. Nat. Mus.). Santo Domino: in ripis fluminis Jaina, Wright,
Parry & Brummel, n. 250 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), n. 264 (hb. Gray., hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.).

Nota.— Haec varietas in loco intermedio stat inter A. conyzoidem et A.
latifolium et occurrit solum in regionibus ubi utraque species reparantur,

humquam ut videtur in Africa, Asia, insulis Pacifici Maris, ubi A. latifolium
eest. An forma hybrida?

viridibus 2-costatis subaequalibus; receptaculo conico nudo; corollis
glabris limbum versus caeruleo-purpureis, tubo proprio gracili fauces_

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

distincte ampliatas cylindratas subaequanti; achaeniis nigris vix in
angulis obscure hispidulis 1.2 mm. longis; pappi squamis 5. alliis
saepissime brevioribus muticis aliis in aristam disinentibus et achae-
nium longitudine subaequantibus.— Proc. Am. Acad. xlvii. 191 (1911).
A. intermedium Millsp. Field Columb. Mus. Pub. Bot. Ser. iti. 90
(1904), non Hemsl.— Yucatan: Izamal, Gawmer, n. 395 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Merida, Valdez, n: 13 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S.
Nat. Mus.).

9. A. RuGosUM Coult., erectum verisimiliter perenne; caule tereti
sordide pubescenti purpurascenti ad inflorescentiam folioso superne
ramoso 4 dm. vel. ultra alto; foliis ovatis attenuatis acutis serratis
3(-5)-nerviis 6-8 cm. longis 3.5-4.3 em. latis supra scabriusculis
rugulosis vel planis tenuiter pubescentibus subtus paullo pallidioribus
pubescentibus et puncticulatis basi rotundatis; petiolo usque ad 1.5 em.
longo; corymbis terminalibus multicapitulatis 3-6 cm. diametro;
capitulis 7 mm. diametro ca. 65-floris; involucri turbinato-campanulati
squamis subaequalibus lanceolato-linearibus attenuatis uncinatis dor-
so 2-costatis hirsutis; receptaculo conico plerumque nudo margine
solo paleis paucissimis instructo; corollis caeruleo-purpureis 2.5 mm.
longis glandulari-granulosis supra mediam partem in fauces turbinato-
campanulatas paullo ampliatis; achaeniis argute 5-angulatis deorsum
decrescentibus nigris glaberrimis lucidis basi albido-callosis; pappo ©
paleis 5 saepius deltoideis brevibus (ca. 0.3 mm. longis) acutis vel
obtusis et denticulatis basi per tertiam partem longitudinis connatis.—
Bot. Gaz. xx. 42 (1895); J. D. Sm. Enum. Pl. Guat. iv. 72 (1895). 4-
latifolium Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. i. 82 (1881) quoad pl. guatem.—
GuaTEMALA: Santa Rosa, alt. 915 m., Heyde & Luz (distrib. J. D. Sm.),
n. 4243 (hb. J. D. Sm.); basi montis igniv. Fuego, Salvin & Godman, 0.
48 (hb. Kew.); San Cristobal, alt. 1400 m., v. T’werckheim, n. II_2051
(hb. Gray., hb. J.D. Sm.); alt. 1130 m., Deam, n. 6169 (hb. Gray.) et
dubitatim n. 6208 (hb. Gray.)— forma foliis multo minoribus.

Nota.— Ob pepee e squamulis basi connatis transitionem ad Subg. Coelesti-
nam formans. Plantae nonnullae perplexantes occurrunt, e. g., San Salvador,
Velasco (distrib. J. D. Sm.), n. 8967 (hb. J. D. Sm.), cum habitu passim A.
rugosi sed cum pappo subintegro A. corymbosi; Guatemala, Alta Verapa%,
Goll. n. 114 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), cum pappo A. rugost sed folits
minoribus subtus dense canescenteque tomentosis— Formae ultius inqul-

10. A. platypodum, spec. nov., robustum subglabrum; caule (basi
ignoto) superne suberecto paucirameo folioso tereti purpurascent
crassiusculo paullo lignescenti tamen medulloso obscure puberulo
tardius glabrato; foliis magnis ovatis obtuse acuminatis grosse crena-

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 465

tis oppositis supra viridibus obscure adpresseque pilosis subtus palli-
dioribus glaucescentibus in veniis parcissime pilosis 5-8 cm. longis
3-5 em. latis basi subcuneatis in petiolum subdecurrentibus; petiolo
1-2 em. longo obcompresso latiusculo supra late canaliculato paullo
adpresse piloso vel subglabro; corymbis in caule et ramis terminalibus
pedunculatis 7—-12-capitulatis; pedicellis crispe puberulis 7-17 mm.
longis; bracteolis setaceis; capitulis majusculis 8-9 mm. diametro;
involucri late campanulati basi umbonati squamis oblongo-lanceolatis
1-2-costatis adpresse pilosulis; receptaculo nudo; corollis limbum
versus purpureis extus hispidulis, tubo proprio gracili papilloso in
fauces cylindratas subglabras sensim dilatato; achaeniis atrobrunneis
vel nigrescentibus glabris nitidis 1.8 mim. longis basi callosis; pappi
paleis 5-8 oblongis obtusis dentatis vel laciniatis 0.5 mm. longis.—
Mexico: ad Guadalajaram, Palmer (anno 1886), n. 437, pro parte
(hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.).

Nota.— Species bene distineta cum A. Houstoniano tamen a legulo commix-
ta et sub nomine A. conyzoides, var. mexicanum distributa, sed facile ob pappi
paleis multo brevioribus, foliorum forma, etc., distinguenda

ll. A. Latirotium Cav., annuum erectum vel decumbens laxe
pubescens 3-5 dm. altum; radice fibrosa; caule tereti striato viridi
vel purpureo saltim ad nodos piloso; ramis arcuato-ascendentibus
nudiusculis corymbiferis; foliis ovatis vel ovato-oblongis crenato-
Serratis obtusis basi rotundatis 2-5 em. longis 1-3.5 em. latis tenuibus
utrinque parce pilosis subtus paullo pallidioribus impunctatis; petio-
lis 1-1.7 em. longis pubescentibus ; corymbis 5-8-capitulatis inaequali-
ter sed saepius longe pedunculatis, bracteis primariis foliaceis, bracteo-
lis setaceis, pedicellis 2-6 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 6 mm. diametro
¢a. 40-floris; involucri squamis laneeolato-oblongis acutis 2-costatis
Subaequalibus viridibus vel purpurascentibus subglabris; corollis
Violaceis vel albis subglabris a media parte sensim ampliatis; achaeniis
nigris im angulis minute sursum hispidulis vel glabris; pappi paleis
oblongis vel ovatis vel lanceolatis muticis.— Ic. iv. t. 357 (1797).
Ageratum brachystephanum Regel, Gartenfl. iii. 245, t. 108, fig. ¢ (1854).
A. muticum Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 356 (1861). A. maritimum
8 Sch. Bip. ex Griseb. L. c. Calea densiflora Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 96

1884). Carelia brachystephana (Regel) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).
C. mutica (Griseb.) Ktze. 1. c-— Mextco: Tepic, Palmer (anno 1892),
en 1834 (hb. Gray.). Cosra Rica: in sepi ad Turrialbam, alt. 200 m.,
ouduz, n. 4139 (hb. J. D. Sm.). Cusa: in rupibus montium Farallo-
oe Wright, n. 1631 (hb. Gray.). Ins. Banam.: Little Harbor Cay,
ruton & Millspaugh, n. 2240 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Harbor Ins.,

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

E. G. Britton (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); secundum vias et in ruderis,
Wight, n. 26 (hb. Gray.). Santo Domrneco: alt. 50 m., ad Paradis,
Fuertes, n. 458 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Jamaica: March (hb. Kew.,
phot. in hb. Gray.). Contumpra: Triana, n. 1157 (hb. Kew.). VENE-
ZUELA: Caracas, Wagener, f. Regel., 1. c. Preruvia: prope Limam,
Née, f. Cav. |. ¢., Gaudichaud, n. 106 (hb. Gray.).
NOMEN VULGATUM peruviorum T'eatina ex Cav. 1. ec.
vulgato A. conyzoide praecipue pappo breviori mutico ab
auctoribus successivis sub nominibus diversis sejunctum quam species fortasse
videndum, tamen in A. conyzoidem, var. inaequipaleaceum facillime et saepis-
sime transiens.
ota.— Ad hance speciem praeterea Coelestinam parvifoliam DC. Prod. v.-
108 (1836), plantam minus cognitam ob speciminis typici axi frusto praecipue
ab axibus lateralibus parvifoliatis descriptam confidenter refero.
Var. galapageium, var. nov., valde decumbens; foliis tenuissimis ;
a capitulis plerisque minoribus 3-5 mm. diametro ca. 20-floris; papp!
squamulis saepius (non semper) brevissimis.vix 0.2 mm. longis.—
A. conyzoides Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soe. xx. 207 (1847); Anderss.
Stockh. Akad. Handl. 1853, p. 175 (1854), et Om Galap. Veg. 67
(1857); Robinson & Greenman, Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 3, 1. 146 (1895);
Stewart, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, i. 148 (1911); non L. Coelestina
latifolia Anderss. ll. cc. quoad plantam, nec Benth. Ageratum lati-
foliwm Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 209 (1902), quoad plantam,
nec Hemsl.— Ins. Gatapacos: Charles Insula, Darwin, Andersson
(hb. Gray.), Baur, Snodgrass & Heller, n. 423 (hb. Gray.). Verisimi-
liter etiam in insulis Chatham et Albemarle, tamen pl. Chierchiae ex
illa numquam vidi et pls. Stewartii ex utraque non critice revidi.
12. A. Maritmmum HBK., herbaceum decumbens a basi ramosum
Ve parce pilosus 2.5-3.5 dm. altum annuum vel perenne; caule ramisque
teretibus juventate viridibus striatulis per majorem partem foliosis.
aetate a cortice flavido-griseo exfolianti tectis; foliis oppositis ovato~
oblongis vel anguste deltoideis obtusiusculis regulariter crenatis bas!
integris abrupte contractis subtruncatis vel subcordatis 1.5-3 em.
longis 9-22 mm. latis subglabris; petiolo 9-15 mm. longo gracili
villoso-hirsutulo; pedunculis 2-11 em. longis aut terminalibus aut
lateralibus; cymis 3-5-capitulatis; capitulis ca. 7 mm. diametro ¢a-
75-floris; involucri squamis lanceolati-oblongis acuminatis viridibus-
2-costatis glabriusculis; receptaculo leviter convexo nudo; corollis
3 mm. longis fere tubulatis in fauces vix ampliatis parce pubescentibus
limbum versus violaceis (Kunth), caeruleis aut albis (Shafer), caeruleis
aut roseis (Palmer & Riley), purpureis (Wright), breviter hispidulis;
achaeniis nigris acute 5-angularibus 2.1 mm. longis’ glabris; papP? ©

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 467

squamulis saepius 5 ovatis laciniatis acutis vix 0.3 mm. longis basi
hinc inde plus minusve connatis.— Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 150 (1820).
Carelia maritima (HBK.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— CuBa:
arenosis maritimis prope Havanam, Humboldt & Bonpland, n. 1273
(hb. Par., phot. in hb. Gray.); Curtiss, n. 650 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S.
Nat. Mus.); prope Mariel, Pinar del Rio, Palmer & Riley, n. 712 (fl.
caeruleis, hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.), n. 739 (fl. roseis, hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);
Bay Corrientes, Wright, n. 1631 (hb. Gray.); Cayo Sabinal, Camaguey,
Shafer, n. 1099 pro parte (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).

Forma calvum, forma nova, achaeniis omnino epapposis ab annulo
sub corolla nec extra corollam oriunti coronatis, aliter nullo modo a
forma typica discretum.— CuBa: Cayo Sabinal, Camaguey, Shafer,
n. 1099 pro parte (hb. Gray.); YUCATAN: in insula Cozumel, Gauwmer,
n. 20 (fl. albis, hb. Berol., hb. Gray.).

Var. intermedium (Hemsl.), comb. nov., formae typicae habit
foliis etc. simillimum differt pedunculis paullo longioribus (6-18 em.
longitudine); pappi squamulis distincte longioribus (ca. 0.7 mm. longi-
tudine) aliis (1-3) setiferis aliis acutis sed muticis.— A. intermedium
Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. iv. 102 (1887).— Yucatan: in insula
Cozumel, Gaumer, n. 93.(hb. Kew., hb. Gray.).

Nora.— A. maritimum quamquam a Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 58
— ad vulgatissimum A. conyzoidem incaute reductum apparet specimini-

umerosis examinatis bene distinetum.
13. A. LITTORALE Gray, decumbens a basi ramosissimum 3-4 dm.
falta subglabrum verisimiliter perenne; ramis teretibus pallide
brunneis vel purpurascentibus basi saepius decumbentibus deinde
erectis fere ad mediam partem foliosissimis superne nudis apice corym-
biferis; foliis oppositis saepe fasciculatis rhombeis basi attenuatis
Integris aliter inciso-dentatis apice acutiusculis 11-27 mm. longis
10-14 mm. latis glaberrimis subcarnosis 3-nerviis saepe conduplicatis;
petiolis gracillimis 9-25 mm. longis apicem versus paullo dilatatis;
pedunculis 6-16 em. longis; corymbis parvis densis 4—13-capitulatis;
Pedicellis brevibus cum bracteolis subulatis parvis munitis; capitulis
wren diametro; involucri squamis anguste lanceolatis attenuatis
acutissimis glabris 2-costatis; corollis 2.7 mm. longis limbum versus
Tuleo-purpureis, tubo proprio minute puberulo fauces cylindratas
Pallidas subaequanti; achaeniis nigris glabris lucidis 1.3 mm. longis
Prismaticis basi callosis apice cum annulo humili cartilagineo saepius
—— coronatis; pappo saepius vero nullo rarius e dentibus 2-5
Pv se obscuris composito.— Proc. Am. Acad. xvi. 78 (1880),
yn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 93 (1884). Coelestina maritima Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

64 (1841), non Ageratum maritimum HBK. Carelia litorale [Gray]
Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— In insulis parvis FLORIDAE AUSTRALIS:
in litoribus corallinis, Key West, Bennett; Blodget (hb. Gray.); Palmer
(anno 1874),n. 192; Garber, (hb. Gray, hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Tweedy,
ni ole (hb. U.S. Nat. t. Mus.); Pollard, Collins & Morris, n. 12 (hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.); Boca gee Key, Curtiss, n. 1163 (hb. Gray., hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); No Name Key, Simpson, n. 246
(hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); att Key, Curtiss, n. 5446 (hb. U.S. Nat.
Mus.); Chapman, n. 49 (hb. J. D. Sm.).

Var. hondurense, var. nov., formae typicae multis simillimum dif-
fert foliis paullo majoribus usque ad 34 mm. longis et 20 mm. latis
potius regulariter crenato-dentato nec incisis; involucri squamis
paullulo villosis. —JIn insulis sinus hondurensis: Rutan, Gaumer,
n. 1 (hb. Berol., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Muceres, Gawmer (hb.
Berol., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

Pie setigerum, forma nova, a forma precedenti statura habitu
foliis ete. nullo modo discretum, pappo tamen bene evoluto squamulis
5 lanceolatis attenuatis aliis (saepius 3) longe setiferis corollam longi-
tudine aequantibus aliis plus minusve brevioribus.— In insula Mv-
GERES hondurensi, Gaumer (hb. Berol., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) cum
precedenti commixtum et pappo solo distinguendum.

Sect. I. mesareticee (Cass.) Gray. Pappus e corona sistens

unicam gerenti) hine aide valde reductus.— Syn. FI. i. pt. 2, 93 (1884).
Coelestina Cass. Bull. Soc. Philom. Par. 1817, p. 10 (1817). DC. Prod.
-v. 107 (1836), pro parte. Caelestina Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. xvi . 10
(1820), Ix. 585 (1830). Coelestinia Endl. Gen. 366 (1838). Ageratum
subg. Coelestina (Cass.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 197 (1876),
pro parte.— Species 14 omnes neontogeae pleraeque suffrutices.

Clavis specierum.
a. Receptaculum paleaceum b.
b. Liye apice firmiusculae subulato-attenuatae . do-
Corollae purpureo-cacruleae. Folia subtus tomentose et cum glan
lis flavis vel aureo-brunneis creberrime

“A. paleaceum.
c. pont a nee Folia subtus tomentosa sed sine gland en con-
b. Paleas obiodeae: vel lineares apice obtusae vel acutae neque induratae
nee alreintoet cena: Bras 16. A. micropappum
a. Receptaculum n dicho-
d. Rhizoma bere. evolutum horizontali repens. hig laxe dic 8
toma scorpoideo-cymoss .. 2.2 62605. 2 cede A. scorpoideum.

WOO 8D 8 TOO gb ee D8 SO ee Oe ew ee ee we

le ee ae e GE eae

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 469

d. Rhizoma brevissimum vel pha Inflorescentia corymbosa, capitulis
rariter ge an ka minalibus
wore & Deer teen Se ee CE. 18. A. stachyofolium.
e. Folia aaltim ld opposita f.
f. Maritimum basi valde ramosum decumbens glabriusculum
. littorale.
f. oe a aie rariter basi ramosa. Caules pubescentes vel pube-

g. ee eh.
h. Folia qua membranacea tamen firmiuscula igs
distincte ae 7 eR et glanduloso-punctata. Am.
cgi ods ee eth ha ieee boas a sere 19. A, se
h. Folia tenuissima subconcoloria subtus 5 are tgs
A. latifolium.
g. ee ane vel frutic
#. vel bis oe 2+ plo) longiora quam lata 7.
= roe "Eubt ‘aa incano-tomentosa. ..... . tomentosum.
Jj. Folia opaca utrinque sich pabiscentis vel -tomentosa.
Capitula wan parvula
Involucrum 6-8 mm. diametro et altitudine. Achaenia
2.1-2 rips

: . longa .

l. Folia basi valde obliqua. Involucri squamae in
linea media ciliatae aliter glabrae extimis calloso-
obtusis. Costa Rica. . .21. A. riparium,

l. Folia basi aequalia. Involueri squamae crispe pu-

cory m.
k: Involucrum ca. 4 mm. sects , vix 3 mm. sieading.
Achaenia 1.6 mm. longa. een

‘ A. elachycarpum.

j. Folia supra laete viridia modice ‘toc fere glabra subtus

vix pallidiora saepius scabriuscula. Capitula pro genere
majuscula m.

m. Petioli 3-4 cm. longi............. 24. A. petiolatum.

Herbaceum vel lignescens. — crenata. Corollae
CHOTUIDRD Oo ee ek La A. scabri ig tong
n. Fruticosum. Folia acute alia ‘Corollae
gyre um

z. Folia angustiora tripl 7 “ m 4 1 quam lata

x Oe, “A A uiieolie,

14. A. pateaceum (Gay) Hemsl., herbaceum vel basi ~~.
erectum ramosum; caule tereti brevissime crisp griseo
ramis oppositis virgatis foliatis saepius atropurpureis griseo-tom
tellis; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis prsslbeant
integriusculis vel obscure dentatis acutiusculis basi etiam attenuatis

Tunneis obtectis; corymbis terminalibus multicapitulatis densis;
Eg brevibus —— rectis densissime glandulari-puberulis;
lar ca. 25-floris 5 mm. diametro; involucri squamis anguste

ceolatis ele sed laxe imbricatis apice subulato-attenuatis

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

albidis dorso viridibus vel atropurpureis; receptaculo ubique paleifero;
paleis apice subulato-attenuatis firmiusculis albidis corollas fere
aequantibus; corollis extus glandulis aureis sessilibus conspicue con-
spersis limbum versus caeruleo-purpurascentibus, tubo proprio gracili
fauces subaequanti; achaeniis glabris nigris 1.8 mm. longis; pappo
crateriformi albido margine subintegro vel plus minusve dentato (hinc
inde in setam expanso f. DC.).— Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 83 (1881).
Coelestina paleacea Gay ex DC. Prod. v. 107 (1836). Carelia paleacea
(Gay) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891). Ageratum rhytidophyllum
Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvi. 476 (1901).— Mexico: circa
Oaxacam, Andrieuz, n. 287 (hb. DC., phot. in hb. Gray.); in convalli
Oaxacanae, E. W. Nelson, n. 1446 (hb. Gray.); Sierra de San Filipe,
alt. 2150 m., Pringle, n. 5675 (hb. Gray.), CL. Smith, n. 594 (hb. U.S.
Nat. Mus.), alt. 2440 m., Pringle, n. 6177 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb.
J.D. Sm.); in montibus San Juan del Estado, L. C. Smith, n. 277 (hb.
Gray.). :

D3 15. A. atsrpum (DC.) Hemsl., herbaceum perenne 3-6 dm. altum;
caudice crassiusculo paullo lignescenti; radicibus fibrosis longis firmis;
caulibus 1-3 vel pluribus teretibus striatulis viridibus vel purpuras-

UUELICRIUC LS

Am. Bot. ii. 81 (1881). Coelestina albida DC. Prod. v. 107 (1836).
Carelia albida (DC.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: Oa-
xaca, inter urbem Oaxacam et Mitlam, Andricux, n. 543 (hb. DC.,
phot. in hb. Gray.); in valle Etla, Alvarez, n. 751 (hb. Gray.); 1
collibus supra Oaxacam, alt. 1830 m., Pringle, n. 4816, (hb. Gray-» hb.

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 471

U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); in monte Alban prope urbem Oaxa-
cam, alt. 1680-1830 m., C. L. Smith, n. 365 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);
Tecrango, alt. 2075 m., L. C. Smith, n. 424 (hb. Gray.); Cerro de San
Felipe, alt. 2000 m., Conzatti & Gonzdlez, n. 542 (hb. Gray.); in colli-
bus aridis vallis Oaxacae, alt. 1550-1770 m., Nelson, n. 1208 (hb.
Gray.).

Var. Nelsonii, var. nov., caulibus altius foliosis; foliis majoribus
tenuioribus late ovatis basi rotundatis utrinque viridibus subtus vix
pallidioribus molliter pubescentibus nec tomentosis 6-11 cm. longis
2.5-4.5 cm. latis; petiolis usque ad 2 cm. longis; involucro, paleis,
pappo, etc. ut apud formam typicam; corollis ut videtur caerulescenti-

us.— Mexico: in civitate Oaxaca inter oppida Zanatepec et Papana,
alt. 200 m., E. W. Nelson, n. 2822a (hb. Gray.). Varietas vegetior
fortasse quam species distincta videnda tamen sine characteribus
validis.

16. A. micropappum Bak., fruticosum; ramis virgatis striato-
angulatis crispe puberulis et glanduloso-atomiferis, internodiis 5-11
em. longis; foliis oppositis obovato-oblongis coriaceis argute serrato-
dentatis apice rotundatis basi attenuatis 4-8 cm. longis 24 em. latis
supra viridibus glabriusculis laevibus subtus reticulato-venosis
pallidioribus griseo-tomentellis; petiolo ca. 6 mm. longo supra canali-
culato; corymbis terminalibus densissimis convexis ca. 4 cm. diametro;
capitulis ca. 20-floris ca. 3 mm. diametro; involucri campanulati squa-
mis oblongis apice rotundatis dorso saepissime 2-costulatis margine
tenui ciliatis ; paleis lineari-oblongis obtusis apice ciliolatis vel erosis;
achaeniis glabris nigrescentibus prismaticis deorsum levissime decres-
centibus basi callosis; pappo brevissimo coroniformi dentato; corollis
fere exacte cylindratis glabris, faucibus vix ullis— Bak. in Mart. FI.
Bras. vi. pt. 2, 198 (1876).— Brasiu1a: prov. Bahia, Blanchet, n.
3700 (hb. Kew., hb. Gray.).

17. A. scorpromeum Bak., herbaceum perenne subglabrum;
thizomate horizontali valde repente ad nodos radicante; caulibus
erectis 3-4 dim. altis per totam longitudinem foliosis; foliis lanceolatis
tenuibus penniveniis crenatis basi piceque angustatis obtusis ca.
pie 1 em. latis; inflorescentiis terminalibus semel vel bis dichotomis

“8 scorploideo-cymosis ; capitulis parvis graciliter pedicellatis vel
Supremis subsessilibus 4-5 mm. diametro 18-31-floris; involucri
oo. oblanceolatis acutis glabris tenuibus subcostatis; re-
: i. ee ; corollis 1.8 mm. longis glabris, tubo proprio brevis-
a aucibus campanulatis duplo breviori; achaeniis 1.3 mm. longis
-higris glabris prismaticis deorsum paullo decrescentibus basi callosis;

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

pappo coroniformi dentato tenui quam achaenio ter vel quater brevi-
ori.— Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 197 (1876); Robinson, Proce.
Am. Acad. xlii. 34 (1906). Coelestina repens Sch. Bip. in Schomb.
Faun. et Fl. Guy. 1134 (1848), sine char.— GUIANA ANGLICA: In
graminosis verisimiliter plus minusve paludosis “savannas’’ dictis,
Rob. Schomburgk, n. 353 f. Bak. 1. c., Rich. Schomburgk, n. 488 (hb.
Berol., fragm. et phot. in hb. Gray.).

18. A. stacnyorotium Robinson, herbaceum perenne 5-6 cm.
altum strictum; caule simplici erecto tereti rubescenti griseo-tomen-
tello foliosissimo; foliis alternis ovato-oblongis vel ellipticis crenulatis
1.5-3.2 em. longis 1-1.4 em. latis basi rotundatis sessilibus vel brevis-
sime petiolatis apice obtusis vel rotundatis paullo supra basin 3-nerviis
supra parce pilosis subtus paullo pallidioribus laxe pubescentibus et
glandulari-punctatis; corymbo terminali leviter convexo ca. 10-capi-
tulato 4 cm. diametro; pedicellis 1.5-1.8 cm. longis tomentellis;
bracteolis spatulato-filiformibus 8-11 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 1 em.
diametro ca. 100-floris involucri squamis linearibus acutis viridibus
pubescentibus saepius 4-costatis; corollis albis, tubo proprio longius-
culo puberulo, faucibus turbinatis; styli ramis pallidis clavellatis;
achaeniis atrobrunneis 2 mm. longis basin versus paullo decrescentibus;
pappo crateriformi albido margine integro.— Mexico: Oaxaca prope
La Parada, alt. 2310-2620 m., Nelson, n. 991 (hb. Gray.). Species
ob foliis omnibus alternis pedicellis longis capitulis majusculis prae-
sertim ob involucri bracteis 4-costatis bene distincta.

19. A. Oerstedii, nom. nov., herbaceum annuum erectum simplex
vel patentim paucirameum glabriusculum vel saltim ad nodos hir-
sutulum 3-5 dm. altum; radice fibrosa; foliis ovatis vel ovato-oblongis
crenatis obtusis vel obtuse acuminatis basi abrupte contractis utrinque
sparse pilosis supra viridibus subtus pallidioribus glanduloso-puncta-
tis 4-7 em. longis 2-5 em. latis, petiolo 1-2 cm. longo piloso; corymIs
longipedunculatis caulem ramosque terminantibus laxiusculis paucl-
capitulatis; capitulis 7.5 mm. diametro; involucri squamis viridibus
sparse hirtellis vel glabriusculis anguste lanceolatis attenuatis; corol-
lis caeruleo-purpureis glabris ca. 2.2 mm. longis, tubo proprio fauces
cylindratas paullo ampliatas vix aequanti; achaeniis nigris glabris;
pappo minimo coroniformi dentato obscuro sed sub lente forte mani-
festim extra corollam locato.— A. latifolium (Benth.) Hemsl. Biol.
Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881), quoad pl. costaricense, non Cav. Coeles-
tina latifolia Benth. in Oerst. Vidensk. Meddel. 1852, p. 71 (1852):
Carelia latifolia (Benth.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).—Costa Rica:
in Monte Aguacate, Oersted, n. 251 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.);

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 473

in apertis silvarum, Cerro de San Isidro prope San Ramon, alt. 1300
m., Brenes, n. 14,491 (hb. Gray.).
20. A. TomEeNTosuM (Benth.) Hemsl., herbaceum perenne vel
suffruticosum basi ramosum; ramis virgatis vel iterum ramosis
puberulis vel tomentellis; foliis oppositis ovatis vel deltoideis crenatis
plerisque obtusis basi rotundatis vel truncatis ad insertionem petioli
plus minusve cuneatis supra saepius viridibus tenuiter pubescentibus
vel tomentellis subtus canescenti-tomentosis 1.3-3.5 em. longis 1-2.5
cm. latis margine saepe revolutis; petiolis 5-16 mm. longis; corymbis
longe pedunculatis convexis densis subsimplicibus vel compositis;
capitulis ca. 5 mm. diametro; involucri campanulati squamis anguste
lanceolatis tomentellis viridibus 2-costatis; corollis caeruleo-purpureis
vel albis plerisque glandulari-atomiferis et apicem versus hispidulis;
achaeniis atrobrunneis glaberrimis 2 mm. longis; pappo albido coroni-
formi margine plus minusve angulato vel dentato.— Biol. Cent.-Am.
Bot. ii. 82 (1881). Coelestina tomentosa Benth. in Oerst. Vidensk.
Meddel. 1852, p. 71 (1852). Carelia tomentosa (Benth.) Ktze. Rev.
sine i. 325 (1891).— Costa Rica: Candelaria, alt. 1525 m., Oersted.
Ex1co: Chiapas, in silvis pinorum, Ghiesbreght, nn. 111, 547 (hb.
Gray.), forma foliis majusculis; Orizaba, Maltrata, alt. 1680 m.,
Seaton, n. 346 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Esperanza, alt. 2440
m., Seaton, n. 358 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Vera Cruz, Linden,
n. 1185 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.); silvis prope Jalapam, Galeotti,
n. 2202 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.); Puebla, in declivibus calcareis,
Tehuacan, alt. 1700-1800 m., Pringle, n. 6754 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S.
Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), n. 9522 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.),
Purpus, n. 1179 (hb. Gray.); Zacuapan, in graminosis aridis, Purpus,
n. 1870 (hb. Gray.). Sierra de la Yerba, Purpus, n. 2547 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), forma receptaculo paleis paucis instructo;
Oaxaca, Tomellin Cafion, alt. 915 m., Pringle, n. 5786 (hb. Gray.);
collibus aridis alt. 1550-1775 m., Nelson, n. 1213 (hb. Gray.); Jaya-
catlan, alt. 1300 m., L. C. Smith, 285 (hb. Gray.); in Monte Alban
Prope urbem Oaxacam, alt. 1680 m., Pringle, n. 6267 (hb. Gray., hb.
U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.); San Luis Potosi, Minas de San
Rafael, Purpus, n. 4814 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

SG

t Nora.— Species foliis et pubescentia variabilis, formis mexicanis a forma
yPica costaricense minus cognita adhue ut videtur numquam reperta fortasse
istinguendis,

21. A. riparium, spec. nov., caule (parte inferiori ignota) superne
medulloso crassiusculo glabello tactu laevissimo purpurascenti,

Mternodiis longis folia superantibus; foliis oppositis crassiusculis

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ovatis longiuscule acuminatis sed ad apicem verum obtusis basi plus
minusve angustatis valde inaequalibus et obliquis margine undu-
latis supra scabriusculis subglabris verucosis subtus paullo pallidiori-
bus punctatis et breviter praesertim in veniis pilosulis ca. 8 em. longis
ca. 4 cm. latis; petiolis ca. 1 em. longis; corymbis in caule ramisque
terminalibus 4—-8-capitulatis densis; capitulis 7 mm. diametro 70-
floris; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 23 subaequalibus lanceolati-
linearibus 2-costatis viridibus in linea media (inter costas) ciliatis
aliter subglabris extimis calloso-obtusis interioribus attenuatis; re-
ceptaculo conico nudo; corollis albis glaberrimis eglandulosis, tubo
proprio gracili fauces cylindratas subaequanti; achaeniis nigrescenti-
bus saepius curvatis glaberrimis vel basin versus in angulis obscure
hispidulis; pappi corona ad mediam partem 5-lobata, lobis plerisque
deltoideo-ovatis muticis margine denticulatis.— A. tomentosum Klatt,
Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxi. 185 (1892), pro parte, non Hemsl. (a quo
longe distat).— Costa Rica: in arenosis secundum flumen Ceibo,
Pittier, n. 4914 (hb. Gray.). |

Norta.— Haec planta minus cognita (an abnormalis) differt ab A. corymboso
caule ut videtur herbaceo, foliis basi obliquis, involucri squamis laevioribus

oo

extimis calloso-obtusis, corollis glaberrimis, ab A. scabriusculo foliis multo
“sys apa basi obliquis, corollis albis, characteribus involucri, ab A. tomentoso
oelo.

Pe 22. A. corymBosum Zuccag., suffruticosum vel vero fruticosum

erectum vel saepe decumbens 3-7 dm. altum simplex vel ramosum plus
minusve griseo-pubescens vel -tomentosum; foliis oppositis vel supre-
mis alternis firmiusculis ovatis vel rhomboideo-lanceolatis plerisque
acutis basi rotundatis vel cuneatis margine grosse crenatis vel dentatis
rarius serratis a basi 3(—5)-nerviis saepe reticulatis 3-6 cm. longis i
3.5 cm. latis utrinque pallide viridibus supra saepius scabris puberulis
subtus molliter crispe puberulis vel plus minusve tomentosis; petiolis
4-8 mm. longis; corymbis in caule ramisque terminalibus saepe pluri-
bus simplicibus vel compositis multicapitulatis; pedicellis filiformibus
3-12 mm. longis glandulari-tomentellis; capitulis ca. 7 mm. diametro;
involucri campanulati vel hemisphaerici squamis lanceolato-linearibus
attenuatis hispidulis 2-costatis apicem versus saepe coloratis; recep-
taculo nudo; corollis extus parce glandulari-atomiferis et saep!us plus
minusve pubescentibus limbum versus caeruleis et vulgo hispidulis,
tubo proprio gracili fauces paullo ampliatas subaequanti; achaenus
2.2 mm. longis atrobrunneis vel nigrescentibus glabris; paPP? crater
formi 0.3 mm. longo albido margine subintegro vel paullo irregulari- mee
terque dentato.— Zuccag. ex Pers. Syn. ii. 402 (1807). Spargane- pe

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 475

phorus ageratoides Lag. Elench. Hort. Matr. 25 (1815) f. Hemsl. Biol.
Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 81 (1881) et Lag. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 25 (1816).
Ageratum coelestinum Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1730 (1815). Caelestina
coerulea Cass. Dict. vi. Suppl. 8 (1817). Coelestina corymbosa (Zuc-
cag.) DC. 1. c. C. suffruticosa Sweet, Hort. Brit. 229 (1826). Coeles-
tinia Lessingiana Klotzsch ex Walp. Rep. ii. 545 (1843) f. Hook. f. &
Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 370 (1895) sub nomine Caelestina. Coelestina
Lessingiana (Klotzsch) Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 81 (1881).
Carelia corymbosa (Zuccag.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Texas
OCCIDENT.: ad angustas Guadelupe, Wright, n. 1129 (hb. Gray., hb.
U. S. Nat. Mus.). Mrxico: Nuevo Leon, ad Monclovam, Palmer
(anno 1880), n. 427 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.); Coahuila, Saltillo,
Palmer (anno 1880), n. 428 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), Palmer
(anno 1898), n. 307 (hb. Gray.), in Lorenzo Cajion prope Saltillo,
Palmer (anno 1904), n. 387 (hb. Gray.), Sierra de Parras, Purpus, n.
4651 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Chihuahua, ad Cosihuiriachi,
islizenus, n. 181 (hb. Gray.), prope urbem Chihuahuam, Pringle,
n. 669 partim (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), Porral, alt. 1830 m., Nelson,
n. 5006 (hb. Gray.); San Luis Potosi, alt. 1830-2440 m., Par
Palmer, n. 317 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) ad var. jaliscense
Spectans, Ward (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), in umbrosis circa urbem,
Schaffner, n. 293 (hb. Gray.), ad Santa Maria del Rio, Palmer (anno
1904), n. 1543 (hb. Gray.); Guanajuato, Guillemin-Tarayre (hb.
Gray.), Dugés, nn. 24, 426 (hb. Gray.); Durango, in montibus et colli-
bus, Palmer (anno 1896), n. 506 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.)
ad var. jaliscense accedens, Tejamén, Palmer (1906), n. 486 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Hidalgo, Real del Monte, Coulter, n. 247 (hb.
Gray.), in petrosis montanis ad El Chico, Purpus, n. 1565 (hb. Gray.); -
Sinaloa, in Cerro Colorado ad Culiacan, Brandegee (hb. Gray.), forma
glabrescens ; Jalisco, ad Balafios, Coulter, n. 248 (hb. Gray.), Guada-
lajara, Palmer (anno 1886),n. 289 (hb. Gray. partim, hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus., hb. J. D.Sm.); Querétaro, prope Cadereytam, Rose, Painter &
Rose, n. 9631 (hb. Gray.); Val. de Mexico, Bourgeau, n. 719 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), in terra vulcanica, alt. 2440 m., Pringle, n. 9047
(hb. Gray .), prope Tacubayam, Schaffner, n. 202 (hb. Gray.); sine
aaa Gregg, n. 372 (hb. Gray.), Schumann, n. 40b (hb. J. D

Senne wekaarroy hispanice ‘‘cielitos” f. Dugésii i. e. caelula, ad colorem

: we. Forma album, forma nov., corollis albis aliter formae typicae
a simile et aequaliter variabile— Mexico: Jalisco, prope Huejuquilla,

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Rose, n. 2538 (hb. Gray.); Puebla, in collibus calcareis prope Amozac,
alt. 2300 m., Pringle, n,.9542 (hb. Gray.) glabriusculum; Chihuahua
aust.-occ., Palmer (anno 1885), n. 31 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
hb. J. D. Sm.) griseo-tomentosum, prope urbem Chihuahuam, Pringle,
n. 669 partim (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.).

Var. latifolium (DC.), comb. nov., erectum saepius simplex; foliis
ovatis magnis 7-10.5 em. longis 4-6 cm. latis gradatim acuminatis
acutis acute serratis plerumque tenuibus vix vel haud reticulatis
subtus tenuiter molliterque pubescentibus; corollis glandulosis et
pilosis caeruleis.— Coelestina ageratoides HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec.
iv. 151 (1820)! et var. B latifolia DC. Prod. v. 108 (1836)! — Mexico:
sine loco indicato (hb. DC., phot. in hb. Gray.); Michoacan, inter
Aguasarco et Ario, Humboldt & Bonpland (hb. Par., phot. in hb. Gray.);
collibus aridis, Patzcuaro, Pringle, n. 3599 (hb. Gray.); Morelos, in
valleculis praeruptis montanis prope Cuernavacam, Pringle, n. 9843
(hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.); Holway, n. 3509 (hb. Gray.); Yau-
tepec, Holway, n. 5235 (hb. Gray.); Sinaloa, Lodiego, Palmer (anno
1891), n. 1587 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

Forma albiflorum, forma nov., precedenti simillimum differt corol-
lis albis— Mexico: Morelos, in collibus prope Yautepec, alt. 1220 m.,

Pringle, n, 9842 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).

J Var. euryphyllum, var. nov., foliis late ovatis vel rhomboideo-

ovatis obtusis grosse crenatis 4-6 cm. longis 3-4 em. latis; corollis
caeruleis glandulosis vix pilosis— Mexico: San Luis Potosi, alt.
1830-2440 m., Parry & Palmer, n. 315. (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat.
Mus.), n. 318 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.), prope Alvarez, Palmer
(anno 1902), n. 101 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Nuevo Leon,
Monclova, Palmer (anno 1880), n. 427 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.);
Zacatecas, in montibus prope Plateado, Rose, n. 2739 (hb. Gray J;
sine loco indicato, Hartweg, n. 142 (hb. Gray.). :
Var. jaliscense, var. nov., foliis elliptico-lanceolatis breviter petiola-
tis 6-8 cm. longis 2.3-3 em. latis grosse serratis vel crenato-dentatis
vel etiam lobulatis firmiusculis scaberrimis reticulatis; corollis caeru-
leis glandulosis parce pilosis— Mexico: Jalisco ad Chapalam, Palmer
(anno 1886), n. 715 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). ;
Forma lactiflorum, forma nov., precedenti simillimum differt

“ eorollis albis— Mexico: Jalisco, ad Tequilam, Palmer (anno 1886),

no. 351 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), ad Guadala-
jaram, n. 290 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.), Via —
inter Huejuquilla et Mesquitec, Rose, n. 2585 (hb. Gray.)-

var. longipetiolatum, var. nov., foliis elongatis lanceolato-

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 477

triangularibus attenuatis basi plus minusve cuneatis integris supra
basin grosse dupliceque crenato-dentatis ca. 8-10 cm. longis 3-4 em.
latis tenuibus non reticulatis subtus molliter tomentosis; petiolis
usque ad 3 em. longis; corollis glabriusculis albis—— Mexico: in
Chihuahua aust.-oce., Palmer (anno 1885), n. 110 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S.
Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.)

Var. subsetiferum, var. nov., fruticosum ramosum; foliis ovatis
2-4 em. longis 1.5-2.5 em. latis obtusis vel acutiusculis crenato-serra-
tis basi cuneato-angustatis brevissime petiolatis utrinque dilute
viridibus seabridis; capitulis pro specie longiusculis; corollis caeruleis
ex involucro valde exsertis; pappi corona flosculorum nonnullorum
cum seta laevi corollam subaequanti instructa.— Mexico: Zacatecas,
prope Conception del Oro, Palmer (anno 1902), n. 382 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). bs

23. A. elachycarpum, spec. nov., fruticulosum gracile; caule
tereti 1-2 mm. diametro a cortice griseo-brunnea tecto; ramis virgatis
-purpurascentibus crispe puberulis usque ad inflorescentiam foliosis;
foliis oppositis tenuibus ovatis plerisque attenuato-acuminatis regu-
lariter crenato-serratis 3-nerviis supra badio-viridibus pilosulis subtus
pallidioribus griseo-tomentellis ca. 5 em. longis ca. 2.5 em. latis; corym-

is compositis planiusculis; pedicellis 1-4 mm. longis; bracteolis
Setaceis; involucri hemisphaerici 4-5 mm. diametro 2.5-3 mm. alti
Squamis anguste lanceolatis attenuatis 2-costatis dorso crispe puberu-
lis; corollis involucrum vix superantibus glandulari-atomiferis vix vel
nullo modo pilosulis apicem versus violaceis; tubo proprio fauces
campanulatas subaequilongo; achaeniis nigris 1.6 mm. longis glabris
nitidis; pappi corona 0.2 mm. alta fere ad mediam partem 5-dentata
albida.— A. corymbosum J. D. Sm. Enum. Pl. Guat. iv. 72 (1895),
non Benth.— Guaremaa: Santa Rosa, alt. 915 m., Heyde & Lux
(distrib. J. D. Sm.), n. 4228 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D.
Sm.). Species A. corymboso gracilior differt etiam textura molliori
foliorum, capitulis minoribus crassioribus quam altis, achaeniis multo
minoribus, ete.

24. A. periotatum (Hook. & Arn.) Hemsl., perenne herbaceum vel
suffruticosum ascendens foliosum; foliis oppositis vel supremis
alternis ovatis obtusiusculis firmis glaberrimis crenato-serratis basi
angustatis ad petioli insertionem cuneatis 6-9.cm. longis 2.5-4 em.
latis; petiolis gracilibus usque ad 3,6 cm. vel ultra longis; pedunculis
ongis terminalibus; corymbis parvis pauci-capitulatis; pedicellis
frectis ad 2 cm. longis; bracteolis setaceis; capitulis 8 mm. diametro;
Mmvolucri campanulati squamis anguste lanceolatis; corollis glaberri-

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

mis; pappo crateriformi dentato, dente uno hinc inde setifero ceteris
vel omnibus muticis.— Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 83 (1881). Caelestina
petiolata Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechy, 433 (1841). Carelia petiolata
(Hook. & Arn.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Nicaragua: ad
Realejo, Sinclair (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.). Species ut videtur
numquam reperta, ob dentibus pappi hinc inde setiferis transitionem
ad Sect. Ewageratum monstrat.

95. A. scaBriuscutum (Benth.) Hemsl., perenne herbaceum vel
suffruticosum decumbens plus minusve ramosum 1.3-9 dm. altum
primo aspectu glaberrimum tamen tactu plus minusve scabrum et
vero minute pilosiusculum; caule ramisque gracilibus ascendentibus
curvatis vel flexuosis foliosis; foliis oppositis ovatis saepius acuminatis
serratis firmiusculis supra laete viridibus lucidis subtus dilutiore
viridibus opacis punctatis 2-5 cm. longis 1-3.5 cm. latis; petiolis
5-11 mm. longis glandulari-pubescentibus; corymbis (1-)3-7-capi-
tulatis simplicibus vel compositis longe pedunculatis; pedicellis

Costa Rica: in graminosis declivitatis occidentalis montis ignivoml
El Vieja, alt. 610 m., Oersted (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.). Nica-
RAGUA: Wright (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), Masaya, Baker, 0-
2220 (bb. Gray.).
2 26. A. Luctpum Robinson, fruticosum ramosum 4-5 dm. altum
Ps decumbens; caulibus nodosis flexuosis maturitate a cortice grisea
tectis; ramis curvato-ascendentibus plerisque in media parte prac
sertim foliosis; foliis oppositis firmis ovatis acutis basi angustatis
acute serratis 1.5-4.5 em. longis 7-20 mm. latis glabriusculis vel plus
minusve scabridis supra laete viridibus lucidis veniis prominulentibus
albidis subtus dilutiore viridibus punctatis tenuiter reticulatis; corym-
bis laxis saepe compositis; capitulis pro genere majusculi 9-10 mm.
diametro ca. 80-floris; involucri hemisphaerici squamis anguste lan-
ceolatis attenuatis viridibus 2-costatis crispe puberulis; corollis albis

ROBINSON,— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 479

glandulari-atomiferis; achaeniis maturitate nigris 2 mm. longis gla-
berrimis; pappo crateriformi albido margine subintegro.— Proc. Am.
Acad. xxxvi. 475 (1901).— Mexico: in civitate Morelos in declivi-
tatibus muscosis Sierrae de Tepoxtlan, alt. 2300 m., Pringle, n. 7851
(hb. Gray.), n. 8362 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.), n. 9844 (hb. Gray.,
hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), n. 13,022 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).
Species precedenti arcte affinis differt habitu paullo lignescentiore,
foliis reticulatis lucidis, corollis albis glandulari-granulosis, pappi co-
rona subintegra. ‘

oA : 27. A. saxicirottum Hemsl., perenne herbaceum vel distincte
Tu

ticosum laxe et subdichotome ramosum gracili 0.6-1.3 m. altum
brevissime hirtellum scabriusculum; ramis virgatis; foliis oppositis
(vel supremis alternis) anguste lanceolatis tenuibus vel saepius firmius-
culis plus minusve reticulatis planis vel saepius conduplicatis 4-11
em. longis 0.5-3.6 em. latis obtuse subremoteque serrato-dentatis
vel integriusculis utrinque laete viridibus; corymbis terminalibus
Saepius compositis et laxiusculis; capitulis, flosculis, achaeniis eis
A. corymbosi simillimis.— Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 83 (1881). Coeles-
tina corymbosa Benth. Bot. Sulph. 111 (1844), pro parte, nec DC.
Ageratum strictum Hemsl. 1. ¢. (1881), ubi per errorem (ex sched.
Galeottii introductum) annuum dictum. Carelia salicifolia et C.
stricta (Hemsl.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: inter San
Blas et Tepic, Sinclair (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.); Jalisco, prope
Guadalajaram, Palmer (anno 1886), n. 289 partim (hb. Gray.),
Pringle, n. 11,898 (hb. Gray.); Michoacan, ad Uruapam, Galeotti,
n. 2451 (hb. Kew., phot. in hb. Gray.), ad Vallecito in terris argillaceis,
Langlassé, n. 310 (hb. Gray.), forma vegetior; Morelos, in collibus
Supra Cuernavacam, Pringle, n. 6234 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
hb. J. D. Sm.), nn. 9045, 9845 (hb. Gray., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).

Nora.— Species quamquam hice ed facile recognoscenda tamen ab A.

ioribus

corymboso foliis longioribus angust saepius viridioribus exceptis vix
distinguenda. An potius ei varietas?

Species transferendae vel excludendae vel inquirendae.

A. adscendens Sch. Bip. = OxyLOBUS ADSCENDENS (Sch. Bip.)
Robinson & Greenman.
: A. Agrianthus O. Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab.
a 134 (1890). Agrianthus corymbosus DC. Prod. vii. 266 (1838).
#9eratum corymbosum (DC.) Benth. (“in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI.
N. 242 (1873)”] ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 196 (1876), non

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Zuceag. Species ad TRICHOGONIAM approximans tamen_ ultius
scrutanda.

A. album Willd. = A. conyzorpEs, f. ALBUM (Willd.) Robinson.

A. alternifolium (Gardn.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 195
(1876). Campuloclinum alternifolium Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour.
Bot. vi. 488 (1847). Species dubia ultius inquirenda.

A. altissimum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 839 (1753) = EupaTrorIuM URTICAE-
rottum Reichard. Vide Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 46 (1906).

A. angustifolium Spreng. Syst. iii. 446 (1826) = CaLEA ANGUSTI-
FOLIA (Spreng.) Sch. Bip. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 3, 256
(1884)

A. aquaticum Roxb. Hort. Beng. 61 (1814) = ADENOSTEMMA
Laventa (L.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 304 (1891).

A. arbutifolium HBK.= Oxy.osus arBuTiro.ius (HBK.) Gray.

A. brachystephanum Regel = A. LaTIFoLIUM Cav.

A. caeruleum Hort. Reg. Par. ex Lam. Dict. i. 54 (1783). Species
dubia seu A. Housronranum Mill. seu A. conyzorpEs L.

A. callosum Wats.= ALOMIA CALLOSA (Wats.) Robinson.

A. campuloclinioides Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 196 (1876).
Species ad TRICHOGONIAM approximans ultius scrutanda.

A. ciliare L. Sp. Pl. ii. 839 (1753). Species valde dubia non recog-
nescenda fortasse forma A. CONYZOIDIS.

. ciliare L., 8 Lour. Fl. Cochin. ii. 484 (1790). Omnino ignotum.
. coelestinum Sims. = A. cCoRYMBOSUM Zuccag.

. coeruleum Desf. Tab. 98 (1804), nomen.

. coeruleum Sieber ex Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. pt. 2, 345 (1876) =
EvPATORIUM MACROPHYLLUM L., :

A. confertum (Gardn.) Benth. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt- 2,
195 (1876). Decachaeta conferta Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v-
463 (1846). Carelia conferta (Gardn.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891).
Species ob pappo setiformi ex Agerato excludenda ultius scrutanda.

A. conspicuum Hort. ex C. Koch & Fint. Wochenschr. i. 33 (1858)
= (ut dicitur) EupAToRIUM GLECHONOPHYLLUM Less.

A. conyzoides Sieber ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 37 (1841) = (f. Steud.
l. ec.) Eupatorium repandum Willd. i. e. E. conyYMBOSUM Aubl.

A. conyzoides a obtusifolium (Lam.) DC. 1. e. = A. coeruleum Hort.
Reg. Par. Vide supra.

A. conyzoides 8 hirtum (Lam.) DC. 1. ec. = A. CONYZOIDES L.

A. conyzoides y mexicanum (Sims) DC. Prod. v. 108 (1836) = -
Hovustonianum Mill.

A. conyzoides 6 cordifolium (Roxb.) DC. |. c. Var. non certe constata

mh hh

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 481

ex characteribus videtur forma parvi momenti A. conyzorpis L. vel
fortasse A’ Housronrant Mill.
A. cordifolium Roxb. Fl. Ind. iii. 415 (1832). Vide supra (A.
conyzoides 6 cordifolium (Roxb.) DC.),
A. corymbosum (DC.) Benth. Vide supra (A. Agrianthus O. Hoffm.).
A, corymbosum Zuccag., var. St. Antonii Sch. Bip. ex Klatt, Leo-
poldina, xx. 75 (1884). Nomen.
A. echioides (Less.) Hemsl. = ALOMIA ECHIOIDES (Less.) Robinson.
A. febrifugum Sesse ex DC. Prod. v. 104 (1836) = PrquErta
TRINERVIA Cav.
A. glanduliferum Sch. Bip. = OxyLoBUS GLANDULIFERUS (Sch.
Bip.) Gray.
A. glanduliferum Sch. Bip., var. albiflorum Sch. Bip. = OxyLoBus
GLANDULIFERUS (Sch. Bip.) Gray, typicus.
A. guianense Aubl. Guian. ii. 800 (1775) = EuparorIuM MACRO-
PHYLLUM L.
A. heterolepis Bak. = ALOMIA HETEROLEPIS (Bak.) Robinson.
A, hirsutum Poir. Suppl. i. 242 (1810), sphalm. pro hirtum = A.
CONYZOIDES L.
A. hirtum Lam. = A. conyzorwes L.
A. humile Salisb. Prod. 188 (1796) = A. conyzorEs L.
A. intermedium Hemsl. = A. mMartrimum HBK., var. INTERMEDIUM
(Hemsl.) Robinson.
A. isocarphoides (DC.) Hemsl. = ALomra 1socarPHorDEs (DC.)
Robinson.
A. Lasseauxii Carr. Rev. Hort. xlii. 90 (1870) cum icone pessima.
Conoclinium Lasseauxii Carr. in Dur. Ind. Sem. Hort. Burdig. 1872,
Pp. 15 (1872) = Evparortum Lasseauxu Carr. l. ec.
A. latifolium (Benth.) Hemsl. = A. Orrsrepi Robinson et A.
RUGOsUM Coult.
A. lineare Cav. Ie. iii. 3, t. 205 (1795) = PALAFOXIA LINEARIS
(Cav.) Lag.
A. longifolium (Gardn.) Benth. = ALom1a Lonerrouta (Gardn.)
Robinson.
A. maritimum HBK. 8 Sch. Bip. = A. LaTiFoLtuM Cav.
A. matricarioides (Spreng.) Less. Syn. Comp. 155 (1832) = Panta
MATRICARIOIDES (Spreng.) Griseb.
- melissaefolium DC. Prod. v. 109 (1836), excl. syn. Chrysocoma
Pauciflora Arrab [Vellozo]. Species ad TricHoGontAM valde approxi-
mans ultius scrutanda.

‘ot mexicanum Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2524 (1825) = A. HovusrontanuM

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

we — (Benth.) Hemsl. = Atomra MrcrocaRPA (Benth.)
Robi

= eka Hemsl. = ALOMIA MICROCEPHALA (Hemsl.) Rob-
inso

a eliskbhgliam Sch. Bip. in Seemann, Bot. Herald, 298 (1856) =
AGERATELLA MICROPHYLLA (Sch. Bip.) Gray.

A. muticum Griseb. = A. LATIFOLIUM Cav.

A. nanum Hort. ex Sch. Bip. in C. Koch & Fint. Wochensch. i.
Garten-Nachr. 26 (1858) = (ex Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 58)
A. SUFFRUTICOSUM Regel.

A. obtusifolium Lam. Dict. i. 54 (1783). Species non constata
verisimiliter seu A. conyzorpEs L. seu A. Housron1AnuM Mill.

A. odoratum Vilm. FI. Pl. Terre, ed. 2, 42 (1866) = A. conyzomwEs L.
. A. paniculatum Hort. ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 609 (1840) = Bric-
KELLIA PANICULATA (Mill.) Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 48 (1906).

A. pedatum Ort. Hort. Matr. Dec. 38 (1797) = FLORESTINA PEDATA
(Cav.) Cass. :

A. Pohlianum Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 197 (1876). Species
minime cognita ob pappi paleis setiformibus et involucri squamis
pluriseriatim imbricatis certe ex genere expellenda et ultius scrutanda.

A. punctatum Jacq. Hort. Schénb. iii. 28, t. 300 (1798) = STEVIA
SERRATA Cav

A, eundiaiein Ort. Hort. Matr. Dec. 37 (1797) = SreviA PUNCTATA
(Ort.) Pers

A, satires Aubl. Pl. Guian. ii. 800 (1775) Species nunquam
recognita verisimiliter Eupatorii species ut A. guianense Au

A. purpureum Sesse ex DC. Prod. v. 122 (1836) = Srevia VISCIDA —
HBK.

A. quadriflorum Blanco, Fl. Filip. .624 (1837) = ELEPHANTOPUS
sprcatus B. Juss. fide Villarii in Blanco, Fl. Filip. ed. 3, Nov. Append.
114 (1880).

A. rhytidophyllum Robinson = A. PALEACEUM (Gay) Hemsl. :

A. rubens Viviani, Elench. Pl. Hort. Dinegro, 9 (1802). Species
neglecta et obscura mihi omnino ignota.

A, serratum Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. lvi, mém. 3d, 382 (1909),
nomen subnudum

A. sessilifolicen Schauer, Linnaea, xix. 715 (1847) = TRIcHO-
CORONIS SESSILIFOLIA (Schauer) Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiii. 35
(1906).

A. strictum Hemsl. = A. satictroLrum Hems

A. strictum ig Bot. Mag. t. 2410 penn ADENOSTEMMA
Laventia (L.) K :

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 483

A. viscosum Ort. Dec. 36 (1797) = STEVIA SALICIFOLIA Cav.
A. Wrightii Torr. & Gray ex Gray Proc. Am. Acad. i. 46 (1848) =
TricHocoronts Wricutt (Torr. & Gray) Gray, Pl. Fendl. 65 (1849).

3. REVISION OF THE GENUS OXYLOBUS.

The claims of Oxylobus Moc. to generic rank rest quite as much
upon habit and peculiar habitat as upon readily stated technical
distinctions, yet they seem adequate. This small group of three well
marked and obviously related species differ from all the Ageratums in
being high alpine plants with thickish evergreen leaves. If a very
doubtful report of one of them from Venezuela is excepted, they are
confined to certain of the highest mountains of southern Mexico being
found about at the timber line in borders of coniferous woods. The
commonest of the three, O. arbutifolius, first described by Kunth as an
Ageratum, was placed in Phania by DeCandolle, but is clearly distinct
from that genus by the presence of a well developed apical appendage
on the anthers. DeCandolle associated with it a second supposed
species, his Phania trinervia, known to him only from one of Mocifio’s
sketches. This second species has long remained vague, though
Hemsley, Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. (1881), surmised its probable iden-
tity with the earlier species of Kunth. To the writer it seems that this
identity may now be stated with definiteness. The tracing of Mocifio’s
sketch, reproduced in the Calques des Dessins, shows no difference
which may not be readily explained by the crudeness of the draftsman-
ship. The portion of Mexico in question has in recent years been dili-
gently and effectively explored by several highly trained collectors
Without the discovery of any second species of just this habit. Finally
it may be remarked that the eldest DeCandolle appears to have known
the Mexican flora chiefly from the collections of Mocifio & Sesse,
Lagasca, Mendez, Née, and Haenke and on several occasions rede-
Seribed unconsciously the species of Kunth, seeming never to have had
adequate opportunities to examine the series of plants collected by
Humboldt and Bonpland.

The type of O. glanduliferus presents a curious confusion of more
technical than practical importance. The species was first distin-
guished and named, though not described, by Schultz-Bipontinus, who
Pra herbarium sheets noted a typical bluish-flowered form and a white-
agabes condition, which he labelled var. albiflorum Sch. Bip. It was

. white-flowered variety which Hemsley later described as Ageratum
#anduliferum Sch. Bip. and which accordingly becomes ipso facto the

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

type of the species. Further collection may show the two forms suffi-
ciently marked to make it worth while to distinguish them by name,
in which event it would be the blue-flowered one which would have to
be given a new designation thus reversing the treatment of Schultz, the
original author, whose manuscript names, though critical have no
nomenclatorial status since unaccompanied by published descriptions.
However, the distinction seems to be here scarcely of taxonomic
moment. The bluish color appears to be in this genus paler and in
drying much less permanent than in Ageratum or Alomia so that in
any but very fresh or recent and carefully dried material a sharp dis-
tinction would scarcely be possible.

The technical distinctions of Oxylobus are chiefly in the form of the
corolla, which has a relatively slenderer proper tube than is usual in
Ageratum and a more ample and abruptly expanded throat. The
lobes of the limb are not so uniformly acute as the generic name WO d
suggest, yet they are longer and more widely spreading than in the
nearly related genera. The pappus is uniformly short and its scales
are so deeply and irregularly cleft that their number, though not large,
becomes indefinite.

OXYLOBUS Moc. (Nomen ab 6é¢s, acutus, et oBds, lobus, dentes.
corollae limbi alludens.) Capitula homogama parva vel mediocria.
Involucrum subcylindrati- vel infundibuliformi-campanulatum, squa~
mis ovato- vel lanceolato-oblongis acutis dorso glandulari-tomentellis
subherbaceis, costis pluribus obscuris vel nullis. Receptaculum
planiusculum nudum. Corollae tubus proprius gracilis, faucibus
campanulato-cylindratis abrupte ampliatis, limbi dentibus oblongis
vel anguste ovatis plerisque acutiusculis patentibus. Antherae apice
cum appendice membranacea ovata munitae basi rotundatae. Achae-
nia graciliter prismatica 5-angularia deorsum leviter decrescentia 17
angulis sursum scabrata basi callosa. Pappus e squamulis 5-10 mae-
qualibus plerisque acutis et fimbriatis compositus achaenio multo
brevior.— Moe. ex DC. Prod. v. 115 (1836); Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
xv. 25 (1879); Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 75 (1884); Robinson & Green-
man, Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 272 (1905). Phania Sect. Oxylobus (Moe.)
DC. Prod. v. 115 (1836); Endl. Gen. 367 (1838). Ad Ageratum
allocatus, Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 242 (1873); Hemsl. Biol. Cent-
Am. Bot. ii. 80 (1881); Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. 1v-
Ab. 5, 137 (1890). In Careliam injectus, Ktze. Rev. Gen. j. 325 (1891)-
— Suffrutices decumbentes ramosi vel simplices. Folia opposita
subcoriacea sempervirentia obtusa crenulata tenuiter reticulato-

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 485
venosa impunctata. Capitula in cymis compositis congestim vel
laxiuscule disposita.— Species 3, omnes in regione alto-alpina montium

austro-menicanorum incolae, una ut dicitur etiam in Venezuela reperta

Clavis specierum.

Capitula ca. 20-flora. Folia elliptica subsessilia parva 1-2 cm. longa
: 1. O. arbutifolius.
Capitula ca. 75-flora. Folia oblonga basi abrupte rotundata, inferioribus bene
NINO 5 10 Fore ys Oa a Og a es 2. O. glanduliferus.
Capitula ca 35-flora. Folia spatulata basi attenuata.......3. O. adscendens.

. O. arButirotius (HBK.) Gray, decumbens laxe caespitosus;
T his flexuosis; ramis curvato-ascendentibus foliosissimis 1-6 dm
longis simplicibus vel ramosis teretibus saepius purpurascentibus glan-
duloso-tomentellis, internodiis inferioribus brevissimis 2-3 supremis
longioribus usque ad 2-5 cm. longitudine; foliis ellipticis 8-19 mm.
longis 3.5-10 mm. latis crenulato-serratis plus minusve praesertim
Marginem versus Se gpa a supra viridibus subtus paullo
pallidioribus venulosis; cymis 3-12-capitulatis 3-5 cm. diametro,
Pedicellis ascendentibus rectis filiformibus 6-20 mm. longis; capitu-
lis ea. 20-floris; involucro subcylindrati-campanulato 4 mm. diametro
5 mm. alto, squamis exterioribus lanceolati-oblongis acutis dorso
glandulari-tomentellis, interioribus angustioribus; corollis glabris 3.5
mm. longis, tubo proprio 1.6 mm. longo f beylindrat

achaeniis plerisque arcuatis basin versus decrescentibus angulis sur-

.
aAequanti:
4 ’

0.7 mm. longis.— Proc. Am. Acad. xv. 26 (1879). Ageratum arbuti-
folium HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spee. iv. 149 (1820). Phania arbutifolia
(HBK.) DC. Prod. v. 115 (1836). P. trinervia (Moc.) DC. 1. ¢.
(1836); A. DC. Calq. des Dess. t. 527 (1874). Carelia arbutifolia
—_ Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1890).— Mexico: in monte igniv.

auhcampatepetl, alt. 3100 m., Humboldt & Bonpland; in monte
Orizaba, Galeotti, n. 2159 (hb. Kew.), Linden, n. 1121 (hb. Kew.),
- 3050 m., Liebmann, n. 212 (hb. Gray.), alt. 3300-3600 m., Lieb-
ng. n. 76 (hb. Gray.); alt. 3965 m., Seaton, n. 237 (hb. Gray.);
fer: 4020 m., Nelson, n. 286 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.); in silvis coni-
. : alt. 3500 m., Pringle, n. 8555 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.); in
levitate montis Orizabae, Rose & Hay, nn. 5738, 5760 (hb. Gray.),

alt. 2750-3800 m., Liebmann, n. 213 f. Hemsl. |. ¢., in saxis prope

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

2767 (hb. Gray.); in rupibus frigidulis Sierrae de las Cruces, Pringle,
n. 4290 (hb. Gray.); in monte igniv. Popocatepetl in regione pinorum,
Galeotti, n. 2380 (hb. Kew.).
if 2. O. GLANDULIFERUS (Sch. Bip.) Gray, suffrutex ramosus 1-1.3 m.
altus sordide glanduloso-tomentosus; ramis ascendentibus foliosis,
internodiis superioribus 3-5 cm. longis inferioribus vix 1 em. longis;
foliis inferioribus oblongis obtusis basi subtruncatis vel abrupte ro-
tundatis crenatis utrinque viridibus pilosellis margine glandulari-
tomentellis 2-3 em. longis 1-1.8 cm. latis ad 7 mm. longe petiolatis,
foliis superioribus basi subcuneato-angustatis subsessilibus; eymis
compositis trichotomis paucicapitulatis; capitulis majusculis ca. 75-
floris; involucri plus minusve 5-angulati 6 mm. diametro et alti
squamis exterioribus ovato-oblongis acuminatis glanduloso-puberulis
ca. 7 mm. longis; interioril bl lato-linearibus; corollis 5.6 mm.
longis, tubo proprio ca. 2 mm. longo ad junctionem faucium pilosulo,
faucibus infundibuliformibus ca. 2 mm. altis, dentibus limbi 1.6 mm.
longis oblongis acutiusculis; achaeniis gracilibus 3-3.5 mm. longis;
pappi squamulis 5 vel pluribus oblongis 0.7 mm. longis margine lacera-
tis basi plus minusve connatis.— Proc. Am. Acad. xv. 26 (1879), sme
char.; Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 75 (1884). Ageratum glanduliferum
Sch. Bip. ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 82 (1881), ubi deseriptum.
A. glanduliferum, var. albiflorum Sch. Bip. ex Gray, |. ¢. Oxylobus
glanduliferus, var. albiflorus (Sch. Bip.) Klatt, l.c. Carelia glandulifera
(Sch. Bip.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 325 (1891). — Mexico: Sempoaltepec,
Liebmann, n. 238 (hb. Gray.), specimen typicum, i. e. specimen a quo
descriptio principalis a cl. Hemsleyo derivata est (= etiam var.
albiflorum Sch. Bip.); Oaxaca, prope Sierram de San Felipe, alt. 2900-
3350 m., Nelson, n. 1112 (hb. Gray.), in summis rupibus, Sierra de San
Felipe, alt. 3175 m., Pringle, n, 4833 (hb. Gray., hb. J. D. Sm.); sine
loco indieato, Linden, n. 1155 f. Klatt.
a.— Specimen in hb. Kew. ex “Venezuela &c., Funck¢ & Bohiam,
h rum pro Ln
den, n. , Specimen verum hujus species ut videtur ex regione normali eee
icana. Idem est sine dubitatione id quod cl. Hemsleyius, |. ¢. 82, “ Fe sr
n. 1155” per errorem scripsit. Species ergo in Venezuela adhuc non ce

3. O. aDsceNDeENs (Sch. Bip.) Robinson & Greenman, perennis
decumbens subherbaceus 2.5-5 dm. altus basi prostratus radicans
foliosus; caule tereti curvato-ascendenti, internodiis erectis kaki
longis usque ad 1-2 dm. longitudine glanduloso-puberulis; foliis ims
spatulatis 34 cm. longis 1-2 em. latis crenulatis basi in petiolum
L.5 em. longum ciifietin atteniatis supra lacte viridibus subeus Bee

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 487

viridibus venulosis glabriusculis; foliis caulinis oppositis remotis
oblanceolato-oblongis sessibilus margine glanduloso-puberulis; cymis
terminalibus compositis densis ca. 4 em. diametro; capitulis ca. 35-
cee Sveluct 5-6 pieepaahe La ie alti squamis exterioribus anguste
gl so-tomentosis interioribus lineari-
bus; corollis 3-7 mm. longis glabris, tubo proprio 1.5 mm. longo fauces
campanulatas aequanti; achaeniis 2.8 mm. longis deorsum leviter
decrescentibus in angulis sursum scabratis; pappi squamulis pluribus
angustis fimbriatis 0.5 mim. longis.— Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 272 (1905).
Ageratum adscendens Sch. Bip. ex Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. ii. 242 (1873),
nomen; Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 80 (1881), ubi descriptum;
Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 75 (1884). Carelia adseendens (Sch. Bip.)
Ktze. Rey. Gen. i. 325 (1891).— Mexico: in monte Orizaba ad Va-
queriam de Jacal, alt. 3050-3660 m., Liebmann, n. 214 (hb. Kew., hb.
Gray.); alt. 3660 m., Linden, n. 489 (hb. Kew.); Puebla, in monte
igniv. Ixtaccihuatl in graminosis prope marginem superiorem silvarum,
Purpus, n. 1497 (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); in civitate Mexico,
in pascuis altis Deserto Viejo, Bourgeau, n. 839 (hb. Kew., hb. Gray.),
in Serrania de Ajusco in declivitatibus patentibus, alt. 2300 m.,
Pri (hb. Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. J. D. Sm.);
Hidalgo, in raedtccais humidis Sierrae de ea: alt. 3050., Pringle,
n. 9841 (hb Gray., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Verz Cruz, in Cosditerm

offi, n. 2160 (hb. Kew.); sine loco indicato, Ehrenberg, n. 463a
(hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).

INDEX EXSICCATARUM.

Ag. = Testor Al. = Alomia. Ox. = Oxylobus.

: Asgort, Ag. * 1. Berrero, Ag. ponte ig Spreng
WAREZ, 751 = he: gore (DC.) Bryricu, Ag. conyzoides L., Ag. fas-
ta (

tigiata enth.
a ae ARDFRSSON, Ag. Thasd bred Cav., v. ee 488, 579 = ace preskecuseuce

NOT, = Ag. 8
Axpainux, 287 = paleaceum BLANCHET, 2754 = At folios LS alge )
oo oe 543 = : Ag. albidum Benth. & Hoo
a aig heterolepis (Bek) Rebigeon: 3100
- se 2 = = Ag. onyzoides = micropappum
Maleteecalion (Benth § Bescany, Ag. littorale Gra
agar Ramer WO Al. achioeen (Less.)

RI,
Ag. conyzoides L. Robin.

son
a 407 partim = Ag. gaa Borreri & Sumicrast, 524 = Al.
seeps L., v. hoides ( Robinson

” Et ae Ag. co isocurp

m Hiero Bourceau, 719 = Ag. corymbosum

Babe, 4g, latifolium Cav. v. galapa- Zuce 83 ete aiscendens
Robinson Bip,

Bancrer, Ag. littorale Gray. 121 . alata Hemsl.; 1557 =

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Ag. Houstonianum Mill
3207 = Al. echioides (heen) Rok.

son.
EGER, Ag. corymbosum Zuccag.
491

Brenes, 14, = Ag. Oe6erstedii
Robi

Britton, E. G., 6375 = Ag. cony-

ide. Ms ity agate a

Hieron.; ‘sine num. Ag. latifo-
lium Cav

BRITTON & CowELL, 927 = Ag.
conyzot

BRITTON & arses 2240 = Ag.
latifolium Cav

L.
se aiuer ag i = Be:

conyzoides L.; = Ag. Hous
tonianum Mill.
«Benth: 24 = AI. fastigiata (Gardn.)
t
BucHANANn, 740 = Ag. conyzoides L.
Svein: 1456 = Ag. conyzoides L.
BURCHELL, = yzoides

Combs, 59 = Ag. conyzoides L.
qtr & Gonzhtnz, 542 = Ag.
ables (DC.) Hemsl

Cc OYLE, 277 = Al. micro-
carpa fren Robinso:
Cook & Griaes, 560 = Ag. cony-
zoides L.
CoorreR ee J. D. S8m.), 5824 =
g. conyz
Gora, 247, 248 = Ag. corym-

osum Zuc
2OuMNG, 2362 3362, "241g = Ag. conyzoides

piscine 77 = Ag. conyzoides L., v.
Se ee WEE nigh tas

g. maritimum 46

= Ag. littorale Gra:

ray.

Darwin, Ag. latifolium Cav., v

galapageitum Robinson
2DEAM, 330 = conyzoides L.;

6169 = Ag. rugosum Coult.; 6208
= Ag. rugosum Coult.?

Dritu, Ag ——— L.

Duaés, 2 = Ag. corymbosum
Zuceag.

Duss, 934,

2520, 4681 partim =
Ag. con nyzoides L: 4681 Seeds se
Ag. Houstonianum Mi

AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Eaacers, 303 = Ag. conyzoides L.;
3445 = Ag. Houstonianum Mill.
HRENBERG, = Ox. adscendens
(Sch. Bip.) Robinson & Greenman

ERVENDBER Housto-
nianum M

ill.
Everett, 16 = Ag. conyzoides L.
FEenDLER, 652 = Ag. conyzoides L.
FRIEDRICHSTHAL, Ag. scabriusculum
(Benth.) H
FUERTES, 458. = = ig. pte ns Cav.
2098 = croce pies

cruel iti
g. salicifolium

, Ag. littorale Gray.
3809 = Al. angustata

GARDNER,
Al. cin-

ardn binson. ae
Namie 106 = Ag. latifolium
, 1 = Ag. littorale Gray, V
hi ‘i 20 = Ag.

ferrari nse iat

maritimum ft — m Rob-

inson Ag. pagina m HBK.,

Vv. intermedium (Hemsl. ) Robinson;

. Gaumert Robin: rig ro
ra

411,
mentosum Soe0 )
= Al,
3 2 "379 = meg
m Coult.?
8 = canoes Mill.
— 372 = Ag. corymbosum Zuc-

cag. =
Bb anon Boom a Ag. corym

bosum Zue
ee “Al. ©: ccarphoiles (DC.)
Robin
Haun 1190 = ae conyzoides L.
Hartwea, corymbosum

Zuccag., v. gpren FE ——

+

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS. 489

HEtieEr, 542, 1999, 6143; = Ag. cony-
. zoides L. —

P
4243 = Ag. rugosum Coult.; 6153
Al temalensis Robinson.

HitpEBRANprT, 3304a, 3500 = Ag.
oide.

Hotst, 8860 = = Ag. —. o
Hotway, 3509, 5235 = Ag. ym-
bosum "Zuccag., v. latifolium (DC)
Robinson.
Hooker f., ‘Ag. conyzoides L.
Hooxen f. & 7 ite bien Ag. cony-
es L.
Humpotpr & apc 1273 =
g. maritimum HBK.; 3949 = Al.
Ag.

St Seabee Zucceag., v. latifolium
(DC.) en Ox. arbutifolius
(HBK.) G
OAD, Mee _conpoides
= Ag. conyzoides L.
fone C (guts el. Kingii), 1l = Ag.
iste: 4 = pated _ conyzoides L.
“he Fi
aching Gy © Jasiats (Gardn.)
Laxctassé, 310 = Ag. salicifolium

LEHMANN, 3600, 3601, 4666 = Ag.

conyzoides | he inaequipaleaceum

Hieron.

LizpMann 76 = Ox. arbutifolius
(HBK.)’ K.) Gray; 82, 83, tag y
ageratoudes HBK.; 143, 144 = ar

echioides ran Robinson;
— Ag. tomentosum (Benth.3

Lenn, Al. fastigiata (Gardn.) Benth.

ype ese ws conyzoides

n & Hay, 3487 = Ag. cony-

zoides Li.
son; MERRILL, 35, 563, 1955 = Ag. cony-
we oe ap

Moore, 469 = Ag. conyzoides L
Moi, ae = Al. echioides (Less.)

Ro
N&z, Ag bk ifolium C
Die poles 286 =Ox. arbutifolis (HBK.)
a (es = Al. ocephala

glanduliferus (Sch. Bip.) Gray;

Ag. albi (DC.) Hemsl.;

13 = g. tomentosum (Benth.)
q.

dum (DC.) ig msl., v. Nelsonit
Robinson; 3528 = Al. platylepis
Robinson; 3542 = A

; 5006

L.
Nrowors, 33 = Ag. Houstonianum

Gua 241, 247, 248 = Al. micro-
9.

; =
aie (an 74) 192 = Ag. lit-
le Grays anno onus 2 427 a

bosum ZGuccag., partim Ae salici-
folium Hemsl.; 290, 351 = Ag.

iscense \aicbinaee:
uae {891) 19587 = Ag. eed
sum, v. latifolium (DC.) Ro
inson; (anno 1892) 1834 =
latifolium Cavy.; 1850, 1890 =
g. conyzoides L.; = Ag.
Houstonianum Mill.; .} (anno 1896)
506 = Ag. corymbosum Zuccag.;

490

(anno 1898) 307 = Ag. cor
or Zuceag. ; ; (anno 1902) 401
corymbosum Zucecag.,~ v.
saierahelis ws Robinson; 382 = Ag.
m uccag., v. Ee
no

Zuceag.; STS= Ag.
Zuceag.., v. “Suryphyllum Robinson.
Peck, 80 = g. Peckit Robinson;

ak.; 371, =e AL. yates, 2
(Gardn.) Benth.; 669 = AI. folios
(Gardn.) epee kof;

LLARD, Coutiins & Morris, 12 =
Ag. littora

Ag. corym-
artim Ag. corym-
., f. album eee

2166 = Al. allneds Si eajen oe
inson; = Ag. corym
latifolinm

(HBK.) Garr 47 Zig = “AL callosa
(Wats.) eae OT = Ag.
albidum ay ee =
yA ap iar (Sch. Bip. ) ma Tay;

6 eaceum ay
= Ag. tomentosum

salicifolium Hemsl.; Hes 6d Ag.
tomentosum (Ben th.) emsl.; 6612
= Ox. adscendens (Sch. Bip.) we

inson & Greenman; 3 =
tomentosum be ke emsl. ; 788

; 8362 =
me =
BK. )

9045 = Ag. coe Dt Hise!

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

9047 = Ag. corymbosum Zuccag.;
9353 : = AL Tt (Wats.) Rob-
AQ: ner

corymbosum Zuccag., v. latifoliwm
DC.) Robinson; 9844 = Ag. lu-
cidum Robinson; = Ag. yee
folium Hemsl.; = AL.

Hemsl.; 11,81 mae kat

819 = We
(Sch. Bip. ) Robinson; 11,898 = Ag.
salicifolium Rema 13,022 = dg:
lucidum Robi
7PurPus, 187 = =0s. ‘arbuaifolin (HBK.)
117

Gray; 5 a
(B enth.) Hemsli 1497 =| ad-
scendens (Sch. ian 02. &
arene = 2euF = Ag, corymbo-
=m tae Fe

folius mae) real io = Ag.
tomentosum (Be h.) emsl.; 2199

hone. . fastigiata

959 =
(Gardn. RE ap oar = Ag. cony-

ili
. cory m
scense Robinson, f. lactiflorum fi
2739

inson; = Ag. cor,
Z, uryphyllum Robinso
uccag., - P O78, 5760 = On.
arbutifolius (HBK.) Gray.
Ro ; at oss, 9631 = Ag-
cory Zue

m cag
Ru Baas Ag: oom iad L.; Ag. Hous-

ee. 1642, 1643 = Ag. hin nso

. echtordes (Less.)
SALVIN . GopMAN, 48 =

ROBINSON.— ALOMIA, AGERATUM, AND OXYLOBUS.

sa ay Al. echioides (Less.) Rob-
nson; . Houstonianum Mill.
Seuarrven ae 293 = Ag.

corym-
osum

ScHIEDE, 304 = Sa echioides Ce.)

obinson; hai num. Ag. us
tonianum

ScHOMBURGK, Rie 488 = Ag: seor-
U

ScHomMBuRGK, Ros., 353 = Ag. scor-
loideum Bak.

491

STUHLMANN, Ag. rigeetarioe L.

yTaytor, 191 = Ag. conyzoides L.,
v. inaequa smpaleaceum Haar,

TutEMe (distrib. J. D. Sm.), 5323 =
partim Ag. conyzoides

igh oa Al. echioides (Less.) Robin-

onsees 4139 = Ag. latifolium Cav.;
7281, 8479, 10, ngs Al. microcarpa
_ (Benth .) Robin nso
Triana, 1157 = rex latifolium Cav.

Geacians; 40b = Ag. corymbosum 7 TUERCKHELM, H. von (distrib. J. D.
Sm 8

. Houstonianum Mill.;
346, = Ag. tomentosum (Benth.
= Ag. conyzoides L.
myriadenia (Sch.
22 = Al. fasti-
th.
ey eye L:;
9 =partim Ag. mum
es partim Ae cisitienaan. f.
obinso
awenrox (liste, e D. Sm.), 600 =
oides L,

1 = conyzoides L.
Stupson, 246 = Ag. littorale Gray.

Ag. salicifolium
Hemsl. fe scab uate (Benth.)

Seren, 59, 3661, 5816 = Ag. cony-
L.; = Ag. conyaotdes

L., f. album gion .) Robinso
7 Surru, CO. hs a Ag. Honisto-
nianum Mill.; = Ag. i
(Gey) Has AP6 =p io
) sl
eee sain Bg ppt

ill.
Pd aes, HL =, 523 = Ag. conyzoides
ioe HH &C G. W., =
Meet 543 = Ag.

L
Swrrn, L. C., 277 = A paleaceu
(Gay) Hemsl.; ay 3 tomen-
tosum (Benth.) Hemsl.; 424 =
, Ag. albidum (DC.) Hemsl.
ot S & Heuer, 423 = Ag.
“ve heel Cav., v. galapageium’

= Ag. conyzoides L.;
g. conyzoides L.; Ii

Unpverwoop & Griaas, 871, 872 =
Ag. conyzoides L.
PVALDEZ, = Ag. Gaumeri Robinson.
Tat sane 967 = Ag. al Coult?
Wacenzr, Ag. latifolium ood
p, Ag. corymbosum oe
Wanna, 402 = Al. en oadiue (Sch.
i aeort per rtim Al.

WILKES, Ag. conyzoides g.
zoides L., v. inaequipaleaceum
leron.
AMS, Ag. co

ILLI nyzoides L.
hel > cote igi =

Ag. corymbosum
Wier: 1129= Ag. corymbosum Zuc-

cag.; Ag. 2s

1631 (anno 1859-1860) = Ag. lati-

folium Cav.; 1631 (annis 1860-
64) = Ag. maritimum HBK.;

2798 = Ag. domingense Spreng.;

sine num. Ag. cony L., Ag

ingense Spreng., Ag. scabri
lum (Benth.) Hemsl

L., v. tnaequi

ceum Hieron.
? ZIMMERMANN, ZQ.= Ag. conyzoides

ZOLLINGER, 23 = Ag. conyzoides L. |

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

III. SOME NEW COMBINATIONS REQUIRED BY THE
INTERNATIONAL RULES.

By C. A. WEATHERBY.

Waite employed at the Gray Herbarium during the summer of
1911 I was engaged in determinative work and in the re-arrangement
and incidental revision of certain groups, notably the Nyctaginaceae.
In the course of these activities it was found impossible to name certain
species in accordance with the provisions of the International Rules of
Botanical Nomenclature without employing new combinations. I
have been requested to put these names on published record and they
may be stated as follows:

NYCTAGINACEAE.

Oxybaphus ciliatifolius, n. nom. Ozybaphus aggregatus Torr.
Bot. Mex. Bound. 168 (1859), not Vahl, Enum. ii. 41 (1805). Allionva
ciliata Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 345 (1909), not Oxyba-
phus ciliatus Phil. ex Meigen in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xvii. 231 (1893).

Oxybaphus comatus (Small), n. comb. Oxybaphus nyctagineus,
var. pilosus Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 174 (1859). Allionia
comata Small, Fl. Southeast. U. S. 407 (1903). ;

Oxybaphus Brandegei (Standley), n. comb. Allionia Brandeget
Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 346 (1909).

Oxybaphus rotatus (Standley), n. comb. Allionia rotata Stand-
ley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 347 (1909). ;

Oxybaphus giganteus (Standley), n. comb. Allionia gigantea
Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 348 (1909) - :

Oxybaphus pratensis (Standley), n. comb. Allionia pratensis
Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 351 (1909). :

Oxybaphus Carletoni (Standley), n. comb. Allionia Carletont
Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 355 (1909).

Oxybaphus exaltatus (Standley),n. comb. Allionva exaltata
Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. 355 (1909).

Oxybaphus cardiophyllus (Standley), n. comb. Oxybaphus
Cervantesii of authors, in part, not Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. 1, t. 84.
(1823). Allionia cardiophylla Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xu'-
405 (1911).

HUBBARD.— GRAMINEAE FROM BRITISH HONDURAS. 493

IV. ON THE GRAMINEAE COLLECTED BY PROF.
MORTON E. PECK IN BRITISH HONDURAS, 1905-07.

By F. Tracy Hussarp.

Prof. Peck’s collection of grasses from British Honduras includes
four new species and a number of plants that are little known, several
of them not previously reported from Central America. The grasses
indicate that the flora of British Honduras is composed of some North
Mexican, but chiefly of West Indian and South American elements;
a fact which Prof. Robinson tells me is true of the other families.

A list of the species collected is as follows —

Tripsacum pacty.orgs L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 2: 1378 (1763).— Pine
ridge, Yeacos Lagoon, March 8, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 703.

MANISURIS GRANULARIS (L.) Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 25 (1788).—
Open ground, Toledo, February 7, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 653.

IscHAEMUM LATIFOLIUM Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1: 371, t.99 (1830).—
Swampy ground near Manatee Lagoon, December 30, 1905, M. E.

Peck, no. 254.

Tracuypogon pLumosus (Humb. & Bonpl.) Nees, Agrost. Bras. 344
(1829).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, September 8, 1905, M. E.
Peck, no. 139.

ANDROPOGON CONDENSATUS HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 1 : 188 (1816).
— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, June 21, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 59.

Andropogon domingensis (Spreng.), comb. nov. A. hirtiflorus
Kunth, Rev. Gram. 2 : 569, t. 198 (1832). Streptachne domingensis
Spreng. ex Schultes, Mant. 2 : 188 (1824). Schizachyrium domingense
(Spreng.) Nash in No. Am. Fl. 17 : 103 (1912).— Pine ridge near Man-
se Lagoon, January 8, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 282. There are three
: der uses of the combination A. domingensis viz. Steud. Nom. ed. 1,

5 (1821); Spreng. ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, 1: 91 (1841) in syn; and
Sourn. Mex. Pl. 2: 61 (1886). The second use being in synonymy is
— and as the first and third uses are both based on Anatherum
. ingense R. & S. Syst. Veg. 2: 809 (1817) which is given as a syno-
em leucostachyus HBK. (1816) [teste specim.] cf.
herent Gram. 1: 164 (1824) and generally so considered,—they

hot interfere with the present combination.
a age em ee HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 1: 187
pesca Tl ~-
Poole. nie, ee ge near Manatee Lagoon, August 10, 1905, M. E.

.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ANDROPOGON SPATHIFLORUS (Nees) Kunth, Enum. Pl. 1: 496
(1833).— Low pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, June 21, 1905, M. E.
Peck, no. 54.

ANDROPOGON vircInicus L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1046 (1753).— Pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, September 27, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 150.

ARUNDINELLA Deppreana Nees ex Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 115 (1854).
— Thicket near Manatee Lagoon, February 28, 1906, M. E. Peck,
no. 359; river bank, Moho R., March 16, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 735.
This species may not be distinct from A. peruviana (Presl) Steud. 1. ¢.
as affirmed by Nash in No. Am. Fl. 17: 143 (1912), but from the
material in the Gray Herbarium it seems to be distinct.

LeprocorypHium LANATUM (HBK.) Nees, Agrost. Bras. 84 (1829).
— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, August 30, 1905, M. E. Peck,
no. 137.

DiGiraRta SETIGERA Roth ex R. & S. Syst. Veg. 2: 474 (1817). D.
setosa Desy. ex Hamilt. Prodr. Pl. Ind. Oce. 6 (1825). Syntherisma
digitatum (Sw.) Hitche. Contr. U: S. Nat. Herb. 12: 142 (1908)
based on Milium digitatum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 24 (1788) not
D. digitata Buese in Miq. Pl. Jungh. 381 (1855).— Cultivated ground
near Manatee Lagoon, June 18, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 44.

THRASYA CAMPYLOSTACHYA (Hack.) Chase in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
24: 115 (1911). Panicum campylostachyum Hack. in Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 51: 367 (1901).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, June 18,
1905, M. E. Peck, no. 70. This interesting species originally described
from Costa Rica seems to be limited in its distribution to the southern
portion of Central America. The determination was kindly verified
by Mrs. Chase, Assistant Agrostologist of the Bureau of Plant Industry.

Mesosetum filifolium, sp. nov. Culmi caespitosi, basin versus @
vaginis multis arcte imbricatis obtecti, erecti, tenues, 35-70 cm. alti-
tudine, inflorescentiam versus puberuli aliter nodis breviter hispido-
barbatis exceptis glabri. Vaginae radicales squamiformes, tumidius-
culae, hispidae, abrupte ad folii junctionem contractae babulataeque;
eae culmarum elongatae sed internodio breviores, glabrae, in laminas
gradatim transeuntes. Ligula barbulata, circa 0.5 mm. longa. Folia
erecta, setaceo-filiformis, basin versus conduplicata, 7-28 em. longa,
0.5 mm. lata, glabra, ea culmarum reducta, supremum saepe vix 1 em.
longum. Inflorescentia erecta, 4-7 cm. longa, 5 mm. diametro; aX!
flexuosus fere capillaris, excavationi non ostendentius, puberulus
vel scaber; pedicellum breve, hispidum. Spiculae patenti-erectae,
lineari-oblongae, apicem versus tenebrae, albido-villosae, 5 mm. longae,
1.5 mm. latae; gluma prima quam secunda brevior vel eam subaequans,

HUBBARD.— GRAMINEAE FROM BRITISH HONDURAS. 495

3-nervata, acuta, dense hirsuta villis adpressis apicem glumae super-
antibus, ad. basin penicillatum collectis; gluma secunda 5-nervata,
involuto-acuminata, quam lemma sterile paullum longior, hirsuta
villosa; lemma sterile dorso-concavum, 2-carinatum, 5-nervatum,
_abrupte acuminatum, carinis apicem versus longe villoso-penicillatis;
lemma fertile 5-nervatum, ad apicem carinatum, apice hispidulo et
acuto, quam palea 2-nervata paullum longius.— Type (in the Gray
Herb.) and only specimen seen, pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon,
August 30, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 136. This species is closely allied
to M. exaratum (Trin.) Chase, but is taller, much longer leaved, the
inflorescence longer and the spikelets are larger, more villous and with
more pointed parts.

AXoNopuUS LAXIFLORUs (Trin.) Chase in Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash. 24:
133 (1911). Anastrophus laxiflorus (Trin.) Nash in No. Am. FI. 17:
163 (1912).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 8, 1906, M. E.
Peck, no. 464. I have not been able to compare this, but ex char. I
believe it to be the above.

Paspatum carsprrosum Fliigge, Gram. Monogr. 161 (1810).—
Open ground, Toledo, March 26, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 769. Not
previously reported from Central America, former distribution south-
ern Florida, Bahamas, Jamaica, Cuba, Porto Rico and South America.

PasPaLum orBicuLatuM Poir. in Lam: Encyel 5: 32 (1804). P.
pusillum Vent. ex Fliigge, Gram. Monogr. 100 (1810).— Open ground,
Toledo, October 1, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 541.

PaspaLuM PaNnicuLatum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2: 855 (1759).—

Paspalum Peckii, sp. nov., perenne, dense caespitosum, 80 cm.
altitudine, radicibus fibrosis. Culmi erecti, crassi, glabri, nodis fuscis
paullum breviter pilosis. Vaginae infimae saepe squamiformes,
d a breviter pilosae; superiores imbricatae, supra aliquid con-

upiicatae, internodia aequantes vel ea superantes, glabrae sed per

Jjorem vel ‘Mminorem partem longitudinis suae cum marginibus
ec am et ad folii junctionem cum annulo piloso. Ligula
Sha ont 2 mm longa. Folia erecta, rigidiuscula, linearia,
lets " conduplicata, longe acuminata, 10-34 em. longa, 5-10 mm.
a seabris; lamina subtus glabra vel sparse pilosa, supra
: hg “a basin versus densius induta, longe villosa ad basin peni-

. Inflorescentia terminalis, subdigitata, 10-15 cm. longa, in
unculis rigidis, canaliculatis, glabris vel sparse hispidis longe

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

exserta; racemi 2-3, saepius 3, 10-13 em. longi, rhachi membranaceo-
alato 1 mm. lato, spiculas binas in ordinibus duobus ferente, in marge
basin versus sparse longeque ciliato, ad axis principalis junctionem
piloso, aliter glabro marginibus et costa media et pedicellis scabris
exceptis. Spiculae turgidae, elliptici-obovatae, acutae, glabrae,
albo-virides saepe purpureo-coloratae, circa 2.7 mm. longae, 1.5 mm.
latae, aliquando 2-florae,— inferior staminifera, superior hermaphro-
dita; gluma prima plerumque adest, quintam partem vel etiam dimi-
diam partem spiculae longitudine aequans, truncata vel acuminata,
l-nervata cum nervo scabro; gluma secunda 5-nervata, quam lemma
sterile brevior; lemma sterile 5-nervatum, fructus superans, ad apicem
incrassatum puberulumque; palea sterilis aliquando adest, indurata;
fructus ellipsoidalis, circa 2.2 mm. longus, 1.4 mm. latus.— Type
(in the Gray Herb.) and only specimen seen, pine ridge near Manatee
Lagoon, July 18, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 71. P. Peckii belongs to the
section Monostachya and is most nearly allied to P. pilosum Lam.
(Panicum monostachyum HBK. not Paspalum monostachyum Vasey ),
but differs from it in the greater number of racemes [P. piloswm occa-
sionally has 2, but usually only 1], the longer less pubescent leaf-blades
and the thinner sterile lemma. I wish to thank Mrs. Chase for her
kindness in comparing the Peck specimen with the material at Wash-
ington and for her notes relating to its difference from other species
of this group. :

PASPALUM PECTINATUM Nees, Agrost. Bras. 34 (1829).— Pine ridge,
Yceacos Lagoon, March 1, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 680. Determined by
Mrs. Chase who states that they have (in Washington) only one North
American collection of this species, Costa Rica, Biolley, no. 9651. P.
pectinatum is a South American species.

PaSPALUM PEDUNCULATUM Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Suppl. 4: 315
(1816).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, August 8, 1905, M. E.
Peck, no. 110.

PasPALUM PULCHELLUM HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 1: 90, t- 26
(1816).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 31, 1905, M. E. Peck,
no. 86. Previously reported from Cuba, Hispaniola, Barbados and
South America; new for Central America.

PaspaLuM SCHREBERIANUM (Fliigge) Nash in No. Am. FI. 17: 190
(1912).— Wet pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 18, 1905, M E.
Peck, no. 69 a. Determined by Mrs. Chase. The specimen (in the
Gray Herb.) consists of two inflorescences which were tied with no- 69,
Paspalum Underwoodii Nash, and extends the range to Central America
as the former distribution was the West Indies and South America.

HUBBARD.— GRAMINEAE FROM BRITISH HONDURAS. 497

PaspaLtum UnpERWwoopti Nash in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 30: 375
(1903).— Wet pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 18, 1905, M. E.
Peck, no. 69. Determined by Mrs. Chase. A West Indian species
not previously reported from Central America.

ANICUM CHRYSOPSIDIFOLIUM Nash in Small, Fl. Southeast U. S.
100 (1903).— Forest near Sibune R., May 8, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 425.
Previously reported from Florida, Louisiana, Cuba and Porto Rico;
new for Central America.

PANICUM CYANESCENS Nees Agrost. Bras. 220 (1829).— Low pine
ridge near Manatee Lagoon, January 5, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 271,
A variable species resembling P. parvifolium Lam., but more upright,
with longer leaves and larger panicle. It is a South American species
apparently new to North America. The references to P. cyanescens
in Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. 3: 487 (1885) and Fourn. Mex. Pl. 2:
20 (1886) are probably misapplications of the name and referable to
P. parvifolium. Wright, no. 3459 cited by Fournier is according to
Prof. A. S. Hitchcock’s notes on this number in the Gray Herbarium
a mixture of P. parvifolium Lam. and P. nitidum Lam.

PANICUM FASCICULATUM Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 22 (1788).—
Cultivated ground near Manatee Lagoon, January 27, 1906, M. E.
Peck, no. 317.

Panicum FustrorME Hitche. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 222 (1909).
on Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 7, 1906, M. EF. Peck, no. 453a.
Distribution previously limited to the extreme southeastern portion
of the United States and Cuba. New for Central America.

_ Panicum taxum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 23 (1788).— Pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, June 21, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 60.

_ Panicum maximum Jacq. Coll. Bot. 1: 76 (1786).— Thickets near
Manatee Lagoon, November 10, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 195.

Pantcum prtosum Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Oce. 22 (1788).— Pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, June 10, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 28.

PaNICUM PULCHELLUM Raddi, Agrost. Bras. 42 (1823).— Pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, January 8, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 279.

Panicum Rupcer R. & S Syst. Veg. 2: 444 (1817).— Pine ridge,
Monkey R., December 26, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 588.

Panicum spHAEROcARPON Ell. Sketch 1: 125 (1816).— Pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, June 21, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 61.

Panicum stenodoides, sp. nov., perenne, virgulta e caudice nodu-
080 formans, circa 30 cm. altitudine, olivaceum, radicibus paullum
‘Carnosis. Culmi erecti, tenues, firmiusculi, basin versus toto vel fere
glabri, supra papilloso-pilosi, nodis glabris. Vaginae infimes squami-

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

formes, glabrae, superiores breves, circa 2 cm. longae, patente
papilloso-pilosae, abrupte ad folii junctionem contractae. Ligula
membranacea, brevissima, 0.25 mm. longa. Folia erecta, rigidiuscula
linearia, subtus plana apicem versus involuto-setacea, 5-14 cm. longa,
1-2 mm. lata, lamina utrinque papilloso-pilosa. Paniculae terminales,
solitariae vel per occasionem cum secunda breviori ex axe eodem pro-
ducta, breve exsertae vel ad basin inclusae, plerumque bractea parva
setiforme suffultae, circa 1 em. longae, 2-4 mm. diametro, 5-7-spicu-
latae, axe pedicelloque scabris. Spiculae obtusae, turgidae, paullum
ad basin attenuatae, 2 mm. longae, circa 1.5 mm. latae, valde nervatae;
gluma prima quam spicula duplo brevior, 3-nervata, acuta; gluma
secunda 9-nervata, lemma sterile 9-nervatum aequans; fructus ellip-
soidalis, acutus, circa 1.7 mm. longus, 1 mm. latus, paullum glumam
secundam et lemma sterile superans.— Type (in the Gray Herb.) and
only specimen seen, low pine ridge, Yeacos Lagoon, March 5, 1907,
M. E. Peck, no. 681. This species belongs to the small section Tenera
as characterized in Hitche. & Chase, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 15: 97
(1910). Itis very similar to P. stenodes Griseb. and P. caricoides Nees,
but differs from the former in having pilose culms, sheath and leaves:
and larger spikelets; from the latter it differs very noticeably in the
absence of long stiff hairs on the pedicel.

PANICUM TRICHANTHUM Nees, Agrost. Bras. 210 (1829).— Open
ground, Toledo, March 27, 1907, M: E. Peck, no. 775. The Peck
specimen is rather stouter and the spikelets slightly larger than usual.

PANICUM TRICHOIDES Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 24 (1788).— Clear-
ing near Manatee Lagoon, January 27, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 314;
open ground, Toledo, February 2, 1907, M. E. Peck, no. 637.

Panicum virGatum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1, 1: 59 (1753).— Swamp near
Manatee Lagoon, July 18, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 73; swamp near
Manatee Lagoon, August 13, 1905, M. E. Pecl, no. 123.

Panicum (§ PrycHopHYLLUM) CRUS-ARDEAE Willd. ex Nees, Agrost.
Bras. 253 (1829).— Forest, upper Moho R., October 18, 1906, M. E.
Peck, no. 565. The proper position of the section Ptychophyllum seems:
to be very uncertain. By some it is considered a section of Setarva
while by others it is retained in Panicum. As this species has nevet
been transferred to Setaria, I am maintaining the old name though
presumably its affinity is more with Setaria than Panicum.

ICHNANTHUS PALLENS (Sw.) Doell in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2°: 290 ( 1877).
— Forest near Manatee Lagoon, October 18, 1905, M. E. Peck, no-
172; forest near Manatee Lagoon, January 27, 1906, M. E. Peck, no-
312. |

HUBBARD.— GRAMINEAE FROM BRITISH HONDURAS. 499

LasIacis DivaRIcaTA (L.) Hitche. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 15:
16 (1910). Panicum divaricatum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2: 871 (1759).—
Thicket near Manatee Lagoon August 2, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 93.

Lastacis GriseBacutt (Nash) Hitche. in Bot. Gaz. 51: 302 (1911).
Panicum Grisebachii Nash in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 35: 301 (1908).—
Forest near Manatee Lagoon, November 10, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 197.
A species apparently hitherto restricted to Cuba.

LASIACIS PROCERRIMA (Hack.) Hitche. ex Chase in Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 24:.145 (1911). Panicum procerrimum Hack. in Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 51: 431 (1901).— Forest near Manatee Lagoon, August 6,
1905, M. E. Peck, no. 107.

Lastacts sp.— Pine ridge, Monkey R., December 28, 1906 M. E.
Peck, no. 593. This may be Panicum martinicense Griseb. Fl. Brit.
W. Ind. 552 (1864), as it answers the description and is reported by
Grisebach as coming from Jamaica [Martinique!, Panama!, Guiana!].
The identity of Grisebach’s species is, however, at present uncertain
and consequently it is unwise to make a new combination. Prof.
Hitchcock writes me that a specimen of Steber, no. 29 from Martinique
(cited by Grisebach) is Lasiacis Swartziana Hitche., though this
particular specimen may not be the one from which Grisebach drew his
description.

SACCIOLEPIS vitvorpgs (Trin.) Chase in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 21:
7 (1908).— Wet pine ridge, Yeacos Lagoon, May 15, 1905, M. E. Peck,
no. 901. This species has been previously reported from southern
Mexico and Brazil.

Homo.epis aturensis (HBK.) Chase in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 24:
146 (1911).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, June 18, 1905, M. E.
Peck, no. 45.

OpLisMenus BURMANNI (Retz.) Beauv. Agrost. 54 (1812).— Forest
near Manatee Lagoon, February 22, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 349.

SETARIA persis (Poir.) R. & S. Syst. Veg. 2: 891 (1817).— Culti-
vated ground, Toledo, September 9, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 491. —

YRA LATIFOLIA L. Amoen. Acad. (Pugill. Jam.) 5: 408 (1759).—
F orest near Manatee Lagoon, August 8, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 109;
ni hae collection but without more precise data, M. E. Peck,

oo LATIFOLIA L. forma.— Thicket, Toledo, September 21, 1906,

- E. Peck, no. 533. A narrow-leaved form.

+ Lirnacuye PAUCIFLORA (Sw.) Beauv. Agrost. 135, 168 (1812)

fis implication only, no combination made,— cf. Ind. Kew. 2': 98
895). Olyra pauciflora Sw. Prodr. Veg. Ind. Occ. 21 (1788). L.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

axillaris Beauv. Agrost. 166, Atlas 15, t. 24 f. 2 (1812).— Forest,
Toledo, September 12, 1906, M. FE. Peck, no. 507.

ARISTIDA DIVARICATA Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd. Enum. Hort.
Berol. 99 (1809).— Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 18, 1905,
M. E. Peck, no. 72.

Aristida pseudospadicea, sp. nov., perennis, dense caespitosa, circa
80 em. altitudine, radicibus fibrosis. Culmi erecti, tenues sed rigidi,
basin versus aliquid ramosi, supra simplices, albo-virides, ad nodos
purpurascentes, omnino glabri. Vaginae e basi imbricata tumidius-
cula paullum angustatae, in parte superiori culmos laxissime includ-
dentae vel patentes, quam internodia multo breviores, glabrae, ad
folii junctionem angulo recto abruptissime contractae et cum annulo
atro-brunneo cinctae. Ligula annularis brevis hispida in auriculas
vaginae procurrens, circa. 0.2 mm. longa. Folia baseos superioribus
similia, erecta, plana vel conduplicata, longe setaceo-acuminata, 8-30
em. longa, 1-2 mm. lata; lamina subtus glabra, supra sparse longe
tenuiterque pilosa basin versus pilis crebrioribus instructa. Inflores-
centia panicula simplex, gracilis; 20-26 cm. longa, 2-4 em. diametro;
radiis in axillis solitariis (per occasionem secundo breviore), adpresso-
ascendentibus vel paullo patentibus, inferioribus remotis; axe radiisque
glabris. Spiculae glabrae, albo-virides vel paullum albo-violaceae,
9-11 mm. longae, circa 1 mm. diametro, callo obconico in summa parte
barbato, circa 1 mm. longo; glumae carinatae, 1-nervatae, gluma
prima in nervo scabra, acuminata, quam secunda aliquanto breviorl,
gluma secunda aristato-acuminata vel paullum bifida cum arista brev1;
lemma quam. gluma secunda longius, ad apicem aliquid tortum,
scabrum, partibus tribus aristae divaricatis, subaequantes vel laterali-
bus multo brevioribus, parti media ad 35 mm. longa; palea circa 1 mm.
longa.— Type (in the Gray Herb.) and only specimen seen, pine ridge
near Manatee Lagoon, June 11, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 31. A. pseudo-
spadicea is most nearly allied to A. spadicea HBK. from which it differs
in its more slender habit, absence of flat curled basal leaves, long-pilose
upper leaf-surface and smaller spikelets. Similar differences separate
it from A. arizonica Vasey. The comparatively long callus separates
it at once from A. tincta Trin. & Rupr. which has a very short one.
I wish to thank Mrs. Chase for comparing the material with that at
Washington.

SpoRoBOLUS cUBENSIS Hitche. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 237
(1909).— Pine ridge, Yeacos Lagoon, March 5, 1907, M. E. Peck,
no. 694. A Cuban and Porto Rican species apparently new for Cen-
tral America.

HUBBARD.— GRAMINEAE FROM BRITISH HONDURAS. 501

Sporopo.us virainicus (L.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1: 67 (1829).—
Low ground near Manatee Lagoon August 10, 1905, M. E. Peck, no.
120.

Spartina Gouri? Fourn. ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. 3: 509
(1885) nomen; Fourn. Mex. Pl. 2: 135 (1886).— Swampy shore of
Manatee Lagoon, August 14, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 130. Previously
collected in Mexico only. The Peck material agrees perfectly with a
specimen, in the Gray Herbarium, labelled Spartina densiflora Brongn.
(S. Gouini Fourn.!) [alkaline meadows, Hacienda de Angostura, San
Luis Potosi, Mexico, July 10, 1891, C. G. Pringle, no. 3760]. Judging
from Brongniart’s description of S. densiflora (a Chilean species) in
which he calls attention to its affinity to S. glabra Muhl. I doubt very
much that the Mexican S. Gouini is the same and a Chilean specimen
in the Gray Herbarium, labelled S. densiflora Brongn. [Valdivia:
Ensenada bei Corral, in Griiben 5/1 1905, Dr. Otto Buchtien, no. 1285]
certainly is not the same as Pringle, no. 3760, but shows a strong
resemblance to S. glabra Muhl.

LEPTOCHLOA FILIFORMIS (Lam.) Beauv. Agrost. 71, 166 (1812).
L. mucronata (Michx.) Kunth. Rev. Gram. 1: 91 (1829).— Clearing
near Manatee Lagoon, January 21, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 296.

Eveusine inpica (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. 1: 8 (1788).— Cultivated
ground near Manatee Lagoon, June 8, 1905, M. E. Peck, no. 43.

Eracrosris Exurorrit Wats. in Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 140 (1890).—
Pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, November 25, 1905, M. E. Peck, no.
222a. Not previously reported from Central America, former distribu-
tion southeastern United States, Cuba and Porto Rico.

Eracrostis HyPNompes (Lam.) BSP. Prelim. Cat. N. Y. Pl. 69
(1888).— Swamp near Sibune R., May 1, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 143.

ERaGRosris MEXICANA (Lag.) Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 190 (1827).—
pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, July 18, 1905, M. E. Peck, no.

Eracrostis sp.— affinis E. acutiflorae (HBK.) Nees.— Pine ridge
hear Manatee Lagoon, January 8, 1906, M. E. Peck, no. 281la. The
Peck material is too immature to determine m definitely than above.

- Chase has kindly compared this with the material at Washington
and has been unable to identify it.

2 Since the preparation of this arti i ‘

: article Prof. A. S. Hitchcock’s paper on
wexican Grasses [Contr. U. §. Nat. Herb. 17 (1913)] has appeared. _In
Mae eo 329, 330,— he refers Pringle, no. 3760 to S. spartinae (Trin.)
ideract Ae Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. 9:11 (1902). I have no doubt that he is
8partinas aie rin) he nsequently the Peck material should be named 8S.

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ARUNDINARIA? — Lower Moho R.., October 16, 1906, M. E. Peck, no.
560. Without inflorescence, probably an Arundinaria, possibly A.
longifolia Fourn.

V. DIAGNOSES AND TRANSFERS AMONG THE SPERMA-
TOPHYTES.

- By B. L. Rosinson.

In the course of routine work at the Gray Herbarium during the
last few months the writer has found it necessary to employ a number
of new names, resulting either through transfers of the plants in ques-
tion or rendered needful by the provisions of the International Rules
of Botanical Nomenclature. That these names may have proper
status they are here given published record, together with a few diag-
noses of new species. Two plants characterized at the Gray Her-
barium by Mr. Sidney F. Blake and a transfer made by Mr. Sumner C.
Brooks are included by request.

Inga (§ Diadema) Peckii, spec. nov., pedunculis exceptis glabra;
ramis teretibus cortice griseo a lenticellis numerosis scabrato tectis
plus minusve geniculatis; foliolis 2-3-jugis oblongis petiolulatis sub-
coriaceis supra subnitidis subtus opacis vel subglaucescentibus apice
basique acuminatis 9-17 cm. longis 3.5-7.5 cm. latis penninervils;
petiolulis 46 mm. longis; rhachi commune ca. 1.5 dm. longo striato-
angulato exalato; pedunculis brevibus gracilibus ex eodem axillo
plurimis; receptaculo ovoideo, capitibus globosis saepius 12-18-floris;
floribus sessilibus; calyce ca. 2 mm. longo subcylindrato margime
brevissime dentato obsolete hispidulo-ciliato aliter glabro; core la
glabra graciliter tubulata sursum leviter gradatimque ampliata, dentt-
bus limbi brevissimis deltoideis; tubo staminum exserto; legumine
glabro falcato-oblongo ca. 13 em. longo ca. 2.2 em. lato 11-seminato-~
British Honduras, Prof. Morton E. Peck, no. 673 (type, in Gray Herb.).
A species nearly related to I. jinicwil Schlecht. but differing ™ i
much shorter peduncles, thicker duller and less reticulated leaflets,
shorter corolla-teeth, exserted stamen-tube, etc. From the imper-
fectly described and wholly obscure I. coriacea (Moe. & Sess-) G. Don
it differs in having leaflets symmetrical not oblique at the base.

Acacia bucerophora, spec. nov., fruticosa vel arborea; ramis terety

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 503

bus, cortice griseo pustulis suberosis fulvis maculato; aculeis infrasti-
pularibus geminis rigidis patenti-ascendentibus arcuatis cavis 4-6 cm.
longis basi 5 mm. diametro apicem attenuatam versum cum foramine
verisimiliter a formicis facto munitis; foliis ca. 2 dm. longis ca. 8 cm.
latis; petiolo 1 cm. longo subtereti supra canaliculato; pinnae 14-16-
jugis lineari-oblongis contiguis vel etiam imbricatis falcatis basi
obliquis apice rotundatis ca. 6 mm. longis 1 mm. latis glabris subtus
pallidioribus; inflorescentiis globosis usque ad 15 ex eodem axillo;
pedunculis brevibus 1-2.5 em. solum longis ca. 2-4 mm. supra basin
cum involucro annulari squamuliformi saepius 3-partito instructis
nec non. media in parte cum involucello simili munitis; calyce sub-
cylindrico parum superne ampliato breviter 4-dentato; corolla breviter
exserta glabra; legumine sessili falcato-lineari ca. 14 cm. longo 6 mm.
solum lato margine valde incrassato faciebus concavis glabris apice
basique attenuato.— British Honduras, Prof. Morton E. Peck, no. 632
(type, in Gray Herb.). Another species of the highly interesting
ant-inhabited Acacias like A. sphaerocephala Cham. & Schlecht., A.
spadicigera Cham. & Schlecht., A. Hindsii Benth., ete., but differing
from all these markedly in the double involucre of the peduncles, as
well as in the long narrow pod, and various other features.

SESBANIA VESICARIA (Jacq.) Ell, var. atro-rubra (Nash) S. C.
Brooks, comb. nov. Glottidium floridanum (Willd.) DC., var. atro-
rubrum Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxiii. 101 (1896). G@. vesicarium
atrorubrum (Nash) Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 615 (1903).

Aeschynomene tenerrima, spec. nov., herbacea gracilis palustris
ca. 5 dim. alta ubique glaberrima; caule tereti pallide brunneo deor-
sum leviter spongiose incrassato supra gracillimo paucirameo, ramis
ascendentibus subfiliformibus; foliis 2-3.5 em. longis brevissime
os: Thachi filiformi; foliolis ca. 18-jugis minutis oblongis basi
obiquis apice rotundatis 22.3 mm. longis 1 mm. latis utrinque pallide .
alco concoloribus; racemis axillaribus 2-3-floris gracillimis;

on ad anceolatis subscarioso-brunneis vel -purpureis vix 1 mm.

mngis ; floribus anthesi ca. 2.8 mm. longis; calyce herbaceo pallide
viTt é plus minusve bilabiato, fructifero persistenti brunnescenti;
Petalis Violascentibus ca. 2-2.5 mm. longis; legumine longe (ca. 5 mm.)
oe stipitato valde ex calice exserto, articulo unico semiorbi-
. ‘ane longo glabro margine incrassato apice cum styli bast
Sw. ei curvata appendiculato faciebus leviter reticulato-venosis.—
amp near Yeaco Lagoon, British Honduras, 15 May, 1907, Prof.
Dehiaty; E. P eck, no. 900 (type, in Gray Herb.). A very delicate
ne species with exceedingly small leaflets and inconspicuous

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

flowers, not closely related to any other Mexican or Central American
species, though clearly of the genus.

Wissaputa spicata (HBK.) Presl, Rel. Haenk. ii. 117 (1830).
Abutilon spicatum HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. v. 271 (1821). To the
synonymy of this species may be added Wissadula elongata Brandegee,
Zoe, v. 210 (1905), from Cofradia in the vicinity of Culiacan, Sinaloa.

Linociera oblanceolata, spec. nov., fruticosa vel arborea; ramis
gracilibus teretiusculis cortice griseo tectis; ramulis fulvido-puberulis;
foliis vix coriaceis oblanceolatis utrinque glabris 11-13 cm. longis
3.5-4.2 em. latis apice caudato-acuminatis basi sensim angustatis,
petiolo proprio teretiusculo puberulo 3-4 mm. solum longo; paniculis
laxis 6-8 cm. longis gracillimis ex axillis superioribus foliorum verorum
oriuntibus flavido-puberulis; floribus graciliter 3-5 mm. longe pedi-
cellatis; calycis lobis ovatis acuminatis patentibus 1.2 mm. longis
flavido-puberulis; petalis margine valde involutis caudiformibus
7-10 mm. longis; antheris 1 mm. longis obtusis, filamentis brevis-
simis, connectivo apice non productis; fructu crassiuscule clavato
1.9 cm. longo 8 mm. diametro in specimine sicco nigrescente.— Forest,
upper Moho River, British Honduras, 16 March, 1907, Prof. Morton
E. Peck, no. 719 (type, in Gray Herb.). This species differs from L.
caribaea (Jacq.) Knobl. by its unappendaged anthers. From L.
Bakeri Urb. of Cuba it may be distinguished by its larger oblanceolate
acuminate and even more shortly petioled leaves. :

Strychnos (§ Longiflorae) Peckii, spec. nov., fruticosa cirrhifera;
ramis subteretibus a cortice griseo laevi tectis; ramulis gracilibus
rectis patentissimis plus minusve suleatis fulvo-puberulis apicem
versus saepissime bifoliatis; cirrhis spiraliter aduncis 2-3 cm. longis
usque ad 4 mm. crassis lignescentibus; foliis ovato-ellipticis acute
acuminatis 7-11 em. longis 3.4-5 em. latis firme membranaceis glabris
supra viridibus laevibus subtus distincte pallidioribus obseure puncti-
culatis 5-nervatis, nerviis saltim basim versus minutissime strigillosis;
inflorescentiis axillaribus brevibus multifloris subglobosis glomeruli-
formibus; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis 3-4 mm. longis, bracteolis
minutis obscurisque; pedicellis brevibus fulvo-puberulis; calyce rotato
5-lobo, lobis ovatis acuminatis patentibus ciliolatis; corolla me
longa, tubo cylindrato 7 mm. longo extus patente fulvo-tomentello,
lobis patentibus acutatis supra ut faucibus dense flavo-barbatis;
antheris anguste oblongis vix exsertis; stylo nunc modice nune beg
exserto.— Forest, Sittee River, British Honduras, 15 April, 190 ‘
Prof. Morton E. Peck, no. 856 (type, in Gray Herb.). This specie
appears to approach S. Erichsonii Rich. Schomb. of British Guian%

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 505

but the latter (known to the writer only from Progel’s description in
the Flora Brasiliensis, vi. pt. 1, 274) is said to have coriaceous leaves
about three times as long as broad, and a corolla which is granulose-
pulverulent on the outside. Furthermore, the figure of the corolla
(Progel, l. c., t. 82, f. II.) shows the bearding only at the throat, while
in the species here characterized it extends well out upon the lobes.

Gymnolomia acuminata Blake, spec. nov., herbacea ramosa
strigoso-hispida caule tenui; foliis inferioribus oppositis superioribus
alternis lanceolatis longe acuminatis crenulato-serrulatis basi cuneatis
utrinque scabro-hispidis infra sparse glandulosis 5-8 cm. longis 1.2-1.8
em. latis petiolis submarginatis 1 cm. longis dense hispido-strigosis basi
ampliatis; ramis floriferis tenuibus ad apicem 3-5-capitulatis cum
bracteis paucis linearibus subsessilibus munitis; capitulis longe
(2.5-7.5 cm.) pedunculatis subglobosis 8-9 mm. diametro (radiis
exclusis); disco convexo; involucri 6-7 mm. alti squamis triseriatis
dense strigillosis interioribus ovalibus 3.5 mm. latis exterioribus duplo
brevioribus late oblongis 2 mm. latis; radiis plerumque 8 flavis late
oblongis subintegris 8 mm. longis; corollis disci flavis 3.5 mm. longis
basi non ampliatis 10-nervatis glabris; styli ramis brevibus clavatis
apice incrassatis breviappendiculatis; paleis subtruncate tridentatis
apice pilosis; acheniis glabris atris oblongis incrassatis epapposis
multistriatis .1 mm. longis apice obliquis—— Prope Gémez Farias,
Tamaulipas, Mexico, 13-21 April 1907, Palmer 582 (spec. typ. in
herb. _Grayano).—Species ad G. latibracteatam Hemsl. arcte affinis,
foliis infra hispido-strigosis capitulis minoribus squamis strigosis non
Minute strigillosis bene distincta.

Flourensia retinophylla Blake, spec. nov. frutex ramosissima
cortice brunneo-canescente ramulis junioribus viscido-glutinosis; foliis
anguste lanceolatis integerrimis utroque acuminatis mucronulatis glu-
tinosis in. petiolum brevisissimum marginatum angustatis 2.5-3.5
sera longis 4-7.5 mm. latis punctatis venis reticulatis costa valida;
— in apicibus ramulorum dense racemosis (3-6) discoideis ca.
“som glutinosis turbinatis 10-12 mm. alltis; pedunculis brevibus
i. & involucri 8 mm. alti squamis laxis 2-3-seriatis
a g0-lanceolatis subobtusis luteo-viridibus; paleis firmis obtusis
“ie ca. 3-nervatis 8.5-9.8 mm. longis : corollis luteis 5 mm.
é a ~ 11 mm.) dentibus apice resinosis; acheniis cuneatis
a ongis leviter incrassatis dense villosis, aristis 2 serrulatis basi

mpliatis 3 mm. longis, squamellis nullis.— Sierra de la Paila,
Pe uila, Mexico, Nov. 1910, Purpus 4728 (spec. typ. in herb. Gray-
® conservatum).— Planta ut F. laurifolia DC. distributa, a qua

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

foliis parvis anguste lanceolatis et capitulis minoribus brevipeduncu-
latis et floribus paucioribus satis differt.

JAUMEA TENUIFOLIA (Sch. Bip.) Klatt, Leopoldina, xxiii. 146 (1887),
p- 6 of reprint. Neurolaena tenuifolia Sch. Bip. acc. to Klatt, lL. e.
This species, imperfectly characterized by Dr. Klatt, is shown by his
fragments of type material to have rested upon a very immature
specimen of some plant with pappus of capillary bristles and with the
young corollas (still closed) purplish-tomentose. Though from the
fragments at hand it is impossible to place the species in any genus,
it may be said with perfect definiteness that the plant, with its fine
capillary pappus, is not a Jawmea. Its habit is rather that of a Eupa-
torium than of a Neurolaena, but the florets are too immature to
furnish distinctive generic or even tribal characters. The type
number (Liebmann, no. 202 from Chinantla, Mexico) is doubtless in
other herbaria and may well be in some of them represented in sulll-
ciently mature condition to permit more precise identification. In-
formation on this subject would be welcomed.

OxyPappus scaBER Benth. Bot. Sulph. 118, t. 42 (1844). There
seems to be no doubt that Dr. Gray was entirely right in reducing to
the synonymy of this species Pentachaeta gracilis Benth. in Hook. Ie.
xii. 1, t. 1101 (1872), though the latter is maintained as a valid species
by Hooker f. & Jackson in the Index Kewensis.

Schkuhria schkuhrioides (Link & Otto), comb. nov. Achyro-
pappus schkuhrioides Link & Otto, Ic. Pl. Rar. 59, t. 30 (1828).
Schkuhria senecioides Nees, Del. Sem. Hort. Bonn. 1831; Hemsl.
Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 212 (1881).

Actinea Palmeri (Gray), comb. nov. Actinella Palmeri Gray,
Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 31 (1883). Plateilema Palmeri (Gray) Cockerell,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxi. 462 (1904).

AcTINnEA scaposa (DC.) Ktze., var. linearis (Nutt.), comb. nov-
Actinella scaposa, 8 linearis Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vii. 379
(1841). Tetraneuris linearis (Nutt.) Greene, Pittonia, iii. 267 (1898).

Dyssopia Cav. The various efforts which have been made to
separate Hymenatherum Cass. from Dyssodia Cav. have proved so
unsatisfactory that it seems best to follow Hoffmann in Engl. &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 5, 265 (1890), and regard the distine-
tions as being at best of subgeneric or sectional value. In accordance
with this view, however, it is necessary to transfer several species, 9°
follows:

Dyssodia anomala (Canby & Rose), comb. nov. Hymend-
therum anomalum Canby & Rose, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 1. iad
t. 7 (1891).

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 507

D. aurantia (L.), comb. nov. Aster aurantius L. Sp. Pl. i. 877
(1753). Aster americanus, foliis pinnatis, etc., Rel. Houst. 7, t. 1
(1781). Dysodia appendiculata Lag. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 29 (1816).
Clomenocoma aurantia (L.) Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. ix. 416 (1817), lix.
66 (1829). Clappia awrantiaca Benth. in Hook. Ie. xii. t. 1104 (1872).

D. aurantiaca (Brandegee), comb. nov. Hymenatherum aurantia-
cum Brandegee, Zoe, v. 258 (1908).

D. pentachaeta (DC.), comb. nov. Hymenatherum Berlandieri
DC. Prod. v. 642 (1836). H. pentachaetum DC. 1. ¢.; Gray, Proce.
Am. Acad. xix. 42 (1883), where the two species of DeCandolle are
united under the name of the latter from the standpoint of priority of
position. . Thymophylla pentachaeta (DC.) Small, Fl. S. E. U. S.
1295, 1341 (1903). In making the transfer to Dyssodia the author
would have preferred to reinstate the first name employed by DeCan-
dolle, but this is forbidden by Art. 46 of the International Rules,
which reads, “‘ When two or more groups of the same nature are united,
the name of the oldest is retained. If the names are of the same date,
the author chooses, and his choice cannot be modified by subsequent
authors.” In the case in hand, the two names Berlandieri and
pentachaetum were of the same date. The species seem first to have
been united by Gray, who chose the second of the two names, and this,
of course, is decisive according to the article just quoted.

_D. concinna (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum concinnum
Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2, 446 (1884).

D. diffusa (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum diffusum Gray,
Pl. Wright. i. 116 (1852).

D. Greggii (Gray), comb. nov. Thymophylla Greggii Gray, Pl.
Fendl. 92 (1849). Thymophyllum Greggiti (Gray) Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-
Am. Bot. ii. 221 (1881). Hymenatherum Greggit Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad. xix. 42 (1883).

D. Hartwegi (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum Berlandieri
Benth. Pl. Hartw. 18 (1839), by error of determination, not DC.
H. Hartwegi Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 117 (1852). ,

D. Neaei (DC.), comb. nov. Hymenatherum ? Neaei DC. Prod. v.
642 (1836). H. boeberoides Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 115 (1852). H.
Naei Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 220 (1881); Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad. xix. 41 (1883).

‘ D. neo-mexicana (Gray), comb. nov. Adenophyllum Wrightit
ray, Pl. Wright. ii. 92 (1853). Hymenatherum neo-mexicanum Gray,

Seeing Acad. xix. 40 (1883), not H. Wrightii Gray, Pl. Fendl. 89

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

D. papposa (Vent.) Hitche. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. v. 503 (4
February, 1891). This combination is referred by Durand & Jackson,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, p. 147 (1902), to O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 334
(September, 1891). There can, however, be no question as to the
priority of Prof. Hitchcock’s publication, which was reviewed in the
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, xviii. 91 (issued 10 March,
1891).

D. pinnata (Cav.), comb. nov. Aster pinnatus Cav. Ie. iii. 6, t.
212 (1795). Dysodia pubescens Lag. Nov. Gen. et Spec. 29 (1816).
D. subintegerrima Lag. 1. c. Boebera incana Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1602
(1833). Dysodia incana (Lindl.) DC. Prod. v. 640 (1836). Boebera
subintegerrima (Lag.) Spreng. Syst. iii. 545 (1826). Clomenocoma?
pinnata DC. Prod. v. 641 (1836). Dysodia integerrima Hemsl. Biol.
Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 219 (1881), by error for D. subintegerrima.

D. polychaeta (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum polychaetum
Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 116 (1852). Thymophylla polychaeta (Gray)
Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1295, 1341 (1903).

D. setifolia (Lag.), comb. nov. Thymophylla setifolia Lag. Nov.
Gen. et Spec. 25 (1816). Thymophyllum setifolium Hemsl. Biol.
Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 221 (1881). Hymenatherum setifolium (Lag.) Gray.
Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 42 (1883).

D. Thurberi (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum tenuifolium var.?
Gray, Pl. Wright. ii/ 93 (1853). H. Thurberi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
xix. 41 (1883).

D. tenuiloba (DC.), comb. nov. Hymenatherum tenuilobum DC.
Prod. v. 642 (1836). H. tenuifolium Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 118 (1852),
by error of determination, not Cass. Thymophylla tenuiloba (DC.)
Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1295, 1341 (1903).

D. Treculii (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum n. sp. no. 13
Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 116 (1852). Hymenatherum Treculwr Gray;
Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 42 (1883). Thymophylla Treeulii (Gray. )
Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1295, 1341 (1903). .

D. Wrightii (Gray), comb. nov. Hymenatherum Wright Gray,
Pl. Fendl. 89 (1849). Thymophylla Wrightii (Gray) Small, Fl. S. F-
U. S. 1295, 1341 (1903). . ues

PoropHyLLum pecumBENS DC. Prod. v. 650 (1836). Alewa ell
fruticosa Lodd, Bot. Cab. xvi. t. 1561 (1829), not Willd. This 1s we
of many plants, which have been described solely from cultivate
specimens. The stock was thought to have originally come from
Mexico, but though first brought into cultivation as early as the twen-
ties, it has never been rediscovered in Mexico or Central America.

eet
.

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 509

Furthermore the species seems to have passed out of cultivation long
ago and is now obscure. The object of the present note is merely to
call attention to the fact that, judged from character and Loddiges’
colored plate, the species would seem to be exceedingly close to if not
entirely pea with P. linifolium (L.) DC., var. brevifolium (Hook.
& Arn.) Bak. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 3, 283, t. 80, f. 2 (1884), a maritime
plant, oe of Uruguay.

PoROPHYLLUM RUDERALE and P. ELiipricum. Urban, Symb. Ant.
i. 467 (1900), unites these species under the name P. ellipticwm Cass.
Dict. Sci. Nat. xlii. 56 (1826). This course may have been suggested
by the fact that P. ellipticum Cass., a mere renaming of the original
Cacalia Porophyllum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 834 (1753), in a certain sense per-
petuates the earlier element in the combined species. However, the
course is contrary to the International Rules of Botanical Nomen-
clature, which in Art. 46 are as follows: “ Dans le cas de réunion de
deux ou plusieurs groupes de méme nature, le nom le plus ancien
subsiste.”3 In this case the oldest available name (the Linnaean
specific name being rejected on account of its identity with the generic
name) is ruderale, which going back to —_ ruderalis J acq. Enum.
28 (1760), much antedates ellipticum of Cassin

The writer fully concurs with Prof. Tien that the two plants
should be treated as mere varieties of the same species. The following
‘ naming will correspond to the requirements of the International Rules.

P. RUDERALE (Jacq.) Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. xliii. 56 (1826), at least
as to name-bringing synonym. Kleinia ruderalis Jacq. Enum. 28
(1760). Cacalia ruderalis (Jacq.) Sw. Prod. 110 (1788). Porophyllum
ellipticum, var. B ruderale (Cass.) Urb. Symb. Ant. i. 468 (1900).

P. ruderale, var. ellipticum (Cass.) Gray in herb. P. ellipticum
Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. xliii. 56 (1826).

Favsasta FLExuosA (Lam.) Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. ii. 443
(1873) ace. to Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 948 (1893). Identical
with this species appears to be Cacalia cuspidata Klatt, Ann. Sci. Nat.

ii ie may be oP here that the English translation is inaccurate and mis-
the g. en two or more groups of the same nature are re uni

ra name of the « oldest is maintained.”’ In this very case it may be seen that
d . name of the older species is ellipticum for that s species (under another
€signation, it is true) dates back to 1753, indeed even into pre-Linnaean

plus haonee othe r interpretation from the official French versi \
sion which happily, as well as the German ‘‘der aces Name,”’ is

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

ser. 5, xviii. 374 (1873), the type of which, collected on the Isle of
Bourbon by Richard, is now in the Gray Herbarium. Other speci-
mens of F. flexuosa at hand show the species to have a fairly wide
range of variation as to leaf-contour, in some cases reaching the short,
subcordate, conspicuously cuspidate-caudate form of Klatt’s type, in
others passing to elongate lance-oblong shapes more or less cuneate at
the base.

Cetmista Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat. vii. 356 (1817). This genus of the
Senecioneae was founded by Cassini upon a single South African
species, which he called C. rotundifolia and which later proved to have
been the plant previously named Arnica tabularis by Thunberg, Prod. .
Fl. Cap. 154 (1800). The genus Celmisia, thus having been originally
based upon a single species, there can be no question as to its type.
Furthermore, the name has not been mentioned in the lists of nomina
conservanda or nomina rejicienda, so it must take its course under the
rules of priority. Cassini subsequently, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxvii. 259
(1825), included in his genus a plant collected by Gaudichaud in
Australia, namely C. longifolia Cass., a plant belonging to the Astereae.
When the Compositae were treated by DeCandolle he unfortunately
took this latter, Australian plant as the type of the genus, and referred -
the original South African species to a newly named genus, Aleiope
DC. Prod. vy. 210 (1836). This was, of course, contrary to the clause
of Article 45 of the International Rules, which reads: “ If the genus
contains a section or some other division which, judging by its name
or its species, is the type or the origin of the group, the name is re-
served for that part of it.””, DeCandolle’s treatment has been gener-
ally accepted and perpetuated until the present day. It is true, Dr -
Otto Kuntze noted the inconsistency and restored Celmisia to ts
original application, but he referred the Australian and New Zealand
element of the complex to the genus Aster, a reduction not likely to be
generally followed upon taxonomic grounds. The current Inter-
national Rules appear to call for the following revision of the nomen-
clature in the genera concerned.

Celmisia tabularis (Thunb.), comb. nov. Arnica tabularis Thunb.
Prod. Fl. Cap. 154 (1800). Celmisia rotundifolia Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat.
vii. 357 (1817). Ligularia tabularis (Thunb.) Less. Syn. Comp. 390
(1832) by implication. Alciope Tabularis (Thunb.) DC. Prod. v-
210 (1836).

C. tomentosa (Burm. f.), comb. nov. Conyza tomentosa Durm. f.
Prod. 26 (1768). Arnica lanata Thunb. Prod. Fl. Cap. 154 (1800).
Ligularia lanata (Thunb.) Less. Syn. Comp. 390 (1832) by implication.
Alciope lanata (Thunb.) DC. Prod. v. 210 (1836).

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 511

C. tomentosa, var. grandis (Thunb.), comb. nov. Arnica grandis
Thunb. Prod. Fl. Cap. 154 (1800). Aleiope lanata B grandis (Thunb.)
DC. Prod. v. 210 (1836).

Elcismia, nom. noy. (Anogram.) Celmisia Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat.
XXxvil. 259 (1825), and of most subsequent authors, not Cass. Dict.
Sci. Nat. vii. 356 (1817). Aster § Celmisiana Ktze. in Post & Ktze.
Lex. Gen. Phan. 49 (1904) —a name by its adjectival form inappro-
priate for use in generic rank.

E. Adamsii (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia Adamsii Kirk, Trans.
N. Z. Inst. xxvii. 329 (1894).

E. Adamsii, var. rugulosa (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia
Adamsii, var. rugulosa Cheesem. Man. N. Z. Fl. 313 (1906).

E. argentea (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia sessiliflora, var. minor
Petrie, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xv. 359 (1882). C. argentea Kirk, Stud. Fl.
N. Z. 292 (1899).

E. Armstrongii (Petrie), comb. nov. Celmisia Armstrongii Pe-
trie, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxvi. 269 (1894

E. bellidioides (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia bellidioides Hook.
f. Handb. N. Z. Fl. 135 (1864).

E. Brownii (F. R. Chapm.), comb. nov. . Celmisia Brownii F. R.
Chapm. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxii. 444 (1890).

E. Campbellensis (F. R. Chapm.), comb. nov. Celmisia Camp-

llensis F. R. Chapm. Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxiii. 407 (1891). C. Chap-
mani Kirk, Gard. Chron. ix. 731, f. 146 (1891).

E. cordatifolia (J. Buchanan), comb. nov. Celmisia cordatifolia
J. Buchanan, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xi. 427 (1879). C. petiolata, var.
cordatifolia (J. Buchanan) Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 286 (1899).

E. coriacea (Forst. f.), comb. nov. Aster coriaceus Forst. f. Prod.
56 (1786). Celmisia coriacea (Forst. f.) Hook. f. Fl. Antare. i. 36
(4 July, 1844), & Fl. N. Z. i. 121, t. 32 (1853): Raoul, Ann. Sci. Nat.
Ser. 3, ii. 119 (August, 1844).

E. Dallii (J. Buchanan), comb. nov. Celmisia Dallii J. Buchanan,
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiv. 355, t. 35 (1882).

E. densiflora (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia densiflora Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. FI. i. 130 (1864).

E. discolor og f.), comb. nov. Celmisia discolor Hook. f. FI.

- dubia (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia dubia Cheesem. Man.
- Z. Fl. 308 (1906). ;

E. Gibbsii (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia Gibbsii Cheesem.
an. N. Z. Fl. 300 (1906).

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

E. glandulosa (Hook. f.) comb. nov. Celmisia glandulosa Hook.
f. Fl. N. Z. i. 124 (1853).

E. Haastii (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Haastii Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 131 (1864).

E. Hectori (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Hectori Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 135 (1864).

E. hieraciifolia (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia hieraciifolia
Hook. f. Fl. N. Z. i. 124, t. 34B (1853). ee

E. hieraciifolia, var. oblonga (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia
hieracifolia, var. oblonga Kirk, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxvii. 328 (1894).

E. holosericea (Forst. f.), comb. nov. Aster holosericeus Forst. f.
Prod. 56 (1786). Celmisia holosericea (Forst. f.) Hook. f. Fl. Antare.
i. 36, (4 July, 1844); Raoul, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, ii. 119 (August,
1844).

E. incana (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia incana Hook. f. Fl.
N. Z. i. 123 t. 34A (1853). av

E. incana, var. petiolata (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia ineand,
var. petiolata Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 284 (1899).

E. laricifolia (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia laricifolia Hook. f.
Fl. N. Z. ii. 331 (1855). :

E. lateralis (J. Buchanan), comb. nov. Celmisia lateralis J.
Buchanan, Trans. N. Z. Inst. iv. 226, t. 15 (1872). '

E. lateralis, var. villosa (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia lateralis,
var. villosa Cheesem. Man. N. Z. Fl. 302 (1906).

E. Lindsayi (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Lindsayi Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 132 (1864).

E. linearis (Armstr.), comb. nov. Celmisia linearis Armstt-
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiii. 337 (1881). :

E. longifolia (Cass.), comb. nov. Celmisia longifolia Cass. Dict.
Sei. Nat. xxxvii. 259 (1825). : Sg

E. longifolia, var. alpina (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia longifolia,
var. alpina Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 289 (1899). :

E. longifolia, var. gracilenta (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmis ;
gracilenta Hook. f. Fl. Antare. i. 35 (1844). C. longifolia, f- gracile
(Hook. f.) Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 289 (1899). €. longifolia, var. 97
cilenta (Hook. f.) Cheesem. Man. N. Z. Fl. 314 (1906).

E. longifolia, var. major (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia ies
var. 8. Hook. f. Fl. N. Z. i. 123 (1853). C. longifolia, fi. major
asteliaefolia Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 289 (1899). Re

ongifolia, var. graminifolia (Hook. f.), comb. nov: 5?

misia graminifolia Hook. f. Fl. Antare. i. 35 (1844). €. longifoli

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 513

f. graminifolia (Hook. f.) Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 289 (1899). C..
longifolia, var. graminifolia (Hook. f.) Cheesem. Man. Fl. N. Z. 314
(1906):

E. Lyallii (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Lyallii Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 133 (1864). .

E. Lyallii, var. pseudo-Lyallii (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia
Lyallii, var. pseudo-Lyallii Cheesem. Man. N, Z. Fl. 312 (1906).

E. Mackaui (Raoul), comb. nov. Celmisia Mackaui Raoul,
Choix Pl. Nouv. Zel. 19, t. 14 (1846).

‘E. Macmahoni (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia Macmahoni Kirk,
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxvii. 327 (1894).

E. Monroi (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Monroi Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 133 (1864).

E. parva (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia parva Kirk, Trans. N. Z.
Inst. xxvii. 328 (1894).

E. petiolata (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia petiolata Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 134 (1864).

E. petiolata, var. membranacea (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia
petiolata, var. membranacea Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 286 (1899).

E. petiolata, var. rigida (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia petiolata,
var. rigida Kirk, Stud. Fl. N. Z. 286 (1899).

E. Petriei (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia Petriei Cheesem. Man.
N. Z. Fl. 311 (1906).

E. prorepens (Petrie), comb. nov. Celmisia prorepens Petrie,
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xix. 326 (1887).

E. ramulosa (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia ramulosa Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 733 (1864).

E. rupestris (Cheesem.), comb. nov. Celmisia rupestris Cheesem.
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xvi. 409 (1884).

E. Rutlandii (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia Rutlandii Kirk, Trans.

- Z. Inst. xxvii. 329 (1894).

E. sessiliflora (Hook. f .), comb. nov. Celmisia sessiliflora Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 135 (1864).

E. Sinclairii (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Sinclairii Hook. f.

db. N. Z. Fl. 132 (1864).

E. spectabilis (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia spectabilis Hook. f.
MEN,.Z: 122, t. 33 (1853).

E. Traversii (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia Traversii Hook. f.
Handb. N, Z. Fi. 134 (1864).

E. verbascifolia (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia verbascifolia
Hook. f. Fl. N. Z. i. 121 (1853).

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

. E. vernicosa (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia vernicosa Hook. f.
Fl. Antarc. 1. 34, tt. 26, 27 (1844).

E. viscosa (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Celmisia viscosa Hook. f.
Handb. N. Z. Fl. 133 (1864).

E. Walkeri (Kirk), comb. nov. Celmisia Walkeri Kirk, Trans.
N. Z. Inst. ix. 549 (1877).

Luina stricta (Greene), comb. nov. Prenanthes stricta Greene,
Pittonia, ii. 21 (1889). Luina Pipert Robinson, Bot. Gaz. xvi. 43,
t. 6 (1891). Psacalium strictum Greene, Pittonia, ii. 228 (1892).
Rainiera stricta Greene, Pittonia, iii. 291 (1898). Some years ago
the writer submitted material of this species to Dr. O. Hoffmann,
author of the revision of the Compositae in Engler & Prantl’s Natiir-
liche Pflanzenfamilien. Replying to a request for his opinion as to
the generic affinities of the plant, he wrote, under date of 20 September,
1897, “ Nach Untersuchung des mir iibersandten Materials halte’ich
Ihre Ansicht, dass die fragliche Pflanze in die Gattung Luina gehort
fiir richtig, vorausgesetzt dass man Luina von Cacalia trennt. * ***
Doch wiirde ich fiir eine Vereinigung von Luina und Cacalia nicht
stimmen.” Having from my first investigation of the plant in ques-
tion felt that it was a Luina, and having been confirmed in this view _
by the high authority of Dr. Hoffmann, I here associate with the gen-
eric name the earlier specific designation, according to the provisions
of the International Rules. ‘

Serratula deltoides (Ait.), comb. nov. Onopordon deltoides Ait.
Hort. Kew. iii. 146 (1789). Carduus atriplicifolius Trev. Hort.
Vratisl. 1820. Silybum atriplicifolium (Trev.) Fisch. Ind. Sem. Hort.
Petrop. 1824. Rhaponticum atriplicifolium (Trev.) DC. Prod. v1.
663 (1837). :

Onoseris onoseroides (HBK.), comb. nov. Jsotypus onoseroides
HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 12, t. 307 (1820). Onoseris Isotypus
Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. PI. ii. 487 (1873). :

Chaetanthera cochlearifolia (Gray), comb. nov. Orvastrum
cochlearifolium Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 144 (1861).

Cc

in Gay, Fl. Chil. iii. 327, t. 36, £. 1 (1847); Wedd. Chlor. And. i. 32
(1855). Oriastrum dioicum (Remy) Reiche, Fl. Chil. iv. 357 (1904)-

Chaetanthera Philippii, nom. nov. Chondrochilus involucratus
Phil. Fl. Atac. 27, t. 3B (1860), not Chaetanthera involucrata Phil.
Anal. Univ. Chil. xlvii. 6 (1894).

Chaetanthera splendens (Remy), comb. nov. Elachia splendens
Remy in Gay, Fl. Chil. iii. 315 (1847). Tylloma splendens (Remy),
Wedd. Chlor. And. i. 27, t. 8A (1855).

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 515

Trichocline reptans (Wedd.), comb. nov. Bichenia reptans
Wedd. Chlor. And. 25, t. 8B (1855).

Gerbera gossypina (Royle), comb. nov. Chaptalia gossypina
Royle, Ill. 18, 247, 251 (mere mentions, without characterization) &
t. 57, f. 2, with floral details (“analyses’’) rendering the plate valid
publication according to Article 37 of the International Rules. Ono-
seris lanuginosa Wall. Cat. no. 2929 (1828), nomen nudum. Oreoseris
lanuginosa (Wall.) DC. Prod. vii. 17 (“1838”), citing Royle both by
page and plate number; Deless. Ic. iv. 34 (citing both Royle and DC.),
t. 76 (“1839”). It is impossible to see how the name lanuginosa can
stand under the International Rules. Wallich’s original publication
of the name in 1828 is accompanied by no description. The publica-
tions of DeCandolle and Delessert must have been prepared at the
same time and in collaboration, since they each cite the other by
reference to page or plate, but it is significant that they both cite
Royle’s publication, a seemingly conclusive evidence that it must
have been already in print. A manuscript note in the copy of the
fourth volume of Delessert’s Icones in the library of the Gray Her-
barium states that it was received in December, 1840.

Gerbera maxima (D.Don),comb. nov. Chaptalia maxima D. Don,
Prod. Fl. Nepal. 166 (1825). Perdiciwm semiflosculare? Ham. ex D.
Don, I. e., not L. Tussilago macrophylla Wall. Cat. no. 2989 (1828).
Berniera nepalensis DC. Prod. vii. 18 (“1838”). Gerbera macrophylla
(Wall.) Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. ii. 497 (1873), according
to Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 391 (1882). Gerbera nepalensis (DC.)
Sch. Bip. Flora, xxvii. 780 (1844).

Leucnerta INTEGRIFOLIA (Phil.) Reiche, Fl. Chil. iv. 420 (1905), as

eucerva. This binomial was published by its author in a foot-note
with the statement that he did not regard it as valid. Why authors
should wish to publish names which they do not believe to be valid is
a psychological mystery, which need not be discussed here. The
aa of interest in the present case lies in the fact that the discredited
a would appear after all to be the legitimate designation of
oo in question. Reiche founded his new combination upon

raea wntegrifolia Phil. Anal. Univ. Santiago, xli. 744 (1872), but
¢ states that Leuceria integrifolia (Phil.) [Reiche] cannot be accepted
Saag of the existence of an earlier Leuceria integrifolia Phil. How-
rite - is earlier homonym does not appear to have been published
Phil, sia probable that Reiche had in mind Chabraea integrifolia
( 430 haea, xxviii. 716 (1856), which on a later page of his work

) Reiche includes in the synonymy of Leuceria lithospermifolia

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

(DC.) Reiche. It is obvious that the existence of the binomial
Chabraea integrifolia Phil. (1856), especially if invalid, does not pre-
vent the validity of a Leucheria integrifolia founded upon Philippi’s
quite different Chabraca integrifolia of 1872. In the synonymy of
this species may be placed Leuceria Hahnii Franch. Miss. Sci. Cap.
Horn, v. 349, t. 3 (1889). L. fuegina Phil. Anal. Univ. Santiago,
Ixxxvii. 98 (1894). It is not improbable that this may also have been
the Chabraea suaveolens, 8 integrifolia Sch. Bip. Flora, xxxviii. 121
(1855), nomen nudum.

Leucheria suaveolens (Urv.), comb. nov. Perdiciwm suaveolens
Urv. Fl. des Iles Malouines, 43 (1825); Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris, iv.
611 (1826). Lasiorhiza ceterachifolia & L. viscosa Cass. Dict. Sci. Nat.
xliii. 80, 81 (1826). Leuchaeria gossypina Hook. & Arn. Comp. Bot.
Mag. ii. 43 (1836). Chabraea suaveolens (Urv.) DC. Prod. vii. 59
(1838).

Perezia virENs (D. Don) Hook. & Arn. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 34
(1835). This species is referred by Reiche, Fl. Chil. iv. 445 (1905) to
P. Poeppigii Less. Syn. Comp. 411 (1832). It is clear that the
validity of P. virens must depend upon the date of its name-bringing
synonym Clarionea virens D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. 208. It 1s
true that the volume in which it was published bears the date 1833,
but it is stated that Don’s paper was read 1829 and there is every
reason to suppose that the different papers of which the volume 15
composed were issued as printed and at quite different dates. Fortu~
nately there is conclusive proof that Don’s paper had reached print
and issue before Lessing’s publication, for Lessing cites Don’s papet
on pages 407, 408, 412, and elsewhere in his Synopsis, which should
settle the matter of priority and lead to the re-instating of P. wrens
(D. Don) Hook. & Arn.

Trixis calcicola, spec. nov., fruticosa; ramis lignescentibus medul-
losis a cortice flavido-brunneo tectis foliosis costato-angulatis Juven-
tate latiuscule alatis; foliis alternis oblongis attenuato-acuminatls
mucronato-denticulatis 1-1.2 dm. longis 2.3-3 em. latis utrinqueé
viridibus supra rugulosis puberulis subtus venosissimis tenuiter pubes-
centibus dense glanduloso-atomiferis basi angustatis et in alas latius-
culas denticulatas decurrentibus; alis internodia aequantibus vel
superantibus usque ad 5 mm. latis deorsum cuneatim angustatiss
corymbis ovoideis subthyrsiformibus densis ca. 1 dm. diametro -
minus altis; bracteolis involucri exterioris 5 elliptico-oblanceolats
1.7 cm. longis 5 mm. latis tenuibus vix acutis basi angustatis extus
glanduloso-puberulis; squamis involucri interioris 8 oblongo-linearibus:

ROBINSON.— DIAGNOSES ETC. OF SPERMATOPHYTES. 517

1.2 cm. longis ca. 2 mm. latis obtusiusculis; achaeniis 7.3 mm.
longis subfusiformi-columnaribus griseis glanduloso-hispidulis; pappi
setis laete albis 1.2 em. longis tenuissimis levissime scabratis numero-
sis.— Limestone ledges, Iguala Cafion, near Iguala, Guerrero, Mexico,
altitude 760 m., 28 December, 1906, C. G. Pringle, no. 13, 921 (type,
in Gray Herb.). The broadly winged stems would seem to place this
species near 7’. pterocaulis Robinson & Greenman and 7’. alata Don.
The former, however, has the bractlets of the outer involucre shorter
than the scales of the inner involucre, leaves subentire, etc., while in
T. alata Don the bractlets of the outer involucre are ovate-lanceolate
and acuminate. The long obscure 7’. michuacana LaLav. & Lex.,
which from the original description would appear to have some points
im common and might well be found in the same region, is said to have a
herbaceous stem and a thyrsiform inflorescence nearly a foot
ong. .

Launaea Picridioides (Webb.), |. c., comb. nov. Rhabdotheca
meridioides Webb. in Hook. Nig. Fl. 146 (1849).

~
ba

8

VOLUME 48.

Brut, Lours.— On ae Ultra Violet Component in Artificial Light. pp. 1-29,
2pils. May, 1912.

Watcort, Henry P.— un pico a pp. 31-44. June, 1912. 30c.

Paiuurrs, H. B. and Moors, C. L —A Theory of Linear Distance and
Angle. pp. 45-80. July, 1912. te

Cuivers, A. H.— Cieuoreais Diagnoses of New Species of Chaetomium. pp.

1 July, 1912,

Kent, Norton A.— ou with va Echelon Spectroscope of Certain —

_in the Spectra of the Zine Arc Spark at Atmospheric Pressure
91-109. August, 1912. Tae

eohpnenede: A. E., and Prerce, G. W.— The Impedance - ere Receivers
as affected by ‘the Motion of their Ducuaeaea pp. 111-151. September,
aa .

Tuaxter, Rouani p.— New or wegen Laboulbeniales from the Argentine. pp.
155-223; August, 1912.

Horson, Jonn Wituiam. ~ cuitare Baggage f Fungi producing Bulbils and
Similar Propagative Bodies. pp. 225-306. October. 1912, $1.

Bripeman, P. W.— The ieidia cae Properties of ace Water to 80° and
September, 1912, pp. 307-362.

Tuaxter, Rovanp. — Pr eliminary Descriptions of New dpi of Rickia and
Trenomyces. Sentenher, ered pp. 363-386.
Witson, Epwin B., and Lewis, Grtperr N.— The Space-Time asec fs

itor le The ean ibuanieieess Geometry e. Mechanics and Electro
eti November, 1912. pp. 387-507. $1.
desma D. L.—On the "Bxtetence: and: scoala of the Ether. pp. 509-
27. November, 1912. 40c.

nigsee ed Epwarp C.—The History, Comparative Anatomy and Evolution,
of ead redintesotis Type. Parts 1-4. November, 1912. pp. 531-571.
pls. 1 $1 -~

Sancer, Saag s Ros and Rrzege,, Emits Rarmonp.—The Action of

RT
Sulphur Trioxide on “fino Tetrachloride. pp. 573-595. January, 1913.

Cuark, A. a An — Heater and Automatic Thermostat. pp. 597-605.
January, 1913.

\Hoxtpen, Soe ce a dec from Cliffwood, New Jersey. pp.
607-624. 4 pls. March, 1913

Taser, Henry.— On the — Aiea EH of Hyper Complex Numbers. pp,
625-667. March, 1913.

Mark, Kenneta L.— Prelim wet ness of the Salinity of Sea-water in the

Bermudas. ‘pp. 669-678. April, 1 20c,

Hewwer, Wituam Artaur.— On oe var rages of the Pre-Soceaides:
Critical Notes and Elucidations. pp. gots May, 1913. 80c.

Cuester, W. M. The Structure of the ae Sere! ee
crassa Wright and Studer. pp. 735-773. 4pls. May

oe of Meetings; Officers and Committees; List 4 yinoes and Foreign
Honorary M agg Siciommar and Standing Votes, ete. pp. 775-862, i-iv.
Gapianber: 1913.

(Continued on page 2 of Cover.)

PUBLICATIONS.

OF THE

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

MEMOIRS... Otp Sertzs, Vols. NE EW Series, Vols. 1-13.
~ 16 volumes, $10’ each. Half See $5 each. Discount to
booksellers 25%; to cneaahees 50%, or for whole sets 60%
Vol. 11. Parr i. Centennial Celebration. 1880. pp. 1-104. 1882. $2.00.
Part 2. No. 1. Agassiz, A—-The Tortugas and Florida Reefs. pp. 105-134.
3.

.12 pls. 00. :
Part 3. Nos. 2-3. Searle, A.— bere Apparent Position of the meena set

October, — 1.00.

Part 4. No. Pickering, E. C.— Stellar Photography. pp. 179-226. 2 pls.

’ March, 1888 " $1.00.

Parr 4. No.5. Rogers, W. and Winlock, Anna.— A Cataldgue of 130 Polar
Stars for the Epoch of 1a 0, resulting from the available Observations made
between 1860 an ced to the System of th logue of Publi-

, and red s
cation XIV of the Astronomische Gesellschaft. pp.227-300. June, 1886.
Part 5. No.6. Langley, 8. P., Young, C. A.. and gion E. C.— Pritchard's
. 20.

836.
Raat. 6: “No.-7. _ Wyman, M.— Memoir of ‘Daniel ‘Treadwell pp. 325-523.

Vol. 12. 1. Sawyer, E. F.— Catalogue of the’ Magnitudes of Southern 8
fro:

m 0° to — 30° Declination, to the Magnitude 7.0 inclusive. pp. 1-100. uaa:
1892. $1.50.
2. Rowland, H. A.—On a Table of agpay ono Wave Lengths of the Spectra}
Lines.. pp. 101- in December, 1896

8. ‘Thaxter, R.— Contribution towards: a Ssaccok of the Laboulbeniaces.
Fg 187-430. 26 pls. December, 1896. $6.00.
Lowell, P.— New Observations pr the Planet Mercury. pp. 431-466. 8 pls.
ee roe 1898. $1.25. .
5. Sedgwick,;W. T., and Winslow, C. E. A—(I.) Expe ts on the Effect
Freezing and other he Temperatures upon the visiiaky ot the Bacillus of
LE dares Fever, with Considerations regarding an as a Vehicle of Infectious
(II.) St stiatioal Studies on the Seasonal Prevalence of Typhoid
es in various Countries and its Relation to PARTE Temperature. pp. 467-
579. 8 pls. August, ep
Vol. 13. 1. Curtiss, D. — Binary. Families in a anes connected Region with
E ial Ref il p. 1-60. January, 1904. $1.
2. Tonks, re ee Brygos: his Characteristics. band 61-119: 2 pls. November,

bee

. 1904, $1.50.
3. Lyman, T.— The Spectrum of Ryieens in the Region of Rec ty Short
Wive-Length. pp. 121-148. pls. iii-viii. F ebruary, 1906.

Pickering, W. H.— Heath and Ha wallan Physical peaonss Compared.
“pp. 149-179. pls. ix-xxiv. November, $1.10.
5. Trowbridge, J— High Electro-motive pee pp. 181-215. pls. xxy-xavil.
May, 1907. 75c.
6. Thaxter, ee Contribution toward a Monograph of the Laboutbeniacee-
Part II. pp. —469. pls. sceiae tect June, 1908. -00. te
Vol. Pad i "towel Percival.— The Origin of the Planets. pp. 1-16. pls. Fi¥-

PROCEEDINGS, Vols. 1-47, $5 each. Discount to booksellers
25%; to members 50%, or for whole sets 60%. :
The individual settee may be obtained separately. A price list of recem
articles is printed on the inside pages of the cover of me ee

Complete Works of Count Rumford. 4 vols., $5.00 ea

Memoir - Sir Benjamin Thompson, Count Rumford, oh Notices of

aughter. By George E. Ellis. .00. 00:

ee sets of the Life it Works of Rumford. 5 vols., $25.00;
members, $5.00.

For sale “A the Library of THe AMERICAN AcADEMY OF ARTS AND
ENCES. 28 Newbury Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

}

WE [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 17, No. 193, January, 1915.]

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

% , ‘ ; Ms eet
foe Te eee a) NON ORRIES —— NO. XDI: 7,

ee ee Come new. or. Mantesotded ‘Cotnpostiae’ chiefly of fNottheastar
2 eos ‘By M. L. FERNALD. :

13 [. “Some ‘ehanaiolts Species and. Wanetic of Bidens in Basten
: North America. By M. LL. FERNALD S&H. Sr. Joun.

Ye i - Ani insular a Variety of Solidago semperyi irens. By H. Sr. Jon.

[Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 17, No. 193, January, 1915.]

ISSUED
FEB © 1915

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
- OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New SeriEs.— No. XLIII.
I. Some new or unrecorded Compositae chiefly of Northeastern

America. By M. L. Ferna.p.

II. Some anomalous Species and Varieties of Bidens in Eastern
North America. By M. L. Fernatp & H. Sr. Joun.

III. An insular Variety of Solidago sempervirens. By H. Sr. Joun.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—
New Serizs, No. XLIII.

I. SOME NEW OR UNRECORDED COMPOSITAE CHIEFLY
OF NORTHEASTERN AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD.

Durine the past decade the large collections accumulated at the
Gray Herbarium of plants from various districts of Northeastern
America have contained many species unlike those ordinarily recog-
nized in the region. Among these are numerous members of difficult
genera of the Compositae which have from year to year been held over
for further field-observation or close study. In attempting to label
this accumulated material in some of the génera it has been necessary
to characterize some of the plants as new, while some species hereto-
fore considered as restricted to Northwestern America have been
found to have abundant representation in the Northeast. The
novelties in such genera as have been recently worked over are dis-

Sotmago uisprma Muhl., as it occurs in northern New England, is
a tolerably uniform plant, characterized by its densely pilose stem, its
leaves pubescent upon both surfaces and its virgate or paniculate
inflorescence with the heads densely clustered in elongate or short
racemes. In Newfoundland and eastern Canada the plant abounds
but it there varies greatly and is represented not only by the typical
S. hispida but by four well marked varieties. One of these, var.
lanata (Hook.) Fernald, found in Newfoundland, the Gaspé Peninsula

7 Rhodora [JANUARY

of Quebec and northernmost Maine, as well as on the Saskatchewan
Plains has been already characterized.'_ The others, which seem not to
have been heretofore distinguished, are as follows: —

S. HISPIDA, var. disjuncta, n. var., caulibus gracilibus 0.7-2.5 dm.
altis albido-tomentosis; foliis utrinque hispidulis, basilariis spathulato-
oblanceolatis 1-2 cm -latis, caulinis 2-5 infra inflorescentiam basilariis
similibus; panicula racemiformi subsimplici laxe cylindrica 3-15 cm.
longa, pedicellis remotis 1-5-cephalis; involucro mm. longo.

Steins slender, 0.7-2.5 dm. high, white-tomentose: leaves hispidu-
lous on both surfaces; the basal asthilati-blancgiiade, 1-2 cm
wide; the cauline 2-5 below the inflorescence, similar to the basal:
panicle racemiform, subsimple, loosely cylindric, 3-15 cm Posi
pedicels remote, 1—5-headed: involucre mm. long. EW
FOUNDLAND: calcareous cliffs, Steady Brook Falls, near mouth of the
Humber River, July 16, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4071
(Type in Gray Herb.). Quesec: calcareous cliffs, altitude 900-1125
m., Table-top Mountain, August 7, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 775;
Montmorency a eS 4, 1902, J. R. Churchill.

PIDA, var. . var., caulibus glabris vel sparse puberulis;
foliis pabeis vel paces zat subtus ad nervos pilosis margine eciliatis
vel sparse ciliatis, basilariis eager vel anguste obovatis 1-2.5
em. latis plerumque subacutis, caulinis 7-20 infra inflorescentiam
basilariis similibus gradatim ninoribus, superioribus 1-5 em. longis

—8 mm. latis; panicula thyrsiform rmi densa; involucro 3-5 mm. longo.

astiné ‘o the basal, risen ive smaller; the upper 1-5 em. long, 2

de panicle thyrsiform ense: involucre ng-—
NeEwFounD serpentine tableland (altitude 550 m.) and ones of
rasan, August 21, 1910, te and, nos. 40

Anti *
Mac Ri ae du Lo 1914, Bro. Victorin, no. 588.
NEw ; BEC Nee: Nepisiguit Falls, August, 1873, J. Fowler.

In its most pronounced form closely simulating the southern S.
erecta Pursh, but distinguished by its deep orange-yellow rays and by
the greener involucre with fewer series of bracts. !

S. HISPrpA, var. arnoglossa, n. var., caulibus crassis puberulis 2-3

32
oo
ga

1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 4 (1834); Fernald, Raopora, x. 87 (1908).

1915] | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 3

dm. altis; foliis coriaceis supra glabris subtus sparse hirtellis, basilariis
oblongo-obovatis 2.5-6 cm. latis apice rotundatis margine crenatis,
* eaulinis 5-9 infra inflorescentiam basilariis similibus, superio oribus
5-8 cm. longis 2-2.5 cm. latis; panicula thyrsiformi densa, racemis
inferioribus foliis majus suffultis: involucro 4-5 mm. longo.
Stems stout, puberulent, 2-3 dm. high: leaves coriaceous, glabrous
rts iy sparingly hirtellous beneath; the basal oblong-obovate, 2.5-
e, rounded at apex, the margin crenate; cauline 5-9 below
the capi naga similar to the basal; the upper 5-8 cm. long, 2
2.5 em. wide: icle thyrsiform, dense, the lower racemes sebtandeld
by large 7 s fevainees 4-5 mm. long — NEWFOUNDLAND: sea-

(TYPE in Gray Herb.); open woods, Meadows, Bay of Islands, Sep-
tember 3, 1896, Washrnal Fernald & Wiegand’s no. 4078 from
Bonne Bay is intermediate between vars. arnoglossa and fallax.

Soxipaco chlorolepis, n. sp., caulibus caespitosis gracilibus erectis
vel decumbentibus 1-3 dm. altis glabris vel sparse puberulis; foliis
coriaceis utrinque glabris, basilariis rosulatis spathulato-oblanceolatis
apice rotundatis vel subtruncatis crenato-serratisque basi cuneato-
petiolatis 2-6 cm. longis 0.6-1.3 em. latis, caulinis remotis 3-8 infra
inflorescentiam basilariis similibus; “Panicua racemiformi subsimplici
laxe cylindrica 3.5-20 cm. longa 1.5-2 cm. diametro; pedicellis

remotis monocephalis vel 2-4-cephalis valde diieideattiad 1-1.5 em.
longis hirtellis viscidis, inferioribus foliis lineari-oblanceolatis suffultis;

involucro hemisphaerico 3-4 mm. alto viscido; bracteis 4~5-seriatis
parecer crassis lanceolatis viridibus margine stramin mineis, interi-
oribus stramineis apice crimes ay ligulis 15-20 circa 2 mm. longis,
0.7 mm. latis; achaeniis his

sides; the basal rosulate, spatulate-obl sanity rounded or sub-
truncate and crenate-serrate at apex, eatang teens at base, 2-6
sa Pa 0. te 3 cm. wide; cauline remote, 3-8 below the inflores-

to the basal: panicle hear ea subsimple, loosely |
eplindicie 3 B20 em. long, 1.5-2 em. in diameter; pedicels remote,
monocephalous or 2—4-headed, strongly ascending, 1-1.5 cm. long,
hirtellous and viscid, the lower subtended by linear-oblanceolate
leaves: involucre hemispherical, 3-4 mm. high, ‘Ved viscid: the bracts

oblong, obtuse, green i th r stramin
with green tip: ligules 15-20, nied 2 mm. long, 0.7 mm wide:
achenes hispid.— EC: _serpentin ns brook-ravines,

— 1905, Collins § Fenda 0. 140; crevices and talus of
serpentin: e, gulch north of Lac au ‘Diable, Mt. Albert, baby 25, 1906,
Collins & Fernald, no. 750 (rye in Gray Herb).

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

Originally distributed as S. decumbens Greene, but differing from
that common Rocky Mountain species in the greener foliage, the
lower cauline more rounded or subtruncate; in the more interrupted
simpler inflorescence with long-pedicelled and smaller heads; in the
shorter deep green outer bracts of the involucre; and in the shorter
ligules.

_Sonmpaco Muxtrraprata Ait., var. arctica (DC.), n. comb. S.
Virgaurea L. yu. arctica DC. Prod. v. 339 (1836).

Typical S. multiradiata Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 218 (1789), originally
described from Labrador, is known from Hudson Strait to Newfound-
land, the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, and Kewatin; also in Alaska
(Cape Nome, etc.) and on Nunivak Island. It has the cauline leaves
comparatively short and reduced below the inflorescence to small or
at least not conspicuous bracts. The var. arctica originally described
by De Candolle from Unalaska and from St. Lawrence Bay (Bering
Strait), has the leaves much more elongate, the upper usually equalling
or overtopping the compact inflorescence. This plant has been
examined from the following stations which indicate that it is the
more characteristic phase of the species in the Aleutian and adjacent
Islands. UnaxasKa: without locality (Langsdorff, Mertens, Dall,
Harrington); Dutch Harbor (Van Dyke, nos. 22, 196); Glacier River
(Van Dyke, no. 141): Pororr Istanps: Shumagin Islands (Harring-
ton): Bertne Srrarr (C. Wright).

Sotipaco mensalis, n. sp., caule solitario 2-3 dm. alto glabro
-superne piloso; foliis tenuibus glabris ciliolatis supra perviridibus sub-
tus pallidis reticulato-venosisque, basilariis anguste ellipticis longe
petiolatis lamina 3-4.5 cm. longa 1-2 cm. lata acuta margine serrato-
dentatis, caulinis 9-13 infra inflorescentiam cuneato-oblanceolatis
breviter acuminatis, imis subpetiolatis supra mediam serrato-dentatis,
mediis superioribusque sessilibus subintegris vel integris 1.5-6 cm.
longis 4-12 mm. latis; inflorescentia racemiformi subsimplici laxa

above, pale
veiny beneath; the basal narrowly elliptic, long-petioled, the lamina

1915} | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 5

3-4.5 cm. long, 1-2 cm. wide, acute, with serrate-dentate margin;
cauline 9-13 below the inflorescence, cuneate-oblanceolate, short-
acuminate; the lower subpetiolate, serrate-dentate above the middle,
the median and upper sessile, subentire or entire, 1.5-6 cm. long;
4-12 mm. wide: inflorescence racemiform, subsimple, loose, 3-9 cm.
long; pedicels 1-2 em. long, pilose, ascending, remotely bracteolate:
involucre campanulate-hemispherical, 7-10 mm. high: b -
seriate, subequal, green, the midrib glutinous; outer very green,
lance-attenuate, ciliolate; the inner linear, acuminate, with pale
margin: flowers about 50; ligules 15, about 4 mm. long: mature
achenes 4 mm. long, somewhat strigose.— QuEBEC: calcareous north-
facing cliffs at 900-1125 m. altitude, Table-top Mountain, Gaspé
cane een 7, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 778 (TyPE in Gray
um).

Herbari

In its thin ciliolate leaves pale and conspicuously reticulate-veiny
beneath and in the texture of the involucral bracts very near S. multi-
radiata Ait., but that species has very elongate oblanceolate basal
leaves and essentially entire lower and median cauline ones, and a
strongly corymbiform dense inflorescence of smaller heads, the in-
volucres 5-6 mm. high and with less attenuate bracts.

So
alto maculato; foliis rigidis anguste linearibus subulato-attenuatis,

Imis in petiolum marginatum longe attenuatis, mediis 4-10 cm. longis

th
mineous, ciliate: ligules 8-10.— OntTarto: Oliphant, Bruce County,
August 14, 1905, A. B. Klugh, no. 3 (type in Gray Herb.).

A remarkable species, closely simulating the heretofore unique and
very rare S. Guiradonis Gray of Fresno County, California. In habit,
foliage and glutinous outer bracts of the involucre the two are in-
Separable; but S. Guiradonis has only two series of bracts, these all
attenuate thick and glutinous, while S. Klughii has a third inner
Series of thin scarious obtuse bracts. S. Klughii is also notable as an
addition to the flora of the Bruce Peninsula, long famous for its
unique or isolated species.

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

SoLIDAGO HUMILIS Pursh. In 1908 the writer! pointed out that
the type of S. humilis Pursh ? is a Newfoundland plant in the Banksian
Herbarium, which is quite unlike the species (S. racemosa Greene)
with which it was long identified. In the discussion of S. humilis
seven years ago the exact identity of Pursh’s species was left unsettled,
but the statement made that it was either S. uliginosa Nutt. or S.
uniligulata (DC.) Porter. At the same time it was pointed out that,
as soon as its exact application should be determined, the name S.
humilis Pursh must be taken up for one or the other of the two later
species; and that those authors who had set aside the name S. humilis
Pursh (1814) on account of a supposed earlier “S. humilis” of Miller
(1768) could not have verified their references, for Miller had pub-
lished, not “S. humilis” but S. humilius,3 a name in the comparative
degree (neuter) and certainly not the same name as S. humilts.

The recent collections from Newfoundland, Gaspé and the Labrador
Peninsula have brought in a large number of sheets of Solidago uligi-
nosa Nutt. Journ. Acad. Philad. vii. 101 (1834) and there is no question
that the type of S. humilis Pursh is a small northern specimen of this
species. It is perfectly matched in stature, habit, foliage, and even
in the elongate leafy bract at the base of the slender interrupted
thyrsus by such specimens as Spreadborough’s no. 14324 from the
Ungava River, Robinson & Schrenk’s no. 210 from the Exploits River
in Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand’s no. 4098 from the shores of
Ingornachoix Bay in Newfoundland, and Fernald & Collins’s no. 768 ©
from Table-top Mountain, Quebec. There is, then, no question that
S. humilis Pursh (1814) is S. uliginosa Nutt. (1834). Although vary-
ing greatly in stature and in the size of the inflorescence S. humilis
has the cauline leaves bluntly acuminate or at most acute, the rhachis
and branches of the thyrsus at most short-hirtellous and the bracts of
the involucre obtuse. About the ponds of the East Branch of the
Humber in Newfoundland occurs a plant like S. humilis in habit and
inflorescence but so far departing from it in details as to merit separa-
tion as

S. numris Pursh, var. peracuta, n. var., foliis caulinis serratis apice
subulato-attenuatis; ramis hirsutis, pilis 0.5-1 mm. longis; involucri
bracteis attenuatis.

Cauline leaves serrate, the apex subulate-attenuate; branches

1 Rwopora, x. 88-90 (1908).
2? Pursh Fl.

(
Fl. 543 (1814).
3 Mill. Dict. ed. viii. no. 16 (1768).

1915} | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 7

hirsute with nore 0. oh mm. long: bracts of the involucre attenuate.—
NEWFOUNDLA open rocky woods, Middle Birchy Pond, East
Branch of the Fiabe Fite 13, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4097
TYPE in Gray Herb.).

SoLipaco uNILIGULATA (DC.) Porter, var. levipes, n. var., ramis
paniculae pedicellisque glabris vel glabratis glutinosisque

Branches of the panicle and pedicels cog bn or glabrate and
glutinous— New York: Penn Yan, Sartwell (rype in Gray Herb.);
Bergen Swamp, 1880, C. H. Peck. Ontario: Pt. Edward, River St.
Clair, September 14, 1884, J. Macoun.

In typical S. uniligulata as it grows in the bogs from Newfoundland
to New Jersey the branches or the pedicels are conspicuously hirtellous.
This typical form of the species occasionally extends inland to the
Great Lake Region but the plant above described seems to be an
extreme confined to western New York and Ontario.

1-1.3 dm. broad; the branches div aricate, cord at apex, con-
spicuously secund and bracteolate, subtended by ample leaves.—

ODE IsLanp: meadow northeast of Fresh Pond, Block Island,
Beteuhen as. 15, 1913, Fernald, Long & Torrey, no. 10,543 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

Very strongly simulating S. rugosa, var. villosa in its leafy inflorse-
cence with widely divergent or recurved branches; but with the
involucre (5-5.5 mm. long) exactly as in S. Elliottii. In the slightly
villous stem and the sparingly setose nerves of the leaves also suggest-
ing S. rugosa, which, however, has much smaller heads.

SoLtpaco RUGOSA ra ., var. aspera (Ait.), n. comb, S. aspera Ait.
Hort. Kew. iii, 212 (1789).

Field-experience through several seasons with this plant has con-
Vinced the writer that it is better treated as an extreme variation of
S. rugosa than as a distinct species. Var. aspera is more abundant
ohio than is typical S. rugosa and commonly prefers drier

aDI

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

SoLipaco LEPIDA DC. In the region including Newfoundland and
southern Labrador, the Gaspé Peninsula and northern New Brunswick
and northern Maine, Solidago canadensis L. is less common than
farther south, and S. serotina Ait. is unknown. Here their places are
occupied chiefly by a very common goldenrod, in foliage and size of
heads somewhat intermediate between those two species, but with
the branches of the panicle strongly ascending or but slightly secund.
In this northeastern area, centering about the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
this common goldenrod, with heads much larger (involucre 3-5 mm.
high) than in S. canadensis (involucre 2-2.8 mm. high) ! but with the
stems puberulent or minutely pilose much as in that species, is quite
as variable as others of the genus, but it is possible to recognize four
somewhat distinct trends of the species.

About the Straits of Belle Isle and in some parts of eastern New-
foundland the plant has broadly lanceolate to oblong coarsely serrate
leaves and a short compact thyrsus which is almost overtopped by the
upper leaves. This plant is a good match for authentic Alaskan
material and in foliage is closely matched by a fragment of the type of
Solidago lepida DC. Prod. v. 339 (1836).

On the limestone detritus of Pereé, in Gaspé County, Quebec,
occurs a plant strongly resembling S. lepida, but with the leaves very
densely cinereous-pilose. This cinereous extreme of the series has,
so far as the writer can determine, received no na

A third variant is a plant with Sosy iene eae leaves
and elongate or somewhat rhombic scarcely leafy thyrsus. This
plant, abounding on the gravels of the River Ste. Anne des Monts in
Gaspé County, Quebec, seems quite inseparable from extreme speci-
mens of the northwestern S. elongata Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vil.
327 (1840).

But by far the commonest trend of the species in the Northeast is a
tall plant which is clearly a very large extreme of S. elongata with an
ample panicle. Often as large but never as secund as in S. serotina,
but with large leaves running well into the inflorescence much as in
S. rugosa, var. villosa (Pursh) Fernald, this variety, in foliage and in
the long branches of the inflorescence, passes directly into S. elongata
and in the leafy character of its panicle clearly connects with the most
characteristic S. lepida. It occurs in good development, not only in

1See Fernald, Raopora, x. 92 (1908).
2? Fernald, Ruopora, x. 91 (1908).

1915) Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 9

the Northeast — from Newfoundland and Gaspé to Montmorenci
County, Quebec and Aroostook County, Maine — but is found some-
what generally across the continent: in Ontario, Michigan, Saskatche-
wan, British Columbia, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, &c., where it has
passed variously as S. canadensis L., S. serotina Ait., S. serotina, var.
salebrosa Piper, and S. elongata N utt.

In all their essential characters: pubescence of stem, foliage, ascend-
ing or barely recurved branches of the inflorescence, and in the texture
and size of the involucre, these plants are all obviously of one species
for which the earliest name is S. lepida DC.; but as varieties they are
fairly marked and are here proposed as

S. tepmpa DC., molina, n. var., caule 3.5-4.5 dm. alto dense
Bares acentales> ge Beas foliis gc oblongo-lanceolatis
grosse serratis supra scabris subtus dense nee ee subviscosis;
panicula erecta terminali rhomboideo 5-9 c

Stem 3.5-4.5 dm. high, densely “inatevas bementslea somewhat

viscid: leaves crowded, oblong-lanceolate, coarsely serrate, scabrous
above, densely cinereous-pilose and somewhat viscid beneath: pani-

cle erect, terminal, rhomboid, 5-9 cm. long.— QuEBEC: limestone
detritus of vow Barré, Percé, August 16, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease (typE in Gray Herb. ); gravelly slopes, Les Murailles, Percé,
August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, no. 6220).

Cited in the 7th edition of Gray’s Manual under S. canadensis, var.
gilvocanescens Rydberg, but on account of its larger involucre and
dense upright panicle better placed with S. lepida.

S. LEPrDa, var. elongata (Nutt.),n. comb. S. elongata Nutt. Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc. vii. 327 (1840).

S. LEPIDA, var. fallax, n. var., caule 0.5-1.5 m. alto, supra minute
Piloso; foliis lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis 0.5-1.5 dm. longis argute
serratis acuminatis supra glabris vel plus minusve scabris, subtus ad
nervos scabris; panicula erecta subcorymbiformi vel pyrami
1-3 dm. longa, 0.7-2 dm. lata, ramis adscendentibus vix vel paulo
recurvatis inferioribus foliis elongatis suffultis; ike 3-5 mm.
longo, bracteis circa 3-seriatis lineari-lanceolatis tenul

neath: panicle erect, somewhat corymbiform or midal, 1-3 dm.
long, 0.7-2 dm. wide; the branc ary Sar nding, n shes at all or only
a ghtly recurved, the lower subtended by elongate leaves: involucre
oy mm. long; bracts about 3-seriate, linear-lanceolate, thin.—

ewfoundland to British Columbia, south to northern New Bruns-
wick, northern Maine, northern Michigan, Utah and Washington.

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

The following 2 sg are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: rocky
soil, base of cliff, near Topsail, Conception Bay, August 12-19, 1901,
Howe & Lang, no. 1282, gravelly thicket, Harry’s River, August 18,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4108 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); damp
thickets, Grand Falls, August 11, 12, & 14, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand &
Darlington, nos. _ 6299, 6300. QuEBEC: gravel-beaches and bars,
River Ste Anne des Monts, August 3-17, 1905, Collins & Fernald;
alluvial woods at atk of Bonaventure River, a, 31, 1902, Williams
& Fernald, August 4, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, no. 5918);
vicinity of Cap 4 l’Aigle, August, 1905, J. Macoun, nos. 68,376,
68,378; Ste Anne de Beaupré, August 30, 1905, J. Macoun, no. 68,375.
NEw BRUNSWICK: border of woods, Four Falls, Victoria County,
August 11, 1909, Fernald, no. 2232. Marne: river-thicket, Fort
Fairfield, August 15, 1901, Robinson & Fernald. pega Onaman
River, Thunder Bay District, 1912, H. E. Pulling. Micniean
shaded ditches, Keewanaw County, October, 1887, Farwell, no. 491
(very pubescent). SASKATCHEWAN: Bourgeau, 1858. Britis Co-
LUMBIA: flood plain of the Columbia at Beavermouth, August 18,
1905, Shaw, no. 1166. Wyomine: Snake River, August 13, 1899,
N elson, no. 6441. Uran: Utah Valley, July, 1869, Watson, no. 562.
WasHincTon: Granville, July 18, be Conard, no. 347; valley of
Sw. wk ‘River, 1913, S. P. Sharples, no.

_ Passing by numerous transitions on ‘ia one hand to the more
condensed typical S. lepida, on the other to var. elongata with its more
elongate and more definitely terminal thyrsus. Often confused in the
Herbarium with S. serotina Ait., which has the stems glabrous up to
the inflorescence with its strongly secund branches, and the heads
usually larger. In the East more often confounded with S. canadensis
L. which has similar foliage and similarly pubescent stems, but very
small heads (the involucre 2-2.8 mm. long) on strongly recurving
branches. In its more pubescent extremes simulating the more
southern S. altissima L., which has the very cinereous leaves thick
and usually entire and the involucral bracts firmer and less attenuate.

cS ha! leahrig

So.ipaGco Bartramiana, lib

a
vel supra sparsissime pilogis 2 2-3. 5 dm. altis; folis is unjformibus lanceo-
mim. latis

sodicall atis redial io on ngis setulosis minute bra cteola atis;
involucro 2. 5-3 mm. ANS gt cteis L-S-seriatie 10-15 5 lineari-atten
uatis glabris tenuibus viridescentibus; ligulis circa 10; achaenlis m4

1915) | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 11

turis 1.5-2 mm. longis hispidis; pappo 1.5—2 mm. longo, setibus basi
plerumque flexuosis.

Stems caespitose, slender, glabrous or above very sparsely pilose,
2-3.5 dm. high: leaves uniform, lance-attenuate, triple-nerved, thin,
3-6 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, glabrous on both surfaces or scabrous on
the margin beneath, entire or obsoletely serrate, the margin scabrous:
panicle erect, terminal, thyrsiform or corymbiform, 3-12 cm. long,
2-7 cm. wide; the branches strongly ascending, the lower subtended
by elongate leaves: heads few, mostly long-pedicelled; the pedicels
7-12 mm. long, setulose and minutely bracteolate: involucre 2.5-3
mm. long; the bracts 1—2-seriate, 10-15, linear-attenuate, glabrous,
thin, greenish: ligules about 10: mature achenes 1.5-2 mm. long,
hispid: pappus 1.5-2 mm. long, the bristles usually flexuous at base.—
NEWFOUNDLAND: ledges and talus, north bank of Exploits River
below the falls, Grand Falls, July 22, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram
& Darlington, no. 6303 (TPE in Gray Herb.).

Named for Edwin Bunting Bartram, President of the Philadelphia
Botanical Club and worthy representative of a distinguished botanical
name, who first detected the plant at its type-locality. S. Bar-
tramiana in habit resembles S. lepida and its var. fallax, but is at once
distinguished from all the varieties of S. lepida by its glabrous stems,
long-pedicelled heads and almost uniseriate involucres. At Grand
Falls S. Bartramiana was mature (with ripe fruit) on July 22, while at
the same locality S. lepida, var. fallax was fully a month later, col-
lected in young flowering condition the middle of August.

SoLipaGo CANADENSIS L., var. Hargeri, n. var., caulibus villosis;
foliis lanceolatis argute serratis supra scabris subtus cinereo-puberulis.
_ tems villous: leaves lanceolate, sharply serrate, scabrous above,
cinereous-puberulent beneath.— Valleys of the Deerfield and Housa-
tonic Rivers, Massachusetts and Connecticut. MassacHUSETTS:
roadside, Florida, August 27, 1904, Ralph Hoffmann. CoNNECTICUT:
roadside near the Housatonic River, at Bennett’s Bridge, Southbury,
ber 1, 1901, E. B. Harger (type in Gray Herb.); dry soil near the
Housatonic River, Oxford, August 15, 1910, Harger.

This plant, specially called to my attention by Mr. E. B. Harger, is
frequent in the Housatonic Valley. It has the tiny heads, charac-
teristic inflorescence, and “ triple-nerved” leaves of Solidago canaden-
via L., but differs strikingly from the typical form of that species
(which has the stems glabrous or merely a little pilose except near the
inflorescence and the leaves at most pilose along the nerves beneath)
in having the upper half or two-thirds of the stem villous and the
leaves closely cinereous-puberulent beneath as in the large-headed S.

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

altissima L. In the pubescence of the stem the plant suggests S.
rugosa but there the resemblance ceases, for Mr. Harger’s plant has
the definitely “triple-nerved” leaves of S. canadensis. In the cinere-
ous-puberulent lower surfaces of the leaves it is suggestive of the com-
mon western S. canadensis, var. gilvocanescens Rydberg, which is
found locally as far eastward as Vermont,! but that variety has the
stems cinereous-pulverulent or at most puberulent. The plant of
the Housatonic Valley, with villous stems, which Mr. Harger reports
having seen at a number of stations in Connecticut, extends northward
to the Deerfield Valley in Massachusetts, and it seems to be a
distinct geographic variety.

SOLIDAGO GRAMINIFOLIA (L.) Salisb., var. septentrionalis, n. var.,
caule glabro vel subglabro; foliis perviridibus lanceolatis vel oblongo-
lanceolatis nec attenuatis apice obtusiusculis glabris vel subtus ad
nervos paulo setulosis; corymbo laxo ramis lateralibus valde elongatis;
capitulis plerumque glomerulatis; pedicellis paulo setulosis; involu-
cro 44.5 mm. alto, bracteis apice viridibus.

Stem glabrous or nearly so: leaves deep green, lanceolate or oblong-

lanceolate, not attenuate, bluntish, glabrous or beneath a little setu-
lose on the nerves: corymb loose, the lateral branches conspicuously 3
elongate: heads mostly glomerulate: pedicels a little setulose: in-
volucre 44.5 mm. high; bracts green at tip.— NEWFOUNDLAND:
ledges, talus and gravel, north bank of Exploits River below the falls,
Bishop Falls, July 28, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. ’
and Grand Falls, August 12, 1911, no. 6306 (rrPx in Gray Herbarium);
and gravelly railroad embankment, Grand Falls, August 14, 1911, no.
6307. QueEBEc: gravelly beach of St. John (or Douglastown) River,
Gaspé County, August 23, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease.
' The representative of the continental S. graminifolia in central
Newfoundland and the Gaspé Peninsula, differing strikingly in foliage
from the typical form of the species which has the narrower leaves
long-attenuate to sharp tips and the corymb ordinarily much denser,
with branches of more uniform length. In the outline of its leaves
var. septentrionalis suggests the western var. camporum (Greene), D-
comb., = Euthamia camporum Greene, Pittonia, v. 74 (1902); but that
plant has the firmer leaves light green, the corymb comparatively
dense and the involucral bracts pale throughout. In the green-tpp

nald), n. comb., = S. polycephala Fernald, Ruopora, x. 93 Sout
Euthamia floribunda Greene, Pittonia, v. 74 (1902), not S. flor ibunaa

1 Proctor, Vermont, W. W. Eggleston in Gray Herb.

1915] Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 13

Phil. Anal. Univ. Chil. Ixxxvii. 430 (1894). But this apparently
local plant of New Jersey, eastern Pennsylvania and Maryland has the
leaves long-attenuate, the pedicels copiously setulose, and the involu-
cres only 3-3.5 mm. high, and seems to be a small-headed extreme
nearest allied to var. Nuttallii (Greene) Fernald.

longis 3-5 foliis parvis instructis involucro hemisphaerico 7-8 mm.
alto, bracteis valde 2-3-seriatis herbaceis anguste linearibus 0.7-1 mm,
latis apice subulatis; ligulis violaceis 1-1.3 cm. longis anguste lineari-
bus; pappi setis 1-seriatis barbellulatis; achaeniis setosis.

Stem solitary, slender, 4 dm. high, glabrous: leaves oblanceolate,
narrowed to both ends, acuminate, at base subcordate, scabrous above,
glabrous beneath, the margin remotely serrate; the median 6-8 cm.
long, 1-1.2 em. wide: pedicels few (3-5) monocephalous, 5-9 cm.
long, provided with 3-5 small leaves: involucre hemispherical, 7-8
mm. high; the bracts obviously 2-3-seriate, herbaceous, narrowly
linear, 0.7-1 mm. wide, subulate at apex: ligules violet, 1-1.3 cm. long,
narrowly linear: pappus-bristles 1-seriate, minutely barbellate: achenes
setose.— QuEBEC: near Quatchouan Falls, Lake St. John, August 19,
1904, W. F. Wight, no. 228 (yen in Gray Herb.).

Related to A. junceus Ait., but with larger heads, much more
herbaceous but subulate-tipped involucral bracts, and broader coarsely
serrate leaves. In its involucre exactly matching the western A.
Fremonti Gray, but clearly distinct in its nearly uniform and serrate
cauline leaves.

AsTER Foutaceus Lindl. In extreme eastern British America and
northern New England the difficulties of clearly distinguishing the
large-headed Asters of the section Vulgares (A. novi-belgii L., A.
longifolius Lam., etc.) are further complicated by the abundance of
@ plant which in some characters differs from the ordinarily recog-
nized eastern Asters. This heretofore little recognized eastern plant
abounds in the river-valleys and on the damp mountain slopes of

ewfoundland, southern Labrador, and eastern Quebec, extending
Westward to Portneuf County, Quebec and southward to northern
. sine and northern New Hampshire. Its chief characters separating
it from A. novi-belgii and A. longifolius are its very few large heads
(involucre, excluding the enlarged outer bracts, 7-9 mm. high) chiefly

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

solitary on elongate pedicels which are naked or have 1 or 2 large
dilated foliaceous bracts, and the essentially equal herbaceous or folia-
ceous involucral bracts. This plant with few long-pediceled heads is
quite as variable as other species of its affinity, but in spite of its great
variability it holds within the Hudsonian and Canadian area indicated
the characters above defined and seems to be a pronounced trend such
as is ordinarily considered a species in the genus Aster. The lower
plants from alpine, subalpine and more northern habitats, with the
“short monocephalous branches leafy about the heads,” ! exactly
coincide with authentic material from the original Alaskan localities
of A. foliaceus Lindl.; while in some colonies the plants are an exact
match for the artical specimens of the Rocky and Cascade Mountain
var. frondeus Gray, having the tall stems bearing “ample” leaves
1-1.5 dm. long and 2-3.5 cm. broad and many of the heads on long
almost erect naked or nearly naked pedicels (often 5-15 cm. long).
One of the eastern variants with foliage as in var. frondeus departs
from that variety in its loosely arching pedicels; another strongly
suggests the original Parry specimens (no. 417) from Colorado of var.
Parryi Gray but differs from that little known plant in its more uni-
form foliage; another variant from the Gaspé coast with short crenate
leaves and nearly uniformly leafy pedicels and outer involucral
bracts, is an extreme departure from the others and simulates none of
the western varieties known to the writer, while a fourth tendency,
from western Newfoundland, has the unusually small heads mostly
in pairs at the tips of the pedicels and the involucres almost lacking
the enlarged foliaceous outer bracts. ;

These four undescribed northeastern varieties are so pronounced in
their characters as to merit special one as

A. Fottaceus Lindl., var. arcuans, n. caule 0.6-1 m. alto
superne flexuoso; foliis tenuibus rhomboideo-lanceolatis acumina
remote serratis, mediis 1-2 dm. longis 2-3.5 cm. latis; ramis pedi-

foliaceis elongatisque

Stem 0.6-1 m. high, flexuous above: leaves thin, rhombic-lanceo- 5
late, acuminate, remotely serrate; the median 1-2 fo n Long, 2-3.
em. wide; branches and pedicels loosely arcuate-ascending; “th
icels 3-9 cm. long, monocephalous, naked or remotely Sand w

1 Gray, Syn. Fl. i., pt. 2, 193 (1884).

1915] | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 15

1-3 oblong leaves: involucre 8-10 mm. high, with the bracts lanceolate
or ia, 7 outer foliaceous and elongate —— QurBeEc: alluvium of the
St. John (or Douglastown) River, Gaspé County, August 23, 1904,
Collins Fernald & Pease (vypx in Gray Herb.); alluvial thickets and
woods near the mouth of Per River, Gaspé County, August
26 & 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; alluvium of York River,
Gaspé County, July 29, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald (transi-
tional to var. frondeus).

Resembling var. frondeus but differing in its more serrate leaves
and in the much more spreading or arching branches and pedicels.

A. FOLIACEUS, var. crenifolius, n. var., caule 2.5-3.5 dm. alto; foliis
crassis ellipticis basi apiceque angustatis subobtusis crenatis subtus
pilosis, mediis 4.5-8 cm. longis 1.7-2.5 em. latis; ramis pedicellisque
subadscendentibus; pedicels 1 1-3 cm. longis monocephalis foliis ob-
longis crenatis instructis; involucro 8-10 mm. alto, bracteis exteri-
oribus ——— oblongi

Stem 2.5-3.5 dm. high; leaves thick, elliptic, narrowed to base and
apex, bunts fahaaan spite beneath; the median 4.5-8 em. long,
‘m wide s and pedicels subascending; pedicels 1-3

m. long, stvhona ts irate Snovided with oblong crenate leaves: in-
Shinn 8-10 mm. high, with the outer foliaceous bracts oblong.—

EBEC: recent F aleaning near the mouth of Grand River, Gaspé
a August 11-15, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (tyPE in Gray

In habit somewhat intermediate between the typical form of the
species and var. arcuans; differing from both in the very crenate leaves
and the uniform leafiness of the pedicels.

LIACEUS, var. subpetiolatus, n. var., caule 3-7 dm. alto glabro
vel piloso; foliis patentibus vel subadscendentbs subcoriaciis glabris
anguste rhomboideo-ovatis longe acuminatis basi angustatis remote
Serratis vel subintegris, mediis late jabperssneks 1-1.5 dm. longis 2-4

em. latis; ramis subadscendentibus; pedicellis plerumque 1. 5-4 cm.

longs monocephalis efoliatis vel apice cum foliis elongatis acuminatis

nstructis; involucro 8-10 mm. age bracteis lanceolato-attenuatis
exteriors plus minusve folia

m 3-7 dm. high, A ba i a - pilose: leaves spreading or some-
rg nding, subcoriaceous, glabrous, narrowly thombic-ovate,
ig ati pg rrowed at base, remotely serrate or subentire;

median broadly rabpetislel, 1-1.5 dm. long, 2-4 em. wide: beside
Pip : pedicels mostly 1.5~4 em. long, monocephalous, leaf-
less or with Mice acuminate leaves at apex: involucre 8-10 mm.
high, el lance-attenuate bracts, the outer more or less leafy.—
crests of sea-cliffs, Grand River er, Gaspé County, August
11-15, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (type in Gray Herb.); Se
Teous shingle at base of Cap Tourelle, and gravel by Ruisseau Pata

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

Tourelle, August 19-21, 1905, Collins & Fernald; springy coniferous
woods along “ Low’s Trai 1,” at base of Table-top Mountain, August
14, 1906, Collins & F. srnald, no. 738; banks of Becscie River, Anti-
costi, July 31, 1883, J. Macoun, no. 7.

Somewhat simulating A. foliaceus, var. Parryi Gray, but that plant,
as represented by the original Parry material from Colorado, has the
strongly ascending leaves smaller and rapidly decreasing to the sum-
mit, and the corymb much less leafy than in var. subpetiolatus, which
in its extreme form suggests some forms of the smaller-headed A.
miqpetes L.

A. FOLIACEUS, var. subgeminatus, n. var., caule 2.5-5 cm. alto,
glabro; foliis adscendentibus ellipticis vel anguste serge e
longe acuminatis basi subpetiolaribus serratis, mediis 7-12 cm. longis
1.5-2.5 em. latis; ramis pedicellisque perbrevibus arcte siieedane
bus, pedicellis plerumque apice 2-cephalis; involucro 5-6 mm. alto,
pei oblanceolatis chartaceis apice valde herbaceis.

.5-5 em. high, glabrous; leaves ascending, elliptic or nar-
sielyé elliptic-ovate, long-acuminate, with subpetiolar ad serrate;
the median 7-12 em. long, 1.5-2.5 em. broad: branches and pedicels
very short, strongly ascending, the pedicels usually terminated by 2
heads: involucre 5-6 mm. high; its bracts linear-oblanceolate, charta-
ceous, conspicuously herbaceous at tip.— NEWFOUNDLAND: damp

ushy ravine in the limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table
Mountain, Port-i-Port Bay, August 16, 1910, Fernald, Wi-gand &
Kittredge, no. 4126

In foliage strongly resembling vars. Parryi and subpetiolatus,
habit like typical A. foliaceus, but distinguished from all the described
varieties in its small usually paired heads and in the absence of the
outer foliaceous bracts. In foliage also suggesting A. tardzflorus L.
(unknown in Newfoundland) but readily distinguished by its broader
and firmer involucral bracts and by the very few short erect pedicels.
Material from the valley of Harry’s River (no. 4120) strongly simu-
lates var. subgeminatus, but has the involucre with more foliaceous —
outer bracts.

AsTER anticostensis, n. sp., caule solitario 4 dm. alto, subflexuoso.
glabro; foliis coriaceis lineari-lanceolatis utroque attenuatis basi
subcordatis margine open: scabris, mediis 1.2-1.6 dm. longis 1 peat
latis; ramis arcte adscendentibus, icellis plerumque 2-5 ¢

oliis i

1.5-2 mm. latis duris . vel subcoriaceis ppt apice sub-
violaceis circa 1.5 cm. longis; pappo 1-seria
setis barbellatie: achaeniis setosis.

1915] = Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 17

Stem solitary, 4 dm. high, subflexuous, glabrous: leaves coriaceous,
linear-lanceolate, attenuate to both ends, the base subcordate, the
margin entire scabrous; the median 1.2-1.6 dm. long, 1 cm. wide:
branches strongly oe pedicels mostly 2-5 cm. long, 1-headed,
leafless or with 1 or 2 leaves: involucre hemispherical, 1 em. igh:
the bracts senna fitbricated | in ei series, oblong, 1.5-2 mm. wide,
hard or somewhat leathery, yellowish, subherbaceous at tip: ligules
violet, about 1.5 em. long: pappus 1-seriate, the setae barbellate:
achenes setose.— QUEBEC: river banks and grassy slopes, Jupiter
River, Anticosti, July 20, 1880, J. Macoun, no. 6 (ryPE in Gray Herb.,
distributed as A. paniculatus).

A puzzling plant, in its monocephalous elongate pedicels simulat-
ing A. foliaceus but with very slender elongate leathery leaves like
those of extreme A. longifolius. In the involucre, with its very broad
firm bracts strongly imbricated, unlike any Eastern Aster, but some-
what suggesting some extreme specimens referred to the North-
western A. Douglasii Lindl. In habit and involucre A. anticostensis
Strongly suggests the subarctic A. spathulatus Lindl., but that little-
known plant has spatulate-oblanceolate leaves and the involucre less
imbricated. When better known the two may be found to have
closer affinities than are at present evident.

ASTER PUNICEUS L., var. perlongus, n, var., caule tenui, hispido
4-5.5dm alto; i-lanceo.
latis vel -oblanceolatis acuminato-attenuatis basi valde cordato-
amplexicaulibus minute serratis vel subintegris, mediis 1-2 dm.
longis 1.2-2.2 ¢ m. latis; ramis brevibus; involucri bracteis lineari-
attenuatis Haag

Stem slender, hispid, 4-5.5 dm. high: leaves thin, somewhat
lustrous, glabrous on both sides, linear-lanceolate or -oblanceolate,
acuminate-attenuate, strongly cordate-clasping at base, minutely
Serrate or subentire; the median 1-2 dm. long, 1.2-2.2 em. wide:
ran short: involucre with loose linear-attenuate bracts.—

EBEC: springy spots in coniferous forest along “Low’s Trail,”
altitude about 675 m., western base of Table-top Mountain, G

aspé
Hoy? August 14, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 737 (type in Gray

A very distinct extreme in its exceedingly slender and thin almost
entire leaves,

ERIGERON HYSssoPrFoLtus Michx., var. villicaulis, n. var., humilis
5-15 em. altus vix caespitosus; caulibus simplicibus vel ee
Pedicellisque dense villosis; foliis plus minusve villosis longe ciliatis.

» 5-15 em. high, scarcely caespitose: the simple or subsimple
stems and the pedicels diracky vilcas : leaves more or less villous,

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

long-ciliate— NEWFOUNDLAND: dry exposed ledges and shingle on
the limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port
3 Port Bay, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,866
(TyPE in Gray Herb.).

A very extreme variant of the common little Erigeron hyssopifolius
of slaty and calcareous gravels and damp ledges in the Canadian and
Hudsonian districts. Ordinarily (and in Michaux’s type material)
the taller branching and densely tufted stems and the pedicels are
glabrous or only sparingly pilose and the otherwise glabrous leaves are
at most sparingly short-ciliolate on the margin and midrib.

longis cum glandulis stipitatis minutis mixtis; foliis imis lanceolatis vel

callous-dentate: cauline leaves 1 or 2 pairs; the lower lanceolate,
2-4.5 em. long, glandular and villous, with a blunt callous Up;
upper much reduced, linear or lanceolate, 1-3 cm. long, often with a
linear-attenuate scarious appendage at tip: heads solitary, very
handsome, 4.5 cm. broad; involucre about 1.5 cm. high, densely

villous at base, glandular and loosely villous above ; bracts 8-10,
i 5 m ing the middle to 4
- the oblong-

ovate blade 1.3-1.5 em. long, 7-8 mm. broad, conspicuously 7-9-

nerved, strigose on the back, the apex sharply 3—4-toothed, the ee
us

1915] | Fernald,— Some new or unrecorded Compositae 19

7 mm. long, white; the bristles barbellate— NEWFOUNDLAND: dry
exposed ledges and shingle on the limestone tableland, altitude 200-
300 m., Table Mountain, Port 4 Port Bay, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald
& St. John, no. 10,874 (tyPE in Gray -Herb.).

Intermediate between Arnica alpina (L.) Olin & Ladan of the Arctic
and of northern Labrador and A. tomentosa J. M. Macoun of the
Canadian Rocky Mountains. In A. alpina, which A. pulchella re-
sembles in the shape and the tips of the leaves, the pubescence of the
leaves and the lower half of the stem is very sparse and short, the
involucre consists of 15-20 narrower less pubescent bracts; and the
narrower rays are much less cleft, the blunter lobes being 1-2 mm. long.
In the northwestern A. tomentosa the basal leaves are thicker than in
A. pulchella, more prominently nerved and blunter, and covered with
much longer pubescence; the upper leaves lack the slender apical
appendage which is present in’ well developed A. pulchella; the pubes-
cence of the stem and the involucre is very much longer and more
copious (almost lanate); the bracts of the involucre are bluntish or
merely acute; and the thicker and less prominently nerved rays have
a longer pubescence on the back.

Hreractum CANADENSE Michx., var. hirtirameum, n. var., caule
2-8 dm. alto villoso-hirsuto vel infra slabrescente; foliis inferioribus
ciliatis subtus plus minusve hirsutis; ramis pedicellisque gracilibus
— adscendentibus vel subfastigiatis copiose longe hirsutis, pilis
5-3 mm. longis cum glandulis minutis mixtis; involucro campanu-
onan 5-10 mm. longo; bracteis circa 3-seriatis fuscis,
en ae tis.
S ms 2-8 dm.

rlington, no. 6433 ns TYPE in Gray Her b.); ‘dry, rocky « pee
Gr Falis, Fay 2 25, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington,
~ 6432. p calcareous le and cliffs, between

Rive Tuly 29 & 30, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pe. ledgy banks of

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

Restigouche River, Matapedia, July 19, 1904, Fernald. Maine:
shaded bank of St. John River, Allagash, August 11, 1893, Fernald;
wooded bank of St. John River, Van Buren, September 18, 1900,
Fernald; rocky island in Penobscot River, Upper Stillwater, September
18, 1899, Fernald.

A puzzling plant, in its characteristic development very different
from the commonly larger H. canadense, but presenting numerous
perplexing transitions. The variety seems to be more inclined than
the species to an aberrant development (possibly pathological) in
which the branches become shortened and crowded among the reduced
upper leaves, the heads in these aberrant individuals becoming very
numerous and tiny (with involucres only 2 or 3 mm. long).

Il. SOME ANOMALOUS SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
BIDENS IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. Fernatp anp Haro.tp St. JoHN.

In 1909 a peculiar Bidens was found on the tidal flats of Winnegance
Creek, near the mouth of the Kennebec River in Maine, and at that
time identified ! with the northern B. hyperborea Greene, which was
already known from James Bay and the estuaries of streams entering
the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Subsequently the Maine plant has been
found not only along Winnegance Creek, but on the tidal reaches of
the Androscoggin at Topsham and Brunswick. Although in its erect
outer involucral bracts it strongly simulates B. hyperborea, the plant
of the lower Androscoggin and Kennebec shows many characters
which indicate that its affinity is more nearly with B. Eatoni Fernald
of the tidal flats of the Merrimac River. In B. hyperborea the
heads are slenderly cylindric-campanulate; the chaff dark-striate; the
achenes consistently 4-awned and many-striate, the inner nearly or
quite 1 cm. long. In the plant of the lower Androscoggin and Kenne-
bec the heads are turbinate-hemispherical, the chaff pale, often wtih
conspicuously striate; the achenes consistently 2-awned, the mane
6 mm. long; and ordinarily the primary leaves more acuminate at tip

1 Fernald & Wiegand, Raopora, xii. 120, 144 (1910).

1915] Fernald & St. John,— Species and Varieties of Bidens 21

and with more numerous teeth. In its nearest relative, B. Eaton,
the leaves are all slender-petioled, the heads slender-cylindric, the
inner involucre in well developed heads 1-1.5 cm. long, the chaff
dark-striate, and the achenes usually 4-awned, the inner ones 7-9 mm.
long and scarcely or only faintly striate; while in the plant from Maine
the upper leaves are sessile, the inner involucre of well developed
heads 5-8 mm. long, and the achenes are copiously channeled.

In its foliage and in the breadth of the larger heads the plant from
the lower Androscoggin and Kennebec closely simulates extreme
slender forms of B. cernua L., but that species has the nodding heads
depressed-hemispherical in outline with a nearly flat base, the outer
foliaceous bracts spreading, the chaff dark-striate, and the 4-awned
achenes strongly 4-angled at summit and tuberculate on the angles.
In the Maine plant, however, the erect heads have somewhat turbinate
involucres, with erect outer foliaceous bracts, and the 2-awned achenes
are flat and without tuberculate hairs.

Differing in all its essential characters from the three species which
it most nearly resembles, the plant from the estuary of the Kennebec
and Androscoggin Rivers seems to be another of the localized estuary
species comparable with B. bidentoides (Nutt) Britton, known only
from the estuary of the Delaware, B. Eatoni Fernald, known only
from the estuary of the Merrimac, and B. hyperborea Greene of the
river-estuaries entering the Gulf of St. Lawrence and James Bay.
The Maine plant we propose as

3 mm. longis retrorse barbatis, achaeniis exterioribus 5 mm. longis,
interioribus 6 mm. i

b. erect: in ina
cts strongly ascending, glabrous, linear-lanceolate, acute or sub-

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

acute, 1.5-4 em. long; Paes — oblong, subacute, yellow,
brown-striate: pales narrowly oblong, yellow, obscurely pale-striate:
achenes narrowly cuneate, flat, pic a about Q-striate on each
side, retrorsely setose, 2(very rarely 3)-awned; the awns 2.5-

long, retrorsely barbed; outer achenes 5 mm. long, inner 6 mm. long.—
MAINE: among sedges and rushes of a salt marsh, and at tide limit
at edge of marsh, Winnegance Creek, Phippsburg, August 23, 1909,
Fernald & Wiegand (Fernald, nos. 2248 & 2249— Typr in Herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club); Cow Island, Topsham, August,
1910, Kate Furbish; bank of Androscoggin Rives: Brunswick, August
13, 1911, C. H. Bissell.

Bidens frondosa, as it ordinarily occurs, has the teeth of the leaves
broadly deltoid, usually as broad at the base as the total length, and
the foliaceous bracts of the involucre rarely twice as long as the inner
bracts. Occasionally plants occur with more slender teeth or with
longer outer bracts, but these two extreme tendencies are rarely if ever
found in combination in the continental range of the species. In
Newfoundland, however, the only indigenous colonies yet known of B.
frondosa have the teeth of the leaves very narrowly lance-attenuate,
and the foliaceous bracts 2.5-4 times as long as the inner involucre;
and on Prince Edward Island and the Magdalen Islands this same
combination of characters occurs in plants of the natural swales and
marshes, indicating that in this area, at least, the species has departed
sufficiently from its more general tendencies to merit the separation
of a geographic variety,

: sa L., var. stenodonta, n. var., dentibus foliorum lanceo-
Linea iced eee 5-6 mm. nin bracteis foliaceis involucri

2.5-5 cm. long. — Newrounpianp , boggy open woods, "Whithourne
August 8, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6375 (type in Gray Her-

barium); wet thickets, Norris Arm, August 21, 22, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 6376. QuEBEc: boggy margin of a brackish pond
southwest of Etang du Nord village, Grindatohe Teed Magdalen
Islands, August 15, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8199. PRINCE
Epwarp Istanp: border of salt marsh, Bunbury, August 9, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8202

In 1913 attention was directed to a peculiar plant of the Magdalen
Islands which was then identified with Bidens tripartita L. of Eurasia
and of the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec, and to a variety of the Magdalen

1915} Fernald & St. John,— Species and Varieties of Bidens 23

Island plant common upon Prince Edward Island and characterized
by having upwardly barbellate awns. The latter was then proposed
as Bidens tripartita, var. heterodoxa Fernald.!

Subsequent collections and a more detailed study of the plants of
Prince Edward Island and the Magdalens show that, although strongly
simulating Bidens tripartita in foliage and in the flat usually 2-awned
achene, the plant of these islands differs from that characteristic
European species in having much smaller and copiously pubescent
achenes and in having the outer foliaceous bracts of the involucre
glabrous or at most very remotely ciliate toward the base. In B.
tripartita, on the other hand, the much larger achenes are strictly
glabrous and the outer involucral bracts conspicuously ciliate to the
tip. The plant from the Gulf of St. Lawrence in its outer involucral
bracts closely resembles the more southern, normally 4-awned B.
connata Muhl., and occasional specimens with three or four awns tend
to strengthen this similarity. In B. connata, however, the midribs
of the two faces of the achene become strongly thickened at summit,
thus giving to the top of the achene an obviously 4-angled appearance;
and the surfaces of the achene are ordinarily quite glabrous or at most
remotely setulose. In the plant of the Magdalen Islands and Prince
Edward Island the copiously pubescent achenes are quite as flat as in
B. tripartita and B. comosa (Gray) Wiegand. For this reason we feel
justified in considering the insular plant a distinct species which is
related on the one hand to B. tripartita (which is definitely known in
North America only from the Gaspé Peninsula), on the other to the
common continental species, B. wa

B. heterodoxa ey. n. comb. partita L., var. heterodoxa
Fernald, Ruopora, xv. 76 (1913). Coule en glabro 1.5-9 dm. alto;
foliis simplicibus vel 3-5-partitis utrinque glabris, imis tenuiter petiola-
tis, lamina vel loba terminali lanceolata vel anguste ovata 2.5-12 cm
longa ar argute grosseque serrata; capitulis discoideis vel radiatis;
involucri_ bracteis foliaceis 3-6 Foner tuscoolatie elongatis, basi
glabris vel sparse ciliatis, bracteis interioribus oblongis obtusis strami-
oo atro-striatis 7-9 mm. longis; aes linearibus 4-striatis; achaeniis

enti
The stem slender, wis 1.5-9 dm. high: leaves simple or 3-5-
parted, glabrous on both surfaces; the lower slender-petioled; blade

1 Rueopora, xv. 76 (1913).

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

or terminal lobe lanceolate or narrowly ovate, 2.5-12 cm. long, sharply
and coarsely serrate: heads discoid or radiate: involucre with 3-6
linear-lanceolate elongate foliaceous bracts, glabrous at base or
sparsely ciliate; interior bracts oblong, obtuse, straw-colored, black-
striped, 7-9 mm. long: pales linear, 4-striped: achenes flat, strigose,
2—4-awned, the margin and awns upwardly barbellate; marginal
cuneate, 4.5 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide, with awns 1.5 mm. long; I-
terior 6-7 mm. long, scarcely 2 mm. wide, the awns 2-3 mm. long.—
Besides the stations originally cited the following may be noted.
Prince Epwarp Isianp: border of fresh pond (recently an arm of the
sea) back of sand hills, Tracadie, August 22, 1914, Fernald & St. John,
no. 11,210 (radiate form). QueBEC: sandy sea strand at the Narrows,
Alright Island, Magdalen Islands, August 21, 1912, Fernald, Long &
St. John, no. 8317 (broad leaved form with 4 awns 3

B. HETERODOXA, var. orthodoxa, n. var., aristis achaeniorum re-
trorse setosis.

Awns of the achene retrorsely barbed.— QueBeEc:, shallow water
near the margins of brackish ponds, southwest of Etang du Nord
village, Grindstone Island, Magdalen Islands, August 15, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8203 (rrp in Gray Herbarium); boggy
margin of strand at the Narrows, Alright Island, August 21, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8204.

In characteristic Bidens connata Muhl. the blades of the middle
cauline leaves or the terminal lobes of the divided leaves have 10-20
sharp serrations on each margin, and the outer foliaceous bracts of the
involucre are linear or linear-oblanceolate and inconspicuous, usually
not more than 2 mm. broad and but slightly exceeding the inner
involucre. On Block Island occurs a characteristic extreme in whic
the primary leaves are coarsely and irregularly dentate with 5-10
teeth on each margin and with the outer foliaceous bracts as large as
in B. comosa (Gray) Wiegand, usually oblanceolate, the larger 3-6 cm.
long and 0.5-1.5 em. broad. A plant quite identical with this Block
Island extreme has been collected by Mr. E. F. Williams at Lake
Massapoag in Sharon, Massachusetts, indicating that the plant 1s of
somewhat wide distribution in southern New England. This extreme
plant with achenes as in B. connata, but with foliage and involucre
similar to those of B. comosa may be called =

B. connata Muhl., var. fultior, n. var., foliis primariis laminis vel
lobis terminalibus grosse inaequaliterque dentatis, dentibus utrinque

10; involucri bracteis foliaceis oblanceolatis, majoribus sind
longis 0.5-1.5 cm. latis; aristis achaeniorum 4—6.— MassacHUSETT®”
Lake Massapoag, Sharon, September 10, 1899, E. F. Williams. RuwoP

1915} Fernald & St. John,— Species and Varieties of Bidens 25

IsLaAND: sandy pond-margins, east of Dickens Point, Block Island,
September 15, 1913, Fernald, Long & Torrey, no. 10,688 (TYPE in Gray
Herbarium).

Bidens cernua L. as it occurs in eastern America is highly variable
and especially so in its foliage. Besides the typical form of the species
with elongate-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate leaves with many coarse |
serrations, we get the dwarf bog plant, var. minima (Huds.) DC.,
with tiny, spatulate or oblanceolate petioled leaves and usually solitary
campanulate heads; and the very large varieties with broader copi-
ously serrate leaves, varieties elliptica and integra of Wiegand. On
the brackish sands of the Magdalen Islands and Prince Edward Island
occurs a depressed or matted, freely branching plant with the heads -
and achenes and the hispid stems of B. cernua. The small, fleshy
leaves, however, are mostly obtuse and with few and obscure denta-
tions, and the outer fleshy bracts of the involucre are oblong or broadly
oblanceolate and much exceeding the inner series. This little plant,
though first noted in maritime sands, does not seem to be restricted
to brackish habitats, for identical material has been collected on the
sandy shore of a pond in Coés County, New Hampshire, and an old
specimen of Gray’s from western New York is probably not separable.
This extreme variation may be called

RNUA L., var. oligodonta humili i depressa .
2 dm.

angustatis "inne vel —_ dentatis, dentibus seus 5
obtusis, foliis apie 2-5 ¢ oF oer 0.5-1.5 cm. latis; capitulis

John, no. 8208 (TYPE in Gray Herbari nie "Epwanp
LAND: wet brackish sand, No ake, be County , pint ag
1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. New

sandy shore, Success Pond, Coos Cou ak, angie 27, 1907, A. rig
Pease, no. 10,738. Nrw Vorx: western section, Gray.

26 Rhodora [JANUARY

Ill. AN INSULAR VARIETY OF SOLIDAGO SEMPER-
VIRENS.

Haro.wp St. Jonn.

Our common Seaside Golden-rod, Solidago sempervirens, was de-
scribed by Linnaeus in 1753.1 His brief characterization applies
well to the plant of our northern Atlantic coast, known by him to
occur in Canada and New York. He mentioned the “corymbose-
panicled flowers,” and the “lanceolate, subfleshy, glabrous, but
slightly scabrous-margined leaves.” His sources of information were:
Gron. virg. 97; Corn. canad. 168; Herm. flor. 26; Moris. hist. 3.
p. 124. f. 7. t. 23. f. 15; Pluk. alm. 389. t. 235. f. 5. ;

Of these the work of Jaques Cornut is the earliest and his descrip-
tion and full-page plate are by far the clearest. As the greater part
of the description by Linnaeus was drawn from Cornut, we can safely
turn to this fuller definition for more points about the species which
Linnaeus characterized under the new name sempervirens.

Cornut’s plate shows several sparsely branched stems arising from
the rootstock. The radical leaves are wanting, the cauline are sub-
sessile, lanceolate, tapering equally to either end and gradually
diminishing in size to the base of or into the inflorescence, which Is a
loose panicle.

If we turn to the dried specimens in the Gray Herbarium and that
of the New England Botanical Club we find Solidago sempervirens
well matching Cornut’s plate from the shores of the Gulf of St. Law-
rence and along the coast to New Jersey, and less commonly to
Florida. Along the southern part of our coast, from New Jersey
southward, S. sempervirens is usually displaced by S. stricta Ait. and
its variety angustifolia (Ell.) Gray.

In the Botany of California? Gray credits S. sempervirens to the
Pacific coast, characterizing it in these words: “Leaves rather fleshy,
lanceolate, entire, the uppermost reduced to subulate bracts of the
virgate and rather dense panicle,.... Salt marshes near
Francisco, Bolander. Near the southern boundary, 60 miles east of
San Diego, Palmer. Appears to be the same as the Salt-Marsh

1L. Sp. Pl. ii. 878 (1753).
2 Bot. Calif. i. 319 (1876).

1915] St. John,— An insular Variety of Solidago sempervirens 27

Goldenrod of the whole Atlantic shore down to Mexico. It is a form
with small heads (3 lines long), approaching S. angustifolia of Elliott.”

The interpretation that the plant of the Pacific coast is S. semper-
virens has now become traditional,! but the descriptions of the plant
seem to tally exactly with that of S. confinis Gray.? This species is
separated from S. sempervirens on the character, “rays small, not
surpassing the disc flowers.’’ In S. confinis as in S. sempervirens the
cauline leaves are divergent, gradually diminishing upward, but the
leaves of the former are much narrower, being linear or lance-linear
in outline. In the discussion following the description of S. confinis
Gray cites one of the records he had formerly given for S. semper-
virens in California: “S. sempervirens, Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 319, as to
coll. Palmer.” The other sheet cited by Gray in the Botany of
California: “ Solidago sempervirens L. Marsh, San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, H. N. Bolander, 2249, 1866/7,” seems to be typical of the
plants since described as S. sempervirens in Behr’s, Greene’s, and
Jepson’s works. This plant is also S. confinis. From this it appears
that the presence of S. sempervirens on the Pacific coast of North
America has yet to be demonstrated.

Among the numerous names reduced by Gray * to synonyms of S.
sempervirens L. is S. azorica Hochst.4 In its flower and fruit characters
this plant of the Azores is inseparable from S. sempervirens L. but the
cauline leaves, on the other hand, are strikingly different in outline.
They are sessile, ovate or deltoid-lanceolate, broadest just above the
base, and ects gradually into the blunt, attenuate tip. This may
be recognized a:

SOLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS L., var. azorica (Hochst.), n. comb. S.
azorica Hochst. in Seubert, Fl. Azorica, 31, t. X (1844).

Contrasting with this the North American S. sempervirens has the
cauline leaves linear to broadly lanceolate, widest near the middle
and tapering equally to either end.

* Behr, Fl. Vicin. San Francisco, 85 (1888); Greene, Flora Franciscana, 373 (1897);
epson.

. ie Proc. Am. Acad. xvi. 192 (1882).
Ochst. in Seub. Fl, Azorica, 31, t. x (1844).

Reprinted from Rhodora, Vol. XVII.— October, 1916.

_ CONTRIBUTIONS "FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF a
- HARVARD UNIVERSITY. | :

NEw SERIES.— No, XLIV.

THE GENUS EUPHRASIA IN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. Fernatp anp K. M. Wiecanp.

Reprinted from Rhodora, Vol. XVII.— October, 1915.

ISSUED
OCT 30 1915

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series.— No. XLIV.

THE GENUS EUPHRASIA IN NORTH AMERICA.

M. L. Fernatp anp K. M. Wreacanp.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
IVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. XLIV.

THE GENUS EUPHRASIA IN NORTH AMERICA.
M. L. Fernatp anp K. M. WIEGAND.

ALtHovGH furnishing by their bright flowers much of the late-
summer coloring of open habitats in eastern and northern New Eng-
land and the more northerly regions, the Eyebrights seem to have
attracted little notice in American botany until the past two decades.
Michaux collected the characteristic species (Euphrasia canadensis)
of the region of the city of Quebec on July 21, 1792; but it appeared
in his Flora without statement of locality and under the indefinite
name Euphrasia officinalis L. Pursh treated the Michaux plant as
E. officinalis and also recorded a Labrador plant which he supposed
to be Willdenow’s E. latifolia. Other early American botanists
apparently did not know of the genus Euphrasia in America; or such
= specimens as reached herbaria were treated as EF. officinalis or
varieties of it.

The first record of a Euphrasia in the United States seems to have
been by William Oakes, who in 1847 listed as E. officinalis the little
alpine plant which has subsequently been named E. Oakesii and added
the significant note: “Stem dwarf, simple; leaves roundish, with
obtuse teeth; flowers very pale, and extremely minute. It is probably
E. micrantha Reichenbach, F\. Exc. p. 358.... In the alpine region of
the White Mountains. 1844.”! In the Ist edition of Gray’s Manual
Oakes’s White Mountain plant appeared as E. officinalis, but with the

1 Oakes in Hovey’s Mag. xiii. 217, 218 (1847).

182 Rhodora [OcroBER

added note that it is “a dwarf variety, 1’-5’ high, with very small
flowers.” 1 In the 2nd edition, however, Dr. Gray augmented the
statement by adding to the White Mountain record “L. Superior,
and northward” and by stating that the American “ variety’ is “E.
pusilla, Godet, mss.””? Godet seems, though, never to have published
is E. pusilla, although in a letter to Gray, under date of March 1,
1854, he wrote: “Votre Euphrasia officinalis alpina (White Moun-
tains, Coll. Oakes) est une espéce parfaitement distincte de notre
plante. Je l’ai nommée EL. pusilla dans mon herbier.”’ That Godet
also named another species in his herbarium E. pusilla is indicated by
the fact that, in his Monographie der Gattung Euphrasia, Wettstein
cites the herbarium-name E. pusilla Godet as a synonym of E. arctica
Lange (E. latifolia Pursh, as to the Labrador plant); while the Lake
Superior plant of Gray’s 2nd edition, where the name E. pusilla was
published, was also E. arctica; and the plants known to Gray from
“northward” were partly E. arctica, partly at least two other species,
E. canadensis Townsend and E. disjuncta Fernald & Wiegand. The
name EF. pusilla, therefore, has not a clear signification nor did the
publication of it by Gray in a somewhat incidental manner as having
n applied to a “variety” of E. officinalis give it the standing
necessary for a specific name.
This treatment of Euphrasia in temperate eastern America was
- earried unchanged through the next three editions of the Manual,
but in the Synoptical Flora Gray treated some of the common plants
of the coast of eastern Maine and adjacent Canada (E. americana
and E. stricta) as E. officinalis, “perhaps introduced from Europe”; r
while the plants known to Gray from the alpine region of the White
Mountains (E. Oakesii), the shore of Lake Superior (E. arctica), the
northern Rocky Mountains (E. disjuncta), the Aleutian Islands (E.
mollis) and “far northward” (E. disjuncta, E. arctica, ete.) were treated
as var. tatarica, a plant known to the writers only from Eurasia and
from the eastern counties of Quebec. This interpretation was fol-
lowed by Watson & Coulter in the 6th edition of Gray’s M anual;
and, except that in 1873 Reeks, in an obscure publication upon New-
foundland, had published a new E. purpurea,' overlooked by the

1Gray, Man. 309 (1848).

2 Gray, Man. ed. 2, 295 (1 -

3 Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 305 (1878).

4 Reeks, List of Fl. Pl. and Ferns of Newfoundland, 4 (1873).

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 183

editors of Index Kewensis and by recent students of the genus, it was
not until the appearance of Wettstein’s Monographie in 1896 that it
was recognized that in North America Euphrasia consists of several
distinct species, most of them not satisfactorily referable to Old
World species.

Wettstein definitely recognized in North America E. americana
Wettstein, Z. latifolia Pursh, in part (E. arctica Lange), E. mollis
Ledeb., E. Oakesii Wettstein, E. Rostkoviana Hayne and, with doubt,
E. hirtella Jordan. In 1898 Townsend added FE. canadensis! (pre-
sumably including the Quebec plant which had been the basis of
Wettstein’s record of E. Rostkoviana, a well marked species not
subsequently credited to North America); and in 1901, Robinson,?
summarizing the knowledge of the American species at that time,
recognized seven species and two varieties: E. mollis, E. Oakesii, E.

‘uliamsii Robinson, E. Randii Robinson, E. Randii, var. (?) Far-
lowii Robinson, E. latifolia, E. hirtella, E. americana, and E. americana,
var. canadensis (Townsend) Robinson.

In subsequent publications, for instance in the 7th edition of Gray’s
Manual, Robinson’s treatment has been only slightly modified; but ex- .
Plorations to the northeast of the Manual range have recently brought
together so much additional material of the genus that it has seemed
advisable to present a new study of the Eyebrights based upon a
Somewhat extended field-knowledge of the plants and a prolonged _
herbarium-study; and, although the present summary of our knowl-
edge necessarily leaves for further consideration some problematic
plants of which we have inadequate material, it may prove useful as
a fresh basis for further study of the genus.

SYNopsis oF NortTH AMERICAN SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF EUPHRASIA.

A. Upper lip of corolla very shallowly bilobed; the lobes very short, rounded,
entire, narrowly revolute, rare y erect: lower lip scarcely fan-shaped,
not exceeding the upper: flowers very small, 2.2—4 (rarely 4.8) mm. long:
bracts with blunt teeth. B.

Inflorescence capitate or subcapitate, the flowers closely crowded, only
the 1-4 lowest pairs of bracts becoming slightly remote in maturi C.
C. weg whitish to lilac: nodes below the head ae leaves pubes-

Re ee ee ee A ee 6 oe: be ee eee 6 Ree me Cee S.

1 Townsend, Journ. Bot. xxxvi. 1, t. 381 (1898).
2? Robinson, Ruopora, iii. 270-276 (1901).

184 Rhodora ) [OcToBER
C. Corolla deep brownish-purple or chocolate-color: nodes below the
head 4-9.

Leaves glabrous: nodes below the head 4-7...... 2. O. Williamsii.
Leaves pubescent: nodes below the head 5-9.
(2.) E. Williamsii, var. vestita.
B. Inflorescence becoming loose and elongate, siti or capsules scat-
tered, the mature spike with many remote D.
D. Leaves glabrous on both surfaces: setsite sens purple to cream-
IDE sans ne oa <n oo kaa) Od ods as REEDED teks 3. E. purpurea.
D. Leaves pubescent on both surfaces.
Leaves sparingly crisp-pubescent on both surfaces, the primary
ones ai mm. long: corolla deep purple (rarely whitish) with
Wasi Hina (3.) E. purpurea, var. Randit.
Leaves ia densely pubescent, the primary ones 2-7 mm. long:
corolla whitish (rarely purple)
(3.). E: purpurea, var. Farlowit.
Upper lip of corolla plainly bilobed; the lobes somewhat reflexed from
the base (not revolute), truncate, and from undulate to coarsely 3-toothed:
lower lip in larger forms fan-shaped, spreading and very conspicuous:
flowers rather large, 4-10 mm. long: bracts with acute or acuminate,
rarely obtuse, teeth.
racts with acute or tue teeth: leaves pubescent. F.
Infosec nearly capitate, in maturity with the 1-3 lower pairs
of bracts remote: teeth of bracts obtuse: leaves very pubescent:
corolla 56. WS IE ss eee pense 4. E. mollis.
F. Inflorescence spicate, becoming loose and — teeth of bracts
acute: leaves very pubescent to almost glabro
Internodes long: inflorescence open, the st? bracts in maturity
2-5 cm. apart: bracts spreading: corolla ree mm. long
disjuncta.,
Internodes short: inflorescence dense above, the Tweet bracts in
maturity 0.5-2 cm. apart: bracts ascending: — 5-7 mm. long
6. E. arctica.
E. Bracts with subulate or bristle-tipped teeth: leaves pubescent or gla-
brous. G. :
'G. Spikes comprising the larger _— of the plant, beginning near
a:

>

H. Corolla 5-6.5 mm. long, w h pale-lavender or bluish lines;

the lower lip with the ‘ee lobes not strongly spreading.
Bracts oblong, pubescent: branches strongly :

7. E. hudsomana.

Bracts orbicular or broadly oval, glabrous: branches arcuate-
ascending canadensis.

OE OE Oe ER we Oe 0 URE ee 8 te eee

wide-spreading lateral lobes.
Bracts pote. Pee eS a sg
Bracts pubescent.............- @) E. stricta, var. tatarica.

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 185

G. Spil py i id lyt the upper half or third of the stem and branches:
corolla large, 7-9 mm. long, with dark-purple lines; lower lip with
wide-spreading lateral lobes................... 10. E. americana.

E. Oaxestt Wettstein, Monog. d. Gatt. Euphrasia, 142, t. 4.
figs. 211-215, t. 12, fig. 6 (1896) and Bot. Gaz. xxii. 401 (1896); Acnck
_ & Brown, Tl. Fi. ii. 182, fig. 3327 (1898); Fernald, Ruopora, ii.
176 (1901); Robinson, ibid. 272 (1901); Eggleston, Ruopora, iv.
108 (1902); Fernald, Ruopora, ix. 2 (1907); Lyocae & Fernald
in Gr ray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908). E. officinalis Oakes in Hovey’s
Mag. xiii. 217 (1847); Gray, Man. 309 (1848) as to the Oakes plant;
J1& . Northrop, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xvii. 27 (1890), in part.
E. pusilla Goilet ‘ace. to Gray, Man. ed. 2, 295 (1856), as to the Oakes
plant. E-. officinalis, var. tatarica Wats. & Coult. in Gray, Man. ed. 6,
392 (1890), in part, not Benth. E. orbicularis Townsend acc. to Wettst.
l. ce. 143 (1896). E. repens Boiss. ace. to Wettst. I. ec. (1896.)—

w, often very dwarf, 2-8 (rarely -12) em. high, usually Lip vrirnirie
stem crisp-pubescent: leaves 3-5 pairs below the orescence,
smaller than the bracts, 1.5-7 m m. long, ovate to shacction: a
pubescent on both lacee! bracts smaibie’ in shape, with rounded teeth:

inflorescence at first distinctly capitate, in maturity globose to ap
_ Soid, 0.5-2.5 em. long, at most with the 1 or 2 lowest pairs of bracts
becoming slightly remote: corolla 2.5-3.3 mm. long, whitish, with
violet lines; upper lip shallowly bidentate, with narrow revolute
entire margins; lower lip with oblong bidentulate lobes; throat
y ellow.— Expo crests pee bleak mountain summits, or,
Maine and New Hampshire. Laprapor: on rocks, north shore of
Battle Harbor, August 6-13, 1911, C. S. Williamson, no. 713. Marne:
wet shelves and crevices, 1220-1375 m. altitude, north and west
walls of North Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 13-14, 1900, Williams &
Fernald. New Hampsurre: “in alpinis Montium Alborum,” 1844,
Wm one gravelly plains, summits of White Mountains, August
16 and 28 1877, C. G. Pringle; White Mountains, August 9, 1881,
W. nning; Crawford Path at Mt. Monr nroe, August 28, 1877,
August 5, 1879, August 15, 1881, September 13, 1891, and July 8 and
1, 1893, FE. & C. E. Faxon, August 15-20, 1898, W. W. Eagleton,

: illiams

Gulf, August 4, 1901, E. F. Williams & B. L. Robinson, PI. Exsice,

Gray., no. 61; Oakes Gulf, about 1375 m., August 17-24, 1901,

E ggleston, no. 2408; edge of Oakes Gulf, August 14, 1902, A.
la. Feoes lilacina, n. f., corollae lobis valde lilacinis.

i Lobes of the corolla deep lilac.— Laprapor: exposed crests of

eee ret at sandstone terraces, lace acai August 6,

186 Rhodora [OcToBER

733 (1908); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 218 (1913).— Plant
ingtes or sparingly branched, 3-12 cm. high: stem pubescent: leaves
4-7 pairs below the inflorescence, 2-9 mm. long, glabrous on both
itaaal ad A at first capitate, in maturity cylindric, 0.7-5
cm. long, usually with only the 1-4 lowest pairs of bracts becoming a
little remote: bracts similar to and only slightly larger than the leaves,
with obtuse teeth: corolla 2.5-4 mm. long, deep brownish-purple,
similar i in size and shape to that of E. Oakesir. — Barren ledges, alpine

ton, hy sey 28, 1909, A. 8. Pease, no. 1, 527.

Very close to E. Oakesii but differing in the usually larger stature,
with the more numerous cauline leaves only slightly smaller than the
bracts; in the usually remote lower bracts; and in the deep chocolate-
color of the corolla. In this species, as in several others, there is a
glabrous and a pubescent trend: the former the typical plant of New
Hampshire, the latter an alpine plant of Newfoundland.

2a. E. Wit1aMsit, var. vestita, r. var., foliis pubescentibus, pilis
cri ispis; nodiis infra inflorescentiam 5-9; bracteae dentibus plerumque

the bracts ae acutish, — NEWFOUNDLAND: dry aiorite peak,
retype Mountain, Bonne Bay, August 26, 1910, F ernald & Wiegand,
. 4009 (type in Gray Herb.); dry exposed thin soil on summit-
saa altitude 335-520 m., ge Pas July 31 and August 7, 1908,
— - Godfrey, nos. 8068 ‘and 806
. PURPUREA Reeks, List of 4 Pl. and Ferns of Newfoundland,
4 (gray — Simple or usually branched from near the base, 0.3-4 dm. h
high: stems crisp-pubescent: leaves glabrous or nearly so on ah
surfaces, with glabrous or ciliate margins, ovate-o blong to near y
orbicular, the primary ones 5-15 (rarely -18) mm. a teeth fro
round y acute: bracts similar: inflorescences becoming
very —— the primary one 3—{ the full height of the plant, wit
mewhat remote pairs of bracts; the lower bracts about one
half as one as the internodes: corollas 2.5-4 mm. long, from deep *
pale-purple with darker lines; throat usually with a yellow spo i
upper lip shallowly notched, with revolute or rarely erect — 0
bidentulate lobes; lower lip not distinctly ee with ascending
truncate or bidentulate linear or oblong lobes.— Grassy OT sat
banks and brackish shores, western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 187

to southern New Brunswick. NEWFOUNDLAND: damp shores, Port
Saunders, August 6, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3995;
bog back of the strand, Cow Head (Reeks’s type locality), July 22,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3985; rocks and gravelly strand,
Southeast Arm of Bonne Bay, August 31, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
nos. 4006, 4007; moist banks in deep shade and in dry fields, near sea
level, Bay of Islands, July 27 and 28, 1908, Eames & Godfrey, no. 8070;
damp thicket, Bay St. George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe & Lang,
no. 996; open bog in wet woods overlying carboniferous sandstone,
Stephenville, August 15, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no.
3996; damp sandy shores, St. George’s, August 13, 1910, Fernald,
Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3992; grassy shores, Port 4 Port, August 15,
1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4003. QueBEc: edge of
brackish marsh, Pointe au Maurier, Canton Charnay, Saguenay
County, August 26, 1915, St. John; turfy bank, La Grande Romaine,
Canton Lagorgendiére, Saguenay County, September 2, 1915, St. John;
knolls in salt marsh, St. John (or Douglastown) River, August 23, 1904,
Collins, Fernald & Pease; border of brackish marsh, Barachois de Mal-
aie, August 13, 1907, Fernald, no. 1168. MacGpaLen Isianps:!
bogey margin of the strand at the N arrows, Alright Island, August 21,
1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8021; border of brackish marsh
near Hospital Point, Grindstone Island, July 18, 1912, Fernald, Bartram,
Long & St. John, no. 8017; knolls in the marsh at the border of a
brackish pond, and on dry turfy crests of a sandstone sea-cliff, south-
west of Etang du Nord village, Grindstone Island, August 15, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, nos. 8019, 8020: grassy bank near shore,
Amherst Island, August 25, 1914, St. John, no. 1646. Prince EpwarpD
SLAND: in grass upon damp brackish sands, Cape Aylesbury, August
29, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8022. Nova Scotta: Bay
St. Lawrence, Cape Breton Island, August 14, 1904, J. R. Churchill.
NEw _Brunswicx: along the sea-coast, Petitcodiac, August, 1884,
J. Britain, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 17,438.

3a. E. purpurea, forma candida, n. f., corollae lobis albican-

Lobes of the corolla whitish.— QuEBEc: on anorthosite, east side of
Great Basque, Seven Islands, August 15, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 943.
MacpaLen Istanps: knolls at border of brackish marsh, East Cape,
Coffin Island, July 19, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no.
8018 (TyPr in Gray Herb.).

Forma candida seems closely to match material distributed by
Birger as E. bottnica Kihlm. in Wettst., 1. ¢. 299 (1896) from Sweden.
If the pale-flowered E. bottnica of Scandinavia and E. purpurea, forma
candida of northeastern America prove to be identical, we should

, ' Although at present belonging politically to Gaspé County, Quebec, the Magdalen
ds are so remote that they are here treated as a distinct geographic area.

188 Rhodora [OcToBER

naturally expect the more common American plant with purple
flowers to be found in Scandinavia.

3b. E. PurPUREA, var. Randii (Robinson), n. comb. E. officinalis,
form, Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mount Desert, 133 (1894). “E. Randii
Robinson, Ruopora, iii. 273 (1901); Kennedy, Ruopora, iv. 26
(1902); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908); Cush-

an, Ruopora, xi. 13 (1909); Fernald & Wiegand, aortas a
105 and 143 (1910); Britton & Brown, Il. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 218, fig. 3
(1913); Knowlton, Ruopora, xvii. 148 (1915). — Leaves and iscee
sparingly crisp-pubescent on both surfaces.— Exposed turfy knolls,
peaty crevices of sea-cliffs and borders of brackish marshes, Labra-
dor to Gaspé Co., Quebec, and southward to the coast of Maine.
LABRADOR: Cartwright, August 20, 1902, Amos P. Brown (herb.
Phil. Acad.). QueEsBeEc: open sterile soil, western end of Bonaven-
ture Island, dee 7 and 8, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1167. .Nova
COTIA: on rocks, Englishtown, Cape Breton, August 2, 1898, J.
‘ics Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 19,898; on rocks, Bell's Island,
August 11, 1910, J. Monin n, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. ;
in humus, edge of sea cliffs, Black Hole, Scott’s Bay, Abuse 24,
1902, Fernald; damp earth, Sable Island, July and August, 1899,

J. Macoun, urv.
hollow, Sable Island, August 21, 1913, St. John, no. 1319. NEW
Brunswick: Grand Manan Island, July 31, 1891, J. R. Churchill.
AINE: wooded crests of sea-cliffs, eastern side of Moose Island,
Passamaquoddy Bay, August 16, 1909, Fernald, no. 2122; clay,
gravel or humus, West Quoddy Head, Lubec, July 26 and August 2,
1909, Fernald, nos. 2120, 2121; in humiis: Cutler, July 30, 1901,
G. G. Kennedy, July 1-6, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & &: Fernald,
July 12, 1902, Kate Furbish, August 27, 1902, Fernald; edge of sandy
bluffs bordering ocean, Beal’s Island, Jonesport, August 5, 1907,
Cushman & Sanford, no. 1492 : grassland a nd pastures, Great Cran-
berry Island, July 17, 1896, EL. Rand, July 17, 1897 and July 20,
1899, E. F. Williams & E. L. Ra nd; grassy fas Great Duck Island,
July 12, 1901, E. L. Rand; Baker Island, July 22, 1899, E. L.- >
seawall, Southwest Harbor, July 26, 1892, E. L. Rand; East Brothers
Island, July 31, 1904, 4. H. Norton; North Libby Island, August 2,
A. H.N.

3c. E. purpurea, var. Ranpu, forma albiflora, n. f., corollae lobis
albicantibus.
bes of the corolla whitish.— Eastern Newfoundland, Magdalen
Islands and the coast of Maine from Penobscot Bay westward. =
UNDLAND: border of salt marsh, Killigrew’s, August 3, Sw
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6164; crests of sea-cliffs, Western Heaa,
gel World Island, Suly 20, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & apse
6163. Maapaten Istanps: dry knolls, Brion Island, August Pe
1914, St. John, no. 1641. Matne: turfy crests, Elwell Point, Sou

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 189

Thomaston, August 15, 1913, Bissell, Fernald & Chamberlain (Fernald,
no. 10,404, TrPE in Gray Herb.); Dix Island (near Owl’s Head),
September, 1903, Sheridan Plaisted; Wooden Ball Island, August 24,
1905, A. H. Norton

mt, 5. b . Randi,
var. (?) Farlowit Robinson, Ruopora, iii. 274 (1901); Robinson &
Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908); Eames, Ruopora, xi. 98

crests of a sandstone sea-cliff, southwest of Etang du Nord village,
Grindstone Island, August 15, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no.

3. Prince Epwarp Isianp: in grass, East Point, August 15,
1888, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 17,439, in part. Nova.
Scorta: on rocks, Englishtown, Cape Breton, August 2, 1898, J.

ernald, no. 2124; humus, West Quoddy Head, Lubec, July 26, 1909,
Fernald, no. 2123; Jonesport, September 17, 1886, N. T. Kidder.

Fernald & Wiegand’s no. 3991 from damp sand at Stephenville
Crossing, Newfoundland, growing with no. 3990, is apparently this
variety, though the flowers are larger (4 mm. long) and the fresh
foliage had a characteristic lustrous bronze appearance which was very
Striking,

de. E. PURPUREA, var. FarLowu, forma iodantha, n. f., corollae
lobis purpureis.

Lo 3 of the corolla purple-— Marne: Matinicus Island, August
22, 1905, 4. H. Norton (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
In its very small thick and densely pubescent leaves quite like var.

190 Rhodora [OcToBER

Farlowii, but with the deep-purple corolla of the glabrous L. purpurea
and the sparingly pubescent var. Randv.

Euphrasia purpurea is our most variable species, in its more pro-
nounced trends appearing like a number of species but without dis-
tinct concomitant characters. The characteristic purple corolla of
typical E. purpurea and var. Randii is ordinarily a good character,
but white-flowered forms of each are now known, thus breaking down
a line of demarkation which was formerly used in distinguishing the
very densely pubescent white-flowered var. Farlowii. The diagnostic
value of the color of the corolla is now further put in doubt by the
discovery by Mr. Norton of the Matinicus plant which in every other
character matches extreme white-flowered var. Farlowii but which
has the purple corolla of true E. purpurea. These extremes, although
pronounced in the majority of colonies are, then, better treated as
variants of one highly diversified species. It is noteworthy that true
E. purpurea has its great development about the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
where var. Randii is rare, and that it does not reach the Maine coast,
where the latter is common; also that var. Farlowii is most abundant
in Newfoundland, the Magdalen Islands and the Maritime Provinces
but rare on the Maine coast.

__E. mous (Ledeb.) Wettstein, Monog. d. Gatt. Euphrasia, 141,
t. 4, fig. 205-210 and t. 12, fig. 5 (1896); Robinson, RHODORA, Ml.

ovate, coarsely crenate-dentate, copiously pubescent: inflorescence
i lower pairs of

sandy banks, Alaska, Islands of Bering Sea, and Kamtschatka.
Ataska: hillside, Akutan Island, August 21, 1907, E. C. Van Dyke,
no. 95; other stations cited by Wettstein

Very closely related to E. disjuncta and E. arctica, from both of
which it differs in the more congested inflorescence, more coplous
pubescence, more rounded bracteal teeth, and more purple corolla.
From E. arctica it also differs in its smaller corolla.

5. E. disjuncta, n. sp. LE. officinalis, 8 Hook. Fl. Bor.- il.
106 (1838). E. latifolia Robinson, Ruovora, iii. 274 (1901), m part,
perhaps also of Pursh in part. E. hirtella Robinson, |. e. 279 ae
in part, not Jordan. E. arctica Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ee.

Oe

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 191

7, 733 (1908); Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, 217 (1913); in part,
not Lange.— Gracilis 6-30 cm. alta simplex vel sub medio plus
minusve ramosa, ramis plerumque arcte adscendentibus puberulis;
foliis plerumque 9-16-jugis ovatis vel orbicularibus 8-18 mm. longis
grosse crenato-dentatis sparse pubescentibus subremotis, internodiis
plerumque 3 rare 7 cm. longis; spicis interruptis deinde perlongis; eis
primariis maturis 0.5-2.7 dm. longis; bracteis 5-20-jugis remotis
grandis patentibus vix reductis, dentibus grossis acutis; corollis
4-5.5(-6) mm. longis oculis luteis; labio superiore purpureo-tincto
paullo 2-lobato, lobis paullo truncatis undulatis vel denticulatis
semi-reflexis vix revolutis; labio inferiore albido purpureo-lineolato
patente vix flabelliforme, lobis oblongis emarginatis; capsulis 4-5 mm.
longis calycis dentibus peracutis vix aristatis aequantibus paullo
pubescentibus retusisque.

Slen er, 6-30 cm. high, simple or more or less branched below the
middle; branches slender, usually strongly ascending, puberulent:
leaves 9-16 pairs, or in dwarfed plants fewer, ovate or orbicular, 8-18
mm. long, coarsely crenate-dentate, sparingly pubescent, somewhat.
remote; the internodes mostly 3 (rarely to 7) em. long, in dwarf
plants shorter: spikes interrupted, becoming very long, the primary
mature ones 0.5-2.7 dm. long: bracts 5-20 pairs, remote, large,
spreading, scarcely reduced, with coarse acute teeth: corolla 4-5.5(-6)
mm. long, with a yellow eye; upper lip tinged with purple, slightly
2-lobed, the lobes a little truncate, undulate or denticulate, semi-
reflexed but scarcely revolute; lower lip white with purple lines, -
spreading but scarcely fan-shaped, the oblong lobes notched: capsule

2 mm. long, equaling the very acute but not aristate calyx-teeth,
slightly pubescent, barely retuse.-— Damp open places, Labrador and

ewfoundland to northern Maine, Alberta, Mackenzie and Alaska.
Laprapor: 20 miles north of Nachvak, August 28, 1908, H. S. Forbes;
crevices of rock, Nachvak, July 29, 1884, R. Bell; Flint Island, near
Port Manvers, August 22, 1908, Owen Bryant; Hopedale, August 11,
1891, Bowdoin College Expedition, no. 242; rocky places, Battle
Harbor, August, 1911, C. S. Williamson; springy banks and damp
hillsides, Forteau, July 30, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no.

; on the gneiss plain in damp soil, Blane Sablon, July 31 an
September 3, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3987, 4012. _Newrounp-

: grassy slopes near shore, Black Island, Notre Dame Bay,
July 20, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 6165; ledges, talus
and gravel, north bank of Exploits River below the falls, Bishop Falls,
July 28, 1911, and Grand Falls, July 22 and August 12, 1911, Fernald,
Wiegand & Darlington, nos. 6166, 6167, 6168, and 6169 (TYPE in Gray
, erb.); granitic ledges and gravel along a brook, Quarry, August 23,
911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6170; gravel along Kitty’s Brook,
pugust 25, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6171; grassy strand of
ngornachoix Bay, August 2, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,

- 3986; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders —

192 Rhodora [OcropEr

Harbor, August 1, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3993;
grassy fields overlying conglomerate limestones and calcareous sand-
stones, Cow Head, July 22, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3983;

August 31, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4011; heath on diorite
tableland, altitude about 380 m., “Lookout Mountain,” Bonne Bay,
August 26, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4010; low thicket on coast,
Bay of Islands, August 6, 1908, Eames & Godfrey, no. 8071; park-like
openi in damp woo nd in open peat bogs back of Curling
(Birchy Cove), July 5-August 10, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge,

1882, J. A. Allen, no. 69; grassy shores, Vieux-Fort, Canton Pont-
cchartrain, St. Paul, Canton Chevalier, and Bradore, Canton Brest,
Saguenay County, July 25, 26 and 29, 1915, St. John. New BRUNS-
WICK: mountain slopes, Gloucester County, 1867, J. Fowler, Herb.
Geol. Surv. Can., no. 17,445. Marne: St. John River, G. L. Goodale.
Atperta: Rocky Mountains, Drummond; in boggy spots, altitude
2530 m., mountains north of Devil’s Lake, August 18, 1891, J. Macoun,
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 17,446. MacKENzIE: grassy places,
Lewes River, lat. 62°, August 20, 1887, Dawson, Herb. Geol. Surv.
Can., no. 17,449. ALASKA: mouth of Chilkat River, lat. 59°, 1883,
F. Meehan; Dalton Landing, vicinity of Yakutat Bay, August 15,
1892, Frederick Funston, no. 125; Kadiak Island (Gray Herb.); Shu-
magin Islands, 1871-72, M. W. Harrington; grassy slopes, St. Paul’s
Island, August 3, 1891, J. M. Macoun.

The flowers of E. disjuncta are smaller than those of any other
species in the group which has the lobes of the upper lip strongly
reflexed. The pubescent leaves and bracts, the small flowers, open
inflorescence, and large spreading bracts with merely acute teeth are
the chief characteristics.

. E. arctica Lange in Rostrup, Bot. Tidskr. iv. 47 (1870);
Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908), in large part;
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, 217, fig. 3840 (1913), in large part.
E. latifolia Pursh Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 480 (1814), as to Labrador plant;
Wettstein, Monog. d. Gatt. Euphrasia, 136 (1896); Britton & Lit
Ill. Fl. iii. 182, fig. 3325 (1898); Robinson, Ruovora, iii. 274 (1901);

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 193

in part not EL. latifolia L. (1753). E. officinalis, 8. latifolia Lange,
Overs. ov. Grénl. Flora, 79 (1880), as to plant. E. officinalis, B
tatarica Benth. in DC. Prodr. x. 552 (1846), in part, not FE. tatarica

slender: stem pubescent: branches few, rarely many, from the

middle of the stem or below, usually strongly ascending; internodes

mostly 8-15 mm. long: leaves 5-15 mm. long, mostly rather small,

from copiously to sparingly pubescent: inflorescence dense, unin-
“c

terrupted above (except in “drawn” plants), the mature primary

ease; Bonaventure conglomerate (calcareous) sea-cliffs, Bonaven-
ture Island, August 7 and 8, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1166;

ease; everywhere in dry open soil and sterile turfy places, mouth
of Grand River, Gaspé County, August 11-15, 1904, Collins, Fernald

, Agassiz; Lak
5879, 7. S. Roberts. Micuiaan: Isle Royale, 1849, Whitney, July 30,
1909, W. S. Cooper, no. 76. Mrnnesota: Good Harbor, August 14,

co

194 Rhodora loceaaes

1868, H. Gillman. Keewatin: Churchill, lat. 58° 50’, July 29 and
August 3, 1910, J. M. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 79,380,
79,381.

Intermediate between FE. disjuncta and E. stricta, var. tatarica.
Extremes are difficult to distinguish from those plants. From the
former FE. arctica differs in the shorter internodes, denser inflorescence
with more ascending bracts, more acute bracteal teeth, and slightly |
larger corolla. From the latter it may be distinguished by the less —
subulate bracteal teeth and smaller corolla with paler lines and with
less spreading lobes of the lower lip.

Wettstein took up for this boreal species the name E. latifolia
Pursh, not L. (or, as Pursh said, Willdenow), because the Linnean
(and Willdenowian) E. latifolia does not belong to the genus Euphrasia
as now interpreted and because the Labrador plant seen by Pursh
was a true Euphrasia (the plant here treated as E. arctica). It is
clear, however, from Pursh’s treatment that he had no intention of
publishing a new species but merely copied literally from Willdenow
the description of the Linnean E. latifolia of the Mediterranean
region, a plant belonging in the genus Parentucellia.

7. E. hudsoniana, n.sp. Planta 5-22 cm. alta; caulibus pubes-
centibus simplicibus vel inferne sparse ramosis, ramis_ longis valde
adscendentibus, internodiis inferioribus 1.5-4 em. longis; foliis
oblongis 15 mm. longis sparse pubescentibus, dentibus paucis acutis;
spicis longis, eis primariis in maturitate 0.5-1.5 dm. longis, inter-
nodiis inferioribus 1-3 cm. longis; bracteis 5-15-jugis grandis oblongis
7-15 mm. longis adscendentibus grosse acutissimeque se erratis, denti-
bus aristatis; corolla 5.5-6 mm. longis albidis violaceo-lineolatis;
labio superiore purpureo-tincto bilobato, lobis semireflexis; labii in-
feriori lobis vix divergentibus.

Plant 5-22 cm. high; stem pubescent, simple or sparingly branched
below; branches long, steonehy ascending; lower intern odes + cm.
long: leaves oblong, 15 mm. long in the larger plants, sparingly

the primary ones in maturity 0.5-1.5 dm. long, with the lowest inter-

nodes 1-3 cm. apart: bracts 5-15 pairs, large, oblong, 7-15 mm. long;

ascending, coarsely and very sharply aristate-toothed: corolla 5. ae

6 mm. long, whitish with pale violet lines; upper lip suffused hi

purple, bilobed, the lobes semi-reflexed; lower lip with the lo

a divergent. — Grassy places about Hudson Bay; little known.
Ko.

NGAV aksoak River, August, 1896, Spreadborough (TYP é -
Gray Her) oo types in Herb. Geol. Surv. Can Prag 14,’ in
& 62,237. H NortH West AMERICA: specimen coll.

Expedition; a tae in Back’s Voyage. Macoun’s sigs Get.

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 195

Geol. Surv. Can., no. 17,448) from Bow River Pass, Alberta, is over-
ripe but has similar bracts.

Similar to E. canadensis but with pubescent leaves and bracts, the
latter oblong and usually more ascending and larger than in EZ. cana-

ensis. In outline of foliage suggesting the European E. salishurgensis
Funck, which, however, has the leaves and bracts pectinate, the spike
denser, and the lower internodes rarely 1 em. long.

8. E. canapensis Townsend, Journ. Bot. xxxvi. 1, t. 381 (1898) ;
Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908). E. officinalis
Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 16 (1803); Pursh, Fl. ii. 430 (1814); Pringle,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vi. 366 (1879); J. I. & A. B. Northrop, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Cl. xvii. 27 (1890), in part; not L. E. americana, var. canadensis
Robinson, Ruopora, iii. 276 (1901).— Plant rather low, 0.5-2.5 dm.
high, simple or more or less bushy-branched from below the middle;
branches mostly arcuate-ascending; internodes short: leaves of
medium size, the primary 0.5-1 cm. long, glabrous, the teeth acute
or obtuse: spikes very elongate, dense above, the primary one nearly
the full height of the plant: bracts spreading, rarely at all imbricated
above, with bristle-tipped teeth, the lowest in maturity 0.3-1.5 (rarely

~2.5) em. apart: corolla 5-6.5 mm. long, white with lavender or
_ bluish veins and with a violet tinge on the upper lip; upper lip 2-lobed,

northern New England. Quesec: open ground, very common,
Riviére Blanche, August 8, 1904, F. F. Forbes; Little Métis, August 1,
1906 and August 22, 1907, J. Fowler; common in open sterile soil,
New Richmond, July 28-August 1, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease;
open damp spots, Carleton, July 23, 24 and 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease; turfy spots and open pastures, Bic, July 16 and 18, 1904 and

Emily F. Fletcher;, St. Alphonse, Ha Ha Bay, August 5, 1902, E. F.
W: ear Quatchouan Falls, Lake St. John, August 29, 1904,
W. F. Wight, no. 224; old fields, Cap a l’Aigle, July, August, 1905,
J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 67,825, 67,826; Quebec,
July 21, 1792, Michaux (herb. Michx.), Houghton, Jos. Blake, et al.;
fields, roadsides, and in serpentine and soapstone gravels, East
Broughton, August 23, 1915, M. L. Fernald & H. B. Jackson;
°pen pasture and wet ground, Georgeville, July 10 and 23, 1902,
J. 4 Churchill. Proxce Epwarp Istanp: Malpeque, July 20, 1904,

sa Faxon; Barrington Passage, July 9, 1910, J. Macoun, Herb.
_Seol. Surv. Can., no. 80,657. New Brunswick: Shediac, August 5,

196 Rhodora [OcTroBER

1904, J. Fowler; Campbellton, July 1, 1877, R. Chalmers, Herb. Geol.
Surv. Can., no. 17,447. Matne: barren fields about Boundary Lake,
August 12, 1902, Eggleston & Fernald; dry open sere a

— 12, 1901, Williams, Robinson & Fernald, Pl. Exsice. Gray.,
62; dry field, tour Hs ag 18, 1896, F p75 Mcohaaa
Island, 1901, C. F. Jen F. Grace Smith, no.77.. New Hamp-

SHIRE: at north door of “Gien | a July 28, 1865, Wm. Boott; road-
side, base of Mt. Washington, August 10, 1878, J. A. Allen; damp
mossy places on side of road about 13 miles from Glen House toward
Jackson, August 9, 1902, F. F. F ben: roadside 4 mile south of
Glen House, September 5, 1908, A. S. Pease, no. 11,550; lawn of Glen

ouse, August 2, 1907, A. S. Pease, no. 10761; road between
sar oe and Tuckerman’s Ravine, August 19, 1903, A. H. Moore,

oy es is closely related to E. arctica and E. stricta. From
the former it differs in the glabrous foliage and more aristate bracteal
teeth; from the latter in the smaller corolla with paler veins and less
spreading lateral lobes of the lower lip, and the usually lower stature,
with more basal branching and more spreading bracts. It is found in
fields, by roadsides and in other somewhat artificial habitats in the
neighborhood of settlements and has every appearance of an intro-
duced plant. Pringle, when he collected it in Temiscouata County,
Quebec, in 1878, wrote of it, “doubtless introduced from Europe”
(Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vi. 366). Nevertheless, as pointed out by Town-
send, the plant does not exactly match any European species; and
although strongly inclined to believe the species a recent introduction
in Quebec and northern New England, we have sought in vain for an
exact match for it in the Old World species. Its nearest affinity is
apparently with E. nemorosa Pers., but it usually begins flowering
from nearer the base and its branches are more confined to the base
than in the European E. nemorosa. _E. canadensis is usually lower than
E. nemorosa and has rather larger leaves and bracts. In this connec
tion it is significant.that the plant was collected by Michaux at
Quebec in 1792, the material in his herbarium being quite typical E.
canadensis. Townsend, in publishing the species, said: “As to the
history of E. canadensis, it is difficult to form an opinion without
further knowledge of its present geographical distribution; whether
it be an importation from Europe at a remote though historic period,
modified by climatic or other influences, or whether it be the descendant
of an ancient but indigenous form. As regards E. americana Wetts.,
Prof. Wettstein inclines to the idea of importation, as stated in his
Monograph, p. 128.”

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 197

The three species, EL. canadensis, E. americana, and E. stricta, form,
with the local and very distinct E. hudsoniana of Ungava, a group of
species quite unlike our other large-flowered Euphrasias in the bristle-
tipped teeth of the bracts, in this character being like several of the
common European plants. £. stricta and its var. tatarica are European
and possibly introduced in America, though the variety seems like an
indigenous plant. It is possible, then, that E. canadensis and E.
americana are derivatives of E. nemorosa and of E. stricta (doubtfully
indigenous in America) or of some closely related European species
introduced into eastern Canada and eastern Maine by the earliest
European colonists, in the 16th or 17th centuries; and, being annuals,
the plants have, during hundreds of generations, departed sufficiently
from their ancestors now to stand as true American species. (See
also notes under E. stricta and E. americana).

The Monhegan Island material referred here is not in satisfactory
condition and further collections may show it to belong, rather, to
E. stricta.

Collins, Fernald & Pease; sandy grassland, New Carlisle, July 28,
902, Williams & Fernald; gravelly soil, Giroux, July 26, 1902,
Williams & Fernald. Prince Epwarp Istanp: grassy roadsides
hear Cozen’s Pond, August 29, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no.
8027. New Brunswick: Campbellton, August 29, 1905, J. Fowler;
Pasture, Miscou Harbor, August 26, 1913, S. F. Blake, no. 5543a.

198 Rhodora [OcToBER

Nova Scotia: Commeauville, August, 1900, L. L. Dame; La Have
River, August 6, 1910, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 80,660.
Maine: Machiasport, August, 1898, M.A. Barber; South West Har-
bor, August 30, 1890, E. L. Rand, September 19, 1892, Fernald;
fields, Great Cranberry Isle, August 5, 1890, J. H. Redfield, 1897-98, E.
L. Rand; Baker’s Island, July 22, 1901, Rand; South Duck Island,
August 9, 1893, Redfield; fields and roadsides, Sunshine, Deer Isle,
August 26, 1912, A..F. Hill, no. 294; Swan Island, August, 1910,
Kate Furbish; clearings and fields, Dark Harbor, Islesboro, August 14,
1913, Woodward, Bissell & Fernald; roadside, Clinton, August 13,
1911, R. C. Bean; roadsides and dry grassy door-yard, Bayville,
August 30, 1911, F. O. Grover; Portland Road, Brunswick, August 26,
1913, Kate Furbish. New York: pasture, Waddington, August 29,
1914, Orra Parker Phelps, no. 95.

Similar, in the long spikes extending nearly to the base of the plant,
to E. canadensis, but the branches fewer and less basal and the corolla
slightly larger, with darker lines and with wide-spreading lobes of the
lower lip; and the bracts less spreading and with slightly sharper
teeth. The collections of E. stricta are all of recent date and the
habitats so generally are'fields, roadsides, lawns, and other situations
associated with civilization that it seems that EZ. stricta has been
recently introduced from Europe. In Maine it is spreading rapidly
and in recent years has extended into well known areas where It 1S
reasonably certain that it formerly did not occur.

9a. E. srricra, var. tatarica (Fischer), n. comb. E. tatarica
Fischer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. ii. 777 (1825); Wettstein, Monogr. 4

bec; Eurasia. QuEBEc: grassy shore, Natasa
Saguenay County, September 6, 1915, St. John; grassy shore, Bet-

abundant at Percé, August, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; Mont
Rouge, Percé, July 23, 1905, Williams, Collins & F ernald; sir
of Gaspé Bay, Douglastown, August 22, 1904, Collins, Fern 904
Pease; dry open soil, mouth of Grand River, August 11-15, 190%
Collins, Fernald & Pease.

Possibly introduced, but seeming like an indigenous plant. a

10. E. americana Wettstein, Monogr. d. Gatt. Eophe ee
(1896) and Bot. Gaz. xxii. 401 (1896); Britton & Brown, Ill. sm
182, fig. 3326 (1898); Robinson, Ruopora, iii. 275 (1901); Kenneey:

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 199

Ruopora, iv. 26 (1902); spe ibid. 189 (1902); Robinson &
Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 733 (1908); Cushman, orton xi.
13 (1909); Fernald & Wiegand Ruopora, xii. 103, 143 (1910).
E. officinalis Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1, 305 (1 878), in part; rete
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xii. 103 (1885) and xiii. 232 (1886); Lawson,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xiv. 10 (1887); Vroom, ibid. 12 (1887); Clinkerius.
Bot. Gaz. xiii. 322 (1888), in part; not L.— Plant 1-4 dm. high,
simple or more or less branched; salient long, spreading or arcuate-
ascending: leaves ovate-oblong, glabrous, pa primary 0.5-2 em. long,
coarsely toothed; teeth acute or obtuse: spikes rather short, except
in full fruit, occupying the ends of the ftene aa branches, in maturity
becoming 3-15 cm. long: bracts 5-18 pairs, glabrous, conspicuous,
broadly ovate, more or less eee coarsely aristate-toothed,
the lowest in maturity 0.5-2 ¢ rt: flowers medium to large:
corolla pale, 7-10 mm. long; poe ‘ip tinged with purple, shallowly
bilobed, the lobes partly reflexed, each 2-3-toothed; lower lip large,
white with dark-purple lines, fan-shaped, rei lateral ans wide-
spreading.— The commonest Euphrasia throughout southeastern
Maine, the Maritime Provinces, ie Newfoundland, rarely found far
away from habitations. NEWFOUNDLAND: fields and roadsides,
Killigrew’ s, August 3, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6176; dry road-
sides and pastures, Carbon near, August 6 and 7, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 6177; roadsides and dry clearings, Whitbourne, August
8, 1911, Fernald y Wiegand, no. 6178; Clarenville, July 18, 1902,

: u

Bryant; grassy fields, Cow Head, July 23, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,

no. 3984; fons | gravel near Bay of Islands station, July 18, oe
& Ki orig’ no. 3981; da amp pastures, Birchy Cov

July fala , 1901, Howe & Ling, no. 789. QuEBEC: sterile
soil, western end of Bonaventure Island, puke 7 and 8, 1907, Fernald

Collins, no. 1165; fields and tops of sea-cliffs, Paspébiac, July 26,
1902, Williams & Fernald; stich grassland, New Carlisle, July 28,
1902, illiams & Fernald. MaAGpaLEeN IstaNnps: dry sandy summit
of Great Bird Rock, August 7, 1914, St. John, no. 1645; dry sandy
headlands, Brion Island, August, 1914, St. John, nos. 1643, 1644;

200 Rhodora [OctoBER

open fields and recent clearings, Grindstone, Grindstone Island,
July 22 and August 13, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8024,
8026. Prince Epwarp IsLtanp: dry sandy roadsides and fields,
Tignish, August 6, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8025; Royalty
Junction and Summerside, July, 1901, J. R. Churchill; among grass,
East Point, August 15, 1888, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no.
17,439; grassy ses Union Road, August, 1888, J. Macoun, Herb.
Geol. Surv. Can., no. 17,444. Nova Scotia: MeDonald’s, Dingwall,
Aspy Bay, July 14, 1909, J. R. Churchill; Sydney, July 17, 1902,
G. H. Morris; common in grassland, Sydney, August, 1902, Fernald;
Big Intervale, Cape Breton Island, July, 1898, J. Macoun, Herb.
G Surv. Can., no. 19,896; Barrington poe July, 1910, J.
Macoun, fled Geol. Surv. Cans; nos. 80,661, 80,664; Canso, August 2,
1901, J. Fowler; dry field, Sunny Brae, July 28, 1913, St. John, no.
1447: thin soil, Black Hole, near Baxter’s Harbor, Scott’s Bay,
August 24, 1902, Fernald; sandy soil, Vault Road, North Mountain,
near Sheffield’s Mill, August 24, 1902, Fernald; dry soil, roadside,
Windsor Junction, July 11, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 433; Bridgewater,
July, 1910, J. Macou n, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 80,658, 80,659;
rocks, Bell’s Island, hice 10, 1910, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv-
Can. no. 80,662; Cape Sable Island, June 30, 1910, J. Macoun.
Herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 80,656. Nrw Brunswick: thin grass-
land, Bathurst, July 23, 1902, Williams & Fernald; grassy scoaeial
Bathurst, August 13, 1913, s. F. Blake, no. 5368; sphagnum bog,
Grande Anse, August 22, 1913, Blake, no. 5526; pasture, Miscou
Harbor, August 26, 1913, Blake, no. 5543; St. John, Wm. Boott
(August 8, 1873) et al.; St. Andrews, August, 1900, J. Fowler; Campo-
bello Island, 1902, W.G.F arlow; Grand Sant ‘Tsland, 1902,
Farlow. Main E: open grassland, New Limerick, August 13, 1909,
Fernald, no. 2114; slaty bank 1 mile above Oldtown, August 2,
1908, Fernald; gravelly open soil, Princeton, July 22 seit! Fernald,
no. 2117; Passamaquoddy Bay, August, 1892, F. L. Harvey; Moose
Island, Passamaquoddy Bay, August, 1909, Fernald, nos. 116, 2118,
2119; dry soil, Pleasant Point, Perry, August, 1909, Fernald; Cross
Island, August, 1902, Kat ie Purbieh: Cutler, August, 1902, Kate
F urbish; roadside, Marshfield, July 8, 1902, Fernald; mossy roadside
in woods between East Machias and Cutler, July 16, 1901, G. G.
Kennedy; roadside, East Machias, July 23, 1910, C. H. Knowlton;
Machias, August, 1888, J. W. Chickering; Black Island, July 20, 1894,
BO * Redfield; grassland, Great Cranberry Island, Faron & Rand
(1894) e Sea Wall, Mt. Desert Island, 1891 and 1892, Rand;
moist Pron on roadsides, Brooklin, July 22, 1912, A. F. Hill, no.
Wettstein’s Euphrasia americana was a complex, consisting F ;
the E. officinalis of Pursh’s Flora, of specimens from St. John, New
Brunswick (Matthew) and Quebec (Canby), and some material labeled
“Flor. Am. bor.” (Hooker). The E. officinalis of Pursh’s Flora was

1915] Fernald and Wiegand,— Genus Euphrasia 201

Michaux’s plant from Quebec, which is E. canadensis; the Canby
material from Quebec was presumably also E. canadensis, the common
plant in the neighborhood of Quebec; but the St. John specimen, the
first mentioned, therefore the type, and also the plant illustrated by
Wettstein, is characteristic of the species here taken up as E. ameri-
cana.

E. americana, like E. canadensis and E. stricta, has the appearance
of an introduced plant, being extremely weed-like and inhabiting
fields, pastures, roadsides and other artificial habitats in the neighbor-
hood of civilization. The earliest collection seen by us was made by
William Boott at St. John, New Brunswick, in 1873. Since then the
species has been found in seemingly increasing abundance throughout
the coastal districts of the Maritime Provinces, Newfoundland and
Maine, closely following the progress of civilization into the interior
of Newfoundland. In 1885, in making what seems to be the first
clear record of the plant in Maine (though E. stricta may have been
included), Redfield listed it among “recent introductions” (Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xii. 103) and in 1886 again wrote of it as “an intro-
duced plant” (ibid. xiii. 232). But in 1887, Lawson, noting the
Wide distribution in Nova Scotia of the plant, said: “I know of
no reason for regarding our common Canadian form otherwise than
as indigenous” (Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xiv. 10) and at the same time
(p. 12) Vroom, noting the plant about the ports of New Brunswick,
said: “Though regarded here as a native, its being most frequent
near the older settlements would seem to favor the opinion that it has
been introduced.” In publishing the species, Wettstein suggested
the possibility of its being a modern derivative from the European

- nemorosa; but E. americana is at once distinguished by its larger
flowers. Its affinity, it seems to us, is more with EL. stricta, but
ordinarily E. americana is readily separated from that species by the
shorter spikes and more spreading bracts. From E. canadensis it is
distinguished by its larger corollas with usually darker lines and its
Proportionally shorter spikes.

ji 2

RMS ene Ral Te Tet INT, PRE

Proceedings of the American Academy’ Of Arts and Sciences,

"Vou. 51. Ndi goee fanpany. 1916.
Pals. .: < ‘ ; y
; a “ Me & < on
é : o. « ‘ : ws 4
- ConTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM. OF
ARVARD, UNIVERSITY,

. oe New Sige 8 Nb, sav

e*

Compnin new ahd transfered, chiefly 2 Mexic
-&B iat

i. By aa
Be a y Brake. i,

; cite New, reclassified, or. otherwise noteworthy | Spermetophytes.
Lae ; Bf, Rosins sof.

1D. Certain eno new or transferred, By J. “FRANCIS
Macunwe, : ;

<" - Ps
8 hd *' ; ;
oy? ie on
: ee :
a : ‘
wt, . J” »
» ae ‘
ay . o
“Be. .
Me 4 * . +
y .
~4 *
; e

ng
‘ r Pt * x
4 / 23
; 4 e. i :
‘ - K e Se
‘ . ‘ . i >
% 7 ae
‘* iy 2
* Le ;
‘ * i
: 7 ’
oy ‘
. * #
ah oy ;
; }

vag

=

©

i
oO

&
(Continued from page 3 of cover.)

VOLUME 51.

Tuaxren, aaa New tid bhaaven Laboulbeniales. _ pp. 1-51. August,
15.

tuscan Ye P. w.— art aT fe ti f Solid jer Pr pp.
53-124. September, 1016,

+: WaRREN, CHartes H.— A Quantitative Study of Certain Perthitic Feldspars.

pp. 125-154. October, : 1915,
Daty, Reainatp A.— The Glacial-Control Theory of Coral Reefs. pp. 155-
251... Nov

5. $1.25.
Wueeren, Wittram Morron.— The ae _Honey- Ants of the Genus
- Leptomyrme yr 53-286. 50c.

a
Kororp, CuarLes Arwoop, and Swezy, Otte Mitosis and Multiple Fission
in Trichomonad Flagellates. pp. 287-379. 8 pll. November, 1915, $1.50.
J page Pern aM.— Expansion Problems wih Irregular Boundary Conditions.
pp. 381-417. November, 1915. %
Kenne.tiy, A. E., and porte H. A.— The hn chanics of Telophone-Reoeiver
Di , as Derived from their Motional-Impedance ircles
482. November, ave Hons

Mavor, J. W.— Ont he Development of the Coral Agaricia fragilis Dana, PP.
915. 90c..

483-511.
. Braxz, 8. F.— (1) Compositae new and transferred, chiéfly Mexican; (II)
Sperm

‘Rosrnson, B. L.— New, reclassified, or otherwise noteworthy
' phytes; ete engage Se ee duitegsnmasd new or trans-
ferred. 3-548. January, 1916.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

Vou. 51. No. 10.— January, 1916.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series.— No. XLV.

et

Compositae new and transferred, chiefly Mexican. By S. F.
LAKE.
II. New, reclassified, or otherwise noteworthy Spermatophytes.
By B. L. Roprson.
Ill.

bod

Certain Borraginaceae new or transferred. By J. FRANCIS
MACBRIDE.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. XLV.

Presented by B. L. Robinson, June 17, 1915. Received June 17, 1915.

I. COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED, CHIEFLY
MEXICAN

By S. F. Buake.

SERICOCARPUS BIFOLIATUS (Walt.) Porter var. Collinsii (Nutt.)
Blake, n. comb.— Aster Collinsii Nutt.! Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
vii. 82 (1834). Sericocarpus Collinsii Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soe.
ser. 2. vii. 302 (1841). Sericocarpus tortifolius (Michx.) Nees var.
Collinsii (Nutt.) Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 103 (1841). — Nuttall’s
type in the British Museum, collected by Ware in eastern Florida,
has obovate leaves, 3—-5-toothed above the middle, but is indistinguish-
able in any other character from the ordinary form of the species. So
noteworthy a variation, although not recognized by Dr. Gray in the
Synoptical Flora, seems to merit varietal rank.

ERICOCARPUS RIGIDUS Lindl. var. californicus (E. Dur.) Blake,
n. comb.— Sericocarpus californicus E. Durand! Journ. Acad. Nat
Sci. Philad. (Pl. Pratt.) ser. 2. iii. 90 (1855).— All the Californian
specimens of Sericocarpus rigidus examined, including the type of S.
californicus in the herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle at
Paris, collected near Nevada City by Rattan, differ from the nearly
glabrous northern forms of the species in their more or less densely
short-hispid-pilose stems, and appear to constitute a well defined
geographical variety.

Gymnotomia obscura Blake, n. sp. Annua tenuis erecta sursum
parce ramosa 1.9-3.5 dm. alta. Caulis leviter striatus hispidulus et
strigosus pallide brunneus. Folia inferiora (3-7-juga) opposita
superiora alterna oblongo-ovata vel oblongo-lanceolata vel lanceolata
acuta vel subacuminata basi cuneata crenato-dentata (dentibus ca.
7-9-jugis a appressis rotundatis) vel superiora integra supra viridia
subdense “tuberculato-strigosa subtus distincte pallidiora subsparse
Strigoso-hispida (pilis venas secundum longioribus) et sparse glandu-
0so-adspersa triplinervia 2.7-4.7 cm. longa 9-13 mm. lata, petiolis
vix marginatis patenti-hispido-pilosis 3-5 mm. longis; ea inflore-

516 BLAKE.

scentiae multo reducta bracteiformia. Capitula 6-9 parva (2 cm.
lata) in pedunculis axillaribus et terminalibus 2.3-8.5 em. longis
monocephalis nudis vel bracteatis interdum etiam (vix normaliter)
ex axillis inferioribus orientibus insidentia. Discus 6.5 mm. altus
7 mm. crassus maturitate valde convexus. Involucri’ 2-seriati vix
gradati 3.5-5 mm. alti squamae herbaceae praecipue superne hispido-
pilosae lanceolatae vel ovatae (tum supra mediam partem abrupte
angustatae acuminatae) acutae mucronulatae rarius obtusae. Radii
ca. 6 flavi neutrales oblongi emarginulati dorso minute strigillosi 7 mm.
longi 3.5 mm. lati. Corollae disci flavae 1.6-1.9 mm. longae (tubo
glanduloso basi non ampliato 0.5 mm. longo). Paleae receptaculi
valde convexi subhyalino-scariosae in carina sursum et apice virides-
centes supra sparse breviter pilosae et ciliatae apice abrupte acutae
mucronulatae 3.3 mm. longae. Achaenia oblongo-obovoidea parum
incrassata glabra striata albido-nigro-maculosa 2 mm. longa 1 mm.
lata. Pappus nullus.— Vera Cruz: Maltrata, Jan. 1883, Kerber
211 (tyPE couL.: Brit. Mus., Kew). Vernacular name “ Acaguale.”
— Distributed as a Scleropus (i. e. Sclerocarpus) under an unpub-
lished name attributed to Schultz Bipontinus, which as originally used
by Schultz can have had no application to the specimens. The species
comes near G@. longifolia and G. annua Rob. & Greenm., but is distinet
in its short involucre.
G hypoch Blake, n. sp. Herbacea alta erecta supra
ramosa. Caulis tenuis purpurascens striatulus hispidulo-strigillosus.
Folia (saltem media et superiora) alterna lanceolata vel oblongo-
lanceolata acuminata basi cuneata obscure serrulata (dentibus ca.
11-jugis appressis) ca. 1-1.5 cm. supra basin valde trinervia reticulata
supra viridia tuberculato-strigosa aetate lepidota subtus non palli-
diora venas et venulas secundum hispidula inter venas plus minusve

~

.

COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED. 517

4 mm. lati. Corollae disci flavae in basi tubi ampliata etiam basi
faucium puberulae 5.5 mm. longae (tubo 1.2 mm.). Paleae supra
purpurascentes et strigillosae apice abrupte acuminatae 6.8 mm.
longae. Achaenia glabra substriata oblonga 3 mm. longa 1 mm. lata.
Pappus nullus.— Jatisco: mountains above Etzatlan, 2 Oct. 1903,
Pringle 11537 (ryPE couL.: Kew).— Distributed as G. Ghiesbreghtir
Hemsl., but that has mainly opposite leaves whitened beneath with a
dense strigillosity.

Haplocalymma Blake, n. genus H elianth.-V erbesin., Hymenostephio
Benth. proximum, a quo involucro uniseriato 5-phyllo et foliis alternis
imprimis differt.— Capitula heterogama radiata, floribus radii neutris
disci hermaphroditis fertilibus. Involucri subcampanulati bracteae
5 uniseriatae oblongo-lanceolatae acuminatae adpressae apice paul-
lum patentes subherbaceae intus subinduratae 3-5-nerviae dense
strigosae flores radii subtendentes. Receptaculum parvulum con-
vexiusculum, paleis complicatis flores disci amplectentibus onus-
tum. Corollae radii 5 ligulatae flavae parvae ovales ca. 6-nerviae
emarginatae; disci ca. 16 regulares flavae puberulae tubo brevissimo
faucibus cylindricis apice 5-fidae. Antherae basi subauriculatae apice
appendice deltoideo-ovata flava munitae. Styli rami obtusiusculi
hirti non appendiculati. Achaenia radii abortiva; disci parva ob-
longa a latere subcompressa subsparse villosa. Pappus e squamellis
6 hyalinis latis profunde laceratis duabus in angulis achaenii paullo
longioribus compositus.— Herba ramosa tenuis strigillosa, capitula
numerosa parvula in paniculis cymosis subdensis 3-5-cephalis ramos
dichotome ramosos terminantibus gerens. Folia (saltem media et
superiora) alterna ovata grosse sinuato-dentata dentibus acutissime
mucronatis.— Species unica Viguiera microcephala Greenm.

Haptocatymma microcephalum (Greenm.) Blake, n. comb. —
Viguiera microcephala Greenm.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 105 (1903).—
More os: limestone hills near Yautepec, 7 Nov. 1902, Pringle 8717
(tyPE cout.: Brit. Mus., Kew); near Cuernavaca, 1905, Lemmon 85

ew).

The genus Haplocalymma (amois, simple, and xadvppa, covering,
rom the uniseriate involucre) differs from its near ally Hymeno-
stephium Benth. of southern Mexico, Central America and Colombia
in its strictly uniseriate 5-leaved involucre (of 2-3 series in Hymeno-
stephium) and its alternate leaves, but in pappus characters agrees
perfectly with Hymenostephium angustifolium Benth. From Viguiera,
to which its relationship is rather less close, it may be distinguished by
the character of its pappus and involucre. The group of Viguwera

518 BLAKE.

most nearly approaching it, including V. tenuis Gray and V. gracillima
Brandegee, has the phyllaries 2-sub-3-seriate and distinctly more
numerous, while the pappus is typical of that of Viguiera, consisting
of two slender awns sharply differentiated from the four to six
shorter squamellae.

Vicurera adenophylla Blake, n. sp. Herbacea supra ramosa ramis
erectis. Caulis purpureo-brunneus plus minusve glanduloso-puberu-
lus sursum appresse pilosulus subflexuosus. Folia alterna late ovata
acuminata basi cuneata vel abrupte truncata in petiolum cuneate
angustata crenato-dentata (dentibus 17—21-jugis depresso-deltoideis
mucronatis) apice acuminato. integro trinervia supra subappresse
pilosula (pilis basi glandularibus vix tuberculatis) infra non pallidiora
glandulosa pilosula 8.5-10.5 em. longa 4.6-7 em. lata. Petioli glandu-
lari-pubescentes 1.8-2 em. longi. Capitula ca. 26 cymoso-paniculata
2.8 em. lata. ‘Discus 8-13 mm. altus 7-10 mm. crassus. Involucri
6 mm. alti biseriati subgradati squamae lanceolatae vel ovato-lanceo-
latae acutae subherbaceae basi plus minusve induratae costatae in
margine et plus minusve dorsaliter sordide albido-pilosiusculae et
glandulosae. Radii 8 flavi ovales emarginati in venis dorsi pu eruli
10-12 mm. longi 5.5-6 mm. lati. Corollae disci flavae subappresse
pilosulae 6 mm. longae (tubo 1.3 mm.) faucibus campanulato-infundi-
buliformibus. Paleae oblongae mucronatae acutae margine flavidae
apice eroso-denticulatae dorso sordide pilosiusculae parce glandulosae
8-9 mm. longae. Achaenia (immatura) sericea. Aristae 2 paleaceae
oblongo-lanceolatae acutae vel obtusae fimbriatae inaequales 2.8-
3.5 mm. longae; squamellae 4 longiores liberae oblongae lacerato-
fimbriatae ca. 1.2 mm. longae et ca. 4 parvae intermediae laceratae.—
San Luis Potost: alt. 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 467
(rypEe cout.: Brit. Mus., Gray Herb., Kew).— Not closely related
to any other species. :

Vicuiera angustifolia (H. & A.) Blake, n. comb.— Tithona
pachycephala H. & A. ! Bot. Beech. Voy. 299 (1840), not DC. (err.
iden.). 1’. angustifolia H. & A. !1. ¢. 435 (1841). Viguiera blepharo-
lepis Gray! Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 5 (1883).— The type of Tithonia
angustifolia H. & A. (Tepic, Sinclair, hb. Kew.) is identical with
Seemann 1481, from Cerro de Pinal, type collection of V. blepharo-
lepis, and not at all the same as V. buddleiaeformis (DC.) B. & H. f.,
although considered by Bentham (B. & H. f. Gen. ii. 375 (1873)) to
be identical with the latter species. The only previous Vigueer
angustifolia, that of Glaziou, Mém. Soc. Bot. France, iii. 412 (1910),
is merely a nomen nudum,

COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED. 519

Vicurera bicolor Blake, n. sp. Frutex ramosus verosim. ad 1 m.
altus. Ramuli juniores canescenti-strigillosi seniores cano-brunnei
subglabrati. Folia subopposita vel superiora alterna rotundata vel
rotundato-ovata apice retusa vel rotundata vel obtusa basi truncato-
rotundata trinervia supra (siccitate) nigro-viridia aspere strigillosa
subtus densissime griseo-strigillosa venosa 1.2-1.8 em. longa 8-18 mm.
lata margine plus minusve revoluta. Petioli canescenti-strigillosi
5-7 mm. longi. Capitula solitaria ramulos terminantia 1.8 cm. lata.
Pedunculi canescenti-strigillosi 2.8-4.3 em. longi. Discus 6-7 mm.
altus 11-12.5 mm. crassus. Involucri 3-seriati 3-4 mm. alti gradati
squamae acutae densissime strigillosae exteriores oblongae 0.8 mm.
latae interiores oblongo-ovatae 2 mm. latae. Radii ca. 12 flavi
oblongo-ovales in dorso et tubo dense puberuli 6.5 mm. longi 3 mm.
lati. Corollae disci flavae puberulae 3 mm. longae (tubo 0.5 mm.).
Paleae subobtusae dorso et apice puberulae 5 mm. longae. Achaenia
(immaturissima) subsericea 2.5 mm. longa. Aristae 2 inaequales

1.2 mm. longae; squamellae ca. 6-8 acutae inaequales laciniatae
multo breviores.— Hrpaxco (?): between Rio Grande and Jamaltepec
(?), Dec. 1829, C. Ehrenberg 1227 (rvpes in the Berlin Herb. and the
Gray Herb.).— From its nearest ally, V. brevifolia Greenm., the
present species differs chiefly in foliar characters. The leaves of Fs
brevifolia are ovate to triangular-ovate, usually acute but sometimes
obtuse, and usually strongly canescent above, on petioles 2-3 mm.
long; the awns of the pappus about 1 mm. long, equalling the squa-
mellae. Ehrenberg’s plant in the Berlin Herbarium was marked as a
new species under an unpublished generic name equivalent to Gym-
nolomia by Schultz Bipontinus, who could scarcely have given it more
than a very casual inspection to refer it to this genus the salient
character of which is the absence of pappus.

Vicurera Brandegei Blake, n. nom.— Aspilia hispida Brandegee!
Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iv. 94 (1910), not Viguiera hispida Baker in
Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 3. 220 (1884).— The pappus of this species, of
about 4 oblong irregularly lacerate squamellae with 1 or 2 longer
similar aristae, is that of Viguiera rather than Aspilia. Among

exican species V. Brandegei is most closely related to V. tenuis
Gray and V. gracillima Brandegee. ‘The species is renamed in honor
of its original describer, whose publications have for many years been
adding largely to our knowledge of the flora of Mexico and Lower

alifornia.

Hewiantuus leptocaulis (Wats.) Blake, n. comb.— Viguiera
leptocaulis Wats. | Proc. Am. Acad. xxvi. 140 (1891).— Watson’s

520 BLAKE.

Viguiera leptocaulis, the type of which (Pringle 2247, from near Mon-
terey) was examined at the Gray Herbarium by the writer some
months ago, in its involucre, wholly deciduous pappus, and general
habit agrees much better with the genus to which it is here referred
than with that in which it was originally placed. It seems quite
distinct from any described Mexican Helianthus.

Phoebanthus Blake, n. genus Helianth.-Verbesin. — Capitula
heterogama radiata, floribus radii 1-seriatis neutralibus disci herma-
phroditis fertilibus. Involucrum hemisphaericum, bracteis 3-seriatis
vix gradatis eis duarum serierum exteriorum lineari-lanceolatis acumin-
atis infra valde induratis costatis supra appendice herbacea laxa multo
longiore praeditis sparse tuberculati-hispidis eis seriei intimae latiori-
bus brevioribus solummodo acutis apice obscurissime subherbaceis
appressis flores radii subtendentibus. Receptaculum convexum,
paleis complicatis flores disci amplectentibus. Corollae radii ligulatae
patentes anguste oblongae apice 2-3-denticulatae; disci regulares
tubulosae, tubo brevi faucibus elongatis cylindraceis apice breviter
5-fidae. Antherae basi valde sagittatae apice appendice ovali vel
oblongo-ovata obtusa munitae, filamentis vel in tubum clausum
ghee 23 vel liberis. Styli florum disci rami lineares elongati hirti
appendice lineari-oblonga hirta muniti. Achaenia radii trigona
abortiva; disci subglabra valde i ta subquadrangularia
a latere plus minusve compressa) in angulis submarginata. Pappus
ex aristis 2 interdum basi profunde laceratis tenuibus vel subpaleacets
persistentibus interdum ad dentes reductis et squamellis numerosis
minutis intermediis compositus.— Herbae perennes e radice tuberl-
formi horizontali submoniliformi. Caulis tenuis simplex 1-3-cephalus
foliosus 3—4-pedalis. Folia linearia alterna (paucis inferioribus
oppositis exceptis) integra I-nervia paullum revoluta plus minusve
tuberculato-strigosa. Capitula magna flava. Flores radii 10-20
pollicares et ultra; disci numerosi.— Species typica Helianthella
grandiflora Torr. & Gray.— Helianthus L. subgen. Pseudo-helianthus
Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 285 (1884).

1. PHoEBANTHUs grandiflorus (Torr. & Gray) Blake, n. comb.—
Helianthella grandiflora Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 333 (1842).

2. PHorBantuus tenuifolius (Torr. & Gray) Blake, n. comb.—
Helianthella tenuifolia Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. ii. 333 (1842).

The two species of Phoebanthus (@otBos, Phoebus, the sun, and
&vOos, flower) form a small group very similar to Helianthus in habital
characters, but technically more closely allied to Helianthella. From
the former Phoebanthus differs sufficiently in the numerous short

COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED. 521

persistent squamellae united into a low denticulate crown, from the
latter in habit and achenial characters, as also in range, the species of
Helianthella being West American and Mexican, of Phoebanthus
Floridan. The species of Helianthella, which after the exclusion of
Enceliopsis and Pseudo-helianthus of the Synoptical Flora are restricted
to the subgenus “ Helianthella proper” of that work, are perennial
herbs with rather few lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate usually ample
leaves, alternate or opposite, of which the basal are generally much
larger, phyllaries for the most part herbaceous or often enlarged and
foliaceous, and achenes very strongly flattened (as in Encelia), on the
margin villous or glabrate, with 2 longer or shorter awns and a corona
of thin squamellae of varying length, united below or distinct to the

base.

Although the genus Helianthella on its first publication (Torr. &
Gray, l. c.) was divided into two groups, of which the first (§1, without
name) contained only the two species here referred to Phoebanthus,
while the second had three species (H. Douglasii, H. lanceolata, and
H. uniflora) all still retained in Helianthella, 1 have not thought it
advisable to consider the H. grandiflora group as typical, on the ground
of priority of position, and to create a new name for the second group,
both because a considerably greater number of name changes would be
involved and because the H. Douglasii group was considered by Gray
himself (see Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 9 (1883); Syn. FI. i. pt. 2. 284 (1884))
as typical of the genus.

Pionocarpus Blake, n. genus Helianth.-V erbesin.— Capitula hetero-
gama radiata, floribus radii 1-seriatis neutralibus disci hermaphro-
ditis fertilibus. Involucrum hemisphaericum, bracteis 2-seriatis
(exterioribus paullulo brevioribus) anguste ovato-lanceolatis acumi-
natis herbaceis subcostatis plus minusve piloso-hispido-ciliatis. Re-
ceptaculum convexum, paleis complicatis acuminatis flores disci am-
plectentibus onustum. Corollae radii ligulatae patentes oblongae;
disci regulares, tubo brevissimo faucibus cylindraceis limbo 5-dentato.
Antherae basi cordato-sagittatae apice appendice ovata obtusa prae-
ditae. Styli rami lineares_hirti appendice lineari-lanceolata longa
hirtella praediti. Achaenia radii inania; disci oblonga pubescentia

nata. Pappus persistens ex aristis 2 subaequalibus subtenuibus et
Squamellis ca. 10 multo minoribus laceratis basi ima unitis interdum
una duabusve elongatis compositus.— Herba perennis subscaposa e
tadice verticali crassa tuberiformi. Caulis parcissime ramosus ca.
4-cephalus, Folia maxima ex parte radicalia lineari-lanceolata

599 BLAKE.

utrimque acuminata longe petiolata subintegra caulina 3-4 (infra
mediam partem caulis). Capitula majuscula longe pedunculata,
pedunculis basi unibracteatis. Flores radii ca. 10 flavi, disci numerosi
flavi.— Species unica Helianthella madrensis Wats.

PionocarPus madrensis (Wats.) Blake, n. comb.— Helianthella
madrensis Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 278 (1888).— Carmuanua:
pine plains, base of the Sierra Madre, 19 Sept. 1887, Pringle 1302
(TYPE COLL.: Kew).

The genus Pionocarpus (riyv, fat, and xap7és, fruit) is distinguished
from Helianthella chiefly by characters of the achene and style. The
achenes of Pionocarpus are strongly thickened, unmargined, and
broadly truncate at apex, and the style-branches bear a long hirtellous
appendage. In Helianthella, on the contrary, the achenes are very
flatly compressed, as in Encelia, are more or less distinctly white-
margined, and at the true apex are much narrower than the body,
the more or less united squamellae being borne in a notch at the sum-
mit of the achene between the two awns. From Phoebanthus, to
which its relationship is rather closer, Pionocarpus is separated by its
habit and by the much more conspicuous squamellae.

PreryMENtvM blepharolepis Blake, n. sp. Frutexramosus. Cau-
lis densissime strigillosus cortice cano-brunneo tectus aetate glabratus;
rami tenues subquadrangulares strigillosi fusco-brunnei. Folia oppo-
sita ovata subacuminata basi cuneata vel cuneato-rotundata trinervia
appresse serrata (dentibus 7-8-jugis) supra viridia strigillosa pilis
basi tuberculatis subtus pallidiora non canescentia strigosa et strigil-
losa plus minusve glanduloso-adspersa 2.5-3.8 cm. longa 10-17.5 mm.
lata. Petioli tuberculato-strigosi 2 mm. longi. Capitula 1.5-2 cm.
lata in apicibus ramorum 5-7 sublaxe cymoso-paniculata in pedun-
culis axillaribus et terminalibus strigillosis 1.2-4.5 cm. longis. Discus
7-9.5 mm. altus 6-8 mm. crassus. Involucri 3-sub-4-seriati gra-
dati 7 mm. alti squamae exteriores ovatae interiores ovato-lanceo-
latae plus minusve strigillosae et ciliatae infra subinduratae pallidae
ca. 5-nerviae apice laxo angustato subacuto herbaceo. Radii 8 fer-
tiles aurei oblongo-ovales bidenticulati in venis dorso plus minusve
puberuli 7-5 mm. longi 3 mm. lati. Corollae disci aureae in dentibus
hirtellae 4.8—5 mm. longae (tubo 1.4-1.5 mm.). Paleae obtusae su-
pra strigillosae in margine et carina spinuloso-ciliolatae 5.8-7 mm.
longae. Achaenia juventate plus minusve piloso-hispida maturita-
tem vergentia sparse hispidula. Pappi aristae ca. 12 caducae ad
1.3 mm. longae subaequales (2 longioribus 3 mm. longis exceptis).—
Pursia: Coxcatlan, alt, 2135-2440 m., Sept. 1909, Purpus 4143

COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED. 523

(TYPE coLL.: British Museum).— Most nearly related among de-
scribed species to P. verbesinoides DC., but distinct in its longer
looser phyllaries, fewer longer-peduncled heads, and in its distinctly
paler leaves, which are much less reticulate beneath.

PERYMENIUM hypoleucum Blake, n. sp. Frutex ramosus. Cau-
lis strigillosus cortice griseo-brunneo tectus aetate subglabratus; rami
sub-6-angulares subdense strigillosi purpureo-brunnei. Folia oppo-
sita (paucis superioribus interdum alternis exceptis) ovata vel elliptico-
ovata obtusa vel acuta basi cuneato-rotundata serrata (dentibus
5-7-jugis late triangularibus subpatentibus vel appressis) pinnati-
nervia (venis supra impressis subtus reticulatis majoribus 3—4-jugis
imis validioribus) supra viridia dense strigosa pilis basi tuberculatis
subtus cum pilis densissimis appressis brevibus canescentia et sub-
aspera 2-3 cm. longa 1.1-1.9 cm. lata. Petioli strigosi immarginati
1.5-2 mm. longi. Capitula 1 cm. lata ad apices ramorum 4-10 dense
cymoso-paniculata in pedunculis dense strigosis 3-8 mm. longis
disposita. Discus 6-8 mm. altus 5-7 mm. crassus. Involucri 4-
seriati gradati 4 mm. alti squamae solummodo apice herbaceae infra
induratae pallidae dense strigillosae obtusae vel rotundatae extimae
elliptico-ovatae interiores deltoideo-ovatae vel late ovales intimae
3-nerviae. Radii fertiles ad 7 ovales aurei 2-3-denticulati in venis
dorso hirtelli 3.5 mm. longi 2 mm. lati. Corollae disci flavae in
dentibus et interdum tubo hirtellae 3.5 mm. longae (tubo 1 mm.).
Paleae in carina infra glandulosae supra subspinulosae in margine
denticulato-spinulosae apice abrupte acutae 3.7 mm. longae. Achaenia
(immaturissima) in angulis hispidula. Pappi aristae ca. 8 caducae
spinulosae subaequales (una duabusve duplo longioribus exceptis).—

EBLA: vicinity of San Luis Tultitlanapa, near Oaxaca, 9 July 1908,
Purpus 3087 (type cout.: British Museum).— Distributed as P. rude
Rob. & Greenm., from which it is very distinct. More closely related
to P. croceum Rob. & Greenm. and P. angustifolium Brandegee, but
quite distinct from both.

PreRYMENIUM leptopodum Blake, n.sp. Frutexramosus. Caulis
tenuis quadrangularis minute strigillosus cortice brunneo vel pur-
pureo-brunneo tectus. Folia opposita ovato-lanceolata acuminata
basi cuneata trinervia appresse serrata (dentibus 8-10-jugis) supra
obscure viridia minute strigilloso-scabra subtus non pallidiora glandu-
loso-adspersa venas et venulas secundum strigillosa 4.6-6.3 cm.
longa 1.5-2.3 cm. lata. Petioli vix marginati tenues 9-16 mm. longi.
Capitula 1.6 em. lata in apicibus ramorum et ramulorum ternatim vel

quinatim cymoso-paniculata, Pedicelli 5-19 mm. longi strigillosi.

524 BLAKE.

Discus 5-7 mm. altus 4-6 mm. crassus. Involucri 3-seriati 4 mm.
alti paullum gradati squamae extimae breviores late ovatae obtusae
strigillosae vix ciliolatae basi coriaceo-induratae apice herbaceae
mediae et intimae late oblongae subobtusae minus induratae ciliola-
tae et strigillosae apice subherbaceae. Radii 8 fertiles flavi ovales
bidenticulati dorso glanduloso-puberuli 4.5-5.8 mm. longi 2.8 mm. lati.
Corollae disci flavae in tubo puberulae 3-4.2 mm. longae (tubo 0.6-1.6
mm.), faucibus valde ampliatis. Paleae subacutae scariosae flavae in
carina hispidulae margine superne lacerato-dentatae 4.24.6 mm.
longae. Achaenia brunneo-nigrescentia transverse plus minusve
rugulosa incrassata submarginata apice rotundata sparse strigillosa
1.8 mm. longa 1 mm. lata. Pappus fragilissimus ex aristis 2 tenuibus
spinulosis 2.5 mm. longis et aristulis ca. 12 inaequalibus (longiori-
bus ad 1 mm. longis) compositus.— GuaTeMaLa: shrubby growth,
alt. 1311 m., near Coban, Jan. 1879, von Tuerckheim 339 (TYPE COLL.:
British Museum, Kew).— This number is referred in Robinson &
Greenman’s revision (Proc. Am. Acad. xxxiv. 526 (1899)) to P. gymno-
lomioides (Less.) DC., originally described from Vera Cruz, but differs
in several important features from the description there given of that
species, which is said to have entire leaves, 3-5-headed corymbs,
spreading-pubescent pedicels, and much shorter petioles (3 mm. long).

CHRYSACTINIA acerosa Blake, n. sp. Frutex ramosus pedalis.
Caulis tenuis brunneo-griseus minute hirtellus aetate glabratus oppo-
site ramosus. Folia opposita vel superiora alterna filiformi-subulata
2-4-glanduloso-punctata semiteretia supra complanata apice subulato-
mucronata glabra laete viridia 6-8 mm. longa 0.25 mm. lata saepius
ramulos brevissimos foliosissimos subtendentia. Pedunculi ramos
terminantes monocephali glandulari-hirtelli lineari-subulato-bracteo-
lati striati ad 1 cm. longi. Capitula (immatura) hemisphaerica 5-6
mm. alta. Involucri uniseriati 3.5 mm. alti squamae aequales 8
anguste oblongae (0.8-1.3 mm. latae) membranaceo-chartaceae virl-
descentes obtusae subcarinatae in margine scarioso sparse e€T0SO-
ciliatae infra apicem glandula anguste oblonga brunnea praeditae.
Radii (immaturi) aurei oblongi fertiles. Corollae disci (immaturae)
aureae in dentibus minute hirtellae 4 mm. longae. Achaenia (imma-
turissima) pubescentia. Aristae pappi ca. 24 tenues spinulosae
subaequales ad 3.5 mm. longae.— San Luts Porost: Sierra de Guas-
cama, Minas de San Rafael, June 1911, Purpus 5136 (TYPE COLL:
British Museum, Gray Herb., U. S. Nat. Herb.).— Distributed as @
narrow-leaved form of C. mexicana Gray, but seemingly quite distinct
from that species in foliar and involucral characters.

COMPOSITAE NEW AND TRANSFERRED. 525

The four species of Chrysactinia now known may be conveniently
divided into two sections, habitally well marked but without differ-
ential characters of technical importance.

Curysactinia Gray (PI. Fendl. 93 (1849)) sect. Euchrysactinia
Blake, n. sect. Folia subulata integerrima. Corollae radii discique
aureae.— Type C. mexicana Gray.

1. C. mexicana Gray, |. ec. (1849).— Leaves subulate, flattened
above, hirtellous on the margin, mostly alternate, 4.5-12 mm. long,
0.7-1.2 mm. wide, with rather numerous glands. Phyllaries appar-
ently uniformly 12 in number, 4-5 mm. long.— Pectis taxifolia Greene!
Leafl. i. 148 (1905): see Greenm. Field Columb. Mus. Bot. ii. 274
(1907).— Western Texas and New Mexico to Puebla.

2. C. acerosa Blake.— Leaves filiform-subulate, glabrous, mostly
opposite, bearing 24 glands, 6-8 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide. Phyl-
laries 8 in number, 3.5 mm. long.— San Luis Potosi.

II. Curysactinta sect. Phylloloba Blake, n. sect. Folia 3-17-
pinnatilobata. Corollae radii albidae et aurantiaco-suffultae vel au-
: corollae disci aurantiacae vel aureae.—Type C. pinnata

Jats.

3. C. prnnata Wats. ! Proc. Am. Acad. xxv. 154 (1890).— Leaves
opposite, oblong, pinnatilobed almost to the midrib with 9-17 oppo-
site oblique oblong to (uppermost) deltoid mucronate acute lobes,
sparsely gland-dotted, 2.5-4.9 em. long, 1.2-1.9 em. wide, the lowest
pair of lobes reduced and stipule-like. Rays 8, whitish, orange-tinged
outside; disk orange.— Nuevo Leon: Pringle 2524 (rypE).— Described
by Watson as herbaceous, but apparently frutescent like the other
species of the genus.

. C.TRUNCATA Wats. ! 1. c. (1890).— Leaves opposite or the upper
alternate, ovate to ovate-oblong in outline, pinnatilobed nearly to the
midrib with 3-7 mostly alternate lobes, the lobes entire or with 1-few
spinulose teeth, truncate and glandular-mucronate at apex (or the
terminal sometimes acute), 1.5-2.4 em. long, 8-12 mm. wide.— Nuevo
Leon: Pringle 2601 (typr).— The rays are described by Watson as
bright yellow.

Coreopsis basalis (Dietr.) Blake, n. comb.— Calliopsis basalis
Dietr. in Otto & Dietr. Allgem. Gartenzeit. iii. 329 (17 Oct. 1835).
Calliopsis Drummondii D. Don ! in Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. ser. 2. iv. t.
315 (1838). Coreopsis Drummondii (D. Don) Torr. & Gray, Fl. N.
Am. ii. 345 (1842).— The long and detailed description by Otto &
Dietrich of their Calliopsis basalis shows it to be identical with the

526 BLAKE.

plant soon afterward described and figured by David Don as Calliopsis

rummondi, which has generally passed in American literature as
Coreopsis Drummondii. The seed from which the plant was grown at
the Berlin Garden was stated by Otto & Dietrich to have come from
Missouri, but as it was included in a large lot of seeds received at second
hand from an unknown collector there was obvious chance of error in
regard to its origin, and there can be no doubt that it really came from
Texas, to which the species is apparently confined. The probable
identity of Calliopsis basalis and C. Drummondii was first brought to
my attention through a manuscript note on a sheet in the British
Museum by Mr. S. LeM. Moore, to whom I am indebted for permis-
sion to publish this note.

The form with linear or linear-oblong leaf-lobes described by Gray
(Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2. 291 (1884)) as Coreopsis Drummondii var. Wrightu
becomes C. BASALIS (Dietr.) Blake var. Wrightii (Gray) Blake, n.
comb.

Il. NEW, RECLASSIFIED, OR OTHERWISE NOTEWORTHY
SPERMATOPHYTES.

By B. L. Rosrnson.

CLEOME ACULEATA L. Syst. ed. 12, iii. 232 (1768). To the synonymy
of this species should be added C. sinaloensis Brandegee, Zoe, v. 198
(1905). Authentic material of the latter, now in the Gray Herbarium,
appears to agree in all features with South American specimens of C.
aculeata LL. The species has also been found elsewhere in Mexico, in
Guatemala (Deam, no. 349), and in Honduras (Thieme, no. 5135 of
J. D. Smith’s distrib.). It thus seems to be an annual weed of rather
wide distribution in tropical and subtropical America. The species
Was originally described by Linnaeus from American material and has
been generally regarded as exclusively of this continent, but it is diffi-
cult to find a single character on which to separate from it the West
African C. ciliata Schum. & Thonn. Besk. Guin. Pl. ii. 68 (1828)
and C. guineensis Hook. f. in Hook. Nig. Fl. 218 (1849).

C. Fischeri, nom. nov. C. serrulata Pax in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xiv.
293 (1892), not Pursh, Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 441 (1814). Pursh’s homonym,
rejected by Dr. Gray and by many other botanists owing to its in-
appropriate and undescriptive character, is now being re-established
according to the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature.
Consequently the later homonym of Pax must be renamed.

The next three new combinations, found necessary during recent
work of Mr. George Safford Torrey, temporary assistant at the Gray
Herbarium, are here published at Mr. Torrey’s request.

Hosackta americana (Nutt.) Piper, var. glabra (Nutt.) G. S.
Torrey, comb. nov. H. elata, B. glabra Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N.
Am. i. 327 (1838).

PrrIQUETA CAROLINIANA (Walt.) Urb., var. viridis (Small) G. S.
Torrey, comb. noy. P. viridis Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 794, 1335 (1903).
Distinguished from varieties of the variable P. caroliniana merely by
the degree of pubescence, and possessing no distinctive habitat or
Seographical range, this form seems hardly worthy of specific rank.

Lyonia fruticosa (Michx.) G. S. Torrey, comb. nov. Andromeda
Serruginea B. fruticosa Michx. Fl. Am. Bor. i. 252 (1803). A. ferruginea
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 292 (1814), not A. ferruginea Walt. Fl. Car.

528 ROBINSON.

138 (1788). Lyonia ferruginea Nutt. Gen. i. 266 (1818), as to plant,
not as to name-bringing synonym. Xolisma fruticosa Nash, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, xxii. 153 (1895).

Tue Stratus oF CoNVOLVULUS AFRICANUS. The binomial Convol-
vulus africanus seems first to have been used by Choisy in DeCandolle’s
Prodromus, ix. 342 and 418 (1845), where it is attributed to “Nick.”
or “Nich.,” said to have been published in “h. St. Dom.’’, and is
referred to the synonymy of Pharbitis cathartica (Poir.) Choisy. In
the Index Kewensis, i. 600 (1895), Convolvulus africanus Nickols,
Hort. St. Doming. 260, is referred to Ipomoea cathartica. This dis-
position of the species is also made by House in his North American
Species of the Genus Ipomoea, 205 (1908). Both on nomenclatorial
and geographic grounds the name Convolvulus africanus (1776) seemed
so strange a synonym for the much later and strictly American [po-
moea cathartica (1816), that the writer made some search for the rare
work in which the name in question was originally published. This
proves to be an “Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle de V’isle de Saint-
Domingue,” published at Paris in 1776. The name of the author
does not appear on the title page, but toward the end of the volume,
on page 374, there is printed a note of “ Approbation’’ by Adanson,
regarding the work itself, and in this note the name of the author,
P[ére] Nicolson, is mentioned. It may be noted that neither the title
of the work nor the spelling of the author’s name is as given in the
Index Kewensis.

On the page cited in the Index Kewensis (260) the only Convolvulus
is not C. africanus but C. americanus, a species treated as follows:

“LIANE purgative-— Syn. Liane & médicine. Liane & Bauduit, Arepeea,
Car. Convolvulus Americanus.— Obs. Ses tiges sont grimpantes, cylindriques,
sans vrilles; elles s’entrelacent dans les branches des arbres voisins, s'y accro-
chent, & se replient ensuite vers la terre, y prennent racine, & forment de
nouvelles plantes. On en tire un suc résineux qui se coagule, & dont on se

pour purger. Un habitant du cul-de-sac nommé Bauduit, en fait un
syrop purgatif qui porte son nom. Quoiqu’il soit fort en usage parm les habi-
[here begins page 261] tans du pays, il ne laisse pas d’étre dangereux, en ce
qu’il occasionne quelquefois des superpurgations. Ses feuilles sont taillées
en coeur, un peu rudes, unies, sans dentelure.— Loc. Elle se trouve sur les
mornes dans les lieux humides,— Virt. Elle purge violement. ;

LIANE purgative du bord de la mer.— Syn Convolvulus marinus, Catharti-
cus, Pl. Soldanella, Marcg.— Obs. Sa feuille est arrondie, bien omesee
Loc. On ne la trouve que sur les cétes de la mer.— Virt. Elle est purgative.

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 529

On page 213 of the same work occurs the following:

“Convotvutus. V. Patate.

Convotvutus Americanus. V. Jalap, Liane purgative.

Convo.vutus marinus catharticus. V. Liane purgative du bord de la mer.
Convotyutwus tinctorius. V. Liseron.”

While on page 251 is found the following:
“JaLar.— Syn. Jalapa, Mirabilis, Convolvulus Americanus, Ray.”’

From the above we see that the references of Choisy in DC. Prod.
ix. 342 and 418, of Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. i. 600, and of House,
North American Species of Ipomoea, 205, are incorrect in several
particulars. The binomial is Convolvulus americanus not C. africanus.
The name of the author is Nicolson, not Nickols, as given by the
Index Kewensis, nor Nich., as given by Choisy (page 418). The
name of the work is Essai sur l’histoire naturelle de l’isle de Saint-
Domingue, ‘obscurely abbreviated by Choisy (p. 342) to h. St. Dom.,
and mistakenly rendered by the Index Kewensis as Hort. St. Doming.

Finally it remains to ascertain whether this early name really belongs
to the species Ipomoea cathartica Poir., to which it has been referred
by these authors, and whether if so it should replace this later name.

The cross-references in Nicolson’s work show an association by that
author of his Liane purgative with Convolvulus americanus of Ray
and also with the vernacular name Jalap. On referring to Ray’s
well known Historia Plantarum, iii. 372 (1704), we find three uses of
the name Convolvulus Americanus, namely:

“17. Convolvulus Americanus, vulgaris folio, capsulis triquetris numerosis,
ex uno puncto longis petiolis propendentibus, semine lanugine ferruginea vil-
loso Pluk. Almag. Bot. Hujus species major habetur, Mock-climber Barba-
densibus dicta.”

“19. Convolvulus Americanus sub Jalapiae nomine regeptus Pluk. Phyt.
T. 25. An Convoly. colubrinus Pisonis Caapeba?”’

: Convolvulus Americanus, subrotundis foliis viticulis spinosis Pluk.
Almag. Bot. T. 276. F. 4. An Convolvulus Peruvianus perpetuus seu Holo-
liuchi Hort. Farnes. Fig. 4? Reliqua vide apud Autorem.”

Of these three uses of Convolvulus americanus by Ray, it is clear
that the first (Ray’s no. 17) is Ipomoea polyanthes G. F. W. Mey.,
while the third (Ray’s no. 22), described as having suborbicular

ves and being spiny must have referred to Plukenet’s Plate 276,
fig. 3 rather than fig. 4 as stated, and was Calonyction aculeatum (L.)
House. That it was to the second, namely Ray’s no. 19, to which

530 ROBINSON.

Nicolson referred is clearly shown by the expression “sub Jalapiae
nomine.” Of this plant Plukenet gives a figure cited by Ray and
doubtless in the opinion of Ray representing his plant. This figure
shows a highly conventionalized twiner with alternate deltoid-ovate
entire leaves and solitary short-peduncled axillary flowers. The flow-
ers show no corolla but merely a small calyx with relatively short lobes
which do not equal the tube. It is impossible to regard this figure
as representing I. cathartica Poir. which is characterized by calyx-
lobes of unusual length, greatly exceeding the short tube. The
writer after some search has failed to find that Linnaeus expressed
any opinion in regard to the identity of this particular figure of
Plukenet, and from its general lack of detail it would probably be
impossible to place it with any certainty.

It may be seen from the data here assembled 1) that Nicolson made
no Convolvulus africanus, a name which seems to have arisen from a
clerical error of Choisy. 2) that Nicolson in employing the name
Convolvulus americanus had no thought of coining a new designation
or describing a new species, but was merely applying — in all proba-
bility erroneously — the pre-Linnaean Convolvulus Americanus of
Ray to a purgative twiner of Santo Domingo. He gives no botanical
characterization sufficient to give validity to the name and merely
discusses briefly the pharmaceutical properties. Nicolson’s type 1s
not known and even if the plant he was treating could be ascertained
it is doubtful if the botanical type of Convolvulus americanus would
not have to be sought in the plant of Ray, whose name Nicolson was
intending to apply, rather than the plant to which he perhaps mis-
takenly applied it. As we have seen, the plant of Ray may be traced
back to a figure of Plukenet’s which cannot be I. CATHARTICA Poir.,
a well known name that thus relieved of an earlier synonym retains
its validity. :

Ipomoea crassicaulis (Benth.), comb. nov. Batatas ? crassi-
caulis Benth. Voy. Sulph. 134 (1844). Ipomoea fistulosa Mart. ex
Choisy in DC. Prod. ix. 349 (1845). I. texana Coult. Contrib. U. 5.
Nat. Herb. i. 45 (1890).

OPERCULINA ORNITHOPODA (Robinson) House, var. megacarpa
(Brandegee), comb. nov. Ipomoea sp. Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. i. 344 (1895). JI. megacarpa Brandegee, Zoe, v. 218 (1905).
Operculina Roseana House, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxiii. 500 (1906) ,
Bot. Gaz. xliii. 414 (1907). Formae typicae floribus fructu ete. simil-
lima differt foli g ti Ito latioribus(0.9-3.5 cm. latitudine).
The writer agrees with Mr. House that this plant, differing in range

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 531

and rather strikingly in foliage, should not be merged without distinc-
tion in O. ornithopoda, yet the differences are of slight moment and the
divergence between the extremes is very largely bridged by intermedi-
ates. Thus the specimen collected at Agiabampo by Palmer (no.
781) has the leaf-segments ranging down to 6 mm. in breadth, being
therefore considerably nearer to the form from San Luis Potosi than
to Mr. Brandegee’s plant from Culiacan, which has leaf-segments no
less than 3.5 em. wide. Accordingly, the varietal rank here seems
preferable to the specific.

LANTANA ACHYRANTHIFOLIA Desf. Cat. Pl. Hort. Reg. Par. ed. 3,
392 (1829). To the synonymy of this species may be added Lippia
fimbriata Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. 244 (1895), and Lantana
macropodioides Greenm. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. ii. 339 (1912).

Stachytarpheta fruticosa (Millsp.), comb. nov. Valerianodes
fruticosa Millsp. Field Columb. Mus. Bot. Ser. ii. 178 (1906).

Priva aspera HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. ii. 278 (1817). While
this species is known to me only by descriptions, I fail to find any
distinction by which P. orizabae Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 282
(1888) can be separated from it.

Rhaphithamnus venustus (Phil.), comb. nov. Citharexylum ve-
nustum Phil. Bot. Zeit. xiv. 646 (1856). Rhaphithamnus longiflorus
Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. 98 (1870); Reiche, Fl. Chil. v. 306
(1908). R. serratifolius Miers, 1. c. 99. Citharexylon elegans Phil. ex
Miers, |. ¢. 98 (1870).

Vitex Bakeri, nom. nov. V. diversifolia Baker in Thiselton-Dyer,
Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 323 (1900), not Kurz, “Andam. Rep. App. A 45;
B 14” (18702); C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 585 (1885).

Vitex viticifolia (DC.), comb. nov. V. montevidensis ? multi
nervis Cham. Linnaea, vii. 374 (1832). Psilogyne viticifolia DC. Rev.
Fam. Bign. 16 (1838). V. multinervis (Cham.) Schauer in DC. Prod.
xi. 688 (1847), also in Mart. Fl. Bras. ix. 297 (1851). The earlier
specific name is here restored in accordance with Art. 49 of the Inter-
national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature.

Caryopteris odorata (Hamilton), comb. nov. Volkameria odorata
Hamilton ex Roxb. Hort. Beng. 46 (1814). Clerodendron odoratum
(Hamilton) D. Don, Prod. FI. Nepal. 102 (1825). Caryopteris Walli-
chiana Schauer in DC. Prod. xi. 625 (1847); Clarke in Hook. f. Fl.
Brit. Ind. iv. 597 (1885). :

Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl), comb. nov. Congea ungui-

Wall. Cat. n. 1736 (nomen). C. ferruginea Wall. 1. c. n. 1737
(nomen). @. paniculata Wall. 1. c. n. 1739 (nomen). Symphorema

532 ROBINSON.

paniculatum h. Heyne ex Schauer in DC. Prod. xi. 623 (1847), in
synon. Vitex involucratus Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 148 (1844). Sphaeno-
desma unguiculata (Wall.) Schauer in DC. Prod. xi. 623 (1847).

In a recent attempt to verify the identification and labelling of the
Verbenaceae in the Gray Herbarium, corrections were noticed which
should be made in the current treatment of two species of the Gala-
pagos Islands, namely:

1) The plants which have been treated as Avicennia tomentosa Hook.
f. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 195 (1847); Anderss. Om Galap.-darnes Veg.
201 (1853), also reprint, 82 (1857); Robinson & Greenman, Am. Jour.
Sci. ser. 3, l. 147 (1895); and A. officinalis Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad.
xXxxviii. 194 (1902), not L., are referable to A. NiTIDA Jacq.

2) The plants of the Galapagos Islands treated as Lippia lanceolata
Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 137 (1892), not Michx.; L. nodiflora
Robinson & Greenman, Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 3, |. 147 (1895), not Michx.;
and L. canescens Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 196 (1902), not

‘HBK., are all to be referred to L. rneptans HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec.
‘ii. 263 (1817), a species fairly well marked as to its firmer veins and
more salient teeth of the leaves.

AGERATUM Hovuston1ANumM Mill., var. muticescens, var. nov., sta-
tura foliis pubescentia floribus etc. formae typicae simillimum differt
squamis pappi flosculorum vel omnium vel plurium valde reductis
muticis ca. 0.1-0.2 mm. longis.— Mexico: Wartenberg, near Tanto-
yuca, prov. Huasteca, collected in 1858, L. C. Ervendberg, no. 100
(typ, in Gray Herb.); without locality, from the herbarium of the
late Dr. F. W. Klatt (Gray Herb.); cultivated in the Missouri Botani-
cal Garden, from 1886 (when collected by Pammel) to 1896 (when
a second specimen was prepared by H.C. Irish). The specimens, now
in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden, show by their
labelling that the plant has passed under several horticultural names,
“Stella Gurney,” “Cope’s Pet,”’ ete. The seed is said to have come
from Haage & Schmidt’s establishment. In these specimens the
pappus, though for the most part short and muticous, shows some
variability on one and the same plant or even in the same head, certain
florets, especially the central ones and those of the terminal heads,
tending to have awned scales in the manner of the typical form.

Eupatorium brachychaetum, spec. nov., herbaceum vel cum cau-
dice ramoso 1 dm. longo paullo lignescenti; caulibus subscaposis 2-2.5
dm. altis gracilibus puberulis purpurascentibus basin versus solum
foliosis apice 2~4-capitulatis; foliis oblanceolati-oblongis tenuibus op-
positis 8-11 cm. longis 2-2.5 em. latis duplice crenato-lobulatis vel

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 533

-dentatis apice obtusis vel rotundatis basi gradatim cuneatis pinnati-
veniis in venis sparsissime pilosiusculis concoloribus, petiolo ca. 1 em.
longo gracili; capitulis oblato-subsphaericis 1 em. diametro in pedi-
cellis nudis vel bracteolatis gracilibus pilosiusculis purpurascentibus
adscendentibus valde inaequalibus (1-10 cm. longitudine) gestis;
involucri squamis oblongis vel obovato-oblongis subbiseriatis subae-
quilongis striatulis glabriusculis ciliolatis vix acutis 2.5 mm. longis;
flosculis 40-50; corollis glabris 2.2 mm. longis, tubo proprio cylindrico
fauces campanulatas subaequanti, dentibus limbi anguste deltoideis
recurvatis; antheris apice appendiculatis; achaeniis fuscis glabris
1.5 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 20 inaequalibus pro genere brevibus
corolla dimidio brevioribus.— CuBa: Rocky stream bed, Arroyo
Cimmaron; alt. 470 m., Trinidad Mountains, Santa Clara, 5 March,
1910, N. L. & E. G. Britton, no. 5085 (rypx, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.;
and in Gray Herb.). A slender and attractive species, which should
be readily recognized by its exceptionally short pappus.

Var. extentum, var. nov., valde caulescens; caulibus 3 dm. vel
ultra longitudine gracilibus foliosis; foliis oppositis; internodiis
plerisque 1-5 cm. longis; pedunculis 6-8 cm. longis; aliter formae
typicae simillimum.— Cusa: Rocky and shady banks of Iguanojo
River, Santa Clara, 11 Aug. 1915, Brothers Ledn & Clement, no. 5419
(ryPx, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.; phot. in Gray Herb.).

Eupatorium bullescens, spec. nov., fruticosum 6-10 dm. altum;
caule tereti gracili virgato usque ad apicem folioso striatulo puberulo;
foliis sessilibus oppositis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis serratis firmius-
culis basi rotundatis vel saepius brevissime cordatis a basi trinerviis
glabris supra bullatis lucidis minute reticulato-venulosis subtus
paullulo pallidioribus opacis nervosis puncticulatis 4-6.8 cm. longis
1.3-2.4 em. latis internodia valde superantibus; inflorescentia laxe
paniculata terminali folioso-bracteata, ramis gracilibus obscure
puberulis; patentibus pedicellis 2-8 mm. longis filiformibus; capitulis
parvis 6-9-floris; involucri squamis ca. 7 subaequalibus oblongis
obtusis dorso obscure puberulis ca. 2.2 mm. longis post fructus delap-
sum persistentibus et deflexis, disco parvo levissime convexo glabro;
corollis glabris tubulatis sursum leviter ampliatis ca. 2 mm. longis,
dentibus limbi 5 deltoideis suberectis; achaeniis gracilibus fuscis
minute granulatis ca. 2mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 20 sordide albidis
corollam subaequantibus.— Cusa: on rocks, gorge of the Rio Yamui,
Oriente, 7-9 December, 1910, J. A. Shafer, no. 7808 (rypx, in herb.
N. Y. Bot. Gard., photograph and fragments in Gray Herb.); also
in pine lands, alt. 420 m., near El Cuero, Oriente, 10-19 March, 1912,

534 ROBINSON.

N. L. Britton & J. F. Cowell, no. 12,763 (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.;
photograph in Gray Herb.).

Eupatorium epaleaceum (Gardn.), comb. nov. Chromolaena
epaleacea Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 436 (1847). Eupato-
rium lupulinum Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 301 (1876).

EvPpaTORIUM HAVANENSE HBK., var. domingense (DC.), comb.
nov. E. ageratifolium y ? domingense DC. Prod. v. 173 (1836).

EvuPATORIUM KLEINIOIDES HBK., var. lasiolepis, var. nov., formae
typicae simile differt praecipue involucri squamis dorso conspicue
pubescentibus, pilis tenuibus attenuatis curvato-adscendentibus
vel irregulariter patentibus.— Tropical Brazi, Burchell, no. 6885
(TyPE, in Gray Herb.).

EUPATORIUM LEUCOCEPHALUM Benth., var. anodontum, var. nov.,
‘formae typicae habitu inflorescentia floribus etc. simile differt foliis
paullo angustioribus lanceolatis omnino integerrimis.— White-flow-
ered shrub 2-3 m. high in clayey soil, alt. 1000 m., at La Victoria, near
the boundary between Michoacan and Guerrero, Mexico, 23 March,
1899, E. Langlassé, n. 961 (TYPE, in Gray Herb.).

Evupatortum Matretianum DC., var. adenopodum, var. nov.,

canescenti-arachnoideis; liter formam typicam — simillimum.—
GuaTEMALA: Cerro Quemado, Quezaltenango, 21 January, 1915,
alt. 2440 m., Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 98 (Type, in Gray Herb.).
EvpaToRIUM PULCHELLUM HBK., var. angustifolium Wats. in
herb. according to Pringle, Plantae Mexicanae, 1889, 2nd [unnumbered]
page of the printed list, also on the labels— This marked variety,
recognized by Dr. Sereno Watson, seems never to have been charac-
terized. It may be described as follows: statura habitu inflorescentia
formae typicae simile differt foliis elongato-lanceolatis 8-10 cm. long!s
1-1.8 cm. latis adscendentibus vel modice patentibus nec deflexis
inconspicue serratis vel subintegris sparse in nervis venisque hispidu-
lis utrinque viridibus, supremis angustissimis.— Mexico: slopes of
cafions near Guadalajara, Jalisco, 4 October, 1889, C. G. Pringle, no-
2315 (Typx, in Gray Herb.); barranca of Rio Blanco near Guadala-
jara, alt. 1375 m., 30 September, 1903, Pringle, no. 11,524 (Gray Herb.).
Easily recognized by its long narrow ascending leaves 5-8 times as
long as wide, while in the typical form they are mostly deflexed and
rarely 3 times as long as broad, being furthermore inclined to be more
deeply serrate and tending to be distinctly paler beneath. :
Eupatorium pycnocephaloides, spec. nov., suffrutescens In @f

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 585

4*1 um

bustis alte scandens pubescens; caulibus t fl
purascentibus internodiis ad 1.8 dm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis
ovato-deltoideis acuminatis 5-6.5 cm. longis 4-4.8 em. latis crenato-
serratis basi subtruncatis membranaceis a basi trinerviis utrinque
viridibus supra appresse puberulis subtus praecipue in nervis venisque
laxe pubescentibus, petiolo 2-3.5 cm. longo; paniculis terminalibus
oppositirameis foliaceo-bracteatis, ramis late patentibus; capitulis
15-20-floris in capitibus terminalibus convexis vel subglobosis laxe
glomeratis, pedicellis 2-4 mm. longis filiformibus pubescentibus;
involucri subcylindrici basi turbinato-campanulati 6-7 mm. alti
squamis ca. 3-seriatis valde inaequalibus viridibus plus minusve pur-
purascentibus striatis dorso pubescentibus, extimis brevibus ovatis
acuminatis, intermediis oblongis acutis, intimis lineari-oblongis apice
obtusis; corollis albis vel roseis glabris 5-nerviis (nervis a basi ad sinum
inter dentes percurrentibus) anguste tubulatis sine faucibus distinctis
4 mm. longis, limbi dentibus 5 deltoideis 0.3 mm. longis; achaeniis
atrobrunneis 1.7 mm. longis in angulis et inter eos sursum hispidulis;
pappi setis ca. 25 albis tenuibus quam corolla paullo brevioribus.—
GuaTEeMALA: Climbing over shrubs, Sololé, alt. 2135 m., 28 January,
1915, Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 144 (type, in Gray Herb.); Volean
de Agua, Antigua, alt. 2135 m., 13 January, 1915 (in bud), Holway,
no. 83 (Gray Herb.). A species somewhat resembling EF. pyeno-
cephalum Less., but much larger, the involucral bracts more pubescent,
the outer narrower and more acute.

Var. glandulipes, var. nov., pedicellis et involucri squamis glandulo-
so-puberulis; flosculis roseis; achaeniis subglabris faciebus lucidis
costis solis paullo sursum hispidulis.— GuaTEMALA: Totonicapam, alt.
2440 m., 24 January, 1915, Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 106 (Type, in
Gray Heck),

Eupatorium rhexioides, spec. nov., laxe caespitosum glabriuscu-
fam _Stragulum :. m. Gemeieo: formans; caulibus elongatis apicem

to-striatis; internodiis inferioribus

Seapetes ad 1.5 dm. i superioribus multo brevioribus vix 1
- longis; ramis valde flexuosis plerisque alternis in inflorescentias
Tacemosas terminantibus; foliis parvis deflexis ovato-lanceolatis vel
lanceolato-ellipticis, inferioribus oppositis, ramealibus plerisque alternis
ca. 2 cm. longis 6-9 mm. latis crassiusculis utrinque glabris subtus
paullo pallidioribus 3-nerviis puncticulatis integris vel utroque latere
obtuse 2-3-dentatis acutiusculis margine plus minusve revolutis basi
cuneatis, petiolo 1-3 mm. longo; racemis plus minusve compositis
bracteatis; bracteis inferioribus foliis similibus superioribus gradatim

536 ROBINSON.

reductis linearibus pedicellos (2-7 mm. longos) obscure puberulos
longitudine paullo superantibus; capitulis parvis ca. 12-floris; in-
volucri vix imbricati squamis 7-10 linearibus acutis minute puberulis
crassiusculis maturitate stellatim patentibus ad 5 mm. longis; flos-
culis 6.8 mm. longis; corolla tubiformi granulata sursum paullo am-
pliata 3.6 mm. longa, limbi dentibus deltoideis brevibus patentibus;
antheris apice cum appendice ovata membranacea munitis; achaeniis
gracilibus deorsum attenuatis ca. 3.2 mm. longis 5-angulatis costulis
secundariis 1-2 inter costas primarias hine inde interjectis; pappi
setis sordidis ca. 30 vix barbellatis tenuibus corollam aequantibus.—
CuBa: moist banks, on the trail from Camp La Barga (alt. 450 m.)
to Camp San Benito (alt. 900 m.), Oriente, 22-26 February, 1910,
J. A. Shafer, no. 4105 (rypx, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.; photograph
and fragment in Gray Herb.).

Evupatortum ScHULTzII Schnittspahn, Zeitschr. d. Gartenbauver-
eins z. Darmst. 1857, p. 6. This species appears to have four dis-
oe forms, which may be briefly characterized as follows:

a typicum, pedicellis dense cum glandulis capitatis numero-
Bae puberulis, pilis paucis non capitatis hine inde interspersis;
involucri squamis albidis, intermediis elliptico-oblongis apice ro-
tundatis glabris vel subglabris non ciliatis— Represented in the Gray
Herbarium as follows: material cultivated in the Darmstadt Botanical
Garden and authoritively labeled by Schultz himself; also VERA
Cruz: Mirador, Liebmann, no. 41, Sartorius (without number);
Zacuapan, Purpus, no. 2372; Cutapas: C. & E. Seler, no. 2219;
Costa Rica: Ojo de Agua, Hoffmann, no. 394, Rodeo de Pacaca,
Pittier, no. 3285, slopes of Rodeo, at 1100 m. altitude, Pittier, no.
1600; Guaremata: Cubelquitz, Depart. Alta Verapaz, alt. 350 m.,
von Tuerckheim, no. 7888.

Forma erythranthodium, forma nova, formae typicae simile sed
differt conspicuiter involucri squamis pulchriter purpureis.— GuaTE-
MALA: Coban, altitude 1350 m., von Tuerckheim, no. II. 2090 (TYPE,
in Gray Herb.).

Forma velutipes, forma nova, formae typicae simile diffett pedi-
cellis velutino-tomentellis vix vel solum obsolescente glandulosis.—
GuATEMALA: San Lucas Toliman, Sololé, altitude 1560 m., 2 February,
1915, Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 170 (rypr, in Gray Herb.); Depart.
Guatemala, alt. 1525 m., J. D. Smith, no. 2373; on the volcano of
Tecuamburro, Depart. Santa Rosa, alt. 2135 m., Heyde & Lux, no-
4515 (distrib. of J. D. Smith).

Var. ophryolepis, var. nov., pedicellis dense cum glandulis meee

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 537

puberulis; involucro paullo quam eo formae typicae imbricatiori,
squamis purpureo-viridibus striatis, exterioribus rupert as plus
minusve acutatis, intermediis ciliatis. UATEMALA ‘
Volean de Atitlan, Solola, alt. about 2135 m., Prof. E. W. D. Holway,
no. 187 (Typr, in Gray Herb.).

Eupatorium Shaferi, spec. nov., herbaceum vel vix basi paullo
molliter lignescens glabrum 3-4 dm. altum; caule basi paullo decum-
bens fistuloso purpureo-brunneo ad mediam partem folioso; foliis
oppositis ovato- vel lanceolato-oblongis utroque acuminatis serratis
utrinque glaberrimis subtus paullo pallidioribus 4-8 em. longis 2-3.5
em. latis pinnativeniis; petiolo 1-1.5 em. longo supra canaliculato;
panicula parva 4 cm. solum diametro sub-6-capitulata vel ampliori
3-chotoma 1 dm. diametro multicapitulata; bracteis oblanceolato-
linearibus, bracteolis lineari-subulatis; pedicellis ca. 1 em. longis
adscendentibus obscurissime puberulis; capitulis 1 em. diametro
15-20-floris; involucri 2-3-seriati squamis subaequalibus laxe imbri-
catis oblongis obtusis vel apice rotundatis ciliolatis quam flosculis
dimidio brevioribus post fructus delapsum persistentibus et reflexis,
disco maturitate leviter convexo glabro; corollis glabris tubulatis
sursum modice gradatimque ampliatis 3 mm. longis purpureis; achae-
niis 5-angulatis deorsum decrescentibus basi substipitatis glabris
aetate fuscis pallide costatis 2.8 mm. longis; pappi setis simplici-
bus tenuibus sordide albis achaenium longitudine subaequantibus.—
Cvusa: on rocks by water near top of falls, Arroyo del Medio, Oriente,
alt. 450-550 m., 20 December, 1909, J. A. Shafer, no. 3227a (TYPE, in
herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., photograph and fragments in Gray Herb.);
also on rocks by water, same locality, date, and collector, no. 3227
(herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.; photograph and fragments in wits Herb.).

Evratortum urticarrotium Reichard, var. angustatum (Gray),
comb. nov. E. ageratoides L.f ., var. angustatum Gray ay FL i. pt. 2;
101 (1884). E. angustatum (Gray) Greene, Pitt. iv. 277 (1901).
Kyrstenia angustata (Gray) Greene, Leafl. i. 8 (1903).

Evpatortum vittrottum (Sch. Bip.) Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 90
(1884). Hebeclinium vitifolium Sch. Bip. ex Klatt, I. c. To the
Synonymy of this rare and little known tee species may be added
Bulbostylis triangularis DC. Prod. vii. 268 (1838) and Carphephorus
triangularis (DC.) Gray, Pl. Wright i. 86 (1852) ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-
Am. Bot. ii. 109 (1881). The type-specimens, both of DeCandolle’s
and of Klatt’s species, are exceedingly fragmentary, yet material is
sufficient to show close correspondence in general contour, dentation,
size, and yenation of the leaf, open divaricately branched panicle,

538 ROBINSON.

largish heads with narrow unequal acute involucral scales passing
inward into narrow somewhat readily deciduous paleae. The achenes
are 4—5-angled as described by DeCandolle and the species is there-
fore referable to Eupatorium rather than to Brickellia. With Car-
phephorus, notwithstanding the presence of a few paleae on the outer
part of the disk, the species appears to have no close affinity. The
older specific name (triangularis) having been already several times
employed for other species of Eupatorium, cannot be here revived.
The only difference noted between the type of E. vitifolium and that
of Bulbostylis triangularis is that in the single leaf of the latter, still
preserved in the DeCandollean herbarium, the base is essentially
truncate, while in the Liebmann plant, upon which Klatt’s species
was founded, the leaf-base, though in the main outline truncate, 1s
slightly cordate at the insertion of the petiole. In consideration of
the close correspondence in all other features observed, this one slight
difference is believed to be merely individual. At all events, until
the plants can be examined in more complete specimens even a variet
separation seems unwise.

Brickellia cymulifera, spec. nov., subherbacea 3-4 dm. alta:
caulibus gracilibus teretibus foliosis plus minusve decumbentibus
crispe puberulis, internodiis 3-8 cm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter
petiolatis hastato-deltoideis caudato-acuminatis grosse dentatis basi
cordatis utrinque viridibus sparse crispeque puberulis, laminis 3-54
em. longis 2.5-3.8 em. latis, petiolo 1-4 em. longo; cymis oppositis
laxe patentibus 3-5-capitulatis in axillis a parte media caulis (vel
etiam a parte inferiori) usque ad apicem orientibus, pedunculis sub-
filiformibus crispe puberulis 2-3.5 cm. longis in media parte bracteas
binas foliaceas ovatas acuminatas integras gerentibus et ad apicem
bracteolis binis parvis linearibus munitis; pedicellis filiformibus crispe
puberulis saepe bracteolatis 4-15 mm. longis; capitulis (valde imma-
turis) ca. 12-floris 6 mm. altis et diametro; involucri turbinato-
campanulati squamis ca. 17 convexis viridibus vel atro-purpurels
tenuiter striatis ciliolatis apice rotundatis, extimis dorso puberulis
orbiculatis, intermediis ovato vel obovato-oblongis dorso subglabris,
intimis oblanceolato-oblongis; corollis (immaturis) cylindricis sparse
granulatis 5-dentatis; achaeniis (immaturis) obconicis tomentells,
pappi setis 40-50 valde inaequalibus barbellatis albis.— Mexico:
Minas de San Rafael, San Luis Potosi, November, 1910, Dr. Cos
Purpus, no. 4802 (Tyrer, in Gray Herb., the same number also ex-
amined in herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.).

ConyzA SOPHIAEFOLIA HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 72, t- 326

NOTEWORTHY SPERMATOPHYTES. 539

(1820). To the synonymy of this species may be added Erigeron
canadensis as cited in J. D. Sm. Enum PI. Guat. iv. 78 (1895), as to
no. 6152.

Verbesina Holwayi, spec. nov., ut videtur herbacea erecta robusta;
caule tereti medulloso glabro purpurascenti-brunneo exalato levissime
striatulo usque ad inflorescentiam laxe folioso; foliis alternis ovato-
deltoideis utroque latere 1—-2-lobatis supra rugosis cum venis impressis
reticulatis cum pilis brevissimis albidis scaberrimis subtus paullo
pallidioribus viridibus molliter tomentellis ad 1.8 dm. longis 1.4 dm.
latis, petiolo ad 9 em. longo late alato (2 em. latitudine) basi auricu-
ato-amplexicauli, lobis folii inaequalibus ovato-oblongis plus minusve
faleatis 3-5 em. longis 3 em. latis apice rotundatis margine irregulari-
ter serrato-dentatis, lobo terminali multo majori subacuminato, costa
media subtus prominenti, venis pinnatis in petiolo transversis in
lamina prorsus curvatis; foliis superioribus gradatim reductis lanceo-
latis, bracteis ultimis spatulatis vel linearibus minimis; panicula
ampla 3 dm. diametro plana multicapitulata sordide puberula vel
tomentella, ramis et pedicellis (8-14 mm. longis) adscendentibus;
capitulis (fructigeris) contiguis ovoideis ca. 8 mm. diametro 1 em. altis
ca. 25-floris ut videtur discoideis; involucri squamis extimis linearibus
inaequalibus dorso sordide pubescentibus acutiusculis, intimis spatu-
lato-oblongis carinatis mucronulatis in media parte subherbaceis
pubescentibus margine utroque tenuioribus subchartaceis; paleis
similibus; disco conico; achaeniis nigris 3.2 mm. longis bialatis in
faciebus pallide tuberculatis, alis albidis ciliolatis; aristis 2 erectis
1.5 mm. longis tenuibus barbellatis— GuaTEMALA: Quezaltenango,
alt. 2290 m., January, 1915, Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 96 (TYPE,
in Gray Herb.). This species is probably referable to § Lipactinia
Robinson & Greenman, Proc. Am. Acad. xxiv. 563 (1899), though
in the fruiting material at hand it is difficult to be sure of the absence of
rays. It would seem to be most naturally placed near V. auriculata
DC. Prod. v. 617 (1836) with which it agrees in many points, though
it is readily distinguished by its diff infl d lobed leaves.

Liabum sublobatum, spec. nov., caule tereti (exsiccatione) striato-
ruguloso puberulo brunnescenti ad inflorescentiam laxe patenteque
folioso; foliis oppositis late ovato-rhomboideis acuminatis hastato-
subtrilobatis mucronulato-dentatis (dentibus inaequalibus) basi inte-
gris cuneatis in petiolum acuminate decurrentibus supra laete viridi-
bus glabris subtus arachnoideo-tomentosis 1-1.3 dm. longis 7-9 em.
latis paullo supra basin 3-nervatis; petiolo ca. 5 cm. longo supra canal-
\culato puberulo subtus rotundato aetate suberoso-ruguloso; panicula

540 ROBINSON.

laxe fastigiata 1.5 dm. diametro convexa vel subpyramidali multi-
capitulata, ramis ramulisque adscendentibus fusco-puberulis, bracteis
inferioribus foliaceis, bracteolis multo reductis lanceolato-subulatis
plus minusve connatis sordide tomentosis ca. 3-4 mm. longis; pedi-
cellis 4-5 mm. longis gracilibus rectis; capitulis discoideis 1.3 cm.
altis ca. 9 mm. diametro ca. 8-floris; involucri turbinato-campanulati
4-seriati squamis oblongis apice rotundatis dorso striatulis purpureo-
viridibus vix puberulis margine obscure ciliatis extimis brevibus sub-
orbiculari-ovatis; corollis laete flavis 8 mm. longis glabris, tubo
proprio gracili in fauces gradatim ampliato, dentibus limbi 5 lanceolatis
recurvatis; achaeniis glabris crassiusculis; pappi setis albidis obscure
barbellatis ca. 6 mm. longis (paucis extimis ter brevioribus).— GUATE-
MALA: San Lucas Toliman, Solol4, 2 February, 1915, alt. 1665 m.,
Prof. E. W. D. Holway, no. 179 (rypx, in Gray Herb.). A species
near L. glabrum Hemsl., but readily distinguished by its somewhat
lobed leaves and pnibardinet inflorescence.

Ill. CERTAIN BORRAGINACEAE, NEW OR TRANSFERRED.
By J. FRANcIs Macerivr.

In the course of ordering up portions of the Borraginaceae at the
Gray Herbarium it has become necessary from time to time to make
new names and new combinations of names in order to have the work
conform to the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. In
addition, an attempt to classify the unnamed material in some of the
groups has led to the discovery of a few species and varieties appar-
ently undescribed. It seems advisable, therefore, to place these
matters on record at this time.

Tournefortia Miquelii, nom. nov.—T. syringaefolia Miquel, Stirp.
Surin. 137 (1850), not 7. syringaefolia Vahl, Symb. Bot. iii. 23 (1794),
a name which must be revived to replace the more generally used but
later synonym 7. laurifolia Vent. Choix Pl. 2 (1803).

Tournefortia Aubletii, nom. nov.— 7. glabra Aubl. Pl. Guian. i.
118 (1775), not 7. glabra L. Sp. Pl. 141 (1753), which must replace
T. cymosa L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 202 (1762).

Heliotropium fragrans, nom. nov.— H. odorum (Fres.) Giirke,
Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Ab. 3, 96 (1893). Heliophytum odorum Fres. in
Mart. Fl. Bras. viii. pt. 1, 45 (1857), not Heliotropium odorum Balf.
f. Proce. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xii. 81 (1884). Article 53 of the Inter-
national Rules states that: “When a species is moved from one genus
into another, its specific epithet must be changed if it is already
borne by a valid species of that genus.” Therefore H. odorum Fres.
requires a new name on being transferred to Heliotropium because of
the presence there of H. odorum Balf. f., a valid species which cannot,
according to these rules, be renamed H. Balfouri as has been done by

iirke, 1. c.

Heliotropium foliosissimum, spec. nov., multicaule decumbens
subgriseo-pubescens; radice et caudice lignescentibus atrobrunneis;
caulibus 5-14 flexuosis gracilibus basi ad apicem aequabiliter foliosis-
simus 3-12 em. longis; foliis elliptico-oblongis margine vix revolutis
obtusis nunc alternis nunc suboppositis vel irregulariter dispositis
5-10 mm. longis 2-4 mm. latis; racemis bracteatis brevibus; calycis
laciniis oblongo-ovatis; corollae tubo calycem non superante; nuci-
bus strigosis.— SourHerRN Mexico in the State of Oaxaca: Hacienda
Blanca, July 25, 1895, L. C. Smith, no. 627 (type, in Gray Herb.);

542 MACBRIDE.

sterile hills, Telixtlahuaca, July 27, 1895, L. C. Smith, no. 471;
near Oaxaca, July 26, 1896, C. Conzatti, no. 157, in part; gravelly
soil near Oaxaca, July 3, 1900, Charles C. Deam, no. 11; Cerro San
Antonio, June 26, 1906, C. Conzatti, no. 1411. These specimens were
labeled H. limbatum Benth., but that species is a more canescent plant
of rigid erect habit, and with narrower longer leaves (10-15 mm. long,
1.5-2 mm. wide) and almost glabrous nutlets. The aspect, too, is
very different both from the dissimilar manner of growth and because
the stems of H. limbatum are leafiest at the base, where the leaves
persist, while in H. foliosissimum the stems are equably leafy and the
lower leaves soon die.

Heliotropium jaliscense, spec. nov., suffruticosum erectum, ramis
hispidis et adpresse strigillosis; foliis petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis
subacuminatis basi attenuatis integerrimis 5-10 cm. longis 2-3 cm.
latis utrinque strigillosis et subtus in nervis hispidis; racemis flexuo-
sis gracilibus ebracteolatis pedunculatis; pedunculis subterminalibus;
calycis lobis hispidis latitudine inaequalibus subacuminatis; corollae
tubo calycem ca. 2 mm. superante; corolla 3.5-4 mm. longa; an-
therae media in parte tubi insertae; stigmate late conico basi annu-
lato stylum vix superante; nuculis 4 glabris forsan maturitate
reticulatis— Mexico: bushy slopes near San Sebastian, Jalisco,
March 16-19, 1897, E. W. Nelson, no. 4083 (ryPE, in Gray Herb.).
A species bearing a superficial resemblance to H. parviflorum L. but
by style and fruit characters a member of the section Luheliotropium.

HELIOTROPIUM PHYLLOSTACHYUM Torr., var. erectum, var. NOV-,
caulibus erectis 1-4 dm. altis; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis 1-3 cm. longis
ca. 3mm. latis; corollae tubo calycem superante, limbo 3-5 mm. lato.
— Mexico: Culiacan, Sinaloa, Oct. 24, 1904, 7. S. Brandegee (TYPE:
in Gray Herb.); between Guichocovi and Lagunas, Oaxaca, June a,
1895, E. W. Nelson, no. 2743; Real de Guadelupe, Sept. 14, 1898,
E. Langlassé, no. 351; near Cuernavaca, Morelos, July 29, 1896,
C. G. Pringle, no. 7183; near Iguala, Guerrero, Sept. 22, 1905, C. G.
Pringle, no. 13,681; Yucatan, 1895, G. F. Gaumer, no. 790. : H.
phyllostachyum Torr. in its typical form is a low (rarely 1 dm. high)
diffusely spreading plant with short broad leaves and inconspicuous
flowers, the corolla 1.5-2 mm. long, scarcely exceeding the calyx.
It is mostly of more northern range than the variety, although it has
been secured at Manzanillo, Colima, by Dr. Palmer (no. 891) and at
Guaymas (no. 232). No. 891 is quite typical but no. 232 represents
a transition to the variety in its erect habit. Because of these facts
it seems best to give the southern plant varietal rather than specific
rank,

CERTAIN BORRAGINACEAE. 543

Omphalodes lateriflora (Aubrey), comb. nov.— Cynoglossum
lateriflorum Aubrey, Prog. Morb. x. 25 (1801-1803). 0. littoralis
Lehm. Neue Schrift. Nat. Fr. Berl. viii. 98 (1818).

Solenanthus turkestanicus (Reg. & Smirn.), comb. nov.— Kus-
chakewiczia turkestanica Regel & Smirn. Act. Hort. Petrop. v. 626
(1877). Solenanthus Kuschakewiczi Lipsky, Act. Hort. Petrop. xxiii.
182 (1904). As Lipsky has well shown, this plant possesses no charac-
ters which justify its being maintained as a genus distinct from Sole-
nanthus Ledeb. He, however, as indicated above, failed to retain
the original specific name.

Solenanthus stamineus (Desf.), comb. nov.— Cynoglossum stami-
neum Desf. Ann. Mus. Par. x. 431 (1807). Solenanthus Tournefortii
DC. Prod. x. 164 (1846). DeCandolle rightly gives Cynoglossum
stamineum Bieb. Fl. Taur.-Cauce. iii. 127 (1819) a new name under
Solenanthus, namely S. Biebersteinii, but there seems to be no need
for discarding the much earlier C. stamineum of Desfontaines.

appula laxa (G. Don), comb. nov.— Cynoglossum laxum G. Don
Gen. Syst. iv. 356 (1838). C. uncinatum Royle ex Benth. in Royle,
Ill. i. 305 (1839). Echinospermum glochidiatum A. DC. Prod. x. 136
(1846). Paracaryum glochidiatum Benth. ex Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind.
iv. 161 (1885). Rindera glochidiata Wall. Cat. no. 926, nomen nudum.
DeCandolle (1. ¢.) was the first to assign this plant to its proper genus,
but it had been previously published by George Don as indicated
above. It is of interest that the specimens in the Gray Herbarium are
marked “Good Echinospermum” in Dr. Gray’s handwriting.

LappuLta Repowsku (Hornem.) Greene, var. Karelini (Fisch. &
Mey.), comb. nov.— Echinospermum Karelini Fisch. & Mey. Ind. Sem.
Hort. Petrop. xi. 67 (1846). E. Redowskii (Hornem.) Lehm., var.
Karelini (Fisch. & Mey.) Regel, Act. Hort. Petrop. vi. 341 (1880).
As indicated by Regel (I. c.), like the typical form of the species, but

aving the sides and faces of the nutlets nearly or quite smooth. e
related American species, L. texana (Scheele) Britton, shows a varia-
tion analogous to this.

Lappula omphaloides (Schrenk), comb. nov.— Echinospermum
omphaloides Schrenk, Bull. phys.-math. Acad. Sci. St.-Pétersb. iii.
211 (1845). I must concur in the opinion expressed by Lipsky,
Act. Hort. Petrop. xxvi. 567 (1910), that this is a good species of the
genus Lappula (Echinospermum). The correct combination, how-
ever, does not seem to have been made.

Allocarya glabra (Gray), comb. nov.— Lithospermum glabrum
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 227 (1882). Allocarya salina Jepson,

544 MACBRIDE,

Fl. West.-Middle Calif. ed. 1, 442 (1901). Mrs. Brandegee, Zoe, v.
94-95, called attention to the true relationship of this plant as long
ago as 1901, suggesting that it might be an introduction. More
recently Prof. Jepson (I. ec.) redescribed it from the Alvarado salt
marshes. Although the label on Lemmon’s specimen (the original)
bears the notation “Arizona,” the specimen probably came, as
Mrs. Brandegee remarks, from California. Dr. Gray compared his
species to L. incrassatum Guss. which is a good Lithospermum and
which consequently bears only a superficial resemblance to A. glabra.
The Old World plant at maturity develops a similarly fistulous-
enlarged rhachis and callous-thickened calyx, but it has the fruit,
the flowers and the aspect of other members of the genus. The near-
est relative of A. glabra is A. stipitata Greene. Mrs. Brandegee
doubts if the former is anything more than “a swollen form” of the
latter. The swollen character is a very noticeable, but not by any
means, it would seem, the strongest difference. However this may
be, glabra is the older name and must be used regardless of the dis-
position one may make of A. stipitata.

Allocarya tenuicaulis (Phil.), comb. nov.— Eritrichtum tenuicaule
Phil. Linnaea, xxix. 18 (1857). E. uliginosum Phil. Anal. Univ. San-
tiago, xliii. 519 (1873). Krynitzkia trachycarpa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
xx. 266 (1885). Allocarya diffusa Greene, Pitt. i. 14 (1887). When
Dr. Gray described this plant (1. c.) he referred to it two Chilian speci-
mens remarking that “it may be suspected to be the Lithospermum
muricatum of Ruiz & Pavon, and probably it may have other specific
names; none of them, however, can be safely adopted.” Two years
later Dr. Greene (1. c.) transferred the Krynitzkia species belonging to
his new genus and maintained the name trachycarpa “as to the Cali-
fornian plants only,” at the same time making the new combination
A. uliginosa (Phil.) Greene, with the notation “ Krynitzkia trachycarpa
Gray as to the Chilian specimens doubtless.” Reiche in his Flora de
Chile (1910) has defined the Allocaryas of that country, and has
definitely shown that Ruiz & Pavon’s plant is not ours (a conclusion
reached by Dr. Greene, l. c.). He treats the North American plant,
however, as a synonym of the earlier E. uliginosum, thus following
the opinion of Dr. Gray, who evidently assigned the new name trachy-
carpa because he had at that time no means of knowing what name
should be rightly taken up. The Reed specimen, which he cited,
is probably A. sessiliflora (Poepp.) Greene, but the Harvey one
corroborates Reiche’s treatment. Unfortunately this much named
plant has never been properly christened even yet. We are given the

CERTAIN BORRAGINACEAE. 545

synonym E. tenuicaule Phil. in the Flora de Chile, but for some
reason the author of that work used the much later E. uliginosum
Phil. It is true that the former name is not desirable but since it
is perfectly tenable, it must be used. For the complicated synonymy
see the Flora de Chile, where Reiche gives the citations of some of the
named forms of this rather variable species.

Allocarya linifolia (Lehm.), comb. nov. — Anchusa linifolia Lehm.
Asperif. 215, no. 158 (1818). A. oppositifolia & pygmaea HBK.
Nov. Gen. et Spec. iii. 91-92 (1818). Krynitzkia linifolia (Lehm.)
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885). From these names of the
same date between which priority cannot be determined I have
used the name selected by Dr. Gray (I. ¢.) and have followed his
interpretation of the species. Our specimens are from Peru, Ecuador,
and Bolivia.

ALLOCARYA LINIFOLIA (Lehm.) Macbr., var. Kunthii (Walp.),
comb. nov.— Anchusa Kunthii Walp. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. 372
(1843). Antiphytum Walpersii A. DC. Prod. x. 122 (1846). Eritri-
chium Walpersii (A. DC.) Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 90 (1859). The
foliar characters given by the authors cited — the much longer and
more uniformly linear leaves — seem to be the only differences between
this plant and A. linifolia; the nutlets are the same.

EREMOCARYA MICRANTHA (Torr.) Greene, var. lepida (Gray),
comb. nov.— Eritrichium micranthum Torr., var. lepidum Gray,
Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1, 193 (1878). E. lepida (Gray) Greene, Pitt. i. 59
(1887). The variety is confluent with the species, as pointed out by
Dr. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 275 (1885). The nutlet variation is
nicely illustrated by Abrams’s no. 2904, Aug. 5, 1902, which is typical
of the variety as first described except that some of the plants have
smooth and lustrous nutlets. The description of the species given
in the Synoptical Flora calls for either “smooth and shining or dull
and puncticulate-scabrous” fruits. In the type-specimens these are
smooth and Dr. Rydberg has segregated those having rough nutlets
as E. muricata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvi. 677 (1909). Un-
fortunately a co-type specimen, viz. Parry, no. 164, collected in 1874,
has perfectly smooth nutlets. Evidently the character has no spe-
cifie value in this genus, since the large-flowered plant (var. lepida)
Shows the same variation, and since herbarium material seems to
indicate that the smooth- and rough-fruited forms grow intermingled.
F urthermore, if one maintains the rough-fruited form of the small-
flowered plant as a species (E. muricata) we need yet another species
for the rough-fruited form of the large-flowered plant.

546 MACBRIDE.

Greeneocharis dichotoma (Greene), comb. nov.— Krynitzkia
dichotoma Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad.i. 206 (1885). The original collec-
tion from western Nevada is the only representation of this species at
the Gray Herbarium; other specimens so referred belong rather to
the widely distributed and somewhat variable G. cirewmscissa (H. & A.)
Rydb. The latter is canescent with a more or less appressed-strigose
pubescence, especially on the stems and branches. A plant with fine
widely spreading hairs and scarcely, if at all, strigose-canescent has
been collected at an elevation of 3050 m., while the typical form seldom
attains half this altitude. This high-mountain variation may be
known as

GREENEOCHARIS crrcumcIssa (H. & A.) Rydb., var. hispida, var.
nov., hispida vix strigoso-canescens; pilis patentibus.— Specimen
examined: CALIFoRNIA: trail to Mt. Whitney, August 13, 1904,
Culbertson, no. 4243 (ryPE, in Gray Herb.).

Plagiobothrys catalinensis (Gray), comb. nov.— P. arizonicus
(Gray) Greene, var. catalinensis Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1,431 (1886). Be-
sides differing from P. arizonicus in the open fruiting-calyx with ovate
lobes and the duller rougher nutlets (as pointed out by Dr. Gray,
l.c.), P. catalinensis has other distinguishing features. Mature nutlets
are only 1.5 mm. long, dark in color, the rugae obscure and not at all
acute, the ventral keel low and narrow, and the caruncle small.
Mature nutlets of the former plant are nearly or quite 2.5 mm. long,
light (almost white) in color, the rugae very distinct and acute, and
the ventral keel and caruncle usually prominent. Moreover the
spikes of the mainland plant are usually interruptedly bracteate or
even naked above; the spikes of the insular species are uniformly
bracteate throughout.

OrrocaryA vircata (Porter) Greene, forma spicata (Rydb-.),
comb. nov.— 0. spicata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxxvi. 678 (1909).
Although the surface-character of the nutlets is generally diagnostic
in this genus, the smooth-fruited plant represented by the above
name is surely not worthy even varietal rank, let alone specific.
The nutlets of O. virgata vary greatly in the degree of roughness;
and plants with more or less roughened fruits and those with per-
fectly smooth fruits that grow together in the region of Pike’s Peak
are otherwise indistinguishable.

OREOCARYA MULTICAULIS (Torr.) Greene, var. cinerea (Greene),
comb. nov.— 0. cinerea Greene, Pitt. iii. 113 (1896). The only
character that distinguishes this is the pubescence. As in the typical
form the color of the nutlets and the height of the stems amount to

CERTAIN BORRAGINACEAE. 547

nothing. It is very doubtful if the several segregate species proposed
in this group can be maintained as they are founded on these or other
characters equally trivial. However, the variation treated here is so
striking in its extreme form that it is worthy varietal designation.
Since Dr. Greene failed to indicate any definite specimen, the following
representative collections are noted. Specimens examined: CoLo-
RADO: plains, Pueblo, 1873, Edward L. Greene (tyPE). NEw Mexico:
Mogollon Mountains, on the middle fork of the Gila River, Socorro
Co., August 9, 1903, O. B. Metcalf, no. 431. ARIZONA: vicinity of
Flagstaff, June 4, 1898, Dr. D. T. MacDougal, nos. 40, 204. Mexico:
Casas Grandes, Chihuahua, May 13, 1899, E. A. Goldman, no. 407.

OREOCARYA SUFFRUTICOSA (Torr.) Greene, var. abortiva (Greene),
comb. nov.— QO. abortiva Greene, Pitt. iii. 114 (1896). Krynitzka
multicaulis Torr., var. abortiva (Greene) Jones, Contrib. W. Bot.
xiii. 5 (1910). Jones (1. c.) has pointed out that the incurving of the
nutlets is a characteristic common to all members of the group.
When only one nutlet forms (as is sometimes the case in this plant
and also in others) the ventral keel is larger than when more mature.
It then, of course, seems to end even more abruptly. The Californian
plant simply represents an extreme in this matter. It is otherwise
allied to O. suffruticosa rather than to the other species of the group.
See the remarks by Parish, Eryth. vii. 95 (1899), which further
prove the plant to be unworthy specific rank.

Oreocarya virginensis (Jones), comb. nov.— Krynitzskia glomerata
(Pursh) Gray, var. virginensis Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 5 (1910).
Very distinct from 0. glomerata, which has narrowly ovate not at all
winged nutlets. Besides the specimens from La Verkin and Diamond
Valley, Utah, cited by Mr. Jones, another from the same region, Viz.:
no. 173 by Dr. C. C. Parry, 1874, is of this species.

Orrocarya sericea (Gray) Greene, Pitt. i. 58 (1887).— O. humilis
(Gray) Greene, 1. c. iii. 112 (1896)? Krynitzkia sericea Gray, var.
fulvocanescens Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. ser. 2, v. 710 (1895).
Eritrichium glomeratum (Pursh) DC., var. ? fulvocanescens Wats. Bot.
King Exped. 243 (1871) in part, not E. fulvocanescens Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad. x. 61 (1875) i. e. Krynitzkia echinoides Jones, |. c. 709. Mr.
Jones (I. c.) assigned a new name to the plant collected by Fendler in
New Mexico and labeled in herb. by Dr. Gray “E. fulvocanescens,”
on the ground that the name must be applied to a very different plant
collected by Watson in Nevada (no. 853), because this was the plant
for which the name was first published. It is true that Watson took
his no. 853 to be Gray’s fulvocanescens in herb.; but the first specific

548 MACBRIDE.

use of the name was by Dr. Gray (1. c.) and although he cited Watson’s
variety as a synonym his description is entirely based on Fendler’s
plant. Furthermore, Article 47 of the International Rules states,
“When a species... .is divided into two or more groups of the same
nature, if one of the forms was distinguished or described earlier than
the other, the name is retained for that form.’ The name fulvo-
canescens must apply, then, to Fendler’s plant, since it was first dis-
tinguished and first described as a species. Accordingly it is rather
the plant collected by Watson and wrongly included by him in his
description of fulvocanescens as a variety of glomerata which needs
the new name unless already described. The latter alternative seems
to represent the truth. Jones (I. c.) and Greene (I. c. 111) were
evidently writing about the same plant; and when Dr. Gray proposed
the name sericea he included under it his earlier Eritrichium glomera-
tum, var. humile. The material in the Gray Herbarium would indi-
cate that he was justified in this; but Dr. Greene in using the name
specifically, wrote “E. glomeratum, var. humile Gray in part.” There-
fore, if O. humilis Greene is distinct from 0. sericea, the Watson plant
from Nevada discussed above must beat the former rather than the
latter name.

Oreocarya oblata (Jones), comb. nov.— Krynitzkia oblata Jones,
Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910). Very distinct from all other species
having long white corollas. O. Shockleyi Eastw. and K. mensana
Jones are the only other members of its immediate group. The latter
is probably a good species, nearer the former than is 0. oblata, but I
have seen no specimen. Q. oblata probably is not uncommon 1n
Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. Specimens examined: TEXAS:
among rocks (corolla white), El Paso, March, 1851, George T hurber,
no. 147, Sept. 1884, Marcus E. Jones, 1881, G. R. Vasey, March, 1835,
Asa Gray. New Mexico: 1851-52, C. Wright, no. 1566, in :

CRYPTANTHA BARBIGERA (Gray) Greene, var. inops (Brandegee),
comb. nov.— Krynitzkia barbigera Gray, var. inops Brandegee, Zoe,
v. 228 (Sept. 1906). Mrs. Brandegee on one of her labels has rightly
cited as synonyms of the above variety, C. nevadensis Nels. & Kenn.
and C. arenicola Heller, published two and three months later respec-
tively. The very slender acuminate nutlet is the principal character
of the variety. The muriculations, especially near the tip of the fruit,
are often very sharp. A specimen collected by Dr. Gray in the Grand
Cafion in 1885 and included by him in the species must now be
referred to the variety.

*

DO oR te

@- oN

be

One 50.

Bg... Lovis.— Typesof Abnormal Color Vision. pp.1- 3: May, 1914.

: 1 5c.
we Ta AXTER, ROoLAND.— Laboulbeniales Parasitic on Chrysomelidae. pp. 15— “00.
. 65c.

- Pgrrce, B. Osaobe: — The D a coat ‘ee Oylinarical Rods in

high, oe. oe pp. 51-64. June,
Haut, Ep On Electric Goaduetion: ao “Thermoolectre Action in
- Meta 65-103. July, 1914

i Wikson, teek ee tees —On the Theory of the Rectilinear Oscillator. pp.
55c.

105-128. pe nsenalle:
WessreEr, Dayip os Pianck's Radiation Formula and the Classical ‘Blectro-
dynamics.

Ke
Perrce, B. “Guudap <The Influence of the Macwetic Characteristics of the
Iron Core of an aan Coil upon the Manner of ae” of a
Steady Current in the Pr peo Circuit. ety 147-168: January, 1915.
Baxter, G. P., and Stewart, O. J.— A Revision of the Atomic WOE of
Drliacndyiatins. The Auabyie of Praseodymi um -Chloride: pp. 169-195.
55c.

Fe ;
Moore, C. L. E.— Geometry whose’ Element or, Arc is a Linear Differential
pbrige halo Applieation to the Study of Minimum Developables. pp. 197-
222. Jun

ReEugpDER, urns — synopsis of the Chinese mpacies of scue pp. 223-241.
915. 45¢

June, 1
Davis, ANDREW me McFantanp.— Certain old Chinese Notes. pp. 243-286.
une, 1915.

J
WuitLock, H. ose A. Cri Doiacianln Fs the Crystal forms of Calcite.

ritical
Pp. 287-352. . 1 ‘pl. Reet 1915.“ $1, z
Records of Meetings: -. Officers and Comm’ ace ‘List of Fellows and Foreign
. Honorary Members; Statins and Standing Votes, etc. August, 90c

a Continued ‘on page 2 of Cover.)

PUBLICATIONS: ne

V: : OP THE \

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.

MEMOIRS. Op Sertzs, Vols. 1-4; New Series, Vols. 1-13.
16 volumes, $10 each. Half Volumes: $5 each. Discount to
booksellers 25%; to members 50%, or for oe sets 6

Vol. 11.€Parr_1, Centennial Celebration. 1880. 1882. $2.00.

Parr 2. “No.%1. Agassiz, A—— The Tortugas and iecae. ‘Rah pp. 105-134.
12 pls. June, 1885. (Author’s copies, June, 1883.) $3.

Parr 3. Nos. 2-3. Searle, A.— The Apparent Position of the Zodiacal Light.
pp. ste igs and Chandler, S. C.— On the Square Bar Micrometer. pp. 158-1
Octo $1.00.

. Part 4. we 4. Pickering, E. C.— Stellar Photography, pp. 179-226.. 2 pls.

arcn,

Parr4. No. 5. Rogers. W.A., and Winlock, Anna.— A Catalogue of 130 Polar

g
-
io]
for]
=]
i=]
8
for
S
5
tm
ae
3 8
B
5,
ia
&
ic)
Q
=
ct
yd
i=]
re
fer)
°
~*~
y
i=J
S

Part5. No.6. Langley, S. P., Young, OC. A., and Pickering, E. C.— Pr itchard’s
Wedge Photometer. pp. 301-324. November, 1886. Ci
Part 6. No. 7. Wyman, M.— Memoir of Daniel Treadwell. pp. 825-523.

+ $2.00.
Vol. 12. 1. Sawyer, E. F.— Catalogue. of the Magnitudes of Southedn Stars,
from 0° to — 30° Declination, to the Magnitude 7. 0 inclusive. pp. 1-100. May,

ae $1.50.
2. wland, H. A.— On a Table of Standard Wave Lengths of the Spectral
tenet * 101-186. 1896. $2.00.

: December,
3. Thaxter, R.— Contribution sedans a Monograph of the Laboulbeniacerx.
pp. 187-450, "st pls. December, 1896. $6.
Lowell, P w Observations of the Planet Mereury. pp..43 1-466. 8 pls.

pl is 5

ck, W. T., and Winslow, C. E. A.— (I.). Expe riments on the Effect of
Freezing and other low Temperatures upon the Viability of the Bacillus of
bal dv Fever, with Considerations regarding Ice as a Vehicle of Infectious
isease. (II.) Statistical Studies on the Seasonal Prevalence 9 pide
tur pp. 7

pein in various Countries and 7 Pisce to Seasonal Tempera 4
579. 8 pls. August, 1902. $2.
Vol. 13. 1. Curtiss, D. R.— Binary Families in a bein fh connected Region ‘orm
Especial Reference to Hypergeometric Families. pp. 1-60. January, 1904. $1.
2 Tonks, O. 8S.— Brygos: his Characteristics. pp. atk 2 pls. ee oe
1904. $1.50
yman, T.— The Spectrum of Hydrogen in the Becnece of Extremely Short
" Wave-Length. pp. 121-148. pls. iii-viii. Febru 75¢c.
4. Pickering, W. a i et nar eu Hawaiian shack Mpesiares Compared.
pp. 149-179. pls. November, 1906. $1.10.
5: REI OES, J i= High Misseo mode Force, pp. 181-215. pls. xxy-xxvii.
May,.. 1907.
Thaxter, — we diacibieliss ett a Monograph of be Laboulbeniacew.

6.
Part II. pp. 217. $7.
Vol. 14. 1. Lowell, Percival — - The sigtai wd of the Planets. zr 1-16, pls. b-iv.
June, 1913. 60c.
PROCEEDINGS. Vols. 1-47, $5 each. Discount to booksellers
5%; to members 50%, fog Chg SA aes alt a
The siden articles may be obtained separately. A price list of recent
is printed on the inside pages of the cover of the Proceediugs:

comer Works of Count Rumford. 4 vols., $5.00 each. ee
Memoir of Sir Benjamin Thompson, Count Rumford, with Notices of
his adenine By George E. Ellis. $5.00
Connie sets of the Life and Works of Rumford. 5 vols., $25.00;
We yaptabers, $5.00.

For sale at the Library of Taz AmMERIcAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND
SCIENG CES, 28 Newbury Street, Os Massachusetts.

{Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 18, No. 205, January, 1916.]

ISSUED
JAN 31 1916

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Series.— No. XLVI.

THE GENUS PUCCINELLIA IN EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.
M. L. Fernatp AND C. A. WEATHERBY.

(Plates 114-117.) .

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. XLVI.

<

THE GENUS PUCCINELLIA IN EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

M. L. Fernatp anp C. A. WEATHERBY.
(Plates 114-117.)

Tue essentially halophytic genus Puccinellia of Parlatore * has
always been one of the least understood and, even to agrostologists,
one of the most perplexing groups of grasses. The species superficially
so closely simulate one another that by many experienced botanists
they are merged; while the generic status of the plants is often
questioned. Thus by some European botanists (for instance, Druce
and Ostenfeld) the plants are included under Glyceria, by others (as

scherson & Graebner) treated as a section of Festuca, while Britten
& Rendle include them in Sclerochloa. In some characters species of
Puccinellia certainly approach all three of these genera, yet as a whole
the plants seem to constitute a good genus for which Puccinellia is the
earliest unequivocal name.

In Europe, however, the name Puccinellia is not generally in use;
but those who treat the group as a genus (for instance, Briquet,
Richter or Rouy) call it Atropis. The status of Atropis as a generic
name is, nevertheless, open to serious doubt. It is commonly cited
as dating from Trinius in Ruprecht’s Flores Samojedorum Cisuralen-
stum,* and Grisebach in Ledebour’s Flora Rossica, but in the enumera-

iene Fl. Ital. i. 366 (1848).
Rupr. Beitr. zur Pflanzenk. des Russischen Reiches, ii. 61, 64 (1845).

a

2 Rhodora 3 [ JANUARY

tion of plants Ruprecht included it, as Trinius ! had previously done,
under Poa, indicating Atropis? as well as Phippsia, Catabrosa, Arcto-
phila and Dupontia as sections or subgenera, thus:

311. Poa (Phippsia) algida (R. Br.).”’

*312. Poa (Catabrosa) yey Koel: “i

313. Poa (Atropis) Cistans

314. Poa arctica R. Br.

315. Poa alpina L.”

“316. Poa pratensis L.”

317. Poa (Arctophila) deflexa*.”’

“325. Poa (Dupontia!) psilosantha*.”’

On a succeeding page, in a note under Poa (Dupontia) poise

Ruprecht made the observation that these various sections di
from one another in certain characters: “Atropis Trin. (P. Sa:
Catabrosae quoad glumas proxima, spiculas habet (saltem in statu
virgineo) lineares, fere teretes;” ? and “From the condition of the
glumes perhaps a series of genera as follows: Dupontia, Arctophila,
Poa, Atropis, Catabrosa, Phippsia, Coleanthus.” The enumeration
of these plants as species of Poa, Poa (Atropis) distans, ete. by
Ruprecht (or Trinius through Ruprecht) and then the giving on a
subsequent page of brief, inadequate characterizations with the
suggestion that these Sections of Poa are “perhaps” genera, does not,
it seems to us, clearly establish Atropis and others so treated as well
published genera dating from 1845. And it is noteworthy that most
authors who take up Atropis cite not only the Ruprecht reference but
the later reference to Grisebach in Ledebour (1853)! as validating
the genus. Grisebach, in Ledebour, certainly gave a clear generic
characterization and treated the species unequivocally as species of
Atropis, so that Atropis as a well published genus should date from
Grisebach’s treatment in 1853. In 1848, however, Parlatore, with
equal clarity and completeness had characterized Puccinellia as
genus to include some of the species, P. distans and P. maritima,
later placed by Grisebach under Atropis: and it seems to Us that
the cause of sound nomenclature is best served by maintaining the
fully and definitely published Puccinellia Parlatore (1848) rather
than the inadequately and uncertainly published Atropis Trinius in
Ruprecht (1845, validated by Grisebach in 1853).

1 Trin. Gram. Suppl. 68 (1836).

2 Rupr. 1. ec. 61 (1845).

3 Rupr. l. c. 64 (1845).
‘ Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 388 (1853)

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 3

In attempting to determine the large collections of Puccinellia
which have accumulated at the Gray Herbarium, especially from the
shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the writers have found it impossible
to place many of the plants with the species commonly recognized
as occurring in eastern America. It has consequently been necessary,
in order to make the identifications of these plants as certain as pos-
sible, to study with some thoroughness all the species to which they
are nearly related or with which they may be conspecific. This
study has been greatly facilitated by the loan, through Dr. J. M.
Macoun, of the large northern collections of the Geological Survey of
Canada, by Dr. M. O. Malte of his private collections, and, through
Mr. Bayard Long, of the representation in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; and we here express our
appreciation of the opportunity to examine this most important
material which, with the collections of the Gray Herbarium and of
the New England Botanical Club, has been the chief basis of our work.

It quickly became apparent that much of the difficulty heretofore
experienced in efforts to differentiate the species of Puccinellia has
arisen through attempts to divide the plants too generally upon the
habit of the inflorescence. Many species which in full maturity have
the branches of the panicle widely divergent, in the young condition
have close inflorescences with ascending or even appressed branches;
so that attempts to use this character often lead to confusion. In
searching for more fundamental characters which should be constant
in all the material of seemingly identical plants many fruitless experi-
ments were made; but finally the results resolved themselves into a
series of differential points which seem to be reasonably definite and
to divide the complex of material upon natural and geographically
consistent lines. These characters have been tested through a pro-
longed study, which has occupied portions of three years, and although
here indicated chiefly for the species which occur in eastern North
America (south of Hudson Straits) they will prove important, we are
sure, in the differentiation of the species of northwestern North
America, Eurasia and the Arctic, in each of which areas there are
several species not here discussed.

In the region specially covered by this paper (the area south of
Hudson Straits) there are eleven well defined species of Puccinellia,
each, as already implied, occupying a consistent geographic area.
In two species, P. maritima and P. phryganodes, the anther is 1.5-

4 .Rhodora [JANUARY

2 mm. long, about twice as long as in our other species. The first
of these, P. maritima, is a plant of the Atlantic coasts of Europe and
of eastern America (from Cape Breton to Pennsylvania); the second
an Arctic species which extends southward to Labrador and the
shores of Hudson Bay.

The remaining species have conspicuously smaller anthers, 0.5-1
mm. long, in only one species very slightly exceeding this measurement.
In some of the plants with small anthers the mature caryopsis (and in
good specimens of Puccinellia some inflorescences are usually mature
while others are just expanding) is large, ordinarily more than 2 mm.
long, while in others the grains are about 1.5 mm. in length. The
measurements of the mature grain, like the measurements of the
anthers, prove to be essentially constant in all material which is other-
wise consistent and we have consequently used this character as an
important one. Another character of as great importance is found in
the margin of the lemma; in some species the lemma is entire or with
at most one or two coarse teeth, while in others it is as definitely erose-
ciliolate or serrulate. Good characters are also found in the palea,
especially in the degree of ciliation; and other characters, often less
readily described and more subject to variation, in the aspect of
the panicle, the smoothness or hispidity of the rhachis and panicle-
branches, the length of the glumes, ete.

The present paper, presenting our conclusions regarding the species
of Puccinellia in northeastern North America obviously does not cover
all the species which may possibly be found in the area. This will be
apparent from the fact that one Arctic species alone, P. phryganodes,

yet been found on the little-explored Labrador Peninsula, but
that in Greenland and Arctic America several other distinct species are
found, P. angustata (R. Br.) Rand & Redfield, P. arctica (Hook),’
P. Vahliana (Liebm.) Scribn. & Merrill, ete., any of which may be
expected to reach the Labrador Peninsula or Newfoundland. Further-
more, such very limited collecting as has been done at remote points
about the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the eastern coast of Newfoundland
has brought together five very distinct plants which are unknown
elsewhere in the East, and future exploration of the complex flora of
these areas will doubtless extend the ranges of these plants and pos-
sibly bring to light other localized species.

SS an ae arctica (Hook.), n. comb. Glyceria arctica Hook. Fl. Bor. -Am. ii.
. 229 (1840).

‘N

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 5

In the following synopsis of the species of Puccinellia of eastern
North America only those species which we know from south of
Hudson Straits are included, but in the citation of specimens stations
in western North America are often indicated, especially in the cases
of newly described or newly interpreted species and varieties. The
plates which have been most kindly prepared for us by Mr. R. E.
Torrey illustrate details of all the species here included and some which
have heretofore been ascribed to the region.

Key To THE SpEcIES AND VARIETIES OF PUCCINELLIA IN EASTERN NorTH
MERICA.

A. Anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long.
Flowering culms tall, 2-8 dm. high: branches of the panicle scabrous:
lemmas 4-5 mm. long, pubescent on the nerves espe

P. maritima
Flowering culms low, 0.4-1 dm. high: branches of bg pent smooth:
lemmas 2.8-3 mm. long, glabrous. ......... P. phryganodes.

A. Anther 0.5-1 mm. long (1-1.2 mm. in P. ieciday. aes
B. Grain 1.4-1.7 mm. lon
C. Lower branches of the Gocinnrativels short panicle (0.2-1.6 dm.
long) densely flowered nearly to the base or at least below the middle:
lemmas thick and coriaceous, without a broad hyaline tip; the mid-
nerve reaching the apex, often excurrent as a very short mucro.

. P. fasciculata.
C. Lower branches of the panicle floriferous chiefly above the middle,
or, if much below, loosely flowered and the panicle much elongated
(2-3 dm. long): lemmas thin and membranaceous in texture (firm in
P. laurentiana and sometimes in P. paupercula), or at least with a
broad hyaline tip; the midnerve not excurrent.
Lemmas erose-ciliolate or serrulate under a lens.

E. Glumes and lemmas truncate, erose-ciliolate under a lens.

Mature panicle broadly ovoid, loose, its branches spreading

or reflexed.
Leaves of the culm 2-6 mm. wide, flat: panicle 0.8-2 dm.
long: lemmas 2-2.5 mm. long........5. P. distans,

Leaves of the culm 2 mm. wide or lees; becoming more or
less i involute: panicle 4—9 cm. long: lemmas 1.5-2 mm.
long. .(5.) P. distans, var. tenuis.
Mature paniele. slender-ylindre to ee dense, its
branches erect or ascending. .6. P. coarctata.
E. Glumes and lemmas tapering to an aot or obtusish tip, not
truncate, erose-serrulate: panicle-branches erect or ascend-
ing, rarely spreading.

6 Rhodora \ [JANUARY

Panicle-branches smooth or nearly so: lemmas 2.3-2.8 m
long, firm in texture Pe? ee SES Ses,
Panicle-branches strongly ated Veo thin in texture.
Lemmas 2.5-3 mm. grain 1.4-1.6 mm. long.
macra.
Lemmas 2 mm. long or less: grain 1-1.2 mm. long.
9. P. airoides.
LD. > Laminns eeepually entire. 00.5.4. ...5.2-.411. P: paupercula.
B. Grain 1.8—2.5 mm. lon
Flowering make sont: leaves 2.5-6 mm. wide: lower panicle-
branches densely floriferous nearly to the base: midrib of
the coriaceous lemma prolonged to the apex, often excurrent
as a short mucro......... ..4. P. rupestris.
Flowering sohns. dendints: ‘nneek 0. ae mm. wide: lower
panicle-branches floriferous chiefly above ik middle: lemma
with hyaline margin; its midrib not excurre G.
Glumes and lemmas serrulate and oe er under
a lens.
Gray-green: panicle-branches ascending or spreading,
not nen smooth or nearly so: lemmas 2.3-
2.8 mm. long. . Ae Bg as earundiand.
Bright- pete padicbbruncher < “bhisth reflexed, sca-
brous: lemmas thin and lustrous, 3-4 mm. lon
10

fe

P. lucida.
G. spe essentially entire, not eee
as 2~4 mm. long, tapering to a blunt point or obtus-
7 ae ecg glume 2-3 he long: panicle 0.2-1.8
lon

Lemmas 22. 5 mm. long: panicle 1-6 em. long.
11. upercula,
Lemmas 3-4 mm. long: panicle 0.3-1. 8 dm. long.
(11.) P. paupercula, var. alaskana.
Lemmas 4.5-6 mm. long, acute or acuminate: second
glume 7-9 mm. long: panicle 1-2.5 dm. long.
(11.) P. paupercula, var. longiglumis.

* Anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long: perennials, often stoloniferous late in the
season (usually after anthesis).

P. maritma (Huds.) Parl. Fras. 1-6. Coarse; the smooth
tres 2-8 dm. high, forming dense clumps: leaves pale, firm, usually
involute in age, 0.25-1.7 dm. long; ligule 1-3 mm. long, entire, blunt-
pointed: panicle 0.45-2.7 dm. long, usually somewhat exserted; the
ascending or finally spreading, but not reflexed, branches and the

icels scabrous: spikelets 0.5-1.2 cm. long, 4-11-flowered: Ist
glume 2.2-3.4 mm. long, 3-nerved, acute; 2d pl ovate, 3-4.5 mm.
long, 3-nerved, tapering abruptly to a short apex: lemma 4-5 mm.

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 7

long, thick, somewhat coriaceous, 5-nerved, minutely serrulate,
obtuse or tapering abruptly to a blunt apex; midnerve prolonged to
the x ia and with the lateral nerves pubescent below: alea 3.2-3.7
ong, lanceolate, tapering to a bidentate tip, ciliate on the nerves;
the cilia longest below: anther 1.5-2.2 mm. long: grain 2-2.2 mm
long: repent stolons coarse, rigid, often prolonged to fy dm., devel-
oped chiefly from late summer to spring.— FI. Ital. i. 370 (1848);

a (18 2
Ill. Fl. i. 214 (1896). Poa maritima Huds. FI. Ang. 35 (1762); Eaton,
Man. Bot. North. States, ed. 2, 366 (1818); Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2,
- 34 (1824); Torrey, Fl. North. U. S. i. 108 08 (1824); Beck, Bot. U. S.,
409 (1833); Wood, Class-book, 447 (1845). Glyceria maritima
Wahlenb. Fl. Gothob. 17 (1820), fide Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mit-
teleur. Fl. ii. Abt. 1, 460; Mert. & Koch in Rohling, Deutschl. Fl.
i. 588 (1823); Gray, Man. ed. 2, 560 (1856); Wood, Class-book,
ed. of 1877, 799 (1877). Sclerochloa arenaria, var. maritima Gray,
Man. 594 (1848). Diachroa maritima Nutt. ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2,

(1894).— Coast of Europe; salt marshes and saline or brackish shores,
Nova Scotia; and southern Maine to Pennsylvania. Nova Scotia:
Louisburg, Cape Breton Island, August 18, 1898, J. Macoun, herb.
Geol. Surv. Can. no. 21,056; saline marshes, Annapolis, June 26 ~~
27, 1883 Ae Macoun, hoch, Geol. Surv. Can. no 082. MAIN

salt marsh, Cumberland Foreside, July 6, 1906, E. B. Chambirloia.
no. 825; brackish shore, Great Chebeague Island, Casco Bay, July 2,
1909, Fernald, no. 1,346; 7 marsh, Pine Point, Scarboro, June 30,
1909, Fernald, nos. 1,344, 1,345; Ocean Park, Old Orchard, July 1,
1901, Kate Furbish; salt marsh, Wells Beach, July 14, 1894, J. C.
Parlin, 1898, Kate Furbish; sandy shore, Kittery, July 13, 1891,
Fernald, July 3, 1903, W. P. Rich. New Hampsurre: Rye, June 14,
1903, E. F. Williams, B. L. Robinson, no. sa marsh at Hampton
Beach, June 23, 1896, A. A. Eaton. Massacuusetts: coast of Essex
County , Oakes; in sand, Plum Island, Newbury, July, 1890, Raynal
Daiae June 25, 1912, A. S. Pease, no. 13,672; salt marsh back of dunes,
Ipswich, July 13, 1913, F. T. Hubbard, no. 642; salt marsh, West
Manchester, June 20, 1913, F. T. Hubbard, no. B77: Beverly, June 15,
1846, J. A. Towa; in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist . Medford, June 23,
1879, C. E. Perkins; Somerville, June 11, 1879, LE Perkins, July
12, 1887, F. S. Collins; salt marshes along the Charles River, Cam-
bridge, Nuttall et al.; salt marshes and sandy embankments, Revere,

. A. Young et al.; salt marsh and mill pond, Charlestown, June 5

1889 and June 19, 1883, C. E. Perkins; Boston, Faxon et al.; Soldier’ 5
sam Brighton, June 11, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 1,712; Dorchester,
June 5, 1865, G. G. Kennedy, ‘June 12, 1887, J. R. Churchill; salt
marsh, North Scituate, July 3, 1899, G. G. Kennedy; near high-tide
mark, Arey’s Pond, Orleans, August 10, 1913, J. Murdoch, jr., no.

8 Rhodora | [JANUARY

5,235; Barnstable, C. S. Williamson in herb. Phil. Acad. R#opE
ISLAND: Newport, J. W. Robbins in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
New Jersey and DELAWARE: very doubtful. In herb. Phil. Acad.
there is a mixed sheet containing three labels and collections: (1) an
Alaskan species, (2) P. maritima from Cambridge, Massachusetts,
nd (3) several culms of P. maritima and a label marked, not in

; but ‘the species does not now seem to be known from 4
of Rhode Island. PENNsyLvaNta: ballast ground with P. distans,
Navy Yard, Philadelphia, June 1, 1865, C. £. Smith in herb. Phil.
ak ballast, Philadelphia, July, 1870, I. C. Martindale in herb.
Phil. Acad.

The name Puccinellia maritima has been applied to various plants
in North America, but in its essential characters the coarse species,
which abounds on the marshes from southern Maine to Rhode Island
(and locally in Nova Scotia and formerly as a ballast plant at Phila-
delphia), is the only American plant which closely matches the typical
British material of P. maritima. Our plant is often taller and has
larger panicles than the British material, in these characters approach-
ing the large continental extreme which has been called Atropis
Foucaudi Hackel. The American plant, however, varies so greatly
in stature and in size of panicle and of spikelet that we have been
unable satisfactorily to divide the material. The species appears to
be undoubtedly indigenous on the coasts of Nova Scotia and New
England, although sometimes also introduced on ballast; but south
of New England it is apparently only a casual plant of ballast lands.

2. P.pHRyYGANopEs (Trin.) Scribn. & Merr. Fics. 7-11. Lowand
slender, forming close mats; the decumbent culms 0.4-1 dm. high:
leaves slender, 2-4 em. long, flat or becoming involute, 0.5-1 mm
wide; ligule 0.5 mm. or less long, truncate: panicle 2-3.5 cm. long:

the 2d 2.5-3.5 mm. long, obtuse or acutish, entire: lemma 2.

long, firm in texture, 5-nerved, broadly ‘obtuse, entire, or lacerate
above, glabrous: palea barely shorter, subtruncate or emarginate,
smooth or slightly ciliate-scabrous; the nerves somewhat excurrent:
anthers 1.5 mm. long: repent flagelliform bulblet-bearing stolons
1-3.5 dm. ery freely developed especially on sterile plants.— Con-

trib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78 (1910). Poa phryga . Mém

Acad. St. Pétersb. sér. VI. Math. Phys. Nat. i. 389 (1830 or 1831).

254 (1862).. Molinia distans, var. reptans Hartm. Excursions-fl. 17
(1846). Glyceria vilfoidea Fries, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Férh. xxvi. 139

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 9

(1869). G. reptans Krok, Bot. Not. 140 (1899). G. maritima, var.
reptans Simmons, Vasc. PI. Ellesmereland, 159 (1906). Atropis
vilfoidea Rowlee & Wiegand, Bot. Gaz. xxiv. 422 (1897). — Arctic
regions, south to Labrador, Keewatin, re the Bering Sea region.
LaBrapvor: Nain, August 11, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no. K&E-
pe Henrietta Maria, Hudson Bay, August 18, 1904, W.
bivcadiornunk, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 62,742. Ataska: abundant
on saline mud flats, but no flowering plants found, St. i Island,
July 31, 1897, J. M. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. 16,223;
originally described from Kotzebue Sound, and eeoently sgh
(ace. to Scribner & Merrill, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78) on the
Seward Peninsula.

The numerous flagelliform stolons are very characteristic of this
northern species, but they should not be taken as an absolute diagnos-
tic character since P. paupercula and its var. alaskana occasionally
have stolons which in all characters appear inseparable from those of
P. phryganodes. The identification of these plants by the stolons
alone is not final and the difficulty of accurate determination is ren-
dered greater since the stoloniferous colonies are so frequently desti-
tute of inflorescences.

* * Anther 0.5-1 (rarely 1.2) mm. long.
+ Lemma thick and coriaceous; its mid-nerve often excurrent: lower

branches 7 the panicle densely-flowered to below the middle: annuals or

and erose at the slightly patos: apex, ciliate on the nerves: anther
-5-0.8 mm. long: in 1.4 mm. long— Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv.
197 (1908); Nash in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2, i. 268 (1913).
. Borrert Hitche. Ruopora, x. 65 (1 ag ne in Britton & Brown,

l. c. (1913). Poa fasciculata Torr. Fl. N U. §. i. 107 (1824);
—o Man. ed. D 333 (1829); Beck, Rot. sah and Mid. States,
409 Clase-book, 447 (1845). P. ddlowerics Link,
reg Bera i. Long (1827 ). P. Borreri Hook. & Arn. Froclh 8,

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

F. Borreri Bab. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii. 565 (1837). Glyceria Borrert
Bab. in Engl. Bot. Suppl. iii. t. 2797 (1837). G. distans Gray, Man. ed.

y.

Wood, Class-book, - of 1877, 799 (1877), at least i in part. Scleroch-
loa Borreri Bab. n. Brit. Bot. 370 (1843). S. arenaria, var. fasci-
neue? Gray, Man. “304 (1848). Atropis Borreri Richter, Pl. Eur. i.

2 (1890).— Coasts of Europe; Massachusetts to Delaware, indige-
radi and sometimes adventive from Europe; Utah. Massacuu-
SETTS: salt marshes, Massachusetts, C’. Pickering in herb. Phil. Acad.;
Plum Island, Newbury, Oakes; rita se Brant Point, N antucket,
June 22, 1909, N. F. Flynn in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. RHODE
IsLaNnD: salt marsh, East foneeo vias 30, 1911, K. M. Wiegand,
no. 931; Wickford, June 17, 1908, G. G. Ken nedy, E. F. Williams.
Connecticut: sandy place by salt marsh, West Haven, June 23,
1912, A. E. Blewitt, no. 339; edge of salt marsh, Woodmont, June 13,
1908, Eames & Godfrey, no. 5.922 ; salt marsh coated with sand,
Orange, June 23, 1912, C. H. Bissell; moist sand bordering salt
marsh, Stratford, June 12, 1908, E. H. Eames, no. 5,915, July 6, 1912,
A. E. Blewitt, no. 355; ‘sandy shores of Cedar Creek, Bridgeport,
June 29, 1899, Eames; sandy border of salt meadows, within tidal

coast, Nuttall; coast, August, 1833, A. Gray; Hoboken, Thurber;
Somer’s Point, June, 1865, C. E. Smith in herb. Phil. Acad.; salt
marsh, Cape May, May-July, A. H. Smith et al. in herb. Phil. Acad.;
Swedesboro, June 2, 1895, C. D. Lippencott in herb. Phil. Acad.;

sie (various stations), L eidy et al. in herb. Phil. Acad. Derta-

AR , Nuttall in herb. Phil Acad.; Cape Henlopen, A. H.
Smith i in herb. Phil. Ac a salt marshes, Woodland Beach, June 30,
1898, A. Commons in herb. Phil. Acad. Uran: Hot Springs, June 19,
1908, Mrs. Joseph Clemens (distributed as Agrostis stolonifera). :

Though occasionally found on ballast and there presumably a recent
introduction from Europe, P. fasciculata is clearly indigenous upon our
coast as well as in Europe. Its status in Utah is yet to be determined,
but there it is probably a recent introduction.

4. P. rupestris (With.), n. swe Pbenss 17-22. Resembling
P. fasciculata; the decumbent culms 1-4.2 dm. high: leaves 2.5-6 mm.
wide, flat: panicle ellipsoid, glaucous, ee em. long; the branches stiff
and approximate, 1-2.5 em. long, closely flowered nearly to base,
distichous, scabrous: spikelets 5-8 mm. long, 3-5-flowered: 1st glume
1.5-2 mm. long, ovate, acutish, 3-nerved; the midnerve scabrous:
2d glume 2-2.5 mm. long, oval, obtuse, 3-nerved, hyaline and erose-
serrulate above: lemma 3-3.5 mm. ong, ovate, obtuse, thick
except at the narrow hyaline summit, essentially entire or minutely

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 11

serrulate at summit; the midnerve often excurrent and minutely
scabrous at tip, with a few hairs at base: palea slightly shorter,
linear-oblong, scarcely tapering to the bidentate or fimbriate summit,
ciliate to the base he slender hairs of about uniform length: anther
0.8-1 mm. long: n 2 mm. lon ‘oa rupestris With.

Pl. ed. 3, ii. 146, 6 (1796). Poa procumbens Curtis, Fl. Lond.,
fase. vi. t. 11 (Exact date of publication not known but probably
later than Withering’s species. See note below). Sclerochloa pro-
cumbens Beauv. Agrost. 98 (1812). S. rupestris Britten te ig te
Journ. Bot. xlv. 107 (1907). Glyceria procumbens Sm Wee 3 Fae
119 (1824). Festuca procumbens Kunth, Gram. i. 129 re gre
procumbens Thurb. Bot. Cal. ii. 309 (1880); Beal, Grasses Am. ii.
575 (1896).— Atlantic coast of Europe; adventive in America.
Occasionally reported on ballast. Seen by us only from New York:
ballast, New York, June, 1880, Addison Brown. New JERSEY:
ballast, Kaign’s Point, D. Burke in herb. Phil. Acad.; Petty’s ida
July 3, 1867, Burke in herb. Phil. Acad.

Britten & Rendle give excellent reasons for concluding that Poa
rupestris With. was published earlier than P. procumbens Curtis:—
see Journ. Bot. xlv. 107 (1907). In’addition to their reasoning it
may be noted that Withering, in his original description (ed. 3) states
merely that the plant was “Gathered on St. Vincent’s Rocks, near
Bristol, by Mr. Milne, who observed to me that Mr. Curtis first found
it there.”” In his 4th edition, ii. 147 (1801) he adds, “Sir THomas
FRANKLAND found this plant growing on the waste ground near the
Dock, betwixt Bristol and the Hotwells. Also on the new Pier at
Scarborough.” This additional information is given in Curtis’s
publication and presumably taken from it by Withering (though he
makes no acknowledgment) and the natural inference is that Curtis’s
species was published after Withering’s 3rd edition and before the 4th.
Also, Withering cites “Curt.” in edition 4, not in edition 3.

+ + Lemma not coriaceous; its midnerve not excurrent: lower
branches of the panicle floriferous chiefly above the middle, if below
loosely flowered and the panicle much elongated (2-3 dm. long): plants
mostly perennial.

++ Lemmas and pr abe erose-serrulate or ciliolate.
= Lemmas truncate-obtuse and erose-ciliolate at the broad tip, with a
few hairs at base.
P. pistans (L.) Parl. Fras. 23-27. Culms 2-6 dm. high, rather

slender: leaves es green, rarely glaucous, 3.5-10 em. long, 2~6 mm.
flat: panicle green or violet-tinged 0.8-2 dm. long, ovoid, lax; the

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

lower branches 0.3-1.3 dm. long, at first ascending, then divergent,
finally deflexed, floriferous chiefly above the middle; pedicels sca-
brous or smoothish: spikelets 4-5 mm. long, 4—6-flowered: Ist glume
1 mm. long, l-nerved, ovate, acutish to obtuse, minutely erose-cilio-
late; 2d 2 mm. long, broadly ovate, erose-ciliolate, 3-nerved, the lat-
eral nerves short and faint: lemma 2-2.5 mm. long , broadly ovate,
faintly 5-nerved, hyaline above, obtuse or aban with a few
hairs at base: palea slightly shorter, ciliate in the upper half on the
marginal nerves, truncate-emarginate and erose-ciliolate at apex:
si seaadbe Poa Taba long: grain 1.4 mm. long — FI. Ital. i. 367 (1848);
Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890): Britton & Brown,
Ill. TL i. 214 (1896). Poa distans L. Mant. i. 32 (1767). Glyceria
Gnu Wahlenb. Fl. Ups. 36 (1820); Gray, Man. ed. 2, 560 (1856),
o description. Festuca distans Kunth, Gram. i. 129 (1829).
Selerochloa dostans Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. 370 (1843). Altropis distans
Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 388 (1853); Beal, Grasses Am. i. 572
re Panicularia distans Scribner, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 54
94).— Eurasia and northern Africa; adventive and rapidly becom-
naturalized in No ig America; less pronouncedly halophytic than
most species. QuEBEC: damp magnesian gravel and mud about t the
asbestos quarries, Black Lake, Megantic er August 26, 1915,
Fernald & Jackson, no. 12,022. New Brunswick: _— ground,
Pointe du Chéne, July 12, 1912, Bartram & Long, 6,919; St.
a August, 1877, J. Fowler in herb. Phil. peoeg : gu marshes,

wharves and roadsides, Rockland, August 22, 1909, Fernald, no.
1,343. Massacnusetts: Oak Island, Revere (only 1 bunch), June
15, 1908, G. G. Kennedy; Charlestown, June 5, 1880 and June, 1883,
C. E. Perkins; Boston, June 28, 1879, Faxon; waste wet ground,
South Boston, June 18, 1900, W. P. Rick: Sars North Adams,
June 23 and 25, 1913, Fernald & Long, 5798. CONNECTICUT:
borders of marshes , Orange, July 25, 1904 — June 20, 1899, C. H.
Bissell; meadow on coast, in rather dry soil, Bridgeport, June 14,
1912, E. H. Eames, no. 8,528. New York: on refuse from che mical
works, flats along Onondaga bake Syracuse, July 13, 1915, Bissell,
Ware & Weatherby. New Jersey: wet soil near edge of marsh,
Cape May, May 27 on June 10, 1911, O. H. Brown in herb. Phil.

Acad. Prennsytvanta: Navy Yard, Philadelphia, June 1, 1865,

ton, June 4, 1897, A. Commons in herb. Phil. Acad. Nevapa: mead-
ow near Sua "Washoe County, June 28, 1907, A. A. Heller, no.
8,655 (distributed as P. ag _Glendale, Washoe County,
June 28, 1907, P. B. Kennedy, n

Var. tenuis (Uechtritz), n. fist gp Ae of the culm 2 mm. wide

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 13

or less, becoming more or less involute: panicles 4-9 em. long: lemmas
1.5-2 mm. long.— Glyceria distans, forma or var. tenuis Uechtritz in
Crépin, Notes Pl. Rar. Belg. 229 (1865). Atropis distans, B. tenuis
Rouy, Fl. France, xiv. 195 (1913).— Eurasia; naturalized in North
America. NEw Brunswick: ballast-wharf, St. John, June 27,
1904, Fernald. Massacnuserts: dry banks of Lynnway, West
Lynn, June 18, 1913, F. 7. Hubbard, no. 565. Ontario: Galt,

J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. vars no. 26,228; marshes, Sandw ich,
July 28, 1901, J. Macoun, Herb. Geol. Surv. C an. no. 26,219. AL-
BERTA: Calgary, August 7, 1915, M. O. Malte. Ipano: roadsides,
age August 18, 1911, June A. Clark, no. 250, Nelson & Macbride,

. WasHineTon: in alkali soil, Yakima City, July 10, 1897,
Hae. no. 2,590.

6. P. coarctata, n. sp. Frias. 28-32. Caespitosa perennis 0.8-3
dm. alta glaucescens; culmis glabris tenuibus; foliorum caulinorum
laminis planis 1-2 mm. latis 0.2-1 dm. longis; paniculis i in anthesi coare-
tatis 2-7 cm. longis deinde sublaxis ramis inferioribus 1-3 cm.
laxe ona pedicellis paullo scabris; spiculis 35-5 1 mm.
longis laxe 3-4-floris; glumis ovatis, inferiore 0.5-1 mm. longa 1-
nervata, superiore lata 1.5-2 mm. longa 3-nervata supra hyalina cilio-
lata; cot ad basim sparse pilosis 2-2.5 mm. hob a ovatis
obtusi hyalinis ciliolatis obscure 4—5-nervatis; palea m. longa
blinds lenasilaca ad apicem latum subtruncata eg biddatiatn:
nervis S sparse ciliatis; antheris 0.5-0.8 mm. longis; caryopsibus 1.4—
1.7 mm: longis.

Caespitose perennial 0.8-3 dm. high, somewhat glaucous: culms
glabrous, slender: cauline leaves with flat blades 1-2 mm. wide, 0.2-
1 dm. long: panicles dense in anthesis, 2-7 em. long, finally somewhat

x; "the lower branches 1-3 em. it loosely oreo pedicels
slightly scabrous: spikelets 3.5-5 mm. long, ‘lo
Ist glume 0.5-1 mm. long, 1-nerved, ‘ovals od. 152 mm. long, 3-
nerved, bros ovate, hyaline and ciliolate above: lemma sparsely
pilose at base, 2-2.5 mm. long, broadly ovate, obtuse, hyaline and
ciliolate above, obscurely 4—5-nerved: palea 2 mm. long, oblong-lan-
ceolate, subtruncate or bidentate at the broad Parad sparingly ciliate
on the nerves: anthers 0.5-0.8 mm. long: grain 1.7 mm. long.—
Coasts of Labrador, Newfouhiltand and eastern nee LABRADOR
Seal Island, August 12, 1892, Waghorne, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no.

13,161; waste places near salt water and rocks by sea, Battle Harbor,
August 6-13, 1911, C. S. Williamson, no. 681 in herb. Phil. Acad.
NEWFOUNDLAND: bracktah shore of Dildo Run, Notre Dame Bay,
July 7, 1911, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4,655 (tyre in Gray
Herb.); Barred Islands, Nites Dame Bay, August 12, 1 FG ‘
Sornborger: Funk Island, August 1, 1908, H. S. Fo rbes; crevices of
damp sea-cliff, Torbay, August 21-26, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1 370;

3
Ee
=
a

14 Rhodora : [JANUARY

conglomerate limestone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges,
Cow Head, July 23, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,615a. QUEBEC:
rocky shore, Pointe Jones, Brest, Saguenay County, July 29, 1915,
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; rocky bank, Romaine, Lagorden-
diére, Saguenay County, July 7, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv.
Can.

Superficially resembling the Greenland P. vaginata (Lange), n.
comb.= Glyceria vaginata Lange, Fl. Dan. t. 2583 (1858); but differ-
ing in its shorter spike (in P. vaginata 5-6-flowered), shorter nearly
glabrous lemmas, which in P. vaginata are 3 mm. long and distinctly
appressed-pubescent along the lower half of the nerves, and in the
shorter and broader-tipped palea.

= = Lemmas narrowed to an acute or obtuse tip, not truncate, ap-
pressed-pubescent on the nerves below.
° Plant whitish-green: panicle-branches smooth or nearly so: lemmas
firm.

. P.laurentiana,n. sp. Fias. 33-38. Laxe caespitosa perennis
1-3 dm. alta rigida glauca; foliorum caulinorum laminis 3-6 cm. longis
involutis, vaginis basilaribus albo-brunneis; ligula 1.5 mm. longa
acutiuscula; panicula 0.6-1.3 dm. longa, ramis rigidis glabriusculis
adscendentibus deinde divergentibus vix deflexis; spiculis 4-6.5 mm.
longis 3-5-floris albescentibus; gluma inferiore 1-2 mm. longa an-

lemmas ovate, hyaline above, 2.3-2.8 mm. long, abruptly acuminate,
erose-ciliolate, very pubescent on the nerves below; the midnerv

often finely scabrous toward the apex: palea a little shorter, lanceo-
late, bidentate at the broad apex, scabrous above, ciliate at base:
anthers 0.7-0.9 mm. long: grain 1.5-1.8 mm. long.— Coasts of Bona-

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 15

venture and Rimouski Counties, QuEBEC: gravelly beach, Traca-
digash Point, Carleton, July 22, 1904, Collins & Fernald (tyPE in
Gray Herb.), July 25, 1904, Collins & Pease (Pease, no. 4,326); grav-
elly shore, Pointe aux Corbeaux, Bic, July 6-10, 1905, Williams,
Collins & Fernald.

Superficially resembling P. coarctata and P. vaginata. Differing
from both in the abruptly acuminate firm whitish lemmas and stiff
involute leaves, and from P. coarctata also in the pubescent nerves of
the lemmas.

°° Plant bright-green or only slightly glaucous: panicle-branches
strongly scabrous: lemmas thin.

lata bidentata nervis ciliatis, ciliis imis longioribus; antheris 0.9-1 mm.
longis; caryopsibus 1.4-1.6 mm. longis.

Caespitose perennial (?) 4.5-6 dm. high, green: cauline leaves with
blades thin, flat, 3-6.3 mm. wide, 0.4-1.4 dm. long; the upper longer
than the lower; basal sheaths purplish; ligule 1.5 mm. long, obtuse:
panicle linear-cylindric, 2-3 dm. long, before and after anthesis
erect, the base included in the upper sheath; the branches filiform,
strongly ascending, very scabrous: spikelets 4-7 mm. long, 4-6-

erose-serrulate, 5-nerved, the nerv: scent towa ase
palea 2.5-3 mm. long, oblanceolate, bidentate, ciliate on. the nerves,
the cilia longer below: anthers m. long: grain 1.4-1.6 m

c
7 and 8, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 891 (ryPE in Gray Herb.).
A rather unique plant, perhaps nearest. to the local P. nutkaensis
of Vancouver Island, from which it differs in its softer and more
pubescent lemmas.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

9. P. arrorEs (Nutt.) Wats. & Coult. Fias. 44-48. Caespitose,
green or slightly glaucous; the culms slender, 2-9 dm. high: cauline
leaves flat or becoming involute, 1-2 mm. wide, 2-12 cm. long: pan-
icle 0.4-3 dm. long, from narrow and close to broad and open, the
branches and pedicels strongly scabrous; the lower branches (up
to 1.2 dm. long) ascending to spreading: spikelets 3.5-7 mm. long,
3-6-flowered: glumes thick, erose-ciliolate; the Ist 1.2-1.5 mm.
long, narrowly ovate, acutish, 1-nerved; the 2d 1.5-2 mm. long,
3-nerved, broadly ovate, obtuse or subacute: lemmas 1.5-2 mm. long,
ovate, rather abruptly contracted to a blunt or subacute apex, not
truncate, thin, hyaline above, 8 ail alae 5-nerved; the nerves
pubescent below the middle: palea lanceolate, about equaling the
lemma oe slightly longer, ciliate on on nerves chiefly of the upper »
half; the lower cilia longer: anthers 0.6-0.7 mm. long: grain
1-1 ow m. long.— Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890);
Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 215 (1896); Rydberg, FI. Col. 48 (1906);
Coulter & Nelson, Man. Bot. Rocky Mts., 74 (1909); Wooton &
Standley, Contri ib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xix. 104 (1915). P. Nuttaliana
Hitche. in pt Fly Cat. pt: 3,162 B get Poa airoides Nutt.
Gen. i. 68 (1818); Eaton, Man. ed. 5, 335 (1829). Poa Nuttalliana
Schultes, Mant. ii. 303 (1824). Festuca (?) Nuttalliana Kunth,
Gram. i. 129 (1829). Glyceria montana Buckley Abi Acad. Sci.
Phila. 1862, 96 (1 ue G. airoides Gray, Poe. cad, Sci. Phila.

ribn. ; ‘
pis airoides Holm, Bot. Gaz. xlvi. 427 (1908).— Widely distributed
in the western and west-central sections of North America; adventive
eastward to New England. Marne: around ie aby. North Ber-
wick, June and July, 1897-1903, J.C. Parlin. Vermont: Canadian
Pacific ilway yards, Newport, July 26, 1904, A. oa Eaton, no.

The synonym Glyceria montana is here ascribed to Buckley as author,
although it is well known! that Buckley appropriated an unpublished
herbarium-name of Nuttall’s. This historical fact does not, of course,

‘alter the bibliographic fact that the name, wisely left unpublished
by Nuttall, was actually published by Buckley and as a published name
should consequently be cited from his publication and not as of
Nuttall.

10. P. lucida, n. sp. Fras. 54-58. Laxe caespitosa 1.5-7 dm. alta
viridis; foliorum caulinorum laminis 4.6—12 em. longis involutis flacci-
dis, vaginis basilaribus plus minusve purpurascentibus; ligula 1.7-2.5

m. longa acuta; panicula diffusa 1-2.5 dm. longa, basi vagina supe-

1See Gray, Proc: Acad. Sci. Phila., 1862, 336 (1863).

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 17

riore plerumque inclusa, ramis filiformibus scabris laxe divergentibus
deinde deflexis; spiculis 5-9 mm. rays 3-5-floris pallide viridibus;
glumis tenuibus lucidis, inferiore 2-3.5 mm. longa ovata acuta supra
hyalina minute serrulata nervo medio nae superiore 2.5-4 mm.
longa 3-nervata nervis evidentibus; lemmatibus 3-4 mm. longis 5-
nervatis late ovatis acutis eroso-ciliolatis basin — valde pubescenti-
bus, pilis longis; palea 2.5 mm. longa lanceolata ad apicem latum
bidentata supra scabra basi ciliata; antheris 1—-1.2 longis; caryopsibus
1.8—2 mm. longis.

Loosely caespitose, 1.5-7 dm. high, green: cauline leaves with
blades 4.6-12 cm. long, involute, flaccid; the basal sheaths more or
less purplish; Seed 1.7-2.5 mm. long, acute: panicle diffuse, 1-2.5
dm. long, the base commonly included in the air sheath; branches
filiform, scabrous, loosely divergent, finally deflexed: spikelets
mm. long, 3-5-flowered, pale-green: glumes thin, lustrous; the Ist
2-3.5 mm. long, ovate, acute, hyaline above and minutely serrulate,
with the midnerve scabrous; 2d 2.5-4 mm. long, 3-nerved; we nerves
evident: lemmas 3-4 einen long, 5-nerved, broadly ovate, acute,
erose-ciliolate, strongly pubescent toward the base with long hairs:
palea 2.5 mm. long, lanceolate, perpirae at the broad apex, pobre
above, ciliate below: anthers 1-1.2 mm. long: in 1.8-2 mm.
long.— Sea shores and damp Sento alkaline) soil, Quebec,
Wyoming and British Columbia.” QuEBEc: brackish gravelly shore,
Cacouna, August 8, 1902, Fernald (type in Gray Herb.); mouth of
Riviére du Loup, 1860 60, Chas. Pickering: salt marsh near the wharf,
Ste. Anne, Cacapenkn County, July 21, 1907, F. F. Forbes; Murray
River, August 14, 1905, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 69,217
(material under no. 69,217 in Gray Herb. from “Vicinity of Cap &
PAigle” is partly P. lucida, partly P. paupercula, var. alaskana).
Wyoming: in the margins of ponds, Mammoth Hot Springs, July
30, 1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 6.017: damp soil, — n Ranch,
June 29, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 63. British COLUMBIA: salt

marshes, Newcastle Island, Departure Bay, July 10, 1908, J. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 81,001.

In some characters related to each of the three species, P. lawren-
tiana, P. macra and P. airoides. From P. laurentiana and P. airoides
separated at once by the longer, thin, lustrous lemmas; from the
former also by its capillary widely divergent and very scabrous
panicle-branches and the softer greener foliage; from the latter by
the longer grain and the commonly less exserted panicle. From
P. macra at once distinguished by the diffuse panicle, pale spikelets,
involute leaves and Jonger lemmas and achenes.

++ ++ Lemmas entire or at most remotely few-toothed, not ciliolate.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

Ai: -P: paupercula (Holm), n. comb. Fics. wee Densely cae-

5 mm. long, 2-5-flowered: 1st glume 1-1.5 mm. ad 1-nerved,
obtuse or acutish, entire; 2d 2-2.5 mm. long, 3-nerved, entire or ob-
scurely dentate, tapering to a blunt apex: lemmas 2-2.5 mm. long,
5-nerved, tapering to a blunt apex, entire, minutely pubescent at
base: palea about equaling the lemma, linear-lanceolate, truncate
or somewhat bidentate at apex, slightly tinny on the nerves above:
anthers 0.5-0.7 mm. long: gr ain about 2 mm. long.— P. maritima,
var. (?) minor Watson in Gray, Man. ed. “i 668 (1890), as to descrip-
tion ye Labrador plant. Glyceria paupercula Holm in Fedde,
Repert. Spec. Nov. iii. 337 (1907).— Coasts of Labrador, Keewatin,
entonadishd nd Quebec.—Laprapor: Mansfield Island, 1884,
R. Bell in herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 34,782 (ryPE of the species);
Hopedale, August 4-6, 1897, J. D. Sornborger, no.'238 isan Gane
to var. alaskana); dry rocks, Battle Harbor, August 6, 1911, C.
Williamson, no. in herb. Phil. Acad.; on rocks by the sea,

pea eS July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wieg and, no. 2,616. KEE-
n Inlet, lat. 62° 45’, August 30, 1910, J. M. Macoun,
emia Geol. Surv: Can. nos. 79,116, 79,117. NEWFOUNDLAND: grav-
elly beach, Norris Arm, August 21, 1911, Fernald & W iegand, no.
4,657; forming extensive turf-areas, salt marsh, Killigrew’s, August 3,
1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4,656. QueBec: Salmon Bay, “ Lab-
rador,” July 28, 1882, J. A. Allen (type of P. maritima, var. (?) minor) ;
salt marsh, Ile du Petit Rigolet, Archipel de Kécarponi, Saguenay
County, August 10, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; rocky
beach, Pointe au Maurier, Charnay, Saguenay County, July 16 ore
August 24, 1915, St. John, herb. Geol. Surv . Can.; strand, Vieille
Romaine, ‘Archipel Ouapitagone, Saguenay County, July 13, as
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; salt water at mouth of Matan
River, Matane County, August 6, 1904, F. F. Forbes. Mac DALEW

SLANDS: forming turf on mere! saline shore, Basin Island, July 20,
1912, Fernald, Bartram, ary & St. John, no. 6,914

Var. alaskana (Scribn 8 Merrill) n. comb. Figs. 68-72. Usually
larger throughout, casita stoloniferous; culms 0.5-4.5 dm. high:
leaves up to 1.2 dm. long and 2 mm. broad; ligule about 2 mm. long:
panicle 6. 2-1.8 dm. long, the lower branches ascending or spreading,

; m.
long: anther 0.8-1 mm. long; grain 1.7-2.1 mm. long, readily
separating from the palea; stolons flagelliform, resembling those of
P. phryganodes, rarely developed at flowering season.— . alaskana
Scribn. & Merrill, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 78 (1910). P. mari-
tima, var. (?) minor, Watson in Gray Man. ed. 6, 668 (1890), as to Mt.

1916} Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 19

Desert plant, not as to description. P. angustata Rand & Redfield,
Fl. Mt. Desert, 181 (1894) and later aber as to plant, not as to
name-bringing synonym, Poa angustata R. Br.— Coasts from western
Newfoundland and the lower St. Lawrence to Connecticut; Alaska
and British Columbia and “Oregon.’’ NEWFOUNDLAND: conglomer-
ate limestone and calcareous sandstone cliffs and ledges, Cow Head,
July 23, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,615; damp sandy shores,
St. George’ s, August 13, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2,614. QUEBEC:
rocky shore, Ile du Havre, Mingan Islands, September 16, 1915,
St. John, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.; brackish shores above the mouth of
Dartmouth River, Gaspé County, August 26 & 27, 1904, Collins,
oleae 8 Pease; L’Anse & Griffon, Gaspé County, July 28, 1882,
J. Mac bert Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,529; salt marsh, Cape
Rosier, Tuly 28, 1882, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,529;
‘salt marshes, Ste. Anne des Monts, August 10, 1882, J. Macini,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no, ie 580; Little Métis, August 4, 1906,
J. Fowler; various saline a J subeoe line habitats, Bic, July, 1904,
1906, and 1907, Fernald & Collins, nos. 168, 359, 888, 889, 890; crev-
ices of wet rocks by the St. Lawrence, Riviére du Loup, July 6, 1905,
Collins & Fernald, no. 33; shore, Tadousae, August 7, 1892, G. G.
Kennedy; marshes, vicinity of Cap & l’Aigle, August 14, 1905, J.
Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 69,223. MaGpaLen IsLanps:
sand-spit, Amherst Island, August 25, 1914, St. John; salt marsh
by the N Pie Alright Island, August 21, 1912, Fernald, Long &
St. John, no. 6,917; gravelly beaches and brackish sands, Grind-
stone Island, July 18 and 22, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John,
hos. 6,911, 6,912. Prince Epwarp IstAND: damp brackish sand,
Alberton, July 11, 1912, Fernald & St. John, nos. 6,916, 6,913 (dwarf
form with abundant long stolons resembling those of P. phryga i
salt marsh, Brackley Point, August 4, 1888, J. M Ria herb. Geol.
Surv. Can., no. 29,534; salt marsh, Tracadie, July 30, 1914, Fernald &
St. John, no. 10,919; wet sand by Britain Pond, August 8, 1914,
Fernald & St. John, no. 10,920; salt marsh, Mt. Stewart, July 30,
1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 6,915; salt marsh, Roc
Point, July 6, 1912, Fernald & St. John, no. 6,918; dryish border of
salt marsh, Wood Island, July 29, 1914, Fernald & St. Jian no. 10,918.
NEw BRUNSWICK: sand bar, Miscou Island, August 26, 1913, S. F.
Blake, no. 5,554; Bass River, ce County, July 30, 1872, J. Fouler,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. n ; Kouchibouguac, August 17, 1869,
Fowler; sand at outer ies ot aie marsh, Shediac Cape, July 4, 1914,
fT: Hubbard, no. 695; beach sand, Shediac Island, August 5, 1914,
= 7; a no. 726. Nova Scotia: North Sydney, July oy 1883,
Mace herb. Geol. Surv. Can., no. 29,528; sea-beaches, Bad-
i Fale 27, 1898, J. Macoun, herb, Geol. Surv. Vans no. “OL, 045;
LeHave River, August 6 and 10, 1910, J. Macoun, herb. as Surv.
Can. nos. 81,493, 81,494; beach, Barrington Passage, June d 24,
1910, J, Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can., nos. 81,495, 81, 198; sandy

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

shore, Loch Broom, July 21, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10, 917.

p ]
Perry, August 16, 1909, Fernald, no. 1,348; gravelly shore, Cutler,
July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald; salt marsh,
Roque Bluffs, July 19, 1913, C. H. Knowlton; Gott’s Island, Fuly 20,
1899, J. H. Redfield; Mt. Desert Island, Rand et al (specimen from
Somesville, — 13, 1883, forming part a P. maritima, var. (?) minor
Watson); beach sand, Rockland, July 11, 1903, Kate Furbish; salt
marsh, So So Thomaston, August 15, 1913, Bissell, F ernald &
Chamberlain, no. 8,799; sandy som Squirrel Island, August 2, 1892,
Fernald; Horn aa Southport, August 4, 1894, Fernald; Peaks
Island, June 29, 1909, FE. B. Chanberain: salt marsh, Great Chebeague
Island, July 2, 1909, Fernald, no. 1,360; salt rsh, Cape Elizabeth,
July 23, 1889, F ernald; ia eS Biddetord Pool, July 29, 1901, G. G.
Kennedy; Kenn ebunkport, August 23, 1888, G. G. Kennedy; sandy
shore, York, July 15, 1891, Fernald. New Hampsuire: Rye, June
4, 1903, E. F. Williams. MassacHusEtts: sandy soil, shore of
Menansha Creek, branch toward Gay Head, Martha’s ’ Vineyard,
August 2, 1897, S. Harris. Connecticut: shore of salt creek,
Old Lyme, June 13, 1912, C. H. Bissell, A. E. Blewitt, no. 347.

Acad.; nee Inlet, Cross Sou nd T. Meehan in herb. se "Acad.
BRITISH Cotumsia: Skidgate, Queen Charlotte Islands, July 18,
1910, Spreadborough, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 87,622; Comox,
Vancouver Island, June 27, 1893, J. M acoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can.
no. 243; vicinity of Ucleulet, Vancouver Island, May 16, and July 20,
1909, 3 Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. nos. 82,335, 82,334; salt
marsh, Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, June 14, 1887, J. Macoun,
herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,538; Victoria June 24, 1887, J. Macoun;
salt marshes, Burrard Inlet, July 27, 1889, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
= Can. no. 29,533. “Orecon”: old specimen without further

ta.

Lage wy ari n. var. Figs. 73-77. Major; culmis 3. 5-7 dm.

dm

inferiore 3-4 mm. longa obtusa vel acutiuscula, superiore 7-9 mm.
longa 3-5-nervata oblongo-lanceolata acuta vel acuminata lemma
proximum subaequante vel quam id longiore; lemmatibus 4.5-6 mm.
longis 7-nervatis pasa palea 3-4-mm. longa: antheris
0.7-1 mm. longis; eee psibus 2.2-2.6 mm. longi

Larger: culms 3.5-7 dm. high: ligule 2-2.5 mm. long: panicle
1-2.5 dm. long; the long lower branches spreading or reflexed: spike-
lets 6-12 mm. long, loosely 4-6-flowered; the flexuous rhachis visible

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 21

between the lemmas at anthesis: 1st glume 3-4 mm. long, obtuse or
acutish; 2d 7-9 mm. long, 3-5-nerved, oblong-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, about equaling or longer than the adjacent ere lemma

4.5-6 mm. long, 7-nerved, elliptic-ovate; palea 3-4 mm. long: anthers
0.7-1 mm. long: grain 2.2-2.6 mm. long— Prince Epwarp Is-
LAND: t marsh, Bunbury, — 9, 1912, F sili Long & St.
John, no. 6 920; border of salt marsh, Bunbury, August 28, 1912,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6,921 (ryPR i in Gray Herb.).

In its extreme development (no. 6921) var. longiglumis seems
sufficiently unlike var. alaskana or the tiny-flowered typical P. pawper-
cula for specific separation, but numerous collections not only from
Prince Edward Island but from the mainland show clear intergrada-
tion.

Var. alaskana, as it occurs on the Pacific coast, often has the lemmas
firmer and the panicle-branches more spreading than in much of the
eastern material, but both these characters reappear in many eastern
colonies, leaving no character upon which the Atlantic and Pacific
coast plants seem to be distinguished.

In publishing P. maritima, var. (?) minor Watson cited two s
mens: “Shore of Mt. Desert Island (EZ. L. Rand); Labrador GA 4
Allen).”” The Mt. Desert plant labeled in the Gray Herbarium by
Watson is var. alaskana, while the Labrador plant of Allen (from
Salmon Bay, Saguenay County, Quebec) is the little northern plant
subsequently published by Holm as Glyceria paupercula. The descrip-
tion of P. maritima var. (?) minor, is clearly based upon the Allen
plant, having “spikelets 2-4-flowered, the flowers 1” long or less”
so that the Allen plant stands as the type of var. minor.

Var. alaskana has been passing very generally in eastern America
as P. angustata, based upon Poa angustata R. Br., but examination of
a duplicate type of Brown’s species, preserved in the Gray Herbarium,
shows it to be a very distinct species, which is unknown to us from
south of Arctic America. The plant is beautifully illustrated in Flora
Danica, t. 3006, as Glyceria angustata; and it differs from all forms of
the more southern P. paupercula in the erose-serrulate and coarsely
toothed obtuse to subtruncate lemma pubescent on the nerves, and
in the scabrous pedicels (Frias. 59-62). Outside Greenland and Spitz-
bergen where the species has been frequently collected, it seems to be
rare. We have examined American specimens from Goose Fjord,
Ellesmereland, August 15, 1901, H. G. Simmons, no. 3,436 (herb.

eol. Surv. Can. no. 80,635); Beechy Island, Lancaster Sound,

;

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

August 24, 1908, J. G. McMillan, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 77,271;
and Melville Island, 1820, Hdwards (original collection of Poa angus-
tata).

Var. alaskana both in the East and the West has also been Fescmmthe
identified with Presl’s Poa nutkaensis, originally described from Van-
couver Island. A fragment of the original Haenke material which
was Presl’s type, sent to Dr. Gray, shows, however that Poa nutkaensis
has strongly scabrous branches and pedicels and that the glumes and
lemmas are erose-ciliolate. The plant is more nearly related to Pucci-
nellia macra than to any other species but differs in its firmer and less
pubescent lemmas which are usually quite glabrous above the base.
Poa nutkaensis seems to be a distinct species of the coast of Vancouver
Island which should be called Puccinellia nutkaensis.!

EXPLANATION OF Puates 114-117.
(Inflorescences <1; details x 10).

‘PUCCINELLIA MARITIMA, from Rye, New Hampshire, Robinson, no.

1. inflorescence; 2. glumes; 3. lemma and pale; 4, Pe of saci 5. tip of
palea; 6. anther.

PR; secs from Disco, Greenland, Berggren. 7. inflorescence;
8. glumes; 9. lemma and palea; 10. tip of palea; 11. anther

P. Fr vance cuLATA, from East Providence, Rhode Island, ‘Wiegand, no. 931.
12. inflorescence; 13. glumes; 14. Semtak saad palea; 15. tip of palea; 16-
anther

Pp, RUPEOTRIS, from New York City, New York, Addison Brown. 17.
‘ infloresgence; 18. — 19. lemma and -palea; 20. tip of lemma; 21. tip
of palea; 22. anthe

P. DISTANS, eed Boston, Massachusetts, C. E..Fazon. 23. inflorescence}
24. glumes; 25. lemma and palea; 26. tip of palea; 27. anther

P. coarctata, from Dildo Run, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand, no.
4,655 (TYPE). 28. inflorescence; 29. glumes; 30. lemma and palea; 31. tip
of palea; 32. anther.

1Puccinetuia nutkaensis (Presi), n. comb. .Fias . Poa nutkaensis Presl,

Rel. Haenk. i. 272 (1830). P. nootkaensis Scribn. vty Bot. Gard. Rep. x. 51, t. 51,

fig. 1 (1899), excluding synonyms.— Coast of Britis sta, chiefly on Van-
couv nd d, aenke (fragment of type in Gray Herb.);

, V. L., August 12, 1907, Rosendahl, no. 2 ictoria, V. L.,

June 24, 1887, J. Macoun, herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 29,531: ecovioce of Oak

Bay, V. I., June 18, 1887, J. Macoun, herb. 1. S 29,526; salt

, Can. n
marshes, Tuxedo Island, Gulf of Georgia, June 26, 1885, Dawson, ‘chs Geol. Surv.
me no. 29,536; salt marshes, Nanaimo, V. I., July 12, 1893, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.

. Can., no. 247; vicinity of Comox, V. I., bionic , 1893, J. Macoun, herb. Geol.
ravi Can. no. 245; Kitsilano, near Vancouver August 21,1911, M. O. Malte.

~

1916] Fernald & Weatherby,— Puccinellia 23

P. LAURENTIANA, from Tracadigash Point, Carleton, Quebec, Collins &
Fernald (Type). 33. inflorescence; 34. glumes; 35. lemma and palea; 36.
tip of lemma; 37. tip of palea; 38. anther.

P. macra, from Bonaventure Island, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. oe
(TYPE). 39. upper 3 of inflorescence; 40. glumes; 41. lemma and p.

42. tip of palea; 43. anther

P. arRowEs, from Dove's: Colorado, C. F. Baker, no. 637. 44. inflorescence;
45. glumes; 46. lemma and palea; 47. tip of palea; 48. anther.

P. NUTKAENSIS, from San Juan River, Vancouver Island, Rosendahl, no
2,062. 49. inflorescence; 50. glumes; 51. lemma and palea; 52. tip of palea;
53. anther. . :

P. tucipa, from Cacouna, Quebec, Fernald (rypr). 54. middle half of
inflorescence; 55. glumes; 56. lemma and palea; 57. tip of palea; 58. anther.

. ANGusTATA, from Disco, Greenland, T. M. Fries. 59. inflorescence;
60. SS gesnnch 61. lemma and palea; 62. anther.

ERCULA, from Salmon - Saguenay County. Gusbes, J. A. Allen

a ot P. maritima, var. (?) minor). 63. inflorescence; 64. glumes; 65.
lemma and palea; 66. tip of palea; 67. anther.

P. PAUPERCULA var. ALASKANA, from Burrard Inlet, British Columbia,
John Macoun. 68. young inflorescence; 68a. mature inflorescence; 69.
glumes; 70. in and palea; 71. tip of palea; 72. anther.

P. PAUPERCULA, var. LONGIGLUMIS, from Bunbury, Prince Edward Island,
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6,920. 73. small deromnos ans 74. glumes;
75. lemma and palea; 76. tip of palea; 77. anther

Rhodora Plate 114.

Figs. 1-6, Puccinellia maritima; 7-11, P. phryganodes; 12-16, P. fas-
ciculata; 17-22, P. rupestris; 23-27, . distans.

Rhodora Plate 115.

Figs. 28-32, Puccinellia coarctata; 33-38, P. laurentiana; 39-43, P.
macra; 44-48, P. airoides; 49-53, P. nutkaensis.

Plate 116.

Rhodora

— i

Figs. 54-58, Puccinellia lucida; 59-62, P. angustata.

Rhodora Plate 117.

Figs. 63-67, Puccinellia paupercula; 68-72, P. paupercula, var. alas-
kana; 73-77, P. paupercula, var longiglumis.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY

New Srrres.—No. XLVII
ISSUED
AUG 10 1916
A REVISION OF THE GENUS POLYGALA

IN MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA,
AND THE WEST INDIES

By S. F. BLAKE

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.
Aucust, 1916

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM ng HARVARD
NIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, No. XLVI

A REVISION OF THE GENUS POLYGALA IN MEXICO,
CENTRAL AMERICA, AND THE WEST INDIES.
By 8S. F. Buake.

Or the some 137 species of Polygala now definitely known from
Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies (including the Lesser
Antilles and Trinidad), only three were known to Linnaeus from
this area. A fourth plant, described by Linnaeus as P. diversifolia,
has always been considered a member of the section or genus Ba-
diera, although its status has never been definitely established, but
examination of the type specimen in the Hortus Cliffortianus au-
thorizes its reference to the synonymy of Securidaca volubilis L.

The first really noteworthy contribution to the knowledge of
Middle American Polygalas was made in the Nova Genera of Hum-
boldt, Bonpland, & Kunth, where six new species were described
from Central America and Mexico, and six others, later to be re-
corded from this area, from South America. Here for the first time
satisfactory descriptions were given of the species of this difficult
genus. Nearly all the previously described species had been so in-
adequately defined that their recognition from description alone is
well-nigh impossible, and the same is true of the new species con-
tained in the first volume of the Prodromus (1824), and to a less
extent of those published by Presl, Chamisso, and Schlechtendal
from 1830 to 1840. In 1852 Gray published critical notes and de-
scriptions of several new species, based chiefly on Wright’s Texan-
New Mexican collection. Five years later Seemann, recording the
species of the voyage of the Herald, fell into an unfortunate excess
of over-reduction of specific names, synonymizing with Mexican
species unrelated ones of South America, and in one case lumping
under one trivial specific names representing at least nine species
of two quite distinct subgenera. Otto Kuntze in 1891, dealing with
much the same groups of species, fell into equally absurd errors."

In 1879 A. W. Bennett published in the Journal of Botany an
important series of papers dealing with the Polygalas of North and

? See Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 48-49 (1891); Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. iii. 128

(1895).
1

2 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

South America. Many new species were described, the range of
many others extended, and for the first time a certain amount of
order was brought into the chaos which had hitherto reigned in the
classification of the Middle American species. In the same year
Hemsley recorded in the Biologia Centrali-Americana 39 species,
besides one unidentified species, from Mexico and Central America.
This list is based chiefly on Bennett’s work, but many of the identi-
fications there recorded are erroneous. Between this date and 1891
several new species of considerable interest were published by Wat-
son, chiefly from Palmer’s and Pringle’s collections.

A new epoch in the study of the genus Polygala was initiated by
the appearance of Chodat’s monograph in 1893. Here the species
of the world, some 405 in number (of which some 57 were recorded
from Mexico, Central America, and the West Indies), were divided
into ten well-marked sections, and the great value of the characters
to be derived from the persistence or deciduousness of sepals and
wings, the nature of aril, capsule, and style, and the clothing of the
seed, received due recognition and illustration. Unfortunately this
work, on which all future taxonomic study of the genus must be
based, is marred by many typographical and other inaccuracies.
One finds two new species described under the same name, and even
two consecutive valid species maintained with the same trivial; un-
fortunate errors of geography, of author-citation, and of nomen-
clature; omission of mention of species described in easily accessible
works; and keys so loosely drawn up as to be frequently mislead-
ing. All these faults, however, cannot obscure the real worth of
Chodat’s monograph, which in its main lines is thoroughly sound,
and from its wealth of illustration must always remain an indis-
pensible work of reference.

The genus Polygala, in the wide sense in which it is taken by
Chodat and by the writer, includes forms of great diversity in habit
and considerable difference in structural characters, but the ten sec-
tions into which it is divided by Chodat, although well defined, are
so regularly graduated that the separation of any one of the few
(Phlebotaenia, Badiera, Acanthocladus, Chamaebuxus) sometimes
recognized as distinct would involve in consistency the recognition
of all. Its two or (if the species of Chamaebuxus with beaked keel
be distinguished) three primary divisions based on the structure of
the keel possess greatest claim to generic rank, although no one has

Blake — Revision of Polygala 3

yet proposed to split the genus on this feature alone. Of the sec-
tions recognized by Chodat; here taken as subgenera in view of their
strong characters and for convenience of subordination of their
minor divisions, six! occur in the region under consideration. The
first four — Phlebotaenia, Badiera, Hebecarpa, Hebeclada — are
chracterized by a crestless, beakless keel; the fifth — Chamaeburus
—-by a beaked keel; and the sixth — Orthopolygala — by a fim-
briate-crested keel. Their characters can best be considered sepa-
rately.

1. Phlebotaenia. Two species, confined to Cuba and Porto Rico,
shrubs or even trees up to fifty feet high (according to Wright’s
label), with large showy purple flowers in axillary racemes and large
very coriaceous very densely and dichotomously reticulate-veined
leaves. The sepals are free and caducous, the wings caducous, and
the keel beakless and crestless; the capsule 1- or 2-seeded, large,
broadly winged on one side. The type species was originally pub-
lished as a distinct genus by Grisebach under the above name, but
its characters, when the whole range of variation in the group is
taken into consideration, do not support this view, and one of the
technical characters on which emphasis was laid by Grisebach —
the introrse pores of the anthers — is by no means a peculiarity of
this group. Careful dissection of species of Hebecarpa and Hebe-
clada shows exactly the same introrse-subapical opening that is
found in Phlebotaenia. In the Genera Plantarum (i. 136) of Bent-
ham and Hooker, Phlebotaenia is characterized as having “ petala
lateralia e carina libera et basi dissita, superiora minora minuta
vel O.”’ In these features, however, Phlebotaenia agrees with other
Polygalas. The upper petals (‘‘ petala lateralia ”’ of B. & H.) are
not joined to the keel, it is true, but are firmly adnate to the
staminal tube; the lateral (‘‘ petala superiora ”’ of B. & H.) are pre-
sent and larger than in most Polygalas, although still much smaller
than the upper. The removal of Phlebotaenia from Polygala to
such a degree in the Genera seems to be based on a misconception.

2. Badiera. I have recognized eleven species, all West Indian,
several of which have not been examined. They form a habitally
very distinct group of shrubs or small trees with oblong to elliptic
coriaceous slightly veined leaves and very short axillary racemes of

1 Including Badiera, treated by Chodat as a subsection of his section Hebe-
carpa.

4 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

small yellowish or greenish flowers. The sepals and only slightly
larger wings are subherbaceous and persistent (not deciduous as
described by Chodat), the keel beakless and crestless, and the cap-
sule (sometimes one-celled by abortion) is wingless with thick sub-
coriaceous walls and only tardily dehiscent. The typical species,
P. Penaea L., was with a few other species made into a genus by
De Candolle, whish is retained by Bentham & Hooker, Urban, and
by Britton, who has twice revised the group. In the lack of any
really distinctive technical characters, however, it seems much
better retained in Polygala. By Chodat it was sunk to subsectional
rank under his section Hebecarpa, but it certainly merits equal
recognition with his other primary divisions of Polygala.

3. Hebecarpa. Of this very difficult group, which also occurs in
the southwestern United States and South America, some sixty
speces are here recognized. They are always perennial herbs or
undershrubs, with herbaceous stems and usually fruticulose base,
the flowers usually purple and medium-sized for the genus. The
wings, except in one species and to a less degree in one or two others,
are deciduous like the (very rarely persistent) sepals; the keel is
neither beaked nor crested; and the fruit is usually narrowly mar-
gined. The variations in itbiGng are here extreme and much use
has been made of them in specific discrimination. Seeds of all spe-
cies accessible to me at the present time have been figured, and it
is hoped that at a later date the series can be made complete, since
a correct idea of the seed-appendages can be given in no other way.
Although in a number of cases I have described the flowers as ap-
parently ochroleucous in dried material, it is not improbable that
they are always of some shade of purple.

The three sections into which the subgenus is here divided are
based chiefly on the persistence or deciduousness of the sepals and
wings, as indicated in the key on p. 18. The two larger subsections
I have adopted under the main section (Euhebecarpa) are admit-
tedly unsatisfactory as at present constituted, being founded
chiefly on leaf-size. Had mature seeds of every species been avail-
able, a more natural classification could undoubtedly have been
made. In the typical species of subsect. Hebantha the corneous
umbo of the aril is minute or almost wanting and the scarious
border broad and variously disposed; in subsect. Microthrix the
umbo is large and the scarious margin usually small or medium.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 5

Some species here included in Hebantha on foliage-characters have
however the aril much as in Microthrix, and in some cases it may
be necessary to search in the keys of both subsections to determine
a plant whose position is not clear. A satisfactory grouping of the
species in this subsection (EHuhebecarpa) must await the discovery
of mature seeds in all the species.

Chodat (Monog. i. 50-51 (1891)) has fallen into error in ascrib-
ing extra-axillary racemes to this subgenus. The apparently extra-
axillary racemes commonly seen in many species are in reality ter-
minal, their position being due to the excessive growth of a normal
axillary branch from at or near the base of the originally terminal
peduncle, a process which may be several times repeated on the
same stem. Only in Hebeclada and Chamaebuxus have I found ap-
parently extra-axillary racemes that were not clearly susceptible of
explanation in this way.

4. Hebeclada. A strictly American and very distinct group, rep-
resented in the region under consideration by fifteen species, herbs
or shrubs, sometimes annuals, with rather loose racemes of purple
flowers. The lower sepals are united nearly or quite to apex, and
with the upper sepal and the often strongly inequilateral petaloid
Wings are very persistent. The aril in this group is large or medium,
corneous, lobeless or with three very inconspicuous lobes, and with-
out scarious margin. Although connate lower sepals do not occur
in any other American Polygalas, there are a number of African
and Madagascarene species of Orthopolygala (subsect. X. Chodat,
in part) where they are likewise found.

5. Chamaebuxus. This subgenus, as sectionally defined by Cho-
dat, was distinguished by its more or less crested keel, peculiar
stigmata, deciduous sepals and wings, and especially by the posses_
sion of an annular or gland-like disc at the base of the ovary. The
Mexican species, with a few others from the southwestern United
States, form a most distinct section in which the crest of the keel
is an entire conic or cylindric closed beak. In a single species,
P. desertorum Brandegee, the sepals and wings are long-persistent
as in Orthopolygala, but the rostrate keel and other characters place
the species in Chamaebuxus.

6. Orthopolygala. This large subgenus, including about three-
quarters of the known Polygalas of the world, is less abundantly
represented in Mexico and the West Indies, where it includes

6 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

slightly less than a third of the known species. They are herbs,
annual or perennial, in one section suffrutescent at base, with per-
sistent wings and sepals, the keel bearing an infra-apical variously
lobed crest. In two African species (P. Petitiana A. Rich. and
P. nilotica Chod.) of this subgenus there is, according to Chodat,
no crest whatever. In P. paucifolia Willd., of our eastern states,
a member of the subgenus Chamaebuxus, there is a strongly lobed
fimbriate crista, and in various Old World species of Chamaebuxus
there is a crest of varying complexity.

The Middle American species of Orthopolygala divide naturally
into two sections. In one, confined to Central America, Mexico,
and the adjacent United States in North America (but occurring
also in South America), the upper cell of the capsule is dehiscent
between the narrow wings, while the slightly shorter lower cell is
usually indehiscent and its seed generally unappendaged. In the
other section, including the bulk of the species, the capsule is wing-
less, equally 2-celled, and both cells are dehiscent. The species of
the latter section can be divided into very satisfactory groups on
characters of seed-pubescence and aril. In this as in the other sub-
genera emphasis has been laid in the present revision on seed-
rather than on stigma-characters as offering more easily observ-
able and definable and quite as trustworthy characters for the dis-
crimination of species.

The present revision was begun and partially completed during
the summer of 1915 at the British Museum and at Kew Herbarium,
and my grateful thanks are due to Dr. A. B. Rendle and Dr. Otto
Stapf for the opportunity to study the collections under their charge,
including many types of the utmost importance. Through the kind-
ness of Dr. Stapf fragments of several types were transmitted to the
Gray Herbarium, where the revision has been brought to completion,
and where the examination of an abundance of Mexican material has
led to corrections or fundamental alterations in my conception of
several species. While at the British Museum I was, through the
kindness of the Honorable William Fawcett, enabled also to study
the collection of Polygala i in the — - om Jamaica Botanic
Garden. Grateful acl re also due Dr. B. L. Robinson
for his interest and assistance in the cabieatiot of this revision.

In nomenclature the International Code has been strictly fol-
lowed. The herbaria in which the specimens cited are located have

Blake — Revision of Polygala §

been indicated by letters (B = British Museum of Natural His-
tory; G = Gray Herbarium; J = Herbarium of the Botanic De-
partment of Jamaica; K = Kew Herbarium). A few species of the
southwestern United States, included for comparison with their
near relatives of Mexico, and of probable occurrence south of the
border, have been distinguished by decimals in the enumeration of
species (27.1, etc.). Throughout the revision the term sepals has
reference only to the three outer sepals, the two inner being always
referred to as wings or alae. The seed-measurements always in-
clude the aril (except in one or two specified cases) but (except in
the series Trichospermae of Orthopolygala) do not include the pu-
bescence of the seed. The measurements of capsule include the
stipe, except where otherwise specified.

In his last paper on the genus (1914) Chodat has treated the
name Polygala as of neuter gender. As a botanical term the word
has always been feminine, and I can see no advantage in such a
change made at this late day on principles of purism.

POLYGALA L.

Herbs, shrubs, or trees, with alternate or rarely verticillate leaves
and terminal or axillary rarely extra-axillary racemes of usually
purplish flowers. Sepals (i.e. the three outer) herbaceous or the
lower two very rarely petaloid, free or the two lower connate, de-
ciduous or persistent. Wings (two inner sepals) petaloid or rarely
subherbaceous, deciduous or persistent. Petals normally three,
united at base; the lower carinate, boat-shaped, sometimes 3-lobed,
unappendaged or with an infra-apical beak or fimbriate crest; the
two upper united to staminal tube or to keel at least at base; the
two lateral petals rarely present, always very small. Stamens 8 or
rarely 6, united nearly to apex into a tube split on the upper side,
adnate to keel and upper petals at base; anthers opening by apical
or introrse-apical pores. Style often elongate, the two stigmata
very various, often tufted. Capsule equally or unequally 2-celled,
one cell sometimes more or less completely abortive, winged, mar-
gined, or marginless, usually membranaceous-herbaceous or her-
baceous, rarely subcoriaceous-fleshy; the cells dehiscent or rarely
the lower indehiscent. Seeds ellipsoid or obovoid to fusiform or
conic, usually pubescent. Aril very varied (very rarely almost

8 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

absent), scarious, corneous, cellular, or coriaceous-fleshy, entire or
variously lobed, often pubescent.— Polygala L. Sp. ii. 701 (1753);
Gen. V. ed. 315. no. 761 (1754); Willd. Sp. iii. pt. 2. 871 (1803);
HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 392-409. t. 506-512 (1821); DC. Prod. i. 321-
334 (1824), incl. Badiera; Presl, Rel. Haenk. ii. 100 (1835-36) ;
Schlecht. & Cham. Linn. v. 230 (1830); Schlecht. Linn. xiv. 159-
160 (1840); Benth. Pl. Hartw. 58 (1840); Gray, Pl. Lindh. ii. 150
(1850); Pl. Wright. i. 38 (1852), ii. 30 (1853); Turez. Bull. Soe.
Nat. Mosc. xxvii. no. 2. 349-351 (1854); Seemann, Bot. Herald
269-270 (1857); Griseb. Fl. Br. W. I. 27-29 (1859); Cat. Pl. Cub.
12-14 (1866); A. W. Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 137-143, 168-173,
201-207 (1879); Hemsl. Biol. Centr.-Am. Bot. i. 58-62 (1879);
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 324-326 (1882), xxi. 416-417 (1886),
xxii. 398 (1887); Wheelock, Mem. Torr. Club ii. 109-152 (1890);
Chod. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve xxv. 695-714 (1891); Monog.
Polygalacearum i. (Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve vol. suppl.
1890. no. 7) 1-143. t.1-12 (1891), ii. (lc. xxxi. pt. 2. no. 2) i-xil,
1-500. t. 13-35 (1893); Bull. Herb. Boiss. i. 354 (1893), iti. 121
(1895), iv. 898 (1896); in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. iii. pt. 4. 330-
337. f. 176-181 (1896); Rob. in Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. 1. 449-460
(1896); Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. x. 122-123. t. 37-39 (1906);
Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 360-363 (1910), xlii. 494-496
(1915) (Badiera); Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 70-85 (1914).

Kery To THE SUBGENERA OF POLYGALA

a. Keel without crest or beak, b.
b. ves very densely and dichotomously reticulate-veined ;
capsule broadly winged on one side ........... I. PHLEBOTAENIA.

ree, d.

d. Wings gt a about 4 longer than sepals; cap-
ceous, tardily dehiscent .. . . . Il. Baprera, p. 10.
d. Mibecs at much lage than sepals; capsule not subcoria-
Ill. —- p. 17.

Ce ee ee ae ee ae ee er yea ae ee a

c. Two Sonar et connate; wings and se
Ut... pin bee ele Vv. He Hesecwapa, p. 59.
a. Keel with a cylindric or conic entire beak. ..... V. CHAMAEBUXUS, Pp. 69.
a. Keel with a 2-many-lobed crest............ VI. OrTHoPoLyGALa, p. 78.

Subgenus I. PHLEBOTAENIA (Griseb.), comb, nov.
Sepals free, caducous, herbaceous, oval-oblong, obtuse, the upper
longer. Wings oval, obtuse, caducous, petaloid, nearly equalling
the keel. Keel blunt, without crest or beak. Upper petals ob-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 9

liquely oblong, slightly shorter than the wings, united at base to the
keel. Lateral petals present, small, united to staminal tube. Sta-
mens 8 (7-9 fide Chodat), monadelphous, the tube united toward
base to the keel; anthers much shorter than the free (glabrous)
. portion of the filaments. Stigmatic lobes remote, not tufted. Cap-
sule large, glabrous, with a very broad membranous wing on one
side, narrowly winged on the other; one or two seeds maturing.
Seeds obovoid, densely pilosulous-velutinous. Aril rather large,
coriaceous-fleshy, glabrous. Shrubs or trees, glabrous or nearly so
except on petioles and raceme-axes, with alternate very coriaceous
closely dichotomously reticulate-veined cuneate to elliptic leaves,
and large flowers in 3-13-flowered axillary racemes. Phlebotaenia
Griseb. Pl. Wright. Cub. i. 156 (1860); Britton, Torreya vii. 38
(1907); Urb. Sym. Antill. v. 382 (1908). Polygala L. sect. Phle-
botaenia Chod. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve xxv. 698 (1891); sect.
Phlaebotaenia (Griseb.) Chod. Monog. ii. 4 (1893).

Leaves 2.4-5.5 em. long, 10-18 mm. wide.................. 1. P. cuneata.

Leaves 8-12.5 cm. long, 3.2-6.9 em. wide................++5 2. P. Cowellit.

1. P. cuneata (Griseb.), comb. nov. Tree 15 m. high, 0.3-0.6m.
thick (fide Wright), glabrous except the densely puberulous raceme-
axes, more or less glutinous. Leaves cuneate to cuneate-oblong or
-obovate, narrowed to the base, rounded, truncate, or retuse at
apex, glabrous; petioles puberulous above, 3-6 mm. long. Racemes
mostly shorter than the leaves, 3-10-flowered; pedicels glabrous,
shorter than the flowers. Flowers 1—1.4 cm. long, purplish. Sepals
and wings ciliolate. Upper petals and wings puberulous toward
base. Capsule 1.3-2.8 em. long, 1.1-1.6 em. wide. Seed about 7
mm. long. — Phlebotaenia cuneata Griseb.! l.c. 157 (1860). Poly-
gala Phlebotaenia Chod.! L.c. ii. 4. t. 13. f..1-4 (1893).

Forma typica. Folia cuneata vel cuneato-oblonga apice rotun-
data vel retusa 2.8-5.5 cm. longa 1-1.8 cm. lata. —Cusa: Mount
Friendship, near Santa Catalina de Guantanamo, 25 July 1856,
Wright 113 (rypr cott: BGK); dry rocky ground near Havana,
13 April 1905, Curtiss 717 (BGK); woodlands, Ensenada de Mora,
Oriente, March 1912, Britton, Cowell, & Shafer 12981 (K); coastal
woods, Ensenada de Mora, March 1912, Britton, Cowell, & Shafer
13063 (K)

Forma obovata (Griseb.), comb. nov. Folia cuneato-obovata
apice rotundata vel retusa 2.4-2.7 cm. longa 1.2-1.8 em. lata. —

10 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Phlebotaenia cuneata Griseb. var. obovata Griseb.! Cat. Pl. Cub. 14
(1866). Polygala Phlebotaenia Chod. var. obovata (Griseb.) Chod.!
le. ii. 5 (1893). — Cusa: Loma di Rangel, near San Cristobal, 17
June (1860-64), Wright 1917 (TyPE cotL.: BGK). —T. 1. Fie. 1
(aril removed).

4 2. P. Cowellii (Britton), comb. nov. Tree up to 10 m. high, 1.5 dm.
thick, the branches sparsely appressed-pubescent, at length gla-
brate. Leaves oblong to elliptic, cuneate to rounded at each end, or
abruptly pointed with obtuse apex, glabrous or with a few hairs
along midvein both sides; petioles puberulous above, 5-7 mm. long.
Racemes 2.5 cm. long, simple or with a basal branch, subsessile on
leafless branches, 6—13-flowered, their axes like the pedicels (4-9
mm. long) densely spreading-puberulous. Flowers 1.4-1.5 cm.
long, purple. Sepals broadly elliptic, rounded, purplish-green, cili-
ate, otherwise glabrous except at base, the upper 4 mm. long, the
lower 2.5 mm. long. Wings elliptic-obovate, obtuse, short-clawed,
14.5 mm. long, 9 mm. wide. Keel obliquely truncate at apex, with
two rotund lateral lobes, 14 mm. long. Upper petals oblong, united
to staminal tube only toward base, 13.5 mm. long. Ovary with
one fruitful thick-walled cell and one sterile thin-walled winged
cell. Fruit unknown. — Phlebotaenia Cowellii Britton, Torreya
vii. 38 (1907). Phlebotaenia portoricensis Urb.! Sym. Antill. v-
382 (1908).— Porto Rico: woods, Mt. Calabara, near Coamo,
30 Dee. 1885, Sintenis 3288 (K); near Cajuco, 9 Mar. 1887, Sintents
6417 (K); rocky bank near Coamo Springs, 16 Mar. 1913, Britton,
Britton, & Marble 2228 (G); without definite locality, R. H. Heatslet
(K).

Vernacular name “ satinwood,”’ according to Heatslet.
’

Subgenus IT. BADIERA (DC.), comb. nov.

Sepals free, persistent, subherbaceous, obliquely oval, round-
tipped, subequal, ciliolate. Wings obliquely ovate, obtuse, cilio-
late, similar in texture to the sepals and only about one-third longer,
persistent. Upper petals obliquely oblong-obovate, obtuse, arched,
about twice as long as wings and slightly shorter than keel, adnate
to staminal tube, free from the keel. Keel blunt, short, without
crest or beak, narrowed at base into a claw, united at extreme base
to staminal tube. Stamens 8, the filaments glabrous, united nearly

Blake — Revision of Polygala 11

to apex. Ovary more or less pubescent; style about two to three
times as long as ovary; stigmatic lobes approximate, not tufted.
Capsule coriaceous-fleshy, equally 2-celled (one cell often aborted),
wingless, barely margined, distinctly stiped, the cells at length
dehiscent. Seeds sparsely pubescent. Aril large, somewhat helmet-
shaped, equitant, appressed, coriaceous-fleshy, glabrous, somewhat
lobed. — Evergreen shrubs or trees with alternate oblong to oval or
ovate slightly veined coriaceous leaves exceeding the dense very
short umbelliform or spiciform axillary racemes of small flowers. —
Badiera DC. Prod. i. 334-335 (1824); Deless. Ic. Select. iii. 13.
t. 21 (1837); Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 360-363 (1910);
Britton, 1. c. xlii. 494-497 (1915). Polygala L. sect. Hebecarpa
Chod. group I. Chod. 1. ¢. 1. 9 (1893)

a. Leaves more or less harshly papillose-scabrous above, 6.
b. — pon es obovate, very scabrous above; fruit

b. caves etait obovate to obovate-oblanceolate, slightly
above; fruit at maturity pubescent chiefly

on the ma re Aiwa kt a a a emo ee . guantanamana.
a. Leaves smooth above (merely strigillose or glabrate), c.
— Ros ‘3. 1-6 mm.) than the pedicels (1.5-2
Mc). Sais ieee ska sl hohe a nen emer ee eames 13. P. Fuertesit.

c. Peifanile shorter than the pedicels, d
d. Fruit trigonous or — adrate in outline, about as
broad as long
e. Leaves 3 (rarely 5) em. long or less, usually
— — — at the rounded apex (Cuba, I Porto
ico.

f. Fruit 7s mn Lon 7-8 mm. wide; stipe 1-1.5

g. Leaves Bl elliptic-oblong, or obovate-
re asyphitaban si 7 Gir nee An ees nr ss ee 5. P. oblongata

g. Leaves ovate or ovate-elliptic............ 6. Fi punctifera.

f. Fruit 5 mm. long, 6 mm. wide; stipe 0.6 mm.
WOM eee eel cers ves 7. P. portoricensis.

e. Leaves 3. so em. long, usually short-pointed
CJamMIOR) oie ok oe ee ow ns eh on P. jamaicensis.
d. oe transversely oblong, distinctly wider than

h. Fruit hed about one-fifth its length, the lobes
divergent-spreading, 7.
4; Leaves ovate td obovate, abruptly short-pointed ;

ruitin -2.8 mm. long; stipe

2, mth. WE. ica ios a che ees hens 9. P. stipitata,
a. we oval, ‘rounded or emarginulate at apex;
ruiti ng apes 1.5-2 mm. long; stipe ais

OEY ie Gee ee wee en st tks . P. montana.
h. Fruit lobed about — its length, the ei:

erect-ascendin
j. Fruit 7-7.5 mm. 5 9.5-10 mm. wide . 1. P. propinqua

j. Fruit 5 mm. long, 7-8 mm. wide. ..... 12, PB. dimorphophylla.

12 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

3. P. Penaga L. Stem and branches densely hispidulous-
pilosulous with stiff ascending hairs. Leaves narrowly obovate,
broadly rounded or rarely obtuse at apex, apiculate, acutely cune-
ate at base, revolute, rough especially above with short persistent
tuberculate-based incurved hairs, 1.8-3.2 cm. long, 7-15 mm. wide.
Raceme-axis 2.8 mm. long or less, the pedicels 1.5-2 mm. long in
fruit. Flowers 2.8 mm. long, greenish-yellow. Sepals deltoid-
ovate, obtuse, ciliolate, sparsely puberulous on back, 0.8-1 mm.
long and wide. Wings similar, 1.4 mm. long, 1.1 mm. wide. Keel
ciliate more than one-half its length, 2.8 mm. long. Upper petals
somewhat arched, 2.7 mm. long. Filaments united nearly to apex,
the tube ciliate on margin. Fruit 4 mm. long, 9 mm. wide, trans-
versely oblong, shortly hispidulous-pilosulous. — L. Sp. ii. 703
(1753). P. domingensis Jacq. Stirp. Am. ed. min. 252 (1788);
Chod. |. ¢. ii. 9. t. 13. f. 9-11 (1893). Badiera Penaea (L.) DC.
Prod. i. 335 (1824); Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 361 (1910);
l. c. xlii. 494 (1915). Badiera domingensis (Jacq.) DC. 1. ¢. (1824) ;
Deless. Ic. Select. iii. 13. t. 21 (1837). —Sanro Dominao: Poiteau
(B); Schomburgk 11 (K); mountain woods, 1827, Jacquemont (K);
woods, Sierra del Palo Quemado, 500 m., 10 May 1887, Eggers
1897 (BK); near Constanza, 1190 m., June 1910, Twerckheim 3209
(BG). Also recorded by Britton from Haiti. — T. 1. Fia. 2

4. P. guantanamana, nom. nov. Frutex vel arbusculus usque
ad 4 m. altus, ramis foliosissimis, ramulis puberulis. Folia obovata
vel obovato-oblanceolata puberula vel minute papilloso-puberula
vel glabrata apice rotundata vel emarginulata basi angustata 15
mm. longa 4-8 mm. lata vel minora, in petiolis 1-1.5 mm. longis.
Flores 2 mm. longi luteo-virescentes. Pedicelli frugiferi 1.5 mm.
longi. Fructus 5 mm. longus, lobis anguste marginatis (fructu per-
fecto haud viso).— Badiera virgata Britton, Bull. Torr. Club
xxxvil. 361 (1910), not Polygala virgata Thunb. — “ Oriente, Cama-
guey, and Santa Clara, Cuba. (Type Britton 2086, from United
States Naval Station, Guantanamo Bay, March 17-30, 1909).”

Description condensed from Britton, |. c. To this species I refer
with little doubt Wright 3497 from Cuba (hb. Gray), which well
agrees with the description except for its slightly larger leaves (19
by 11 mm.). This collection, which is in flower and young fruit,
has merely ciliate sepals, slabeous pedicels 1.3-1.5 mm. long, and
young fruit transversely oblong in outline, ciliate and sparsely

Blake — Revision of Polygala 13

pubescent on sides toward margin. This number is nowhere quoted
by Britton in either of his two revisions of Badiera.

5. P. oblongata (Britton), comb. nov. Frutex caule ramisque
dense appresse puberulis. Folia oblonga vel obovato-oblonga vel
elliptico-oblonga apice rotundata vel obtusa saepius retusa basi
cuneata supra et infra in costa sparse strigillosa (pilis paginae in-
ferioris minimis appressis) 1.5-2.8 (5) cm. longa 8-18 mm. lata.
Flores pauci in racemis brevissimis 2 mm. longi. Fructus (sub-
maturus) fere subquadrato-cuneatus sparsissime strigillosus et
appresse ciliolatus, loculo uno plus minusve abortivo, 5 mm. longus
6 mm. latus; (paene maturus) “ subtriangularis paullulum emar-
ginatus ad 8 mm. longus et latus basi subacutus.’”’ — Badiera ob-
longata Britton, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. v. 314 (1907); Bull. Torr.
Club xxxvii. 362 (1910). P. diversifolia Chod. Monog. ii. 10
(1893), in part, not L. P. diversifolia f. elliptica and f. obovata
Chod. 1. ec. 11 (1893), ex numero.—Banamas: Andros Island: cop-
pice, Smith Hill, Long Bay Cays Section, 23-24 Jan. 1910, Small
& Carter 8681 (G); Bahamas without locality: 15 Oct. 1877,
Brace 158 (K); 15 Oct. 1877, Gov. Robinson 313 (K). Cusa:
Ganado, Cayo Sabinal, Camaguey, 17-18 Mar. 1909, Shafer 878
(G); Mayari to Holguin, 17 Aug. 1862, Wright 1915 (BG); Huna-
bana (= Guanabana ?), 29 Mar. 1862, Wright 1914 (BGK); near
Monte Verde, Jan.-Jul. 1859, Wright 115 p. p. (G); eastern Cuba,
1856-57, Wright 115 p. p. (G).

6. P. punctifera, nom. nov. Frutex 1 m. altus, ramulis dense ap-
presseque pubescentibus. Folia ovata vel ovato-elliptica obtusa vel
emarginata basi obtusa valde punctata supra lucentia glabra sub-
tus obscura 1.5-2.5 cm. longa, 12 mm. lata vel angustiora, in petio-
lis 1.5 mm. longis. Racemi pauciflori, pedicellis frugiferis subgla-
bris 2-2.5 mm. longis. Sepala ovata obtusa ciliata ad 1 mm. longa.
Fructus (submaturus) “ ruber et viridis’ 7 mm. longus latusque,
apice emarginatus basi oblique subtruncatus anguste marginatus,
paullum pubescens, stipe 1-1.5 mm. longo. — Badiera punctata
Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xlii. 496 (1915), not P. punctata A. W.
Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 172 (1879). — “ Near streams, Arroyo
del Medio above the falls, Oriente, Cuba (Shafer 3644).”’ — Not
seen; description compiled. The leaves are said to droop at night
in this species and in P. guantanamana (B. virgata).

14 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

7. P. portoricensis (Britton), comb. nov. Arbor usque ad 6 m.
altus 1.5 dm. (‘‘ 1.5 m.’’) dimetente, ramulis appresse pubescenti-
bus. Folia obovata apice rotundata vel obtusa basi angustata vel
cuneata supra lucentia subtus obscura utrinque sparse breviterque
pubescentia aetate glabrata 3 cm. longa 7-15 mm. lata vel minora,
in petiolis 1-2.5 mm. longis. Racemi 4-6 mm. longi; pedicelli
appresse pubescentes 1.5-2.5 mm. longi. Sepala late ovata obtusa
ciliata 1 mm. longa vel minora. Carina 2 mm. longa appresse
pubescens. Petala superiora alba. Fructus minute pubescens an-
guste marginatus apice emarginatus basi subtruncatus ad 5 mm.
longus 6 mm. latus, in stipe 0.6 mm. longo. — Badiera portoricensis
Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xlii. 494 (1915). — ‘‘ Rocky slopes and
hillsides, western Porto Rico, especially on serpentine, from sea-
level to 700 m. altitude. Type collected at Guanajibo, near Maya-
guez (Britton, Cowell, & Brown 4349).’? — Not seen; description
compiled. The only Porto Rican species of this subgenus yet
known.

8. P. samaiceNnsis Chod. Shrub or small tree, 2.6-6 m. high,
the stem and branches densely appressed-puberulous, at length
glabrate. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate or oval-ovate, mostly
narrowed (often abruptly) to the obtuse often retuse apex, cuneate
at base, sparsely minutely strigillose both sides, 3.5-8 em. long,
1.3-3.7 em. wide, on appressed-puberulous petioles 3-5 mm. long.
Peduncle 1-1.5 mm. long; pedicels in fruit 2-3.5 mm. long.
Flowers 2.5 mm. long. Fruit subquadrate, sparsely ciliolate,.6.5-10
mm. long, 7-11 mm. wide, the stipe 2.5 mm. long. Seed 6 mm.
long. — Chod.! 1. ¢. ii. 11. t. 13. f. 14 (1893). Badiera diversifolia
(L.) DC. Prod. i. 334 (1824), but not Polygala diversifolia L., the
name-bringing synonym, which is Securidaca volubilis L.!; Britton,
Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 362 (1910), and xlii. 495 (1915), not Poly-
gala diversifolia L. — Jamaica: Patrick Browne (B); Wm. Wright
(B); Olaf Swartz (B); March 68 (K), 627 (K), 726 (GK), 1656
(GK), 1822 (K); White River, 1 Jan. 1850, R. C. Alexander (K);
arid rocks on coast (?), Manchester, Nov. 1843, Purdie (K); Mal-
vern, 670 m., 3 Sept. 1907, Harris 9651 (BJK); Bridge Hill, 455 m.,
19 Jan. 1898, Harris 7092 (BJ); near Old England, 1065 m., 9 Aug.
1895, Harris 5838 (BJ); Rock Fort, J. Hart 641 (rypE couu.: J);
Old England, 915 m., 16 Sept. 1896, Harris 6597 (J); near Ewar-
ton, 290 m., 24 Nov. 1896 (J). — T. 1. Fie. 3.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 15

Linnaeus’s Polygala diversifolia was based solely on a Cliffortian
specimen, now in the British Museum, of Securidaca volubilis L.,
of which it becomes a synonym.

9. P. stipitata, nom. nov. Frutex ramosus 1.3-2 m. altus, ramu-
lis dense strigillosis. Folia ovata apicem versus saepissime abrupte
breviterque acuminata vel acutata apice calloso-mucronata inter-
dum emarginata basi acute cuneata supra plus minusve nitentia
subsparse strigillosa subtus vix pallidiora sparse strigillosa aetate
subglabrata coriacea, nervis lateralibus 5—7-jugis, 4-6.3 cm. longa
2.1—3.3 em. lata, in petiolis appresse puberulis 2-3.5 mm. longis.
Racemi axillares pauciflori, axe 1.5-2.5 mm. longo, pedicellis frugi-
feris 2-2.8 mm. longis. Flores ut dicitur ‘“ viridescentes.’’ Sepala
orbiculari-ovata rotundata ciliolata ceterum subglabra 1 mm. longa
lataque. Alae consimiles 1.5 mm. longi. Carina in lateribus et
basi pubescens 2.4 mm. longa. Petala superiora obovata infra pu-
bescentia carinam subaequantia. Fructus transverse oblongus
sparse ciliolatus 8-9 mm. longus 11-14 mm. latus, in stipem 2-2.5
mm. longum desinens, vix per quintam partem longitudinis lo-
batus; loculi patentes (uno saepe abortivo). — P. diversifolia Chod.
Monog. ii. 10 (1893), in part, not L. Badiera cubensis Britton!
Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 362 (1910), as to description and specimens,
in part; Britton, |. c. xlii. 495 (1915); not Polygala cubensis Chod.
Monog. ii. 62 (1893). — Cusa: Chuico Azal (?), Bahia Honda, 23
Sept. 1863, Wright 1913 p.p. (coryPpE coLL.: G); savannas,
Embarcaden di Bacunagua, San Cristobal, 6 April, Wright 1913
p. p. (COTYPE COLL.: G). — T. 1. Fie. 4.

Badiera cubensis Britton was originally based on Wright 1913,
with which were placed Wright 3496, and 115 pro parte. In his
1915 revision (p. 495) Dr. Britton says, under B. cubensis: “ C.
Wright’s Cuban 1915 consists, apparently, of three species; it is
to the specimen with abruptly acuminate leaves cuneate-narrowed
at the base, 4-6 cm. long, that the name should be restricted. As
shown by specimens from Bahia Honda, Pinar del Rio (P. Wilson
9429) the leaves vary to obovate.”’ On the next page, in describing
B. propinqua sp. nov., Britton says: ‘‘ The description is drawn to
include the part of Wright 1913, and Wright 3496, previously re-
ferred by me to B. cubensis. The part of Wright 115, included by
me in the original description of B. cubensis, is perhaps referable
here also.’’ There is no essential difference in the descriptions of

16 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

the two species, the extremely important characters of the fruit
being practically the same in both, so far as description goes, the
capsule being described as ‘‘ 7.5-8.5 mm. long, 10 mm. wide, lobed
to about one-third” in B. cubensis (1910), and “10 mm. wide,
7 mm. long, deeply notched ” in B. propinqua (1915). Only Brit-
ton’s designation of the large-leaved form included under Wright
1913 as type can justify the reference of B. cubensis to P. stipitata
as a synonym, for the description, at least as to fruit, is distinctly
of P. propinqua.

10. P. montana (Britton), comb. nov. Frutex 3m. altus, ramu-
lis dense puberulis. Folia late ovalia apice rotundata vel emarginu-
lata basi acuta juventate dense maturitate sparse puberula 4-5 cm.
longa 2.5-3.5 cm. lata, in petiolis 2-3 mm. longis. Pedicelli frugiferi
pubescentes 1.5-2 mm. longi. Fructus 8-10 mm. longus 10-12 mm.
latus puberulus per quintam partem longtudinis lobatus, loculis
rotundato-truncatis, stipe 1 mm. longo. — Badiera montana Brit-
ton, Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 363 (1910); 1. ¢. xlii. 495 (1915). —
‘Rocky wooded hill, Arroyo Grande, Trinadad Mountains, Cuba,
at about 700 meters altitude (Britton & Wilson 5461, March 11, 12,
1910).’”’ — Not seen; description compiled.

11. P. propinqua (Britton), comb. nov. Frutex valde ramo-
sus 3.3 m. altus, ramulis dense apresse puberulis. Folia ovalia vel
ovali-ovata apice saepius emarginata rotundata vel obtusa basi
cuneata supra strigillosa subtus vix pallidiora minute punctato-
strigillosa, nervis lateralibus 3-4-jugis, 2.3-3.6 cm. longa 1.1-2.3 em.
lata, in petiolis subappresse puberulis 1.5-3 mm. longis. Racemi
pauciflori, axe ad 1 mm. longo, pedicellis frugiferis 1.5-2 mm. longis.
Flores viridescentes. Carina 2.5 mm. longa. Fructus per tertiam
partem longitudinis lobatus, maturitate sparsissime pubescens, 7—
7.5 mm. longus 9.5-10 mm. latus, in stipem 2-2.5 mm. longum
desinens. — P. diversifolia Chod. Monog. ii. 10 (1893), in part,
not L. Badiera cubensis Britton, Bull. Torr. Club xxxvii. 362
(1910), in part. Badiera propinqua Britton, Bull. Torr. Club
xlii. 495 (1915). — Cuba: mountain top, Vinales, 6 March, Wright
1913 p. p. (G); without locality, Wright 3496 (G). Britton’s type
(Shafer 11818) came from Pinar del Rio. — T. 1. Fie. 5.

12. P. dimorphophylla, nom. nov. Frutex 6 m. altus, ramulis
breviter Folia dimorpha: alia anguste
ovata subacuta 3-4 cm. longa 1.2-1.8 cm. lata; alia elliptica apice

Blake — Revision of Polygala 17

rotundata vel obtusa 2-2.5 em. longa 1.2—1.4 em. lata; omnia apice
emarginata basi angustata vel obtusa utrinque sparse breviter pu-
bescentia et obscura, in petiolis appresse pubescentibus 2 mm.
longis. Racemi ca. 5 mm. longi; pedicelli frugiferi pubescentes ad
2mm. longi. Flores flavi. Fructus ca. 5 mm. altus 7-8 mm. latus,
valde lobatus juventate sparse pubescens maturitate glabratus in
stipem 1.5 mm. longum desinens. — Badiera heterophylla Britton,
Bull. Torr. Club xlii. 496 (1915), not Polygala heterophylla Scheele,
Linn. xvii. 336 (1843). — ‘‘ Deciduous woods, Sierra Nipe, near
Woodfred, Oriente, at 450-550 m. altitude (Shafer 3070).’’ — Not
seen; description compiled.

13. P. Fuertesii (Urb.), comb. nov. Much-branched tree, the
branches puberulent with appressed hairs, more or less angulate
by decurrent lines from the petiole bases. Leaves oval to suborbic-
ular, obtuse at apex, rounded to rounded-cuneate at base, firmly
coriaceous, above dark green, shiny, reticulate, glabrous or sparsely
strigillose, beneath paler, dotted, sparsely strigillose or nearly gla-
brous, 3-4 cm. long, 1.8-2.9 em. wide; petioles finely puberulous,
4-5 mm. long. Racemes 1.2—1.5 em. long (including the 3.1-6 mm.
long peduncle), loosely flowered, strigillose; flowers 5-16, greenish,
the petals whitish; pedicels stoutish, sparsely strigillose, 1.5-2 mm.
long. Sepals elliptic, rounded, more or less appressed-puberulous
and ciliate, 1.3 mm. long. Wings 1.7 mm. long, rhombic-suborbic-
ular. Keel 2.8 mm. long, densely pubescent laterally. Fruit un-
known. — Badiera Fuertesii Urb.! Sym. Antill. vii. 244 (1912). —
Santo Dominco: summit of Mt. Noche Buena, 1800 m., Prov.
Barahona, Sept. 1911, Fuertes 1065 (TYPE COLL.: BG).

Subgenus III. HEBECARPA (Chod.), comb. nov.

Sepals free, deciduous (rarely persistent), herbaceous, or in Sect.
Biloba the two lower petaloid. Wings petaloid, oval to oblong, de-
ciduous (except in Sect. Huateca), about equalling keel or longer.
Keel blunt, somewhat 3-lobed, crestless, beakless, adnate to the
staminal tube for one-half its length or more. Upper petals
obliquely oblong, adnate below to the staminal tube. Stamens 8,
the glabrous or pubescent filaments distinct for about one-third
their length. Ovary more or less pubescent or ciliate; style much
longer than ovary, bent; stigmatic lobes approximate, sometimes

18 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

tufted at base. Capsule membranous-herbaceous, equally 2-celled,
narrowly winged or margined. Seeds densely pubescent (very
rarely glabrous), oblong-oval. Aril very varied, subentire or strongly
lobed, appressed or spreading, with narrow or broad scarious
margin, with a corneous subhemispheric or sometimes much re-
duced pubescent rarely glabrous umbo. — Suffrutescent or herba-
ceous perennials, with small or medium usually purplish flowers in
terminal and axillary racemes, these often becoming apparently ex-
tra-axillary by the development of axillary branches. — Polyga
L. sect. Hebecarpa Chod. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve xxv. 698
(1891); Monog. ii. 9 (1893), excl. Badiera DC.

a. Sepals ery gp ps caducous like the wings —— in nos.
; aril 1 iia at least at sper, b Sect. 1. . EUHEBECARPA.
b. Cicok and leaves bearing large glan

Sobiactt: C. ApENOPHORA, p. 54.
b. Capsule and leaves not glan
c. Leaves comparatively ony Gaomiy 2-6 by 1-3 cm.),
ovate, acute or rarely obtuse, gradually reduced
upwardly, not noticeably dimorp ee ae
Subsect. B. HesantTHa, p. 37.
c. Leaves smaller, usually dimorphous dover: abécter
oval or oblong-oval, upper oblong to linear, lon-
ger), or uniform eli ptic to ovate, smaller than in

Baloent: Nba CE Subsec rhe MIcROTHRIX.
d. Leaves nearly be a (the upper slightly smaller,
OVAL OF OVEUE wooo a eee . OVATIFOLIAE.

d. Leaves more or rite dimorphous, the lower Py ie
sg ng-oval, the upper considerably longer, ob-
linear Ser. 8. Opscurag, p. 22.

a. Lower sepals peta eebcbniaia, this upper one ree A
porate wings deciduous; aril glabro ‘Sect. 2. Brxosa, p. 57.

a. Sep: pag pene persistent, the sepals “ated
Sect. 3. Huareca, p. 58.

Sect. 1. Euhebecarpa (Chod.), comb. nov. Sepala herbacea
decidua rarissime persistentia vel shag cmortancre, alae ec age
rarissime subpersistentes; arillus variabilis apice pubescens
Polygala L. sect. Hebecarpa Chod. subsect. Suhsbecs Chod.
Monog. ii. 12 (1893). Species typica P. obscura Benth.

Subsect. A. Microthrix, subsect. nov. Arilli umbo saepius
magnus; folia uniformia ovalia vel late ovata (1.3-3 em. longa 6-16
mm. lata), vel distincte biformia, inferiore oblongo-ovalia vel ovalia
superiora linearia vel oblongo-linearia longiora. Species typica
P. obscura Benth

Series a. Ovatifoliae, ser. nov.'! Folia uniformia (sursum sen-
sim reducta) ovalia vel ovata. Species typica P. ovatifolia Gray.

1 P. appressipilis (no. 45) might be sought here.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 19

a. a ang ee and shortly pilose-hirsute with spreading

b. Capsule merely ciliate; wings shorter than keel... .. . 14. P. ovatifolia.
b. Capsule puberulous on ae wings longer than keel. .15. P. buzifolia.
a. Hairs incurved or appressed, c.
re eet PREC EOS sO IEE TS EU ROA 16. P. myrtilloides.
c. Wings i s, d.

d. Leaves oe or elliptic, oe or rounded, e.
6: “iowers 3.0 tim. lone 5 eee aa Ae 17. P. Robinsonii.
e. Flowers 6-6.5 mm. yt Pe ee Rees hae Meee ea ree 18. P. Xanti.
df... LOAVES OVELE, BCUMINALE. oo. Si esa ve ceswt 19. P. serpens.

14. P. ovatiroiia Gray. Suffrutescent at base, branched, erect,
3 dm. or less high, the stem and branches, raceme-axes and pedicels
densely softly pilose with wide-spreading hairs. Leaves ovate (on
the branches sometimes ovate-oblong), acutish rarely obtuse, with
often obliquely bent apex, rounded or cuneate at base, with 2-
pairs of lateral veins, not reticulate, rather densely short-pilose
both sides with spreading hairs, 1.2-3 cm. long, 0.6—1.3 em. wide,
on shortly spreading-pilose petioles 2 mm. or less long. Racemes
rather loose, 2-6.5 em. long. Flowers 7.5-8 mm. long. Sepals
ovate-lanceolate, acute, 3 mm. long, pilose like the 4-5 mm. long
oblong to oval abruptly short-pointed soon deciduous wings. Cap-
sule marginally ciliate, orbicular, 8.5-9 mm. long, 8.5-9 mm. wide.
Seed 4 mm. long. Aril medium, with rather broad lobed and lobu-
late scarous margin. — Gray! Pl. Wright. i. 39 (1852); Chod.
Monog. ii. 19. t. 13. f. 26-30 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1.
450 (1897). P. ovalifolia Gray! Pl. Lindh. ii. (Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. vi.) 151 (1850), in text, not DC.; Wheelock, Mem. Torr. Club
li. 148 (1891), by cler. err.— Nurvo Leon: Monterey, Edwards
& Eaton (GK); Monterey, 1880, Palmer 65 (GK). Also in Texas
and New Mexico: Wright 71 (K), 103 (type coLL.: BGK), 9
(BG); Mex. Bound. Survey under Emory 191 (K).—T. 1. Fie. 6.

15. P. puxrronra HBK. Similar in habit and pubescence.
Leaves elliptic or the upper ovate, obtuse, rounded, or retuse at
apex, the upper sometimes acutish, rounded to cuneate at base,
reticulate beneath, pubescent as in P. ovatifolia or sometimes with
more or less incurved hairs, the lower 1.3—1.9 em. long, 7.5-12 mm.
wide. Flowers 5.5 mm. long. Wings obovate-oval, short-pilose,
rounded at apex, subpersistent, 5.5 mm. long. Keel 44.5 mm.
long. Capsule oval, slightly oblique at apex, densely pilosulous,
8 mm. long, 6.5 mm. wide. Aril with broader scarious margin and
distinct short barely lobulate lateral and spreading dorsal lobes. —

20 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Nov. Gen. v. 407 (1821). P. ovalifolia DC. Prod. i. 331 (1824). —
San Luis Porost: San Rafael Mts., Aug. 1877, Schaffner 7 p. p.
(GK); without definite locality, Schaffner 495 p. p. (B); alt. 1830-
2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 48 p. p. (BK). — T. 1. Fic. 7.
16. P.myrrituorwss Willd. Fruticulose at base, many-stemmed,
the stems erectish, branched, up to 1.8 dm. high, like the branches,
raceme-axes, and pedicels densely puberulous with subappressed
hairs. Leaves elliptic to oblong-oval or oval-ovate, the uppermost
sometimes oblong, retuse, obtuse, or acutish at apex, cuneate to
rounded at base, subcoriaceous, reticulate below, subdensely pu-
bescent on both faces with short subappressed hairs, the larger
1.5-2 cm. long, 6-12 mm. wide. Racemes loosely flowered, 2 cm.
long. Flowers 4-8. Sepals ovate-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
acuminate, sparsely incurved-puberulous, 4 mm. long. Wings
obovate-oval, obtuse or rounded at apex, incurved-puberulous,
5.5-6.5 mm. long, 2.8-3.5 mm. wide, both sepals and wings sub-
persistent. Keel greenish, 4.5 mm. long. Capsule elliptic, sub-
densely incurved-puberulous and ciliolate, 6.5-7 mm. long, 6 mm.
wide. Seed 4 mm. long, shortly pilose. Aril broadly scarious-mar-
gined, three-lobed, the lateral lobes oblong, oblique, somewhat
dilated at apex, the dorsal short, horizontal. — Sp. Pl. iii. 889
(1803); Chod. Monog. ii. 18 (1893), pro parte. —San Luis Po-
Tost: San Rafael Mts., Aug. 1877, Schaffner 7 p. p. (K); without
locality, Schaffner 495 p. p. (B); 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry &
Palmer 43 p. p. (GK). Hateo: Sierra de Pachuca, alt. 2745
m., 22 July 1898, Pringle 7654 (G). — T. 1. Fia. 8. — Chodat’s
figures (t. 13. f. 23-24) surely are not of the species as here taken.
17. P. Robinsonii, nom. nov. Perennial, scarcely suffrutescent,
with 1-3 slender stems 3-7 em. high, simple or subsimple, ap-
pressed-puberulous like the raceme-axes and pedicels. Leaves few,
elliptic or the upper oval-oblong, rounded to obtuse at the slightly
mucronulate apex, cuneate to rounded at base, rather thin, with
1-2 pairs of lateral nerves, not reticulate, purplish on under side,
densely appressed-puberulous both sides, the larger 1.3-2.3 cm.
long, 8-16 mm. wide. Racemes few-flowered, 1.3-2.3 cm. long.
Sepals lanceolate, subpetaloid, magenta-tinted, incurved-pilosu-
lous, shorter than wings, soon deciduous. Alae oblong, obtuse,
sparsely incurved-pilosulous, magenta-color, 3.8 mm. long. Keel
yellowish, 3 mm. long. Capsule orbicular, purpurascent, incurved-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 21

pilosulous, 5 mm. long, 4.2 mm. wide. Seed 3.5 mm. long. Aril
minute, 0.5 mm. long, with obsolescent barely lobulate scarious
margin and large pubescent umbo. — P. puberula Gray var. ovalis
Rob. & Greenm.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxix. 382 (1894); not P. ovalis
E. Mey. in Drége, Zwei Pfl. Doc. (Flora xxvi. Beig.) 45, 212 (1843),
nomen, — JALIsco: damp hollows of hills near Guadalajara, 18
July 1893, Pringle 4472 (TypE cotu.: BGK). —T. 1. Fia. 9.

The date of collection of the type collection was originally re-
corded as 22 May, and is given on the labels as 17 July, but Prof.
G. P. Burns, who has kindly consulted for me the Pringle field
books, writes that the correct date is 18 July.

18. P. Xantr Gray. Similar in habit to P. buzifolia, the
branches procumbent or erectish, about 13 em. long, densely pu-
bescent with spreading-incurved hairs. Leaves oval, rounded at
apex and base, with 1-2 pairs of lateral nerves, not reticulate,
densely pubescent both sides with short incurved-spreading hairs,
9-13 mm. long, 5-8.5 mm. wide, on petioles 1 mm. long. Racemes
1.8-3 cm. long. Flowers “‘ white, tinged with yellow and purple,”
6-6.5 mm. long. Wings venose, somewhat rhombic-oval, rounded
at apex, pilose except near margin with short incurved-spreading
hairs, 5.5 mm. long. Capsule elliptic-ovate, notched at apex,
rounded at base, densely pubescent like stem, 7 mm. long, 4.3 mm.
wide, on a distinct stipe about 0.8 mm. long. Seed not seen. —
Gray! Proc. Am. Acad. v. 153 (1861-62); P. Xanthi Chod.
Monog. ii. 18. t. 15. f. 48-45. (1893).— Lowr Catirornia: Cape
San Lucas, 1859-60, Xantus 3 (Type cott.: GK). — Brandegee 21,
Todos Santos, 21 Jan. 1890, distributed as P. Xanii is not this
species, but the material in the Gray Herbarium is too imperfect
for determination.

19. P. serpens, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa multicaulis. Caules
procumbentes plus minusve flexuosi ramosi 8-30 cm. longi tenues
subdense incurvo-puberuli. Folia ovata acuminata basi rotundata
tenuia nervis lateralibus 3-4-jugis non reticulatis supra obscure
viridia subsparse pubescentia pt Spat whed 35 incurvo-patentibus
subtus vix pallidiora subd I I
bus intermixtis 1.5-2.8 cm. longa 8-13 mm. lata, in petiolis i ineurvo-
puberulis 1-1.5 mm. longis. Racemi subflexuosi laxiflori 2-2.5 cm.
longi. Flores 5-12 ut videtur ochroleuci. Sepala lanceolata acu-
minata ciliolata et sparse puberula plus minusve curvata 2.6 mm.

22 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

longa. Alae ellipticae apice obtusae vel rotundatae basi late cune-
atae ad costam sparse puberulae 5.5-7 mm. longae 4 mm. latae.
Petala superiora obovata infra ciliata ad 3.8 mm. longa. Carina
glabra 4.5-4.8 mm. longa. Capsula deltoideo-ovata sursum mani-
feste angustata basi truncato-rotundata ciliata et in lateribus pu-
berula pilis brevibus patentibus emarginata 5.5—-7 mm. longa 5-6
mm. lata. Semina cuneato-obovoidea breviter pilosa rugulosa 4

mm. longa 2.6 mm. lata. Arillus capitelliformis minutus ad 0.5 mm.
altus pilosus margine scarioso obsoleto. — GUERRERO: Acapulco,

ct. 1894—Mar. 1895, Palmer 168 (TYPE COLL.: Ted.
Fic. 10.— Very distinct in capsule and seed. Distributed as P.
americana Mi

Series @. Ohevazad; ser. nov.! Folia saepissime biformia, in-
feriora saepissime ovalia ad oblongo-ovalia superiora saepissime
longiora angustiora saepius linearia vel oblongo-linearia. Species
typica P. obscura Benth.
a. Capsule more or less pubescent on sides at maturity, 6.

b. Hairs of stem all incurved or appresse

c. Aril minute, capitelliform, scarcely lobed, d.
d. Flowers 4-5 mm. lon _ Bere ee 22. P. magdalenae.
a. Miowers 6-7 tim: 100s era ee. 23. P. leptosperma.

. lon
c. Aril lataie distinctly lols or lobulate, e
e. Aril strongly 3-lobed, the lobes more or less ap-
er, f.

pr , slen
f. Flowers 4-5 mm. iong Sere Pe 38. P. compacta.
J. Slowers 6-7 mam, toned. ses os bs teks 39. P. polymorpha.
e. Aril veil-like, merely lobulat
g: — and wings quickly Aindaous core 32. P. obscura.
Upper sepal — wits rather persistent ........ 34. P. Lozani.
b. ‘Hair = cee nc least in part) wide-spreading

es dimorphous of oe oval to oblong-ovel,,
"oblong to lanceolate or linear), not retic ate;
airs all short and spreading.............. 32.1. P. orthotricha.
h. asta s not dimorphous, linear-lanceolate, Sg al
— te; e; pubescence of short incurved and long
31. P. retifolia.

. P. leptosperma.

is Pre ee Rony Lo eons pa
h. een laneeolate to seRSEEIO Hs % ——

. anaW BION ses is i a be ei ee
i. Win os ceneiens at least at base, 7.
¥. Anil small, the depth of the entire or merely seme 58%

rneous umbo, k. ;
k. ipitesehdins of short widely spreading hairs... .. 27.1. P. rectipilis.
k. Hairs incurved o widely

pe P. amphothriz = ; , P. chiapensis (no. 44), and P. trichoptera (no.
might be sought hi

Blake — Revision of Polygala 23

l. Middle leaves obovate-oblong, 4.5-7 mm. wide. a P. Palmeri.
l. eee eet linear or linear-lanceolate, 1-3 mm

m. Hower. er leaves mo more or less reduced, 4.5-10 (22)
ng, %

n. AvP with more or less distinct dorsal lobe
raised on the constricted apex of the seed

P. Barbeyana.
n. Pape without distinct dorsal lobe, sniesiaalé; 6 oO.
m a ORO Rie 1 a iis P. intricata.
. Umbo nearly glabrous............... 26. P. zacatecana
m. Upper leaves not reduced, L 5-3.1 em. long....29. P. racemosa.
J Aril | hie the depth of its more or less lobed or lobu-
late ene mara equalling or exceeding the
height o

p. Aril sa 3 anaes, peck lobes about 4 as long as
ean keke Gaal. rere Rates 38.1. P. tenuiloba.
p. Aril see t divided into 3 slender lobes, q-
q. Aril veil-like, with broad scarious lobulate margin

r. Sepals and wings quickly deciduous.......... Oo. hn o_..
r. Wings and ee sepal rather persistent... .... 34. Zani.
q. Aril otherwise,
s. Upper jwhcinty ovate . ars! ‘
s. Weinge O05 tims, WO ss Sct est 36. P. oophylla.
t. Wings 4-5 mm lo eet :
u. Scarious border of aril distine tly deeper
cee ee of umbo; keel rate PB se
Pa Sa a a eta Bra na.
u. PE, ‘Seo f aril barely as deep
height of umbo; keel rola: 35. P. brachyanthema.
a ey leaves linear to oblong- anceolate,
€. pp leaves reduced, 5-14 (23) mm. ey Big Sees
ppe
_ (P. Conzatt 3d Rose (no . 21) and P. oazacana Chod. (no. 33) have not been
inserted in ra key owing to lack of information.)

20. P. Pavont Chod. Undershrub, the stems puberulous, as-
cending, divaricately branched, 1-2 dm. ita Leaves elliptic or
elliptic-ovate, obtuse, ‘“‘ irregularia et diversa,”’ puberulous, 20 mm.
long, 12 mm. wide. Racemes few-flowered. Flowers 5-6 mm. long.
Sepals lance-linear, acute, pubescent. Wings elliptic, subsessile,
obtuse, glabrous, reticulate-veined. Upper petals dilated at apex,
subacute, scarcely shorter than keel. Staminal tube and free por-
tions of filaments long-pilose. Ovary elliptic, ciliate. Capsule and
seed unknown. — Chod. Monog. ii. 14 (1893).

Not seen; description compiled. Based by Chodat on a Pavon
specimen (hb. Boiss.) said to have been collected in Mexico. A
specimen of Pavon’s in the British Museum, so labelled by Chodat,
has obviously nothing to do with this species as originally described.

24 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

The species, if really Mexican, may perhaps belong in the Ovati-
foliae but is placed in this series on account of Chodat’s descrip-
tion of the leaves as ‘“‘ irregularia et diversa.”’

21. P. Conzarru Rose. Slender, up to 4 dm. high or more,
clothed with short crisp hairs. Leaves shortly oblong, obtuse, nar-
rowed into a distinct petiole, sparsely pubescent, 2 cm. long or less.
Raceme elongate, slender; bracts ovate, puberulent on back, per-
sistent; pedicels 3-4 mm. long. Flowers pinkish. Sepals glabrous,
the upper one persistent. Fruit orbicular, or sometimes broader
than long, retuse, at first densely pubescent, soon glabrate, 3-4 mm.
broad. — Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xiii. 307 (1911). — ‘‘ Type

. collected by C. Conzatti on Cerro San Antonio, Oaxaca, Mexi-
co, October 28, 1908 (no. 1587).’”’ — Not seen; description com-
piled. The place of this species in the section cannot satisfactorily
be made out from its description.

22. P. MAGDALENAE Brandegee. Stems “ prostrate,’ sparsely
branched, 1-3 dm. long, like the inflorescence griseous-puberulous
with incurved hairs. Lowest leaves oval-oblong, obtuse, short-
petioled, rather densely puberulous with incurved hairs, 7 mm. long,
4 mm. wide; middle and upper oblong or oblong-ovate to linear,
acutish, mucronulate, cuneate or acute at base, with 1-3 pairs of
lateral nerves, not reticulate, rather densely puberulous with in-
curved hairs, 1.2-2 em. long, 2-8 mm. wide, on petioles 1 mm. long.
Racemes loosely flowered, 4-10.5 cm. long. Flowers ochroleucous.
Sepals lanceolate, acute, pilosulous with somewhat incurved hairs,
2 mm. long. Wings narrowly obovate-oval, obtuse, puberulous
above, 4.5 mm. long, 2.8 mm. wide. Keel 3.5-4 mm. long. Upper
petals obliquely oblong, nearly glabrous, apparently violet-tinged,
3mm. long. Capsule elliptic, with nearly closed apical sinus, more
or less densely appressed-puberulous, 7.5-9.5 mm. long, 6-7 mm.
wide. Seed wedge-obovoid, pilose, 4 mm. long. Aril minute, 0.7
mm. long, with pubescent umbo and very narrow barely crenate
scarious margin. — Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iv. 182 (1911).
— Lower Catirornia: sunny hills, San José del Cabo, Jan.—Mar.
1901, Purpus 391 (K).

23. P. LEPTosPERMA Chod. Stem suffrutescent at base, sparsely
branched, 12 em. long, hirsute-tomentose above. Leaves lanceo-
late to lance-linear, acute, subtomentose-velutinous, 1.5-2.2 em.
long, 7-9 mm. wide. Racemes terminal, rather loosely flowered.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 25

Flowers 6-7 mm. long, on setose pedicels 1.5-2.5 mm. long, the
hairs arcuate, as long as or longer than the diameter of the pedicel.
Sepals lance-linear-subulate, setose-ciliate. Wings elliptic-lanceo-
late, subacute, subunguiculate, equalling keel, long-ciliate on mar-
gin and back. Upper petals linear, “ attenuate ”’ at apex, ‘“ sub-
acute ’’ (but not so represented in figure), one-third shorter than
keel. Filaments pilose. Capsule ovate-cuneate, broadest above
base, narrowed gradually toward apex, hispid, deeply emarginate.
Seed pilose. Aril small, capitelliform, the very narrow scarious
crenate margin with very short upturned dorsal lobe and no lateral
lobes. — Chod. Monog. ii. 17. t. 13. f. 19-22 (1893). — Described
by Chodat from Galeotti 899, Cosamalopan, and Jurgensen 191,
Pinotepa nacional, Oaxaca (hb. Brux. et Par.).— Not seen; de-
scription compiled.

24. P. BarBreyaNa Chod. Stems several, erect from a fruticu-
lose base, simple or generally somewhat branched, up to 4 dm.
high, like the inflorescence densely pubescent with incurved hairs
or at length subglabrate. Leaves reduced: the lowest oblong, mu-
cronate, subsessile, 5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide; middle and upper
subsquamiform, linear or linear-lanceolate, acute at each end, pu-
bescent like the stem, 5-10 mm. long, 1—-1.5 mm. wide, subsessile.
Racemes laxly flowered, 1.7-11 em. long. Sepals lanceolate, acu-
minate, pubescent, violet-tinged, 2.6 mm. long. Wings obovate-
oval or suborbicular-oval, acutish, pubescent along middle and
toward apex, ciliate, 3.6-4.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide. Keel
nearly or quite glabrous, 3.5-4.5 mm. long. Capsule elliptic (rarely
elliptic-oblong), slightly narrowed at base, emarginate, ciliate, gla-
brous on sides, purpurascent on margin, 5-7.1 mm. long, 3.1-5.5 mm.
wide. Seed sericeous, 3mm. long. Aril small, about 0.7 mm. deep,
cap-shaped, subpedicellate by the apex of the seed, with narrow
not lobed scarious margin. — Chod.! Monog. ii. 16. t. 13. f. 15-18
(1893); Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. iii. 121 (1895). — Coanuma:
Saltillo, May 1898, Palmer 165 p. p. (G). San Luts Porost: shady
places near Morales, Aug. 1877, Schaffner 3 (GK); alt. 1830-2440
m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 41 (corype coLt.: GK). — T. 1. Fia. 11.

25. P. reducta, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa erectiuscula 1.5-1.7 dm.
alta, caulibus simplicibus vel sparse ramosis tenuibus cum ramis et
inflorescentia subdense incurvo-puberulis. Folia inferiora ovali-
oblonga obtusa vel acuta brevissime petiolata 1-nervia incurvo-

26 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

puberula 5-9 mm. longa 2-3 mm. lata; media et superiora lanceo-
lata vel linearia obtusa vel acuta plus minsve involuta mucronata
sessilia 5-14 (23) mm. longa 0.5-2 mm. lata. Racemi laxissimiflori
6-9 cm. longi. Sepalum superius longius lanceolatum inferiora
lanceolata acuta pubescentia et ciliolata. Alae elliptico-obovatae
obtusatae in basin abrupte contractae sparse pubescentes 4.5-5
mm. longae 3-4 mm. latae. Carina 4.5-5 mm. longa. Capsula
elliptica ciliolata in lateribus glabra marginaliter purpurascens

9.5 mm. longa 6-7 mm. lata. Semen pilosum 4.5-5 mm. longum.
Arillus majusculus 1 mm. altus, lobo dorsali patente (margine dor-
sali 1.5 mm. longo), lobis lateralibus brevibus subintegris. — San
Luts Porost: alt. 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 44 (TYPE
cotu.: GK); do., Parry & Palmer 41-44 (B). Coanutta: Saltillo,
May 1898, Palmer 165 p. p. (G). Nurvo Leon: Monterey, Feb.
1880, Palmer (G). ZACATECAS: near Conception del Oro, 11-14
Aug. 1904, Palmer 255 p. p. (G); Cedros, Apr. 1908, F. E. Lloyd
90 (G). — T. 1. Fie. 12.

26. P. zacatecana, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa erecta ramosa 1-1.3
dm. alta. Caules ut rami inflorescentiaque appresse griseo-
puberuli. Folia subsquamiformia inferiora oblonga vel ovalia ob-
tusa l-nervia crassiuscula sparse puberula brevissime petiolata 4-5
mm. longa 1.5-1.8 mm. lata; superiora duriuscule mucronulata
plus minusve involuta crassa subenervia plus minusve puberula
4.5-10 mm. longa 0.8-1 mm. lata. Racemi laxe 9—18-flori 2-5 cm.
longi. Sepalum superius longius lanceolatum acuminatum inferiora
lanceolata acuta sparse pilosula et ciliolata. Alae ovali-obovatae
apice rotundatae in medio dorsi et ad apicem sparse pubescentes
4 mm. longae 2.8 mm. latae. Carina 4.5-5 mm. longa. Petala
superiora oblique obovato-oblonga sparsissime pubescentia ad basin
ciliolata quam carina tertiam partem breviora purpurea. Capsula
elliptica ad basin paullulo latior sparse ciliolata 5.5 mm. longa 3. 2
mm. lata. Semen pilosum 5 mm. longum oblongo-obovoideum.
Arillus minimus sparsissime pubescens pallioliformis angustissime
scarioso-marginatus integer, umbone subglabro. — ZACATECAS:
near Conception del Oro, 11-14 Aug. 1904, Palmer 255 Pp. P-
(TYPE:

S7,.-Fs cata, sp. nov. Fruticulosa caulibus pluribus ramo-
sis hee sean adscendentibus ad 1 dm. longis dense canes-
center incurvo-puberulis. Folia media et superiora linearia vel

Blake — Revision of Polygala 27

lineari-lanceolata saepe plicata vel involuta utrimque obtusiuscula
l-nervia subcanescenter incurvo-puberula subsessilia 11-14 mm.
longa 1.5-2.5 mm. lata; infima oblonga obtusa 3 mm. longa 1.5
mm. lata. Racemi flexuosi 9-12-flori 2.5-4.5 em. longi. Flores
3.5-4.5 mm. longi. Sepala oblongo-ovata lanceolata subacuminata
sparse ciliolata ceterum glabra 2.5 mm. longa. Alae obovatae apice
rotundatae sparse ciliolatae et basi sparsissime incurvo-puberulae
ceterum glabrae 3.5-4 mm. longae 1.8 mm. latae. Carina purpuras-
cens glabra 44.2 mm. longa. Petala superiora oblongo-spathu-
lata breviora. Capsula elliptica infra medium paullo latior
glaberrima (margine ciliolato excepto), vallecula parva saepe fere
occulta, 5.7-6.5 mm. longa 4.5 mm. lata, in pedicello incurvo-
puberulo patente vel reflexo 2.5 mm. longo. Semen 4 mm. longum
subsericeo-pilosum. Arillus minimus 0.7-0.8 mm. altus, umbone
corneo dense patenter pilosulo (ca. 0.5 mm. alto), margine scarioso
angusto subintegro, lobo dorsali deficiente. — CoanutILa: Saltillo,
May 1898, Palmer 165 1/2 (trypE: G).— T. 1. Fie. 1

27.1. P. rectipilis, sp. nov. E basi fruticulosa herbacea erecta
pluricaulis 1.6—2.3 dm. alta. Caules infra sparse ramosi flexuosi
dense breviter pilosi pilis omnibus recte patentibus. Folia inferiora
oblonga vel oblongo-ovalia apice obtusa mucronulata 3-nervia 8-14
mm. longa 1.5-4 mm. lata, ut media et superiora dense breviter
patenti-pilosa; media et superiora linearia mucronata 12-22 mm.
longa 1.7-2.6 mm. lata, in petiolis patenti-pilosulis ca. 0.5 mm.
longis. Racemi terminales vel quasi extra-axillares flexuosi dense
patenti-pilosuli 4-10 em. longi 4—-18-flori. Flores 5-5.3 mm. longi.
Sepala lanceolata acuta vel subacuminata sparse patenti-pilosula
et -ciliolata 2 mm. longa. Alae obovato-ovales apice subacutae
breviter unguiculatae patenter ciliolatae et in costa sparse patenti-
pilosulae 4.5 mm. longae 2.8 mm. latae. Carina purpurea (apice
flavescente excepto) 4.8-5.3 mm. longa. Capsula ovalis basi rotun-
data glaberrima (margine patenti-pilosulo excepto) 7.5-8 mm.
longa 5 mm. lata, vallecula saepe occulta. Semen breviter sericeum
4mm. longum. Arillus 1 mm. altus, margine scarioso angusto vix
lobato. — New Mexico: limestone hills, alt. 1065 m., 3.2 km.
south of Hillsboro, Sierra Co., 6 Sept. 1904, Metcalfe 1274 (TYPE
coLL.: BG). — T.1. Fig. 14.

28. P. Patmeri Wats. Stems several, erect or ascending from a
fruticulose base, branched, 1.2-1.8 dm. high, densely subcanes-

28 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

cently pubescent with spreading-incurved hairs. Leaves from oval
below to oblong or obovate-oblong, obtuse or truncate at the mu-
cronate apex, cuneate at base, 3-nerved, thick, more or less densely
pubescent with spreading-incurved hairs, the lower 11 mm. long,
4-5.3 mm. wide, the middle and upper 15-16 mm. long, 4.5-7 mm.
wide, on petioles 0.6 mm. long, or subsessile. Racemes 3.5-4.5 cm.
long, somewhat flexuose, densely canescently pubescent with
spreading-incurved hairs, 6—11-flowered. Flowers 5.7-6 mm. long,
“pale greenish yellow.”’ Sepals lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent
like the leaves, 2.8 mm. long. Wings obovate, acutish, pubescent
nearly all over with spreading-incurved hairs, 5.7-6 mm. long, 2.8
mm. wide. Keel glabrous, equalling the wings. Upper petals with
cuneate-obovate somewhat erose apex, ‘“ purplish,” 4.5 mm. long.
Capsule elliptic-ovate, somewhat narrowed above, rounded at base,
glabrous except for the subspreading-ciliolate margin, 10 mm.
long, 7.5 mm. wide, on a stipe 1 mm. long. Seed 6 mm. long, sub-
sparsely pilose. Aril 1.5 mm. deep, with spreading-pilose umbo and
much narrower subentire scarious margin extended into short an-
terior and dorsal subhorizontal lobes. — Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad.
xvii. 325 (1882).—Coanumia: Juarez, 160 km. north of Monclova,
Sept. 1880, Palmer (typr: G). —T. 1. Fic. 15. — Omitted from
Chodat’s revision.

29. P. racemosa, sp. nov. Pluricaulis e basi fruticulosa, cauli-
bus ramosis vel subsimplicibus adscendentibus 2.5-3.5 dm. altis
dense incurvo-puberulis sed viridibus. Folia media et superiora
linearia acuta mucronulata saepius plus minusve involuta incurvo-
puberula 1.5-3.1 em. longa 1.5-3 mm. lata, inferiora similia sed
valde reducta. Racemi caules et ramos terminantes recti vel plus
minusve flexuosi 16—21-flori 7-13 em. longi. Flores 4.5-4.8 mm.
longi ut videtur viridescentes. Sepala lanceolata subacuminata
patenter incurvo-pilosula 2-2.3 mm. longa. Alae ovali-obovatae
apice rotundatae supra et costam secundum infra subdense puberu-
lae pilis patenti-incurvis et ciliolatae 4.5 mm. longae 2.9 mm. latae.
Carina alas subaequans. Capsula elliptica basi rotundata substi-
pata in margine ciliolata ceterum glaberrima 7-9.5 mm. longa
5.8-7 mm. lata. Semen breviter pilosum 4.5 mm. longum. Arillus
parvus 0.71 mm. altus, margine scarioso angusto subintegro lobis
lateralibus subnullis dorsali brevissimo. — CurauaHua: Santa
Eulalia Mts., 3 Oct. 1885, Pringle 572 (rypn: G). Also in ARIZONA:

Blake — Revision of Polygala 29

limestone rocks near Tucson, Santa Catalina Mts., 1881, Lemmon
498 (G). — T. 1. zen 16.

30. P. longa, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa erecta pluricaulis 2—4.5
dm. alta. Caules grmlatets vel sparse ramosi ut axes racemorum
et pedicelli dense griseo-incurvo-puberuli. Folia inferiora oblonga
vel oblongo-ovalia utrimque obtusiuscula mucronata puberula pilis
incurvis 1.1-1.7 em. longa 4.5-8 mm. lata; media et superiora
oblongo-lanceolata vel -lineara acuta vel acuminata interdum ob-
tusa mucronata griseo-puberula pilis subincurvis brevissime petio-
lata paullum nervosa 1.7-3.6 cm. longa 1.5-4 mm. lata. Racemi
laxiflori 3-10.5 cm. longi. Sepala lanceolata pubescentia 3-3.5 mm.
longa. Alae ovales vel suborbiculares apice rotundatae subsparse
pubescentes 4.8-5.5 mm. longae 2.6—4 mm. latae. Carina purpurea
glabra 5-5.7 mm. longa. Petala superiora oblique oblonga 3.6 mm.
longa. Capsula ciliolata elliptica emarginata 8 mm. longa 6-7 mm.
lata. Semen 44.5 mm. longum pilosum. Arillus 1 mm. altus
(margine dorsali 1.5 mm. longo), umbone piloso 0.4 mm. alto, mar-
gine scarioso valde lobulato ad 0.6 mm. alto in lobos duos laterales
et unum dorsalem longiorem horizontalem subdistincte diviso. —
P. puberula Gray! Pl. Wright. ii. 30 (1853), not i. 41 (1852). —
Curuvuanua: Potts (BK). Also Texas: stony ridges, and in the
alluvium at their base, on the Pecos R., May 1852, Wright 936 p. p.
(TyPE cott.: GK); without locality, Mexican Boundary Survey
under Emory 189 (K).—T.1. Fic. 17.

The Kew specimens of Wright 936 are mixed with specimens of
P. hemipterocarpa Gray. The species has been confused with
P. obscura.

31. P. retifolia, sp. nov. Caules 2-3 e basi iitkiebions erecti
simplices vel supra sparse ramosi ad 4 dm. alti dense pubescentes
pilis aliis brevioribus incurvis aliis longioribus rectis patentibus.
Folia media et superiora linearia vel lineari-lanceolata acuminata
mucronulata basi acuminata ad rotundata-cuneata sicut caules
pubescentia reticulato-nervosa (nervis lateralibus validioribus ca.
5-jugis) 2.6—4 em. longa 1.8-4 mm. lata, in petiolis 1 mm. longis vel
brevioribus; infima valde reducta 4-11 mm. longa. Racemi caules
et ramos terminantes 8-14 cm. longi 20-30-flori sicut caules et
pedicelli (3-4 mm. longi) pubescentes. Flores 5-6 mm. longi ut
videtur viridescentes. Sepala ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuta vel
acuminata ut caules pubescentes 2.5 mm. longa. Alae obovato-

30 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

ovales apice rotundatae basi vix unguiculatae sparse ciliatae et cos-
tam secundum et apicem et marginem versus pubescentes pilis ad-
scendentibus 5-6 mm. longae 3-3.3 mm. latae. Carina glabra
alas aequans. Petala superiora oblonga apice parum dilatata.
Ovarium dense pilosum. Fructus deest. — Jatisco: Rio Blanco,
Sept. 1886, Palmer 735 (Type: G).

32. P. opscura Benth. Many-stemmed from a suffruticulose
base, erect, 1.2-3.8 dm. high. Stems and inflorescence grayish-
puberulous with incurved or rarely partly subspreading hairs.
Lower leaves oblong or oval-oblong, obtuse, mucronulate, with 1-2
pairs of lateral nerves, not reticulate, densely puberulous with in-
curved hairs or subglabrate, very shortly petioled, 1.2-2.8 em. long,
4-7 mm. wide; middle and upper oblong or even oval-ovate to
lanceolate or linear, obtuse to acute or acuminate, mucronulate,
densely or sparsely puberulous with incurved hairs, 1.8-4.2 cm.
long, 1.5-12 mm. wide. Racemes loosely flowered, 3.3—9 cm. long.
Flowers purplish. Sepals lanceolate, acute, pubescent. Alae oval-
obovate or elliptic, rounded at apex, sparsely pubescent along mid-
dle and toward apex, 4.5-6.5 mm. long, 24.5 mm. wide. Keel
nearly glabrous, 4.8-6.5 mm. long. Staminal tube sparsely pilose.
Upper petals obovate-oblong, sparsely pubescent, 3.5 mm. long.
Capsule elliptic, slightly emarginate, when young (ovary) usually
densely puberulous, in age glabrate and ciliate, or sparsely or
densely puberulous on sides, 8-10 mm. long, 6-8 mm. wide. Seeds
pilose, 44.8 mm. long. Aril 1.3-3 mm. long, veil-like, appressed,
with broad irregularly lobulate scarious margin and pubescent
umbo, but without distinct dorsal and lateral lobes. — Divisible
into two varieties.
S > Var. genuina. Alae 4.5-5.5 mm. longae 2-3 mm. latae. Car-

ina 4.8-5 mm. longa. Capsula 8 mm. longa 6 mm. lata. — P. 0b-
scura Benth.! Pl. Hartw. 58 (1840); Chod. Monog. ii. 20. t. 18.
f. 31-32 (1893). P. puberula Gray! Pl. Wright. i. 40 (1852); not
of Chod. 1. ¢. 22. t. 14. f. 1-3 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. F'. i. pt. i.
450 (1897), in part. — Curmuanua: hills near Cusihuiriachic, 30
Aug. 1887, Pringle 1506 (G). Duraneo: near City of Durango,
1896, Palmer 627 (G). Oaxaca: Jurgensen 474 (KX); Hacienda
del Carmen, 1839, Hartweg 446 (type of P. obscura: BK); rocks,
Misteca Alta, 2135-2440 m., 1840, Galeotti 883 (K). Also Texas:
valley of the Limpia, 1849, Wright 104 (rypx of P. puberula: BGK);

Blake — Revision of Polygala 31

Wright 72 (K). New Mexico: Silver City, 1880, Greene p. p. (K).
Arizona: Chiricahua Mts., Blumer 1337 (G); Huachuca Mts.,
Goodding 791 (G). — T. 1. Fic. i 18.

Var. euryptera. Alae 6-6.5 mm. longae 44.5 mm. latae.
Carina 6-6.5 mm. longa. Capsula 10 mm. longa 8 mm. lata. —
Oaxaca: Zacatlan Mts., 18 June 1894, L. C. Smith 31 (G); Monte
Alban near Oaxaca, 1770 m., 20 July 1894, L. C. Smith 80 (rypr:
G); Cerro de San Felipe, 1750 m., 24 May 1896, Conzatti 205 (G);
Cerro de San Felipe, 1800 m., 10 June 1897, Conzatti & Gonzdlez 335
(G). — Rather different in appearance from normal var. genuina,
having generally broader stem-leaves than are usual in that variety,
but with similar seed and without obvious differential characters
beyond the size of the flowers. — T. 1. Fie. 19.

Most of the species of this group have at one time or another
been confused with this species, which is at once distinguishable by
its peculiar aril. After careful comparison of the type numbers of
P. obscura and P. puberula in Kew Herbarium, I have been forced
to the conclusion that they are identical. None of the differences
depended on by Dr. Gray in separating P. puberula appears to be
of any real consequence. The species seems to be the most variable
of this section in regard to the pubescence of the capsule, which in
the ovary stage is usually but by no means always rather densely
puberulous, and in age varies from quite glabrous (except the mar-
ginal cilia) to rather closely puberulous, but almost invariably
shows at least a few hairs along the septum. The flowers are de-
scribed in the Synoptical Flora as “‘ yellowish or greenish-white
(rarely ‘ blue ’),”’ but in unfaded material are certainly purplish
or violet.

32.1. P. orthotricha, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa pluricaulis
erecta 1.5-2 dm. alta. Caules sparse ramosi ut inflorescentia pedi-
cellique dense pilosuli pilis brevibus late patentibus rectis. Folia
inferiora ovalia ad oblongo-ovalia acutiuscula mucronulata basi
cuneata 1-nervia plus minusve pubescentia et ciliata pilis brevibus
rectis patentibus 5-11 mm. longa 2-4 mm. lata brevissime petio-
lata; media et superiora oblonga vel lanceolata vel linearia utrim-
que acuta 1-nervia (nervis lateralibus obscuris vel 1—2-jugis) plus
minusve dense pubescentia pilis brevibus late patentibus 1.7-3.5
cm. longa 2-6 mm. lata brevissime petiolata petiolis patenter his-
pidulo-pilosulis. Racemi laxe pauciflori 2-4.5 cm. longa. Flores

32 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

violacei. Sepala lanceolata acuminata sparse patenti-pilosula 2.8
mm. longa. Alae ovales basi breviter unguiculatae ciliolatae medio
dorsi sparsissime puberulae 4.8-5 mm. longae 3 mm. latae. Carina
5 mm. longa. Petala superiora obovata 4 mm. longa. Capsula
oblongo-elliptica apicem versus paullulum angustata emarginata
subsparse et brevissime patenti-puberula et ciliolata 10 mm. longa
6.5 mm. lata. Semen 4.7 mm. longum pilosum. Arillus 2.4 mm.
altus palliiformis margine lato scarioso lobulato in lobos laterales et
dorsalem non diviso. — Arizona: foothills of the Santa Rita Mts.,
April—July 1884, Pringle p. p. (Type: K).

33. P. oaxacana Chod. Stems few, woody at base, from a
woody root, simple or slightly branched at base, barely puberulous
above, about 2 dm. long. Leaves linear, acute at base and apex,
mucronate, glabrescent, the larger 26-35 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm.
broad. Racemes 3-5-flowered, 3 cm. long, the rachis curved; pedi-
cels 44.5 mm. long. Flowers 6-7 mm. long. Sepals lanceolate,
ciliate, many-nerved, the upper 1/3 longer. Keel somewhat 3-
lobed, the limb noticeably shorter than the claw. Wings elliptic,
slightly oblique at base, short-clawed, ciliate, reticulate-nerved, a
little longer than broad. Upper petals sublinear, somewhat con-
stricted above the middle, subacute. Filaments long-hirsute.
Ovary obovate, shortly and densely pilose. —Chod. Bot. Jahrb. li.
Beibl. 115. 73 (193), as P. oaxacanum. — Based by Chodat on
Seler 86, from San Juan del Estado, Etla, Oaxaca. Not seen; de-
scription compiled.

34. P. Lozant Rose. E basi fruticulosa pluricaulis caulibus
infra ramosis ad 1 dm. altis ut ramis curvato-adscendentibus sub-
canescentibus pilis densis incurvis. Folia caulina inferiora ovalia
mucronata utrimque rotundata subsparse incurvo-pubescentia 11
mm. longa 6 mm. lata vel minora, superiora oblonga vel anguste
oblonga mucronata utrimque acutiuscula 10-13 mm. longa 1.8-3.5
mm. lata, ea ramorum similia sed minora. Racemi breves 1-1.5
em. longi 3-4-flori. Flores luteo-viridescentes. Bracteae minutae
subulatae persistentes. Sepala lanceolata acuminata incurvo-pu-
berula 3-3.5 mm. longa, superius longius subpersistens. Alae ovales
abrupte acutae basi cuneatae ad apicem sparse incurvo-puberulae
5-5.5 mm. longae 2.5-3.5 mm. latae. Carina alas subaequans.
Capsula ovalis vallecula angusta juventate subsparse incurvo-
pubescens maturitate ciliolata in lateribus sparsissime pubescens

Blake — Revision of Polygala 33

vel etiam glabrata 7.5-9 mm. longa 5.7-6 mm. lata. Semen dense
subsericeo-pilosum 4.5 mm. longum. Arillus 1.7 mm. altus, umbone
ad 0.7 mm. alto, margine scarioso subappresso irregulariter lobu-
lato lobo dorsali vix indicato. — Rose! Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
xii. 307 (1911). P. calcicola Rose! 1. c. x. 122. t. 37 (1906), not
Chod. Monog. ii. 326 (1893). — Pursia: La Cafiada, near Tehua-
can, 7 Aug. 1897, Pringle 7477 (rypE cotu.: G).—T.1. Fic. 20.

35. P. brachyanthema, sp. nov. Pluricaulis e basi fruticulosa
1.7-3.3 dm. alta. Caules sparse ramosi ramis erectis patenter
incurvo-pubescentes virides. Folia infima obovata mucronata 3-7
mm. longa 1.5-4 mm. lata; media et superiora oblongo-elliptica
subobtusa valde mucronata basi cuneata trinervia sparse incurvo-
patenti-pubescentia 10-15 mm. longa 34.8 mm. lata in petiolis 1
mm. longis. Racemi terminales et quasi extra-axillares subrecti
vel parum flexuosi 12—22-flori 5-8.5 em. longi. Flores 4.5—-5 mm.
longi. Sepala lanceolato-ovata acuminata subpatenti-pilosula 2.5-
3mm. longa. Alae ovales obtusae vel subacutae vix unguiculatae
viridescentes subpatenti-pilosulae et ciliolatae 4.5-5 mm. longae
2.3-2.5 mm. latae. Carina apice flavida ceterum purpurascens
glabra alas aequans. Petala superiora oblongo-spathulata apice
purpurascentia. Ovarium ciliatum. Capsula elliptica emarginata
basi rotundata glaberrima (margine ciliolato excepto) 7—7.7
longum 5.5-6 mm. latum. Semen (submaturum) breviter oiloiaie
3.5 mm. longum. Arillus 1 mm. altus, umbone ad 0.5 mm. alto,
margine scarioso irregulariter crenato-lobulato in lobum brevem
dorsalem horizontalem producto (margine dorsali 1.6 mm. longo).
— San Luis Potost: Minas de San Rafael, May 1911, Purpus 5169
(TYPE cott.: BG).—T.1. Fig. 21.

36. P. oophylla, sp. nov. Caules pauci e basi fruticulosa erecti
vel suberecti ramosi 2 dm. alti et ultra dense pubescentes pilis
patenti-incurvis. Folia infima elliptica vel elliptico-obovata 3.54
mm. longa 2.8-3 mm. lata; media et superiora ovata acuta vel
subacuta mucronata basi rotundata pubescentia pilis incurvis
(eorum in pagina superiore basibus subtuberculatis) 11-22 mm.
longa 3.5-10 mm. lata, in petiolis 1-1.5 mm. longis. Racemi 9-30-
flori 4-7 em. longi et ultra. Flores 6.5 mm. longi. Sepala oblongo-
ovata acuta sparse incurvo-patenti-pubescentia 2.3-2.5 mm. longa.
Alae orbiculari-ovales rotundatae basi breviter unguiculatae ubique
vel solummodo apicem versus incurvo-patenti-pubescentes purpu-

34 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

rascentes 6—-6.5 mm. longae 44.8 mm. latae. Carina alas aequans.
Petala superiora apice parum dilatata 6 mm. longa. Capsula ellip-
tica immaturitate sparse incurvo-pubescens maturitate glabra
(margine ciliato excepto) 6.5-7 mm. longa 5—5.5 mm. lata. Semen
subsericeo-pilosum 4.5 mm. longum. Arillus 1.6 mm. altus, in
margine dorsali 2 mm. longus, umbone 0.5 mm. alto, margine scari-
oso ad 1.1 mm. alto irregulariter lobulato in lobos non diviso. —
PurBxa: Tlacuilotepec, June 1909, Purpus 3921 (TYPE coLL.: BG).
— Distributed as P. obscura Benth. — T. 1. Fia. 22.

37. P. BRANDEGEEANA Chod. Many-stemmed from a thick
woody base, the stems branched, erectish, 7-9 cm. high, pubescent
with incurved-ascending hairs. Leaves below much reduced, obo-
vate, 2.5-3 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide; middle and upper oblong to
oval or oblong-linear, acute to obtuse, scarcely mucronulate, cune-
ate-rounded at base, thickish, subglabrous but lepidote above,
sparsely incurved-pubescent beneath, 6-10 mm. long, 1.5-4.5 mm.
wide, on petioles about 0.5 mm. long. Racemes very short, pseudo-
lateral, 1-3-flowered; bracts subulate, rather persistent. Flowers
greenish, 44.5 mm. long. Sepals lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate, sparsely incurved-pubescent to subglabrate, 2.3-2.7
mm. long, the upper subpersistent. Wings oval, rounded at apex,
unguiculate at base, ciliolate above, sparsely incurved-pubescent
along costa, 4.5 mm. long, 2.5-2.8 mm. wide. Carina glabrous,
greenish, 4mm. long. Upper petals purplish toward apex, 3.5 mm.
long. Capsule elliptic, emarginate, at submaturity with a few
hairs on side, at maturity glabrous except for the ciliate margin,
7.5-8.5 mm. long, 6-6.5 mm. wide. Seed silky-pilose, 4 mm. long.
Aril 1.5 mm. deep, 2.3 mm. long on back; umbo 0.6 mm. deep;
scarious margin irregularly lobulate, with indistinct lateral and dis-
tinct dorsal lobe descending at an angle of about 45°. — Chod.!
Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 72 (1914), as P. Brandegeeanum. —
Pursia: dry places, El Riego, Tehuacan, July 1905, Purpus 1429
(rypn couL.: BG). Hiateo: Zimapan, Coulter 728 p.p. (K),
729 p. p. (K).— T. 1. Fig. 23.

38. P. compacta Rose. Suffruticulose, many-stemmed, the
stems subsimple or branched, ascending, 9-21 cm. high, usually
densely leafy, like the inflorescence griseous-puberulous with in-
curved hairs. Lower leaves obovate to oval or oval-oblong, ob-
tuse, mucronulate, cuneate at base, 1-nerved, the lateral nerves

Blake — Revision of Polygala 35

none or 1—2 pairs, densely or subsparsely puberulous with incurved
hairs, 5-17 mm. long, 2.5-8 mm. wide; middle and upper oblong or
lance-oblong, obtuse to acutish, 1.1-1.9 em. long, 3-5 mm. wide,
on petioles 1 mm. long. Racemes rather densely flowered, 1.5-4
cm. long. Flowers apparently ochroleucous. Sepals lanceolate,
pilosulous. Wings oval or obovate-oval, obtuse or abruptly short-
pointed, puberulous, 3.5-5 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide. Keel 44.5
mm. long. Upper petals narrowly obovate, 3.2 mm. long. Cap-
sule elliptic, emarginate, sparsely or densely incurved-puberulous,
7-7.5 mm. long, 5-7 mm. broad. Seed pilose, 3.5-4.6 mm. long.
Aril 1-2 mm. long, distinctly 3-lobed, the lobes scarious, linear or
linear-lanceolate, entire or slightly lobulate, descending or the dor-
sal more or less spreading, subequal or the dorsal somewhat the
longer. — Rose! Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. viii. 315 (1905). P. pu-
bescens Gray! ex Chod. Monog. ii. 21. t. 13. f. 33-37 (1893); not
Mart. Denkschr. Bot. Ges. Regensb. i. 185 (1815). — San Luis
Potosi: San Miguelita Mts., Aug. 1877, Schaffner 8 (GK); 1878,
Parry & Palmer 42 1/2 (corypr cou. of P. pubescens: GK). .
Hiaueo: calcareous soil near Tula, 2075 m., 17 July 1896, Pringle
6363 (BGK); rocks on mountains, [xmiquilpan, Sept. 1905, Purpus
1428 (G). Jauisco: base of Nevada de Colima, 22 May 1893,
Pringle 5507 (G). Puxpsua: Tlacuiloltepec, 1830-2135 m., Aug.
1909, Purpus 3920 (G). Mexico: Mt. Zocoalco near Guadalupe,
10 July, Bourgeau 477 (KK); Valley of Mexico, Schaffner (K);
Schaffner 34 (G); lava fields, 2290 m., Valley of Mexico, 25 Aug.
1896, Pringle 6425 (rTyPE couL. of P. compacta: BGK). Mexico
without locality: 1856, Schmitz (B).—T.1. Fia. 24.

It has seemed best to adopt for this plant the name above used
in place of the name P. pubescens Gray, most unfortunately dragged
forth from its herbarium obscurity by Chodat. P. pubescens Mart.,
not mentioned by Chodat, was described without locality in con-
nection with three other new species of India, and as a MSS. syno-
nym of Rottler’s is cited for this as for the other three species it is
safe to assume that it also is an Indian species. Accordingly its
confident identification with P. violacea Aubl. of Guiana by the
Index Kewensis is clearly erroneous, as is confirmed by Martius’s
description. In the lack of any definite disposition to synonymy
of Martius’s species, it is certainly inadvisable to use the same
name for the Mexican plant here described. This binomial (P.

36 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

pubescens) has also been used by Muhlenberg, Nuttall, and Schlech-
tendal, but in none of these cases for a valid species.

38.1. P. tenuiloba, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa erectiuscula pluri-
caulis 13.5-21.5 em. alta. Caules sparse ramosi ut inflorescentia
griseo-incurvo-puberuli. Folia inferiora oblonga obtusiuscula mu-
cronata nervis lateralibus 1-jugis sparse appresse puberula 8-14
mm. longa 3-3.5 mm. lata brevissime petiolata; media et superiora
lanceolata vel lineari-lanceolata acuta involuta subdense puberula
pilis incurvis 1.7-2.5 em. longa 2.5-4 mm. lata. Racemi laxissime
pauciflori 2-3.8 cm. longi. Sepala ovato-lanceolata vel lanceolata
acuta pubescentia 2.2 mm. longa. Alae ovales apice rotundatae
sparse pubescentes 3.5 mm. longae 2.4 mm. latae. Carina glabra
4 mm. longa. Petala superiora obovata 3 mm. longa. Capsula
sparse ciliolata ovalis vix emarginata 7 mm. longa 4 mm. lata.
Semen anguste oblongo-obovoideum pilosum 4 mm. longum. Aril-
lus trilobus umbone corneo pilosulo, lobo dorsali lanceolato acuto
searioso descendente 1.3 mm. longo, lobis lateralibus 1 mm.
longis. — ARIZONA: oe of the Santa Rita Mts., April—July
1884, Pringle p. p. (TyPE: K).

The type cine didecbicte as P. puberula, includes also
the type of the very distinct spreading-pilosulous P. orthotricha
(no. 32.1). Their occurrence in extreme southern Arizona makes
their subsequent discovery in Mexico a matter of great proba-

t

39. P. potyMorpHa Chod. Stems few from a perennial base,
slender, appressed-pubescent, 1-2 dm. long. Leaves varied, from
ovate or lance-oblong to linear-lanceolate or linear, mucronate,
sparsely minutely appressed-puberulous, paler beneath, thin or
chartaceous, 2—-3.5 em. long, 3-17 mm. wide. Racemes terminal,
few-flowered; nedicaie 2.5-5 mm. long. Flowers 6-7 mm. long.
Sepals lance-linear, acute, pubescent. Wings glabrous, oblong-
elliptic, scarcely unguiculate at base. Upper petals shorter than
the elongate keel, with scarcely dilated obtuse or subspatulate
limb. Filaments slightly ciliate at base. Capsule oblong, with
broadish sinus, hirsute, cuneate at base, 9 mm. long, 5 mm. wide.
Seed pyriform, hirsute. Aril capitelliform, with two slender de-
scending lateral lobes a third as long as the seed, and a prolonged
twisted dorsal lobe. — Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 74 (1914),
as P. polymorphum. — Based by Chodat on Seler 3130 from lime-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 37

stone hills of Chacul4, Huehuetenango, Guatemala. — Not seen;
description compiled.

Subsect. B. Hebantha, subsect. nov.! Folia saepius.majuscula
submonomorphia, saepius ovata acuta ad acuminata rare obtusa,
infima interdum reducta sed quam superiora rarissime latiora.
Arilli umbo saepius minimus. Species typica P. hebantha Benth.
a. Capsule merely ciliate at maturity, b.

b. a densely cd pari beneath (Santa Lucia and

see a MO Se hy oR Re eee 40. P. sancta-luciae.

b. Leiken not subvelutinows beneath (Mexico and Central

ica
o: Pubosoense ie, the hairs appressed or strongly in-

d. Stem and leaves sparsely strigillose; leaves narrowly
lanceolate (5.4-6.5 cm. long, 9-14 mm. wide). ..43. P. longipes.
d. Stem and leaves usually densel strigillose or in-
curved-puberulous; leaves broader in propor-

tion, é
‘Flowers 9 mm. log OF THORS GN. a 67. P. Seleri.
e. Flowers 6-7 mm. long,
Leaves _ pee part of stem pale, glauces
narrower scarious border

cen
“ma fi || aR Par Cae aia ee 45. P. appressipilis.
f. acai plo g stem a Sie aril with broader sca-
us border (see fi MeFi ys cerevisiae 46. P. velata.
oe Pubescence tat least in oar of longer spreading
airs, g

g. Dorsal margin of aril horizontally spreading,
h. Wings ciliate; capsule narro wed at base; te
margin of S65 tie. WHE oc 47. P. Galeottii.
h. ——, nearly oe capsule broad at base;
m aril 2 mm. long.........- 50. P. jaliscana.
q. copa margin of aril Sle tae at an angle of about
eee ia Pee ae Oe eek eee a eek Visions . P. rivinaefolia.
P. Albowiana.
a, —— cata iy less pubescent on sides at maturity, 7.
oval or orbicular-oval, less than twice as

5 2 Capnnts 25 WHE ate distinctly narrowed from

near base toward apex; aril 1 mm. deep..... 52. P. pedicellata.
j. Capsule a pts not narrowed from base to apex; aril
ome Bes eee al, crenate-dentate, the dorsal lobe p:

longed, is re ral lobes obso lete (Martinique) “i. 2 antillensis.

k. Aril otherwise (Mexico and Central America), l.
l. Keel lage mm. long; bro capsule narrowed toward

h rather broad vallecula....... 55. P. brachytropis.
l. Keel 4. 26. 8 mm. long
m. Wings reponse ‘densely "pubescent over bee
puke wemetaie oS ee Pot . P. americana.

m. Wings sparse pubescent along costa and on
n. Stem without pac epreailing hairs, 0.
1 P. serpens (no. 19) and P. Conzattit (no. 21) might be sought here.

38 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

o. Dorsal margin of aril suberect........ 59. P. consobrina.
0. ge al margin of aril not suberect, Pp.
53. P. cuspidulata.

Pp.
p. Capsule spareely incurved- or appressed-
rulous on sides, q.
q. Lbavex glauce: cre beneath; wings
6.5- 45. P. appressipilis.
q. Leaves pot glauceseent beneath; wings
5. 54. P. microtricha.

r. tower | sigh 1-1.4 op Fron: 2 Ge nie ate 51. P. brachysepala.
r. Lower sepals (1.5) 2 lon
Spreadin pe: pal cy meat si short,
Very NuMierons oo ks cca 42. P. amphothriz.
&. Spreading bi g hairs 0 of stem longer, compara-
tively few
Aril aa comparatively large umbo.
49. P. Albowiana.
t. Aril with minute umbo
u. Dorsal margin of aril descending at

an angle of about 45°........ 58. P. Hayesit.
u. Dorsal margin of a ht po me
— A 5mm tees leaves lance-

Jenin Faber en te ee 44. P. chiapensis.
u. Dorsal: eC: of aril aay. erec-
3-3.8

mm. deep;
: ee dees pu. ek. consobrina,
‘ es ee i i ca os cowie dois, o4 times as

v. Stem-pubeseence of short appressed or incurved hairs

w. Wings 9, 5 mm. long, x
S.A VOR CI CNNN as oii oer sis ks 0b 67. P. Selert
x. Leaves rather densely incurved-puberulous beneath.66. P. tatoo
w. Wings 5.5 mm. wee Bet ee Eee ee 59. 2. 00
v. Stem-pubescence in ding longs spreading hai
y. Wings very narrowly oblong (1.2-1.8 mm gee ag
nt ro over outside with rather an
eer bia Vd ins rs Oe 57. P. hebantha.
y. Wings Sacer no Servo merely on st or also to-
ard apex with shorter more or less incurved hairs
(longer and more eq paligags " waaaaeniels ¢ Zz.
2. a ee .5 mm. long o
Seed glabrous; al. Bec bs arn investing wes
with short horizontal dorsal lobe .60. P. guatemalensis.

aa. Seed pubescent; aril much large: asque-shaped,
with obliquely erectish ee ey bb.
bb. Aril finely crenate a anbeaiee vlacksee tn dtiue al, P. —

bb. Aril m
z. Wings 7-10 mm. long, ae
cc. Leaves with numerous long straight spreading
airs on veins beneath,
dd. Aril3 mm. deep, eh obliquely erectish ee
lobe (Pama) 5c3 sao ewed seas P. panamensis. °
dd, Aril 2 mm. deep, with nearly horizontal —
lobe (Veen Greig) So 64. P. biformipilis.
cc. Leaves with Mire of of epineh Renentls nearly all in-
PB Mons or Nadie Skane
ee. ] s
ee. Au pokore a be mene but subentire....... 66. P. isotricha.

eee ee a i ah alt oe ee

Blake — Revision of Polygala 39

(P. trichoptera Chod. (no. be ~ not been inserted in the key, through lack
of knowledge of its seed-charact

40. P. sancra-LuctaE Chod. Stems woody, fragile, erect,
simple or sparsely branched, slightly and very shortly puberulous,
1.5-4 dm. long. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate, acute or
apiculate, strongly reticulate both sides and very shortly but
densely subgriseous-velutinous, coriaceous, 2—2.5 em. long, 1-1.1
em. wide. Flowers 6 mm. long. Wings elliptic, ciliate, subequal
to corolla, 6 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide. Upper petals emarginate.
Capsule elliptic, cordate-emarginate, with triangular vallecula, 10
mm. long, 7 mm. wide. Seed pyriform, brown. Aril membrana-
ceous, retrorsely spurred. — Chod. Monog. ii. 36 (1893). — Not
seen; based by Chodat on specimens from St. Lucia (Schwaeg-
chien; 1 in hb. Monac.) and from St. Domingo.

41. P. antituensts Chod. Suffruticose, the stems erect,
sparsely short-branched at apex, crisply puberulous above, 5 dm.
long. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminate or subcuspidate, herba-
ceous, slightly puberulous, on margin shortly ciliate or glabres-
cent, 2-7 cm. long, 0.8—2.5 em. wide, on petioles 2.5-3 mm. long.
Flowers 7 mm. long. Wings ovate-elliptic, inequilateral, equalling
corolla, rounded at apex, shortly unguiculate at base, reticulate,
sparsely pubescent above, ciliate. Upper petals 1/3 shorter than
keel, slightly dilated at apex, subacute. Filaments glabrous. Cap-
sule elliptic, strongly emarginate, sparsely subhirsute, Pins? nar-
rowed toward base, 13 mm. long, 9 mm. wide. Seed pyriform,
sparsely hirsute. Aril papery, pabtdoted, the margin crenate-
dentate; anterior lobes acute, obliquely projecting; dorsal pro-
longed, horizontal. — Chod. Monog. ii. 33. t. 14. f. 28-30 (1893). —
Not seen; described by Chodat from Belanger 621, from near St.
Pierre, Wnrinbans
P40. P.: amphothrix, sp. nov. Caules 1-4 erecti e basi fruticu-
losa sparse ramosi foliosi 1.1—-1.5 dm. alti ut racemi dense pubes-
centes pilis aliis incurvis brevibus aliis crebris longioribus patentibus
rectis. Folia ima valde reducta ovalia vel ovali-obovata obtusa
vix mucronulata basi cuneata vel rotundata praecipue ad marginem
pubescentia pilis aliis paucis incurvis aliis crebrioribus longioribus
patentibus rectis 3.5-11.5 mm. longa 24.5 mm. lata; media et
superiora multiplo majora oblongo-lanceolata vel ovalia apice ob-
tusa vel subacuta mucronulata basi cuneata reticulato-venosa

40 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

(venis lateralibus validioribus 4—6-jugis) ut ima sparse pubescentia
valde variabilia 1.5-3.6 cm. longa 4.5-16 mm. lata, in petiolis 1 mm.
longis. Racemi terminales et quasi extra-axillares 12—21-flori 4—
7.5 em. longi. Flores 5-5.5 mm. longi in pedicellis 3 mm. longis
(eorum pilis maxima ex parte incurvis). Sepala ovato-lanceolata
acuminata ciliolata et subpatenter incurvo-pubescentia 2.5 mm.
longa. Alae ovales apice rotundatae basi late cuneatae purpuras-
centes ciliolatae et ad costam sparse puberulae 5-5.5 mm. longae
3-3.5 mm. latae. Carina luteo-virescens alas aequans. Petala
superiora oblongo-obovata. Ovarium dense pilosulum. Fructus
deest. — Duraneo: Otinapa, 25 July-5 Aug. 1906, Palmer 462
(TYPE:

43. P. longipes, sp. nov. Basis . . . Caulis tenuis minutissime
strigillosus supra sparse ramosus 3 dm. altus et ultra. Folia cau-
lina lanceolata longe acuminata apice obtusiuscula valde cuspidata
basi cuneata tenuia venis lateralibus 5-6-jugis vix reticulatis supra

viridia minute sparse strigillosa demum subglabrata subtus paullo
pallidiora ad venas minute strigillosa inter venas subglabra 5.4-6.5
em. longa 9-14 mm. lata, in petiolis sparse strigillosis 2 mm.
longis; folia ramorum linearia 2.5-3.6 cm. longa 1.8-3 mm. lata.
Racemus terminalis laxiflorus 14.5 em. longus, laterales breviores.
Flores ut videtur ochroleuci, in pedicellis tenuibus 5-8 mm. longis.
Sepala lanceolato-ovata acuta ciliolata et sparse puberula plus
minusve patentia 2-2.5 mm. longa, superius longius. Alae oblongo-
ovales apice rotundatae basi cuneatae ad apicem ciliolatae costam
secundum sparse appresso-puberulae 6.6 mm. longae 3.3 mm. latae.
Carina valde unguiculata apice acutiuscula glabra 6.8-7.1 mm.
longa. Petala superiora oblonga ad basin ciliata 5.5 mm. longa.
Capsula (valde immatura) elliptica ciliata in lateribus glaberrima.
— Oaxaca: 1842, Ghiesbreght (rypE: K, fragm. G). The type
collection was distributed as P. caracasana HBK. var.

44. P. chiapensis, sp. nov. Basis . . . Caules erecti simplices
vel simpliciter ramosi subdense pubescentes (pilis brevibus incurvis
vel patenti-incurvis, paucis longioribus patenti-incurvis interdum
adjectis) 2.3-2.4 dm. alti. Folia ima ovalia vel obovata obtusa vel
acuta valde reducta 6-12 mm. longa 3-4 mm. lata; media et su-
periora lanceolata acuminata sul ta basi cuneata reticulata
(nervis lateralibus 3-4-jugis) sparse incurvo-pubescentia 2-4.2 em.
longa 5-8 mm. lata, in petiolis 1-1.5 mm. longis. Racemi termi-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 41

nales 14—20-flori 6-10 cm. longi. Flores 5-6 mm. longi. Sepala
inferiora ovata superius ovato-oblongum acuta incurvo-pubes-
centia 2—2.3 mm. longa. Alae ovales apice late rotundatae basi
oblique subunguiculatae sparse ciliolatae ad costam incurvo-pu-
bescentes 5.5 mm. longae 3.5 mm. latae. Carina 5-6 mm. longa.
Petala superiora obovata apice rotundata 5 mm. longa. Capsula
elliptica subdense incurvo-puberula 10 mm. longa 6 mm. lata,
in pedicello 4 mm. longo. Semen (immaturum) sericeo-pilosum.
Arillus maturus papyraceus (umbone minimo) sparse pilosus 1.5
mm. altus irregulariter lobulatus in lobos distinctos non divisus,
margine dorsali horizontali 2.2 mm. longo. — Cutapas: mountains,
temperate region, November (1864-70), Ghiesbreght 736 (TYPE:
G).—T. 2. Fie. 36.— According to the collector, the flowers
are blue.

45. P. appressipilis, sp. nov. E basi suffruticulosa erecta pluri-
caulis ad 3.5 dm. alta subglaucescens. Caules ramosi ut inflores-
centia subdense griseo-puberuli pilis incurvis appressis. Folia ovata
vel inferiora ovalia acuta vel obtusa cuspidulata basi cuneato-
rotundata firma nervis 2-3-jugis prominentibus non reticulatis
supra obscure viridia subtus pallida glaucescentia subdense puber-
ula pilis incurvo-appressis inferiora 1.3-1.8 cm. longa 8-10 mm.
lata, media et superiora 2-3 cm. longa 9-13 mm. lata; _petioli
griseo-puberuli 2 mm. longi. Racemi sublaxiflori ad 8 cm. longi.
Flores ut videtur ochroleuci. Sepala oblongo-ovata acutiuscula
subdense incurvo-puberula 3.8 mm. longa. Alae late ellipticae
apice rotundatae basi cuneatae in-basi et supra in costa et ad
apicem incurvo-puberulae ciliolatae 6.5-7 mm. longae 4.5-5 mm
latae. Carina glabra 6.8 mm. longa. Petala superiora oblongo-
obovata plus minusve ciliolata 5.8 mm. longa. Capsula juventate
ciliata in lateribus glaberrima vel subsparse incurvo-puberula ellip-
tica. Fructus deest. — Morewos: lava fields above
2440 m., 4 June 1904, Pringle 11925 (rypE cotL.: GK). —

Fia. 38 Feminine seed).

46. P. velata, sp. nov. Basis . . . Caulis erectus apice sim-
pliciter ramosus ut inflorescentia subdense incurvo-puberulus 3.4
dm. altus et ultra. Folia ovata vel rhomboideo-lanceolata vel
-Ovata acuminata apice supremo saepius obtusa cuspidata basi
acute cuneata ubique sparse incurvo-puberula supra obscure viri-
dia infra paullo pallidiora nervis lateralibus ca. 5-jugis anastomanti-

42 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

bus 3.7-5.2 em. longa 1.1-2.2 mm. lata, in petiolis incurvo-puberu-
lis 1.5-2 mm. longis. Racemi ca. 15-flori 6.5-10.5 cm. longi. Flores
6 mm. longi. Sepala ovata acuta sparse incurvo-puberula et cilio-
lata 2-2.4 mm. longa. Alae ovales apice rotundatae basi sparse
puberulae ceterum glabrae 5.5 mm. longae 3.5 mm. latae. Carina
5.5-6 mm. longa. Capsula late elliptica vel suborbicularis basi
rotundata margine ciliato excepto glaberrima 10.5-11.5 mm. longa
9.5-10.8 mm. lata, vallecula clausa. Semen pilosum 5 mm. long-
um. Arillus 3 mm. altus, margine scarioso palliiformi appresso
sparse piloso margine inferiore paucilobulato. — Cu1apas: tem-
perate region, 1864-70, Ghiesbreght 879 (rrp: G). Flowering in
August and September, the flowers “ bleues’’ according to the
ticket, but doubtless purplish. Distributed as P. ovalifolia DC. —
T.1. Fie. 27.

47. P. Gatxorri Chod. Stem simple or sparsely branched,
slightly hirsute, from a woody base. Leaves lanceolate, attenuate
at each end, acute, not cuspidate, ciliate and slightly hirsute-pu-
berulent, paler beneath, the nerves whitish, 2.8-4 em. long, 1-1.4
em. wide. Racemes loosely flowered, elongate, the rachis puberu-
lent; pedicels at length spreading, puberulent, 4 mm. long
Flowers 6 mm. long. Sepals linear, acute, subequal, ciliate. Wings
shorter than corolla, elliptic-obovate, slightly pubescent and ciliate.
Upper petals slightly shorter than keel, ligulate, slightly spatulate,
rounded at apex. Ovary pilose. Capsule orbicular, emarginate,
hirsute-ciliate. Seed thick, clothed with rufous hairs, 4 mm. long.
Aril papery, 2 mm. deep, 2.8 mm. long on the dorsal margin, cren-
ate or undulate, scarcely lobed. — Chod. Monog. ii. 28. t. 14. f.
17-20 (1893), as P. Galleoti. — Not seen; based by Chodat on
Galeotti 875 (hb. Brussels) from Rancho de Haupa, between Jalapa
and Cordova, Vera Cruz.

48. P. rivinaEFotia HBK. Stems procumbent or erect, simple
or branched above, pubescent. Leaves ovate or oblong-ovate,
acuminate, acute at base, reticulate, the nerves prominent beneath,
membranaceous, puberulous especially above, ciliate, bright green,
scarcely paler beneath, about 5 cm. long, 17-20 mm. wide, on pu-
bescent petioles 2.5 mm. long. Racemes terminal and axillary,
rather loosely many-flowered, 6.2-7.7 cm. long. Flowers viola-
ceous, about 7 mm. long; pedicels pubescent, 5-6.2 mm. long;
bracts lance-subulate, deciduous. Sepals lanceolate, acute, pubes-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 43

cent, the upper longer. Wings elliptic, “ glabrous,” thrice as long
as sepals, equalling corolla. Upper petals obovate, shorter than
keel. Capsule elliptic-orbicular, emarginate, membranaceous, cili-
ate, glabrous on sides. Aril apparently rather small. — HBK.
Nov. Gen. v. 409. t. 512 (1821). P. americana Mill. a. normalis
Ktze. Rev. i. 48 (1891), as to synonym. — Not seen; recorded by
HBK. from near Ario, alt. 1830 m. — Chodat’s description, made
from the types (Monog. ii. 24 (1893)) does not agree in all char-
acters with the original. I can discover no feature in the original
description to distinguish the species from Chodat’s P. Albowiana,
but am unwilling to unite them without examining the types.

49. P. AtBowrana Chod. Suffruticulose, several-stemmed,
erect, 3-4 dm. high. Stems subsimple or sparsely branched, rather
densely pubescent with short incurved hairs mixed with plentiful
longer spreading hairs. Leaves ovate (the lower, not seen, probably
oval), acute, cuspidate, at base rounded to cuneate-rounded, thin,
with 3-4 pairs of lateral veins, not reticulate, green above, pale be-
neath, rather densely pubescent both sides with rather long in-
curved hairs, 2.5—5.6 em. long, 1.5-3 em. wide, on petioles 1-2 mm.
long, pubescent like the stem. Racemes 1.5-13 cm. long, loosely
flowered; pedicels rather sparsely incurved-pubescent, 3.5-5.5 mm.
long. Flowers purplish. Sepals ovate or ovate-oblong, acutish,
pubescent with incurved hairs, 2-2.5 mm. long. Wings oval,
rounded at apex, cuneate at base, very sparsely puberulous along
midnerve, somewhat purplish-tinged, 5-6 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide.
Keel glabrous, 6-6.2 mm. long. Upper petals oblong-subovate, cili-
ate toward base, 5mm. long. Capsule elliptic, ciliate, pale, reticu-
late, 1.2 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, in youth sometimes slightly puberu-
lous on the sides; occasionally one cell is abortive and densely
appressed-pubescent, while the other is glabrous except for the
marginal cilia. Seed pilose, 4.2-4.7 mm. long. Aril 1.5-2 mm.
long, cloak-like, with lobulate or slightly lobed margin, rather
closely involving the seed. — Chod.! Bull. Herb. Boiss. iii. 123
(1895). — Janisco: barranca near Guadalajara, 8 Nov. 1888,
Pringle 2147 (G); cool slopes of barranca near Guadalajara, Sept.—
Oct. 1891, Pringle 3876 (Type coLL.: BGK); granitic ledges of
barranea of Guadalajara, 1375 m., 28 Sept. 1903, Pringle 11375
(GK). Mrcwoacan: granitic soil, El Ocote, 600 m., Dec. 1898,
Langlassé 722 (G). Morexos: Acapulco, Oct. 1894—Mar. 1895,

44° Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Palmer 166 p. p. (G). Mexico without locality: Pavon (B). To
this species I also refer with doubt specimens in hb. Kew. collected
at Acapulco by Sinclair and in ‘“‘ Mexico ” by Baites. Pringle 2988
(Guadalajara, 1889: G), in flower and young fruit, may belong
here, but shows no long hairs among the short ones of the stem. —
T.1. Fia. 26.

50. P. jaliscana, sp. nov. Basis. ... Caulis erectus sparse
ramosus subdense pubescens pilis aliis brevioribus patenti-incurvis
aliis paucis longis patentibus rectis, 4 dm. altus et ultra. Folia
ovata acuminata cuspidata basi cuneata vel cuneato-rotundata
utrinque subdense pubescentia pilis brevioribus patenti-incurvis
paucis longioribus subpatentibus intermixtis, venis lateralibus 5-6-
jugis anastomantibus, media 3.5-4.2 em. longa 1.4-2 cm. lata in
petiolis 2.5 mm. longis, inferiora et superiora minora. Racemi
caulem et ramos terminantes 7.5-15 em. longi 30-57-flori. Flores
5-5.5 mm. longi. Sepala oblongo- vel lanceolato-ovata acuminata
sparse incurvo-puberula et ciliolata 2.5 mm. longa. Alae ovali-
obovatae apice rotundatae basi cuneatae basi ima puberulae ceter-
um glabrae 5.2-5.3 mm. longae 3-3.3 mm. latae. Carina 5-5.5 mm.
longa. Petala superiora oblonga apice rotundata vix dilatata.
Capsula orbicularis margine ciliato excepto glaberrima basi rotun-
dato-truncata apice emarginata (vallecula aperta 1-1.3 mm. alta)
8.5-9 mm. longa 8.5-9 mm. lata. Semen pilosum 4.3 mm. longum.
Arillus 1.5 mm. altus, in margine dorsali 2 mm. longus, umbone
parvo dense piloso, margine scarioso lato irregulariter lobulato,
margine anteriore verticali dorsali subhorizontali vel curvato-ad-
scendente. — Jauisco: barranca near Guadalajara, June 1886,
Palmer 417 (tyre couu.: BG). — Very distinct in seed characters
from P. Albowiana, which comes from the same locality. — T. 2.
Fic. 34.

51. P. brachysepala, sp. nov. E basi fruticulosa caules plures
erecti sparse ramosi plus minusve flexuosi subdense incurvo-pu-
beruli pilis paucis longis late patentibus adjectis, 2-3.5 dm. alti.
Folia media et superiora ovata acuminata vix mucronulata basi
rotundato-cuneata, sparse incurvo-puberula, pilis paucis longis
laxis adjectis, nervis lateralibus ca. 5-jugis albidis, 2.8-4.5 cm.
longa 1.2-2.1 cm. lata, in petiolis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis; ea ima ob-
longo-ovalia vel obovata apice acuta 5-10 mm. longa 2-4.5 mm.
lata. Racemi 15-33-flori 5-7 cm. longi. Flores ut videtur ochro-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 45

leuci, in pedicellis curvatis 2.5-3.5 mm. longis. Sepala ovata solum-
modo acuta sparse incurvo-puberula ciliolata inferiora 1-1.4 mm.
longa superius 1.7 mm. Alae orbiculares late rotundatae vix un-
guiculatae sparse ciliolatae ceterum glabrae nervosae 5.3 mm.
longae 4.8 mm. latae. Carina 4.5-5.7 mm. longa. Petala superiora
oblique obovata apice rotundata. Ovarium dense appresse pilosu-
lum. Fructus deest. — San Luis Porost: Las Canvas, 14 Aug.
1891, Pringle 5008 (rTyPE: G).

52. P. pedicellata, sp. nov. Caules e basi fruticulosa pauci
suberecti ramosi subdense incurvo-patenti-puberuli (pilis longis
deficientibus) ad 4 dm. alti. Folia media et superiora caulina
ovata subacuminata cuspidulata basi rotundato-cuneata vel cune-
ata subdense pubescentia pilis brevibus patenti-incurvis 2.3-3.4 cm.
longa 0.9-1.6 cm. lata, in petiolis 1.5-2 mm. longis, nervis laterali-
bus ca. 5-jugis; ramealia minora. Racemi laterales et terminales
13-37-flori 3.5-7 em. longi. Flores verosim. purpurascentes 5-5.5
mm. longi. Sepala ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuminata subdense
patenti-pilosulosa et ciliolata 2.5-3 mm. longa. Alae ellipticae basi
unguiculatae apice brevissime subacutae ubique subdense sub-
patenti-pilosulae 5 mm. longae 4 mm. latae. Petala superiora
oblongo-obovata apice subacuta. Capsula submatura deltoideo-
quadrata fere e basi sensim angustata pubescens. Semen ad 4.6
mm. longum. Arillus 1 mm. altus, margine scarioso angusto ad 0.3
mm. alto subintegro, lobo dorsali brevissimo. — VERA Cruz: Za-
cuapan, Apr. 1913, Purpus 6308 (TYPE COLL.: BG).—T. 1.
Fie. 2

G. 25.

53. P. cuspidulata, sp. nov. Caules e basi fruticulosa pauci
erecti sparse ramosi ut inflorescentia dense pubescentes pilis brevi-
bus incurvo-patentibus (eis longioribus patentibus subnullis) 1.5-4
dm. alti. Folia ovata acutiuscula vel obtusiuscula cuspidulata basi
rotundata nervis lateralibus ca. 4-jugis ubique ut caules subdense
pubescentia infra non pallidiora media et superiora 2-3 cm. longa
1.1-1.6 cm. lata; inferiora minora; petioli incurvo-patenti-pilosuli
ad 2mm. longi. Racemi 15-35-flori 5-11 cm. longi. Flores purpuras-
centes 7-8.3 mm. longi, in pedicellis incurvo-patenti-pilosulis 3-5.5
mm. longis. Sepala ovata vel lanceolato-ovata subacuminata
sparse patenti-pilosula et -ciliata 3-3.5 mm. longa. Alae purpuras-
centes ellipticae apice rotundatae ciliolatae basi sparse puberulae
ceterum glabrae 7-8.3 mm. longae 5—-5.5 mm. latae. Petala superi-

46 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

ora oblique obovato-ovalia apice rotundata. Capsula orbicularis
emarginata basi rotundata sparse breviterque patenti-pilosula et
ciliolata 8-10 mm. longa lataque. Semen pilosum 5 mm. longum.
Arillus 2.2-2.5 mm. altus, margine scarioso undulato sparse piloso,
margine dorsali vel horizontali vel paullum curvato-adscendente vel
dejecto tunc angulum ca. 45° formante. — PuEBLa: rocks and
rocky soil, Cerro de Santa Lucia, near San Luis Tultitlanapa, July
1907, Purpus 2764 (rypE cotu.: BG).—T. 2. Fia. 32.

54. P. microtricha, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa ramosa 2.5 dm.
alta et ultra basi invisa. Caulis ut racemi subdense incurvo-pu-
berulus. Folia ovata acuta ad acuminata mucronulata basi cune-
ato-rotundata vel cuneata firma nervis lateralibus 3-5-jugis non
reticulatis supra viridia subtus paullulo pallidiora utrinque subdense
puberula pilis brevibus incurvis 2.7-3.8 cm. longa 1-1.2 cm. lata,
in petiolis incurvo-puberulis 2-3 mm. longis. Racemi laxiflori 3.5-
7.5 cm. longi. Flores ca. 12-18 ut videtur ochroleuci, in pedicellis
ineurvo-puberulis 4 mm. longis. Sepala ovato-lanceolata acuta in-
curvo-puberula 3.5-3.8 mm. longa. Alae ellipticae apice rotun-
datae basi cuneatae ad costam et apicem versus sparse incurvo-pu-
berulae 5.5 mm. longae 4 mm. latae. Carina glabra 6 mm. longa.
Petala superiora oblongo-obovata basin versus ciliata 5.5 mm.
longa. Petala lateralia minima oblonga obtusa ad 1 mm. longa.
Capsula elliptica emarginata incurvo-ciliolata et in lateribus prae-
cipue ad septum pubescens pilis paucis brevissimis appressis 9 mm.
longa 8 mm. lata. Semen ellipsoideum pilosum 5 mm. longum.
Arillus 3 mm. altus palliiformis umbone pilosulo, margine lato scari-
oso lobulato, lobis lateralibus et dorsali descendentibus sed non
appressis vix indicatis. —Himaueo: Zimapan, Coulter 732 p. p-
(rype: K, fragm. G).—T.1. Fic. 28.

55. P. brachytropis, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa ramosa 2.5 dm.
alta et ultra basi invisa. Caulis striatus dense pubescens pilis bi-
formibus (aliis brevibus incurvis aliis longis late patentibus). Folia
ovata acuta mucronulata basi cuneata vel cuneato-rotundata firma
nervis lateralibus 2-3-jugis inconspicuis concoloria utrinque sub-
sparse pubescentia pilis longiusculis incurvo-patentibus 2.5-3.8 cm.
longa 1.2-1.4 cm. lata, in petiolis 1.5 mm. longis. Racemi ad 3 cm.
longi ca. 9-flori. Flores ut videtur ochroleuci. Sepala ovata acuta
ciliata et sparse pubescentia 2mm. longa. Alae ellipticae apice ro-
tundatae basi cuneatae ciliolatae ad costam sparse puberulae 3.8

Blake — Revision of Polygala 47

mm. longae 2.5 mm. latae. Carina virescens 3.2-3.5 mm. longa.
Petala superiora oblonga 3.3 mm. longa. Capsula submatura ellip-
tica basi paullulum angustata sublate emarginata ciliolata et sub-
dense puberula pilis brevibus subincurvis 9.5 mm. longa 6.5 mm.
lata, vallecula ad 1 mm: alta 1 mm. dimetente. Semen non vidi. —
Hipauego: Zimapan, Coulter 732 p. p. (Type: K, fragm. G).

56. P. americana Mill. Fruticulose, erect, several-stemmed,
about 1.2 dm. high. Stems simple or branched, slightly flexuose,
densely pubescent with incurved-spreading rather short equal hairs.
Leaves ovate to obovate, acute or the lower rounded at apex, acute
at base, mucronulate, firm but rather thin, with about 2 pairs of
lateral nerves, somewhat reticulate, rather densely pubescent both
sides with incurved-spreading hairs, 1.4-2.3 em. long, 8-11 mm
wide, on incurved-spreading petioles 1 mm. long; those of the
branches sometimes much reduced. Racemes rather loosely
flowered, 1.2-4 cm. long. Flowers ‘‘ purplish.” Sepals lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, rather densely incurved-spreading-pubescent,
44.5 mm. long. Wings elliptic, obtuse, rather densely pubescent
all over outside with longish incurved-spreading hairs, 5-7 mm.
long, 3-4 mm. wide. Keel glabrous, 5 mm. long. Upper petals
spatulate-obovate, ciliate below. Capsule (immature) elliptic,
emarginate, reticulate, densely pubescent with straightish patent
hairs, 6 mm. long, 5.3 mm. wide, on a spreading-pilosulous pedicel
1.8-3 mm. long. Seed not seen. — Mill.! Gardn. Dict. VIII. ed.
no. 7 (1768) ; not of other authors. — Vera Cruz: 1731, Houston
(typEs: B, tracing G). — Wrongly described by Miller as possess-
ing cristate flowers.

57. P. HEBANTHA Benth. Suffruticulose at base, erect, 1.5-2.5
dm. high, few-stemmed, the stems simple or slightly branched,
densely pubescent with subincurved-spreading shorter hairs mixed
with longer spreading hairs. Lower leaves oval or elliptic, rounded
or obtuse at apex, mucronulate, at base broadly cuneate, thinnish,
with 3-6 pairs of lateral nerves, somewhat reticulate, subsparsely
pubescent with shorter and longer incurved hairs, 1.8-3 cm. long,
1-—2.2 em. wide; middle and upper larger, oval to ovate, acute, 2.5-
5.5 em. long, 1.1-3.2 em. wide, on petioles 1.5-2 mm. long. Ra-
cemes rather loosely flowered, 2-4 cm. long. Flowers apparently
ochroleucous. Sepals lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent with sub-
spreading hairs, 2mm. long. Wings narrowly oblong, obtuse, pu-

48 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

bescent everywhere except on margin with comparatively long and
spreading hairs, 4.5-5.8 mm. long, 1.2-1.8 mm. wide. Keel
sparsely appressed-pubescent, 44.6 mm. long. Upper petals nar-
rowly obovate, equalling the keel. Capsule orbicular, densely cili-
ate and pubescent with rather short wide-spreading hairs, 9 mm.
long, 8.5-9 mm. wide. Seed dully silky-pilose, 5 mm. long. Aril
membranaceous-scarious, 2.2 mm. deep, short-pilose, the dorsal
edge ascending, the ventral subvertical, the margin irregularly
lobulate. — Benth.! Bot. Sulph. 67 (1844). — Honpuras: Gulf of
Fonseca, Sinclair (type: K, fragment G); sandy loam, arid
banks, Gulf of Fonseca, Nov. 1838, Barclay 2647 (B). A specimen
in hb. Kew., collected by Friedrichsthal in Guatemala, is somewhat
doubtfully referred here. — T. 2.

58. P. Hayesii, sp. nov. Caules plures e basi fruticulosa erecti
sparse ramosi flexuosi subdense pubescentes pilis aliis brevibus in-
curvo-patentibus aliis longis patentibus vel adscendentibus rectis
vel vix curvatis 1-1.2 dm. alti. Folia ovata acuminata basi cuneata
ut caules subdense pubescentes reticulato-venosa (venis lateralibus
ca. 5-jugis) 2.1-3.2 em. longa 0.9-1.1 cm. lata, in petiolis 1.5 mm.
longis; infima minora ovalia obtusa. Racemi ramos et caules ter-
minantes ca. 15-flori 3.5-3.8 cm. longi. Flores 5-6 mm. longi.
Sepala ovata acuminata sparse incurvo-puberula ciliolata 2.7 mm.
longa. Alae ovales apice rotundatae basi vix cuneatae ad costam
et apicem versus sparse incurvo-puberulae sparse ciliolatae 5.8 mm.
longae 4 mm. latae. Carina 5.5 mm. longa. Petala superiora late
obovata apice rotundata. Capsula submatura orbicularis emar-
ginata basi truncato-rotundata in lateribus incurvo-puberula sub-
patenti-ciliolata 8.5 mm. longa 8 mm. lata. Semen (valde imma-
turum) pilosum. Arillus (submaturus) 1.5 mm. altus, margine
scarioso lato parum undulato sparse piloso, margine dorsali des-
cendente angulum ca. 45° formante. — GuaTeMaLA: plains about
Guatemala City, July 1860, Sutton Hayes (typn: G).—T. 1.
Fic. 29.

59. P. consobrina, sp. nov. Suffruticulosa infra ramosa 2.4
dm. alta. Caulis ramique dense pubescentes pilis patenti-incurvis
pilis longioribus patentioribus perpaucis vel mancis. Folia inferiora
ovalia obtusa media et superiora late ovata acuta basi late cuneata
subvenoso-reticulata, (venis lateralibus ca. 6-jugis) tenuia sed de-
mum subfirma supra subsparse puberula pilis incurvis infra vix

Blake — Revision of Polygala 49

pallidiora subdense puberula pilis incurvis 2.2-4.8 em. longa 1.7—
2.7 cm. lata in petiolis 2 mm. longis. Racemi subdensiflori ca. 5
em. longi. Flores ut videtur ochroleuci. Sepala lanceolata acumi-
nata subdense patenti-pilosula 3 mm. longa. Alae oblongo-ovales
apice rotundatae ciliolatae ad costam et apicem versus subpatenti-
pilosulae 4.5-5.5 mm. longae 2.5-2.8 mm. latae. Carina glabra 4.2
mm. longa. Petala superiora oblonga carinam aequantia. Capsula
elliptica emarginata dense ciliolata et subpatenti-pilosula 9 mm.
longa 8 mm. lata. Semen sericeum 6 mm. longum. Arillus 2.3-3.8
mm. altus scariosus plus minusve pilosus, umbone minimo subindu-
rato densius piloso, margine anteriore verticali dorsali suberecto,
irregulariter dentato-lobato. — GuaTemaLa: Escuintla, Dept.
Escuintla, 335 m., Mar. 1890, J. D. Smith 1980 (typE: G);
Cerro Gordo, Dept. Santa Rosa, 1065 m., Sept. 1892, Heyde &
Lux 3941 p. p. (G). Also in hb. Kew. from Guatemala without
definite locality, collected by J. D. Smith (probably a portion of
J. D. 8. 1980). — T. 2. Fie. 33.

60. P. GUATEMALENSIS A. W. Bennett. Suffruticulose, 0.5 m.
high, with few erect branches. Stem slender, rather closely pubes-
cent with short incurved hairs mixed with long spreading ones.
Leaves ovate, the upper acuminate, scarcely mucronulate, at base
rounded-cuneate, reticulate with 5-7 pairs of lateral veins, firm and
subcoriaceous, ciliate, above dark green, subsparsely pubescent
with short and long incurved-appressed hairs, beneath paler,
sparsely incurved-puberulous along the veins, with a few longer
looser hairs, 2.5-3.9 em. long, 8-15 mm. wide, on incurved-puberu-
lous and subspreading-pilose petioles 1.5-3 mm. long. Racemes
somewhat densely flowered, incurved-puberulous, 4.5-9.5 em. long.
Sepals lanceolate, acute, ciliolate and sparsely incurved-puberulous,
3 mm. long. Alae oblong, rounded at apex, incurved-puberulous

Upper petals oblong, 6 mm. long. Capsule (immature) elliptic,
rather densely pilosulous with short spreading hairs, 8 mm. long,
mm. wide. Seed (quite immature) glabrous, 2.2 mm. long.
Arillus 1.1 mm. high, cloak-like, closely investing the seed, suben-
tire with short but distinct horizontal dorsal lobe, the sides mem-
branous-scarious, unlobed. — A. W. Bennett! Journ. Bot. sate
108 (1895). — GuaTeMa.a: bushy places, Coban, 1340 m., Tuer
heim 298 (typr: K). — Cited by Bennett as “ Kurtz 298,” but on

50 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

label of the fragments communicated to Kew Herbarium by Ben-
nett is marked, presumably by Kurtz himself “‘ 298. De Tiirckheim:
Flora guatemalensis. — Edit. C. Keck.” It is by no means the
same species (or collection ?) as Tuerckheim 298 of J. D. Smith’s
distribution (as P. americana), which is P. costaricensis Chod.
The wings are not glabrous, as stated by Bennett, but distinctly
puberulous along costa and toward apex.

61. P. Duranpi Chod. Suffruticulose, erectish, about 3.5 dm.
high, sparsely branched near base. Stems simple or sparsely
branched, somewhat zigzag above, slender, densely pubescent with
incurved short hairs mixed especially toward base of stem with long
spreading ones. Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate (or the lower oval
and obtuse), acute to acuminate, slightly mucronulate, subcharta-
ceous, somewhat reticulate (lateral veins 5-6 pairs), rather sparsely
pubescent both sides with short incurved and long ascending or
subspreading hairs, 1.7-4.4 cm. long, 9-16 mm. wide, on incurved-
puberulous petioles 1.5-2 mm. long. Racemes subsparsely flowered,
4-5cm.long. Flowers apparently ochroleucous. Sepals lanceolate,
acute, rather densely incurved-puberulous, 2-2.8 mm. long. Wings
oblong, rounded at apex, sparsely ciliolate, subsparsely appressed-
puberulous along costa and toward apex, 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide.
Keel very blunt, 6 mm. long. Upper petals oblong, 4.8 mm. long.
Capsule elliptic, strongly emarginate, pubescent on sides, 9-10 mm.
long, 8-9.3 mm. wide. Seed 5.2 mm. long, subsparsely pilose.
Arillus 3.2 mm. high, somewhat pilose especially at apex, scarious,
somewhat umbrella-shaped, the ventral edge vertically descending,
the dorsal straight, erected at an angle of about 45°, the margin sub-
entire or very indistinctly erenate. — Chod. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg.
xxx. 300 (1891); in Dur. & Pitt. Primit. Fl. Costar. i. 203 (1891);
Monog. ii. 27. t. 14. f. 13-16 (1893). P. Durandi var. crassifolia
Chod. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxx. 301 (1891); in Dur. & Pitt. Primit.
Fl. Costar. i. 204 (1891). — Guatemala: Skinner (KK). — Skinner’s
plants differ from Chodat’s description (based on Pittier 519,
657, and 999, and Tonduz 3073, all from Costa Rica) in their more
pubescent leaves, sparsely ciliolate wings, and larger capsule ciliate
with rather long hairs, and may prove distinct when compared with
Chodat’s types.

- 62. P. rricnoprera Chod. Stems erect, hirsute, slender, 1-2
dm. high, simple or sparsely branched, from a persistent base.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 51

Leaves from lance-elliptic to lanceolate or linear, sparsely hirsute
above, conspicuously ciliate beneath, conspicuously venose beneath
with prominent lateral nerves, 2-4 cm. long, 7-16 mm. wide. Ra-
cemes terminal, 7—-12-flowered, about 2-4 cm. long; rachis puberu-
lous or subhirsute; pedicels 2.5 mm. long. Flowers violaceous, 6
mm. long. Sepals lance-linear, hirsute, acute. Wings obovate-
oblong, very obtuse, slightly reticulate, sparsely long-haired on the
back. Upper petals shorter than the keel, with broadly linear limb,
at apex acute or subacute, neither dilated nor emarginate. Ovary
obovate, long-pilose; immature capsule elliptic-obovate, very hir-
sute. — Chod. Bot. Jahrb. li. Beibl. 115. 74 (1914), as P. trichop-
terum. — Based by Chodat on Seler 2796 and 2904, from limestone
hills, Uaxae Canal, 1300-1400 m., Dept. Huehuetenango, Guate-
mala. — Not seen; description compiled.

63. P. cosraricENsis Chod. Several-stemmed from a suffruti-
culose base, 2-6 dm. high, the stems ascending or erect, more or
less densely incurved-puberulous with few or many longer spread-
ing hairs intermixed. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or
usually acuminate, at base cuneate or broadly rounded, mucronu-
late, thin but chartaceous, somewhat reticulate (lateral nerves 4-6
pairs), subsparsely incurved-puberulous both sides, usually with a
few longer but scarcely spreading hairs intermixed, 2.5-6.6 cm.
long, 8-23 mm. wide, on petioles 1-2 mm. long. Racemes some-
what loosely flowered, 3-12.5 em. long. Flowers purplish. Sepals
lanceolate, acuminate, cilate and somewhat densely incurved-pu-
berulous, 2.5-3 mm. long. Wings oblong to oblong-oval, rounded
at apex, sparsely puberulous along costa and toward apex, 8-10
mm. long, 4.2-6 mm. wide. Keel glabrous, 8-9.5 mm. long. Upper
petals obovate-oblong, 7 mm. long. Capsule elliptic, emarginate,
ciliate and puberulous with short spreading hairs, 10.5 mm. long,
9 mm. wide. Seed (immature) sparsely short-pilose. Aril (sub-
mature) 2.7 mm. bigh, with small densely pilose umbo, the undu-
late-lobulate scarious margin broad; dorsal margin abruptly
erectish, anterior obliquely descending. — Chod. Bull. Soc. Bot.
Belg. xxx. 298 (1891); in Dur. & Pitt. Primit. Fl. Costar. i. 201
(1891); Monog. ii. 30. t. 14. f. 21-24 (1893). (?) P. guatema-
lensis Gand. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Ix. 454 (1913), not of A. W.
Bennett. —GuatemaLa: Skinner (K); mountains near Guate-
mala City, 15 Aug. 1860, Sutton Hayes (G); Cerro del Carmen,

52 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Oct. 1865, Bernoulli 120 (K); Capestillo, Volcan del Fuego, 1400
m., Aug. 1873, Salvin (K); Volcan Acatenango, Dept. Zaca-
tepequez, 2135 m., Aug. 1892, W. C. Shannon 3689 (K); Coban,
1300 m., Nov. 1902, Twerckheim 8379 (GK); Coban, 1350 m., Nov.
1906, T’werckheim II. 650 (B); Coban, 1310 m., Nov. 1886, Twerck-
heim 298 (distr. J. D. Smith: GK); San Geronimo, 1861, Salvin &
Godman (K); Cerro Gordo, Dept. Santa Rosa, 1065 m., Sept. 1892,
Heyde & Lux 3941 p.p. (G). Costa Rica: thickets along the
Torres River, at San José, 1160 m., Aug. 1896, Tonduz 2052 (GK);
San Francisco de Guadalupe, 1170 m., Nov. 1893, Tonduz 1553
(G).—T. 2. Fie. 30.

64. P. biformipilis, sp. nov. E basi fruticulosa caules plures
ramosi erecti 3.5-6 dm. alti dense molliter pubescentes pilis aliis
brevioribus incurvis aliis crebris longis rectis late patentibus. Folia
ovata vel oblongo-ovata acuminata cuspidulata basi rotundata
venosa (nervis lateralibus 6-8-jugis) supra saturate viridia subtus
paullulo pallidiora utrinque sicut caules pubescentia (pilis paginae
inferioris numerosis) 3-4.9 cm. longa 1.1—2 em. lata, in petiolis 1.2-2
mm. longis; ea inferiora minora ovalia plus minusve obtusa. Ra-
cemi densiflori 3.5-7 em. longi. Flores purpurascentes 8-9 mm.
longi, in pedicellis 2-2.5 mm. longis; bracteis subulatis subpersis-
tentibus. Sepala ovata vel oblongo-ovata acuminata incurvo-pu-
bescentia et ciliata sparse pilosa ad 3.7 mm. longa. Alae oblongo-
ovales apice rotundatae basi non unguiculatae infra sparse incurvo-
puberulae apice sparse ciliolatae et puberulae ceterum glabrae 8.7
mm. longae 4.7 mm. latae. Carina 7 mm. longa. Petala superiora
oblonga apice retusa glabra. Tubus staminalis apice et filamenta
libera infra pubescentia. Capsula (immatura) elliptica emarginata
basi rotundata ciliata et dense incurvo-patenti-pilosula 8 mm. longa
6.5 mm. lata. Semen (submaturum) breviter pilosum 4.1 mm.
longum. Arillus (submaturus) 2.5 mm. altus, umbone parvo dense
piloso, margine scarioso lobulato sparsissime piloso, margine dorsali
subhorizontali anteriore recte verticali. — Vera Cruz: open woods
and fields, Zacuapan, Nov. 1906, Purpus 2364 (rypE coLL.: BG);
temperate and subtropical region, Sept. 1828, Schiede & Deppe
(B); Mirador, Sept. 1838, Linden 174 (K); fields and woods, 915
m., 1840, Galeotti 879 (K). —T. 2. Fia. 37.

65. P. panamensis Chod. Suffruticulose at base, erectish,
several-stemmed, 2-3 dm. high. Stems stoutish, branched, densely

Blake — Revision of Polygala 53

softly pilose like the inflorescence-axis and pedicels with subspread-
ing slightly curved shorter and wide-spreading slightly longer hairs.
Leaves ovate, obtusish to acute, mucronulate, cuneate at base,
firm, with about 5 pairs of lateral nerves, somewhat reticulate,
above dark green, softly pubescent with longish ascending hairs,
beneath somewhat paler, densely and softly spreading-pilose along
the veins, less densely or sparsely so between them with spreading
or ascending hairs, 2.5-7.1 cm. long, 1.1—2.8 em. wide, on densely

and puberulous with short wide-spreading hairs, rather deeply but
narrowly emarginate, 9-11 mm. long, 7-8.8 mm. wide. Seed ellip-
soid, pilose, 6 mm. long. Aril 3 mm. long, with very indistinct
umbo, scarious, somewhat pubescent and ciliate, with obliquely
ascending dorsal edge and obliquely descending ventral, the mar-
gin about 6-toothed, not lobed. — Chod. Monog. ii. 35 (1893). —
Panama: Boquete, Veraguas, Feb. 1849, Seemann 1645 (BK);
without locality, Seemann p. p. (G: probably a part of Seemann
1645). — Based by Chodat on specimens collected by Wagner
(‘‘ fase. 3. 2 Send.’’) in Panama in the Provinces Chiriquiri and
a

66. P. isotricha, nom. nov. Suffruticulosa erecta 4 dm. alta et
ultra basi invisa. Caulis sparse ramosus dense pubescens pilis aliis
lateraliter incurvis subaequalibus aliis perpaucis paullo longioribus
incurvis adjectis. Folia ovata vel rhomboideo-ovata rare ovalia
acuta rare obtuse mucronata basi cuneata chartacea subreticulata
(venis lateralibus ca. 5-6-jugis) supra subsparse subtus subdense
puberula pilis incurvis brevibus (subtus perpaucis longioribus inter-
dum adjectis) 3.5-6 cm. longa 1.1-2.5 em. lata, in petiolis 2-2.5 mm.
longis. Racemi anthesi 4-7 cm. longi aetate 15-18.5 cm. longi
subdensiflori ut caules puberuli. Sepala ovato-lanceolata acumi-
nata sparse pilosa et ciliata 4 mm. longa. Alae oblongo-obovatae
obtusae in costa sparsissime puberulae margine glabrae 8-9.5 mm.

54 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

longae 3-4.5 mm. latae. Carina glabra 7.5-8.5 mm. longa. Petala
superiora oblonga 6 mm. longa. Capsula magna elliptico-orbicu-
laris 10-12 mm. longa 10—11.5 mm. lata valde emarginata (valle-
cula angusta 1.5 mm. alta) reticulata ciliata in lateribus subdense
puberula pilis brevibus patentibus. Semen pilosum 6 mm. longum.
Arillus 3.7 mm. altus chartaceo-scariosus sparse pilosulus, margine
ventrali recte descendente dorsali adscendente angulum ca. 30°
formante. — P. platycarpa Benth. var. stricta Chod.! Monog. ii. 27
(1893), not P. stricta St. Hil. — Guatemata: between Rabinal and
Santa Ana, Vera Paz, Sept. 1870, Bernoulli 1092 (Typ: K, fragm.
G); between Chisoy and Rabinal, Sept. 1870, Bernoulli & Cario
3218 (K, fragm. G). — T. 2. Fie. 31.

67. P. Setert Chod. Stems branched, puberulous, 2-3 dm.
long, the flowering branches 1 dm. long. Leaves ovate-lanceolate,
acute or apiculate, glabrescent, 3-5.5 em. long, 1.2-2.2 cm. wide,
distinctly petioled. Racemes terminal, rather loosely flowered, 15-
20-flowered, 5-10 cm. long, attenuate. Flowers 9 mm. long or
rarely longer, on pedicels 2.5-3 mm. long. Upper sepal conspicu-
ously arcuate, very acute. Wings elliptic-oblong, glabrous, sub-
obtuse or shortly acute, barely cuneate at base, twice as long as
broad, 9 mm. long, 3-nerved. Keel with limb about as long as claw.
Upper petals broad at base, curved, the limb gradually acute,
acutish at apex. Filaments glabrous. Ovary long-pilose. Capsule
(immature) orbicular, ciliate, narrowly margined. Seed unknown.
—Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 73 (1914). — Described by
Chodat from Seler 3244, from Cuesta de la Conception, and Seler
3259, from Jacaltenango, Dept. Huehuetenango, Guatemala. —
Not seen; description compiled.

Subsect. C. Adenophora, subsect. nov. Arillus trilobus equitans;
folia uniformia oblonga vel oblongo-linearia vel obovata valde
glanduloso-punctata parva (2-9 mm. longa); capsula oblongo-
ovata eT glanduloso-punctata. Species typica P. mac-
radenia Gra
a. Leaves ne ee b.

~ won IOUT VO TOONDONE. 6 Soon. os da Si EV 68.

P. glandulosa.
cactically yet eto ee oaks eles hea. 80. P. phoenicistes.
a. ge pt ong-linear, obties thick, canescent-hispid. .70. P. macradenia

. P. cLanputosa HBK. Stems very numerous from a thick
woody root, fruticulose at base, branched, diffuse, 1-2 dm. long,

Blake — Revision of Polygala 55

flexuose, somewhat gray-pubescent with incurved hairs, densely
leafy. Leaves obovate, rounded at the mucronulate apex, cuneate
at base, 1-nerved, somewhat dull with incurved puberulence, dense-
ly translucent-glandular-dotted, 4.5-8 mm. long, 1.5-6 mm. wide,
on petioles 0.5 mm. long. Racemes axillary, very short, 1-2-
flowered. Flowers purple, 6—7.5 mm. long. Sepals oblong-ovate,
obtuse, ciliate and puberulous, 1.2-1.5 mm. long, the upper often
subpersistent. Wings spatulate-obovate, long-cuneate at base,
rounded at apex, sparsely ciliate, purple, 7.5 mm. long, 3.7 mm.
wide. Keel 3-lobed, the lateral lobes broad and rounded, 4.5 mm.
long. Upper petals oblong-obovate, rounded at apex, 5 mm. long.
Staminal tube ciliolate at base. Capsule “ elliptic, deeply emar-
ginate, slightly pilose, dotted with whitish glands.” Seed “ oblong,
clothed with appressed hairs.” Aril ‘ galeiform, equitant, with
very short lobes, 3-4 times shorter than the seéd.”” — HBK. Nov.
Gen. v. 404. t. 510 (1821); Chod. Monog. ii. 37. t. 14. f. 37-39
(1893). Viola punctata Humb. & Bonpl. ex R. & 8. Syst. v. 391
(1819), not P. punctata A. W. Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 172 (1879).
P. Greggit Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 325 (1882). — Nurvo
LEon: west of Cerralbo, 29 May 1847, Gregg (rypE of P. Greggii:
G). San Luis Potost: dry hills, Micos, 1 Aug. 1891, Pringle
4006 (G). — The flowers are described by Watson, presumably
from Gregg’s label, as white, but as some of those in Pringle 4006
are manifestly purple, while others have faded to the same dull
whitish hue as in Gregg’s plant, I have taken the normal color of
the fresh flower as purple.

69. P. phoenicistes, sp. nov. Caules plures e basi fruticulosa
~ procumbente suberecti vel laxe diffusi ramosi laete virides incurvo-
puberuli et glanduloso-punctati dense foliosi 6-15 em. longi. Folia
cuneato-obovata apice rotundata mucronulata basi cuneata dense
glanduloso-conspersa subtus ad costam obscurissime incurvo-pu-
berula ceterum glabra 5.5-7 mm. longa 2.54.5 mm. lata, in petiolis
sparse incurvo-puberulis 0.5 mm. longis. Flores purpurei in racemis
brevissimis 1-floris 6-7 mm. longi. Sepala lanceolata acuminata mar-
gine sparsissime ciliolata ceterum glabra glanduloso-punctata 2.5
mm. longa, superius persistens. Alae spathulato-obovatae apice
obtusae basi longe cuneatae purpureae subsparse incurvo-puberu-
lae et ciliolatae 6 mm. longae 2.5 mm. latae. Carina ut in P.
glandulosa, 6 mm. longa. Petala superiora obovata apice rotun-

56 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

data 7 mm. longa. Capsula oblongo-elliptica ciliolata ad basin
sparse incurvo-puberula glanduloso-adspersa inaequaliter emar-
ginata basi rotundata 5 mm. longa 3 mm. lata, in stipe 2 mm. longo.
Semen (immaturum) patenti-pilosulum 4 mm. longum. Arillus
corneolus 1—1.2 mm. altus, umbone magno sparse piloso, lobis 3
corneolo-scariosis subaequantibus. — San Luis Porost: crevices
of steep cliffs, Sierra de Guascama, Minas de San Rafael, June
1911, Purpus 5166 (rypE coLL.: BG).—T. 2. Fie. 41.

70. P. MACRADENIA Gray. Stems very numerous, branched,
crowded, erectish or ascending, fruticulose below, from a thick
woody root, flexuous, densely leafy, densely canescently incurved-
or incurved-spreading-puberulous, 3.5-21 cm. long. Leaves oblong,
linear-oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, rounded at base, thick,
canescently puberulous like the stem, thickly gland-dotted, sub-
sessile or on whitish petioles 0.4 mm. long, 1.2-6.3 mm. long, 0.3-
1.3 mm. wide. Flowers in 1—2-flowered very short racemes, purple,
5-5.5 mm. long. Sepals oblong-ovate, obtuse, gland-dotted and
subpatently pilosulous, 1.7-2.1 mm. long. Wings obovate, cuneate
at base, rounded at apex, sparsely spreading-puberulous, ciliolate,
purple, 5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide. Keel 3-plicate-lobed, 4.5
mm. long. Upper petals oblong, retuse at apex, 5 mm. long. Cap-
sule oblong to oblong-ovate, emarginulate, densely and canescently
incurved-puberulous and gland-dotted, 5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm.
wide. Seed silky-pilose, comose at base, 4 mm. long. Aril 1.2-1.6
mm. high, with corneous vaulted sparsely pubescent umbo 0.9-1.1
mm. high and 3 short descending scarious-ended subappressed
lobes. — Divisible into two varieties.

Var. genuina. Folia saepius lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata
vix crassa supra manifeste complanata dense canescenter incurvo-
vel incurvo-patenti-puberula 26.3 mm. longa 0.6-1.3 mm. lata. —
_ P. macradenia Gray! Pl. Wright. i. 39 (1852); Chod. Monog. ii. 36.

t. 14. f. 33-36 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1. 450 (1897). —
Coanuita: Juarez, on Sabinas River, 160 km. north of Monclova,
Sept. 1880, Palmer 70 (BGK); Saltillo, 15-30 Apr. 1898, Palmer 29
(G); Sierra de Paila, Oct. 1910, Purpus 4759 (BG). Also in Arizona
and -_ Mexico. — T. 2. Fie. 42.

duloso-pilosa (Chod.), comb. nov. Folia linearia vel
Ar tt crassa supra concava vel sulcata subtus convexa
sparse incurvo-patenti-puberula non canescentia 1.2-3 mm. longa

Blake — Revision of Polygala 57

0.3-0.5 mm. lata. Caules minus pubescentes. — P. glanduloso-
pilosum Chod.! Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115.72 (1914). —Sawn Luts
Potosi: Buena Vista, Nov. 1910, Purpus 4913 (Type cotu.: BG);
Sierra de Guascama, Minas de San Rafael, May 1911, Purpus
5167 (BG).

This does not seem specifically distinct from P. macradenia.
There are no flowers on the specimen of Purpus 4913 in the Gray
Herbarium, but those of 5167, which comes from the same region
and is considered identical with 4913 by Mr. Brandegee, are 5.3
mm. long and thus no smaller than those of P. macradenia. Nor do
I find a difference in the stigmas of the two. Since furthermore
various specimens that must be referred to P. macradenia show an
approach to P. glanduloso-pilosum in leaf-form or pubescence, the
latter seems best considered as a southern variety of the typical
more northern P. macradenia.

Sect. 2. Biloba, sect. nov. Arillus glaber equitans lobis laterali-
bus 1/4 ad 1/2 longitudinis seminis, dorsali obsoleto. Sepala in-
feriora petaloidea decidua, superius herbaceum persistens. Species
typica P. Parryi A. W. Bennett.

a. Stems a canescent-pilose; lower sepals glabrous;
flow ROS ae RES ee “1. P. Purpusii.

71. P. Purpusu Brandegee. Fruticulose, the stems several,
simply or subsimply branched, erect, up to 2.5 dm. high, densely
pilosulous with incurved-spreading hairs, the younger parts canes-
cent. Leaves oval to oblong-oval, rarely orbicular, acute to obtuse
or rounded at both ends, more or less densely incurved-spreading-
pubescent both sides, 9-14 mm. long, 4-11 mm. wide, on petioles
1-2 mm. long. Racemes terminal, sessile or short-peduncled, up
to 4.5 em. long, loosely 10-13-flowered. Flowers purplish, 44.5
mm. long, exceeding their pedicels, these equalling the narrowly
lanceolate bracts. Lower sepals petaloid, purplish, obliquely ob-
long-obovate, not clawed, 3.5 mm. long, 1.4 mm. wide; upper sepal
herbaceous, ovate, subglabrous, obtusish, 3 mm. long. Keel
whitish with yellowish tip, 3 mm. long. Wings obovate-oval,
barely retuse, 4.7 mm. long, 2.8 mm. wide. Upper petals purplish-
red, white toward end, united to keel about one-half their length,
obovate, 4.5 mm. long. Stigmatic lobes approximate at the flaring

58 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

style apex. ‘Capsule pubescent, emarginate, pendulous.” Seed
silky-pubescent. Aril with large corneous umbo and two oblong
vertical appressed lobes half as long as seed. — Brandeg.! Univ.
Calif. Pub. Bot. iv. 88 (1910). — Pursia: Acatitlan, 1830-2135
m., June 1909, Purpus 3922 (TYPE COLL.: BG).

72. P. Parryr A. W. Bennett. Suffruticulose, several-stemmed
from a creeping woody root, the stems often decumbent below,
branched, 9 em. long or less, incurved-puberulous, not at all
canescent. Leaves oval to orbicular, rounded to obtuse at both
ends, distinctly mucronate, incurved-puberulous, veinless except
for the midnerve, 6-11 mm. long, 3-10 mm. wide, on petioles 1-1.5
mm. long. Racemes very short, axillary, 1—4-flowered, flexuous.
Flowers greenish, 3.6 mm. long. Lower sepals greenish, petaloid,
narrowly oblong-obovate, obtuse, pubescent down costa and along
margin with incurved-spreading hairs, 2.8 mm. long, 0.8 mm. wide;
upper sepal oblong, herbaceous, obtusish, similarly pubescent, 2
mm. long. Wings obovate, apiculate, 3.5 mm. long, 1.4 mm. wide.
Keel very blunt, 2.7 mm. long. Upper petals narrowly oblong,
slightly enlarged toward apex, obtuse, porrect, 3.8 mm. long. Cap-
sule orbicular, emarginulate, venose, minutely and sparingly in-
curved-puberulous, 3.5 mm. long and wide. Seed plump, short-
pubescent, 2.5-2.8 mm. long. Aril 1.5-1.6 mm. deep, with small
corneous umbo and two oblong scarious descending appressed lat-
eral lobes 1.2 mm. long. — A. W. Benn.! Journ. Bot. xvii. 140
(May 1879); in Hemsl. Diag. Pl. Nov. ii. 21 (July 1879); (P.
Parreyi) Chod. Monog. ii. 39. t. 14. f. 40-42 (1893). — San Luis
Potosi: 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 40 (TYPE COLL.:
BGK); shady places, near San Luis Potosi, Aug.—Oct. 1877,
Schaffner 6 (GK); without locality, Schaffner 496 (B). —T. 2.

1G.

Sect. 3. Huateca, sect. nov. (Anogram.) Sepala herbacea per-
sistentia; alae petaloideae persistentes; arillus umbone subcorneo
et lobis duobus lateralibus oblongis subappressis. Species unica
P. tehuacana Brandegee.

73. P. TeHuACANA Brandegee. Suffruticulose, very many-
stemmed from a woody rootstock, the stems erect, more or less
branched, up to 1.5 dm. high, canescent with a dense spreading-
ineurved puberulence. Leaves oblong, obtusish at both ends, rather
densely incurved-spreading-puberulous, 5-10 mm. long, 1,5-2.5

Blake — Revision of Polygala 59

mm. wide, on petioles about 0.5 mm. long or less. Flowers mostly
in 1-flowered axillary or terminal racemes, purplish-yellowish, 5-6
mm. long. Sepals oblong, acute, 5-nerved, incurved-spreading-
puberulous, 44.8 mm. long, the upper the longer. Wings oval-
obovate, rounded to truncate at apex, short-clawed, yellowish more
or less suffused with purple, 5-veined, incurved-spreading-puberu-
lous, 6 mm. long, 4 mm. wide. Keel greenish-yellow, somewhat
purplish-tinged, 4.5 mm. long, with two rounded yellowish lateral
lobes. Upper petals obovate-oblong, united to staminal tube for
2/5 their length, 4.5 mm. long. Capsule elliptic, slightly narrowed
upwardly, scarcely emarginate, narrowly margined, ciliate, gla-
brous on sides, 4.8 mm. long, 3.9 mm. wide. Seed obconic-obovoid,
silky-pilose, 3.5-3.8 mm. long. Aril 1.3-1.5 mm. deep, with small
corneous umbo and two oblong oblique not closely appressed
scarious lateral lobes more or less notched at apex. — Brandeg.!
Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iv. 273 (1912). — PurBLA: mountains north
of Tehuacan, Sept. 1911, Purpus 5706 (TYPE coLu.: BG); Tehua-
can, June 1912, Purpus 5851 (BG). — T. 2. Fie. 44.

Subgenus IV. HEBECLADA (Chod.), comb. nov.

Sepals herbaceous, generally glandular-ciliate, the two lower
united nearly or quite to apex, all persistent. Wings petaloid, per-
sistent, oval or orbicular. Keel crestless, beakless, obtuse, about
equal to wings. Upper petals shorter than keel, united to the
staminal tube toward the base. Filaments united for more than
half their length. Style much longer than ovary, bent upward;
upper stigmatic lobe obtuse, terminating style, the lower approxi-
mate, represented by a tuft of hairs. Capsule herbaceous, ciliate
or glabrous. Seeds pubescent, often silky. Aril generally corneous,
vaulted, scarcely lobed. — Polygala L. sect. Hebeclada Chod.
Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve xxv. 698 (1891); Monog. ii. 43 (1893).
Polygala sect. Syngala Gris. Fl. Br. W. I. 28 (1859), in part.
Polygala sect. B. A. W. Bennett, Journ. Bot. xvii. 141 (1879).

ree rie 1. APOPETALA.
ry Wins 5 Forge ees OER CNS Sect. 2. pica p. 63.

Sect. 1. Apopetala, sect. nov. Sepala densissime ciliata vel in
margine subglabra pilis saepissime eglandulosis; flores magni alis
7.5-14 mm. latis; frutices foliis magnis ovatis petiolatis. Species
typica P. apopetala Brandegee.

60 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

a. Sepals densely ciliate, b
b. Wi Sg s densely ciliolat

€. paren of ree puberulent to densely stri-

d. Sesd fades atnienicae: capsule 8 mm. long, 10 mm.
WI re RPL Pigs Bee ei ee 74. P. floribunda,

d, Seed gray-pilose, not tomentose; capsule 7 mm
long, 7 SWIG ee 15. P. sphaerospora.
c. Branches of inflorescence subtomentose.......... 76. P. Securidaca.
b. Wings glabrus or minutely glandular-ciliolate, e

: Tee te i, ee 77. P. apopetala.
Wigs 3-3 tases: Won ee RO eae: 78. P. hondurana.
a. Sande pies slahdulemalliate: wings glabrous........... 79. P. tonsa.

74. P. rLoripuNDA Benth. Frutescent, branched, erect, 1—-1.6
m. high, the stems and branches sparsely or densely pubescent with
more or less incurved or somewhat spreading hairs of unequal
length, occasionally strigillose. Leaves ovate, acute or shortly
acuminate, mucronate, cuneate or rounded at base, chartaceous at
length coriaceous, finely reticulate (lateral nerves 9-10 pairs), green
above, paler and finely whitish-maculate beneath, rather sparsely
strigillose or at length glabrate on both surfaces, 3.5-9.2 em. long,
1.2-3.8 em. wide, on petioles 3-7 mm. long. Racemes rather loosely
many-flowered, up to 2.3 dm. long, axillary and terminal, rarely
branched, the axis and pedicels (8-13 mm. long) varying from
’ appressed-puberulous to shortly subspreading-pilosulous. Flowers
violet-purple. Sepals subequal, obtuse, oval, very densely ciliolate,
very sparsely pubescent dorsally, 3.8 mm. long. Wings suborbicu-
lar, rounded at apex, abruptly shartidlcwed at base, rather strongly
venose, ciliolate, otherwise glabrous, 8-11 mm. long, 8-10 mm.
wide. Keel ciliate on claw, 9-10 mm. long. Upper petals obovate,
ciliate above toward base, 8 mm. long. Lateral petals present,
lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long. Capsule ciliolate, otherwise glabrous,
distinctly stiped, transversely broad-oblong, strongly obcordate,
reticulate, 8 mm. long, 10 mm. wide. Seed (with aril removed)
seein not compressed, pilose-tomentose, 3-3.5 mm. in diameter.
Aril m. long, thick, fleshy-coriaceous, somewhat excavated
Giecalie parti pilose. — Benth.! Pl. Hartw. 58 (1840); A. W.
Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 141 (1879); Chod. Monog. ii. 64. t. 15. f.
39-40 (1893). P. americana ¢. floribunda (Benth.) Ktze. Rev. i. 48
(1891). — Cutapas: pine forests, Pueblo Nuevo, Feb. 1840, Lin-
den 172 (K); walls of temple at Zonaguia, Hartweg 447 (TYPE COLL.:
BK); without definite locality, 1843-44, Jurgensen 541 (BGK),
Ghiesbreght 22 (G), 737 (G). Mexico without locality; Jurgensen

‘

Blake — Revision of Polygala 61

412 (K), 453 (K); Sallé (K). Guatremata: Skinner (GK); moun-
tains, Jan. 1841, Hartweg 572 (BK); Chilasco, 1861, Salvin &
Godman (K); Pansamala, 1220 m., May 1887, Twerckheim 390 (K);
Guatemala City, 1525 m., Feb. 1890, J. D. Smith 1857 (GK);
Carrizal, Dept. Santa Rosa, 1525 m., Jan. 1892, Heyde & Luz
4313 (GK); Coban, 1350 m., Mar. 1907, Twuerckheim II. 703
(BG); between Jacaltenango and San Martin, 1615-2135 m., 24
Dec. 1895, Nelson 3603 (G); Tactic, Dept. Alta Verapaz, 1800
m., Mar. 1903, Tuerckheim 8376 (G). —T. 2. Fia. 39.

75. P. spHamRospPoRA Chod. Shrub with slender striate slightly
puberulous branches. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, at base long-
cuneate, chartaceous or subherbaceous, glabrescent, 3.8-7 cm.
long, 1.3-2.4 cm. wide, on petioles 2-3 mm. long, puberulous.
Racemes terminal, at length loosely flowered, the rachis appressed-
puberulous; pedicels 10 mm. long, at length nodding. Flowers 9—
10 mm. long, like those of P. floribunda. Capsule shorter than the
wings, 7 mm. long, 7.5 mm. broad. Seeds globose, grayish but not
tomentose with subappressed hairs. Aril deeply and irregularly
rugose, 1/3 shorter than the seed, glabrous and shining. — Chod.
Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 75 (1914), as P. sphaerosporum. — De-
scribed by Chodat from Seler 3393, from sandstone slates, above
San Geronimo, Dept. Samala, Guatemala. — Not seen; descrip-
tion compiled.

76. P. Securipaca Chod. Shrub, the branches woody, densely
leafy, above subtomentose. Leaves ovate-elliptic, barely acute,
obtusiusculous, usually rounded at base, subcoriaceous, the mid-
nerve prominent beneath, the lateral nerves 6-7 pairs, softly to-
mentellous, 4.2-7 cm. long, 2-3.3 em. wide, on petioles 2.5-3 mm.
long, tomentellous. Racemes terminal, solitary or rarely subpanic-
ulate, subcorymbiform or shortly cylindric, 3-5 cm. long, 2.5 em.
broad; rachis tomentellous or hirsute; pedicels hirsute, 7 mm. long.
Flowers 10-12 mm. long. Wings as in P. floribunda. Fruit and
seed unknown. — Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 76 (1914). —
Described by Chodat from Seler 3345, mountain wood above Co-
pan, Honduras. — Not seen; description compiled.

77. P. apoprTata Brandegee. Shrub or small tree, 0.6-5 m.
high, branched, the branches woody, grayish-green, sparsely or
densely strigillose, leafy. Leaves ovate, acutish to truncate or

62 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

retuse at the mucronulate apex, cuneate into the margined petiole,
thin but firm, equally green both sides, sparsely strigillose, some-
what veiny (lateral veins ca. 7 pairs, reticulate-anastomosing), 2.5-
5.1 em. long, 1.7-2.2 em. wide, on rather densely strigillose petioles
2-3 mm. long. Racemes terminating branches, 10-32-flowered, 5-
19 cm. long. Flowers pinkish-purple, very handsome, 1.3-1.5 cm.
long, on very sparsely appressed-hairy pedicels 7-12 mm. long.
Sepals densely ciliate, the upper 5 mm. long, the lower 4 mm. long.
Wings orbicular, retuse at the rounded apex, shortly unguiculate at
base, very minutely glandular-ciliolate, otherwise glabrous, in fruit
strongly reticulate, 12-15 mm. long and wide. Keel 9 mm. long.
Upper petals ligulate. Lateral petals present. Capsule quadrate-
orbicular, emarginate, glabrous, 1.5-1.9 em. long, 1.5-1.7 em. wide.
Seed ellipsoid, bronzy-brown, pilosulous, 9 mm. long, 6 mm. wide.
Aril very minute, corneous, ca. 0.5 mm. long. — Brandeg. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci. II. ser. ii. 130. t. 4 (1889); Zoe i. 4 (1890); Chod.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. i. 354 (1893); Sprague! Bot. Mag. cxxxil. t.
8065 (1906). — Lower CaxirorniA: Sierra de la Laguna, 27 Jan.
1890, Brandegee 23 (G); Sierra de la Laguna, Anthony (K); Pes-
cadero, 23 Oct. 1893, Brandegee (K), l. c., 27 Oct. 1893, Brandegee
(G). Also specimens from the Hanbury Garden at La Mortola,
17 July 1905 (K: type of Bot. Mag. t. 8065).

“In southern California said to grow to 15 feet or more in height
and to be valuable economically as its young branches contain a
very strong fiber and the pta-sized brown seeds which are plenti-
fully produced yield as much as 38 per cent of excellent oil. The
root has the same properties in a higher percentage ” as P. Senega L.

78. P. HonpuRANA Chod. Stem woody, corymbosely branched
above, 4 dm. long, from a moniliform root; branches nodose, slen-
der, 1-2 dm. long, thinly pubescent. lekers ovate-lanceolate, apic-
ulate, thin, the midnerve impressed beneath, 5-10 cm. long,
1.6-3.8 cm. wide, on petioles 2.5-4 mm. long, puberulous. Racemes
few-flowered, 1.5-2 cm. long, the rachis pubescent; bracts caducous,
linear-filiform, 1.5-2 mm. long; pedicels at length 6 mm. long,
thinly pubescent. Flowers 7-8 mm. long, about 5-8. Sepals ovate,
shortly ciliate, eglandulose, many-nerved. Wings not ciliate, ovate-
orbicular, nervose, conspicuously longer than corolla. Keel shortly
unguiculate. Upper petals cuneate, retuse at apex, about half as
long as keel. Lateral petals squamiform. Capsule elliptic, deeply

Blake — Revision of Polygala 63

cordate-emarginate with narrow sinus, 6 mm. long, 6.5 mm. wide.
Seed shortly ellipsoid, tomentose, umbonate at base. Aril about
half as long as seed. — Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 75 (1914),
as P. honduranum. — Based by Chodat on Rothschuh 616, from
Cuesta del Monte grande, Dept. Matagalpa, Nicaragua, and
Niederlein sine num., 455-610 m., between Meambar and Puente

de los Altos de Santa Cruz, Honduras. — Not seen; description '

compiled.

79. P. tonsa, sp. nov. Fruticosa ramosa basi invisa. Caulis
viridis tenuis ut inflorescentia subsparse minutissime incurvo-pu-
berulus. Folia ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuminata mucronulata
basi cuneata chartacea non reticulata (venis lateralibus ca. 7-jugis)
supra viridia juventate sparse minute appresso-puberula aetate
glabra subtus ad costam sparsissime strigillosa demum glabrata
margine paullulum revoluto ciliolato albido-punctata 7-10 cm.
longa 2.1-3.5 cm. lata, in petiolis sparse incurvo-puberulis 3-4 mm.
longis. Racemi extra-axillares 2 em. longi, pedicellis 5-6 mm.
longis. Sepala ovalia sparse glandulari-ciliolata dorso subglabra
sed glanduloso-adspersa 2.5-3.5 mm. longa. Alae orbiculares
viridescentes apice rotundatae basi breviter unguiculatae glabrae
eciliolatae 7.5 mm. longae 7.5 mm. latae. Carina viridescens 6.5
mm. longa. Petala superiora obovata 4.5 mm. longa. Capsula
quadrato-elliptica basi breviter stipata glabra eciliolata alata emar-
ginata 6.5 mm. longa 5.8 mm. lata. Semen (arillo excluso) ellip-
soideum pilosum 3 mm. diametro paullulum complanatum. Arillus
2 mm. altus coriaceo-carnosus in lateribus plus minusve pilosus.
GuatTemaLa: La Vega, Dept. Santa Rosa, 1525 m., Sept. 1893,
Heyde & Lux 3067 (rypE coutu.: GK). Distributed as P. monninoi-
des HBK. — T. 2. Fic. 40.

Sect. 2. Adenotricha, sect. nov. Sepala saepissime plus
minusve glandulari-ciliata; flores mediocres vel parvi alis 2-5.3
mm. latis; herbae annuae vel perennes foliis parvis vel mediocribus
linearibus vel oblongis vel ellipticis sessilibus vel brevipetiolatis.
paerany typica P. grandiflora Walt.

* o Bian without pedicellate a b.

t aero or nearly so el
linear or fisantTanneolats: wings not reticula a
c. Leaves obovate-oblong or elliptic-oblong; wings viata

Krugit.
b. Plant pubescent......... BS CL oe 83. P. Wrightii.

ed

64 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

a. Sepals bearing pedicellate ane ‘
d. Plant on or nearly so
. Sepals 1.1-1.3 mm. lon ng; wings scarcely reticulate. ..82. P. cubensis.
Sepals 293 mm. long; wings reticulate-venose. ..81. P. bahamensis.
d. ant pubescent, f.
f. Leaves e elliptic, a ROMO Wide eo ee 88. P. Planellasi.
7 aves narrow
g. Alae poneit ag cepiedine yey strongly veined... .84. P. grandiflora.
g. Alae obovate to oval, not strongly veined, h.
h. Alae obovate-spatulate; stems much branched .
Seb ea. peers ee eae ea ees 86. P. nicaraguensis.
h. Alae obovate or oval; — sparsely branched, 7.
2. Leaves linear to lane PONE ose. awe 85. P bag gee tee
i. Leaves ovate-lanceolate. ..........5.ccceeees oY fier ates

80. P. Kruait Chod. Annual, simple or branched, glabrous, 3
dm. high. Leaves obovate-oblong or oblong-elliptic, obtuse, cune-
ate at base, glabrous, 15 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, or smaller,
short-petioled. Racemes terminal, 2 cm. long or more, loosely
flowered. Flowers probably purplish, pendulous, 4 mm. long, on
glabrous pedicels 0.5-1.5 mm. long. Sepals elliptic, obtuse, ciliate
with eglandular hairs. Wings broadly orbicular, broader than long,
not emarginate or angled, glabrous, short-clawed, the nerves anas-
tomosing. Upper petals with broadly spatulate rounded limb.
Capsule unknown. — Monog. ii. 63. t. 15. f. 37-38 (1893). — Not
seen; based by Chodat on Eggers 4450, from N ew Providence, —
Bahamas.

81. P. bahamensis sp. nov. Annua erecta e radice tenui 2.3-
2.9 dm. alta supra sparse vel valde ramosa. Caulis tenuis purpuras-
cens hine inde sparsissime strigillosus ceterum glaber, ramis diver-
gentibus vel erectis. Folia media et superiora linearia obtusiuscula
vel acutiuscula mucronulata basi acuta paullum revoluta glaber-
rima vel juventate sparsissime incurvo-puberula 1-nervia (nerva
supra impressa subtus prominente, nervis lateralibus ca. 3-jugis in-
conspicuis) 2-3.5 cm. longa 2-4 mm. lata, in petiolis 1 mm. longis;
folia inferiora minora ceterum similia. Racemi terminales et
quasi extra-axillares 1.5-3 em. longi 15-18-flori. Flores 3.5-4 mm.
longi. Sepala oblongo-ovata obtusa anguste subscarioso-marginata
sparse ciliolata et in margine glandulis ca. 5-jugis pedicellatis prae-
dita 2-2.3 mm. longa. Alae late orbiculares apice emarginulatae
basi abrupte breviterque unguiculatae valde nervosae (nervis ca.
5-jugis anastomantibus) 4 mm. longae lataeque, viridescentes pur-
pureo-suffusae. Carina 4 mm. longa. Petala superiora cuneato-
obovata apice paullulum undulata venosa ad 3 mm. longa. Fructus

Blake — Revision of Polygala 65

deest. — Banamas: New Providence: sandy loam, pine region,
about 13.5 km. 8S. W. of Nassau, 12 Apr. 1905, A. E. Wight 272
(rypE: G); Andros: Red Bays, 15 Apr. 1890, J. I. & A. R. North-
rop 465 (GK).

82. P. cusensis Chod. Very slender annual, slightly branched
above, 4.5 dm. high, from a slender vertical root. Stem an
branches terete, glabrous like the inflorescence, the branches in
youth sparsely incurved-pubescent. Leaves linear or linear-lanceo-
late, obtuse, mucronate, at base acuminate, slightly revolute, with
about 3 pairs of faint lateral nerves, green and glabrous both sides
(when young slightly incurved-puberulous), 1.4-2.5 em. long, 1-3.5
mm. wide, on glabrous or sparsely incurved-puberulous petioles 1
mm. long. Racemes laxly flowered, 6-12 em. long. Sepals her-
baceous, with narrow pale margin, usually bearing 3-4 pairs of
pedicelled glands, 1.1-1.3 mm. long. Wings obovate-oval, rather
abruptly short-clawed, truncate-rounded at apex, purplish-tinged,
glabrous, not venose (at least when young), 3.5 mm. long, 2 mm.
wide. Keel with short flabelliform crenulate lateral lobes, 4 mm.
long. Upper petals purple, obovate. Capsule oval-oblong, glab-
rous, 4.4 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Seed short-silky-pilose, 2.6 mm.
long. Aril crustaceous, sparsely pilose on the sides, 0.8 mm. long,
shaped like those of others in this section. — Chod.! Monog. ii. 62.
t. 15. f. 36 (1893). — Cua: 1860-64, Wright 112 p. p. (TYPE COLL.:
BG). — Chodat describes the sepals in his types as ciliate but not
glandular. In the specimens above described, which were distri-
buted under the same number and agree in other features with his
description, they are glandular-ciliate. Without much more ma-
terial of this group than is at present available a satisfactory under-
standing of its species can scarcely be attained.

83. P. Wricutm Chod. Erect perennial, branched from near
the base, the stems or branches about 4, erect, 3 dm. high, densely
griseous-pubescent with incurved hairs. Leaves linear, acuminate
at each end, mucronulate, slightly revolute, 1 1-nerved, the lateral
veins very obscure, glabrous above except for a few hairs near the
margin, subsparsely incurved-puberulous beneath, 2-3.3 cm. long,
1.5-2 mm. wide, on incurved-puberulous petioles 1 mm. or less
long. Racemes at length loosely flowered and 10-13 cm. long.
Flowers mauve-purple. Sepals rather densely ciliate with eglandu-
lar hairs, ovate, acute, the two lower united for 3/4 their length,

66 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

1.8mm. long. Wings cuneate-orbicular, somewhat venose, broadly
rounded at apex, rather abruptly short-clawed, 3.5 mm. long, 2.8
mm. wide. Keel 3.8 mm. long, mauve-purple with yellow apex.
Upper petals obovate, 2.8 mm. long. Capsule oval, ca. 2.6 mm.
long. Mature seed not seen. — Chod.! Monog. ii. 67. t. 13. f. 8-9
(1893). — Cusa: eastern part, 1856-57, Wright 112 p. p. (TYPE
coLL.: K).— The specimen of this number in hb. Kew. agrees
essentially with Chodat’s description of P. Wrightii, except that
the flowers are larger (not ‘‘ 2 mm. vel paullo longiores ”’) and the
wings by no means “ duplo fere longiores quam latae.’’ Without
seeing Chodat’s actual types (hb. Krug and Urban) I do not ven-
ture to base another name on this number of Wright’s, which in-
cludes also P. cubensis Chod. (type), P. grandiflora var. leptophylla
Chod., and P. angustifolia HBK. — that is, all the Cuban forms of
immediate relationship.

84. P. GRANDIFLORA Walt. var. LEPTOPHYLLA Chod. Perennial,
erectish or ascending, branched, the branches divergent or erect,
1-3.5 dm. high, rather densely incurved- or incurved-spreading-
pubescent. Upper leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, the lower nar-
rowly oblong, lance-oblong, or -oval, acutish to obtusish, mucronu-
late, cuneate at base, slightly revolute, 1-nerved, the lateral veins
about 2 pairs or obsolete, sparsely pubescent with incurved hairs,
the upper 1.5-2.1 cm. long, 2-4.5 mm. wide, the lower 7-17 mm.
long, 2-8.6 mm. wide, on incurved-puberulent petioles 1 mm. long.
Racemes terminal and quasi extra-axillary, 1.5-3.8 em. long, 8-23-
flowered. Flowers 3.5-3.8 mm. long. Sepals ovate, obtuse, cilio-
late, bearing usually about 4 pairs of glands, 1.5-2.3 mm. long.
Wings purplish-pink, broadly orbicular, inequilateral, emarginate
at the rounded apex, shortly abruptly clawed, strongly reticulate-
venose especially in fruit, 5 mm. long, 5.3 mm. wide. Keel 4.7 mm.
long, whitish (?) with yellow apex. Upper petals purplish, broadly
oval-obovate, slightly undulate at the rounded apex, 4 mm. long.
Capsule oval, emarginate, 3.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide. Seed
shortly silky-pilose, 2.7 mm. long. Aril corneous, 1 mm. long,
sparsely pubescent, very shortly 3-lobed at base. — Chod.! Monog.
ii. 57 (1893). — Mexico without locality: Schiede & Deppe (G)-
Cusa: Wright 112 p. p. (corypr coun.: G). Santo Domino: in
savannas, Sierra de Palo Quemado, 500 m., 10 May 1887, Eggers
1890 (coryPe coL.: BK); near Constanza, 1190 m., May 1910,

Blake — Revision of Polygala 67

Tuerckheim 3247 (BG); Arroyo Seco, 300 m., Prov. Barahona, Apr.
1912, Fuertes 1557 (BG); Cuesta de Piedro, 250 m., 6 June 1887,
Eggers 2364 (K). — Linden 1704 (BK), placed here by Chodat, has
wings 3 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, and is very doubtfully referable to
this species. — Close to P. grandiflora var. angustifolia T. & G., FI.
N. Am. i. 671 (1840), which has even narrower nearly glabrous
leaves and perhaps larger flowers.

Var. ORBICULARIS Chod. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate or linear, glabrescent or slightly puberulent, 3-4 cm.
long, 3-5 mm. wide. Flowers 5 mm. long. Lower sepals (united)
eglandular or with 2 pedicellate glands on each margin; the upper
glandular-ciliate. Wings with limb often broader than long, sub-
flabellate, subretuse. — Chod. Monog. ii. 57 (1893). — Not seen;
based on specimens from savannas near San Carlon Generale
(Preneloup 1004), and grassy places in calcareous soil near Cuesta
de Piedro, Santiago, San Domingo.

85. P. aneustironia HBK. Annual, subsimple or rather
strongly branched, 9-33 cm. high, more or less densely ineurved- or
loosely spreading-incurved-pubescent or even substrigose. Leaves
linear to lanceolate, acuminate to the sometimes bluntish apex,
mucronulate, acute to acuminate at base, subglabrous or sparsely
incurved-pubescent, 1-nerved, the lateral nerves 3-6 pairs or
obsolete, 1.3-4.5 em. long, 2-9 mm. wide, on petioles 1-1.5 mm.
long; lower leaves smaller. Racemes 6-33-flowered, 1.5-7 ecm.
long. Flowers 3-4 mm. long. Sepals oblong-ovate, obtuse, sparsely
ciliate at tip, with 2-3 pairs of pedicellate glands, 1.5-1.8 mm. long.
Wings strongly inequilateral, broadly wedge-obovate, cuneate at
base, retuse at apex, veiny but not strongly reticulate-veined even
in fruit, 3-4 mm. long, 2.7-3 mm. wide, pinkish-purple. Keel 3.8
mm. beiigr Upper petals mauve-purplish, suborbicular-obovate,
rather strongly veined, retuse at apex, 3 mm. long. Capsule ob-
long-oval, emarginate, plumpish, 2.8-3 mm. long, 1.7 mm. wide.
Seeds as in P. grandiflora var. leptophylla but smaller (seed 2.5 mm.
long, aril 0.7 mm. long). — HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 405. t. 511 (1821);
Chod. Monog. ii. 52. t. 15. f. 22-24 (1893). P. bryzoides St. Hil. Fl.
Bras. Merid. ii. 44. t. 88 (1829). P. mucronata MacFad. FI. Jam.
i. 47 (1837), not Willd. (err. iden.). P. americana Mill. 6. angustifolia
(HBK.) Ktze. Rev. i. 48 (1891). — Vera Cruz: Mirador, Nov.
1838, Linden 175 (K). Micnoacan: La Baranca, 500 m., 3 Sept.

68 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

1898, Langlassé 316 (G). Tasasco: Atasta, 30 Aug. 1889, Rovi-
rosa 602 (K). Mexico without locality: Pavon (B). GUATEMALA:
Mazatensugo, Nov. 1870, Bernoulli & Cario 3191 (K); between
Jocoy (?) and San Geronimo, Aug. 1870, Bernoulli 998 (KK); Santa
Rosa, 915 m., July 1892, Heyde & Lux 3007 (K). Cusa: Wright
112 p. p. (G); Cieneguita, 18 June 1895, Combs 213 (GK). JAMAICA:
St. Andrew, McNab (K); Kings House Grounds, 25 Nov. 1897,
Harris 6904 (BJ); Hope Gardens, 215 m., 2 Sept. 1901, Harris 8153
(J). Sr. Tuomas: Cowells Hill, 8 Dec. 1876, Eggers (G). GREN-
apa: Mardigras, St. Georges, 14 Aug. 1905, Broadway 1818 (G).
Tosaao: Scarboro, 29 Sept. 1912, Broadway 4252 (B). TRINIDAD:
B. de Schack (K); Crueger (K); Lockhart (K); Fendler 271 (K);
Queens Park, 1848, Purdie 36 (K).— T. 2. Fia. 45.

86. P. NIcARAGUENSIS Chod. Stems hispid with spreading hairs,
striate, leafy, bearing many short (3-5 cm.) ascending leafy flower-
ing branches near the base. Leaves lanceolate or lance-linear, mu-
cronate, usually glabrescent or sparsely puberulous, 3-4.5 cm. long,
4-5 mm. wide. Racemes terminal and extra-axillary, loosely few-
flowered, 1.5-4 cm. long. Flowers 4 mm. long. Sepals glandular-
ciliate. Wings obovate-spatulate, not angulate, subemarginate,
inequilateral, not ciliate. Upper petals cuneate at base, suborbicu-
lar above. Capsule short-stipitate, ovate-elliptic, emarginate, 2.5
mm. long and wide. Seed ovoid, golden-sericeous. Aril small. —
Monog. ii. 54 (1893). — Not seen; described by Chodat from Levy
238, Nicaragua (hb. Boiss.), with which Pittier & Durand 348, from
Costa Rica, was doubtfully associated.

87. P. cottina Brandegee. Perennial, the stems 3 dm. long,
pubescent, sparsely branched. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, attenuate
at base into a short petiole, puberulent, 3-4 cm. long, 7 mm. wide,
the lower much smaller. Racemes axillary or extra-axillary. Flow-
ers 4 mm. long. Upper sepal glandular-ciliate. Wings obovate,
inequilateral, shorter than capsule, 4 mm. long. Keel yellowish-
white. Upper petals purple. Capsule elliptic-oblong. Seed cylin-
dric, appressed-hairy. Aril large, curved, 2-horned, white. —
Brandegee, Zoe v. 204 (1905). — Described from Cerro Colorado,
Sinaloa. Not seen; description compiled.

88. P. Puanetuast Molt. & Gomez. Herbaceous perennial (?),
erect, sparsely branched, 3.5 dm. high, the stem and branches
rather densely pubescent with incurved ved-spreadl

Blake — Revision of Polygala 69

a few longer subspreading hairs intermixed. Leaves elliptic, sub-
acute to obtuse, barely mucronulate, cuneate at base, sparsely in-
curved-pubescent beneath, subglabrous above, the ca. 6 pairs of
lateral nerves fairly prominent, 1.8—-2.7 cm. long, 8-11 mm. wide,
on petioles 1.5-2 mm. long. Racemes 15-45-flowered, 4—7 cm.
long. Flowers 4.5-5 mm. long. Sepals lance-oblong, obtuse,
slightly involute, with 2-3 hairs at apex and 2-3 pairs of pedicellate
glands on margin, otherwise glabrous, 2-2.4 mm. long. Wings
broadly inequilaterally wedge-obovate, cuneate at base, slightly
undulate at the rounded apex, only slightly veiny, 5 mm. long, 3.5
mm. wide. Keel 4.3 mm. long. Upper petals with orbicular di-
lated apex, 3.9 mm. long. Capsule oblong, emarginate, cuneate at
base, 4.5 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide. Seed shortly silky-pilose, 3.2
mm. long. Aril 0.9 mm. long, pubescent. — Molt. & Gomez in
Gomez, Anal. Hist. Nat. Madrid xix. 233 (1890). P. peduncularis
A. Rich. Fl. Cub. ii. 37. t. 12 bis (1853), not Burch. ex DC. Prod.
i. 323 (1824). — GuapELOouPE: 1892, Pére Duss 2981 (G). — The
species is apparently the same as that to which the name P. violacea
Aubl., clearly described and figured as with a cristate keel, is most
unaccountably referred by Chodat. — T. 2. Fic. 46.

Subgenus V. CHAMAEBUXUS (DC.), comb. nov.

Sepals herbaceous, free, the upper usually persistent, all persis-
tent in one species. Wings petaloid, oblong, deciduous (persistent
in one species). Keel oblong, gibbous toward apex, with distinct
cylindric or conic infra-apical rostrum, not otherwise crested. Upper
petals oblong, united below to the staminal tube. Stamens mona-
delphous, united for more than half their length, glabrous. Stig-
matic lobes subapproximate, the upper tufted, the lower obliquely
elevated, not tufted. Capsule small or medium, scarcely winged,
membranous-herbaceous. Seeds pubescent. Aril generally 2-lobed
and appressed, sometimes rostrate. — Polygala L. sect. Chamae-
buxus DC. Prod. i. 331 (1824); Chod. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve
xxv. 698 (1891); Monog. ii. 93 (1893). Chamaebuxus Spach, Hist.
Nat. Veg. vii. 125 (1839). — The species here described, with a
few others from the southwestern United States, form a most dis-
tinct section which may be called, in allusion to its beaked keel,

70 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Sect. Rhinotropis, sect. nov. Carina infra apicem obtuse cyl-
indrico- vel conico-rostrata. Species typica P. Lindheimeri Gray.
— This divides naturally into two subsections.

Sepals (except generally the upper) and wings deciduous

ubsect. A. EURHINOTROPIS
Sepals and wings persistent................ Subsect. B. PANTOMONE, p. 77:

Subsect. A. Eurhinotropis, subsect. nov. Sepalum superius
saepissime persistens, sepala inferiora ut alae decidua. Species
typica P. Lindheimeri Gray.

a. ae {eke aces glabrous, or very sparsely and minutely
ose; leaves oblong or lance-oblong, rounded at
x, not mucronate or reticulate. ................. 89. P. Fishiae.
a. Plant fing wtih leaves acute (when oe cuspidate or
mucronate), more or less reticulate,
b. Leaves ov:

c. Leaves por tat 4-9) tam. dot as So i i 8 ce 91. P. eucosma.
c. Leaves peer! tired end larger, d.

d. Keel 5.5 ocr se ers ci ee Pe ann esate P. nitida.

d.. eel £7 vom. os a ee a as 91. i P. Rabe,

b. a= (at least rc eral lanceolate or squamiform to
ear,
airs of stem and leaves widely spreading...... 92. P. Lindheimeri.
e Hairs shorter, incurved or spe ssed, f.
Leaves n , linear to lanceolate, g

h. Racemes 3-6-jointed; flowers 4 mm. ong oe ne P. Tweedyi.
h. Racemes 8-15-jointed; flowers 5.5 mm :
93. 2. blepharotropis.

g. ray Bairaag the lower) lanceolate to linear-

a. Siemens axis 10-20-jointed Mei ea 93.1. P. texensis.
i. ee ae 4
j 1 1S hin, Gem eis 94.1. P. arizonae.
Aril (1. 8) 2-2, 2 n ae Gee a a 94. P. lithophila.
7 tomvn SOUATITOTN 4 95. P. nudata

89. P. Fisntar Parry. Frutescent, branching, 1-1.6 m. high,
the stem and branches woody, green, glabrous or very minutely and
sparsely strigillose. Leaves narrowly oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
rounded or retuse at the slightly mucronulate apex, cuneate to
rounded at base, glabrous, with about 10 pairs of lateral nerves,
not reticulate, 1.7-5 cm. long, 4-14 mm. wide, on petioles 1.5-2
mm. long, slightly strigillose on the upper side. Racemes terminat-
ing stem and branches, 2.5- (at length) 20 em. long, 6-35-flowered,
not flexuose. Flowers 8.5 mm. long, purplish, whitish, and yellow-
ish, the lower subtended by oval leaf-like bracts about 7 mm. long;
pedicels 8-11.5 mm. long in fruit. Upper sepal elliptic, obtuse,
somewhat inflated, densely ciliolate, otherwise glabrous, 2.8-3.5

Blake — Revision of Polygala a1

mm. long, not persistent in fruit, the lower similar, 2.6-3.3 mm.
long. Wings purplish (fide Davidson), obovate, rounded at apex,
cuneate at base, finely ciliolate but otherwise glabrous, finely reti-
culate-veined, 8.5 mm. long, 4.2 mm. wide. Keel yellow (fide
Davidson), 8 mm. long, its beak short, curved, 0.7 mm. long. Upper
petals oblong, slightly retuse at apex, porrect, 8 mm. long. Capsule
suborbicular, obliquely rounded at base, emarginulate at the
slightly narrowed apex, 7.5 mm. long, 8.5 mm. wide. Seed 5 mm.
long, pilose. Aril 4mm. long; corneous umbo conic, obtuse, loosely
pilose, 3 mm. long; scarious border 1 mm. deep, loose, irregularly
dentate-lobulate. — Parry! Proc. Davenp. Acad. Nat. Sci. iv. 39
(1884); (P. Fischiae) Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. iv. 898 (1896), where
referred to P. californica Nutt.— Lower CALIFORNIA: near Sauzal,
Todos Santos Bay, 1882, Miss Fanny E. Fish (typr couu.: GK);
near Todos Santos Bay, 30 Sept. 1884, Orcutt 1223 (G). Also
Cauirornia: Santa Anita Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Sept. 1883,
Nevin 849 (G); Sierra Madre Range, Los Ataelen Co., July
1893, Davidson (G). — T. 2. Fie. 52.

90. P. nrripa Brandegee. Frutescent, branching, decumbent,
the stem and branches finely incurved-puberulous, 9-20 em. long.
Lower leaves elliptic, cuspidate at the rounded apex, cuneate-
rounded at base, reticulate (lateral veins.ca. 4 pairs), shining, gla-
brous or very sparsely incurved-puberulous on midnerve beneath,
‘ 1-2 em. long, 7.5-12.5 mm. wide, on petioles 1 mm. long, the lowest
similar but smaller, the upper gradually more oblong or obovate-
oblong, 11-15 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide. Racemes extra-axillary,
3-9-flowered, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, the axis slightly geniculate, the
bracts and much smaller bractlets persistent, minute, lance-subu-
late, sparsely ciliolate. Flowers rose-color, 5.5 mm. long. Upper
sepal ovate, obtusish, sparsely ciliolate, persistent, 3 mm. long;
the lower sepals oblong, acutish, slightly oblique, rosy-tinged,
sparsely ciliolate, 2.6 mm.long. Wings rose-color, oblong-obovate,
acutish at the mucronulate apex, cuneate at base, veiny (the veins
ending free), glabrous, 5.5 mm. long, 3.3 mm. wide. Keel yellowish,
saccate near middle, 5.5 mm. long, the blunt slightly descending
beak 1.5 mm. long. Upper petals oblong, rounded at apex, 4.5 mm.
long. Capsule oval, emarginate, slightly stipitate, obliquely sub-
reticulate-striate, sparsely incurved ially along sep-
tum, 4 mm. long, 2.7 mm. wide. Seed pilosulous, 3mm. Along. Aril

72 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

1.9-2.1 mm. deep, the small corneous umbo appressed, glabrous,
the 2 corneous-scarious lobes narrowly oblong-obovate, rounded at
apex, appressed, 1.8 mm. long. — Brandeg.! Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot.
iv. 272 (1912). — San Luis Porosi: Bagre, Minas de San Rafael,
May 1911, Purpus 5168 (Type cotu.: BG).—T. 2. Fic. 49. —
Brandegee’s description of the stem as 1 m. long is perhaps a mis-
print for 1 dm.

91. P.eucosma, sp. nov. Fruticulosa sparse ramosa procumbens
2 dm. longa et ultra, caulibus viridibus foliosis minute incurvo-pu-
berulis. Folia ovalia obtusa mucronata basi cuneata coriacea dense
reticulata glaberrima 4-9 mm. longa 2-6.5 mm. lata brevissime
petiolata. Flores 4.5 mm. longi, ut videtur rosei. Racemi pauci
2-3-flori ad 7 mm. longi. Sepalum superius ovali-ovatum acutius-
culum subsparse ciliolatum ceterum glabrum 3 mm. longum; in-
feriora oblongo-ovalia aequilonga. Alae obliquae obovatae basi
cuneate apice obtusae minute retusae glabrae 4.5 mm. longae 2.3
mm. latae nervis liberis. Carina in medio saccata ad 4.3 mm. longa,
rostro obtuso descendente 0.7 mm. longo. Petala superiora oblonga
ad 3.8 mm. longa. Fructus deest. — Coanurua: Sierra Madre, 64
km. south of Saltillo, Mar. 1880, Palmer 2143 (rypE couu.: GK).
— Distributed and recorded by Watson (Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 324
(1882)) as P. Lindheimeri Gray.

91.1. P. Emoryi, sp. nov. Fruticulosa ramosa 1.8 dm. longa et.
ultra basi invisa. Caulis tenuis dense puberulus pilis incurvato-
patentibus. Folia ovalia obtusa valde mucronulata basi rotundata
coriacea reticulata (nervis lateralibus 2-3-jugis) subsparse puberula
pilis incurvo-patentibus 6-16 mm. longa 5-11 mm. lata, in petiolis
similiter puberulis 1-1.5 mm. longis. Racemi extra-axillares 2-6-
flori 1.7-2.7 cm. longi. Sepalum superius ovatum acutum 2.8 mm.
longum, inferiora —— acuta 2 mm. longa; omnia sparse pu-
berula et o-patentibus. Alae oblongae

carinam subaequantia vix bene visae. ain 4.2 mm. longa, rostro
cylindrico 1.1 mm. longo. Fructus deest. — Texas (?): valley of
the Rio Grande, Mexican Boundary Survey under Emory 190 p. p-
(rype: K). — Apparently distinct from P. Lindheimeri in leaf form
and pubescence, but possibly grading into that species; the Kew
material is mixed with it.

92. P. LinpHEermeri Gray. Stems several from a fruticulose
base, erectish to decumbent, green, densely pilose with rather short

Blake — Revision of Polygala 73

wide-spreading hairs. Lower leaves elliptic to orbicular, mucron-
ate at the obtuse to rounded apex, rounded to cuneate at base,
strongly reticulate, thinnish, spreading-pilosulous above and
(chiefly along veins) beneath, 5-13 mm. long, 3-12 mm. wide, on
petioles 1 mm. long; middle and upper similar but gradually pass-
ing to oblong or lance-oblong, acute at each end, the uppermost
bractlike, much reduced. Racemes contra-axial, strongly geniculate,
2-8-flowered, pubescent like the stem, 1-3.5 em. long. Flowers 5
mm. long, their pedicels spreading-pilose, 1-2 mm. long. Upper
sepal persistent, ovate, acute, spreading-pilosulous and -ciliate,
narrow-margined, 3-3.2 mm. long; lower similar, 2 mm. long.
Wings oblong-obovate, barely retuse at the rounded apex, cuneate
at the oblique base, spreading-pilosulous, 4.8-5 mm. long, 2.3 mm.
wide. Keel 4.8 mm. long, its porrect beak 0.6 mm. long. Upper
petals oblong, entire, slightly oblique at apex, 4.4 mm. long. Cap-
sule oblong, emarginulate, scarcely stipitate, TS
striate, 4.8 mm. long, 2.4 mm. wide. Seed silky-pilose, 3.2-3.5

long. Aril 1.8 mm. deep, entirely corneous; umbo 0.4 mm. inc.
with indistinct appressed dorsal and oblong entire appressed (1.4
mm. long) lateral lobes. — Gray! Pl. Lindh. ii. (Bost. Journ. Nat.
Hist. vii.) 150 (1850); Pl. Wright. i. 39 (1852); Chod. Monog. ii.
107. t. 18. f. 10-12 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1. 451
-(1897). — Nuevo Leon: Monterey, Eaton & Edwards 53 Ea
Also Texas: Lindheimer III. 333 p. p. (TYPE cotu.: BG); Li
heimer IV. 333 p. p. (KX); Wright 73 (KK), 102 (BGK), 1349 ede.
Reverchon 63 (G); Groth 153 (G); Havard 100 (G); E. Hall 96
(K); Mexican Boundary Survey under Emory 190 p.p. (K).—

Ie. 50.

93. P. blepharotropis, sp. nov. Basis. . . . Caules fruticulosi
ramosi verosim. procumbentes virides vix glaucescentes incurvo-
puberuli 1.7-2.8 dm. longi. Folia ima lanceolata vel obovata 4-7
mm. longa 1-1.3 mm. lata; media et superiora linearia utroque
acuminata mucronulata paullum reticulata incurvo-puberula 9-16
mm. longa 1-2 mm. lata, in petiolis 0.6 mm. longis. Racemi (cum
bene evoluti) valde geniculati 8-15-nodati 1.5-3 cm. longi, inter-
dum solummodo (ut videtur) 4—8-nodati. Flores pallidi 5.5 mm.
longi. Sepalum superius ovatum acuminatum incurvo-puberulum
et ciliolatum 2.8 mm. longum, inferiora similia angustiora obtusius-
cula 2.4 mm. longa. Alae oblique obovatae basi cuneatae apice

74 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

suboblique rotundatae basi et apice sparsissime puberulae 5 mm.
longae 2.3 mm. latae. Carina 5 mm. longa subdense incurvo-pu-
berula (unguiculo excepto), rostro cylindrico obtuso adscendente
0.8 mm. longo. Petala superiora obovata ad apicem paullum dila-
tata apice oblique rotundata vix retusa 3.8 mm. longa. Capsula
submatura ovalis basi cuneata apice vix emarginulata incurvo-
puberula 3.6 mm. longa 2 mm. lata. Semen (immaturum) breviter
sericeum 2.8 mm. longum. Arillus (submaturus) 1.6 mm. altus
glaber, umbone ad 0.3 mm. alto, lobis 2 lateralibus ad 1.3 mm.
longis supra albidis corneis infra medium subscariosis. — SONORA:
Babocomori, Sept. 1851, Thurber 1090 (rypr: G). —T.2. Fia. 51.

93.1. P. rexensis Rob. Suffruticulose, the stems several from
a thick simple or branched woody root, erect or ascending, green,
sparsely or subdensely puberulous with strongly incurved hairs,
1.2-2.8 dm. high. Lower leaves oval, mucronulate, rounded at
apex, cuneate at base, coriaceous, reticulate, sparsely puberulous
chiefly on midnerve beneath and margin with strongly incurved
hairs, 8.5-12 mm. long, 4.5-6 mm. wide; middle and upper similar
but narrowly lanceolate or lance-linear, acute or acuminate at each
end, slightly revolute, 1.4—2.1 cm. long, 1.6—4 mm. wide, on petioles
1 mm. or less long. Racemes normally 10-20-jointed, strongly zig-
zag, (1.8) 3.5-6 em. long. Upper sepal ovate-oblong, acute, 3.2 mm.
long, the lower oblong, acute, 2.6 mm. long, all more or less cilio-
late and incurved-puberulous. Wings oblong, obtuse, sparsely in-
curved-puberulous along midline, 5-5.3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide.
Keel 5 mm. long, the blunt rostrum 1.4 mm. long. Upper petals
oblong, obliquely 1-dentate at end, 4.7 mm. long. Capsule (sub-
mature) oval, subdensely puberulous, 4.2 mm. long, 2.8 mm. wide.
Seed (immature) sericeous, 2.7 mm. long. Aril 1.7 mm. long, the
two lateral lobes linear, appressed. — Rob.! in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt-
1. 451 (1897). — Texas: 1846, Lindheimer III. 333 p. p. (GK);
1847-48, Lindheimer IV. 333 p.p. (K); rocky “places, —
Guadaloupe, July 1845, Lindheimer 337 (TYPE COLL.: Qe
manche, 8 Aug. 1877, Reverchon ‘’ 708 (G G).

94. P. lithophila, sp. nov. Caules plures e basi fruticulosa erecti
vel patentes ramosi foliosi incurvo-puberuli 7-15 em. longi. Folia
media lanceolata vel oblonga acuta vel acuminata mucronata basi
cuneata ad acuminata coriacea subreticulata sparsissime vel dense
incurvo-puberula 2-11.5 mm. longa 0.6-4.5 mm. lata, in petiolis ad

Blake — Revision of Polygala 75

0.6 mm. longis; suprema interdum linearia 11-13 mm. longa 1-1.3
mm. lata; ima ovalia vel obovata minora. Racemi terminales et
extra-axillares 2—6-flori plus minusve geniculati 0.5-2.3 cm. longi.
Flores ut videtur albido-lutescentes 5 mm. longi. Sepalum superius
persistens ovatum acutiusculum anguste albido-marginatum in-
curvo-puberulum et -ciliolatum 2.4 mm. longum; inferiora similia
obtusa 1.9 mm. longa. Alae obovatae apice rotundatae basi longe
cuneatae glabrae 5 mm. longae 2.2 mm. latae. Carina 5.3 mm.
longa, rostro obtuso porrecto 0.7 mm. longo. Petala superiora
oblonga apice oblique 1-dentata 4.6 mm. longa. Capsula oblonga
basi obliqua vix stipata apice emarginulata striata incurvo-puber-
ula aetate subglabrata 3.8-4.5 mm. longa 2.1-2.7 mm. lata. Semen
breviter sericeum 3.3-3.5 mm. longum. Arillus (1.6) 2-2.2 mm.
altus glaber corneus, umbone 0.5 mm. alto, lobis lateralibus verti-
calibus appressis linearibus apice paullum dilatatis subdenticulatis
vel integris. — CoaHuILa: crevices of rocks, Sierra de Zapatero,
July 1910, Purpus 4540 (BG); Pefia, Feb. 1905, Purpus 1038 (G).
San Luis Porosi: Minas de San Rafael, June 1911, Purpus 5171
(type: G). Also Texas: Kingsville, 20 Apr. 1905, Tracy 9427
(G).—T. 2. Fia. 48.

94.1. P. ARIZONAE Chod. Suffruticulose, the stems very nu-
merous, erect or ascending from a thick woody root, pale, branched,
rather densely covered with fine incurved hairs, 1.2-2 dm. high,
Lower leaves oval, acutish at each end, coriaceous, mucronulate,
slightly reticulate, very sparsely incurved-puberulous, subsessile,
6 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide; middle and upper similar but oblong-
or linear-lanceolate, acute at each end, 6-12 mm. long, 1-3 mm.
wide. Racemes 2-8-jointed, very zigzag, 0.5-3.5 cm. long. Flowers
apparently rose-color (?). Upper sepal ovate-lanceolate, obtusish,
subglabrous, 2.8 mm. long; lower sepals oblong, obtuse, glabrous,
1.8mm. long. Wings oblong-obovate, obtuse, 5 mm. long, 2.3 mm.
wide. Upper petals narrowly cuneate-oblong, scarcely enlarged at
the obliquely emarginate apex, 4.8 mm. long. Keel 5 mm. long,
the rostrum 0.7 mm. long. Capsule oval, subtruncate at apex,
oblique at base, longitudinally striate-reticulate, very sparsely and
finely incurved-puberulous, 4 mm. long, 2.8 mm. wide. Seed obo-
void-ellipsoid, pilose, 2.9-3 mm. long. Aril small, corneous, gla-
brous, 1.2 mm. high, the lateral lobes oblong. — Chod.! Monog. ii.
108. t. 18. f. 18-15 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1. 451

76 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

(1897). — Arizona: limestone ledges, foothills of the Santa Rita
Mts., 25 June 1884, Pringle (corypE cott.: GK).—T. 2. Fie. 47.

94.2. P. Twreepyi Britton. Stems numerous, often very crowded,
erectish or spreading from a fruticulose base, finely incurved-pu-
berulous, 4-19.5 em. long. Leaves (except the lowest) linear, suba-
cuminate at each end, mucronulate, sparsely incurved-puberulous
chiefly along the slightly revolute margin, 1-nerved, 9-18 mm. long,
0.7-1.8 mm. wide, on petioles 0.5 mm. long; the lowest obovate-
oblong, obtuse, mucronulate, cuneate at base, 4-12 mm. long, 1.3-4
mm. wide. Racemes extra-axillary, 1-1.3 em. long, 3-6-flowered,
straightish or slightly geniculate. Flowers 4 mm. long. Upper
sepal elliptic, obtuse, incurved-puberulous, submucronulate, 2-2.3
mm. long; lower sepals 1.4 mm. long, sparsely puberulous and cilio-
late. Wings obovate, rounded at apex, cuneate at base, glabrous,
the veins reticulate toward midrib but free at apices, 4 mm. long,
1.8 mm. wide. Keel saccate near middle, 3.5 mm. long, its rostrum
slightly descending, obtuse, 0.5 mm. long. Upper petals oblong,
obliquely retuse at apex, 3.2 mm. long. Capsule oblong, barely
emarginulate, scarcely stipate, obliquely striate, subsparsely or
densely incurved-puberulous, 4.5 mm. long, 2.7 mm. wide. Seed
subsilky-pilose, 3mm. long. Aril as in P. Lindheimeri, 2 mm. high,
corneous throughout, the umbo with slight anterior boss, the 2
lobes appressed, linear-oblong, slightly bifid near apex or entire,
1.5 mm. long. — Britton! in Wheelock, Mem. Torr. Club ii. 143
(1891). P. arizonae Chod. var. tenuifolia Chod.! Monog. ii. 109
(1893). — Texas: Tom Greene Co., 1879, Tweedy (TYPE COLL. of
P. Tweedyi: G). Arizona: Babocomori Creek near Ft. Huachuca,
May 1882, Lemmon 2641 (TYPE coLL. of P. arizonae var. tenuifolia:
BG); southern part, 1881, Lemmon 497 (G). — It is possible that
Lemmon 2641 really came from northern Sonora.

95. P. nupaTa Brandegee. Stems very numerous, much bran-
ched, erect from a fruticulose base, about 1.5 dm. high, green, sub-
striate, sparsely strigillose or subglabrous. Leaves bractlike, min-
ute, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, submucronulate, subsessile,
sparsely incurved-puberulous, 1-4.5 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide.
Racemes terminating stems and branches, 4—6-flowered, straight,
2.8 cm. long or less. Flowers 4 mm. long, white. Upper sepal
ovate, acute, with rather wi a and broad pale margin,
sparsely p , persistent, 2.7 mm. long; the

Blake — Revision of Polygala 77

lower similar, elliptic, acutish, 2.2 mm. long. Wings oval-obovate,
truncate-rounded at apex, cuneate at base, glabrous, sparsely
veined, the veins free, 4 mm. long, 2.2 mm. wide. Keel saccate
toward middle, 3.5 mm. long, the saccate portion greenish; rostrum
blunt, 0.7 mm. long. Upper petals rather broadly oblong-obovate,
unequally 2—4-lobed at apex, nearly equalling keel. Capsule ob-
long, glabrous or sparsely puberulous toward apex, narrowly erose-
winged, 2.8 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Seed sericeous, 2.3 mm. long.
Aril 0.8 mm. long, the lateral lobes oblong, the dorsal very short,
appressed. — Brandeg.! Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iv. 183 (1 Sais
1911). P. minutifolia Rose! Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. xiii. 307 (11
Apr. 1911). — Coanuma: Sierra de la Paila, Oct. 1910, Purpus
4762 (TYPE COLL. of P. nudata: BG). Nurvo Leon: dry limestone
cliffs of the Sierra Madre near Monterey, 10 July 1907, Pringle
13949 (TyPE COLL. of P. minutifolia: G).— In accordance with the
International Rules (Art. 36), I have felt it necessary to adopt for
this species the slightly later name P. nudata, as being the first to
be published with a Latin diagnosis.

Subsect. B. Pant , subsect. nov. Sepala ut alae persistentia.
Species unica P. desertorum Brandegee.

96. P. pesERTORUM Brandegee. Frutescent, several—-many-
stemmed, 2.5 dm. high, the stems erect, subsimple or branched,
sparsely strigillose. Leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, acute, mu-
cronulate (or the lowest linear-obovate, obtuse), sparsely ciliate
and appressed-pubescent, sessile, firm, with obscure lateral nerves,
slightly involute, 9-18 mm. long, 1—-1.5 mm. wide, the lowest and
uppermost smaller. Racemes terminating stem and branches,
loose, 5-9 em. long, 5-14-flowered, straightish. Flowers 8-8.5 mm.
long, purple and yellow. Upper sepal oblong-oval, obtuse, gla-
brous, veiny, slightly saccate at base, 7.5 mm. long; the lower
elliptic, 5 mm. long; all persistent in fruit. Wings purple, oblong-
obovate, glabrous, veiny, barely mucronulate at the rounded apex,
appearing apiculate by the inflexing of the sides, not clawed, 8 mm.
long, 3.4 mm. wide, persistent. Keel yellow, with saccate tip, 8.5
mm. long, its blunt slightly decurved beak 2.2 mm. long. Upper
petals purple, porrect, ciliate below, 8.5 mm. long. Capsule oval-
oblong, emarginate, very narrowly margined, scarcely striate, cune-
ate-stiped (stipe 1 mm. long), glabrous, 5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm.
wide. Seed subsilky-pilose, 3.3-3.5 mm. long. Aril corneous,

78 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

glabrous, 1.2 mm. deep, the umbo 0.6 mm. deep, with slightly up-
turned dorsal end, the lateral lobes oblong, appressed. — Brandeg.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. II. ser. ii. 1830 (1889); Chod. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. i. 355 (1893). — Lowger CatirorniA: San Fernando, 18
May 1889, Brandegee (G). — T. 2. Fia. 53.

Subgenus VI. ORTHOPOLYGALA (Chod.), comb. nov.

Sepals herbaceous, free, persistent. Wings petaloid, persistent.
Keel bearing an infra-apical 2—-many-lobed fimbriate crest. Upper
petals united to staminal tube and keel below. Stigmata various.
Capsule usually oval or elliptic, not or scarcely winged. Seed
pubescent or rarely glabrous. Aril with usually corneous apex and
two lateral appressed lobes, sometimes very minute. — Polygala
L. sect. X. Orthopolygala Chod. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. Genéve xxv.
698 (1891); Monog. ii. 120 (1893). Polygala sect. V. Timutua
DC. Prod. i. 327 (1824).

a. a very narrowly or not margined, both cells dehis-
Sep O MER Sy OER R sleet les oe eu CUR uy Es ews Sect. 1. TrmuTvua.
me eS of seed glochidiate. ....... 065... Ser. y. GLocHpiIATAg, p. 90.
b. Hairs vd a not gloc hidia
c.. Pet ined into a eee tube more than twice o
long as wings; aril rather large, cellular, equitan
WOE: oe ee Ser. ¢. On p. 101.
e. Petals ide aril otherwise, d.
Hairs long, Beco a ky coma at base < the co
OOS ei ss Vinny i cl ce wore OP iacenina: p. 92.
d. Seed lat rg or rarely glabro
e. Flowers tiny, slende on poctieating leseenks in P, gra-
cillé ima, whic ong dense very slender ra-
i ra = long Seale 5 racemes; leaves nearly
pa wlucer sick se areas hs + 6 Ser. «. TENUES, p. 96.
e. Raceme very ome t thick, the wings much larger
than the keel; leaves alternate or whorled.
Ser. TiMoUTOIDEAE, p. 89.

e. Raceme dense to loose, the wings never muc
— than the keel; leaves in most species
plindlete 40d e soe Ser. a. GALIOIDEAE.

fe) ve
a. ce rite arrowy or rather broadly winged dehiscent

~

Sect. 2. Monninopsis, p. 102.

Sect. 1. Trmurvua DC. (ampl.). Both cells of the marginless or
narrowly margined capsule dehiscent, equal. — Polygala L. sect.
Timutua DC. Prod. i. 327 (1824); Polggate sect. Orthopolygala
subsect. I. Chod. Monog. ii. 123 (1893).

Ser. a. GatiormEar Chod. Leaves in most species whorled at
least below, sometimes all alternate; racemes dense to loose; seed

Blake — Revision of Polygala 79

short-pubescent with straight hairs; aril with two lateral descend-
ing lobes. — Polygala sect. Orthopolygala subsect. I. A. Galioideae
Chod. Monog. ii. 127 (1893).
a. Leaves whorled at least to middle of stem, 6.

Pedicels 1.2-1.5 mm. WE os fo oe ns ee es 100. P. conferta.

c.
c. Aril nearly or quite as long as seed, d.

d. Leaves fleshy, spatulate-obovate.........--.+++- 102. P. turgida.

d. Leaves not fleshy nor spatulate-obovate, e¢.
e. Sepals glandular-ciliate..........-.-+-+++5 103. P. aparinoides. “
e. Sepals not glandular-ciliate......---..--+-+++> 105. P. subalata.

c. Aril much shorter than seed, f.
f. Leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-4 mm. long .97. P. saginoides.
f. Leaves spatulate-obovate or rhomboidal, 4-9 mm.

ong, 9.
g. Wings obovate-oblong........---+++++++-+-> 98. P. spathulata.
g. Wings elliptic. .....-------+eeeeeeeeees 99. P. crucianelloides,
f. Leaves larger, h.
h. Flowers 2.5-3 mm. long (Mexico) ..106 8. P. alba var, suspecta.
h. Flowers 2 mm. long, 1.
;. Leaves 1.5-2.6 mm, wide; capsule 2 mm. long.
108. P. Wightiana.
i. Leaves 2.7-7 mm. wide; capsule 1,3-1.6 mm. .
ol Pee eC aca as «3 104. P. asperuloides.

j. Leaves squamiform......-..--+-ssseeeeerrceees 109. P. squamifolia.
j. Leaves normal, linear or linear-oblong, or the lowest
k. Flowers 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1.
1. Capsule ovate-oblong (West Indies).......... 107. P. hecatantha.
l. Capsule elliptic-oblong (Mexico) ... 106 a. P. alba var. tenuifolia.
k. Flowers 1-1.3 mm. long........--+++++--+> 101. P. sphaerocephala.
97. P. sagrnomwes Griseb. Stems several to many, loosely
spreading from a woody but slender root, angled, glabrous, slender,
branched or subsimple, 2-10.5 em. long. Leaves linear to linear-
lanceolate, or the lower oval, the lower or sometimes nearly all in
whorls of 5, acute to acuminate at each end, cuspidate, very shortly
petioled, glabrous, punctate, 2-4 mm. long, 0.4-0.8 mm. wide.
Racemes dense, up to 30-flowered, 2-(at length)16 mm. long, ter-
minating stems and branches; bractlets ovate, acuminate, thickish,
persistent, 0.5 mm. long. Flowers 1.5-2.5 mm. long. Upper sepal
oval, obtuse, white-glandular-lineate, 1.3 mm. long; the lower
ovate, 1.1 mm. long. Wings obovate, cuneate at base, strongly
retuse at apex, whitish with green or reddish midrib and white
longitudinal glandular lines, 2.5 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide. Keel 2
mm. long; crest of 3 pairs of deeply divided lobes. Upper petals
oval, rounded at apex, 1.6 mm. long. Capsule elliptic-ovate, trun-
cate at apex, green with white and rosy glandular lines, 2 mm. long,

80 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

1.4 mm. wide. Seed obovoid-ellipsoid, 1.8 mm. long, appressed-
pilose. Aril 1.3 mm. long, with small umbo and linear lateral
lobes. — Griseb.! Cat. Pl. Cub. 13 (1866); Chod. Monog. ii. 150.
t. 20. f. 34-35 (1893). — Cua: Cachillas de Baracoa, 14 May, and
San Marcos, 22 August, Wright 1911 (rypE coLtt.: BGK); grassy
places, barren savannas, 8. E. of Holguin, Oriente, 26-29 Nov.
1909, Shafer 2943 (G). — T. 2. Fia. 55. — Chodat’s fig. 35 (t. 20)
does not well represent the seed of this species.

98. P. sparHuLaTa Griseb. Stems many, herbaceous from a
woody base, slender, spreading, angulate, minutely roughened on
the angles, otherwise glabrous, simple or branched, 4-28 cm. long.
Leaves all in whorls of 4, shorter than the internodes, spatulate-
obovate, mucronate at the rounded apex, cuneate at base, slightly
glandular-denticulate on the barely revolute margin, punctate, 1-
nerved, green and glabrous both sides, 3.5-9 mm. long, 2-6 mm.
wide, the petioles very short. Racemes terminating stems and
branches, 4—10-flowered, subsessile or very shortly peduncled;
bracts persistent, spreading, ovate-attenuate, 0.5 mm. long; pedi-
cels about 0.2 mm. long. Flowers 2.8 mm. long. Upper sepal oval,
obtuse, 1.2 mm. long, the lower ovate, obtusish, 1 mm. long, each
bearing 2-3 pairs of pedicelled glands on margin, glandular-lineate
on back. Wings obovate-oblong, whitish, green-veined, acutish,
short-clawed, 2.8 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide, bearing a few micro-
scopic cilia on margin, obscurely glandular-lineate on back. Keel
2.5 mm. long; crest of 3 pairs of simple or 2-3-fid oblong lobes.
Upper petals oval, undulate at apex, 2mm. long. Capsule elliptic,
2 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide. Seed 2.1 mm. long, appressed subsilky-
pilose. Aril 1.3 mm. long; umbo very minute; lateral lobes oblong,
rounded at tip, appressed, scarious. — Griseb.! Cat.' Pl. Cub. 18
(1866); Chod. Monog. ii. 134. t. 20. f. 8-10 (1893). — CuBA:
banks among tall grass in savannas, San Juan de Buenavista,
Wright 1910 (rypr cotLt.: BGK); open places, Baracoa, Oriente,
Feb.—Mar. 1910, Shafer 3989 (G). Banamas: Northrop 402 (K);
Britton & Millspaugh 3130 (K); Great Bahama: Eight Mile
Rocks, Feb. 1905, Britton & Millspaugh 2369 (G).—T. 2. Fie. 56.

99. P. crucIANELLOES DC. Stem slender, erect, branched
above, angled, slightly puberulous, 1.5-2.5 dm. high, the branches
often opposite. Leaves mostly in whorls of 5, rhomboidal, angled,
revolute, glabrous, eglandulose, scarcely mucronate, 6-7 mm. long,

Blake — Revision of Polygala 81

4mm. wide. Racemes terminal, short. Flowers rosy, 3 mm. long.
Sepals unequal, the upper elliptic, acute, the lower shorter, lanceo-
late, acute, green on back, membranaceous on margin, 1/3 as long
as wings. Wings elliptic, subobtuse, slightly inequilateral, very
shortly unguiculate. Upper petals rhomboidal, subemarginate,
strongly inequilateral, equalling or surpassing the keel. Crest
multifid, the segments linear, simple or bifid. Fruit unknown. —
DC. Prod. i. 329 (1824), fide Chod. Monog. ii. 134. t. 20. f. 11-12
(1893). — Not seen; description condensed from Chodat, 1. c.
Based by De Candolle on specimens collected in Santo Domingo by
Nectoux; redescribed by Chodat from specimens collected at the
same place by the same collector.

100. P. conrerta A. W. Bennett. Slender annual, the stems
solitary or rarely few, erect, glabrous, strongly angled, 7-14 em.
high, bearing 2-6 capitate racemes. Lower leaves (1—2 whorls)
in 5’s, spatulate-obovate, mucronate, 3.5-7.5 mm. long, 1.7-3.7
mm. wide; middle leaves (1-2 whorls) linear, acuminate, mucro-
nate, subsessile, 7-13 mm. long, 0.6-1.2 mm. wide; branch leaves
linear, scattered or sometimes whorled. Racemes capitate, densely —
flowered, 4-9 mm. long, 5.5-6 mm. thick, on mostly naked pe-
duncles 24.5 em. long; the bracts minute, quickly deciduous;
pedicels 1.2-1.5 mm. long. Flowers roseate or greenish-white, 1.8
mm. long. Upper sepal orbicular-ovate, blunt, slightly denticu-
late toward apex, 1 mm. long; lower ovate, subacute, 0.8 mm. long.
Wings oval, short-clawed, 1.8 mm. long, 1.1 mm. wide. Keel 1.5
mm. long; crest of about 2 pairs of papillate-margined lobes, the
anterior oblong, simple or bifid, the posterior cuneate, 3-fid at apex.
Capsule orbicular-oval, slightly oblique at each end, 1.3 mm. long,
1 mm. wide. Seed shortly pubescent, 1 mm. long. Aril 0.7 mm.
deep, its lobes oblong, appressed. — A. W. Bennett in Hemsl. Diag.
Pl. Nov. i. 2 (1878); Journ. Bot. xvii. 172 (1879); Wats. Proc. Am.
Acad. xxii. 398 (1887); Chod. Monog. ii. 141. t. 20. f. 22 (1893).
—Jaisco: plains near Guadalajara, 5 Oct. 1889, Pringle 2941
(G); Rio Blanco, Sept. 1886, Palmer 571 (BGK); gravelly plains
of Guadalajara, 1525 m., 8 Oct. 1903, Pringle 11377 (GK); _hill-
sides near Guadalajara, 1525 m., 15 Oct. 1903, Pringle 8759 (G).
Vera Cruz: near Orizaba, Aug. 1866, Bourgeau 3249 (GK); st
zaba, Botteri 822 (K); Schmitz (B). Micnoacan: dry
slopes, hills of Patzcuaro, 12 Oct. 1892, Pringle 4267 (BGK).

82 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

GUATEMALA: Barranca de Fuerengo, Oct. 1865, Bernoulli 105
(K). — T. 2. Fic. 59. — The flowers are described by Bennett and
Chodat (from F. Mueller 302, Orizaba, the type, in herb. Mart.)
as subsessile, but the pedicels in all the specimens above cited are.

.2-1.5 mm. long and thus the longest of any species in the series.
Nevertheless their agreement in all other points with the descrip-
tions and Chodat’s figures is so close that I have little hesitation in
following Watson in referring the specimens quoted to this species.

101. P. spHAEROCEPHALA Chod. Annual, 5-6 em. high, simple
or corymbosely branched above. Cotyledons and basal leaves op-
posite, broadly spatulate, 3 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide; leaves once
or twice verticillate below, the others alternate, 5-6 mm. long, 0.6—
1.5 mm. wide, those of the branches few and smaller. Racemes
terminal, capitate, 4.5-5 mm. thick, on naked peduncles 7-10 mm.
long; flowers 1-1.3 mm. long, on pedicels less than 1 mm. long.
Upper sepal broadly ovate, the lower ovate-lanceolate, acuminate.
Wings broadly lance-elliptic, obtuse or subacute, 3-nerved, exceed-
ing the corolla. Keel with a few-lobed crest. Upper petals broadly
rhomboidal, obtuse. Capsule elliptic. Seed ovoid, sparsely hairy.
Aril less than half as long as seed, its lobes spatulate. — Chod. Bot.
Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 80 (1914), as P. sphaerocephalum. — Not
seen; described by Chodat from Seler 1222, from Patzcuaro,
Michoacan.

102. P. rurama Rose. Fleshy perennial, many-stemmed, the
stems procumbent, whitish-green, angulate, glabrous, 1-3 dm. long.
Leaves verticellate throughout in 5’s, or a few uppermost scattered,
spatulate-obovate, mucronate at the rounded apex, cuneate to
base, thick, fleshy, barely petioled, glabrous, 7-24 mm. long, 3.5-10
mm. wide. Racemes 1.5-(at last)9 cm. long, 5 mm. thick, straight
or curved, densely flowered, on peduncles 1.7-4.7 cm. long; pedi-
cels 0.5 mm. long or less. Flowers pinkish, 2.5-2.8 mm. long.
Upper sepal orbicular-ovate, obtusish, 1.5 mm. long, the lower del-
toid-ovate, obtuse, 1.3 mm. long, each marked with 4 oblong
whitish glands. Wings obovate, short-clawed, rounded at apex,
5-nerved, 2.8 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Keel 2 mm. long; crest of
3 pairs of lobes, the posterior flabellate-cuneate, the anterior 2
oblong, entire or barely bifid. Upper petals elliptic, rounded or
subtruncate at apex, barely erose on margin, 1.9 mm. long. Cap-
sule orbicular-ovate, 1.4 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide. Seed short-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 83

pilose, 1.3 mm. long. Aril 1.2 mm. deep, its lobes linear-oblong-
obovate, appressed. — Rose! Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. x. 123. t.
39 (1906). P. alba Nutt. var. alcalina Chod.! Bull. Herb. Boiss.
ill. 122 (1895). —San Luts Porost: alkaline meadows, Hacienda
de Angostura, 14 July 1891, Pringle 3792 (rypPE coxu. of both
names: BG); Media Luna, near Rio Verde, 2-8 June 1904, Palmer
84 (G); 1830-2440 m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 39} p.p. (K);
Purpus 5173 (B). —T. 2. Fie. 54.

103. P. apartnompes Hook & Arn. Stems solitary or several
from a slender perennial base, erect or laxly spreading, narrowly
5-angulate-winged, and minutely sparsely appressed-puberulent,
23 cm. long or more. Leaves verticillate in 5’s throughout, or the
uppemost rameal scattered, lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate, or the
lowest orbicular or elliptic-obovate, acute or subacute at each end,
cuspidate, glandular-punctate, glabrous, 1-nerved, with narrow
denticulate margin, 10-21 mm. long, 4.5-8 (10) mm. wide, on
petioles 1 mm. long. Racemes rather densely many-flowered, be-
coming 16.5 cm. long or less, 5-6 mm. thick, on peduncles 8.5 em.
long or less; pedicels 0.5-0.7 mm. long. Flowers rosy, 3 mm. long.
Upper sepal broadly oval, gland-dotted, sparsely glandular-ciliate,
1.8 mm. long; lower ovate, acutish, gland-dotted, sparsely glandu-
lar-ciliate, 1.5 mm. long. Wings spreading, elliptic-obovate, some-
what plicate, short-clawed, rounded at apex, with 5 pink nerves,
gland-dotted, glabrous, 3 mm. long, 2mm. wide. Keel 2.6 mm. long;
crest of about 4 pairs of lobes, the posterior cuneate, scarcely lobed,
the 3 anterior narrow, entire, oblong. Upper petals obliquely
rhombic-ovate, 3.5 mm. long. Capsule broadly elliptic, 2-2.5 mm.
long, 1.6—2.1 mm. wide. Seed shortly appressed-pilose, 2-2.1 mm.
long, equalled by the narrowly oblong appressed lobes of the aril. —
Hook. & Arn.! Bot. Beech. Voy. 277 (1836-40). P. leptandroides
Turez.! Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxvii. no. 2. 349 (1854). P. nemoralis
A. W. Bennett! Journ. Bot. xvii. 172 (1879), in part. P. Vogtii
Chod.! Monog. ii. 144. t. 20. f. 25-26 (1893). P. verticillata L.
var. aparinoides (Hook. & Arn.) Chod. 1. ¢. 140, as to syn. only. —
Jauisco: Beechey (rypE: K). Cutapas: Feb., Linden 173 (K:
TYPE coLL. of P. leptandroides, cotypr coLu. of P. nemoralis,
COTYPE coLL. of P. Vogtii). GuaTemMaLa: Chilasco, 1861, Salvin
& Godman (cotTyPE couu. of P. nemoralis: K); Laguna de Ayarces,
July 1870, Bernoulli 662 (IKK); between Santa Rosa and El Patal,

84 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Aug. 1870, Bernoulli 1019 (K); Sierra del Mico, Aug. 1870, Ber-
noulli & Cario 3233 (K); Coban, 1310 m., May 1886, Tuerckherm
136 (coryPE coLu. of P. Vogtit: BGK); Coban, 1300 m., Jan.
1903, Tuerckheim 8378 (GK); San Miguel Uspantén, Dept.
Quiché, 1830 m., Apr. 1892, Heyde & Lux 3004 (GK); Zamorora,
Dept. Santa Rosa, 1800 m., Apr. 1893, Heyde & Lux 4438 (BGK).
— T. 2. Fia. 64.

104. P. asperuLomEes HBK. Stems 1-2 from a slender prob-
ably annual root, slender, narrowly 5-angulate-winged, erectish or
loosely spreading, branched or subsimple, 8-30 cm. long. Leaves
all whorled in 5’s (the uppermost sometimes in 3’s or 2’s), glandu-
lar-punctate, with narrow crenulate-denticulate margin, the lower
orbicular-obovate, 7-9 mm. long, 4.5-5 mm. wide, the middle and
upper lanceolate or lance-elliptic, acute or subacuminate at each
end, 9-19 mm. long, 2.7-7 mm. wide, all cuspidate, on petioles ca.
1mm.long. Racemes 1-—(at length)5 cm. long, 3-5 mm. thick, on
peduncles 1-3.2 cm. long; pedicels 0.4 mm. long. Flowers faintly
pinkish, 2 mm. long. Upper sepal orbicular-ovate, obtuse, 1 mm.
long, the lower oblong, obtuse, 0.6 mm. long, not ciliate, each with
2 large glands on back. Wings broadly elliptic, rounded at apex,
short-clawed, 1.6 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Keel 2 mm. long; crest
of 3 pairs of lobes, the posterior cuneate, entire, adnate to keel, the
2 anterior linear or obovate, entire. Upper petals obliquely rhom-
bic-ovate, 1.8 mm. long. Capsule suborbicular, 1.3—-1.6 mm. long,
1.2-1.5 mm. wide. Seed shortly appressed-pilose, 1.5 mm. long.
Aril 1.1 mm. deep, the 2 lobes oblong, appressed. — HBK! Nov.
Gen. v. 403 (1821); Wats. Proc. Acad. xxi. 459 (1886). P. galioides
Poir. var. major A. W. Benn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiii. pt. 3. 29
(1874), as tosyn. only. P. galioides Poir. var. asperuloides (HBK.)
Britton in Morong & Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. vii. 52 (1892),
as to syn. — GuaTEMALA: Carmino Real, near Izabal, 7 Apr. 1885,
S. Watson 19 (G). British Honpuras: wet pine ridge near
Manatee Lagoon, 6 Dec. 1905, M. E. Peck 234 (G). Without local-
ity: Humboldt & Bonpland (fragm. of rypn: G).—T. 2. Fie. 63.
2105. P. supatata Wats. Stems several from a biennial or
perennial slender root, erect or rarely spreading, simple or branched,
leafy, glabrous, 6-17 em. high. Leaves whorled about to middle of
stem, punctate, glabrous, cuspidate, the lower (about 4 whorls) in
5’s obovate, rounded at apex, cuneate at base, narrowly denticu-

Blake — Revision of Polygala 85

late-margined, very shortly petioled, 3.5-6 mm. long, 1.5-3 mm.
wide; middle and upper mostly scattered, lanceolate or lance-
obovate or -elliptic, acute or acutish at each end, 7.5-14.5 mm.
long, 2.3-4 mm. wide. Racemes dense, many-flowered, 1-(at
length)4 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, on peduncles 0.3-3.4 em. long.
Flowers white with green nerves, 2.5 mm. long. Sepals lance-ovate,
obtuse, white-margined, gland-dotted, 1 mm. long. Wings oval,
rounded at apex, short-clawed, white with greenish center, 3—sub-
5-nerved, gland-dotted, 2.6 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide. Keel 2.3
mm. long; crest of 3 pairs of lobes: posterior pair cuneate, barely
3-fid at apex; 2 anterior pairs linear, entire. Upper petals oval,
rounded at apex, 2.1 mm. long. Capsule suborbicular-elliptic,
slightly oblique, 2 mm. long, 1.6 mm. wide. Seed 1.6 mm. long,
sparsely appressed-pubescent, equalled by the linear-oblong ap-
pressed lobes of the aril. — Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxvi. 132
(1891). — Durango: City of Durango, 1896, Palmer 908 (G).
San Luis Porost: San Miguelita Mts., Aug. 1877, Schaffner 5
(GK); Alvarez, July 1904, Palmer 2Q5 (GK); 1830-2440 m., 1878,
Parry & Palmer 39 p. p. (GK), 393 p. p. (K). Vera Cruz: Vera
Cruz to Orizaba, F. Mueller 999 (K); Maltrata, Jan. 1883, Kerber
243 (BK: nom. vernac. ‘‘ mexixe’”’). Mexico: low ground, Flor
de Maria, 4 Sept. 1890, Pringle 3240 (ryPE coLL.: BGK); Valley
of Mexico, 1856, Schmitz (B). Frprrat District: base of Sierra
de Ajusco, 2380 m., 29 Sept. 1896, Pringle 6550 (BGK); open
woods near Eslaba, 2440 m., 18 Sept. 1903, Pringle 11382 (GK).
Micuoacan: Cerro de Quinzeo, 2590 m., Galeotti 876 (K). Oax-
ACA: 1842, Ghiesbreght (K). Mexico without locality: Pavon (B).
seD 2 oN ie. OF.

106. P. ata Nutt. Stems numerous from a perennial root, often
with a cluster of short sterile leafy branches at base, erect or ascend-
ing, simple or sparsely branched, glabrous, very narrowly angulate-
winged, 2-3.5 dm. high. Leaves mostly scattered, but the lowest
(2-7 whorls) or even those to” middle of stem verticillate; lowest
spatulate-obovate, mucronate at the rounded apex, scarcely peti-
oled, with subdenticulate margin, 1-nerved, 4-12 mm. long, 1.5-
2.5 mm. wide; the others linear, acuminate to the cuspidate apex,
0.8-2.5 em. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide. Racemes densely flowered,
conic-cylindric, 2-8.5 em. long, 5-8 mm. thick, on peduncles 2-8
em. long; pedicels 1 mm. long. Flowers white with green center,

86 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

the crest often purple, 2.5-3 mm. long. Upper sepal broadly
ovate, obtuse, 1.5 mm. long, the lower oblong, 1.3 mm. long.
Wings obliquely elliptic, rounded at apex, shortly cuneate at base,
2.9 mm. long, 1.6 mm. wide. Keel 3 mm. long; crest of 4 pairs of
lobes, the posterior cuneate, the 3 anterior linear, entire. Upper
petals ovate, obtuse, 2.8 mm. long. Capsule elliptic or oblong-
elliptic, 2.5-2.9 mm. long, 1.3-1.6 mm. wide. Seed appressed-
pilose, 2.3-2.5 mm. long. Aril (0.8) 1.3-1.5 mm. deep, its oblong
obtuse lobes appressed. — Divisible into two varieties.

\ Var. tenuifolia (Pursh), comb. nov. Folia omnia alterna (verti-
cillis 1-2 basalibus exceptis). — P. Seneca var. y. tenuifolia Pursh,
Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 750 (1814). P. alba Nutt.! Gen. ii. 87 (1818);
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 416 (1886); Chod. Monog. ii. 135. t.
20. f. 13-14 (1893). P. bicolor HBK.! Nov. Gen. v. 394. t. 507
(1821). P. alba Nutt. var. bicolor (HBK.) Chod. 1. c. 136 (1893).
P. Torreyi G. Don, Gen. Sys. i. 360 (1831); Greene, Pitt. ii. 307
(1898). P. Beyrichii T. & G.! Fl. N. Am. i. 130 (1838). P. scoparia
Benth.! Pl. Hartw. 8 (1839), not HBK. P. alba Nutt. var. brachy-
stachya Chod.! 1. c. 136 (1893); var. leptostachya! and var. mexicana
Chod. 1. c. 137. — Sonora: Fronteras, 1390 m., 24 Sept. 1890,
Hartman 40 (G); Sept. 1851, Thurber 1092 (G). CHIHUAHUA:
Santa Eulalia Mts., 27 Oct. 1885, Pringle 299 (rypE COLL. of var.
brachystachya: BG); San Antonio de las Alanzanes, 1848-49, Gregg
371 (GK). Coanvuma: Sierra Madre, 64 km. south of Saltillo,
July 1880, Palmer 68 (G). Duranco: near City of Durango, 1896,
Palmer 129 (BG); Tejamen, Aug. 1906, Palmer 537 (G); Tepe-
huanes, Mar.—Apr. 1906, Palmer 43 (G). Zacatecas: Coulter 725
(GK); Guadalcajar, 1883, Dugés (G). AGuas CALIENTES: near
Picocho, Hartweg 30 (BGK). Guanasuato: Santa Rosa, Hum-
boldt & Bonpland (fragm. of tyPE of P. bicolor: G). San Luts
Porost: 1878, Parry & Palmer 39 p. p. (K). Pussia: San Luis
Tultitlanapa, June 1908, Purpus 3502 (G); Bagre, Minas de San
Rafael, May 1911, Purpus 5165 p. p. (G). Sierra Madre, Mexico:
Seemann (G: toward var. suspecta). Mexico without locality:
Beechey (K). —T. 2. Fria. 61.

Var. susPpEcTA Wats. Folia usque ad mediam partem caulis ver-
ticillata. — P. alba Nutt. var. (?) suspecta Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad.
xxi. 416 (1886). P. alba var. Schaffneri Chod. Monog. ii. 137 (1893).
—Cuimuanva: 240 km. north of Batopilas, 1375 m., Nov. 1885,

Blake — Revision of Polygala 87

Palmer 369 (coryPE couL.: G). Coanurta: Sierra de la Paila,
Oct. 1910, Purpus 4760 (BG). San Luis Porost: San Miguelita
Mts., Sept. 1877, Schaffner 4 (coryPE coLu.: G); Bagre, Minas de
San Rafael, May 1911, Purpus 5165 p.p. (G); 1830-2440 m.,
1878, Parry & Palmer 39 p. p. (corypE coutu.: B); Schaffner 493
(B); Purpus 5165a (B). Puxsua: calcareous soil, Tehuacan, 1675
m., 7 Aug. 1901, Pringle 8575 (BGK: approaching var. tenutfolia).
Oaxaca: Las Sedas, 1830 m., 15 Sept. 1894, Pringle 5717 (G: near
var. tenuifolia). Sierra Madre, Mexico: Seemann 2153 (B). Also
in southern Arizona: Lemmon 500 (G); Blumer 3336 (G); T. E.
Wilcox (G).

107. P. HEcaTaNTHA Urb. Stems numerous, erect, slightly
branched above, from a woody slightly branched root, 5-angled
and slightly winged, glabrous, about 6 dm. high, very leafy.
Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, alternate (except for 3-6 whorls
below), 1-nerved, slightly rough on midnerve and margin, glabrous,
slightly revolute, green both sides, subsessile, the middle ones 1.3-2
em. long, 1.5 mm. wide, acuminate at each end, very acutely mu-
cronate. Racemes becoming 8.5-14 cm. ee 6-7 mm. thick,
densely flowered, on peduncles 3.5-9 mm. long. Flowers iwhibe:
slightly pink-tinged, 3.5 mm. long. Sepals subherbaceous, whitish-
margined, oblong-oval, obtuse, glabrous, 1.3-1.5 mm. long. Wings
oval-ovate, retuse at apex, cuneate at base, glabrous, 3.5 mm. long,
1.7 mm. wide. Upper petals ovate, obtuse at apex, 3.2 mm. long.
Keel 3.5 mm. long; crest of about 9 linear obtuse processes. Cap-
sule ovate-oblong, obtuse, broadest near the base, 2.7-3.1 mm. long,
1.6 mm. wide. Seed pilose, 2.5 mm. long. Aril scarious, glabrous,
2-lobed, 1.3 mm. long. — Urb.! Sym. Antill. i. 331 (1899). — Porro
Rico: near Salinas da Cabo-Rojo, near Los Morrillos, 14 Feb. 1885,
Sintenis 531 (coTyPE couu.: BGK); near Lares, Feb. 1886, Sintenis
(G). Viren Is~tanps: sand dune, West End, Anagada, 19-20
Feb. 1913, Britton & Fishlock 948 (GK). —T. 2. Fic. 62.

108. P. Wightiana, sp. nov. Annua erecta vel adscendens uni-
caulis ramosa glabra 1.3-2.1 dm. alta, caule angulato vix alato.
Folia ad mediam plantae partem et supra verticillata, ima (2-3
verticilli) obovata obtusa 3.5-7.5 mm. longa 1.7-2.5 mm. lata;
media et superiora anguste lanceolata vel anguste lanceolato-obo-
vata acuta mucronata basi anguste cuneata punctata 1-nervia sub-
sessilia 8-17 mm. longa 1.5-2.6 mm. lata; suprema pauca alterna.

88 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Racemi demum 2.2-8.5 cm. longi 4-4.8 mm. crassi densiflori, brac-
teis minutis lanceolato-subulatis subpersistentibus 0.6-0.8 mm.
longis, in pedunculis 0.9-4.5 em. longis. Flores albi et virides 2
mm. longi, in pedicellis 0.5 mm. longis. Sepalum superius suborbi-
culari-ovatum subacutum supra sparse ciliolatum in dorso glandu-
lis ca. 4 oblongis lutescentibus donatum 1.2 mm. longum; inferiora
similia 0.7 mm. longa. Alae late obliqueque ellipticae apice late
rotundatae basi breviter cuneatae 5-nerviae in dorsso glanduli
lineari-oblongis ca. 2 lutescentibus praeditae 2 mm. longae 1.4 mm,
latae. Carina 2 mm. longa antice glandula lutescente praedita;
crista e lobis 3-jugis postico cuneato adnato anticis 2 lineari-ob-
longis integris liberis constans. Capsula oblongo-elliptica basi
obliqua emarginata 2 mm. longa 1.5 mm. lata. Semen pilosulum
1.6 mm. longum. Arillus 1 mm. altus, umbone minimo, lobis 2
lateralibus appressis lineari-oblongis. — Banamas: border of marsh
in loamy marl and honeycomb limestone, Adelaide Settlement,
about 21 km. 8. W. of Nassau, New Providence, 13 Apr. 1905,
A. E. Wight 79 (rypE: G); Red Bays, Andros I., 16 Apr. 1890,
J.I. & A. R. Northrop 473 (GK).—T. 2. Fie. 58.

109. P. squamiro.tia C. Wr. Stems several, from a slender per-
ennial root, sparsely branched above, slightly angled by the de-
current leaf-bases, slender, nearly naked, glabrous, 3.5-4.5 dm.
long. Leaves alternate, or the lowest (obovate, very minute, about
1.5 mm. long) sometimes forming 5-6 whorls; a few of the lower
sometimes lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, 5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide,
the others scale-like, green, linear-subulate, acuminate, mucronate,
concave above, rounded beneath, sessile, 3 mm. or less long.
Racemes very dense, cylindric-conic, 0.5-(at length)5.5 em. long,
4.5-5.5 mm. thick, on peduncles 1-2 em. long; pedicels 0.2 mm.
long; axis narrowly angulate-winged. Flowers whitish and green-
ish, 2.7 mm. long. Upper sepal orbicular-ovate, 1.3 mm. long, the
lower ovate, 1 mm. long, all obtuse. Wings elliptic, rounded at
apex, submucronulate, very shortly cuneate at base, 2.7 mm. long,
1.8 mm. wide. Keel 2 mm. long; crest of about 3 pairs of linear
entire or bifid lobes. Upper petals broadly elliptic, shorter than the
keel. All parts of flower gland-dotted or -lined. Style almost none.
Capsule orbicular in outline, 1.3 mm. long and wide. Seed ap-
pressed-pilosulous, 1.3mm. long. Aril 0.8 mm. long. — C. Wr.! in
Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 12 (1866); Chod. Monog. ii. 151. t. 20 (21). f.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 89

36-37 (1893). — CuBa: 1860-64, Wright 1909 (rypE cout.: BGK);
dry sandy places, near Laguna Jovero, Pinar del Rio, 5-7 Dee.
1911, Shafer 10714 (G).—T. 2. Fig. 57. — Approaching in ra-
ceme characters the next section but with wings not very much
larger than keel.

Ser. 8. TrmourorpEar Chod. Leaves alternate or verticillate;
racemes very dense; wings much larger than keel; seed short-
pubescent. — Polygala sect. Orthopolygala subsect. I. B. Timoutoi-
deae Chod. Monog. ii. 153 (1893).

a. seit namic from an ovate base, longer than the
eke Cel Gens a ee Cree Fae Le 110. P. crinita.
a. Beisele owed to lanceolate, much shorter than wings, b.

b. inear-lanceolate, mostly alternate......... 111. P. hygrophila.

b. Leaves oval or obovate, mostly whorled in threes ....112. P. timoutou.

110. P. crrnira Chod. Erect freely but ene es branched annual,
single-stemmed, glabrous, 1.8 dm. high, the stem narrowly wing-
angled. Leaves verticillate in 3’s to middle of stem, alternate
above, cuneate-obovate, cuspidate at the rounded apex (or the
upper subacute), glabrous, scarcely petioled, 1.4—1.8 em. long, 3-6

wide. Racemes terminating stem and branches, cylindric,
very dense, acutish, very comose at apex, 0.8-(at length)2.4 cm.
long, 4.5-5 mm. thick; bracts filiform, 3 mm. long, loose, persis-
tent. Flowers whitish, 2-2.3 mm. long, on pedicels 0.6 mm. long.
Sepals with short ovate base and long filiform-subulate tip, 2.5 mm.
long. Wings broadly elliptic, mucronulate at the rounded or retuse
apex, scarcely narrowed at base, glabrous, 5-nerved, 2-2.3 mm.
long, 1.8-1.9 mm. wide. Keel 1.7—1.8 mm. long; crest of two pairs
of lobes, the posterior cuneate, adnate to keel, the anterior linear,
entire, free. Upper petals oblong-ovate, oblique, rounded at apex,
ca. 2mm. long. Capsule suborbicular, 1.6 mm. long, 1.4 mm. wide.
Seed 1.1 mm. long, sparsely pubescent. Aril 0.5 mm. deep. —
Chod. Monog. ii. 156. t. 21. f. 7-8 (1893). P. setifera Brandeg.!
Zoe v. 205 (1905). — Srvatoa: grassy slopes, Cerro Colorado, near
Culiacan, 1 Nov. 1904, Brandegee (TYPE COLL. of P. setifera: G). —
T. 2. Fiag..65. — From Chodat’s full description and figures there
can be no doubt of the identity of his P. crinita (types Karwinski
303, 304 (hb. Monac.)) with Brandegee’s P. setifera.

111. P. nyGropoita HBK. Slender erect annual, simple or
slightly branched, glabrous throughout, about 3 dm. high, the
stem narrowly wing-angled. Lowest leaves subverticillate, linear-

90 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

lanceolate, 6-9 mm. long, 0.8—-1.2 mm. wide, the others alternate,
sessile, mucronate, 1-nerved, slightly revolute, 13-18 mm. long,
1.5-2 mm. wide. Raceme cylindric-ovoid, thick, slightly comose at
apex, 1.7-2 em. long, 8-8.5 mm. thick; peduncle 1.8-2 cm. long;
bracts deciduous in fruit. Sepals oval, bluntly pointed, with strong
midnerve, 1.8mm. long. Wings elliptic, rounded, about 7-nerved,
brownish-white when dried, 4.5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide. Upper
petals oval, rounded, equalling the keel. Keel 2.5 mm. long; crest
of about 3 pairs of lobes. Capsule subglobose, turgid. Seed-ellip-
soid, blackish, short-pubescent, 1.7 mm. long. Aril 1 mm. long,
the 2 lobes narrowly and obliquely oblong, corneous above. —
HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 395. t. 508 (1821); Seemann! Bot. Herald 80
(1852-53) (as P. hygrophylla); Chod. Monog. ii. 161. t. 21. f. 11-12
(1893). — Panama: near the city of Panama, in savannas, Seemann
284 (B).

112. P. trmovrov Aubl. Slender erect annual, simple or
branched, 8-18 em. high, very glabrous. Stem strongly about 3-
angulate-winged. Leaves nearly all in whorls of 3 (the upper oppo-
site or alternate), oval or obovate, mucronate at the acutish apex,
cuneate to the sessile base, 1-nerved, 4.5-9 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide.
Racemes very dense, greenish in dried specimens, very slightly
comose at apex, 1-3.8 cm. long, 5—6.5 mm. thick, short-peduncled.
Flowers ca. 3mm. long. Sepals greenish, lanceolate, subacuminate,
about one-half as long as wings. Wings greenish in dried specimens,
purplish ” when fresh, broadly oval, rounded at apex, about 4-
nerved, 2.8 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide. Keel 2 mm. long; crest of
2 pairs of lobes. Upper petals about equalling keel, obovate-ob-
long, strongly retuse. Capsule orbicular-ovate, emarginulate, 1.2
mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Seed sparsely pubescent, black, oval,
plump, 1.2 mm. long. Aril with oblong lobes about 0.8 mm. long.
— Aubl. Pl. Guian. ii. 737. t. 295 (1775); Griseb.! Fl. Br. W. Ind.
27 (1859); Chod. Monog. ii. 154. t. 21. f. 1-3 (1893). — TRINIDAD:
savanna de O’Mara, July 1848, Purdie 122 (K); savanna d’Aripo,
Feb. 1851, Crueger (G); without locality, Fendler 269 (K, fragm.
G).—T.2. Fie. 66

Ser. y. GuocumraTan Chod. Plant very slender; stem leaves
verticillate; racemes loose, the flowers very small; seed densely
pubescent with glochidiate hairs. — Polygala sect. Orthopolygala
subsect. I. C. Glochidiatae Chod. Monog. ii. 164 (1893).

Blake — Revision of Polygala 91

113. P. euocniprata HBK. Very slender annual, usually freely
branched, 3.2 dm. high or less, the stem scarcely angled, finely
pedicellate-glandular. Leaves verticillate in 5’s to middle of stem
or above it; the lowest lance-obovate, acute at each end, cuspidate,
3-4.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; middle and upper linear or linear-
lanceolate, acuminate at each end, subsessile, cuspidate, slightly
revolute, 5-12.5 mm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. wide; those of branches
alternate, smaller. Racemes rather loosely many-flowered, cylin-
dric, 1.3—(at length)8 cm. long, 4.5-6 mm. thick, on peduncles 1-4
em. long; pedicels 0.6—0.8 mm. long. Flowers rosy-purple or rarely
white, 2-2.3 mm. long. Upper sepal elliptic, obtuse, pinkish (rarely
whitish), 1.2 mm. long; lower sepals oblong, obtuse, pinkish (rarely
whitish) 0.9 mm. long. Wings obovate-oval, short-cuneate at base,
rounded at apex, 3-nerved, 2.3-2.5 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide. Keel
2.1 mm. long; crest of 3-4 pairs of lobes, the posterior obliquely
lanceolate, obtuse, the 2-3 outer linear-lanceolate to linear. Upper
petals oblong-ovate, obtuse, 1.8 mm. long. Capsule elliptic, 1.5
mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Seed 1.1 mm. long, clothed with incurved
uncinate-tipped hairs (spreading when wet). Aril obsolete. —
HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 400 (1821); Chod. Monog. i. 164. t. 21. f.
15-16 (1893). (?) P. uneinata C. Wr. ex Millsp. Field Col. Mus.
Pub. Bot. i. 429 (1900). — Two color forms may be recognized.

Forma typica. Flores purpurei. — Lowrer Cairornia: Cafion
Honda, 21 Oct. 1893, Brandegee (G). Sonora: Puerta de Los
Pinitos, 1750 m., 14 Oct. 1890, Hartman 148 (BGK); Alamos, Sept.
1890, Palmer 743 (GK). Srnatoa: Cerro de Pinal, Dec. 1848,
Seemann 1519 p. p. (KK). Zacatecas: Coulter 727 (KK). San Luts
Potosi: sandy places near Morales, Aug. 1877, Schaffner 1 (G).
Jatisco: Rio Blanco, Sept. 1886, Palmer 546 (BGK); plains of
Guadalajara, 26 Nov. 1888, Pringle 1808 (BGK); gravelly plains
of Guadalajara, 1525 m., 8 Oct. 1903, Pringle 11378 (GK). Vera
Cruz: Vera Cruz to Orizaba, F. Mueller 890 (K); Protrero de
Consoquitla, Aug. 1841, Liebmann (K); Orizaba, eee 820 (BK),
1120 (G). Western Mexico: Seemann (K). GuaTE > grassy
places, Llano de la Laguna de Ayarces, July 1870, hoe 696
(K); crevices of rocks, Volean Viejo, 1220 m., Feb. 1838, Barclay
2123 (B). Cusa: Wright 1905 (BGK), 1907 (GK).—T. 2. Fie. 67.

Forma leucantha. Alae albae costa viridi, sepalis viridibus albo-
marginatis. — Curapas: Sierra de Tonala, Sept. 1913, Purpus
6645 (TyPE coLL.: BG).

92 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Wright 1907 is peculiar in its few whorls (about 5) of small leaves,
and long simple or subsimple nearly naked stem (2.7-3.2 dm. tall),
but shows no technical characters of any importance, and has the
glandular stem characteristic of P. glochidiata. The type of P.
uncinata C. Wr. has not been seen, but from description it seems
scarcely different from Wright 1907.

TRICHOSPERMAE Chod. Slender annuals with alternate
leaves or the lowest whorled or opposite; capsule elliptic to ovate-
oblong, bearing concpicuous dorsal glands; seed conic, long-pilose,
the hairs forming a coma at its base. — Polygala sect. Orthopoly-
gala subsect. I. D. ee Chod. Monog. ii. 170 (1893).

a. Capsule much longer se 7 wings,

b. Stems densely pedicell ate-glandular eta ticee outs cll 114. P. Berlandieri.
b. Stems glabr sitar payee GMa paar etec aw sade sucess eae ise 115. P. brachyptera.
a. Capsule shorter i gs,
c. Wings smn ponte ARNE ie i es ewe Sus Hees 116. P. longicaulis.
c. Wings not or only vightly cuspidate, d. i
d. Keel scarcely excising wings; wings obtuse...... 118. P. variabilis.

d, Keel } longer than wings; wings slightly mucronate ..117. P. exserta.

Pp 114. P. Bertanprert Wats. Slender annual, generally freely
branched, 7-17 cm. tall, the stem and branches terete, densely
pedicellate-glandular. Leaves verticillate or subverticillate in 4’s
or 5’s toward base but mostly alternate, linear, acute to acuminate
at each end, cuspidate, sparsely glandular along the midrib and
slightly revolute margin or subglabrous, 5-19 mm. long, 0.5-1.5
mm. wide, on petioles 0.5 mm. long. Racemes rather loosely
flowered, becoming 3-5 cm. long, on peduncles 1 cm. long or less;
pedicels 0.8-0.9 mm. long. Flowers white or pinkish, 2.1-2.5 mm.
long. Upper sepal orbicular-ovate, acutish, with two indistinct
longitudinal glands on back, 1.2 mm. long; lower sepals ovate-
oblong, obtuse, 1.1 mm. long, with two oblong glands on back.
Wings spatulate-obovate, rounded at apex, 3-nerved, 2.3 mm. long,
1.1 mm. wide. Keel 2.3 mm. long, the crest of 2 pairs of lobes,
the posterior oblong, rounded, adnate to keel, the anterior longer,
linear. Upper petals obliquely ovate, truncate or emarginulate at
apex, equalling keel. Capsule narrowly elliptic, 3.3 mm. long, 1.2

mm. wide. Seed (including coma) 2.5 mm. long, silky-appressed-
seetinie Aril 0.5 mm. long. — Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 416
(1886); Chod. Monog. ii. 174. t. 21. f. 29-30 (1893), excl. var.
bogotensis. — Lower Catirornia: Sierra de San Francisquito, 18
Oct. 1890, Brandegee 20 (G); El Taste, 12 Sept. 1893, Brandegee

Blake — Revision of Polygala 93

(G). CHrauanua: Combre, summit above Batopilas, 2590 m.,
Aug.—Nov. 1885, Palmer 323 (corypr coLL.: G). TAMAULIPAS:
Sacahuales, between Tula and Tampico, Nov. 1830, Berlandier 721
(coryPE coLL.: G) and 2138 (coryrE cout.: BGK). Jaisco:
Guadalajara, Sept. 1886, Palmer 470 (BGK); plains of Guadala-
jara, 27 Nov. 1888, Pringle 1809 (BGK); gravelly plains of
Guadalajara, 1525 m., 12 Oct. 1903, Pringle 11376 (GK). Vera
Cruz: Orizaba, Botteri 823 (K) and 1119 (corypE couL.: G).
Oaxaca: El Marquesado, 1600 m., Sept. 1901, Conzatti & Gon-
zdlez 1186 (G). GuatTeMaLa: Santa Rosa, 915 m., June 1892,
Heyde & Lux 3008 (GK); Heyde & Lux 3005b (K).—T. 2.
Fia. 68.

115. P. BracHypTERA Griseb. Annual, very slender, simple or
sparsely branched above, 1.7—2.8 dm. long, the stem angled, gla-
brous. Leaves (except a single basal whorl) scattered, linear,
slightly revolute, glabrous, cuspidate, subsessile, 3-6 mm. long,
0.3-0.5 mm. wide. Racemes 1-3, conic, 3-11 mm. long, 4-6 mm.
thick, densely flowered, on peduncles 1.3-2.1 cm. long; pedicels
0.7 mm. long. Flowers white, green-veined, 2.4 mm. long. Upper
sepal oval, mucronate, acute, bearing two oval glands toward base,
1.5 mm. long; lower oval-oblong, acute, similarly glanduliferous,
1mm. long. Wings narrowly elliptic, abruptly pointed, not clawed,
bearing 2-3 basal glands, 3-nerved, 1.8 mm. long, 1 mm. wide.
Keel 2.4 mm. long, equalled by the narrowly oblong rounded upper
petals; crest of 3 pairs of lobes, the posterior cuneate, adnate to
keel, the 2 anterior linear. Capsule thin-walled, ovate-elliptic, 3.5
mm. long, 1.7 mm. wide, bearing a series of oblong glands near the
septum. Seed (including coma) 2.6 mm. long, appressed-silky-
pilose, conic. Aril infra-apical, minute, 0.4mm. long, its lobes linear.
— Griseb.! Cat. Pl. Cub. 12 (1866); Chod. Monog. ii. 179. t. 21.
f. 35-36 (1893). CuBa: savanna, Habo del Medir, 27 Aug.,
Wright 1912 (Typr coty.: BGK).— Flowers yellowish-green
according to Wright, but appearing whitish. — T. 2. Fic. 69.

116. P. toneicautis HBK. Slender erect annual, sparsely
branched (usually above the middle) or subsimple, 6 dm. high or
less, the stems several-angled, glabrous or sparsely pedicellate-
glandular below. Leaves all alternate (or a single whorl of 3 re-
duced narrow-obovate leaves at base), linear or linear-oblong or
-lancolate, acuminate, cuspidate, l-nerved, glabrous, subsessile,

94 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

slightly revolute, punctate, 5-12 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide. Ra-
cemes depressed-subglobose, 6-12 mm. (axis becoming 3.5 cm.)
long, 6-13 mm. thick, on peduncles 2-20 em. long, usually naked;
pedicels 2-2.5 mm. long. Flowers varying from (yellowish ?) white
through pink to deep magenta-purple, 4.5-5 mm. long. Upper
sepal elliptic-ovate, strongly cuspidate, 5-nerved, 2.3 mm. long;
lower ovate, acuminate, strongly cuspidate, 1.8 mm. long; each
sepal bearing 2-3 small glands dorsally toward base. Wings ellip-
tic, obtuse at the very strongly cuspidate apex, cuneate-rounded
not clawed at base, strongly 3-nerved, bearing a few small glands
on back, 4.5-5 mm. long, 1.6-2.3 mm. wide. Keel 4.7 mm. long;
crest of 3—4 pairs of lobes, the posterior lanceolate, the others linear
or linear-lanceolate. Upper petals equalling keel, united to it for
about 3 mm., the free portion obliquely lance-ovate, acutish. Cap-
sule ovate-oblong, bearing a double line of oval glands along the
septum, 3 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide. Seed conic, silky-pilose, co-
mose at base, 2.5 mm. long (including coma). Aril small, 2-lobed. —
HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 396 (1821); Chod. Monog. ii. 182. t. 21. f. 41
(1893). P. stellera DC. Prod. i. 327 (1824), fide Chod. 1. c. P.
longicaulis subvar. nana Chod. 1. c. 183 (1893). —Jatsco: Rio
Blanco, Sept. 1886, Palmer 553 (BGK); dry porphyritic hills near
Guadalajara, 5 Dec. 1888, Pringle 1830 (BGK); Sierra de San
Esteban near Guadalajara, 1525 m., 13 Oct. 1903, Pringle 11380
(GK). Vera Cruz: dry mountains, Zacuapan, Aug. 1906, Purpus
2073 (G); Mirador, Sept. 1838, Linden 176 (K); alt. 915 m.,
Galeotti 7036 (K). Mexico without locality: Pavon (B). British
Honpuras: low pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, 25 Aug. 1905,
M. E. Peck 132 (G). Guaremaua: Estanzuela, Dept. Santa Rosa,
760 m., Aug. 1892, Heyde & Lux 3942 (GK). Panama: Seemann
283 (B). CuBa: savannas, Vueltabago, 1860-64, Wright 1908
(BGK); poor soil near source of small stream, Cieneguita, Santa
Clara, 8 Aug. 1895, Combs 442 (GK). Is. or Pines: June—July
1901, A. A. Taylor 158 (G); near Nueva Gerona, 26 May 1904,
Curtiss 514 (BGK). Santo Dominco: 1852, Schomburgk 68 (K).
Porto Rico: pastures of Mt. Mesa, Mayaguez, 24 Oct. 1884, Sin-
tenis 41 (GK). Trrnmap: savannas above St. Joseph, July 1848,
Crueger (G); O’Meara, 9 Apr. 1848, Crueger (KK); savanna de
Omara, 7 July 1848, Purdie 29 (K); Arimo, 455 m., J. R. Murray
1338 (K). — T. 2. Fie. 70, 70a.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 95

117. P. exserta, sp. nov. Annua tenuis erecta glaberrima sim-
plex vel supra parce ramosa 11.5-21.5 cm. alta. Caulis teres vel
supra subangulatus non alatus. Folia omnia alterna linearia mu-
cronata crassiuscula sessilia 3-16 mm. longa 0.25-0.5 mm. lata.
Racemi densiflori 1-(demum)4 em. longi, bracteis et floribus in-
ferioribus deciduis. Flores rosei 5.5-6.5 mm. longi. Sepala albida
oblonga obtusa inferiora breviora. Alae roseae oblongae submu-
cronatae 3-nerviae 5 mm. longae 1 mm. latae. Carina angusta ad
6.2 mm. longa, apice flavido-brunnea; crista e lobis 1-jugis ovato-
lanceolatis obtusiusculis porrectis integris constans. Capsula an-
guste oblongo-ovata albida anguste marginata ad septum glandu-
loso-punctata 3.5 mm. longa ad 1.2 mm. lata. Semen conicum
sericeo-comosum 1.1 mm. longum. Arillus ad 0.3 mm. longus, lobis
2 linearibus appressis. — Trrn1pap: Fort George, 12 Sept. 1847,
Crueger (K); savanna de Arito, July 1848, Wm. Purdie 121 (K);
without locality, 1877-80, Fendler 267 (GK: TYPE coLL.); without
locality, Crueger (G). — The Crueger plant (hb. Kew.) was in-
cluded in P. longicaulis by Grisebach. All the specimens in hb.
Kew. are labelled P. adenophora DC. by Bennett, but that is a
South American species with a several-lobed crest.—T.2. Fic. 71.

> 118. P. vartasmis HBK. Erect slender annual, ‘sparsely
branched, 1.7-6 dm. high, the stem angled, obscurely pedicellate-
glandular especially below. Leaves all alternate, linear, AR
late at the acute or acuminate apex, revolute, punctate, l-nerv:
Stas 3.5-9 mm. long, 0.4-0.7 mm. wide, on petioles 0.5 soiik
long. Racemes somewhat dense, conic-capitate, 3-7 mm. long, 7
mm. thick, the axis becoming 1.5-7 em. long; pedicels 0.6-0.8 mm.
long. Flowers white or purplish, 2.7-3.6 mm. long. Upper sepals
ovate, blunt, with 2-3 basal glands, 1.5-1.9 mm. long; the lower
ovate, obtuse, with several dorsal glands along costa, 1-1.4 mm.
long. Wings elliptic, rounded or rarely bluntly mucronulate at
apex, cuneate scarcely clawed at base, 3-nerved, more or less gland-
bearing along costa, 2.7-3.6 mm. long, 1.4-2.1 mm. wide. Keel
2.7-3.6 mm. long, gland-bearing; crest of 3-4 pairs of lobes, the
posterior lanceolate, simple or bifid, the anterior linear, deeply

-forked or entire. Upper petals obliquely ovate-lanceolate, obtuse,
equalling keel. Capsule ovate-oblong, obtuse, bearing about two
rows of oval glands each side of septum, 2.6-3.2 mm. long, 1.2-1.3
mm. wide. Seed conic, silky-comose, 2.7 mm. long (including

96 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

coma). Aril 2-lobed, appressed, 0.5 mm. long. — HBK. Nov. Gen.
v. 397. t. 509 (1821); Chod. Monog. ii. 180. t. 21. f. 37-38 (1893).
P. Nelsonii Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. x. 122. t. 38 (1906). —
Divisible into two color forms.

Forma typica. Flores purpurei. — Vera Cruz: dry meadows,
Zacuapan, Aug. 1906, Purpus 2074 (G); Mirador, Liebmann 15
(K). Mexico without locality: Haenke G). British HonpuRAS:
open ground, near Manatee Lagoon, 27 Sept. 1905, M. E. Peck 147
(G). Honpuras: Stann Creek, 13 April, Rev. J. Robertson 194 (B).

Forma leucanthema. Flores albi. — Vera Cruz: Salina Cruz,
22 Dec. 1898, C. C. Deam 99 (TYPE: G).— T. 2. Fig. 72, 72a. —
Deam 99 ,in addition to being white-flowered, differs in its consider-
ably smaller flowers (the minima in the measurements above), but
agrees in all technical characters with Purpus 2074. P. variabilis
has been confused with P. trichosperma L., but differs in its longer

aril-lobes, those of P. trichosperma being very minute.

Ser. e. Tenures Chod. Slender annuals, the linear leaves alter-
nate throughout or sometimes opposite or whorled below; racemes
very slender, the flowers tiny; seed glabrous or sparsely short-
pubescent with straight hairs, never comose. — Polygala sect.
Orthopolygala subsect. I. H. Tenwes Chod. Monog. ii. 214 (1893).

a. Pigg: glabrous; aril very minute, b.
emes white, very cc bracts penne fia 119. fs ie ees
° Racemes looser, pink; bracts deciduous............. 120 decidua.

a.
c. Plant eeroue
d. Aril

Aril
pe

c. Plant Lie pon Se aril }-3 as long as sie Pp eee

119. P. Gracia Wats. Annual, erect, branched above, 9-21
em. high, the almost filiform stems glabrous, not angled. Leaves
(except 1-2 whorls of 3 obovate leaves at extreme base, 3-3.5 mm.
long, 1.5-2 mm. wide) scattered, ascending, linear, cuspidate,
gland-dotted, glabrous, subsessile, 2-7 mm. long, 0.3-0.6 mm. wide.
Racemes very slenderly conic-cylindric, dense, 6-22 (axis becoming
28) mm. long, 2-2.6 mm. thick, on peduncles 9-27 mm. long;
pedicels 0.2 mm. long; bracts lance-subulate, bearing a large gland
at base, 0.8 mm. long, spreading-ascending, persistent. Flowers
white, 1.3 mm. long. Upper sepal oval, obtuse, lower ovate, acute,
0.6 mm. long. Wings oblong-oval, rounded at apex, short-clawed

Blake — Revision of Polygala 97

at base, 3-nerved, 1.3 mm. long, 0.7 mm. wide. Keel 1-1.1 mm.
long; crest of 2 pairs of lobes, the posterior adnate, cuneate, emar-
ginate, the anterior linear. Upper petals oblong-oval, rounded at
apex, 1.2 mm. long. Stamens 6. Capsule suborbicular, 1.1 mm.
long, 1 mm. wide, bearing about 2 oval glands on each side of sep-
tum. Seed black, glabrous, ellipsoid-fusiform, striate, 0.5 mm.
long. Aril extremely minute. — Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxii. 398
(1887); Chod. Monog. ii. 216. t. 23. f. 22-24 (1893). — Sinatoa:
Cerro de Pinal, Dec. 1848, Seemann 1519 p. p. (K). Jauisco: Rio
Blanco, Oct. 1886, Palmer 756 (TyPE coLL.: BGK); bare hills near
Guadalajara, 5 Dec. 1888, Pringle 1829 (BGK); moist ravines of
Rio Blanco near Guadalajara, 1525 m., 13 Oct. 1903, Pringle 11379
(GK). Moreros: damp soil near Cuernavaca, 16 Nov. 1895,
Pringle 7057 (G). GuaTEMALA: damp shady places, between
Cubuleo and Foyabaj, Sept. 1870, Bernoulli 1102 (K).— T. 2.
Fia. 73

120. P. decidua, sp. nov. Annua tenuis erecta sparse ramosa
2.2-3.1 dm. alta, caule glabro vix angulato, ramis erectis. Folia
linearia alterna acuta mucronata basi paullulum angustata 1-nervia
paullum revoluta glabra erecta 8-10 mm. longa 0.6—0.7 mm. lata,
in petiolis ca. 0.5 mm. longis. Racemi tenues cylindrici apice acuti
vix comosi sublaxiflori 1-4 cm. longi (axi demum 10 em. longo) 4-6
mm. dimetente in pedunculis 0.6-3.5 cm. longis; bracteis citius
deciduis; pedicellis 0.6-0.9 mm. longis. Flores rosei 1.9-2.3 mm.
longi. Sevan superius ovatum obtusum 1 mm. longum; in-
feriora lanceolato-ovata 0.8 mm. longa; omnia basi glandulis 2-3
donata. Alae spathulato-obovatae obtusae 3-nerviae 2—-2.3 mm.
longae 0.8 mm. latae. Carina 1.8-2 mm. longa; crista e lobis 2-
jugis postico lanceolato obtuso integro ad carinam adnato et antico
trilobato constans. Petala superiora oblonga apice emarginata ad
1.5 mm. longa. Capsula elliptica emarginata ad septum utrinque
glandulis uniseriatis praedita 2 mm. longa 1 mm. lata. Semen
cylindricum glabrum utroque obtusum longitudinaliter puncticu-
latum 1.2 mm. longum. Arillus minimus. — DuraANGo: near City
of Durango, Apr.—Nov. 1896, Palmer 615 (tyPE cott.: BGK). —
T.2. Fie. 74, 74a.

121. P. pauuposa St. Hil. Slender annual, simple or usually
branched, erect, up to 5.6 dm. high, the stem and erect branches
subangulate, glabrous. Leaves all scattered, linear, acuminate,

98 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

glabrous, slightly revolute, 1-nerved, 8-25 mm. long, 0.4-0.8 mm.
wide, on petioles ca. 0.5mm. long. Racemes rather loosely or some-
what densely cylindric, 1—9 (axis at length 13) em. long, 5—-5.5 mm.
thick; bracts quickly deciduous; pedicels 0.8-1 mm. long. Flowers
rosy, 2 mm. long. Sepals 1 mm. long, obtuse, the upper broadly
ovate, the lower ovate. Wings obovate, rounded at apex, cuneate
at base, 3-nerved, 2 mm. long, 0.9 mm. wide. Keel 2 mm. long;
crest of 2-3 pairs of lobes, the posterior 2-lobed, the inner division
cuneate, the outer linear, the 1-2 anterior pairs linear-lanceolate, all
obtuse. Upper petals obliquely oblong, emarginate at the some-
what narrowed apex, 1.7 mm. long. Capsule oblong, very slightly
narrowed toward apex, with a row of glands each side of septum,
1.6-1.8 mm. long, 0.8-0.9 mm. wide. Seed subcylindric, sub-
sparsely appressed-pubescent, 1.2 mm. long. Aril very minute, 2-
lobed, appressed, about 1/10 as long as seed. — St. Hil. Fl. Bras.
Merid. ii. 8 (1829), excl. vars. in part; Chod. Monog. ii. 226. t. 24.
f. 4-5 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt. i. 455 (1897). P. lepto-
caulis T. & G.! Fl. N. Am. i. 130 (1838); Wats. Proc. Am. Acad.
xxii. 398 (1887). P. Pringlei Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxv. 142
(1890). P. paludosa St. Hil. var. exappendiculata Chod. Monog.
ii. 226 (1893). P. gracilis auct. plur., non HBK.—Jaxisco: Guada-
lajara, Sept. 1886, Palmer 447 (BG); wet places near Guadalajara,
16 Nov. 1889, Pringle 2148 (corypE cou. of P. Pringlet: G); wet
places, plains of Guadalajara, 2 Oct. 1889, Pringle 2452 (coTYPE
cou. of P. Pringlei: BGK); high meadows, barranca of Portillo,
3 Oct. 1908, Barnes & Land 235 (G). Vera Cruz: Vera Cruz to
Orizaba, F. Mueller 925 (K); Orizaba, Botteri 819 (K), 829 (B),
1118 (G). Moretos: wet meadows near Cuernavaca, 15 Nov.
1895, Pringle (G); moist meadows near Cuernavaca, 1525 m., 9
Sept. 1903, Pringle 11381 (GK). Mexico without locality: Pavon
(B). Guatemata: El Jute, Dept. Quiché, 3355 m., Apr. 1892,
Heyde & Lux 3006 (GK). Cusa: savannas, Vueltabajo, 22 July,
Habo del Medio, 24 Aug., Hanabana, 13 March, Wright 1904
(BGK); Laguna de Castellano, Prov. Habana, 1905, Baker &
Alarca 4330 (K). Istz or Pines: June-July 1901, A. A. Taylor 156
(G); near Nueva Gerona, 19 Feb. 1904, Curtiss 358 (BGK). Also
‘in the southern U. 8. and $.A.—T.2. Fic. 75, 75a.—Frequently
confused with P. paniculata, which is finely glandular, and with
P. gracilis, which has an aril 1/3 as long as seed. Dr. Robinson

Blake — Revision of Polygala 99

(Syn. Fl. 1. c.) has already pointed out that Chodat’s var. exap-
pendiculata was based on a misapprehension of the characters of
the northern form of the species.

122. P. gracttis HBK. Erect slender annual, sparsely branched
above, 4 dm. high, the stem angled, glabrous. Leaves alternate,
linear, acuminate to the cuspidate apex, scarcely narrowed at base,
glabrous, thickish, 3-9 mm. long, 0.2—0.5 wide, subsessile. Racemes
slightly loose, cylindric, 1-1.7 em. long (axis becoming 3-9 cm.
long); pedicels 0.7 mm. long. Flowers rosy, 2.6 mm. long. Upper
sepal broadly ovate, obtuse, 1.4 mm. long; lower sepals narrowly
oblong-lanceolate, acutish, 1.4 mm. long. Wings narrowly spatu-
late-obovate, truncate-rounded at apex, long-cuneate at base, 3-
nerved, 2.6 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Keel 2.4 mm. long; crest of
about 3 pairs of lobes, the posterior lanceolate, obtuse, adnate to
keel, the 2 anterior linear. Upper petals oblong-ovate, obtuse or
slightly emarginate at the apex, equalling keel. Capsule oblong-
oval, emarginate, 1.6 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Seed 1.5 mm. long,
subsparsely appressed-pubescent. Aril 0.6 mm. long, its lobes
linear-oblong, appressed. — HBK. Nov. Gen. v. 401 (1821); Chod.
Monog. ii. 228. t. 24. f. 8-9 (1893). — Cuapas: plains, temperate
region, June (1864-70), Ghiesbreght 861 (G). Also in S. A., and
reported by Chodat from the Antilles. — T. 2. Fic. 76.

123. P. panicutaTa L. Slender annual, sparsely or densely
branched, erect, 0.6—4 dm. high, the stem and leaves densely pedi-
obllate-glandular. Leaves alternate (except for a few whorls of 24
below), linear or linear-spatulate, rarely linear-obovate, mucronate
at the acute apex, cuneate at the distinctly petioled base, 1-nerved,
slightly revolute, more or less pedicellate-glandular, 8-18 mm. long,
1-2.5(4) mm. wide, on petioles 0.5 mm. long. Racemes loosely
flowered, cylindric, 6 em. long or less (the axis becoming 9.5 cm.
long), 5-6 mm. thick; bracts early deciduous; pedicels 0.7-1 mm.
long. Flowers rosy or purplish, rarely white, 2-2.5 mm. long.
Upper sepal broadly ovate, obtuse, bearing 2 glands at base, 1.3
mm. long; the lower oblong-ovate, obtuse, bearing 2 glands at base,
1.2 mm. long. Wings obovate or spatulate-obovate, rounded at
apex, long-cuneate at base, 3-nerved, 2-2.5 mm. long, 0.7-1 mm.
wide. Keel 2-2.5 mm. long; crest of 3—4 pairs of lobes, the posterior
broadly lanceolate, acutish, adnate to keel, the 2-3 anterior linear
to linear-lanceolate, entire. Upper petals lanceolate-oblong, acut-

100 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

ish, exceeding keel. Capsule elliptic, 1.7 mm. long, 1.1-1.2 mm.
wide. Seed 1.5 mm. long, shortly appressed-pubescent. Aril 0.4-
0.8 mm. long, its 2 lobes scarious, appressed, narrowly oblong. —
L. Am. Acad. v. 402 (1759); Chod. Monog. ii. 229. t. 24. f. 10-11
(1893). P. paniculata a. normalis Ktze. Rev. i. 49 (1891). P.
paniculata L. forma humilis Chod. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxx. 301
(1891). P. paniculata L. var. verticillata Chod 1. ¢. 302 (1891). —
Divisible into two color forms.

Forma Huumiuis Chod. 1. ¢. Flores rosei vel roseo-purpurei. —
Vera Cruz: Wartenberg, near Tantoyuca, 1858, L. C. Ervendberg
187 (G); Orizaba, Botteri 72 (G), 818 (BK), 821 (K); Cordoba, 825
m., 21 Aug. 1891, Seaton 441 (G); Valley of Cordova, 12 Dec. 1865,
Bourgeau 1518 p. p. (GK); Mirador, Liebmann 10 (K); Mirador,
July 1838, Linden 172 (K); Orizaba, 10 Apr. 1867, Bimilek 38 (K);
Vera Cruz to Orizaba, F. Mueller 1875 (K); woods, temperate
region (915-1525 m.), Jalapa, Aug. 1828, Schiede & Deppe (B);
near El Estero, Mar. 1829, Schiede & Deppe (B); Cordoba, 24
Aug. 1882, Kerber 54 (BK); common weed in fields, Zacuapan,
Nov. 1907, Purpus 2876 (G); Jalapa, 1220-1250 m., Jan. 1894,
C. L. Smith 1658 (G); near Jalapa, 1220 m., 1 Apr. 1899, Pringle
7761 (G). Yucatan AND TaBasco: E. P. Johnson 92 (K). Mexico
without locality: Pavon (B); Schmitz (B). British HONDURAS:
open ground near Manatee Lagoon, 21 Dec. 1905, M. E. Peck 242
(G); E. J. F. Campbell 32 (K). Guatremaxa: Coban, 1310 m.,
Aug. 1886, Tuerckheim 3 (G); Coban, 1877, Twerckheim 3 (ed.
C. Keck: BK); Coban, 1350 m., June 1906, Tuerckheim II. 1238
(G); sand bar in river, Agua Calientes, June 1909, C. C. Deam
6121( G); Skinner (K); Vera Paz, between San Cristobal and
Santa Cruz, Bernoulli 1032 (K); Chojajé, near Majatenango, Oct.
1864, Bernoulli 92 (K). Nicaragua: Graytown, Tate “ 15 (30) ”
(BK); Wright (G). Costa Rica: Endres 177 (K); prairies, San
José, 1160 m., Sept. 1896, Tonduz 1552 (K); San José, 1160 m.,
Oct. 1908, Tonduz 17455 (G); Desamparados, July 1892, Tonduz
688 (G); Puerto Viejo, 1893, P. Biolley (Pittier & Durand 7413: B);
1000 m., near Alajuelita (?), 1894, Tonduz (P. & D. 8948: B); near
Augistun, 6 Nov. 1875, Polakowsky 511 (B); Aug. 1875, Polakow-
sky 312 (B). Panama: Seemann 575 (B); Chagres, 3 Feb. 1850,
Fendler 55 (G). Cua: Pinales Lagunillas, Pinar del Rio, 14 Dec.,
Wright 1903 (BGK); without locality, Wright 1906 (BGK); de la

Blake — Revision of Polygala 101

Sagra (K); river bank, Baracoa to Rio Guaba, Oriente, 14 Mar.
1910, Shafer 4305 (BG); San Diego de los Banos, Jan.—Feb. 1907,
Caldwell & Baker 7007 (G). Jamaica: MacFadyen (G); March
(G); Cinchona, 1525 m., 18 Feb. 1900, Clute 193 (GK); Williams
Ford, Nov. 1900, Millspaugh 1956 (G); Port Royal Mts., 1848,
Purdie (K); Prospect Hill, 610 m., 1900, W. J. Thompson 7938
(BJ); Troy, 1906, Harris 9400 (BJK); Castleton, Harris 11 (J);
Cinchona, 14 Oct. 1891, W. Fawcett (J); Scotts Hall, 1900, W. J.
Thompson 7911 (J); Castleton district, 1898, Harris 7403 (J).
Santo Domineo: near Tarabacoa, Prov. de la Vega, 550 m., 1912,
Fuertes 1629 (BG). Porto Rico: Catafio, Bayamon, 1885, Sin-
tenis 40d (GK); Maricao, 1884, Sintenis 40b (B); Schomburgk
(K); Heller 90 (K), 550 (K). Dominica: near Rorehill, 500 m.,
1881, Eggers 738 (K); Imray 361 (K); Laudat, 1903, F. £. Lloyd
46 (K); roadside between Prince Rupert and Douglas Bays, 3 July
1792, (K). Martinique: von Rohr (B); Belanger 16 (B);
Sieber I. 175 (K). St. Lucta: Anderson (K). Sr. VINCENT: rare,
hillside near Kingstown, H. H. & W. G. Smith 1190 (G); H. H. &
W. G. Smith 570 (BK). Trinipap: Lockhart (K); Crueger 201
(K). — T. 2. Fic. 77. — Doubtless some of the above-cited speci-
mens in European herbaria belong to the next form.

Forma leucoptera. Flores albi. — Vera Cruz: Orizaba, Botteri
430 (G). Porro Rico: slopes of Mt. Mesa, Mayaquez, 14 Oct.
1884, Sintenis 40 (TYPE coLL.: BG); Jayco, 1880, Garber 76 (GK).
GUADELOUPE: 1892, Pére Duss 2420(G). Martinique: La Chap-
ella, May 1869, Hahn 124 (GK) and 126 (GQ).

Ser. ¢. IncarnaTaE Chod. (restr.). Simple or sparsely branched
annual, with cylindric racemes; aril large, membranous-cellular,
equitant, unlobed. — Polygala sect. Orthopolygala subsect. I. E.
Incarnatae Chod. Monog. ii. 185 (1893), as to P. incarnata. — Here
restricted to P. incarnata, its only Mexican species, with which
P. setacea Michx. should be included; the other species included
by Chodat have a very different aril and doubtless should form a
distinct series.

124. P. mvcarnata L. Simple or sparsely branched annual,
about 3.5 dm. high, the stem slender, glabrous, somewhat glaucous,
Sulcate, sparsely leaved. Leaves scattered (the very lowest oppo-
site or perhaps whorled), linear, acuminate, cuspidate, glabrous,
glaucous, 1-nerved, not revolute, 4-6 mm. long, 0.3-0.6 mm. wide,

102 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

on petioles 0.5 mm. long. Racemes densely flowered, 0.6-3 (axis
at length 3.8 cm.) long, 1-1.3 em. thick in flower, 5.5-6 mm. in
fruit, on peduncles 2—3.5 cm. long; pedicels 0.5 mm. long; bracts
deciduous. Flowers rose-purplish, 7 mm. long. Upper sepal ob-
long-ovate, rounded to apex, broadly pinkish-bordered, serrulate on
margin, 2.5 mm. long; lower lanceolate, subacuminate to the acute
apex, serrulate, 2mm. long. Wings iimscbling somewhat undu-
late-convolute on margin, slightly tapering at apex to an obtuse
point or submucronulate, green-centered, pinkish-margined, not
clawed, 3 mm. long, 0.6 mm. wide. Keel 7 mm. long, united with
the staminal tube and upper petals into a trough 5 mm. long; crest
of about 8 pairs of lobes, the posterior triangular-lanceolate, the 2
anterior longer, lanceolate, variously 2—3-lobed or cleft. Upper
petals 6.7 mm. long, the free portion obovate-oval, erose at the
truncate apex. Capsule suborbicular-ovate, cordate at base, barely
stipitate, emarginate at apex, 2.4 mm long, 2 mm. wide. Seed
plump, pilose, 2.2 mm. long. Aril 1.1 mm. long, membranaceous-
cellular, erect. — L. Sp. ii. 701 (1753); Chod. Monog. ii. 189. t
22. f. 16-18 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1. 455 (1897). P.
microphylla A. W. Benn.! (sphalm.) in Hemsl. Diag. Pl. Nov. i. 2
(1878). P. microptera A. W. Benn.! Journ. Bot. xvii. 143 (1879). —
Vera Cruz: Jalapa, Galeotti 7096 (coTypE cou. of P. microphylla
and P. microptera: K); savannas, Mirador, 1838, Linden 74 (co-
TYPE COLL. of P. microphylla and P. microptera: K); dry meadows,
Zacuapan, Aug. 1906, Purpus '2072 (BG). —T. 2. Fie. 78.—
Also in the United States.

Sect. 2. Monninopsis Gray. Capsule 2-celled, the upper cell
dehiscent between the narrow or rather broad wings, its seed aril-
late; lower cell usually indehiscent, wingless, its seed generally
exarillate. — Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 31 (1853). Polygala sect. Ortho-
polygala subsect. II. Chod. Monog. ii. 281 (1893). — Type species
P. hemipterocarpa Gray.

a, es cell of capsule broadly rugose.............. 125. P. plerocarya.
a. Wingless cell not rugose, b.
He ROWE We isa ce es ee ae. 131. P. microloncha.
b. Flowers white (the veins oie purplish), c.
fc. wers 3.5-5 mm. lon ,
d. Stems finely incurv Pedr weeeees 129. P. Watsont.
d. Stems glabrous, e.

e. Capsule exceeding win a aad oe 127. P. hemipterocarpa.
e. Capsule shorter than wings i eenarar oe Saran 128. P. macroloncha.
c. Flowers 1.5-3.5 mm. long, f.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 103

f. Leaves obovate-spatulate................0.0005. 137. P. viridis.
f aves linear or actanieds g
g. Capsule 2} eee long as wings .......... 126. P. semialata:
g ~*~ ule short

apsule oblong , about twice as long as wide, i.

aves § analy 2-sulcate “9 a th a eae: 130. P. scoparioides,
i Leaves not suleate beneat
j. Capsule 2 mm. long; at mm. long. 132. es: dolichocarpa.
j. Capsule 2.7-3 mm. long; aril 1.5 mm. lon

133. P. scoparia.

h, ne I San tres a suborbicular, not twice as

ong

e, k.
k. Wines about equalling capsule........ 134. P. michoacana.
k. Wings distinctly longer than ca my 4
‘i wer sepals ovate, obtusish to ‘acutish,
as long as capsule...... ...185. P. Salviniana,
l. Lower sepals lanceolate, acuminate, more
as long as capsule......... 136. P. oxysepala.

125. P. prerocarya Chod. Stems slender, diffuse, filiform,
flexuous, 2 dm. long, thinly puberulent, from a perennial root
Leaves subspreading, scarcely crowded, lance-linear, acute, apicu-
late, revolute, thin, 9-12 mm. long, 1-1.8 mm. wide, or smaller.
Racemes becoming elongate, with sinuate rachis, cylindric-pyra-
midal, 1.5-2 cm. long, 7-8 mm. thick, rather dense, scarcely comose
at apex; pedicels 0.6 mm. long. Flowers 3-3.5 mm. long. Sepals
ovate, the lower acute, less than half as long as the flower. Wings
exceeding corolla, subspatulate, gradually narrowed to base, shortly
acute, 3-nerved. Crest of a few rather broad processes. Capsule
strongly inequilateral, one cell broadly winged, the wing sinuate,
veiny, the other cell narrower, wingless, broadly rugose. Seed
curved, sparsely pilose; lobes of aril linear, membranaceous, de-
scending, 3/4 as long as seed. —Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115.
83 (1914), as P. pterocaryum. — Based on Seler 1462, San Cristo-
bal Amoltepec, Oaxaca. — Not seen; description compiled.

126. P. sem1ataTa Wats. Stems numerous from a fruticulose
base, erect or lax, branched, very slender, almost filiform, sparsely
and very minutely incurved-puberulous, 8-21 cm. long. Leaves
linear, acuminate at both ends, mucronulate, slightly thickened,
slightly concave above, 1-nerved and convex beneath, glabrous or
microscopically incurved-puberulous, 4.8-8.5 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm.
wide, on petioles 0.4 mm. long or less. Racemes terminating stems
and branches, 15-22-flowered, 3-12.5 cm. long. Flowers whitish,
purplish-green-veined, 1.5-1.7 mm. long. Upper sepal orbicular,
the lower oval, round-tipped, greenish, glabrous, 0.6 mm. long.

104 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Wings oval-obovate; rounded at apex, cuneate at base, glabrous,
3-nerved, 1.4 mm. long, 0.8 mm. wide. Keel glabrous, 1.7 mm.
long; crest of about 3 pairs of lobes. Upper petals oblong, rounded
at apex, 1.5 mm. long. Capsule narrowly oblong, curved, rounded
at each end, 3.6 mm. long, 1.3 mm. wide, the upper cell larger, dis-
tinctly winged, the lower wingless, indehiscent. Seed cylindric,
curved, black, finely pilosulous, 2.5 mm. long. Aril 1.7 mm. long,
the corneous umbo minute, the 2 scarious lateral lobes appressed. —
Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 326 (1882); Chod. Monog. ii. 286.
t. 26. f. 10-11 (1893). Nurvo Lron: Monterey, Feb. 1880,
Palmer 67 (Type cotu.: GK).— T. 2. Fie. 79.

127. P. nemiprerocarpa Gray. Stems several, sparsely
branched, erect from a fruticulose base, sulcate, very glabrous and
slightly glaucous, 1.2-5.6 dm. high. Leaves linear, acute or sub-
acuminate, mucronate, obtuse at base, thickish, flattish above, be-
neath convex, 1-nerved, scarcely sulcate, glabrous, 6-23 mm. long,
0.6-1 mm. wide, on petioles 0.5 mm. long or less. Racemes 3-21
em. long, many-flowered. Flowers white, greenish-veined, 3.5-4
mm. long. Upper sepal oval, the lower ovate, all obtuse, 1.6-
(upper) 2.8 mm. long. Wings obovate, rounded at apex, 5-nerved,
glabrous, 3.5-4 mm. long, 1.6-1.8 mm. wide. Keel 3.4 mm. long;
crest of about 3 pairs of 2-4-lobed processes. Upper petals oblong,
rounded at apex, 3.1 mm. long. Capsule oblong, 5 mm. long, 2.3
mm. wide, the upper cell longer, broadly erose-scarious-winged, the
lower wingless, filled by the seed. Seed short-silky-pilosulous, 2.7
mm. long. Aril (of seed in winged cell) 2 mm. long, the scarious
ay linear, appressed ; of seed i in wingless cell obsolescent. — P.
ay! Pl. Wright. ii. 31 (1853) ; Chod.
dias ii. 281. t. 26. f. 1-2 (1893); Rob. in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1.
453 (1897). — Curmuanua: near Colonia Garcia, Sierra Madre,
2285 m., 16 June 1899, Townsend & Barber 37 (BGK). Also in
Texas, Arizona, and New Mexico.

128. P. macrotoncua Chod. Stems slender, striate, green,
glabrous, denudate below, leafy above, from a suffruticulose base.
Leaves linear-acicular, erect, acute at each end, glabrous, 9-10 mm.
long, 1-1.5 mm. wide or smaller. Racemes terminal, scarcely
loosely flowered, 1.5-2 em. long, 7 mm. thick; bracts quickly.
caducous, the middle one acicular, 1.3 mm. long; pedicels 0.5 mm.
long. Flowers white, 4.5 mm. long. Upper sepal ovate, shortly

Blake — Revision of Polygala 105

acute, the lower much narrower, glabrous. Wings conspicuously
longer than corolla, spatulate, subobtuse or shortly acute, gradu-
ally clawed at base, 3-nerved, the nerves simple. Limb of keel
shorter than claw; crest of 2 lamellae and 4-5 narrower lobes,
more or less incised or entire. Capsule rather shorter than wings,
elliptic, narrowly subserrulate-winged on one side. Seed oblong,
appressed-pilose, subcornute at apex, curved, the aril-lobes linear,
membranaceous, descending, 2/3 as long as seed. — Chod. Bot.
Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 84 (1914), as P. macrolonchum. — Based on
Seler 2925, from grassy places, Zaragoza, Chimaltenango, Guate-
mala. — Not seen; description compiled.

129. P. Watsoni Chod. Stems numerous, branched, ascending
from a thick woody base, 3.5 dm. long or less, finely incurved-pu-
berulous. Leaves crowded, linear-acicular, acuminate at each end,
obliquely mucronate, glabrous, flattish above, strongly 2-sulcate
beneath, 4-11 mm. long, 0.4—0.6 mm. wide, on incurved-puberulous
petioles 0.5 mm. long. Racemes about 10-flowered, 6-10 mm. long,
8-10 mm. thick. Flower white with pale veins, 5mm. long. Sepals
oblong, abruptly acutish, denticulate toward apex, glabrous, 2 mm.
long. Wings obovate, cuneate at base, mucronate at the obtuse
apex, glabrous, 3-sub-5-nerved, 5 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide. Keel
3.5 mm. long; crest of 2 pairs of lobes, the posterior adnate, cune-
ate, entire, the anterior oblong-spatulate, erect, bifid. Upper petals
oblong-oval, rounded at apex, 3.2 mm. long. Capsule elliptic,
narrow-margined on both cells (both cells dehiscent), glabrous, 3
mm. long, 2mm. wide. Seed cylindric, curved, blackish, 2 :
long. Aril 1.8 mm. long, with minute umbo and wieninnt linear
searious lobes. — Chod.! Monog. ii. 285. t. 26. f. 8-9 (1893). P.
acicularis Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 445 (1886), not Oliv. FI.
Trop. Afr. i. 132 (1868).—CnHimvuanua: calcareous ledges and banks,
Santa Eulalia Mts., 1 May 1885, Pringle 233 (ryPE coLL.: G);
Pringle 713 (K). — T. 2. Fie. 80. — The type number was cited
by Dr. Watson and by Pringle in litt. as 233, but on the label of
the specimen in the Gray Herbarium is printed 223, doubtless by
error. A later collection from the same locality, more widely

istributed by Pringle, is numbered 713.

130. P. scopartoripes Chod. Stems very numerous, angulate,
finely incurved-puberulous, 0.9-3 dm. high, slightly glaucescent.
Leaves linear-acicular, acute to acuminate at each end, obliquely

106 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

mucronate, more or less strongly 2-sulecate beneath, glabrous or
nearly so, 7-14 mm. long, 0.6-1.3 mm. wide, on petioles 0.4 mm.
long or less. Racemes up to 36-flowered, 1.5—7.8 cm. long. Flowers
2.5-3 mm. long, white, greenish-veined. Sepals oblong-ovate,
rounded at apex, glabrous, 1.3 mm. long. Wings spatulate-obovate,
barely mucronulate at the obtuse (apparently, by inflection, acute)
apex, 5-nerved, glabrous, 2.6-3 mm. long, 1.3-1.6 mm. wide. Keel
2.8 mm. long; crest weakly 3-lobed on each side. Upper petals
oblong-oval, rounded at apex, 2.8 mm. long. Capsule oblong-
elliptic, barely emarginulate, very narrowly winged on upper side,
3-3.5 mm. long, 1.6 mm. wide, the upper cell slightly the longer,
both dehiscent. Seeds subcylindric, straight, 2.5-3 mm. long,
black, subsparsely puberulous. Aril 1-1.9 mm. long. — Chod.!
Monog. ii. 284. t. 26. f. 6-7 (1893). P. scoparia of most auth., at
least in part, not HBK. P. scoparia HBK. var. multicaulis Gray!
Pl. Wright. i. 38 (1852). P. Wrightii Gray ex A. W. Benn. Journ.
Bot. xvii. 205 (1879), as syn. P. scoparia var. multicaulis. — SoN-
orA: Pine Mesa, 2135 m., 19 Dec. 1890, Hartman 352 (G); between
San Pedro and Fronteras, Sept. 1890, Hartman 914 (G). Coa-
HUILA: mountains east of Saltillo, Apr. 1880, Palmer 69 (GK);
Saltillo, May 1898, Palmer 115 (G); Sierra de Parras, Mar. 1905,
Purpus 1037 (BG). San Luis Porost: San Miguelita Mts.,
4 Aug. 1877, Schaffner 2 (G). Also Texas: Vasey, Jones 3774,
Thurber 168, Wright 100 (rypx of P. scoparia var. multicaulis: G),
934; and Arizona: foothills of the Santa Rita Mts., 25 June 1884,
Pringle (Type couu.: GK); Rincon Mts., Lemmon. —T. 2. Fie.
81. — For a discussion of the marks of distinction between this
species and its near relative P. scoparia, with which it has been
much confused, see no. 133.

131. P. microtoncna Chod. Stems virgate, striate, angled,
glabrous, 3 dm. long, denudate below, leafy and corymbosely
branched above, from a persistent root. Leaves acicular, acute,
glabrous, 7-10 mm. long, 1. mm. broad, or less. Racemes terminal,
loosely flowered, very slender toward apex, 5-9 cm. long; pedicels
1 mm. long. Flowers (rosy) violaceous, 3-3.5 mm. long. Sepals
ovate, acute, narrow, glabrous. Wings elliptic-spatulate, clawed,
the limb oblong, 3-nerved, longer than corolla. Crest of about 3
pairs of linear lobes and 2 triangular lamellae. Capsule longer than
the wings, oblong-elliptic, inequilateral, on one wide very narrowly

Blake — Revision of Polygala 107

winged, conspicuously nervose, 3.5 mm. long. Seed cylindric,
barely curved. Lobes of aril linear, membranaceous, sinuate, 1/3
as long as seed. — Chod. Bot. Jahrb. lii. Beibl. 115. 84 (1914), as
P. microlonchum. — Based on Seler 3138, from lightly wooded lime-
stone hills, Chaculé-Uaxac Canal, Huehuetenango, Guatemala, and
Seler 3123. — Not seen; description compiled

132. P. dolichocarpa, sp. nov. Caules plures basi suffruticulosi
e radice lignosa simplices vel sparsissime ramosi 1-3.5 dm. alti
sulcati sparse minutissime incurvo-puberuli mox denudati. Folia
linearia acuminata cuspidulata crassiuscula glabra supra planius-
cula subtus convexa evenia 3-4.5 mm. longa 0.3 mm. lata. Racemi
demum 5-10 cm. longi laxe multiflori. Flores albi purpurascenti-
venosi 2.7-3.2 mm. longi. Sepala ovata medio purpurascentia su-
perius obtusum 1.4 mm. longum, inferiora mucronulata vel acuta
1—1.2 mm. longa. Alae spathulato-obovatae obtusae basi paullum
obliquae glabrae 3-sub-5-nerviae 2.7-3.2 mm. longae 1.1-1.3 mm.
latae. Carina 2.6 mm. longa; crista e lobis ca. 4-jugis oblongis inte-
gris vel 2-3-lobatis constans. Petala superiora oblonga apice ro-
tundata 2.2-2.3 mm. longa. Capsula oblonga 2 mm. longa 1 mm.
lata, loculo postico paullo longiore dehiscente angustissime alato,
antico indehiscente immarginato. Semen (e loc. post.) cylindricum
breviter pilosulum 1.5 mm. longum, arillo 1 mm. longo, lobis 2
lateralibus scariosis linearibus appressis; semen (e loc. antico)
simile sed arillo deficiente. —San Luts Porost: Minas de San
Rafael, May 1911, Purpus 5566 (Type coLtu.: BG); Bagre, 0
de San Rafael, May 1911, Purpus 5165 p.p. (BG).—T. 2.
Fie. 83.

133. P. scoparta HBK. Fruticulose, the stems numerous, fas-
cicled from a woody root, branched, slender, striate, finely in-
curved-puberulous, 7.5-13 cm. long. Leaves rather crowded,
linear-acicular, acuminate to the cuspidate apex, coriaceous, 1-
nerved but not sulcate beneath, glabrous or very sparsely incurved-
puberulous, subsessile by a pale slightly narrowed base, 5-9 mm.
long, 0.4—-1 mm. wide. Racemes terminal, densely flowered or loose
below, 0.5—2.3 em. long. Flowers white, the wings green or purplish-
maroon along the midline, 2.6—2.9 mm. long. Sepals oval or ovate,
obtuse to subacute, with green or purplish central line and white
border, 0.9-1 mm. long. Wings obovate, barely mucronulate at
the obtuse (by inflexion apparently acute) apex, cuneate at base,

108 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

glabrous, 2.9 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Keel 2.3 mm. long; crest
about 4-lobed on each side. Upper petals oblong, rounded at apex,
subequal to keel. Capsule oval-oblong, the upper cell slightly the
longer, narrowly winged, the lower wingless, scarcely dehiscent,
2.7-3 mm. long, 1.5-1.6 mm. wide. Seed cylindric, shortly pilosu-
lous, 2.2-2.5 mm. long. Aril 1.5 mm. long, with minute umbo, the
2 linear lobes entire, scarious, appressed. — HBK.! Nov. Gen. v.
399 (1821); Chod. Monog. ii. 282. t. 26. f. 3-5 (1893); of other
auth. only in part. P. flagellaria Pavon! and P. filiformis Pavon
ex Chod. I. ¢., as syn. — VERA Cruz: Valley of Cordova, 12 Dec.
1865, Bourgeaw 1518 p.p. (G). Mexico: Tacubaya, Valley of
Mexico, 27 May 1865, Bourgeau 60 (GK); Valley of Mexico,
Schaffner 32 (GK), 37 (K); near City of Mexico, Humboldt & Bon-
pland (fragm. of type: G).—T. 2. Fig. 82.— Nearly all the material
that has been distributed as P. scoparia proves on close study to be
referable to P. scoparioides Chod. (no. 130). True P. scoparia, very
similar in aspect to P. scoparioides but with leaves not sulcate be-
neath, narrower wings, and short capsule equalling or barely ex-
ceeding the wings, appears to be confined to the Valley of Mexico
so far as known at present. All the United States material referred
to P. scoparia is P. scoparioides. The root is used officinally by the
Mexicans, according to Schaffner.

134. P. micnoacana Rob. & Seaton. Similar in habit, pubes-
cence, and leaves; leaves up to 1.5mm. wide. Raceme 0.7-4.2 cm.
long, loosely or densely flowered; flowers colored as in the last.
Sepals ovate, acutish, 1 mm. long. Wings cuneate-obovate, obtuse,
2.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Keel 2mm. long. Capsule suborbicu-
lar, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.5-1.8 mm. wide. Seed (of both cells the
same) 1.7-2 mm. long, short-pilose. Aril 1.2-1.8 mm. long, the
lobes linear-oblong, scarious, appressed. — Rob. & Seaton! Proc.
Am. Acad. xxviii. 103 (1893); Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. iv. 901
(1896), as syn. P. scoparia HBK. — San Luts Potosi: 1830-2440
m., 1878, Parry & Palmer 45 (G). Hipauco: Cerro Ventoso above
Pachuca, 2650 m., 18 Aug. 1898, Pringle 6968 (BGK). MicHoa-
CAN: amongst pines, hills of Patzcuaro, 7 Aug. 1892, Pringle 4151
(ryPE coLL.: BGK). Mexico: prairies, Flor de Maria, 31 July
1890, Pringle 3618 (G). Pursita: Mt. Orizaba, 2745 m., 9 Aug.
1891, Seaton ee sae Esperanza, Sept. 1911, Purpus 5705 (BG).
—T.2. Fig.

Blake — Revision of Polygala 109

135. P. Satviniana A. W. Bennett. Similar in habit, inflores-
cence (1.7 cm. long or less), pubescence, and leaves; stems 1 dm.
long or less. Flowers apparently always with green not purple
midribs, 3 mm. long. Sepals ovate, obtusish to acutish, 0.9 mm.
long. Wings obovate, obtuse (apparently acute by inflexion), 3
mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide. Keel 1.5 mm. long. Capsule elliptic,
very narrowly winged, 2.3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Seed oblong,
puberulous, 2 mm. long. Lobes of aril oblong, 1.2 mm. long. —
A. W. Benn.! Journ. Bot. xvii. 203 (1879); Chod. Monog. ii. 288
(1893). — GuaTEMALA: ridge above Calderas, 2530 m., 20 Oct.
1873, Salvin (cotyPE: K); grassy places, Llano de la Laguna de
Ayarces, July 1870, Bernoulli 695 (coTypE: K).

36. P. oxysepala, sp. nov. Fruticulosa pluricaulis caulibus
tenuibus sparse minute strigillosis vel incurvo-puberulis ramosis
adscendentibus 5-35 longis. Folia linearia acuminata mucronata
l-nervia crassiuscula subsessilia subglabra vel sparse incurvo-
puberula 5-13 mm. longa 0.8-1 mm. lata. Racemi laxi- vel sub-
densiflori demum 6 cm. longi. Sepala ovato-lanceolata acuminata
plus minusve inflexa medio viridia albo-marginata 1.5-1.8 mm.
longa. Alae spathulato-obovatae apice obtusae late albo-margin-
atae 3-3.5 mm. longae 0.8-1.3 mm. latae. Carina 1.5 mm. longa.
Capsula elliptica loculo postico angustissime alato 2.6 mm. longa
1.5 mm. lata. Semen oblongum teres breviter pilosum 2 mm.
longum. Arillus 1.2-1.5 mm. altus, umbone minimo lobis 2 later-
alibus oblongis appressis scariosis. — GUATEMALA: San Miguel
Uspantdén, Dept. Quiché, 1830 m., Apr. 1892, Heyde & Luz 3005
(GK); Santa Rosa, Dept. Baja Verapaz, 1525 m., Apr. 1887,
Tuerckheim 1202 (type coutt.: GK).— T. 2. Fie. 85.

137. P. virmpis Wats. Several-stemmed, suffruticulose, the
stems subsimple or branched, spreading, rather densely puberulous
with very short wide-spreading hairs, 5.5-11 em. long. Leaves
obovate-spatulate, acutish at the mucronate apex, long-cuneate at
base, coriaceous, 1-nerved, scarcely revolute, sparsely spreading-
puberulous, 5-11 mm. long, 1.5-3.6 mm. wide. Racemes loosely
flowered, 1-2.5 em. long. Upper sepal oval, the lower ovate, ob-
tuse, herbaceous with very narrow white border, 1 mm. long,
Wings obovate, obtuse, not involute, green with narrow white mar-
gin, 2.6 mm. long, 0.9 mm. wide. Keel 2.3 mm. long; crest of 2
pairs of lobes, the posterior adnate, the anterior bifid. Upper petals

110 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

oblong, not dilated, 2 mm. long. Capsule oval-oblong, narrowly
winged on upper side, 2.8 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Seed puberu-
lous, 2 mm. long. Aril 1.2 mm. long, its lobes linear-oblong. —
Wats.! Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 325 (1882).— Coanuita: Caracol
Mts., 32 km. S. E. of Monclova, Aug. 1880, Palmer 2013 (TYPE
coLL.: GK). — Omitted from Chodat’s revision. The type is
wrongly cited by Watson as Palmer 2113.

Species DuBIAE VEL EXCLUDENDAE

Badiera Berteriana Spreng. Sys. iii. 172 (1826). ‘‘ Hispaniola,”
Bertero. Not identifiable.

Polygala acuminata Willd. Sp. iii. 887 (1803). Badiera acuminata
(Willd.) DC. Prod. i. 335 (1824). South American; see Chod.
Monog. ti. 46 (1893).

P. adenophora DC. Prod. i. 327 (1824). Recorded by Bennett,
Journ. Bot. xvii. 171 (1879). South American; the Trinidad
species is P. exserta Blake.

P. adenophylla St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Merid. ii. 20 (1829). Recorded
by Bennett, : c. 202 (1879). The specimen (Galeotti 876) is P.
subalata Wat

P. americana a Mill. 6. a (HBK.) Ktze. f. viridula Ktze.
Rev. i. 48 (1891).

P. axillaris Poir. a v. 489 (1804), described as from the An-
tilles, is an Indian species of Floscopa (F. axillaris (Poir.) Clarke in
DC. Monog. Phan. iii. 268 (1891)).

P. baccifera Sess. & Moc. Pl. Nov. Hisp. 114 (1887), as Poligala
baccifera = Monnina sp., ex char.

P. Berteriana DC. Prod. i. 328 (1824). Santo Domingo, Bertero.
According to St. Hilaire (Fl. Bras. Merid. ii. 22 (1829)), who has.
examined the type, it is P. hygrophila HBK.

P. Boykinii Nutt. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii. 86 (1834).
Recorded by Bennett, 1. c. 202 (1879), and Hemsley, Biol. Centr.-
Am. Bot. i. 58 (1879). Hemsley’s specimens are in part P. subalata
Wats. (Ghiesbreght, Galeotti 876, F. Mueller 999) and in part P.
aparinoides H. & A. (Bernoulli 662). Other specimens cited have
not been examined by the writer. See Watson, Proc. Am. Acad.
xxi. 416 (1886). .

P. calvipes Schlecht. Linn. xiv. 160 (1840). “ In Mexico ? (hb.
Lehmann).” Apparently a member of the subsect. Hebantha of

Blake — Revision of Polygala 111

Hebecarpa, but the description (“ capsula . . . glaberrima ”’) does
not apply to any known species of that group.

P. capitata Sess. & Moc. Fl. Mex. II. ed. 163 (1894). Undeter-
minable.

P. chinensis L. Sp. i. 704 (1753). In Fl. Jam. 381 (1759) and in
later publications Linnaeus included Patrick Browne’s Polyala
no. 4 (Nat. Hist. Jam. 287 (1756)) under this species. It was un-
doubtedly P. jamaicensis Chod.

P. Conzattii Gand. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Ix. 454 (1913), not Rose,
Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xiii. 307 (1911). This species, based on
Conzatti & Gonzdlez 152, from Oaxaca, belongs to sect. Euhebe-
carpa, but is not determinable from description.

P. cruciata L., recorded by Bennett, 1. c. 202 (1879), and P. cru-
ciata forma parva A. W. Benn. ex Hemsl. 1. c. 59 (1879), nomen, are
P. conferta A. W. Bennett.

P. diversifolia L.! Sp. ii. 703 (1753) is Securidaca volubilis L.

P. domingensis Bert. ex Spreng. Sys. iii. 172 (1826) as syn.
Badiera Berteriana Spreng., q. v.

P. galioides Poir. Ency. v. 503 (1804). Recorded by Hemsl.
1. c. 59 (1879), whose specimens are P. turgida Rose and P. subalata
Wats. (Parry & Palmer 394) and P. aparinoides H. & A. (Beechey,
Salvin & Godman).

P. guatemalensis Gand. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. lx. 454 (1913), not
A. W. Benn. (1895), based on T'uerckheim an. 1906, from Alta
Verapaz, is probably P. costaricensis Chod.

P. hebecarpa DC. Prod. i. 330 (1824). P. americana Mill. 8.
hebecarpa (DC.) A. W. Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 139 (1879), as to syn.
Santo Domingo, Nectoux. Considered by De Candolle as perhaps
referable to P. ovata Poir., but referred by Chodat to P. caracasana
HBK. If indeed identical with P. ovata as suggested by De Can-
dolle, the species cannot be the same as P. caracasana.

P. inaequiloba Turez. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxvii. no. 2. 349
(1854), based on Galeotti 877 bis, is still dubious.

P. mexicana DC. Prod. i. 333 (1824). Based on a plate in the
inedited Fl. Mex. of Mocifio & Sesse (Calq. Dess. t. 40) which is
almost certainly P. scoparia HBK.

P. minutiflora Presl, Rel. Haenk. ii. 100 (1835-36). A still
doubtful species.

P. nemoralis A. W. Benn. Journ. Bot. xvii. 172 (1879). Based on
three collections, the two Mexican and Central American being

112 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

P. aparinoides H. & A., the third, Mandon 839, to which the name
must be restricted, a distinct Bolivian species.

P. nutkana Moc. ex DC. Prod. i. 330 (1824); A.DC. Calq. Dess.
t. 39. A very dubious species, perhaps Mexican. See Robinson in
Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 1. 449 (1897).

P. ovata Poir. Ency. v. 498 (1804). Belonging to subsect. He-
bantha of Hebecarpa, but not identifiable from description.

P. platycarpa Benth. Recorded by Bennett, 1. c. 139 (1879). I
have not seen his specimens (Lachmann 32-35, Galeotti 881).
Hemsley and Chodat both credi original Hartweg
specimens (from Guayaquil) to Maxico.

P. pubescens Schlect. Linn. xiv. 160 (1840), not Mart. nor Muhl.,
nomen, = P. grandiflora Walt. var. leptophylla Chod. ?

P. pubescens Gray var. gracilis Chod. Monog. ii. 22 (1893). Not
seen; based on Galeotti 898.

P. pulchella Schlecht. & Cham. Linn. v. 230 (1830), not St. Hil.
(1829); Chod. Monog. ii. 15 (1893). ‘‘ Inter Marantial et Paso de
Ovejas,”’ Vera Cruz, Schiede & Deppe. A still doubtful species.

P. quadrangula Presl. Rel. Haenk. ii. 100 (1835-36). A species
of Orthopolygala, perhaps P. scoparioides Chod.

P. spergulaefolia St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Merid. ii. 28 (1829). Recorded
(as a synonym of P. glochidiata HBK.) by Bennett, Journ. Bot.
xvii. 202 (1879). True P. spergulaefolia is a South American species
or variety of P. glochidiata HBK.

P., strigulosa Schlecht. Linn. xiv. 160 (1840). A doubtful species,
perhaps P. obscura Benth.

P. tenella Willd. Sp. iii. 878 (1803). Perhaps P. paniculata L.
Referred by Chodat (1. c. 499 (index)) to P. Funkii Chod.

P. trichosperma L. Sys. XII. ed. iii. 232 (1768). South American;
Hemsley’s and Bennett’s (1. ¢. 171, 202) records under this name
refer to P. longicaulis HBK.

P. velutina Presl, Rel. Haenk. ii. 100 (1835-36). Belonging to
the subsect. Hebantha of Hebecarpa, but not determinable from
description.

P. verticillata L. Sp. ii. 706 (1753). Recorded from Mexico by
Bennett (I. c. 202 (1879)) and gore (l. c. 62). The Bernoulli

specimen is P. aparinoides H. & A.; Botteri ot is P. glochidiata;
Seemann 2153 is P. alba Nutt. var. oe

P. vulgaris Sess. & Moc. Pl. Nov. Hisp. os (1887), not L.

Indeterminable.

LIST OF EXSICCATAE CITED.

istribution numbers are in full-face t

D
of the present revision. Collections distiyuced without number are indicated by a dash,

Alexander — (8)
Anderson — (1282).
Anthon ny — (77).

Baites — (49 ?).

Baker & Alarca 4330 (12

ators § 2123 bya 3647 ‘(87).
& Land 236 (121).

rm ee 5 (100); 120
(63); 662 (103); 696 (113a); 695
(135); 998 (85); 1019 (103); 1032
act ery Hoag 1102 (119).
o 3191 (85); 3218
P60); 8 233 (1 103).
Bimilek 38 (123 h
Biolley 7413 (123).

Blumer 1337 (32a); 3336 (1068).
Botteri 72 (123a); 430 (1238); 818
ee 819 (121); pe Ad 821

(123a); 822 (100); 823 (114); 829,
1118 (121); 1119 (114); ge Mer ).
urgeau 60 (133); 477 (38); 1518
(133); 3249

Pi (123a), p.p. (133);
Brace 158 (5)
cag ahs, 4); (77); —
(77); — at; — (11382).
Britton
Bri 2228 (2).

ritton, Britt on, & Marble
Britton, Cowell, & Brown 4349 (7).
Britto: Co well, & Shafer 12981,
an : Fishlock ty ca (98).
Britton & a Wileee rt (10).
Broadway 1818, 4252 (85).
Browne — (8).

Caldwell & Baker 7007 (123a).
ampbell 32 (123a).

Clute 193 (123a).

Combs 213 (85); 442 (116).

eeaaeer 201 (1232); —

eae 205 (328); 1587 (21).
Conzatti & Gonzalez 335 (328); 1186

aid).
Coulter 725 (106a); 727 (113); 728
p. p., 729 p. p. (37); 732 p. p. (54),

=~ (TEG)5 — (117),

ee 358 (121); 514 (116); 717

Davidson — (89).
Deam 99 (1188); 6121 (123).
és — (106a).

Duss 2420 (1238); 2981 (88).

Edwards & Eaton 53 (92); — (14).
Eggers 738 eer 1890 (84a); 1897
; oer ie a

4450 (80); — (85).
Endres 77 (1230
Ervendberg 187 *1ate).

Fawcett — (1232).
ven: 55 me. 267 (117); 269

riedrichsthal — (57 2).
Fuertes 1065 (13); 1557 (S4a); 1629
(1232).

aleotti 876 (105); 879 (65);
O30); 899 (23); 7036 (116); 7098

Garber 76 (1 ge
Ghiesbreght 2:

2 (74); a eee
(74); 861 (122); 875 (it); 879

);
a8);

53 (92).

Haenke — (118a).
Hahn 124, 126 (1239).

Hall (E.) 96 (92).
11

114

Harris 11 (1230); 5838, 6597 (8);
6904 (85); 7092 (8); 7403 (1232);
8153 (85); 9400 (1232); 9651 (8).

Hart 641 (8).

ere 40 (106a); 148 (1132); 352,
914 (130

Hartweg 30 (106a); 446 (32a); 447,

sle
Heller 90, 550 (12 3a).
Heyde & Lux 3004 (103); 3005 (136);
sgh 14); 3006 (121) bei (85);
3008 (114); 3067 (79); 3941 p. p.
(59), p. p. dae cit). 3942 TECSY 4313

(56).
umboldt & Bonpland — (104) ; —
(106a) ; — (133).

Imray 361 (123<).

Jacquemont — (3).

Johnson (E. P.) 92 (123a).

Jones 3774

wer 191 (23); 412, 453 (74);
74 (32a); 541 (74).

Karwinski 303, 304 (110).

Kerber 54 (123a); 243 (105).

Langlassé 316 (85); 722 (49).

marty 123 (130); 497 (94.2); 498
(29); 500 (1068); 2641 (94.2).

Levy 238 (86).

Liebmann 10 (123a); 15 (118a); —

(118a).
Linden 74

(124); 172 (74); 172
(123a); 173 Ot) is (64); 175
est 176 (116); 1704 (84a 2).
er 337 (93 333 p.p
p. p. (92),

np. of (93. 1); IV
Pp. p- (98.1 A).

Lioyd (F. E.) (35) Goan: $6 (25).

MacFadyen — (1232).
McNab — (85).
March 68, 627, 726, 1656, 1822 (8); —

a
Metcalfe 1274 (27.1).
Me under

Boundary Surv
* saa 189 (30); 190 p. a (91.1),
p. p. (92); 191 (14
: Millspaugh 1956 156 (123).
eye (F.) 302 (100); 890 (113a);
925 (121); 999 ei 1875 (1232).
Murray (J. R.) 1338 (116).

Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Nect — (99).
Nelson n 3603 (74).

ee 465 (81); 475

Orcutt 1223 (89).

Palmer 1880: 65 (14); 67 (126) 68
(1062) ; ans Auk 70 (70a); 2013

(137); 2143. (91); — (25); — (28).
1885: as “11: 369 (1068) 1886:
417 (50); 447 (121); 470 (114); 546
(113a); 553 (116); 571 (100); 735
(31); 756 (119). 1890: 43 (113a).
1894-95: 166 p. p. (49); 168 (19).
1896: (106a); 615 (120); 627
ie tis0): 18h wp. (2) (05):
130); p.p. ,P-p ;
(25), p. p. (26), 1904: 84

“(106a) 068):
G02. mae Ci0s); 40 iz2); it (4):
41-44 (25); 423

1 3

(15), p. p p. (16); 44 (25); Ht (134).
Patii6); ile 31); Mer ee io 524
Peck 132 (116); 147 “U1i8a); 234
Pittier a7, 687, 999 999 (61).

er
Pittier & Durand 348 (86); 7413, 8948

(1234 =
Poiteau — (3).

Polakowsky 312, 511 (1232).
Potts 30).

a a 1004 (848).
Pringle

1830

(121); 2941

$240 (105); 3618 (134); 3792 (102);
44

11380 (116); 11381 (121
(105), 11988, 55/39 13949 9 (95)5— 4

(94
121);
Pordie ie ey 36 (85); ~ (117);
122 (112); — (8); — (123

Blake — Revision of Polygala

Purpus 391 (22); 1037 (130); 1038
(94); 1428 (38); 1429 (37); 2072
(124); 2073 (116); 2074 (118a);

3

3922 (71); 4540 (94); ‘4759 (70a “
4760 aug tf 4762 (95); 4913 (708);
5 06a), p. p . (1068), p. p.
167 (708) ; 5168

(102); 5566 (132); 5705 wer
5706, 73); 6308 (52); 6
(1138)

Reverchon 63 “Abie 708 (93.1).
Robertson 194 (118a).
Robinson 313 @).

von Rohr — (1232).
Rothschuh 616 (78).
Rovirosa 602 (85).
de la wag 7 — (1232).
Sallé —
Salvin 63); ves, id mar
ql 03)
de Schack

).
Schaffner 1 te 2 (130); 3 (24);

(16); 8 (38); 32 (133); 34 (38); 37
; 493 (1068); 495 p. p. (15),
p. p. (16); 496 Malar
Schiede & Deppe — (64); — : (84a);
— (1232).
gage (38); — (100); — (105);
1230
Schomburgk 11 (3); 68 (116);—

— (40).
Seaton n iat 0) 508 os: 4).
283 (116); 284 (111);
(123); 1619 p. : (116), p. p. hips:
rer 5); 2163 (1068); — (65); —

Seler 86 (33) ; 1222 (101) bose (igs); aad (125);

; (98);
10714 (109); 11818 (11).
Shannon 3689 (63).

115
Sieber I. 175 (1280).

40 (123 38); ; 40b, 40d (1232);
; 531 con 3288, 6417

8); ie (74); ae

W. G.) 570, 1190

Smith th D.) 1857 BO (aes). "Sl (59).
asaya (L. >. 31, 80 (32,

Smith (Cc. 1) i668 “,
Smith (H

Tate ‘15 (30) ” (123a).

Taylor 156 (121); 158 (116).
Thompson (W. J.) 7911, 7938 ‘eo
pier xs 168 (130); 1090 (93);

Tonduz S88, 1552 (123a); 1553, 2052
ee eck 8948, 17455 (1230 ).
er 37 (127).

Eg88e

74); .
63): Il. 703 (74); Il. 1288 (123a).
Tweedy — (94.2).

Vasey — (130).

Wagner — (65).
Watson 19 (104).
Wight (A. E.) 79 (108); 272 (81).
Wilcox — (1068).
Wright Sea 71 (14); 72 (32a); 73
00 (130); 102 (92);

909 (1 : ae
1911 ‘one 1912 (iss: 1
(9), p. p. (11); s 1915 Bs i917
(18); 3496 (11); 3497 (4).
Wright (Wm.) — (8).

Xantus — (18).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

TL. £ 4 4 a: s < £. a Pe | +S f. + + ce |
specified, and enlarged x5, except figures 70a, 72a, 73a, 74a, and 75a, which are enlarged
to various scales,

Tas. 1

Fig. 1. P. cuneata (Griseb.) Blake forma obovata (Griseb.) Blake (drawn
from Wright 1917). Aril not shown
. P. Penaea L. (Eggers 1897).
P. jamaicensis Chod. (March eye
sti~itata Blake (Wright 191 p.).
inqua (Britton) Blake bags 1913 p. p.).
ovatifolia Gray (Wright 103).

Robinsonii Blake (Pringle 4472).

serpens Blake (Palmer 168).

Barbeyana Chod. (Schaffner 3). Immature.
reducta Blake (Parry & Palmer 44).

intricata Blake (Palmer 165 1/2).

rectipilis Blake (Metcalfe 1274).

Palmeri Wats. mer).

racemosa Blake (Pringle 572).

longa Blake (Wright 936 p. p.

obscura Benth. var. genuina Blake (Wright 104).
obscura Benth. var. euryptera Blake (L. C. Smith 80).
Lozani Rose (Pringle 7477).

brachyanthema Blake (Purpus 5169). Immature.
oophylla Blake (Purpus 3921).

Brandegeeana Chod. (Purpus 1429).

compacta Rose (Parry & Palmer 42 1/2).
pedicellaia Blake. (Purpus 6308).

Albowiana Chod. (Pringle 3876).

velata Blake (Ghiesbreght 879).

microtricha Blake (Coulter 732 p. p.).

Hayesii Blake (Hayes). Immature.

cane
~l
Sa Sg ay ial a eS AN

Tas. 2
costaricensis Chod. (Tonduz 1553). Submature.
. isotricha Blake (Bernoulli & Cario 3218).
P. cuspidulata Blake (Purpus 2764)

yy

33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
- 39.
40.
41.

of :
73. P. gracillima Wats. (Pringle 7057). 73a, enlarged apex of seed.

"af
r.
to
P.

WER VNRVVNNVNRVVNNVVNYVVN VY TY
s

er
oP

‘ =

Blake — Revision of Polygala

consobrina Blake (J. D. Smith 1980).
jaliscana Blake (Palmer 417).
hebantha Benth. (Barclay 2647).
chiapensis Blake (Galeotti 736).

phoenicistes Blake (Purpus 5166). Immatur
macradenia Gray var. genuina Blake aous 4759),
Parryi A. W. Bennett (Schaffner 6).
tehuacana Brandegee (Purpus 5706).
angustifolia HBK. (Combs 213).

Planellasi Molt. & Gomez (Duss 2981).
arizonae Chod. (Pringle).

lithophila Blake (Purpus 5171).

nitida Brandegee (Purpus 5168).
Lindheimeri Gray (Wright).

blepharotropis Blake (Thurber 1090).
Fishiae Parry (Orcutt 122.

desertorum Brandegee (Svdedages):

turgida Rose (Pringle 3792).

saginoides Griseb. (Shafer 2943).
spathulata Griseb. (Wright 1910).
squamifolia C. Wr. serge 10714).
Wightiana Blake (Wight 79).

conferta A. W. Bennett (Palmer 571).
subalata Wats. (Pringle 32

ange Urban (Sintenis 531).
HBK. (Watson 19).
wshardee Hook & Arn. (Tuerckheim 136).
crinita Chod. (Brandegee).
timoutou Aubl. (Crueg

Berlandieri Wats. (Palmer ;
brachyptera a fot 1912).

40).
alba Nutt. var. tenuifolia (Pursh) Blake (Coulter 725).

er).
glochidiata HBK. forma eae Blake (Hartman 148).

117

ulis HBK. (Pringle 11380). Fig. 70 a, enlarged apex of seed.

exserta Blake (Purdie 121).

P. variabilis HBK. forma leucanthema Blake (Deam 99). 72 a, enlarged

a

74. P. decidua Blake (Palmer 615). 74, portion of seed surface, enlarged.

75. P. paludosa St. Hil. (Pringle 2452). 75a, enlarged apex

76. P. gracilis HBK. (Ghiesbreght 861).
77. P. paniculata L. forma humilis Chod. (Purpus 2876).
78. P. incarnata L. (Purpus 2072).

of seed.

Contributions from the Gray Herbarium
P. semialata Wats. (Palmer 67).

. P. Watsoni Chod. (Pringle 233)

).
P. dolichocarpa Blake (Purpus 5165 p.p.). Seed from lower cell of
capsule.
michoacana Rob. & Seaton (Pringle 4151).
1202).

; P. oxysepala Blake (Tuerckheim

INDEX

New names in full-fac

e type; accepted species in Roman; synonyms and species onl:

incidentally mentioned in italics. Full-face figures indicate pages of description.

Badiera acuminata, 110.
Berteriana, 110, 111.

‘¢
hero, 17.
na,

IE 13;

Penaea, 12.

portoricensis, 14.
propinqua, 15, 16.
13.

PyuaPEL Trees

pune
virgata, 12, 13.
Floscopa axillaris, 110.

Phlebotaenia Cowellii, 10.
P. cuneata, 9.

P. cuneata var. obovata, 10.
P. portoricensis, 10.

Polygala acicularis, 105.
P. acuminata, 110.
P. adenophora, 95, 110.
adenophylla, 110.

85, 86.

A I DT

P. Albowiana, 37, 38, 43, 44, 116.

,
. tenuifolia, 79, 86, 87, 117.

119

P. americana, 22, 37, 4 renee

P. americana 6. angusti, fo lia

P. americana 6. angustifolia f. Sees
110

P. americana ¢. nda, 60.

P. americana 8. hebecarpa, 111.

P. americana a. normalis, 43

P. amphothrix, 22, 38, 39.

P. angustifolia, 64, 66, 67, 117.

P. antillensis, 37, 39

P. oe 79, 83, 110, 111, 112,
117.

apopetala, 59, 60, 61.

pain iy 18, 37, 38, 41, 117.

arizonae, 70, 75, 117.

. arizonae var. tenuifolia, 76.

asperuloides, 79, 84, 117.
axillaris, 10.

. baccifera, 110.
ahamensis, 64.

Barbeyana, 23, 25, 116.

Berlandieri, 92, 117.

. Berlandiert var. bogotensis, 92.

sa eco Carag
ina

; ‘biformipilis, 38 ee, 217.
blepharotropis, 70, te; Lit.
. Boykinii, 110.

. brachyanthema, 23, 33, 116.
. brachyptera, 92, 93, 117.

ro my OO TD oy Oe

of buxifolia, 19, 21, 116.

120

BE PAB OEE ARIE BBR BRP NANA
& 8

. calcicola, 33.

californica, 71.

calvipes, 110.

capitata, 111.

caracasana, 40, 111.
chiapensis, 22, 38, 40, 117.
chinensis, 111.

llina, 64, 68.

compacta, 22, 34, 35, 116.
conferta, 79, 81, 111, 117.
consobrina, 38, 48, 117.
Conzattii Gand., Bi.
Conzattii Rose, ‘93,

cruciata f. a, 111
erations, 15, 63, 64, 65, 66.

bes f. obbvate, 9, 116.

decidua, 96, 97, 117.
a 5, 77, a
rphophyila, 11,

diversifoli f elli

, 50.
Dorinilk var. raya 50.
Emoryi, 7!
eucosma, ae
exserta, 92, 95, 110, 117.
08

24, 37.
costaricensis, 38, 50, 51, 112, 116.

pracet 1, 13, Fs 15, 16, 111.
aptica, 13.

—
=}
re
va

gg ado gag a SP TOs Sa FB YY
. tr S

wood fia
galioides var. asperuloides, 84.

. glanduloso-pilosum, 57.

glochidiata, 91, 92, 112.

glochidiata f. leucantha, 91.

glochidiata f. typica, 91, 117.

gracilis, 96, 98, 99, 117.

gracillima, 96, 117.

. grandiflora

. grandiflora var. angustifolia, 67.

grandiflora var. leptophylla, 66, 67,
2.

. grandiflora var. orbicularis, 67.
. Greggii, 55.

. guantanamana, 11, 12, 1
guatemalensis Chod., a ve 51;
guatemalensis Gand.,

ayesii, 38, 48, 116.

hebantha, “it 38, 47, 117.
hebecarpa,

hecatantha, en St, LET.
hemipterocarpa, 29, 102, 104.
heterophylla, 17

ondurana, 60, 62.

hygrophila, 89, 110.
hygrophylla, 90.

inaequiloba, :

incarnata, 101, 117.

i

leptosperma, 22, 24.
Lindheimeri, 70, 72, 76, 117.
lithophila, 70, 74, 117.

longa, 23, 29, 116.

longicaulis, 92, 93, 95, 112, 117.
longicaulis subvar. nana,
longipes, 37, 40.

. Lozani, 22, 23, 32, 116.
macradenia, 54, 56, 57.

Fs
FP.

FP,

‘if
ig

el 2 PN eee Ses Se
ol

Pr.
gr
ri
| of
a
ry
ig
tg

P. paniculata a.
Pr. 7
P.
af

Index

macradenia var. genuina, 56, 117.
macradenia var. glanduloso-pilosa,
6.

Se nape 104.
magdal

‘eee er
michoacana, 103, 108, 118.
microloncha, 102, 106.
ee 102

. micropter

102.
micr: eek 38, 46, 116.
minutifiora, 111.
minutifolia, 77.
monninoides, 63.
montana, 11, 16.
mucronata, 67.
myrtilloides, 19, 20, 116.
Nelsoniz, 96.
nemoralis, 83, 111.

. Nicaraguensis, 64, 68.
a G:

. nilotic
aide 70, 74, 1lf.

. nudata, 70, 76, 77.
. nutkana, 112.

oaxacana, 23, 32.

. oblongata, 11, 13.

obscura, 18, 22, 23, 29, 30, 31, 112.
. obscura var. euryptera, 31, 116.
obscura var. genuina, 30, 116.

, 109, 118

paludosa, 96, 97, 117
oe var. exappendiculata, 98,

nea. 38, 52.
paniculata, 96, 98, 99, 112.
normalis, 100.
var. , 100.
paniculata f. humilis, 100, 117.
paniculata f. leucoptera, 101.

P. Parreyi, 58.

P. Parryi, 57, 58, 117.

P. paucifolia, 6

Pavoni, 22, 23.
pedicellata, se ie 116.
. peduncularis,

Penaea, 4, 11, et 116.
Petitiana, 6.
Pitan 9

phoenicistes, 54, 55, 117.
Planellasi, 64, 68, 117
platycarpa, 112.
latycarpa var. stricta, 54.
polymorpha, 22, 36.
portoricensis, 11, 14.
ringler, 98.
. propinqua, 11, 16, 116.
pterocarya, 102, 103.
puberula, 29, 30, 31, 36.
puberula var. ovalis, 21.
pubescens, 35, 112.
bescens var. gracilis, 112.
. pulchella, 112

sancta-luciae, 37, 39.

scoparia, 86, 103, 106, 107,
111, 118.

P. scoparia var. multicaulis

2S aia ota ae a
i :
4 ry 3

is, 106.
P. scoparioides, 103, 105, 108,
118.

P. Securidaca, 60, 61.
P. Seleri, 37, 38, 54.
P. semialata, 103, 118.
P. Seneca y. tenuifolia, 86

Phlebotaenia var. obovata, 10.

121

108,

112,

a"
bo

2 Index
P. Senega, 62. P. Tweedyi, 70, 76.
Fr serpens, 19, 21, 37, 116. P. uncinata, 91, 92.
P. setacea, 101. P. variabilis, 92, 95, 96.
P. setifera, 89. P. variabilis f. leucanthema, 96, 117.
r, apathuleki: 79, ees 117. P. variabilis f. typica, 96
P. spergulaefolia, 112. P. velata, 37, 41, 116.
P. sphae sonsphiali; 79, 82. P. velutina, 112.
P. sphaerospora, 60, 61. P. verticillata, 112.
P. squamifolia, 79, 88, 117. P. verticillata var. aparinoides, 83.
P. stellera, 94. P. violacea, 35, 69
E. stipitata, 11, 15, 16, 116. P. virgata, 12.
P. stric P. viridis, 103, 109
fi siriaulees P. Vogtii, 83.
P. subalata, Pi — 110, 111, 117. P. vulgaris, 112.
P. tehuacana, 58, P. Watsoni, 102, 105, 118.
P. tenella, 112. P. Wightiana, 79, 87, 117.
ise 23, 36. P. Wrightii Chod. 63, 65.
P. texensis, 70, 74. P. Wrightii Gray, 106.
z ata, 89, 90, 117. P. Xanthi, 21.
P. 60, 63, 117. P. Xanti, 19, 21.
P. Torreyi, 86. P. zacatecana, 23, 26.
_ egos Pui esi Securidaca volubilis, 1, 14, 15, 111.
P. turgida, 79, 82, 111, 117. Viola punctata, 55.

BLAKE. — REVISION OF POLYGALA. Tan. 1.

4

fee ; nt
tr WY
TOPE RA \

hn
pat »
TK
4
AHA
Ap Hanli\
i! (h1 \!
* \ VY
A
wl ntti’
Wye “i

' \

M Wy \
Wins

ANN

\\

<=

\\
NAR)

"
|
ie i\y

}h
Hii) WANS
DTN
iy i 1

Sreps or POLYGALA.

BLAKE. — REVISION OF PoLYGALA.

Wy)
JA aay |

8. F. B. del.

‘ t \ \ \\
\
AA VAAN

A
=

Mi
ys

Lu We
Wy)

\
\’
\

SEEDS OF POLYGALA.

ARI

Y HERB

Bras

ITY

Gl = AE aa
IVERSI’
os
YE

Inacea
; MACBRID!

orragit

is

re
o 5
: 5
=

ae
E
8

El x f :
_ pi

Notes on Ce

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY

New Series.—No. XLVIII
ISSUED
‘NG 15 1916°
I. The True Mertensias of Western North America

II. Revision of the Genus Oreocarya
III. Notes on Certain Borraginaceae

By J. FRANCIS MACBRIDE

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.
Avaust, 1916

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY — NEW SERIES, No. XLVIII
I. THE TRUE MERTENSIAS OF WESTERN
NORTH AMERICA

By J. Francis Macsripe.

Tue genus Mertensia reaches its greatest development in the
United States west of the Great Plains or the Missouri River. No
broad treatment of the genus has appeared since Dr. Gray’s in the
Synoptical Flora thirty years ago, although several floras have
covered the species known to occur within their respective terri-
tories. These works and the number of Mertensia species recog-
nized by each are as follows. Piper’s Flora of Washington (Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 1906), 14 species; Rydberg’s Flora of Colorado
(Bulletin 100, Colo. Exp. Sta. 1906), 25 species; Coulter & Nelson’s
Man. Rocky Mt. Bot. 1909, 14 species and 10 varieties; Wooton
& Standley’s Flora of New Mexico (Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xix.
1915), 8 species. The Synoptical Flora contains 7 species and 3
varieties, 2 species being confined to the Atlantic states. Since its
publication (1886), 69 species and several varieties (without includ-
ing those published here) have been proposed.

These data have been given in order to show that students are
agreed in admitting in recent years a large increase to the number
of species, but that they are not agreed as to what percentage of
these species are valid. These great differences of opinion are due
to the lack of any consensus as to what characters have specific
value. The presence, absence, location or quality of pubescence,
the relative lengths of corolla-limb, -tube, and calyx, the shape of
the calyx-lobes and leaves have all been regarded as of equal worth.
Then habit and general aspect have been considered. I have
reached the conclusion that, generally speaking, the most salient
and most reliable of these characters are the shape of the calyx-
lobes, the location of the pubescence, and, especially when on the
pedicels, its quality, coupled with aspect and habital characteristics.

The latter are of great importance, especially in the division of
the genus into sections, although of course they are characteristics

1

2 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

that are very difficult to describe. For instance, students have
long recognized that the genus, by reason of differences of aspect,
falls into several natural and recognizable groups, which often
appear to lack technical means of separation. A character is pro-
posed to separate two such groups, viz.: the Lanceolatae and the
Oblongifoliae, which is believed to be valid in so far as those sections
are concerned, but it is of no value in separating the Alpinae, which
happen to be well-marked, however, by their subsessile anthers.
This character, the presence or absence of a ring of hairs near the
base of the corolla-tube, has been used by Nelson as a specific
difference. In order to determine the constancy of the character
over one hundred corollas were boiled, dissected and studied criti-
cally in relation to the other characters of the particular specimens
concerned. :

While the present revision aims to cover the western United
States a few species are omitted, notably M. symphytoides Greene,
Pl. Baker. iii. 20 (1901) and M. tubiflora Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club
xxvi. 544 (1899). I have seen no authentic material of these, but
if I may judge from the inadequate characterization of the former,
it is very near to a variety of M. arizonica Greene. The latter (M.
tubiflora) seems to be related to M. oblongifolia Soe cat G. Don,
and perhaps is distinct.

I am indebted to Dr. Aven Nelson, Curator of the Rocky Moun-
tain Herbarium at the University of Wyoming, and to Mr. W. R.
Maxon, Curator of the National Herbarium at Washington, D. C..,
for the loan of valuable specimens, including many types. The
abbreviations “ R. Mt. Herb.” and “ Nat. Herb.” follow the cita-
tions of specimens from these institutions respectively; otherwise
the specimens cited are in the Gray Herbarium.

EvUMERTENSIA — Kry To SEcTIONS AND SpEcIES oF WESTERN NoRTH
AMERICA

Leaves with distinct lateral veins or net-veined, large, the
middle cauline 6-12 em. long; aestival re geass s, 3-12 dm
gh, growing tty streams or in woods below timber-

ing the other characters is Cage POOR ie A els Group I.
Calyx-lobes acute or acuminate, usually’ longer than the fruit,
always none or less tr clair? in outline, distinctly so if

shorter yore Site TPE 6 es verve. caus Subsect. PANICULATAE.

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 3

Leaves (except sometimes the lower), wishogh distinct lateral
veins, the middle cauline cig ly ov em. long; verna
species, 0.5-3 (rarely 4) d igh, of | plains and foothills,
or if aestival, alae c or ses and then possessing none
of the other characters of POM Ee oe ots Li ec coe as tes as Group IT.
_—— as long as or longer eg ie one exception i - -~
ongifoliae) and as broad as roader than
rs; style usually longer Shi the corolla oe
Coniiaen be rs pasha, the hairs scattered ape se
surface or confined t ring; species of the
Plains and Central Rocky Mountains end onkeat
ubsect. LANCEOLATE.
ire glabrous within; species essentially of the
Northwest, mostly occurring north of Nevada -

: WYOMING 650 bus iis Ok Subse . OBLONGIFOLIAE.
Filaments narrower and much sh than th thers;
short, little exceeding the calyx.................. , ae ALPINAE.

Subsection PANICULATAE

a. Pedicels and leaves pie the latter sometimes gla-
rous on one su
b. ria wine on pedicels more or less spreading and hispid
haracter

¢. Calyclohen lancelinear or lanceolate in anthesis, acu-
: urring only north of latitude 40°.
Leaves eee on r less a on both surfaces.
Calyx-lobes in anthes mm. long; corolla-
li on eS ps aks 1. M. paniculata.
thesi
t 10:ronk, broad. escpeenis la. var. longisepala.
Leaves glab P WTIACes 6 ivi lb. var. subcordata.
c. Calyx-lobes oblong-lanceolate in anthesis, merely acut-

; occurring only south of latitude 40°.
Leaves pubescent on bot BO ore es 2. M. toyabensis
Leaves glabrous on the lower surface........... 2a. var. subnuda.

b. — on pedicels rig | appressed, usually dense,
nding to canescence

rs i Sane broadly ovate, tia lower subcordate...... 3. M. platyphylla.
€. _— fe cont seen or ovate-lanceolate, never subcor-

d. Fruitin cels ose reflexed; corolla less than
ing pediodl mee FEN eerie eee) ties ee 4. M. refracta,
d. Fruiting peels ascending or nodding; corolla 10-

é. Cayce otoets te, —_ or acuminate; cor-

olla 13-16 mm. long, funnelform-campanu-
late; leaves often pu nt beneath.
Pedicels, and at least the upper -s
mar y pu t; plant of the sake
WE eg ee bet news ons 5. M. pratensis.
Dadtsaat nod ] £ £, },
. hairs few yest minute; plant of the
TUR Es os ra ess a. var. borealis.

tubular-funnelform; leaves glab-

é Citak nearly oblong, acutish; corolla ei
mm. long,
th be 6 Vib os OWES £4 eee 6. M. franciscana.

rous

o Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

a. — rma ag glabrous; the leaves glabrous on both sur-
aces

b. Calyx campanulate-turbinate, the lobes much shorter
than anthesis..7. M. campanulata.

b. Calyx not ‘campanulate, or the lobes oer mons after an-

thesis to equal or far exceed t
c. Leaves sessile, except the lowest, eer or coliees: not
ovate-acuminate
d. —_— about three times — than broad; corolla

lar-funnelfor
Cal yx s in hat sl than mee
Be ae Se ie i ee a . M. arizonica.
Cobsaienes as long as or longer than the tube, ie as
latter sometimes nearly obsolete....... 8a. var. umbratilis.
d. Leaves = more than — de than broad; cor-
Gms narrows Gabuber. 35 5 CPR AS. 9. M. praecox
€: comer petiolate, except “the upper, and ovate-acumi-
eet in anthesis 4-5 mm. long, the lobes elongate.
10. M. laevigata.

Calyx in anthesis about 2 mm. long, the lobes short.
10a. var. brachycalyz.

Subsection CrLiaTAE

Style included in the full-grown corolla or barely exserted;
calyx-lobes seldom more than 2 mm. oi the sinuses be-

taeen them broad.
Leaves prec on the ae a pees we a 11. M. subpubescens.
Leaves glabrous on both su

Tattiesoaies: rade inal, ri ‘fin the upper axils the pe- —
duncles much shorter rar the Ave So oer ie. 12. M. ciliata.
Inflorescence termin: = axillary, the aan ere ——
i 12a. me isola a a
abe

often ex eavi
aie" vel exserted from the full-grown corolla; calyx-lo
5-3 mm. long, their sinuses nearly or quite closed. :
13. M. stomatechoides.

Subsection LANCEOLATAE

a. sicap ont alpine or subalpine species with numerous basal
ves, green; calyx-tube short; calyx-lobes of soft
ra ure, 2-5 mm. rs in anthesis, the midrib not evi-
dent or at least not pronounced in fruit; midrib of
e leaves not strongly developed (eee some-
imes in number 21
b. oo glabrous, at least below
Inflorescence a lea rang toatl panicle, the racemes
ie even in anthesis; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceo-
ate.

DROME, Free yee
e Racemes : terminal and axillary (when well pectic),

lobes linear or lanceolate d.

d. Leaves — on both cola
Hairs in corolla-tube ‘inatbioels inflorescence be-
ianinn lon $0 fret ee 15. M. coronata.

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 5
Hairs in corolla-tube confined to a ring; inflores-
cence congest
Leaves —_ oblanceolate or elliptic-oblong;
roots not fusiform.
Caleb lanceolate, 2-3.5 mm. long, half
ts long as the corolla-tube; plants 1.5-3
a <4 94 ieee apiey 255 ee ey M. coriacea.
cay linear, 5 mm. long, —_ as long
the corolla-tube; plants 1-1.5 dm a.
. M. caelestina.
pei = ovate or oval; plant from a faditotee:
ORs tie 6k. okey. cae 20. M. MacDougalii.
d. Leaves owns n the upper surface
Calyx-lobes "merely ciliate on the margins; roots
nig cae state genet Oe ee 18. M. ovata.

not fusiform
oss ¢ vain more or less casas —
m a fusiform tap-roots:. : . 6256 8068s
b. Leaves ecbeinaa t on both surfaces.
Bhi oblong-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate.
cence rican SNPTORNOR - 6 os eal oT
&

Pu
Leaves inaana Rs is Pe ss 19b.
a. High-plain and foothill species, not cespitosely tufted nor
ve numerous gy leaves, though these often pre-
calyx-tube u y about eq
the lobes, Cis h the ties often only 1-2 mm. long in anthe-
sis, coriaceous : fruit; midrib
of cauline leaves strongly csahingp
b. Halindcben ovate, shorter than calatuby ede
appearing inflated in fruit; Bion pu t, at least
above

Leaves pubescent IVE GREY Cans § Keisha chs en foe

aves pubescent on both surfaces...............
b. wir hicigosig ovate-lanceolate to lin catsinnnenlate, as —
as, or longer than the tube, * if shorter, the leaves

glabrous; calyx not infla Pheleee

8
Leaves pubescent wig fo ae upper surface —

Subsection OBLONGIFOLIAE
a. Speed J 1 LL a , MPR ree ; plants large, 2-

dm. high.
Coulle 10-12 mm. long; crests in throat glabrous; tube

. M. fusiformis.

ce
ogo hy

var. lineariloba.
var. myosotifolia.

WEE D TONNE CONS 65 oo nn ae bus Se kae he ves e 24. M. Cusickii.

Corolla about 15 mm. long; crests long-villous; tube not

+e ewe bee 0 ee 6% 8 Oe 6 0 e He 2 Oe 66 een ee 8 oe

25. M. eplicata.

. M. longiflora.

6 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Corolla-tube less than 2 times as long as the limb. 26a. var. Hornert.
Leaves glabrous on both surfaces............... 26b. var. per Hg
b. Stems 1-many from woody fusiform or branched root : €.
c. Filaments fully equalling or longer than the anthers;
stems less than 3 gh.
Stems 1-2; roots pte net et orm; leaves oblong-
lanceolate, — basal eg or wanting. . neg M. oblongifolia.
Stems several—m
branched canara this clothed with the tute
of numerous basal leaves; leaves usually ovate-
lanceolate, obtusis
_— Es ate the fruiting pedicels
t

Leaves glabrous on both surfaces.............- . M. foliosa.
— pupestent above. co. ci ceases is ao ar. subcalva.
pubescent on both surf 25 Yeas 28b. var. pubescens.

Inifloresence open, the fruiting netics about 1
Om. lone. 3 ee es Gk 28c. var. nevadensis.

¢. ———. much cohen than the anthers; plants ae
dm © RGN. 5. eco s See eo aes . M. Nelsonii.

Subsection ALPINAE
a. Inflorescence congested, even in fruit; middle-cauline
eaves acute b.
b. _— gene: or somewhat strigillose on the upper

Plants truly alpine; leaves more or less strigillose above. :
ciant less isp 1 dm. high, ie — ascending. ..30. M. alpina.
2 0:

— i e stems erect.......... a. var. perplexa.

Plants of the hi h-plains; gFeigsens ‘labrous vereers 30b. var. humilis.

b. Leaves densely pubescent on both surfaces.......... oe ens
a. Inflorescence open in fruit; middle cauline eaves rounded :

i tER EOE er rere ela pies ie Coane 32. M. brevistyla.

M. panicutata (Ait.) G. Don, Gen. tights iv. 318 (1838). M.

sassdiaa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxvi 33 (1901). Pulmonaria

paniculata Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 181 (1789). — tues Bay to Alberta,

northern Idaho, Montana, and Michigan. — Ontario: Onamon

River, Nipigon River, and Lake Nipigon, 1912, H. E. Pulling;
Mi

Hudson sie Burke. ICHIGAN: south short Lake Superior, anit
ing, Whitney. SasKaATCHEWAN: 1858, E. Bourgeau. ALBERT.
Elbow fiver Valley, vicinity of Calgary, July 7, 1915, Marion EB.

hen a 1053. Montana: Lolo Creek Canyon, Aug. 19, 1880,
Wats AHO: Sega Mt., Latah Co., June 17, 1892, Sandberg,
Mac Dogs o2 Heller 0. 420; Mt. Mosco w, Henderson, no. 2813;
bie of St. Mary’ s River: Shoshone Co., tae 1, 1895, Leiberg,

ogre var. r. longisepala, var. nov., calyce fere 5-diviso, lobis 4-6 mm.
longis; corollae tubo calycem paulo superante, limbo circa 10 mm.
la ntario and northern Minnesota to British Columbia and

ka. — Ontario: Moose River Basin, J. Mackintosh Bell, 1903.
Minnesota: Two Harbors, Lake Co., J une, 1893, E. P. Shel
Auperta: near Banff, July 14, 1891, Macoun; wet wood near Boro

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia q

River, M. A. Barber, no. 198. British CotumBia: 1865-66, Roth-
rock, no. 52. Auaska: Upper Yukon River, June, 1903, Lt. Schuat-
ker; St. Michaels, June 25, 1902, H. E. Brooks; Anvik, 1905, Rev.
J.W. Chapman, no. 6 (Typ, Gray Herb.).

The variety is well-marked but its characters are superficial, and
its range overlaps that of the typical form of the species. But I
have not seen typical M. paniculata from Alaska. M. strigosa
Greene, Pitt. iv. 88 (1899); M. alaskana Britton, Bull. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. ii. 181 (1901); and M. alaskana Eastw. Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. 287
(1902), are all segregates, and, if I may judge from character alone,
are not worthy eae moe

lb. var. subcordata (Greene), comb. M. subcordata

Greene, Pitt. iv. 89 nee ). The fe with gisbrots calyx-lobes is

nck leptophylla Piper, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xi. aed si: ~
s forma es Sted (Piper), comb. n

ase and pen ca Ore — OREGON: ae Pde’
1898, Cusick, no. 1911a; Union ee 1877, Cusick; Wallowa Mts.,

RS
Sc
(a>)
=F
bas
©
°
ie
S
=:
=
OQ
° ed
GO
vo)
oat
a
S
ao
bal
=
i]
s
‘Ss
od
a
=
°

B.367; Mt. Stuart, ee 29, 1898, Whited, no. 796; Olympic Mts.,
Sept. 27, 1890, Piper er, no. 0. 919.

2. M. t toyabensis, fovist nov., robusta 4-5 dm. alta ubique sub-
villosa; foliis radicalibus vel infra caulis medium oblongo-lanceo-
latis basi in petiolum longum attenuatis 10-15 cm. longis, i yoapeey
sessilibus lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis seuraaniantd circa 10 ¢
longis; oe axillaribus a medio ad apicem caulis orientibus
6-8 cm. 8; icellis hirsutulis 4-8 mm. longis; calyce 5-
partito, feta hirsutulis fere oblongis vix acutis 3-4 mm ee gis
= anthesin 5-6 mm. longis fructum superantibus; corollae Fle

a 6 mm. longo limbum subaequante; stylo incluso. — M. pani-
yay k Gray, cag Fl. ii. pt. i. 201 (1886), i in some part. — NEvaDA:
Toyabe Mts., northern Nye Co., July, 1868, Sereno Watson, no.
843 ein Gray Herb.).

2a. var. nuda, var. a foliis supra villosis vel strigosis,
subtus wakes ie Fish Lake Mt., Sevier Co., July 8, 1875,
L. F. Ward (Typr, om Herb.).

This species combines the characters of the northern M. pani-
culata and its varieties with those of the southern M. franciscana,
having the hirsutulous pedicels and panicled inflorescence of the
former, but the calyx-lobes and leaves of the latter.

3. M. pLaTypHyLua Heller, Bull. Torr. Club xxvi. 548 (1899).
M. denticulata Piper, Fl. N. W. Coast 301 (1915), scarcely of
(Lehm.) G. Don. — In woods near the coast of Washington and
probably Oregon

8 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

The original description of this species implies that the upper
leaf-surfaces are glabrous. However they are uniformly, although
minutely, strigillose. Mr. Heller informs me that the plant 1s
plentiful about Montesano, the locality of the type specimens and
the only ones seen by me.

4. M. rerracta A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. lvi. 69 (1913). — The re-
fracted pedicels and short corollas give this plant an aspect very
different from M. pratensis, its nearest relative. In fact, its salient
characteristic suggests Myosotis refracta Boiss., a species equally
unique in its genus. Known to me only from the original collection
from Blue Park, Colorado.

5. M. pratensis Heller, Bull. Torr. Club xxvi. 550 (1899). a
amplifolia Wooton & Standley, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 165
(1913). M. alba Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxi. 638 sere is a white-
flowered form and may be known as forma alba (Rydb.), comb. nov.
— Western Colorado and adjacent Utah, New Mexico; probably

zona. — Cotorapo: Bob Creek, West La Plata Mts., and Mt.

Ed n
cient 11, 1912, Ernest P. Walker, no. 256. New Mexico: Santa
Fe Canon, June 2, 1897, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, no. 3641;
Santa Fe Creek, 1847, Fendler, no. 626.

5a. var. borealis, var. nov. ,fere glabescens; calycis lobis glabris
M. paniculata Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 478 (1906), not
(Ait.) G. Don. — Ipano: divide between St. Joe and Clearwater
rivers, July 9, 1895, Leiberg, no. 1217 (Typx, Gray Herb.; distri-
buted as M. siberica). WasHinGTon: Mt. Carleton, July 16, 1902,
Kreager, no. 190 (distributed as M. paniculata).

Notwithstanding the remoteness of this plant from the range of
the type, its affinities with M. pratensis are so evident that I am
constrained to treat it as only a geographical variant of the south-
ern plant, rather than as a distinct species among the allied species
of the Northwest, to none of which it is so closely related.

6. M. rranciscana Heller, Bull. Torr. Club xxvi. 549 Shae
M. ia Wooton & Standley, Contrib. U.S. at + Be rb. xvl a

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 9

Fort Huachuca, July 27, 1893, Mearns, no. 1547, & 1882, Lemmon,
no. x.

This species is closely related to the preceding but it is confined
to its own range and the differences noted in the key appear con-
stant. The calyx-lobes approach in shape species of the Czliatae,
but otherwise the plant evidently belongs here.

7. M. campanutata A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. liv. 150 (1912). — In the
mountains of south-central Idaho. — Hailey, Blaine Co., July,
1911, C. N. Woods, no. 328; moist flat near Alturus Lake, ‘Blaine
Co., July 12, 1910, A.C. McCain (R. Mt. Herb.). Mr. McCain
reports that the species occurs in only a few places, in which lo-
calities, however, it is abundant and grows in clusters. It seems to
be confined to the Sawtooth Nat ional Forest.

. M. ARIZONICA Greene, Pitt. iii. 197 (1897). — — Utah and Ari-
zona. — UTau: near Marysvale, July 23, 1905, Rydberg & Carl-
ton, no. 7077; ‘Pine Valley Mt., May 17, 1902, Gooding, n 0. 855
(R. Mt. Herb. ); Dixie National Forest, 1914, A. C. McCain, no.
65 (R. Mt. Herb.). Ariz : 1869, Palmer (Nat. oi rb.).

8a. var. umbratilis (Gre fear m.), comb. nov. M. umbratilis
Greenm. Eryth. vii. 118 (1899). M. intermedia Rydb. Mem. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. i. 335 (1900). M. stenoloba Greene, Pl. Baker. ili. 20

901).

Sampsonii Tidestr. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. “xxvi. 122 (1913). ae

Western Montana to central Washington, eastern Oregon and

Utah. — Montana: Bri ee s Pass, 1856, i er “ed
TAH:

8 a
856; Crook Co., Blue Mts., June 10, 1902, Cusick, no. 2807. Wasx-
INGTON: damp thickets at Ellensburg, April 25, 1897, Whited, no.
307 (Nat. Herb.).

The only really distinguishable feature of this variety is the more
deeply cleft calyx and even this is a matter of degree. Much has
been made also of the relative lengths of limb and corolla-tube but
it seems to me clear that these characters are individual rather
than specific or even good varietal traits, and appear to be im-

10 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

possible of correlation with geographical distribution or with other
characters that are constant.

9. M. praecox Smiley, in herb., planta 4-5 dm. alta glabra;
caulibus infirmis; foliis glaucescentibus, caulinis (radicalibus igno-
tis) sessilibus vel semi-amplexicaulibus ovato-ellipticis, vel super-
ioribus suborbiculatis 6-9 cm. longis 3-4.5 cm. latis; pedun culis
aeillartbus 4-10 cm. longis; racemis subcorymbosis alice riter
laxis; ey oan fere 5-partito, lobis glabris vel paul ciliatis ovatis

(Tyee, Gray Her

The very broad rounded leaves and narrow almost exactly tubu-
lar corollas are characters that give this plant a very different
aspect from M. arizonica, var. wmbratilis, its closest relative. That
plant is so variable, however, that M. praecox might be regarded
as merely a broad-leaved form were it not for the fact that it seems
to bloom in the same locality about a month earlier. Although the
type specimens were secured May 28, they are largely in fruit, and
June 28, of the same year Professor Smith secured at the same lo-
cality the variety of M. arizonica, just in good blossom. Other col-
lections from the same region (see citations under M. arizonica, var.
umbratilis) indicate that it blooms a month or two later than M.
praecox. Mr. F. J. Smiley, now of the University of California,
studied this plant when he was an assistant at the Gray Herbarium
and he left notes outlining the chief characters of the species, which
I am here publishing with his kind ages

M. taevicata Piper, Contrib. U.S. . Herb. xi. 477
(1906). — Cascade and Olympia Mts., Washi sean n; probably ad-
ome Oregon. — WasHINGTON: Mt. Ranier, July 20, 1 1892, aoe.
- ae ; Goat Mts., July 22, 1896, Allen, no. 231; Simcoe Mts., 186
ya

10a. var. brachycalyx (Piper), comb. nov. M. brachycalyx
Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 477 (1906). — WASHINGTON:
Nason Creek, Chelan Co., Aug. 4, 1893, Sandberg & Leiberg, no.
678. i IpaHo, ] according to Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Club xl. 481

(191

11. M. suppuBEscens Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 261 (1903). —
Southwestern Montana and northern Wyoming. — MonTANA:
West Gallatin River, June 9, 1883, F. Lamson Scribner, no. 175;
Bozeman, June 18, 1900, Blankinship. Wyomina: Ten Sleep

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 11

Lakes, Big Horn Co., July 30, 1901, Goodding, no. 409 (distributed
as M. ciliata).

Possibly this should be regarded as a variety of the next but the
pubescent leaves suggest a relationship to some member of the
Paniculatae. Part of the collection cited as the type was appar-
ently mixed, as that number in this herbarium (Rydberg & Bessey,
no. 4876) is typical M. ciliata.

12. M. ci1ata (James) G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 372 (1838). M.
He Greene, Pitt. iv. 87 (189 sem = polyphylla (Greene)
A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson Man. R. Mt. 421 (1909). M. pec
Greene, 1. c. 88; var. punctata posto x Nels., l. c poly
pee Greene, var platensis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club XXXi. "638

: db. 1. ¢. . 150
(i908) Pulmonaria ciliata James ex Torr. Ann. Lye. ii. 224 (1827).
—Southwestern Montana to southern Colorado, northern Utah and
northern Nevada.— Montana: Spanish Basin, Gallatin Co., June
23, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4876 in part. WYomine: Union
Pass, Aug. 13, 1894, Aven Nelson, no. 1098; Na sh’s Fork, Albany
Co., July 28, 1900, Aven Nelson, no. 7752; Teton Mts., near Leigh’s
Lake , July 26, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 1129. CoLoRADo: Beaver
Creek, July 7, 1896, Crandall, no. 1644; Mount Baldy. Dark Canon
& Peak Valley, July 15 & Aug. 21, 1901, F. E. & E. 8. Clements,
nos. 288, 376, & 3 Bob Creek, “West. La Plata Mts., June 26,
1898, Baker, Earle fe Tracy, n no. 180; region of the Gunnison Water-
shed, Bla ck Can nyon & above Cimarron, June 20 & July 10, 1901,

FP. Baker, nos. 189 & 403; near Pagosa Peak, Aug., 1899, C.F.
Baker, nos. 559 & 560; Uncompahgre Divide, July 27, 1914, Edwin
Payson, no. 538. Uran: Bear River, Aug. 1 , 1902, Pammel &
Blackw > sme 4234; Dyer onag Uintah Mts., June 30, 1902,
Gooddin, . 1200. Nevapa: near Deeth, Elko Co., July 24,
1908, Heller: no. 9236; Jarbidge, July 8, 1912, Nelson & 'M acbride,
no. 1994.

12a. var. LoNGIpEDUNCULATA A. Nels Bull. Torr. Club xxix. 402
(1902). M. ambigua Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 477 (1906).
M. denticulata (Lehm.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. 319 (1838)? Lithosper-
mum denticulatum Lehm. Asper. ii. 294 (1818) ? — Yellowstone
Park to Colorado, northern Nevada and central Washington. —
IpaHo: Snake County, Burke; Silver City, Owyhee Co., July 18,
1910, Macbride, no. 416. Wyominec: Yellowstone Park, July 4

1899, A.&E E. Nelson, no. 5669; Sybille Creek, July 8, 1894, Aven
Nelson, no. 408: Big Horn Mts., Aug. 1880, Forw ood, no. 32; ’ Chug
Creek, Albany Co., June 30, 1900, Aven Nelson, no. 7321; Birds
Eye, June 27 & 31, 1902, ‘Aven Nelson, nos. "8695 & 87 23. CoLorapo:

Mars ass, July 19, 1901, C. F. Baker, no. 486; summit of
North Park R Range, Lorimer Co. , Aug. 11, 1903, Goodding, no. 1855;

12 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Long’s Peak, Aug. 29, 1914, F. W. Hunnewell, 2nd. Nevapa: East
Humboldt Mts., Aug. 1868, Watson, no. 842. WasHINGTON: Cas-
cade Mts., 1889, Vasey, no. 402 (Nat. Herb.).

This somewhat variable species is the most common Mertensia
of the intermountain region. Dr. Gray, in the Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 200
(1886), referred it to M. siberica (L.) G. Don, but the identity of
that species is very obscure. Then there are other nearly related
species, the identity of which must be established before it will be
possible to state, with any degree of certainty, the relationship of
our Mertensias to those of Siberia. Although the Siberian material
which I have been able to examine has been very meager it has not
suggested that our species will utimately prove identical with the
Asiatic. Accordingly I have followed nearly all recent American
botanists in excluding M. siberica from the United States.

The disposition of M. denticulata (Lehm.) G. Don is equally per-
plexing. Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 478 (1906), referred it
doubtfully to M. platyphylla Heller and called attention to the fact
that, according to Hooker, the type came from ‘‘ shady woods near
the confluence of the Columbia with the sea.’’ More recently in
Piper & Beattie’s Fl. N. W. Coast, 301 (1915) the name M.
denticulata is taken up for Heller’s species. It is true, if Hooker was
not mistaken, that the type locality is almost the same as that of
M. platyphylla Heller, but if Lehmann’s characterization is correct,

the names must apply to different plants. For instance, ‘ foliis
subglabris . . . radicalibus ovatis, caulinis oblongis,” and “ calyx
brevissimus, . . . laciniis oblongis ” (1. ¢.), are characters that do
not accord with the distinctly pubescent broadly subcordate basal,
and broadly ovate cauline leaves and the long, linear-lanceolate
cayx-lobes of M. platyphylla. On the contrary, if one may judge
from the original description, it seems very probable that Dr. Gray
was justified in considering M. denticulata the same as M. ciliata
(i. e. M. siberica of the Syn. F1., 1. c.). The inflorescence (ex char.),
however, is that of the variety longipedunculata, so that, on the
adopton of the name M. denticulata, the species ciliata (in accord
with my treatment) would become the variety. But there is still
the possibility that M. siberica will be shown to be the same, and
in that case, since it is an earlier name, it would supplant M. denti-
culata. Accordingly it has not seemed advisable to substitute at
this time either M. denticulata or M. siberica for the well-known

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 13

M. ciliata, the precise application of the former two being so
arti open to question.

M. sToMATECHOIDES Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. ii. 148 (1862).
Mu cient Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1. 200 (1886), in part, not (L.) G.
Don. — In the mountains, western Nevada to southern California.
— Nevapa: Marlette Lake, Washoe Co., July 10, 1902, C. F.
Baker, no. 1302; Snow Valley, Ormsby Co., June 24, 1902, C.F;
Baker, no. 1154. Catirornia: Sierra Co., & Sierra Valley, 1874 &
1873, ‘Lemmon: southern Sierras, 186-, Bolander, no. 2487; Hock-
i ‘Meadow, "Tulare Co., July 16, 1904, Culbertson, no. {375.

M. virivis A. Nels. Buil. Torr. Club xxvi _ 244 (18 99).
viridla Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxi. 639 (1905). — Southern Wye
ming and Colorado.— Wyomine: Laramie Peak, any
July 12, 1900 & Aug. 6, 1895, Aven Nelson, nos. 7549 & 1608.
Cotorapo: Jack Brook, June 25, 1901, F. E. & E. S. Clements,
no. 232 (distributed as M. pratensis).

14a. var. cynoglossoides (Greene), comb. nov. M. cynoglossoides
Greene, Pl. Baker. iii. 19 (1901); M. muriculata Greene, |. c. —
West ital Colorado.— Black Canyon, June 20, 1901, C. P. Baker,
et 191 & 193.

M. coronata A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club xxix. 403 (1902). —
Apparenty Sark to the Leucite Hills formation, southwestern
Wyo — Leucite Hills, Sweetwater Co., June 9, 1900, Aven
Noes. o. 7071; Teneite Hills, June 17, 1901, Merrill & Wilco,
aa 698 (distributed as M. lanceolata).

M. cortacea A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club xxxix. 402 (1902);
Coane & Nelson Man. R. Mt. 420 (1909), as to description. M.
coriacea A. Nels., var. dilatata A. Nels. 1. c.403.— Alpine; Medicine
Bow Mts., southeastern Wyoming to Sere Co., Colorado. —
BA Sedtarh Medicine Bow Mts., Aug. 1, 1900 & Aug. 15, 1908,

elson, nos. 7844, 7870 & oo. "Cotorapo: Summit of
North Park Range, Larimer Co., Aug. 10, 1903, Goodding, no. 1827.
Dr. Rydberg has expressed the opinion, Bull. Torr. Club xl. 481
sie ep this plant is the same as M. lanceolata (Pursh) DC.
AELESTINA Nels. & Ckll. Proc. ag ei Wash. xv

1. 46

(1908); Wooton & Standley, Contrib. U.S t. Herb. Fak 541

(1915). — Alpine; northern New Mexico. — Trucha: aa above
rb.

vere: line, 1902, Mrs. W. P. Cockerell, no. 40 (R. M :
M. ovaTA Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club sae 32 (1901); Sayer
& Neleon Man. R. Mt. 421 (1909). M. Parryi Rydb. 1. c. xxxi

(1905); as synonym, Coulter & Relson, i c.— On the higher
mountains of Colorado. — West Spanish Peak, July 6, 1900, 7
berg & Vreeland, no. 5690 (R. Mt. Herb.); Estes Park, July 22
1903, Osterhout, no. 2848 (R. Mt. Herb.); Beaver Creek, July 19,
1898, Rydberg (2), no. 4189 (R. Mt. Herb.); Sierra Blanca, 1877,

14 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Hooker & Gray; Anita Peak, Routt Co., Aug. 3, 1903, Goodding;
alpine ridges lying east of Middle Park, 1861, Parry, no. 283 (type
of M. Parryi Rydb. |. c. and cited wrongly as n
19. M. Baxeri Greene, Pitt. iv. 90 (1899). a nivalis (Wats.)
Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 336 (1900), as to name, not as to
plants cited; M. paniculata (Ait.) G. Don, var. nivalis Wats. Bot.
King’s Expl. v. 239 (1871). — Colorado and northwestern Utah. —
Cotorapo: Hayden Peak, July 14, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy,
no. 576; Carson, July 2, & Marshall Pass, July 19, 1901, C. F.
Baker, nos. 293 & 497; Spicer, Larimer Co. , July 1 10, 1903, Good-
ding, no. 1519. Uran: Fish Lake e, Uintah Mts., July 17, 1902,
craic 1386; Bear River Canyon, Aug. 1869, Watson, no. 844.
var. AMOENA A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson Man. R. Mt.
ye (1909), M. amoena A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 195 (1900). —
Yellowstone Park and adjacent regions to northern New Mexico. —
Montana: Monida, Madison Co., June 16, 1899, A. & HE. Nelson,
no. 5413. CoLorapo: Sulphur Springs, Grand Co., June 8, 1906,
Osterhout, no. 3225.
19b. var. LATIFLORA (Greene) A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson Man.
R. Mt. 423 (1909), excluding synonym. WM. lateriflora Greene, ie?
Baker. i. 18 (1901). — Cotorapo: Carson, Faly 21. 1001, ©, F-
Baker, no. 334; Palsgrove Canyon, June 27, 190 1, F. E. & E.S.
Clements, no. 324: ex regione media Montium Beaphicsokan: July,
ee John Ball; Veta Pass, G. H. Hicks.
’ M. MacDoveatt ' Heller, Bull. Torr. Club xxvi. 550 (1899).
— qhouty about Mor n Lake, June 12, 1898, M acDougal, no.
95. — This is the only clletion I have seen and our specimen, un-
Boot ti is in full frui
M. FORMIS Greene Pitt. iv. 89 (1899). M. congesta
Ceti, ri "Baker iii. 17 (1901). M. papillosa Greene, var. fust-
i Oo (Greene ) A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson Man _R. Mt. 421
1909

C. F. Baker, no. 129; Graham’s Bark May, 1899, C.F. Baker, no.
558; Tebeguache Basin, June 3, 1914, Edwin Payson, no. 376.
Uran: Dyer Mine, Uintah Mts., June 30, 1902, Goodding, no.

M. Fenpueri Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. II. xxxiv. 339 (1862).
M libeolats (Pursh) DC., var. Fendleri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x
e (1874). — NorTHERN New Mexico: Santa Fe Canyon, June 2,
1897, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, no. 3640; Santa Fe Creek, 1847,
Fendler, no. 625; Palmer (no localit ty)..
coat brs pubens, var. nov., foliis utrinque dense pubescentibus.
— EXICO: Winsor’s Ranch, San Miguel Co., June 29, 1908,
Pa ie no. 4023 (Typ, Gray Herb. 725 alles above Mora, San
Miguel Co., May 30—June 1, 1902, W. C. Sturgis.

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 15

23. M. LaNnceouata (Pursh) DC. ex A. DC. Prod. x. 88 (1846).
M. papillosa Greene, Pitt. iii. 261 (1898). Pulmonaria lanceolata
Pursh, Fl. Am. Bor. ii. 729 (1814). M. lanceolata Gray, Syn. FI. i.
201 (1886), as to most glabrous specimens. — Plains and foothills;
southern Saskatchewan to central Colorado. — SASKATCHEWAN:
Wood Mt., June 6, 1895, John Macoun, no. 11,838. pias Da-
KOTA: Portal, June 13, 1913, M. A. Barber, no. 333. Sits
DakoTA : Newell, May 12, 1913, W. P. Carr, no. 11. Wyo
Stinking Water, 1873, Parry, no. 226. COLORADO: Sulphur Semiti
Grand Co., June 10, 1906, Osterhout, no. 3249; Douglas Co., May,
1890, Mrs. 8. B. Walker (in herb. of Walter Deane

23a. var. BRACHYLOBA (Greene) A. Nels. in rapid one & Newer
Man. R. Mt. 422 (1909). M. brachyloba ee, Pitt. 2a
(1899). cas and northern CoLorapo. — Estes Park, Lariti
Co., July 6-9, 1913, F. W. Hunnewell, 2nd., no. ats (in herb. vol
collector).

3b. var. lineariloba (Rydb.), comb. nov. M. linearis —
yp iii. 197 (1897). M. lineariloba Rydb. Bull. Torr. Clu

32 (1901). M. papillosa Greene, ae lineariloba (Rydb.) A. Nels. i in
Coulter & Nelson Man. R. Mt. 421 (1909). M. lanceolata A. Nels.
in Coulter & Nelson Man. R. Me. 422 (1909); Gray, Syn. FI. i. pt.
i. 201 (1886), in part. — Sourn Dakota: Willow Creek, near Cus-
ter, vag 16, 1908, John Murdock, Aeon no. 3023. Wyomne: Chug

Mt. Herb.) ; ‘Colorado i pil 14, 1903, W. C. rag “Ex

Rocky Mts., 1862, Hall & thie anew no

23c. var. myosotifolia (Heller), comb. an M. myosotifolia Hel-
ler, ex Rydb. Fl. Colo. 290, 292 (190. . secundorum Ckll.
Mubhlenbergia iii. 68 (1907). M. eae A. Nels. Proc. Biol.

rimer Co., July 20, 1903, Osterhout, no. 2824 (R. R. Mt. Herb.);
Rocky Mts., i862, Hall & Harbour, no. 134; Dou glas Co., May,
1890, Mrs. S. B. Walker (part of collection cited under the typical
form of the species).
Perhaps this is the most troublesome group in the genus. The
plants vary greatly in amount of pubescence, size and shape of

16 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

leaves, and size of corollas; while the appendages in the corolla-
throat vary from glabrous to more or less densely long-pubescent.
The specimens examined all come from adjoining counties in central
Colorado and it has seemed impossible to correlate any of these
characters, or to find other concomitant characters. Therefore I
have come to the conclusion that these apparent differences are
superficial and possess here no taxonomic value. For instance, the
collection from Douglas Co., by Mrs. S. B. Walker (cited both
under the species and the var. myosotifolia), consists of two plants
mounted on one sheet, one of which is glabrous, the other pubes-
cent, but otherwise they are as similar as the proverbial peas; and
I suspect that the “ species ’”’ and the ‘‘ variety ’’ grew on the same
hillside. Dr. Cockerell, of the University of Colorado, has an
interesting and plausible theory in regard to this. He writes me,
‘My present view is that M. secundorum is M. lanceolata plus
hairs — they very probably are Mendelian opposites and essen-
a) one species.”’ !

M. Cusick Piper, Bull. Torr. Club xxix. 643 (1902). —
Southeastern Oregon. — Stein’s Mts., “June 18, 1901, Cusick, no.
258 be, Blhemt Divide, May 3, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2178.

25. M. ik ta, spec. nov., erecta 2-3 dm. alta a; radice crassa
fusiformi sublignosa; caulibus vitor agp ina foliis utrinque sub-
villosis, radicalibus 1.5-2.5 dm. longis, laminis ovatis obtusis basi
cuneatis 6-12 cm. longis 2.54.5 cm. latis, petiolis 6-12 cm. longis;
foliis caulinis oblongis vel oblongo-lanceolatis basi attenuatis apice
obtusis; floribus terminalibus c¢ ongestis, junioribus nutantibus;
calyce villoso, lobis lanceolatis acutis 4-5 mm. longis; corolla fere
tubulosa, tubo intus inne sine et nag circa 10 mm. longo 3-3.5

mm. diametro, limbo 4-5 mm. lato circa 5 mm. longo; corollae
appendianie villosis: Pondacae et dg? vix inclusis. — Ipano: in
clumps, ee open ‘slopes, Dry Buck, Boise Co. May 10, 1911,
Macbride, no. 856 (Tyre, R. Mt. Herb., Coryre, Ging Herb.).

This species was distributed as M. Cusickii Piper. Then Dr.
Rydberg expressed the opinion (in a letter) that he would refer it

to M. amoena A. Nels. (M. Bakeri Greene, var. amoena A. Nels.).
After a careful examination of the corolla I cannot agree with this

1 As the present paper was goin ress Professor T. D. A. Cockerell
kindly informed me of a striking variation Whi which he proposes as M. LAN
Lata (Pursh) DC., var. aperta iter ar. nov., corolla multo apertiore circa

ape

10 mm. diametro, tubo brevissimo: cis lobis tub llae tibus. —
Boulder, Coloeaas, April 27, 1916, alte Phili pag bese soa gy of Colo.;
Costes: Gown Whe It seems entirely possible that this is only a terato-

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 17

view. The tube is glabrous, a fact that places the plant in the
Oblongifoliae. Even if we disregard this important character, the
fusiform tap-root, large basal leaves and tubular corolla are features
at variance with M. Bakeri or other Lanceolatae. It is true the
root resembles that of M. fusiformis, but the other characters are
different. M. Cusickii is its nearest relative, and the resemblance
is so great that it is not surprising that the species masqueraded
under that name. However, the corolla of M. Cusickii is smaller,
the appendages in the throat are glabrons, the tube has five longi-
tudinal rigid folds within, and the stamens reach only to the base
of the corolla-lobes. Dr. Rydberg considers some large specimens
from Beaver Canyon, Idaho, as belonging here, but those that I
have from there are, on the other hand, somewhat luxuriant exam-
ples of M. Bakeri, var. amoena.

26. M. LoneirLora Greene, Pitt. ili. 261 (1897). M. oblongi-
se aoe Syn. FI. ii. pt. i. 200 (1886), in part; Piper, Contrib.

Nat. Herb. xi. 479 (1906); Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. 491 (1901);
Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 336 (1900), not (Nutt.) G. Don. —
Western Montana to Washington and eastern Oregon. — Mon-
TANA: Columbia Falls, May 32, 1893, R. S. "Williams, ‘i 977.
pres h eee Mts., May 21, "1885, Thomas Howell, 526;
Geyer, n WASHINGTON: Hangman Creek, Sholnhe Co.,
Pa ndig 20, "s0, " Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 48; Cheney, 1890, Mrs.
n T

26a. var. ag eee (Piper), comb. nov. M. Horneri Piper, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 479 (1906). — Eastern Oregon to southeastern
Washington. — OrEGon: stony hillsides, eastern Oregon, April 13,
1898, Cusick, no. 1830; basaltic soil, moist open hills, April 12,
1907, Cusick, no. 3151. WASHINGTON: Waitsburg, April 3, 1897,
Robt. M. Horner, no. R 155, B 366.

Very near the species and possibly not even varietally distinct.

‘ 26b. var. pulchella (Piper), comb. M. pulchella Piper,
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 478 (1906) ; ag pulchella Piper, subsp.
glauca Piper, 1. c. 479. — Southern British Columbia to eastern
Oregon. — IpaHo: valley of Clearwater River, Nez Perces Co.,
April 28, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, no. 75. OREGON:
Wallowa Mts., May 1, 6, & June 8, Cusick, nos. 3159, 3155, & 3169;
Umatilla River, Blue Mts., April 7 “1910, Cusick, no. 3424. Wasu-
INGTON: hills west of Wena tchee, Mare h 31, 1899, W hited,
1010? BririsH Comiunat Trail, May 26, 1902, J. M. Macou

6,567.

no.
27. M. oBLONGIFOLIA (Nutt.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 372 (1838).
Pulmonaria oblongifolia Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. vii. 43 (1834), not

18 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

of recent botanists; see M. _ _ Greene. — Western Montana
to British Columbia. — Mon W. J. Howard (no locality) ;
foothills, Bozeman, May 23, 1899 & May il, 1900, Blankinship;
Sedan, Gallatin Co. , May 5, 1901, B. J. Jon
This species has been long misinterpreted. The original descrip-
tion (1. ¢.) calls for “ foliis lanceolato-oblongis obtusiusculis, superi-
oribus acutis . . . calycibus abbreviatis, laciniis linearibus acutis
ciliatis.” And again in a footnote, “the segments of the calyx
narrow-linear and very acute.’’ Some scraps of a specimen in this
herbarium are labeled in Dr. Gray’s hand ‘“‘ M. oblongifolia Nutt.!
ex. sp. Wyeth! misit Durand 1861.’ Evidently these are a part of
the type, and they accord with Nuttalls’s description perfectly;
additional characters may be noted as follows: pedicels very
sparsely hispid; calyx cleft nearly to the base, the divisions 5 mm.
long, when moistened, linear-lanceolate; corolla-tube glabrous
within, 10 mm. long, limb 5 mm. long; filaments as broad and as
long as the anthers which the style slightly exceeds. The specimens
cited essentially agree with this type material.
28. M. roxtosa A. Nels. Bull. ni Club ae 243 (1899). M.
nutans Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. 491 (1901); M. oblongifolia Gray,

June 20, 1911, Macbride, no. "949." Wy yomine: Hurlburt Cieak,
Sheridan Co., "May 4, 1909, Vie Willits, no. 6 (R. Mt. Herb.);
Cumberland & Kemmerer, Uinta Co., May 31 & June 1, 1907,
Aven peng: nos. 9007 & “gue ee a Uinta Co., May 28,

° Ve
subcalva Piper, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xi. “479 (1906). — South-
western oo to Washington, south to Nevada. — MonTANA:
Spanis , Gallatin Co., May 12, 1901, J. Vogel. NevaDa:
Jarbidge, Fahy 6, 1912, Nelson & Macbride, no. 1938, in part; East

Macbride — Revision of Mertensia 19

Humboldt Mts., July, 1865, Watson, no. 841. WASHINGTON:
Dutch John’s, near Wenatchee, April 23, 1899, Whited. no. 1034,
in part; Rattlesnake Mts., April 29, 1901, J. S. Cotton, no. 328.
28b. oe eee (Piper), comb. nov. M. pubescens Piper,
. Nat i

Contrib. U Herb. xi. 479 (1906). — WasHincTon: Water-
ville, Douglas Co., April 23, 1900, Whited, no. 1214 (Nat. Herb.).
c. var. nevadensis ( s.), comb. nov nevadensis A

Creek Canyon, near Reno, May 16, 1903, P. B. Kennedy & G. H.
True, no. 711 (R. Mt. Herb.); Ruby Mts. July 8, 1912, Heller,
nos. 10541 & 10546; Clover Mt. Range near Deeth, July 24, 1908,
Heller, no. 9181 (not typical). The specimens by Mr. Heller dis-
tributed as M. lanceolata.

The varieties merge with the species and with each other. The
variety nevadensis is typically well-marked by its open inflorescence
but the individual plants vary from glabrous to pubescent as in the
variety subcalva.

mediocriter congestis; pedicellis fructiferis 5-8 mm. longis; calye
fere 5-partito, laciniis ovatis acutis paullo ciliatis, 2-3 mm. longis;

This species bears a superficial resemblance to M. viridis A. Nels.
of the Lanceolatae, but that plant, in common with the other mem-
bers of its section, has the corolla-tube pubescent within, the fila-
ments as long as or longer than the anthers, and a very different
root system. The very short filaments suggest a relationship to the
Alpinae, but the long style, habit and aspect of the plant place it in
the Oblongifoliae. It is to be regarded, perhaps, as a connecting
link between these two sections. 7

30. M. auprna (Torr.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 372 (1838). M.
Tweedyi Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 336 (1901). M. obtusi-
loba Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxviii. 32 (1901). M. brevistyla Wats.,
var. obtusiloba (Rydb.) A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson Man. R. Mt.

20 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

421 — Pulmonaria alpina Torr. Ann. Lye. ii. 224 (1827). —
Montana, Wyoming, Colorado. — Montana: near Pony, July 7 &
9, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4867; Spanish Peaks, July 10, 1901,
J. Vogel. Wvyominc: Yellowstone Park, July 13, 1899, At E.
Nelson, no. 5811; Dune Lake, July 18, 1896, yb N elson, no. 2434.
Couorapo: Saddle Cliffs, July 6, 1901, A. E. & E. S. Clements,
no. 405; Pike’s Peak, Aug. 27, 1895, Ca mnby.

30a. var. perplexa (yd, i comb. nov. M. perplexa Rydb. Bull.
Torr. Club xxxi. 639 (1905); M. alpina Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1,
201 (1886), in part. — Conorapo: 1868, View, f 0. 437; ‘Gray’ s
Peak & vicinity, July & August, 1885, HN. Pekin: nos. 113 &
114, in part; ii Gray.

30b. var. h sista Bedi ), comb. nov. M. humilis Rydb. Bull.
Torr. Club xxxvi. 681 (1909). M. alpina A. Nels. in Coulter &
Nelson Man. R. Mt., as to description and glabrous specimens;
Gray, Syn. Fl. 1. c. in part. — High Plains; southern Wyoming
and Colorado. — Wyomine: Laramie Hills & Sand Creek, ‘albaste
Co., May 16, 1894 & June 2, 1900, Aven Nelson, nos. nae ns 7043
Cotorapo: headwaters of Clear Creek, 1861 , Parry, oo

31. M. canescens Rydb. Bull. Tor rr. Club xxxi 5 (1905).
M. cana Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club. xxxvi. 698 (1909). — Coronane:
Berthoud Pass, Grand Co., July, 1903, Tweedy, no. 5664 (R.
Herb.); Gray’s org & Vicinity, July & Aug., 1885, H. N. Dalen
son, no. 114, in par

i @ Ai asia Wats. Bot. King’s Expl. 239 (1871). M.
na (Torr.) G. Don, var. "Webisheth (Wats.) Jones, Contrib. W.

ae xil. 56 (1908). M. alpina peep Syn. Fl. lc. in part.
Urau: Emigration Canyon, Salt Lake Co., Fisk 14, 1913, Garrett,
no “O716. Wasatch Mts., May, 1869, Watson, no. 485; Red Butte
Canyon, "Salt Lake Co., April 22 1905, Garrett, no. 1075;
poe gities sisi s Canyons, May 8, 1909, & May 29, 1908, Mrs.

ose

Rydberg ss haites this species in his Flora of Colorado and Nel-
son in the Coulter & Nelson Manual gives the range as “ western
central Rocky Mountains.” However the specimens I have seen
have all come from Utah.

II. REVISION OF THE GENUS OREOCARYA

This group of plants has never been revised as a genus. When
Dr. Gray treated it as a section under Krynitzkia, Proc. Am. Acad.
xx. 277 et seq. (1885), he recognized seven species and at that time
but few more had been proposed. Then in 1896 Dr. Greene (Pitt.
iii. 109-115) added seven species to his genus Oreocarya, Pitt. i. 57
(1887), and discussed the status of some of the older species. The

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 21

next work of importance in this connection was by Dr. Rydberg
in his Flora of Colorado, Bull. 100, Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta., 286
(1906), where he keyed out nineteen species. Miss Alice Eastwood,
in a paper devoted to this genus, Bull. Torr. Club. xxx. 238-246
(1903), contributed largely to this increase in the number of recog-
nized species. Finally the treatment by Professor Aven Nelson in
the Coulter-Nelson Man. R. Mt. Bot. 416-419 (1909) gave a key
and also descriptions with citations, recognizing nineteen species
for the central Rocky Mountain region. Since the genus reaches
its greatest development in Colorado I am most indebted to these
works, but floras covering the outskirts of the range of the genus
have been helpful for their regions, notably Wooton & Standley in
Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xix. 544-546 (1915) and Piper, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 481-482 (1906). When one considers that
sixty species have been credited to this genus although only nine-
teen have appeared in any one work, the need of a general revision
is apparent. It is of interest that this remarkable increase from
seven species in 1885 to sixty in 1916 has been largely warranted,
having been due at least in great part, to the discovery that the
species possess excellent characters of fruit, which may serve to
distinguish them when other characters are not apparent. In this
respect Oreocarya resembles greatly Cryptantha. Other characters
that are important are the shape of the calyx-divisions, nature of
the pubescence and the inflorescence. Habit, size of corolla and |
duration are often to be considered. The color of the corolla is
constantly white, yellow, or white and yellow. Compared with
Mertensia the genus furnishes some striking contrasts. For in-
stance, the characters are usually perfectly definite and the species
rarely exhibit perplexing variations. This may be illustrated con-
cretely by the fact that, although forty-five species of Oreocarya are
recognized only three have been noted as varieties while in Mer-
tensia, the recognition of thirty-two species has disclosed nineteen
variations that seemed to be worthy a name. The genus, there-
fore, is not difficult provided the specimens are in fruit. But it is
impossible in many cases to determine accurately specimens that
are only in flower. Collectors, therefore, should use the same effort
and care to secure mature plants as in the genus Cryptantha.

A very promising and interesting field for investigation, in this
group especially, is a study of the degree to which certain species

22 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

are restricted to certain soils. Such a study would proably explain
the peculiarly local character of many species and the widely inter-
rupted ranges of others. The genus is admirably suited to this
kind of study as species are known from many types of soils, as
limestone, granite, shales, etc., and in many cases the range of the
species would doubtless be found to be correlated with the occur-
rence of certain formations.

I have seen at least one specimen of nearly every species included.
O. interrupta Greene, Pitt. ili. 111 (1896), and O. urticacea Woot. &
Standl. Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 166 (1913) I have not seen.
The former is very poorly described. It may be related to O. nitida
but is of enormous size (“‘ 1 1/2-3 feet high ”). It is said to abound
in woods east of Wells, Nevada. The latter may be a good species
related to O. glomerata and confined to New Mexico. Kryniztkia
fulvocanescens Gray, var. idahoensis Jones. Contrib. W. Bot. xiil. 6
(1910) and K. multicaulis Torr., var. setosa Jones, 1. c. 4, I have
not been able to place. Mr. Jones stands practically alone in
not recognizing the genus Oreocarya. This, of course, is a matter
of personal opinion but it is not clear on what grounds he persists
in using Krynitzkia to the displacement of the earlier and valid
Cryptantha. Such action does not accord with his work in other
groups.

All specimens cited are in the Gray Herbarium except when the
citation is followed by the abbreviation “ R. Mt. Herb.,” in which
case I am indebted to Professor Nelson for the loan of Rocky
Mountain Herbarium material.

KEY TO THE —— AND VARIETIES

and ovoid in a Fieve tl vase o ea aa ie 1. O. setosissima.
a. Nutlets never conspicuously winged, sometimes with an
ing lants lower,
often tufted; inflorescence bracteate; corolla white or
w, the tube included or exserted from the calyx,
ihe tee sometimes enlarged in fruit
b. Inflorescence a virgate spike-like thrysus with all but the
uppermost floral leaves much longer than the short
cane wutlets broadly ovate, lustrous, sparsely i
Det eles eee es oe ccs eee 2. O. virgata.
b. Liticesaoete gto but seldom if ever so psec and
at least the upper floral leaves reduced to co
tively short eae which ey if at all eiesed thi the
cymes or racemose bran

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 23

c. Corolla a 3-6 mm. long, the tube not exserted
fro tlets rough or rarely smooth an
bay the fruit depressed and subglobose (except in

i almonensis); plants usually rather unattrac-

d. Frait conical; the nutlets smooth and lustrous; pu-
bescence white, not at all fulvescent even in

thyrsoid-glomerate inflorescence; plants a

Se rae ener VRE Ss ae Ce ee O. salmonensis.

d. _ pray 5 the nutlets rough (or at least sirinkled),
r if smooth, fruit depressed-globular; pu

nleaee especially in the inflorescence, often ful-

é.

e. Nutlets more or less rugose (cf. O. aperta), urate

bx |
a
Ls
ae
=
be
‘
5
EB.
>
‘S
8

are low cespitose perennials) if
Pp Catpudetan sé Seas lanceolate, little exceeding
he mature nutlets; in — a rather
teibeaichie pan nicle
g. Pubescence on leaves a. calyx appressed;
nutlets tuberculately POM fs ee 4. O. elata.
q. po ence on calyx spreading; nutlets reti-
te. A — the surface appearing
se ON nk bis ss aes 5. O. Bakeri.
f. Calys-lobes nacbclaes or linear, much exceeding
nut on mag es ae thrysoid-glomer-
ats (rarely oe
q- mga grec or sh vidived en cos or
O. celosioides, some-

h. Flowers in coara iey and terminal panicled
racemes; nutlets a thant eel Woo ss 6. O. insolita.

h. Fiswns thyrsoi omerate or in an open
thrysus, not in panicled racemes; nut-
= rounded or merely acute

i. Nutlets cont condluently —— oe as eg

jorescen a8 ae open Sectickaed: die:
uaa ta alk oe Ce os 7. O. aperta.
¢. Nutlets more or less distinctly rugose,
the elevations never confluent into
os

ts oO
k. — Lt nag with eggs y acute or
t margin, not
a. See esee.!. Lier eens 8. O. thyrsiflora.
k. Nutlets ey ovate or almost
oval, distinctly but narrowly
and rather mately
Be ea ia cas <'s . O. virginensis.
i fodhireucanen: at least in anthesis, a
narrow more or less spike-like
ahaa nutlets dretetasacilels

é.

Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

k. Stems erga or several from the
base, and —— e central usu-
ally the larges

l. Leaves not satiny; | ‘stiffish hairs
ore or less

spre:
m. —— obovate, eeetaiaie or
te)
n, Nutlets « avabe: via indi
inctly m sciadiath, acu-
_~ margined, 3.5-5.5
m. long; species of the
ics pe ey. ins 10. O. celosioides.
n. pete narrowly onal, ru-
ose a iculate,
sealer less eaetals mar-
gined m.
long; species of the east-
ern Rocky Mountains.
Stem simple or several
from the caudex;
lower leaves scagucat

. O. glomerata.

Stems simple or with on

eral distinctly secon
ary oo we from the
base; lower leaves ob- :

lanceolate..........-: 12. O. affinis.

m. Leaves linear or narrowly ob-
MenOeNte oho 13. O. Macounit.

l. Leaves rca above; stiffish hairs

present on the under surface
ORES 2a Fs oeee chs 55 14. O. argentea.

k. Stems 2-many, tufted; leaves —_
ly setose-ciliate......... . O. spiculifera.

ingly

g. Perennials, tuft e's

h. Nutlets more or less rugose and somewhat
muric

i. Inflorescence congested even in fruit, the
pedicels very short; calyx- lobes less :
Sent S mms dongs to ev ce 16. O. sericea.
i. apie rigs tmodecatoly open in —
coming 5 mm.
ree - the ¢ calyx-lobes about 6 mm. long. Bis O. echinoides.
ee the ae low and blunt, the
appe i merely wrinkled. .18. O. nubigena.
Nutlets (cf. rie ec ck rugose, but if tuber-
culate, some of the tubercles often somewhat
confluent; t; tufted perennials with payer d
br peor caudices Y eethed with dead leaf-
tems 0.5—1 (rarely 2) dm. hi
J. sare edits ubescent, apparently with only
ne sort of closely appressed hairs; nutlets
deieet muriculate, the caicnatione very
f. Leaves canescent but the pubescence evidently
of two sorts, astrigose or tomentulose indu-
ment interspersed wi ith stiffish more or less

spreadin,

é.

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 25

rages a and hispid; nutlets tuber-
— of the tubercles nr ae
ae eee ce ue ee ee eee 20. O. depressa.
g. Leaves strigilose or hispid, not or scarcely
tom —— tlets not at all tubercu-
intown
h. Densely cespitose species only about 1
hi escence congested even ‘

frui
i. Hispid sor Ode of leaves about as
vide stone poms ee

xh ubes
j. Nutlets sinuously and finely rugulose
and m oh ee plants es
a ae [Sent pies . O. caespitosa,
}. owen muriculate, weith es _— a
ae; leaves strig
pid; plants of i flats. on 22. O. Shanizii.
J. Nutlets gest man yo with one kind of
papillae; leaves ieibtenti entose
and es plants of coland non-

ie MOUs) hide wees. 3. O. dolosa.
i. Hispid tins of leaves more notice-
able than the strigillose indument;
st 8 muriculate with distinct

Sill, GEE eocilate Wi WEE alee « 24. O. nana

h. Plants ae ee 5 dm. high, more loosely
tufted; inflorescence becoming moder-
__ ately open in fruit z
their bases; ari pubescence of
leaves somewhat spreading; nutlets
muriculate with distinct aeilios. .25. O. commizta.

of leaves app pains 9
~— with fine cterlacad bee and

inute pap
Nutlets smooth or essentially so (except in _
Mexican O. Palmeri) and sep arated b

lar; inflorese se-p:
J: Nutlets donnie lustrous; species someon typically
Mexican 4g.
g. Stems and leaves very pubescent h.
h. Strigosely canescent, the ee: eg!
ppressed ; plants ts usually less

Stems erect or ascending; keel of nutlet
not strongly elevated above scar.27. O. suffruticosa.
ms nt; keel of nutlet
pra or less strongly elevated above
igh PEs AKA a os 27a. var. abortiva,
h. ange gen a ame; plat pubescence, *
the stems; plants often mo

i. Pubescence of on in part hispid-
GPTEAMING. . pees eceneeseees 28. O. multicaulis.

26 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

F encores» of leaves appressed-canes-
—_ nig ad any of the hairs

ading
3; foam ay lanceolate or oblan-
aoe - inflorescence moderately :
CONNIE. 55k, Seite a. var. cinerea.
J. — neatly linear, elongate; inflor-
PEMA: hoe ck 28b. var. laza.

g. Stems slabrous leaves — beneath,
s pubescent MbOVR se Sing cs 39. O. pustulosa.
f. Nutlets ond lomaens ; Mexic ae ee 30. O. Palmeri.

ce. Corolla white or yellow, 7-15 mm. long, the tube dis-
tinctly sath fr rid the calyx or if og = calyx
and corolla-tube both more than 6 m
lets rough, or, if smooth, the fruit ovoid-conical,

wy
d. Nutlets more or less roughened; leaves spatulate to
broadly o se iar or obovate; plants often
low pent densel ted
e. Fruit depressed, su sbalsbob: the nutlets usually
rather bes incurved and always more or
less separated at the edges, the ventral face
with rap pre avated groove, but the scar some-

e. Fruit a a the nutlets erect (unless
partly aborted), touching at the edges, or, if
not, the v entral face with an excavated

open groove in the ventral face

g. Nutlets disks aped, margined all around, ion
ee eae ee ey 33. O. Paysonit.
g. Nutlets ce not margined, ull
from a much branched caudex;
pe 1.5 é ; inflorescence
very yellowish pubescent. ..... 34. O. fulvocanescens.

se, 1.5-3 high; in- os
flo ce pallid or slightly yellowish. ..35. O. nitida.
f. Nutlets more i to rugose, sometimes also m
ri ; — sa often with an om

g. Paws inordinately ‘bstose-hiepi d; calyx
divisions linear, in fruit 10-12 mm. long.

g. Plants not strongly setose-hispid; calyx
divisions — ovate-lanceo! ate
h. Calyx-divisions linear, 8-10
mm,

. O. horridula.

linear but always less than 8

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 27

mm. long in flower; nutlets strongly
rugose, or if tuberculate, some of the
tubercles confluent into rugae 7.

groove in the ventral face but the

2. Calyeciyerccs shone ue long in
nha n fruit; baat leaves
eas: # utlets tuber-
culate, the ehenie} in part con-
WE icc ee er yk 38. O. Wetherillii.
a Calyxdivisions about 6 mm. long,
y longer in fio asal
O53 mm. broad; nutlets

lets variously roughened and with
an open excavated groove in the
alface j.
j. Nutlets oe tuberculate and some-
what sinuously rugose........ 40. O. Shockley.
j. Nutlets rcllately rugose, the ridges
interlacing, nearly foveolate....41. O. eulophus.
j. Nutlets sharply transversel rugose
i with h minute papillae inter-
foe. (ee ee aa eee 42. O. flavoculata.
d. Nutlets ences ‘sia oar leaves linear-lanceolate or
oblance ate, acute or ee plants tufted

but ont r dense y so
e. Flowers bright yellow, in - spicate thyrsus........ 43. O. flava.
e. Flowers yellowish, in an interrupted thyrsus; wre
somewhat depressed nds ae ee O. confertiflora.
e. Flowers white, in an interrupted thrysus; iui
TS BRE eine Reece Ore cn ere gi ae era eee: . O. leucophaea.

1. O. SETOSISSIMA So te Greene, Pitt. i. 58 (1887). Eritrichium
setosissimum Gray, Proc Ac ne xii. 81 (1877). Krynitzkia
setosissima Gray, l.c. xx. m6 (1885). — Arizona and southern
Utah. — Uran: Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Aug. 25, 1875, L. F. Ward;
St. George, Washington Co., Palmer. ARIZONA: steep rocky slopes,

2. O.v eg grate Greene, Pitt. i. 58 (1887). Eritrichium
virgatum Ab sve Hayden Report 479 (1870). EE. glomeratum
(Pursh) A. DC., var. virgatum Porter, in Coulter & Porter, Fl. Colo.
102 (1874). Krynitzkia ph et (Porter) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx.
279 (1 885). — — Southeas lh a boson to Central Colorado, a

en Nelson oda 2 clephone Ca Canyon, Albany Co., si 15,
1894, Aven Wescs o. 231. E. & E. 8.
no. 102; Boulder, June 24, 1901, Caer, ae - 463; Gould Creek,

28 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Pike’s Peak, Aug. 12, 1903, J. C. Blumer; mountains on road from
Denver to Idaho Springs, ‘Aug. 2, 1872, Porter.

This species is often common within the limits of its range and
in spring and early summer when other vegetation is still low, with
its erect sentinel-like habit, adds a military touch to the otherwise
seemingly free and open sweep of hill and plain. The nutlets,
though commonly slightly rugose, are sometimes quite smooth.
This latter form has been designated forma spicata (Rydb.) Macbr.
Proc. Am. Acad. li. 546 (1916), i.e. O. spicata Rydb. Bull. Torr.
Club xxxvi. 678 (1909), and occurs with the typical form.

. O. SALMONENSIS Nels. & a Bot. Gaz. lxi. 43 (1916). —
Known only by the type from prairies, in loose soil, Salmon, Lemhi
Co., Idaho, June, bay Charles L. Kirkley (R. Mt. Herb.). This
plant seems to be biennial.

4. O. ELATA Sa. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 241 (1903). — CoLo-
RADO: Grand Junction, Mesa Co., May 15, 1892, Alice Eastwood.

5. O. BaKERI Greene, Pitt. iv. 92 (1899). —_ Sage plains of the

© Mangos River, Montezuma Co., Colorado. I have not seen this
species.

6. O. insolita, spec. nov., biennis radice tenui; caulibus
mediocriter hispidis 3-4 dm. altis: foliis radicalibus Pisoan tech 33
cm. longis 5-12 mm. latis strigillosis et paullo adpresse hispidis ;
foliis sardinia similibus sed gradatim reductis; racemis terminal-
ibus paniculatis vel inferioribus axillaribus-pedunculatis, remoti-
floris post anthesin; calyce 5-partito laciniis fructiferis 7-8 mm
longis dense hispidis, pilis vix fulvescentibus; corolla alba circa 5
mm. longa, tubo calycem non superante ; nuculis ovatis, acute
— ee et minute muriculatis, acute cari-

is. — Nevapa: Los Vegas, May 4, 1905, Gooding, no. 2286
(Tere, Gray Herb. Toupliecate "R. Mt. He rb.).

Species of intuinaal aspect, somewhat like that of O. elata but
with different calyx and pubescence. The nutlets are remarkably
carinate for the genus.

O. aperTA Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 241 (1903). — Ap-
parently known only ge Grand Junction, Mesa Co., Colorado.
I mers yo. din collectio

FLORA ince Pitt. iii. 111 (1896). O. pe dance
(Tor), Rydb. “Ball. Torr. Club xxxiii. 150 (1906). Eritrichiwm
glomeratum (Pursh) DC., var. hispidissimum Torr. Bot - Mex.
Bound. 140 (1859). — Southern Wyoming to weste rm Texas
Wyomina: e Hills, Albany Co., July 7, 1804, and "Chg
lsig June 29, 1900, Aven Nelson, nos. 418 & 7306. Coto
Callaway Ranch, Larimer Co., es * 1890 (R. Mt. Herb).
New Mexico: 1847, Fendler, no

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 29

9. O. vrrcIneNsis (Jones) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 547
(1916). Krynitzkia glomerata (Pursh) Gray, var. gray Jones,
10).

Contrib. W. Bot. xii. 5 (19 — Uran: La Verkin, May 8, 1894,
Jones, no. aie (R. Mt. Herb. ); Diamond Valley, May 16, 1902,
Goodding, no. 830; ‘ southern Utah, northern Arizona, etc.,’ > 1877,

Palmer; Valley of the Virgin, near St. George, 1874, Parry, no. 173.
10. O. ceLostorEs Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 240 (1903).
O. sericea Piper Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 482 (1906), not
(Gray) Greene. Krynitzkia glomerata (Pursh) Gray, Syn. Fl. 1. pt.
1. 429 (1886) as to Washington specimens. — WASHINGTON east
of the Cascade Mts.: Wenatchee, May 28, 1899, Whited, no. 1099;
sar May 16, 1896 & May, 1897, Piper, no. 2294; Spokane,
e 3 & June 19, 1913, G. W. Turesson (R. Mt. Herb.); Rock
inland Kittitas Co., July 11, 1893, Sandberg * Leiberg, n
Rattlesnake Mts. <a Yakima Reg ion, May 11, 1901, J. S. Cotton:
no. 359; near Columbus, June 10, 1886, Rukedor : Klickitat, June,
1879, Howell: 1883, Brandegee, no. 996.

Piper may be justified in distinguishing two species here, but if
the material from eastern Washington represents a species distinct
from that of the Columbia Valley, it cannot bear the name O. seri-
cea, which must be used to designate a very different plant of the
Rocky Mountains. 0. celosioides is certainly very closely related
to O. glomerata but seems to be distinguishable and is geographi-
cally removed from that species.

11. O. GLOMERATA ‘oom Greene, i i. 58 (1887). Cynoglos-
sum glomeratum Pursh, Am. Sept. 729 (1814). Roasts
glomerata Nutt. Gen. i. Fs (aB18). Eritrichium glomeratum (Pursh
_- Prod. x. 131 (1846). Krynitzkia glomerata (Pursh) Gray, ~~

Am. Acad. xx. 279 (1885). — Alberta to southern Wyoming,
braska and the eter ano SouTH Dakota: Che oo River,

; RASKA:
son, pnt 21, 1890, J. M. Bates. ALBERTA: Lethbridge, cme, 8
1894, John Macoun, no. 5802. Montana: Spanish Basin,

Co., June 23, 1897, ’ Rydberg & Bessey, no. 4883; —_ of Shields
River, June 6, 1883, F. Lamson-Scribner, no. 174; ar Missoula,

12, 1901, M acDougal, no. 169. WyYoMING: sere River,
Big ae Co., July 18, 1901, Goodding, no. 287; Uva, “cate
1894, Aven Ne lson, no. 388; Peron River, T. A. Will iams.
Upper Missourt: Dr. Su ckley

This is the commonest species of its range. It is somewhat vari-
able in habit, size of corolla, and so forth, but the variations seem
to represent merely conditions of one species and do not admit of
sharp definition. Indeed, it is possible that the scope of this species

30 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

should be broadened to include O. celosioides and the next, thus
more nearly conforming to Gray’s interpretation (Syn. Fi. 1. ¢.).
Undoubtedly the group is the most complex in the genus and dis-
tinctive characters of fruit, so obvious in other groups, here,
strangely enough, seem to be mostly lacking.

12. 0. ees phere Pitt. iii. 110 (1896). O. Mere Blank-
inship, Mont. . Coll. Sci. Studies, Bot. i. 96 (1905). —
Southern rine — Birds Eye, Fremont Co., June 24 and June
10, 1910, Aven N elson, nos. 9355 & 9411; Fort Steele, Carbon Co.,
June 16, 1900 & 1907, Aven roma: nos. 7428 & 9045; Greene
River, June 14, 1898, Aven N elson, no. 4715; Rock River, Albany
Co., June 18, 1901, nes Salt Cr eke; Nats Co., July 9, 1901,
Goodding, nos. 29 & 2

This species is sa a Eenical development on the red clay hills
of southeastern Wyoming. Dr. Nelson has observed that it blooms
about a month earlier than O. glomerata which, about Laramie, at
least, persists for two years, or possibly longer, and belongs to the
grassy foothills. O. affinis, however, becomes perennial westward,
and this fact makes it very difficult to distinguish in the herbarium
some forms from O. glomerata. In general, however, the latter is a
larger coarser plant restricted to a more northerly and more eastern
range. The perennial state of O. affinis has been named var. peren-
nis A. Nels., Eryth. vii. 67 (1899), i. e. O. perennis (A. Nels.) Rydb.,
Bull. Torr. Club xxxiii. 150 (1906).

13. O. Macounn Eastw. ex Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xl. 480
(1913). —SaskaTcHEwaNn: 1858, Bourgeau. Also ‘ Carlton
House,” presumably by Dr. Richardson

14. O. ARGENTEA Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxi. 637 (1905). —
Northwestern Colorado. — Hayden, Routt Co., July 10, 1913,
Osterhout, no. 4940 (R. Mt. Herb.

. SPICULIFERA Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 481 |

15.
(1906). _O. cilio-hirsuta Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. lv. 378 (1913). —
Eastern Washington to southwestern Idaho. — Inano: Minido
Lincoln Co., June 23, 1912, Nelson & Macbride, no. 1799; Boise-
Payette Project, Canyon Co., June 2, 1911, M acbride, no. 875.
sferamneiring ot Ritzville, Adams Co., June 6, 1893, Sandberg &
Leiberg, no.

16. O. ste (Gray) Greene, Pitt, i. 58 (1887). Kren
ets Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 279 (1885). priiewlenigonte glomer:
paleyy Pursh) DC., var. humile pets l. ec. x. 61 (1875) and Syn. Fl.
ii. pt. 1. 196 (1878), i in part. — Montana to Utah. as
Bridger’s Pass, 1856, Her enry Engelmann. Wvyominc: Mammoth
Hot Springs, Yellowstone Park, June 1885, rests no. 816.

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 31

stricted to the Platte River region of western Nebraska and adja-
cent Wyoming. Dr. Rydberg would retain the name O. sericea for
that plant, but Gray’s use of the name, as indicated by his descrip-
tion, the range he gives and his annotations in the herbarium, shows
that he did not know Nuttall’s plant. It is true that he took it to
be the same as the species he was describing but since he clearly
applied the name to the very different Rocky Mountain plant, of
which he had plenty of material, it is rather that species that must
be known as O. sericea, and the use of the name for the Platte -

Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 709 (1895) in part. O. humilis
(Gray) Greene, Pitt. iii. 112 (1896). O. hispida Nels. & Kenn.
Proc, Biol. Soc. Wash. xix. 156 (1906). — Nevada and adjacent
California.—Nevapa: Monitor Valley, Utah, July 1865, Watson,
no. 853; Carson Valley, Ormsby Co., April 24, 1904, H. G. True,
no. 865 (R. Mt. Herb.). CALIFORNIA: Castle Peak, Nevada Co.,
Aug. 3, 1903, Heller.

For a discussion on the application of the name O. humilis see
Proc. Am. Acad. li. 548 (1916).

-- 18. O. nupiaena Greene, Pitt. iii. 112 (1896). — Eastern Cali-
fornia to northern Nevada. — Nevapa: Santa Rosa Mts., July 11,

* 1898, Cusick, no. 2028. Catrrornia: Cloud’s Rest, Yosemite,

1872, Gray. }

* An effort should be made to secure this species in fruit. The
nutlets are not rugose in the usual definite fashion but the surface
is nevertheless somewhat wrinkled and this does not seem to be

_due to drying as the wrinkles persist in fruits softened with hot
water. My no. 987 from Silver City, Idaho (in young flower),
distributed as O. flavoculata ?, probably is of this species.

19. O. cana A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 30 (1902). Krynitzkia
sericea Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 280 (1885), as to Nuttall’s plant
only, not as to description nor specimens so labeled by Gray in
herb. — Barren hills, western Nebraska and along the North Platte

32 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

oto into eastern Wyoming. — Platte River, Dr. Hayden. NeE-

: Scott’s Bluff, May 30, 1858, H. W. Wagner. Wyomine:
pence hilltops, Fort Laramie, Goshen Co., sae 29, 1901, Aven
Nelson, no. 8309.

20. O. depressa (Jones), comb. nov. Krynitzkia depressa Jones,
Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 5 (1910). — Southern Utah and eastern
Nevada. — Utaw: among junipers, Modena, Iron Co., June 2,
1902, Gooding, no. 996.

21. caEspiTosa A. Nels. Eryth. vii. 65 (1899). — Southern
Wyoming and adjacent Idaho. — Clay foothills, Fort Steele, Car-
bon Co., June 16, 1900, Aven Nelson, no. 7255; shale ridges, Bush
Ranch, Sweetwater Co, June 10, 1900, Aven N elson, no. 7078;

Bitter ’ Creek, Swe r Co., Jun 1898, Aven Nelson, no.
4772. - oO aver lions Montpelier May 15, 1910, Mac-
bride, n

22. ‘0. ea Tidestr. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxvi. 122 (1913).

— Saline flats about Salt Lake, Utah. — Tooele, near Grantsville,
June 7, 1914, A. O. Garrett; Grant’s Station, Aug. 6, 1912, Kearney
& Shantz, no. 3098 (Tyee, in the U.8. Nat. He rb.).

Besides the characters given in the original description the follow-
ing are noteworthy. Plant about 1 dm. high; inflorescence very
bristly with nearly white widely spreading setae; nutlets with an
evident but not pronounced dorsal ridge, sharp-edged, not at all
rugose, 2.5-3.5 mm. long. I wish to thank Mr. Maxon, associate -
curator of the National Herbarium, for the loan of the type.
¥ 23. O. dolosa , perennis caespitosa 7-10 em. alta;
caulibus striatis ie abr pices et. mediocriter molliter paten-
terque hirsutis; foltis radicalibus circa 3 cm. longis circa 4 mm.
latis strigosis et cum pilis longioribus firmiusculis djprienie inter-
mixtis; foliis caulinis annltiban re brevioribus; thyrsis spiciformi-
bus 3-5 em. lon ngis 1.5-2 em. latis, floris subfa sciculatis; calycibus
hispidissimis paullo fulvescentibus lobis linearibus fructiferis ste
6 mm i teats corolla 5 mm. longa, tubo calycem non superan

Until, the aang is examined this species is very deceiving as in
habit ant. ibescence it resembles 0. sericea to which the type was
referreds’ Thus resemblance is purely superficial, however, the plant
being-related to O. nana. The differently, and more densely,. pu-
bescent leaves, the scarcely at all tawny pubescence of the inflores-

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 33

cence and the broader nutlets with shorter open groove are salient
features that distinguish O. dolosa from that species. It seems to
be confined to northern Utah and adjacent southeastern Idaho.

24. O. NANA Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 213 (1903). — West-
ern Colorado. — CoLtorapo: Grand Junction, May 17, 1892, Alice
Eastwood.

mmixta, spec. nov., perennis cristata 1.5-2 dm. alta;
caulibus ‘polite cum "pilis patentibus hirsutis etiam adpresse
strigillosis floriferis fere ad basem; foliis radicalibus spathulatis
obtusis 4-5 em. longis 5-8 mm. latis subviridibus adpresse strigil-
losis a camilla. hispidis cum pilis plus minusve seer ca foliis
caulinis paucis oblanceolatis; thyrsis 1—-1.5 dm. longis, circa 2 em.
dene _ setoso-hispidis aliquid fulvescentibus: ; pedicellis fructi-
feris 5 mm. longis et calycis laciniis 8 mm. longis linearibus vel
Saas iluaealkts: corolla alba 5 mm. longa, Fe 3 mm. longo
alycem non superante; nuculis nitidulis ovatis circa 3 mm. longis
dorso mediocriter dense muriculatis omnino non rugosis, angulis
acute marginatis ad apicem, senior ventralibus fere laevibus,
ae angusto fere ad apicem aperto. — UTan: sandy slides, J uab,
Juab Co., June “ oe Gooding. no. 1074 (Typr, Gray Her ss
duplicate R. Mt. H rb.). Nrvapa: stony benches, Jarbidge, Elko
Co., pil 6, 1912, hola & Macbride, no. 1960, & stony slopes,
J uly 980.

mee very distinct species was distributed as O. Hastwoodae
(which is O. flavoculata). It is not, however, a member of that
group of species, as it has the nutlets and short corolla of O. nana
and related species. It forms, with O. propria, a distinct subgroup
in this section of tufted perennials all characterized by muriculate
or tuberculate, but not at all rugose nutlets. The long pedicels and
relatively long calyx resemble those of O. humilis (Gray) Greene
and this may be that species in part as interpreted by Greene,
Pitt. iii. 112 (1896). But the name O. humzlis must be used for a
plant of Nevada and adjacent California (see Proc. Am. Acad. li.
548 (1916)), the nutlets of which are more or less rugose and only
indistinctly muriculate.

26. O. propria Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi (1916). — OrE-
Gon: chalky hillside, Malheur Valley, near Harper Ranch, June
8, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2223; Vale, Malheur Co., » May, ht, 1896,
Leiberg, no
O. surmmunicosa (Torr.) Greene, Pitt. i. 57 (1587).’+O. dis-
ticha’ Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 268 (1903). Myosotis suffruti-
cosa Torr. Ann. cca, "'N. Y. ii. 225 (1827). Eritrichium Jamesii
Torr. in Marcy, Expl. Red. Riv. 262 (1854). Krynitzkia Jamesit

34 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

(Torr.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 278 (1885), in part. — Sou
etiog and Wyoming to western Texas, Arizona and Ghihasbua,
Kansas: Hamilton Co., Aug. 3, 1895, Hitchcock, no.
347. Cini ittean: Creek Valley, near Knowles, Beaver Co., May
5, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 335. Wyominea: Powder River, rhe
25, 1910, Aven Nelson, no. 9379; Platte River at Ferris, July 19
1898, Elias Nelson, no. 4906; Casper, Natrona Co., July 6, 1 1901,
Goodding, no. 208. Coorapo: North Denver, Aug. ‘2 1910,
Alice Eastwood. Utan: Barton Range, San Juan Co., July 13,
1895, Alice Eastwood. New Mexico: 1847, Fendler, no. 631; at
Wright; Nara pny Aug. 18, 1910, Geo. L. Fisher, n eis ARIZO
Cosnino, Aug. 1884, Jones, no. 4042 (R. Mt. Herb.). Mavaro!
between ‘sire Grandes & Sabinal, Chihuahua, Sept. 4-5, 1899,
E. W. oer no. 6350 (R. Mt. Herb a)
27a. var. ABORTIVA (Greene) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 547
(1916). ‘0. abortiva Greene, Pitt. iii. 114 (1896). Krynitekia multi-
caulis Torr., var. abortiva (Greene) Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xiil. 5
nyt — Southern California and sou theastern Nevada. — Ne-
Lee Canyon, Chaarleutinn Mts., Clark Co., July 28, 1913,
Heller, no. 11,016. Catirornia: Bea r Valley; San Bernardino Mts.,
ug., 1882, S.B. & W. F. Parish, no. 1480; and June, 1895, S. B.
Parish, no. 3694.
28 MULTICAULIS (Torr.) Greene, Pitt. iii. 114 (1896). Eril-
richium multicaule Torr. in Marcy, Expl. Red Riv. 262 (1854).
Krynitzkia Jamesti eer) Gray, Proce. a fics xx. 278 (1885),

in part. — Colorado to Arizona and western Texas. — TEXxas:
Upper Concho, 5 Ae J. ergo ee Big Sean Howard Co., June
ai, 1900, Egg CoLo: : Arboles, Paes 1899, C. F. Baker,

no. 563 Be chici, July 17, 17, 1901, Cs F. Baker, no. 455. NEW
Mécace: 1847, Fendler, no. 636; 1852, Wright, no. 1568; Mangas
Springs, Gra nt Co., May 17, 1903, Metcalfe, no. 70. ARIZONA:
Outlaw Canyon, Chiracahua Mts., Aug. 6, 1907, Goodding, no.
2349; Metcalfe, Oct. 1, 1900, Davidson, no. 608.
28a. var. CINEREA (Gree ne) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 546
(1916). O. cinerea aig Pitt. ili. 113 (1896). O. Lemmoni Eastw.
Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 239 (1903). — vessel New Mexico, Ari-
zona and to rr ty Mexico. — Cotorapo: plains, Pueblo,
1873, Greene. New Mexico: Mogollon Mis., Socorro Co., Aug. 9,
1903, Metcalfe, no. 431. Arizona: 1884, Lemmon, no. 3303; vicin-
ity of Flagstaff, June 4, 1898, M. acDougal, no. 49 & 204, and Aug.
16, 1884, Jones, no. 4007 (R. Mt. t. Herb.); rim of Grand Canyon at
Grand Canyon, hou. 1915, Macbride & Payson, no. 950. Mexico:
asas Grandes, Chihuahua, May 13, 1899, Goldman, no. 407
(Nat. Herb.).

Miss Eastwood bases her species (1. ¢.) on the subrotate corolla
with the statement that the corollas of all other known species

-

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 35

“are distinctly salverform.” However, the corollas of our ma-
terial collected by Lemmon are no more nearly rotate than those of
many specimens of other species in this group. Otherwise O. Lem-
mont seems to be one of many states of the v var. cinerea transitional
to the psig

r. laxa, var. nov., foliis linearibus, saepius 10 cm. longis;
racemis ‘elonenie laxifloris. — Mexico: sand hills near Paso del
tes Chihuahua, Sept. "20, 1886, C. G. ea es no. 776 (Typ,
Gray Herb.).

te printed label bears this statement, — ‘‘ Narrower-leaved
form ”’ — A. Gray. It is, probably, only a sand-hill condition, but
it may be considered as an ecological variety worthy designation on
account of its very different aspect, caused not only by the long
narrow leaves but also by the lax-flowered racemes.

29. O. pustuLosaA Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xl. 480 (1913). —
Southeastern Utah.— Hammond Canyon, Elk Mts., Aug. 10, 1911,
Rydberg & Garrett, no. 9569 (R. Mt. Herb.).

This species is unique because of its glabrous stems and lower
leaf-surfaces.

30. O. Patmert (Gray) Greene, Pitt. i. 57 (1887). Krynitzkia
Palmert Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 277 (1885). — Mexico: sei
adre, 40 miles south of Saltillo, Coahuila, March, 1880, Palm

31. O. parapoxa A. Nels. Bot. 7 lvi. 69 (1913). 0. gupso-
phila Payson, Bot. Gaz. Ix. 380 (1915). — CoLorapo: 8
hills, Paradox, Montrose Co., June 17, 1912, Ernest P. Walker, no.

hill, Paradox Valley, Montrose Co., June 18, 1914,
Rawin Payson, no. 458.
The description calls for muriculate nutlets but the muriculations
are usually more or less confluent into transverse rugae. Payson
writes me that in his judgment these plants are the same species, the
“‘ yellow corolla-tube ” described for O. paradoxa being merely a
condition of drying since both collections display the same colora-
tion, although O. gypsophila was observed to be ‘‘ pure white in the
field.” Material of O. paradora was not at hand at the time
O. gypsophila was described.

32. O. optaTa (Jones) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 548 (1916).
Krynitzkia oblata Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910). — Arizona

eo)
eg

mens already cited me (1. ¢.). — New Mexico: Organ Mo
tains, Dona Ana Co., April 4, 1903, Wooton (R. Mt. Herb. : The
collection by Jones from Peach Springs, Arizona, and cited by him

36 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

(1. c.) as of this species, is, in — part, O. multicaulis (Torr.)
‘Greene, var. cinera (Greene) Mac
33.” O. Paysonii, spec. nov., ut vi ‘det ur perennis cristata; cauli-
bus circa 2 dm. altis strigosis et plus minusve hispidis imprimis ad
apicem; foliis radicalibus spathulatis acutis vel subacutis circa 5
cm. longis 7 mm. latis canescenti-strigillosis et cum pilis nonnullis
longioribus firmiusculis adpressis intermixtis; foliis caulinis paucis
sursum gradatim reductis; thyrsis congestis terminalibus vel flori-
bus nonnullis fasciculato-axillaribus; calyce 5-partito laciniis dense
albo-hispidis linearibus 7-10 mm. longis; corolla a mm.
onga tubo calycem superante circa 3 mm.; fructu plus minusve
depre: fas tnnies aor lateralibus conniventibus; nuculis nitidu-

lis fere disciformibus et angulis acutissime marginatis, dorso con-
phirranas parce a sdb albo-tuberculatis omnino non rugosis,
aeteru aevibus, faciebus ventralibus subcarinatis. — NEW

Me sore: Limestone hills, Berendo Creek, Sierra Co., May 12,
1905, Metcalfe, no. 1576 (Type, Gray Herb. ,

I have seen no Oreocarya with nutlets that approach so nearly a
disk in shape. The keeled ventral face of the nutlets and the sub-
globose fruit suggest a relationship to O. oblata, but the nutlets
touch at the edges and the aspect of the plant is rather that of O.
Wetherillii. I have named this attractive plant in recognition of
the special trips Mr. Edwin Payson made for me to the type-
localities of rare Oreocaryas. His collections have been valuable,
not only in this work but in that on related genera, so that it seems
peculiarly fitting to connect his name with this group.

34. O. a (Gray) Greene, Pitt. i. 58 (1887).
Eritrichium fulvocanescens Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 61 (1875).
Krynitzkia julecoaneacens Gray, l. c. xx. 280 (1885). K. echinoides
Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 709 (1895), in part. For a
terse on rem proper application of the name fulvocanescens see

li. 547-548 ea — Pie ibist Colorado,
adjacent Utah and northern New Mexi LORADO: common

Walker, no. 85 . dry mesa, Naturita, Montrose Co. iy May 4, 1914,
Edwin Payson, no. 271. New Mexico: near Santa Fe, 1847,
Fendler, no. 632; hills at Santa Fe, May 13, 1897, A. A. & E. Ger-
trude Heller, no. 3517: Aztec, San Juan Co. , Aug. 189 9, C. F. Baker,
no. 561. Uran: Circo, May 2, 1890, Jones (R. Mt. Herb.). |
35. O. nivmpa Greene, Pl. Baker. iii. 21 (1901). — Western
Colorado. — Grand Junction, May 17, 1892, Alice Eastwood; rocky
foothill, gear Montr ee June ee 1912, 2 Ernest P. Walker,
a OF

Macbride — Revision of Oreocarya 37

36. O. HORRIDULA Greene, Pl. Baker. iii. 20 (1901). — Western
Colorado. — Grand Junction, Mesa Co., June 14, 1892, Alice East-
woo

37. QO. Loneirtora A. Nels. Eryth. vii. 67 (1899). — Western
Colorado, Palisades, Mesa Co., May 14, 1898, C. S. Crandall;
Delta, Delta Co., May 20, 1911, Osterhout, no. ‘4497; Montrose,
Montrose Co., May 23, 1912, Edwin Payson, n 0. 35.

38. O. Weruerititn Eastw. Bull. Torr "Club xxx. 242 (1903).
Krynitekia glomerata (Pursh) Gray, aad acuta ona ae li. 250
(189 : Cisco, Grand Co., Jun

39. O. renuts Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club x XXX. oa 1008). — Uran:
Court House Wash, near Moab, June 25, 1892, eee, ee

40. O. SHocKLEY1 Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 5 (1903). —
Southwestern Nevada. — White Mts., near rie Miser! Co.,
June 25, 1912, Heller, no. 10508.

41. uLopHus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxi. 637 (1905).
Krynitzkia mensana Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910). — Cen-
tral Colorado to southern Utah. — Cozorapo: aah nee
Co., June 14, 1903, Osterhout, no. 2750 (R. Mt. Herb.); dry m
Naturita, May 22, 1914, Edwin suet no. 337; dry hillsides oe
neath junipers, no. 670 (R. Mt. Herb.). Uvan: ‘Glenwood, Sevier
hes Mags 22, 1875, L. F. Ward.

2. FLAVOCULATA A. Nels. Eryth. vii. 66 (1899). O. flavoculata
A. ‘Nels. ‘var. Sg Yr ete A. Nels. l. c. 67; O. cristata Eastw. Bull.
Torr. Club xxx. 244 (1903); O. Eastwoodae Nels. & Kenn. Muhl.
iii. 141 (1908), as to description and type, not as to Utah teed
mens. — Southern Wyoming to western Colorado and eastern
Nevada. — Wyomine: Cooper Creek, Albany Co., June 6, 1898,
Elias Nelson, no. 4337; neg Uinta Co., June 4, 1898, Aven
Nelson, no. 4513; Steamboa t Mt., Sweetwater Co., June 9,
1900, Aven Nelson, no 7090; Kemmerer, Uinta Co., June 1, 1907,
Aven Nelson, n 0. 9028: Point of Rocks, Sweetwater Co., June 17,
1901, Merrill ‘& Wilcox, no. 457; Fort Steele, Carbon Co., June
18, 1898, Aven Nelson, no. 4815. Co ae : dry hillside, Natu-
rita, April 22, 1914, Edwin Payson, no Uran: Brush Creek
Canyon, Uinta Mts., July 7, 1912, Gooding, no. 1282. NeEvapa:
Mormon Mts., Lincoln Co., July, 1906, Kennedy & Goodding, no.
146 (R. Mt. He rb.).

This, and the three preceding plants form a group of closely re-
lated species, scarcely distinguishable except by fruit-characters.
- The nutlets however are peculiar for each species. This should
emphasize to collectors the desirability or even necessity of secur-
ing Oreocaryas in fruiting condition, and should serve as a varwne
not to “ pass up ”’ plants in the field because they “‘ look the same’

as some collected the day before.

38 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

43. O. ruava A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club. xxv. 202 (1898). —
Southern Wyoming. — Dry sandy soil, Leucite Hills, Sweetwater
Co., June 17, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 497, & Washington’s
Ranch, June 30, n no. 726; Cooper Creek, June 18, 1892, Aven Nel-
son, no. 22; dry shale and sandy ridges, Steamboat Mt., Sweet-
water Co., June 9, 1900, Aven Nelson, no. -“ i _ slopes, Al-
cova, Natrona Co., July 1, 1901, Gooddin ng, D

44. ONFERTIFLORA Greene, Pitt. iii. 112 "(1806), O. leuco-
phaea (Doug) Greene, var. confertiflora (Greene) a Eryth.
vii. 95 (1899). O. lutescens Greene, Pitt. iv. 93 (1899). ‘0. lutea

li. 230 ( only. O

ul 5 ee
leucophaea (Dougl.) Gray, var. alata Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. ser.
2, v. 710 (1895). — Western Colorado to southeastern California.
— Conorapo: dry hills among junipers, June 19, 1915, Grand

ee
son, no. 405. UtTan: Diamond Valley, May 16, 1902, Goodding,
no. 814; Beaver Dam Mts., May 1874, Parry, no. 166. Nuvapa:
| ‘The Muddy Range Clrk Co., April 10, 1905, Goodding, no. 2221.
= New Mexico: Paka no. 63: Aztec, April, 1899, C. F. Baker,
no. 562. CALIFORNIA: Silver Canyon, White Mts., Inyo Co., ao
9, 1906, Heller, no. 8211; Erskin Creek, 1897, Purpus, no. 5323

ae of Mojave Desert, May, 1882, S. B. & W. F. Parish, no.

Parish (1. c.) seems to have overlooked the fact that, in addition
to the very good fruiting differences between O. confertiflora of the
Southwest and O. leucophaea of the Northwest, the flowers of the
latter are pure white. The ranges of these two species do not
meet.

45. O. LeucopHaEA (Dougl.) Greene, os i. 58 (1887). Myoso-
tvs leucophaea Dougl. ex Lehm. Pug. ii. 22 (1830). Eritrichium
leucophaeum (Dougl.) A. DC. Prod. x. 129 (1846). it gee

Am. Acad. 280 ).

Douglas; Pas asco, May 29, 1899, Pi , no. 2987; Egbert Springs,
July 4, 1893, Sandberg & 88, Pier, 373; Walla Walla region,
June, 1883, T. 8. Brandegee, no. 997; Morgan’s Ferry, Ya
River, June 8, 1884, Seer, 1 no. 407; Wallula, Walla Walla Co.,
May 23, 1 1903, Cotton, n

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 39

III. NOTES ON CERTAIN BORRAGINACEAE

“ Lappula bella, spec. nov., perennis, circa 6 dm. alta; caulibus
adpresse retrorso-strigillosis; foliis internodiis longioribus caulinis
inferioribus oblanceolatis circa 10 em. longis 1-2 cm. latis apice
acutis vel obtusis, basi in petiolum attenuatis, utrinque adpresse
strigillosis et margine eciliatis, caulinis superioribus sessilibus ob-
longis vel ovatis basi haud angustatis; inflorescentia ut apud L.
diffusam; corollis verisimiliter albis 10-15 mm. latis; corollae ap-
pendiculis pubescentibus non latioribus quam longis; nuculae facie
dorsali 6 mm. longa; aculeis permultis (24-30), anguste subulatis
basi non confluentibus. — CALIFORNIA: common on open slopes,
Dorleska, in the Salmon Mts. of Trinity County, altitude 2000 m.,
July 21, 1909, H. M. Hall, no. 8599 (Typn, Gray Herb.).

Dr. Hall referred this plant to L. diffusa, noting on the label the
“pure white flowers’ and “‘ pubescent appendages.” Piper has
shown, Bull. Torr. Club xxix. 535 (1902), the specific value of these.
characters elsewhere in the genus. Furthermore there are in this
case other differences of importance. In L. diffusa the blue corollas
are only 8-10 mm. broad and their glabrous appendages are dis-
tinctly broader than long; the dorsal faces of the nutlets are only
4-5 mm. long and the prickles are uniformly fewer (9-14), much
more strongly widened, and more or less joined, at the base. The
pubescence on the petioles and the lower part of the stems is looser
and more spreading than in L. bella. L. subdecumbens of the Rocky
Mts. has white flowers and pubescent appendages but otherwise is
not so nearly related to L. bella as is L. diffusa. The latter has not
been found farther south than northern Nevada, its range being
from Montana to Nevada and Eastern Oregon to Alberta and
British Columbia, and so is far removed geographically.

¥ iy ee pustulata, spec. nov., L. pinetorum peraffinis cum
pilis d patentibus papilloso-strigillosa ; foliis radicalibus spa-
pg circa 5 em. longis 11.5 cm. latis basi in petiolum circa 2

m. longum attenuatis, caulinis oblongo-lanceolatis apice fere obtu-
tal basi —— 2-4 cm. longis 5-12 mm. latis; floribus ut —
L. pinetorum; nuculis magis muriculatis. — Mexico: sixty
south of ren, me y Calvo, Chihuahua, at. 1898, EZ. W. N: ieee,
_no. 4792 (in U.S. Nat. Herb.); hills wes of Chihuahua, Oct. 23,
1885, Pringle, no. 563 (TypE, Gray Herb)

40 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

L. pinetorum Greene has also been collected in Chihuahua (Z£. W.
Nelson, no. 6137) and this number, like the New Mexican and
Arizonan material has soft, not at all papillose, spreading pubes-
cence (especially on the petioles) and decidedly acute leaves. In
L. pustulata the bases of the hairs are enlarged so as to give the leaf-
surface the appearance of being covered with white pustules. Both
species are relatives of L. floribunda (Lehm.) Greene which, like
L. pinetorum, has not been reported from Mexico, but seems to be
represented there by E. W. Nelson’s no. 4764 from Durango. The
specimen is in full fruit but it is doubtful if flowering material will
prove it distinct. In all probability sooner or later other Lappulas
of the southwestern United States will be found south of the
Mexican boundary.

’ Lappula brachystyla (Gray), comb. nov. Echinospermum brachy-

centrum Ledeb., var. brachystylum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 413
(1 886). Annua tenuis erecta aa et pode! stri ise arce
ramosa circa 2 dm. alta; foliis oblongis 8-12 mm. longis, saHignlftieg
in petiolum at ttenuatis ceteris sessilibus; racemis mis foliaceo-bracteatis;
pedicellis fructiferis calyce brevioribus; corolla minuta; stylo breve
nuculis non longiore; iitalin tuberculatis facie dorsali convexis
vix ongis margine inflexo minute aculeato-glochidiatis vel
aculeis obsoletis. — British CoLumBia: Spence’s Bridge, Thomp-
son River, May 29, 1885, James Fletcher, no. 1553.

Dr. Gray wrote (1. c.) ‘‘ Our plant accords well with Ledebour’s
figure (Ic. Fl. Ross. iv. t. 302) except that the style is not exserted
beyond the apex of the nutlets.”’ In view of the distribution of
L. Redowskii Lehm., var. occidentalis (Wats.) Rydb., which appears
to be more common in Siberia than the species itself, it would not
be surprising to find another Asiatic species of this group in the far
Northwest. However L. brachystyla is a distinct species although
it is more closely related to a plant of northern Asia than to any of
our Lappulas. Lipsky has shown, Act. Hort. Petrop. xxvi. 553
(1910), that Ledebour included two species in his Echinospermum
brachycentrum, i. e. his type and E. rupestre Schrenk. The drawing
of the fruit in Ledebour’s figure (I. c.) is of the latter species. In
fruiting characters our plant is very near to L. microcarpa ae: )
Girke which, according to Lipsky, 1. c., Ledebour confused in his
herbarium with EZ. rupestre. In my juistertniennt L. microcarpa is
the nearest relative of L. brachystyla; but the pubescence of the
former is mostly appressed on the stem and branches and the style

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 41

islong. The Asian species of this group are very closely related and
the nomenclature is involved. Lipsky proposes a new species (EF.
polymorphum) apparently without regard for any rules of priority,
which he uses for a veritable waste-basket species. However, since
our plant has one very evident character (the short style) which
separates it from all of the Asian forms, it seems best to regard it
as a species.

Amblynotopsis, gen. nov. Nuculae erectae, basi ad gynobasin de-
presso-pyramidatam adfixae ut apud Allocaryam ovatae dorso ro-
tundatae fere semper asperatae nec rugosae nec carinatae nec
angulatae. seh 5-partitus, lobis angustis ee latiusculis, fructifer
immutatus vel parum auctus, plus minusve patens, persistens.
Corolla et Aeatink Enyplonthoe — Herbae vel plus minusve suffru-
tescentes mexicanae saepius diffusae humiles vel modice elatae
canescenti-strigosae etiam interdum hispidae nunquam papyros

herbarii violaceo colore tingentes. Folia alterna, angusta. cemi
pei ay vel apie flores parvi pedicellati; pedicellis fructiferis
non satis. — Affinis videtur caryae se ri itu

fre Heiotropi. Rvghitihié § Amblynotus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
64 (1885) — parte,.vix Eritrichium § Amblynotus A. DC.

sil x. 128 (184

v Amblynotopsis tolioieopiiaes eo DC.), comb. nov. Antiphytum

heliotropioides A. DC. Prod. x. 122 (1846). Hritrichium heliotro-
ptoides Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. "Ho by yee Krynitzkia heliotro-
piodes Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1 885). Cryptantha helio-

oh debe rile me Fedde, Rep. iy N ov. xii. 243 (1913). (TYPE
of Am

yhedite tne floribunda (Torr.), comb. nov. Eritrichtum flori-
bundum Torr. l.c¢. ine floribundum Gray, |. ¢. x. 55 (1875).
Krynitzkia floribunda Gray, |.

Amblynotopsis Parryi (W Pe 5 comb. nov. Antiphytum Parryi
Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. viernes 122 (1883). Krynitzkia Parryi Gray, l.c.

Amblynotopsis penins ularis (Rose), comb. nov. ae tzkia pen-
insularis Rose, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. i. 85 (1890).

It is necessary in accordance with the now almost universally
accepted generic limitations in this family, as outlined by Dr.
Greene in Pitt. i. 8 et seq., to set aside this natural group of species
as a genus, allowing them to stand on a par with the other genera
carved from the obviously heterogeneous group, Krynitzkia. Con-
sidered generically, then, these species stand intermediate between
the genera Allocarya and Plagiobothrys. From Cryptantha (the
proper name for the restricted Krynitzkia), to which one of them
has been referred, they are most at variance, not only in habit, but,

42 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

what is more important, in the attachment of the nutlets. In that
genus the nutlets are affixed by the ventral groove for at least one
third or even their entire length to an elevated gynobase. The
groove may be closed or open, but it is in every sense of the word,
a groove. In Amblynotopsis the ventral face is sharply carinate
since the nutlets are attached by an infra-medial or basal scar to
a low gynobase, quite asin Allocarya. However, in the latter genus,
the nutlets are dorsally carinate, the pedicels are turbinate-thick-
ened and the habit (Allocarya is composed of low speading herbs)
is totally different. In Plabiobothrys (the other, but more remote,
ally), the nutlets are not only carinate but also rugose and their
attachment is more nearly medial. The herbage imparts a violet
stain to paper and the species are at variance in habit with the group
we are considering. But the gynobase and the ventral keel of the
nutlets suggest a close relationship after all, to Amblynotopsis.

When Dr. Gray revised Krynitzkia in the Proc. Am. Acad. xx.
264 (1885) he treated the three species of Amblynotopsis then de-
scribed, together with Allocarya lithocarya Greene and Krynitzkia
obovata (Ledeb.) Gray, under the subgeneric name Amblynotus, a
name given sectionally by DeCandolle, for one species of Hritri-
chium, i. e., EZ. obovatum (Ledeb.) DC. And indeed, it is surprising
how chiscly this plant simulates the genus Amblynotopsis in all
fruiting and floral characters. But there the similarity ends. Habit-
ally it is radically different. Moreover, from a geographical point
of view, it is extremely improbable that this plant of northern Asia
is congeneric with its Mexican allies. Although its relationship is
not entirely obvious, it seems quite possible that some day it must
be accorded generic rank. Accordingly I have not thought it advis-
able to take up the sectional name for the American plants but
have chosen a new name that indicates their apparent relationship
to the cee —

laevibus vel solum minute muriculat ket Peery 0: foal between
San Julian and Ceno Prieto, Sept. 9, 1898, E. W. Nelson, no. 4960
(Trpr, U.S. Nat. Herb.).

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 43

Species representing perfectly the generic characters and nearest
to A. floribunda, from which it may be distinguished by its lack of
spreading pubescence, its greener hue, its long narrow leaves and
the much longer fruiting calyx. In A. floribunda the mature calyx
is rarely 5 mm. long. A. durangensis comes the nearest to having
smooth nutlets of any of the species, their surfaces being very
slightly if at all roughened.

’ CRYPTANTHA LEIOCARPA (F. & M.) Greene, var. _hispidissima
(Greene), comb. nov. C. hispidissima Greene, Pitt. i. 118 (1887).
C. pumila Heller, Mulhl. ii. 242 (1906). Pubescence widely spread-
ing, hispid. — Catirornra: Lemmon’s Ranch, June, cee Lem-

Mt.
$403. foothills west of Los ibe Santa Clara Co., May 27, 1904,
H eller, no. 7458; island of 8 a Cruz, April, 1888, Brandegee:
Salinas River, July, 1885, M. K. Gea ’ Kellogg (no data); Linda
Vista, San Diego Co. , July 6, 1915, Maebride & Payson
Greene founded his species on three specimens in which the ap-
pressed strigose hairs that characterize C. leiocarpa are almost en-
tirely replaced by a hispid spreading pubescence. The flowers, too,
are slightly larger. Since then, however, specimens have been
found which exhibit these characters in varying degrees. A specific
instance is Mr. Heller’s number 8403, the type of his C. pumila.
He distinguishes it (1. ¢.) from Greene’s species by its ‘ smaller
corolla and smaller calyx, the segments not ‘long-attenuate’.’’ One
has only to examine a few specimens in order to become convinced
that such characters are too variable to possess any specific value.
In Muhlenbergia, ii. 315 (1907) he refers to C. pumila his number
8588 and remarks: ‘‘ Mrs. Brandegee considers this a mere state
of C. leiocarpa but two plants differing so in habitat and appearance
cannot possibly be the same.” Unfortunately this specimen is dis-
tinctly strigose-canescent as well as hispid. Altogether it seems
best to regard these plants which have the pubescence, at least in
part, hispid-spreading as representing a recognizable variety.
’ Cryptantha Grayi ea & Aare comb. nov. Krynitekia Grays
Vasey & Rose, Proc. U. 8. Nat xi. 536 (1888).
Apparently nearest C. angustifolia (Text) Greene but obviously
very distinct. Vasey and Rose do not cite a type but their descrip-

44 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

tion is included among a list of plants collected by Dr. Palmer at
Lagoon Head. Our specimen, however, which purports to be a
part of the type material, is Palmer no. 801 from San Quentin.

“ Cryptantha holoptera (Gray), comb. nov. Eritrichiwm holopterum
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 81 (1877). Krynitzkia holopterum Gray,
1. ¢. xx. 276 (1885). Oreocarya holoptera Greene, Pitt. i. 58 (1887).

When Dr. Gray described this species he compared it with C. mu-
ricata and C. leiocarpa, both typical Cryptanthas. Later (1. c.) he
placed it between C. pterocarya and O. setosissima, and it is in
C. pterocarya that it finds its nearest relative. Just why Dr. Greene
made it a part of Oreocarya is not apparent. It is true that its
nutlets are winged after the manner of those of O. setosissima but
in that plant the pedicels are firmly persistent, in perfect accord
with the generic character. Moreover, the plant is an Oreocarya
in aspect, as noticed by Dr. Gray. These facts are not true of
C. holoptera. Its pedicels are rather readily deciduous and its aspect
is exactly that of a Cryptantha. The proper disposition of this
plant must strengthen Oreocarya immeasurably because Oreocarya
has very little besides aspect to keep it out of Cryptantha (a fact
realized by its author, l.c. 115). Nevertheless, these genera are
always so readily recognized in the field that no one who knows
them there would think of uniting them.
~CRYPTANTHA PTEROCARYA (Torr.) Greene, var. cycloptera
(Greene), comb. nov. Cryptantha cycloptera Greene, Pitt. i. 120
(1887). CoLorapo: Grand Junction, May, 1892, Alice Eastwood.
Uran: southern Utah, 1874, Parry. New Mexico: 1851-1852,
Wright, no. 1570; rocky hillside, Nutt Mt., Sierra Co., May 11,
1905, Metcalfe, no. 1573. Arizona: Lowell, May, 1884, W. F.
Parish, no. 167; near Camp Lowell, April, 1881, Pringle, no. 366;
Verde River, April 6, 1867, Dr. Smart, no. 132; hills near Tucson,
April 15, 1884. Catrrornia: Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts.,
April 21, 1891, Coville & Funston, no. 720.

When Dr. Greene described this plant, Bull. Calif. Acad. i. 207
(1885), he accredited it with three characteristics, ‘‘ nutlets all
winged; wings . . . continuous across the base [of the nutlet];
ventral face not muricate.” Dr. Gray, commenting in the Synopti-
cal Flora upon these characters, wrote that they “do not hold
out.” But more recently Mr. Coville, after collecting both species
in the Death Valley, wrote (Contrib. Nat. Herb. iv. 165), that he
“had not found a satisfactory series of intergrades ”’ and accord-

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 45

ingly he considered C. cycloptera a good species. However, a study
of the ample material in the Gray Herbarium seems to prove con-
clusively that it is, at best, only a geographical variety of C. ptero-
carya. In the first place, the ventral face of the nutlets may or
may not be smooth in either of the proposed species. Secondly,
all of the nutlets may be winged and yet the wings not extend
across the base, as for example in the plants collected at Grand
Junction, Colorado, by Alice Eastwood. When one considers the
fact that the ventral faces of these winged nutlets are rough, one is
puzzled as to whether the plants are more nearly related to C.
pterocarya or to C. cycloptera. However, it must be noted that it
is only the southwestern material that can be referred to C. cyclop-
tera. It seems advisable, therefore, to consider C. cycloptera as a
variety of C. pterocarya and to include in this variety all specimens
that have four winged nutlets, irrespective of whether the wing
extends across the base. Although the species ranges from Wash-
ington to Utah and southern California, the variety apparently
largely replaces it, in the interior of the Southwest.

Cryptantha filiformifolia, spec. nov., humilis, 5-10 cm. alta, non
vel vix ramosa cum pilis patentibus hispida; foliis fere filiformi us
0.5-3 cm. longis raro 1 mm. latis; cymis brevibus circa 1.5 em.
longis 2-3-radiatis, tal ch fructiferis densifloris; floribus minimis;
— fructiferi laciniis 1 mm. longis; nu uculis (4) o ovato-trigonis

a 5 mm. longis dorso muriculatis, omy ventrali albido fere ad
soot dilatato at excavato. — Mexico: Alamos, Sonora, March
26—April 8, 1890, Palmer, no. 397 eae ‘Gray Herb. 7 and Feb. 2;
1899, Goldman, no. 308 (U. S. Nat. Herb. i Cape St. Lucas, ete.,

wer California, Aug. 1859-Jan. 1860, J. Xantus, no. 76;
Guaymas, 1890, Palmer, no. 169 ? a

Vasey and Rose, in their report on Palmer’s collections from La
Paz, Lower California, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. i. 73 (1890), refer
his no. 111 from that station to Krynitzkia micromeres Gray, with
the remark ‘“ This differs somewhat from the northern forms of this
species but it seems to be the same as Xantus’s no. 76, made a
part of this species by Gray.” I have not seen Dr. Palmer’s
specimen but it is evidently C. filiformifolia. Xantus’s specimen is
only a scrap and it is not surprising that Dr. Gray referred it to his
species; but he based his description on the Californian material.
In 1891 Dr. Rose (1. c. 107) listed what I have taken as the type of
my species as K. micromeres Gray without other comment than,

46 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

“ very common on sandy bottoms.” With these several collections
before me, however, the plant is seen to be nicely distinct from
the Californian species C. micromeres. The most striking differ-
ences are its uniformly small size, almost filiform leaves, congested
fruiting calyces and different nutlets. The groove is so dilated that
it occupies the larger part of the ventral face of the nutlet. The
nutlets suggest those of C. Grayi (Vasey & Rose) Macbr. but that
species has conspicuous flowers and is otherwise different. C.
filiformifolia does not seem to have crossed the mountains of Lower
California to the West nor the Sierra Madre of Mexico to the east.

CRYPTANTHA MICROMERES (Gray) Greene, var. cryptochaeta, var.
nov., hispida et adpresse strigoso-canescens; nuculis vix muricu-
latis vel scabridis. — Lower CauirorNnia: San Jose del Cabo,
March-June, 1897, A. W. Anthony, no. 347 (Typ, Gray Herb.).

The variety, because of the appressed hairs beneath the spread-
ing hispid ones, is not green like the typical form of the species.
In Anthony’s specimen the branches of the inflorescence are not
nearly so widely divaricate as in typical material and the calyces
are less densely setose. However, ample collections are needed to
prove the value of these apparent differences. Accordingly it
seems better not to give the plant of Lower California specific
rank at this time.

Cryptantha seorsa, spec. nov., humilis adpresse strigillosa
minute hispida a basi ipsa ramosa et florens; foliis caulinis afer
oribus lineari-lanceolatis 2-2.5 cm. longis 1 5-2 mm. latis, superi-
oribus ovatis acutis 1-2 cm. longis e basi $6 108 mm. latis supra
papilloso-hispidis; cymis saepius 2-3-radiatis, spicis densifloris ;
calycis fructiferi laciniis linearibus 4-5 mm. longis basi ad apicem
aequabiliter setoso-hispidis; nuculis (4) nitidulis 1.5 mm. lo
ovatis acutis, dorso vix tule reulatin angulis aerating acutis facie-
bus ventralibus planis, sulco fere ad apicem aperto e basi furcato. —
sort eins Needles, May 6, 1884, Jones, no. 3841 (Typx, Gray

This seems to be very different from any described species and
apparently is nearest C. intermedia (Gray) Greene, but the acutely
angled nutlets with flat ventral surface forbid its reference to any
of the members of that group. These nutlet-characters suggest the
group that contains C. orygona (Gray) Greene and C. ramosissima
Greene, but the plant is obviously not related to these species.

C. arrinis (Gray) Greene. To the synonomy of this species may
be added C. geminata Greene, Pitt. i. 119 (1887). The characters

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 47

Greene gives, particularly the character of the groove near the
edge of the nutlet, are salient features of the type of C. affinis.
C. confusa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxvi. 679 (1909) seems to be
separable only by the use of superficial and arbitrary characters.
The variation in leaf-breadth appears to be merely a condition and
the same may be true of the slightly higher attachment of the
nutlets.

C. ramuLosissmMa A. Nels. Eryth. vii. 68 (1899). This species is
near C. Torreyana (Gray) Greene, but the habit and pubescence
are different, the nutlets are more slender, and the areola is open
instead of closed. But C. flerwosa A. Nels. in Coulter & Nelson, N.
Man. Rocky Mt. Bot. 416 (1909), is C. Torreyana (Gray) Greene,
var. calycosa (Gray) Greene (C. calycosa (Gray) Rydb.). The
variety is more common than the typical form with which it merges.
C. incana Greene, Leaflets i. 79 (1904), is apparently a specimen of
C. Torreyana which is more canescent than usual.

C. microstacuys Greene. C. Clevelandi Greene, Pitt. i. 117
(1887), is not to be distinguished.

C. Hitman Nels. & Kenn. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xix. 157
(1906), has been referred to C. Watsoni (Gray) Greene by Dr.
Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Club xl. 481 (1913). This is an error, which
may have been prompted by the distribution from the Rocky
Mountain Herbarium of specimens determined as C. Hillmanit,
when they really belong to C. Watsoni. The former species is
characterized by a large solitary nutlet and is nearest C. Suks-
dorfii Greenm. C. Watsoni, on the other hand, matures four small
nutlets and is related to C. Torreyana. Its stems and calyces are
much more bristly than those of C. Hillmanii. Since these species
have been confused it seems desirable to cite representative collec-
tions. Specimens in the Gray Herbarium of C. Watsoni: Ipano:
sandy slopes, New Plymouth, Canyon Co., May 21, 1910, Mac-
bride, no. 81. Wyomine: Point of Rocks, June 15, 1898, Aven
Nelson, no. 4736; Centennial Hills, July 16, 1895, Aven Nelson,
no. 1684. Uran: Wasatch Mountains, July, 1869, Watson, no.
858. Nevapa: Mount Grant, Mineral Co., July 2, 1913, Heller, no.
10,905, and Goldfield, July 16, 1913, no. 10,970 in part. OREGON:
clay banks, Malheur Butte, Malheur Co., May 12, 1896, Leiberg,
no. 2041 in part. Specimens of C. Hillmanii. Ipano: Snake Plains,
1893, Palmer, no. 72, Henderson, no. 2561 (no other data). CoLo-

48 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

RADO: dry mesa among junipers, Nucla, June 4, 1914, Edwin Pay-
son, no. 395. Arizona: Grand Canyon, June 28, 1898, MacDougal,
no. 184.

C. oxyeona (Gray) Greene is either little known or very rare.
The type came from “ hills bordering the Mohave Desert,” and on
April 28, 1905, Mr. Heller secured it at McKittrick, Kern County.
Unfortunately he distributed it (under his number 7789) as C.
cycloptera Greene. One plant of this number in the Gray Her-
barium is C. intermedia (Gray) Greene, but the rest of the collection
is very typical C. oxygona. The discovery of a new station for
this unusual species is of interest.

C. ampicua (Gray) Greene. C. simulans Greene, Pitt. v. 54
(1902) is merely a tall specimen of this species. The nutlets are
broadly ovate, dull, and are roughened with papillae of two sizes, —
the really diagnostic characters of C. ambigua. C. multicaulis A.
Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 183 (1900) is closely allied to C. ambigua but
is clearly distinct by its more compact habit and glossy, sparsely
muriculate fruit. Its range in the Coulter & Nelson Rocky Mt.
Bot. is given as “ Wyoming and probably southward into Colo-
rado.” In reality specimens indicate that it is not infrequent from
Montana to Nevada and north to Washington. C. trifurca Eastw.
Bull. Torr. Club. xxxii. 203 (1905) is nearer C. multicaulis than
C. ambigua, and is probably confined to extreme northern California
and southwestern Oregon, an area noted for species peculiar to it.

C. scoparia A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. liv. 144 (1912) is another member
of this group and is to be distinguished from C. multicaulis by its
narrowly conical nutlets with narrow open groove and scarcely
forked basal areola. A specimen which has long proven trouble-
some to students is to be referred to this species. It is W. N.-
Suksdorf’s no. 405, collected June 8, 1884, on plains, at Morgan’s
Ferry on the Yakima River, southeastern Washington. The ori-
ginal label bears the name Krynitzkia angustifolia ?, in Dr. Gray’s
hand. This has a line drawn through it and on a slip bearing: the
abbreviation “ Syn. FI.,” Dr. Gray wrote, ‘“‘ K. Fendleri.”” It was
on the basis of this specimen that in the Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, Suppl. 424
(1886) he extended the range “ northwestward to the borders of
Washington Territory.” Then Piper, in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
xi. 485 (1906), wrote: “ Suksdorf’s specimen, on the basis of which
C. Fendleri is included in his list [of the plants of Washington],

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 49

seems to be C. ambigua.”’” However, the specimen represents per-
fectly C. scoparia, heretofore known only from the plains of west-
ern Idaho. This extension of range is not surprising as it simulates
the ranges of many other plants, such as Astragalus Spaldingii
Gray and Oreocarya spiculifera Piper.

C. INTERMEDIA (Gray) Greene. C. echinella Greene, Pitt. i. 115
(1887), should be referred to this species.

C. ramosa (Lehm.) Greene has an exact synonym in Krynitzkia
mexicana Brandegee, Zoe v. 182 (1904), which was wrongly com-
pared with the very different C. pusilla (T. & G.) Greene.

CRYPTANTHA KELSEYANA Greene, Pitt. ii. 232 (1892). This
species was described by Greene (I. c.) from one collection, made by
him August 6, 1889 at Elliston, Montana. He compared it with
C. Pattersonii. In 1900 Dr. Rydberg (Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i.
332) referred two other collections to C. Kelseyana and, continuing
Greene’s comparison, wrote, “‘ three [nutlets] are gray, ovate, acu-
minate, and sparsely tuberculate, the fourth much smaller, red and
smooth.’ This statement agrees in substance with Greene’s original
description but it does not coincide with the facts as they are illus-
trated in the Montana specimens. Actually the fourth nutlet is
the largest, the species, in this respect, agreeing perfectly with
C. crassisepala. I have talked with Dr. Rydberg in regard to this
discrepancy in the description and he informs me that he is certain
that Greene’s characterization is incorrect, the error being due,
probably, either to the immaturity or the poor development of the
original specimen. I had also reached this conclusion because speci-
mens invariably have the fourth and smooth nutlet the largest, and
in the twenty-five years elapsing since the discovery of C. Kelseyana
no plant answering to the original description has been found. Thus
interpreted, the species is nearest C. crassisepala. It differs in the
acute and narrower nutlets, the groove open toward the base and
there forked but not excavated; and in the sepals which are not
connivent over the mature fruit but open, the midrib only slightly
thickened. Since collections representing C. Kelseyana have often
been confused with C. crassisepala, C. Pattersonii, C. ambigua, or
C. multicaulis, it seems worth while to cite the following material of
the New York Botanical Garden (N. Y.) and the Gray Herbarium

(Gr.).

50 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, E. Bourgeau (Gr.). AsstntBora: Medi-
cine Hat, June 2, 1894, Macoun, no. 5803 (N. Y.). Montana:
Virginia City, June 25-30, G. N. Allen (N. Y.); Melrose, July 6
1895, C. L. Shear, no. 3218 (N. Y.). Wyomrne: Pole Creek, Al-
bany County, June 28, 1895, Aven Nelson, no. 1335 (N. Y.); Powder
River, Natrona County, June 27, 1910, Aven Nelson, nos. 9415,
9377a (Gr.); open woods near the river, Fort Steele, Carbon
County, June 16, 1907, Aven Nelson, no. 9049 (Gr.); Laramie,
Albany County, July 7, 1894, & June 12, 1900, Aven Nelson, nos.
412, 7280 Gee Natrona County, July 5 & 10, 1901, Goodding,
nos. 197 & 234 (Gr.). CoLorapo: mountain sides near George-
town, August, 1885, H. N. Patterson ie ); Walsenburg, June 5,
1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, no. 5699 (N. Y.); Platte River, Evans,
May 30, 1910, E. L. Johnston, no. 628 (N. Y.). Uran: deep sand,
Ogden, June 23, 1902, Goodding, no. 1176 (Gr.).

Erirricnium. Mr. F. W. Wight in his treatment of the Ameri-
can species of this genus, Bull. Torr. Club xxix. 407 (1902), fails to
indicate clearly the relationship of our plants to those of Asia and
Europe, although he states that there has been ‘“‘ much misappre-
hension, in regard to some of them, at least.”” It may be noted that
the only constant difference between the European plant, EZ. nanum
(All.) Schrad. and E. elongatum (Rydb.) Wight, its American repre-
sentative, concerns the fruit. The nutlets of the European plant
have a distinct spreading border or flange (whether entire or
toothed); this is lacking in ours, the edges of the dorsal face being
slightly elevated as a rather sharp ridge, — or in some species the
edges bear a row of teeth. I have seen no indication in our plants
that the presence or the absence of these teeth is not a constant, and
therefore a good specific, character. E. elongatum and E. argenteum
Wight include most of the material referred to E. nanum, var.
aretioides by Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 190 (1886). I am unable to
see that E. Chamissonis A. DC. is distinct from true E. aretioides
(Cham.) A. DC. The vegetative characters that Mr. Wight relies
upon to separate them break down completely in any considerable
series of specimens. The real relationship of E. aretioides is wit
E. villosum (Ledeb.) Bunge of Siberia. That species has very
similar fruits; and it agrees with all the American species in lack-
ing the boiled to the nutlet which characterizes the European
plant, E. nanum.
¥ Amsinckia tccan a spec. nov., planta ut apud A. tessellatam
sed corolla infundibuliformi 15-18 mm. longa, tubo calyce 2-3-plo

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 51

longiore, faucibus — limbo 5-7 mm. longo; staminibus aut
faucibus aut tubo corollae insertis; stylo quam calyce rufidulo-
hispido paullo vel atte longiore ; nuculis eis A. tessellatae simil-
lim mis sed vix 3 mm. longis et vix rogosis. — CALIFORNIA: Lem-
mon’s Ranch, San Luis Obispo Co., June, 1887, Lemmon, no. 4593
(Typr, Gray Herb.); San Luis Obispo and Monterey Cos., April
15—May 10, 1899, L. Jared, no.

According to Kuhn, Bot. Ztg. xxv. 67 (1867), species of Amsinckia
are dimorphous. Darwin, Different Forms of Flowers, 110 (1877),
denied that this is the case, there being simply a large amount of
variation in the length of the styles and the insertion of the sta-
mens. But Dr. Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1. 197 (1886), wrote “ Flowers
in most species all heterogene-dimorphous, at least in the insertion
of the stamens.’”’ However this may be, an examination of a large
number of specimens of A. tessellata Gray, the closest ally of A.
Lemmonii, has shown no sign of such variation (or heterostylism)
so that the characteristic seems to be peculiar only to certain species,
and therefore may be considered valuable for purposes of classifi-
cation. A. Lemmonii is a case in point, since, in contrast to A. tes-
sellata, it possesses this variation. In Jared’s specimen the stamens
are inserted low in the tube and the style is long; corollas of Lem-
mon’s specimens have the stamens at the throat and the style
short, but both specimens obviously represent only one species
because they are otherwise identical. However, the recognition of
A. Lemmonii as a species does not depend on the validity of this
character, for it is strikingly distinct from A. tessellata in its large
corolla which gives it the aspect of the remotely related A. grandi-
flora or A. spectabilis. Although it has the distinctive tessellated
nutlets of its nearest relative, they are much narrower than those
of that species in proportion to their length. Miss Alice Eastwood,
when studying at the Gray Herbarium, wrote on the sheet of the
Jared specimen ‘“‘n. sp.” She has kindly given me permission to
describe it, and, since the discovery that the Lemmon specimen
Hoa with it, she has expressed pleasure over my choice of

Por Colensoi (Kirk), comb. nov. Hzarrhena Colensoi Kirk,
Trans. N. Z. Inst. xxvii. 351 yas 3 see North Island speci-
pes Myosotis decora Kirk acc. to Cheeseman, Man, N. Z. Fl. 462
1906).

ort

52 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Because Kirk took specimens of M.:sarosa Hook. f. of North
Island to be referable to his species, Cheeseman (I. c.) discarded
Kirk’s name. But Kirk’s description is evidently drawn from the
South Island plants, since it does not apply at all to M. saxosa
but is essentially correct for M. decora. The salient character is
the short filaments and long anthers, and the description reads
‘‘ anthers very large, sessile, or nearly so.’’ Since Kirk did not cite
a type, his name must surely be retained for the plant he describes,
i.e. the plant of South Island, even though he regarded as the
same a specimen from North Island, which is M. saxosa. Accord-
ingly I am making the necessary transfer, M. decora having been
merely an herbarium name until published by Cheeseman. The
species is represented in the Gray Herbarium by a specimen which
comes from the Upper Waimakarisi, Canturbury, Kirk, and is a
ele of MM, decora.

Mertensia Meyeriana, spec. nov., flexuosa 2-3 dm. alta; caulibus
Pita site hirtellis: foliis alternis costa media prominente
margine adpresse ciliatis, supra brevissime scabrido-pubescentibus,
subtus glabris paullo pallidioribus viridibus; foliis caulinis inferiori-
bus petiolatis 1-2.5 em. longis 12 mm. lati tis, basi cuneatis, petiolis
subalatis margine cbscue ciliatis; foliis superioribus i reduc-

minusve ctrpillosi 2 mm. longis, post anthesin 3-4 mm. longis
costa media prominente; corolla 10-14 mm. longa, tubo limbum
subaequante intus glabro: corollae ee glabris obcordatis;
stylo 13-16 mm. longo exserto. — Cur Zairansk, western Mon-
golia, May 20, 1911, F. N. Meyer, no. ‘77 (Typr, Gray Herb.).
Apparently nearest M. dahurica (Fisch.) G. Don, which, how-
ever, has linear-lanceolate leaves and very different pubescence.
It also may be compared to M. stylosa (Fisch.) A. DC., from which
it is even more distinct especially in the merely subacute leaves and
not at all villous pubescence. Specimens of these species are in the
Gray Herbarium. The few Asiatic species described since the
publication of DeCandolle’s Prodromus all belong to other groups.
Among American Mertensias, M. Meyeriana suggests, in aspect,
some of the Lanceolatae, but the long, exserted style is distinctive.
Mr. F. N. Meyer during the past nine years has collected in eastern
Asia for the United States government, and although he has been
primarily interested in plants possessing economic value with a

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 53

view toward their introduction into America, he has secured, also,
valuable collections of the general flora of the regions he has trav-
ersed. It is a pleasure to commemorate his work i in naming this
attractive Mertensia M. Meyeriana.

Mertensia coe (Takeda), is nov. M. maritima (L.) 8. F.
Gray, subsp. asiatica Takeda, Journ. Bot. xlix. 222 (1911). —
Japan pe seiiens rer north to vine Hetite — Japan: Saghalien,
1861, Glehn; Rebun, Kitami, Aug. 15, 1887, S. Hori; Ishikari,
Yezo, ey 10, 1903, Shintaro Arimoto; Isoya, Yezo, July, 18

; Nambu, Nippan, 1865, Maximowicz; circa Hakodate,

Yezo, 1861, Dr. Albrecht: Cape Sangar, 1853-1856, mall.

Cana: Coast of Manchuria, Coast Province, 1859, C. Wilford,

1090. KamcnaTKa: 1853-1856, Mr. Boggs (this psn in
ae only).

Takeda, 1. c., has indicated the distinctive characters of this
segregate of M. maritima. However, his description of the floral
parts does not wholly coincide with my own observations. It reads:
“ corolla magna, plus 10 mm. longa. . . . Stamina anthero 2 mm.
longo, filamentis aequanti. Stylus inclusus, 8 mm. longus, stami-
nibus superans.’’ An examination of the material cited has given
the following data. Corolla 8-10 mm. long; filaments nearly
equalling to twice longer than the anthers; style often slightly
exserted, 7—9.5 mm. long. The same class of information for M.
maritima is: corolla 4-6 mm. long; filaments about three times as
long as the anthers; style 44.5 mm. long, shorter than the sta-

mens. The long style and large corolla are constant characters of
all the specimens seen from Japan and adjacent Asia, while the
much smaller corolla and shorter style are features of material from
Europe, America, and Northeastern Siberia. If it were not for the
facts that in all specimens here included in M. asiatica the stamens
are inserted near the top of the corolla-tube just as in M. maritima
and that the style is uniformly longer than the stamens, one would
one would be inclined to regard the latter character as a dimorphic
phenomenon since dimorphism in some form is not rare in the
family. Mertensia alpina, for instance, exhibits a sort of dimor-
phism, but specimens from the same region show both long and
short styles in correlation with low and high stamen-insertion.
Moreover, in the English edition of Knuth’s Handbook of Flower
Pollination, iii. 138 (1909), we learn that in M. maritima “ the
anthers being at the same level as the stigma automatic self-polli-

54 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

nation regularly takes place.” This could never happen in the
Japanese plant because the stigma (as already indicated) is always
raised above the anthers, thus necessitating cross-pollination. All
this accords with Knuth’s conclusion (1. c. 115), constructed from
the observations of many students, that borraginaceous genera
with conspicuous flowers ‘ receive such a large number of visits
that automatic self-pollination ” is excluded. On the other hand,
the small scantily nectar-secreting flowers are very rarely visited
by insects and almost always pollinate themselves.” And Knuth
lists no visitors to M. maritima although Ekstam and other stu-
dents of the subject have observed the plants in the field. In all
probability M. asiatica, so evidently adapted to cross-pollination is
visited by insects, and possibly by one or more species with a co-
ordinating range, an interesting point for future observers to de-
termine. Finally, the plant of the Far East in general has more
rounded leaves, larger fruiting calyx and more commonly nodding
pedicels. The pedicels are often even somewhat contorted in age.
Thus this form of the Orient seems to be a species technically and
geographically removed from M. maritima of northeastern Siberia,
northern Europe and northern America.

LITHOSPERMUM RUDERALE Dougl. ex Lehm. Pug. 2, 28 (1830).
L. pilosum Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. vii. 48 (1834). L. ‘lanceolatum
Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 333 (1900). L. ruderale Dougl.,
var. lanceolatum (Rydb.) A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. lii. 272 (1911).

This plant varies somewhat in the shape of the leaves (linear-
lanceolate to lanceolate), the degree of hispidity, especially on the
stem, and the size of the nutlets, which may be more or less dis-
tinctly bordered at the base with a spreading flange. The original
description (based on material in flower) calls for linear leaves and
hirsute stem; and Rydberg segregated his L. lanceolatum primarily
on its lanceolate leaves while Nuttall (1. c. 44) distinguished his
L. Torreyt on its merely strigose stem. Rydberg also credits his
species with having “ smaller flowers, larger nutlets and less his-
pidity.”” Examination of much material must convince one that
Piper’s reduction of L. lanceolatum, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. x1.
486 (1906), was justifiable, because the variations noted by Ryd-
berg are seen to be present in every degree, and, as suggested by
Aven Nelson (1. c.) are obviously largely the result of environment
and therefore of an individual rather than of a specific nature.

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 55

Incidentally I might mention that besides this great leaf-variation
among different clumps of plants, the leaves seem to grow propor-
tionately broader so that, although they may be quite linear while
the plant is in flower, by the time it is in fruit they are distinctly
of a lanceolate type. The variation in the character of the pubes-
cence on the stem, however, is much better marked, and further-
more, as Rydberg indicates in his Flora of Colorado, 292 (1906),
the plants with merely strigose stems have somewhat shorter corol-
las and are confined to the central Rocky Mountain region. This
is L. Torreyi of Nuttall, but, since intermediates are frequent, it
may become

L, RUDERALE Dougl., var. Torreyi yy ), comb. nov. L.
Torreyit Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. vii. 44 (1834).

There is yet another way in which this species varies and that is
in the size of the nutlets and the prominence of a flange, or collar-
like constriction, around the base. This character was observed by
Aven Nelson (Il. c.) in a specimen from Idaho and he wrongly ap-
plied Rydberg’s name, being misled, in part, by the large nutlets
attributed to that plant. Although the nutlets of all specimens
show a tendency to be constricted at the base, and although they
vary from 3 to about 6 mm. long, the plants from southwestern
Idaho and eastern Oregon to western Nevada exhibit these charac-
teristics in such a pronounced degree (as well described by Nelson,
1. c.) that they seem to merit recognition as a variety, and may bear
the name

L. ipo Dougl., var. macrospermum, nom. ruderale
Dougl., var. lanceolatum A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. li. O72 intl} as to
description and specimens cited, not L. lanceolatum Rydb. Mem.

. Y. Bot. Gard: i. 333 (1900).

LITHOSPERMUM CALCICOLA Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxvii. 182
(1892). L. Conzattii Greenm. Field Col. Mus. Bot. Ser. ii. 239
(1912) appears to be only a young state of L. calcicola. Greenman
wrote (I. c.), “ it differs in having larger flowers and smooth nut-
lets.’”’ These are characters which are known to vary greatly in
American species, for instance in the L. angustifolium group, where
the nutlets may be quite smooth or distinctly pitted on the same
plant. Although the type of L. calcicola has pitted nutlets, some
specimens which agree perfectly otherwise, even to having small
flowers, have smooth nutlets, as no. 5381 of Purpus from San Luis

56 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Potosi. The size of the flowers is likewise a variable factor in this
genus and frequently the earlier flowers are larger than those which
appear after fruit has formed. However this may be in the case of
L. Conzattii, it agrees in all other respects with L. calcicola, so that
its reduction argues for a better understanding of the latter, which
originally was based on a single collection. Thus interpreted, L.
calcicola seems to be not uncommon from San Luis Potosi to
Oaxaca
J are strictum Lehm., var. calycosum, var. nov., foliis
caulinis oblongis circa 5 mm. latis; calycibus mer elongatis
mm. longis. — MrExico: Guana juato, June, 1907, A. és,
no. 5 (Typr, Gray Herb.); San Luis Potcal 1878, Parry & Palmer
no. 622; near San Miguelito, San Luis Potosi, 1876, er no.
728; Ixmilquipan, Hidalgo, sy. 1905, Purpus, no.

Like the typical form except for the broader eee ‘aa the ac-
crescent sepals, but the leaves vary from narrowly linear to oblong
in the species, the variety merely representing the extreme form,
and the sepal-development, although not an unusual phenomenon
in many plants, often, as here, seems worthy of note.

Lithospermum obovatum, spec. nov., peer scat ao stric-
tum 1.5-2.5 dm. ating foliis = perio latissimis obovato-spath-

ci definitis corollae lobis oppositis; limbi lobis corners
minute — — lobis fere linearibus ares 5 mm. longis;
nuculis ign Ico: = ms (op “een Siar reg May

Fas ie senlininalie very near L. ae Gncus but seem-
ingly distinct by virtue of the broad basal leaves, shorter cauline
leaves, denser pubescence and larger flowers. The scalloped mar-
gin of the gland-covered surface of the throat is sharply defined
in this plant while in L. cobrense the scallops are not at all definite.
Striking in the aspect of L. obovatum are the remarkable basal
“

acrotomia densiflora (Ledeb.), comb. nov. M. cephalotes (DC.)
na Fl. Orient. iv. 612 (1879). Arnebia cephalotes DC. Prod. x
96 (1846). Lithospermum densiflorum Ledeb. in Bull. Sci. Pada

Macbride — Certain Borraginaceae 57

li. 312 (1837). Arnebia densiflora Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iii. 140 (1846-

51). Apparently this beautiful plant has never been properly
christened. Its large golden flowers must excite the admiration of
those who know it i fa the field.

EcHIUM MICRANTHUM Schousboé, Vextr. Maroko 75 (1800). De
Coincy, Journ. de Bot. xvi. 229-231 (1902), in his detailed discussion
of the group has given convincing evidence that E. sabulicolum
Pomel and E. decipiens Pomel, Nouv. Mat. Fl. Atl. i. 90 & 91 (1874)
are mere variants of his E. confusum, 1. c. xiv. 298 (1900); also
that E. micranthum Schousboé (I. ¢.) “ est probablement la forme
femelle de |’ EF. confusum,” |. c. xv. 312 (1901), and again, “ Les
formes femelles 4 petites corolles et 4 étamines paraissent aussi
fréquentes dans la variété decipiens que dans le type. C’est alors le
micranthum,” 1. ¢. xvi. 231 (1902). This variation from the normal
hermaphrodite flowers is a well-known phenomenon in Echium
vulgare, cf. Knuth Handb. FI. Poll. ii. 133 (1909); and de Coincy
has also discussed its occurrence, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. II. i. 190
(1901). Reference to the original description of EF. micranthum,
however, shows that Schousboé must have had perfect flowers at
hand; and it seems to me that his plant was, in all probability, the
maritime form described by Pomel, Nouv. Mat. Fl. Atlan. i. 91
(1874), as EH. sabulicolum which de Coincy, Journ. de Bot. xvi. 229
(1902), considers as ‘‘ une forme ”’ of his EF. confusum “ mais il ne
parait pas opportun d’établir ici une variété qui n’aurait que des
limites par trop incertaines.”” But he makes the combination £.
confusum Coincy, var. decipiens (Pomel) Coincy (I. c. 230), dis-
tinguishing the variety principally by its annual duration and
simple erect stem. However, this is contrary to the International
Rules, according to which the earliest specific name must be re-
tained. Therefore I am making the necessary combinations; and
since I agree with de Coincy on the relationships of the variants of
this plant, as completely delineated by him (I. ¢.), it has seemed
unnecessary to repeat them here.

EcuiuM MicraNnTuum Schousboé, var. confusum (Coincy), comb.
nov. LE. confusum Coincy, Journ. de Bot. xiv. 298 (1900).

EcHIUM MICRANTHUM Schousboé, var. — veer comb.
nov. E. decipiens Pomel, Nouv. Mat. Fl. Atlan. i. 91 (1874). £.
confusum Coincy, var. decipiens (Pomel) Coincy, an. de Bot. xvi.
230 (1902).

58 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

ONOSMA CINEREUM Schreb., var. stellulatum age & tat Py
comb. wes O. stellulatum Waldst . & Kit. Pl. rar. Hung. ii
(1805); Coste, FI. ae Ny 590 (1903); Brand, Koch’ s Syn. Beuise.

u. Schweiz. FI. iii. 1995 (1907). O. helveticum Boiss. Di iagn. Ser
x1. 111 (1849). - ; chi loides L., var. stellulatum (Schreb.) Fiori As
Fiori & Paoletti, Fl. It. ii. 364 (1902).

O. cinereum Schreb. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. iii. 474 (1767) is the
earliest designation for this variable and much-named species. For
a nearly complete synonomy see Boissier, Fl. Orient. iv. 201-20:
(1875). Boissier, apparently overlooking Schreber’s name, main-
tained in specific rank O. stellulatum Waldst. & Kit., the form with
green often plane leaves and spreading pubescence, and treated as
varieties of it the plants with more or less cinereous narrow leaves
with revolute margins. However, since cinereum is the older speci-
fic name, it must be retained for the species. Fiori (1. c.) treats
both O. cinereum and O. stellulatum as varieties of O. echioides and
Brand (1. c.) writes ‘‘ Die . . . Arten sind schwer zu unterscheiden
und nicht scharf abgegrenzt. Médglicherweise sind es nur Formen
einer einzigen Art.’ Undoubtedly the species tend to merge
through the variety stellulatum but in general they are distinct
enough so that it seems conducive to clearness to keep both species
as Boissier, Girke, Brand, and others have done. In my opinion,
however, Fiori is right in his treatment of the several segregates of
O. echioides that have been proposed, since they all agree with it in
having the tuberculate bases of the hairs glabrous. But O. cinereum
and its relatives are typically well-marked by the stellate-pubescent
tuberculate bases of the hairs. Fiori’s diagnoses of the typical form
and the var. stellulatum are good.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY

Ze

New Serires.— No. XLIX

. A Revision of the North American Species of
Amsinckia. By J. Francis Macbride

om

Further Notes on the Boraginaceae.
By J. Francis Macbride
II. Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae and a few other
North American Spermatophytes.
By J. Francis Macbride
IV. New or Otherwise Interesting Plants from Idaho.
By J. Francis Macbride and Edwin Blake Payson

If.

ol

VY. A Revision of the Erigerons of the Series Multifidi. .
By J. Francis Macbride and Edwin Blake Payson

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.
Juiy, 1917

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY

New Series.— No. XLIX
ISSUED
JUL 25 1917

. A Revision of the North American Species of
Amsinckia. By J. Francis Macbride

=

II. Further Notes on the Boraginaceae.
By J. Francis Macbride
III. Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae and a few other
North American Spermatophytes.
By J. Francis Macbride
IV. New or Otherwise Interesting Plants from Idaho.
By J. Francis Macbride and Edwin Blake Payson

V. A Revision of the Erigerons of the Series Multifidi.
By J. Francis Macbride and Edwin Blake Payson

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S.A.
JuLy, 1917

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY — NEW SERIES, No. XLIX

I. A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN
SPECIES OF AMSINCKIA

By J. Francis MAcBRIDE

Tue genus Amsinckia reaches its greatest development in
California, but several species are indigenous to Oregon and Wash-
ington, one has been described from Mexico and one or more are
known from western South America as far south as Patagonia.
The range of one species apparently extends from northern Idaho
and adjacent Washington to Arizona and California but most
species are confined, at least as to their indigenous occurrence, to
much smaller areas. Several, however, have greatly extended
their natural ranges by spreading as weeds. Indeed the weedy
character of Amsinckia is most pronounced. I have observed
species in California and Idaho that, by reason of their aggressive-
ness, have been able to take possession, as it were, of places laid
waste of the indigenous vegetation. There Amsinckia, in the most
severe colluctation with other native and, more especially, intro-
duced plants that frequent areas where the natural equilibrium of
species has been disturbed, has been able, not only to hold its own
but often even to flourish at the evident expense or destruction of
less aggressive types. One species is a frequent weed in the grain
fields of eastern Washington (cf. Piper and Beattie, Fl. of 8. E.
Wash. 209) and of Idaho, and one or more species have gained a
foothold on the Atlantic coast (ef. Taylor, Fl. of New York and
Vicinity, 522, and Macbride, Rhodora xviii. 23). But the distribu-
tion of Amsinckia as a weed is not confined to the United States.
I have seen specimens from Australia and as long ago as 1895
Hansen in Bot. Tidss. xix. 302 recorded two species as adventive
in Denmark. Moreover Dr. Thellung has written me that “ cer-
taines espéces de ce genre se trouvent ¢a et la adventices en ON
introduites probablement avec des blés américains; mais il m’a
presque toujours été impossible, faute q un travail d’ensemble, de
les determiner exactement et sdrement

1

2 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

The need of a general revision of the Amsinckias of North
America will be apparent when it is stated that no complete treat-
ment has appeared since that by Dr. Gray in the Synoptical Flora
ii. pt. 1, 197 (1886) where he recognized only six species and two
varieties, practically all that had been proposed at that time.
Since then, however, over a dozen species have been described,
mostly from California, and although some of these are apparently
not valid this study has disclosed five more plants which seem to:
require characterization. As a result twenty-one species are
recognized, three times as many as were recorded in 1886. The
justification of this augmentation will be questioned, especially
since species in this group have been proverbially difficult of dis-.
crimination. However, it is believed that this state of affairs has.
been induced, at least partly, by the lack of a comprehensive treat-
ment in which the chief characters are brought into contrast.
Nevertheless it must be conceded that characters which admit of
clean-cut statement are all too few. The ready response of all the:
species to every change in ecological conditions makes it difficult
to determine the reliable diagnostic characters. However I have
become convinced that shape of leaves, size of corolla and nature
of pubescence are features that are of the utmost importance, in.
spite of their supposed susceptibility to environment, for the dis-.
crimination of species. In view of the fact that fruit-characters.
are unusually important in the delineation of the components of
many boraginaceous genera it might be expected that they would
serve as a means of discriminating species in this genus but with few
exceptions the variations in the character of the nutlets have not.
proved stable nor definite enough to warrant their use in classifi-.
cation. Altogether Amsinckia is the most perplexing group I have
studied and I can only hope that this effort to define its natural,
components may lead to careful field-work by some one who may
then be in a position to prove or correct my interpretation. It is.
conceivable, with the better understanding gained from field-.
observation of specific limitations within the group, that it will be
found to consist of many more species than the twenty-one here
recognized. I feel, however, that in a genus in which the species
lend themselves so readily to many diverse environments and are:
subject, consequently, to the stimulus for great variation, specific
lines must not be drawn very fine lest the classification become
artificial and thus fail to serve a useful purpose.

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 3

I have had the privilege of studying the specimens of Amsinckia
belonging to the Rocky Mountain Herbarium of the University of
Wyoming which collection proved to contain a number of valuable
sheets not represented at the Gray Herbarium. In citing these I
have indicated them by the abbreviation ‘‘ R. Mt. Herb.” It was
also my good fortune during a brief visit at the Missouri Botanical
Garden to have the opportunity of examining there the collection
in this group a portion of which was loaned to me for further study.
These specimens are indicated by the abbreviation ‘‘ Mo. Bot.
Gard.”

KEY TO THE SPECIES
a. Nutlets at maturity smooth and B pweoi b.
. Corolla about 10 mm. long; s dian.
pe sto. 5 mm. tok ihenhy triquetrous; scar not

Nutlets 5 pee long or longer, not at all triquetrous;

or lineny. DIOMUNODS 25. oc 5 oo ss os ey oi . A. carinata.
b. Corolla 12-15 mm. long; scar of nutlet nearly median
3. A. spectabilis.
a. Nutlets more or less roughened, as or somewhat lustrous c.
c. Nutlets crustaceous, tes: sellate or tessella e-rugose
err 15-18 mm. peal ‘nutlets scarcely 3 caer
ong and scarcely rugose..........;...-...... . A. Lemmonii.
Corolla about a mm. lone va 3.5-4 mm. es
OF fO88 THROBE ee tee oe 5. A. tessellata.

tae agree s variously ‘oughe fhe but never tessellate nor
llate-

d. Lieven distinctly desitinitabe, often more or less re-

pand; coastal species somewhat decumbent at base,

or sometimes procumben
é. dhe ray Rites with flattish. back, faintly rugulose

CRRA eke ee ees 6. A. lycopsoides,
é. Nutlets ovate-trigonous, ee ro fa se : 2
acemes bracteate thr agit ars ar gy wae! he A. St. Nicolai.

ebractea
bracted; pontinental | eos:
g. Sepals bearde don the earaina with long white
Cae ac eis i ties oa eae oe 8. A. barbata.

g. Sepals Ab sonia on the margins with long

h. ae a black or dark brown, 1-1.5
ulate ort muri-
cats: vo Sct msl rik veka 9. A. intermedia.
h. Mature ge te usually ey in color, over
2 mm. long, muriculate and more or
less is distinedl rugulose.
Corolla-limb g; nutlets eer
OD pea CURE: ane 17. A. Douglasiana.
Corolla nearly tubular, the limb narrow;
nutlets usually with strongly wate
rugae . A. Menziesii.

Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

d, Leaves Sage species of dry soils, mostly confined to
wee ons of the interior; stems normally

: Corolle small, rarely over 6 mm. long, the tube often
included in the calyx, the limb narrow, usually
but slightly wider than the tube feed rarely hs
corolla larger (7-11 mm. long then the
lower and middle cauline tie, distinctly
ohne J.

Leaves lan e-lanceolate; stems mo
or less hea aeodbes not a all strigose; fruit.
in ne yx 4-10 mm. long, usually only 5 mm.

ong.
Fruiting calyx about 5 mm. long; inflorescence
= inal or the racemes all from the upper

Peer soe ee ak wk 10. A. Menziesit.
fraiting calyx about mm. long; racemes :
from the lower as at as the upper de hy .11. A. idahoensis.
j. Leaves, except the uppermost, oblon oblong-

inear; stems, RA babe ase, dutincty co
rai well as hispid (except in silicicolous plants) ;
ruiting calys phen lon 10 mm.).
Corolla bright- or go sden-yellow

7. Corolla conspicuous, usually 10-17 mm. long, os a
shorter but then always with exserted
tube and the leaves not oblong; leaves usually
ovate-lanceolate, lanceolate or tiroas lan seciney-
species natives of hegre
k. eee about 10 mm. long, the tube — less
apek times “ long as the ca i
l. Nutlets never truly echinate ber aoeiwttings
y a especially on the dorsa

na
m. Pubescoiee of woes (including the few bris-
tles) appressed; jonve usually oblong or ;
pbing «lence lie ale iy aa 14. A. campestris.
m. Pubescence of ¢ wet consisting of widely
sp

e esse airs; leaves usually
vate-lanceolate n.
. Stems with bristly hairs but cinereous
e with a fine subappressed
pubescence. ee eee ee 15. A. obvallata.
n. Stems more or less_ bristly aera ana
glabrous neBbaeo the base)
0. Nutlets less gma 3 mm mm. longs fruiting

yx
p.- Stems, and poate —
the geiesieny tips; introduc :
occ ee Ap ae A. intermedia.
@- Stem toward the cg cto and
the upper leaves cinereou ,
lets covered with blunt eacesien 16. < _ lunaris.

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 5

q. Stem and leaves not at all cinereous:
utlets muriculate and more or

alifornia southward. ..17. A. Douglasiana.
Corolla-limb flaring mm.
ad; tube 8-10 mm. long;
species of north-central Cali-
RU ee a ee . A. valens.
o. Nutlets about 4 mm. long; —
calyx 10 mm. or more lon .18. A. intactilis.
l. Nutlets cohdnate with soft eso erik .23. A. echinata.
k. Spal iseph 15 mm. (13-17) lo eng tube two
imes as long as the cs
r. Calyx “a with spreading hai
Nutlets muriculate and sharply. carinate or
rugos og gies icc in part appressed-

?

ie pe | a Be

OW an
lanesolkta, acute or acumi
than 10 ny long; slender slants rarely
AONE eo ea by 19. A. Eastwoodae.
eae sulin leaves oblong-lanceolate,
tusish or acute, cm. or more
a ng; stout plants, 5-10 dm. high: 3. :, 20. A. valens.
s. Nutlets granular, dt sharply Seana no
; pubescence hispid, spreading ....21. A. inepta.
r. Calyx villous and hissituloas. oe ese mostly
SPPrenee eas ee es 22. A. microcarpa.

1. A. vernicosa Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 370 (1840).
A. carnosa Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. vill. 35 (1898). — CaLirornNia:

r
Calico, San Bernardino Co., 1884, Lemmon, no. 3139; Sunset,
Kern Co., April 20, 1905, Heller, no. 7722; 1883, Douglas; Spot
no. 496; Sheperd’s Cafion, Inyo Co., April 30, 1897, Mo.
Bot. Gee Loma Paloma, San Rafael Mts. , May 20, 1907, Hall,
no. 7840 (Mo. Bot. Gard.).

2. A. Busts Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixii. 145 (1916). —
OrEGoN: Malheur Valley, near Harper Ranch, June 10, 1896,
Leiberg, no. 2234.

. A. spectaBiLis F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 26 (1836).
A. vernicosa Hook. & Arn., var. grandiflora Gray in Brewer &
Wats. Bot. a ie or (1876). A. grandiflora Kleeb ex Gray, I. c.;
Jepson, Fl. W. Middle Cal. ed. 2, 350 (aa = Citron...
Antioch, Contra te Co., April 16, 1869, Kellogg & Harford;
also May, 1883, Kellog

Greene, Bot. San Pa. Bay Reg. 263, attributes this plant to
the “ hills east of the Livermore Valley,’’ Alameda County as well
as to the vicinity of Antioch. Fischer and Meyer, 1. c., give the

6 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

habitat as “ circa coloniam ruthenorum Ross in portu Bodega.”’
The species has not been found at Bodega but since the ecological
conditions are the same as at Antioch, less than a hundred miles
away, it may occur there and have been overlooked. On the other
hand there is no proof that the plant was found originally in the
immediate vicinity of Bodega. Therefore the attempt to apply
Fischer and Meyer’s name to the relatively small-flowered plant
common at Bodega is, it would seem, uncalled for. Their descrip-
tion reads, ‘‘ corolla aurea, limbo 6 lin. in diametro ”’ and “ Species
pulchritudine florum insignis atque distinctissima,”’ a characteri-
' gation applicable to but one Amsinckia of the region, A. grandi-
flora. The adoption of the name A. spectabilis for this plant results
in the resurrection of the appropriate name A. Douglasiana A. DC.
for the coastal species long known as A. spectabilis.

A. Lemmontt Macbr. Contrib. Gray Herb. xlviii. 50 (1916). Pot
ectaniie Lemmon’s Ranch, San Luis Obispo Co., June, 1887,
Lemmon, no. 4593; San She Obispo and Monte Cos., April 15-
ard 10, 1899, Jare d, no. 4.

A. TESSELLATA Gay Proc. Am. Acad. x. 54. (1875). A.
on collina Greene, Man. Ba nee 263 (1894). A. pustulata Heller,
Muhl. ii. 243 (1906). A. tessellata Gray, var. macrosepala Jones,
Contrib. W. Bot. xii. 58 (1908). — South-central Washington and
northern aes to western Arizona and the southern half of Cali-

ornia. — IpAHO: very common on the ak ble hills, May ee
1894, Hialeass no. 2812; New Plymouth, Canyon Co., May
1910, Macbride, no. 76; Lewiston, 1896, Heller no. 3021 (Mo. ae
Gard.); near Boise, fon Cork 15. 1892, Mulford oy fo. Bot. se ey
o. April 18, 1

Moaigl gout! Co., June 10, 1603, haere 9 near ‘Carson
City, 1865, Anderson. Uran: Black Rock on Salt Lake, June 28,
1910, Englemann. Arizona: Grand Cafion, May, 1885, Gray;
Yucca, Mohave Co., March 12, 1912, Wooton: Maricopa, Pinal
Co., Feb., May, 1885, Gray. CALIFORNIA: Argus Mts o Co.,
April—Sept., 1897, Purpus, no. 5441 Needles, March a "1915,
Parish, no. 9627; “Mojave Desert, May 15, 1882, Pringle; sand
hills west of Laws, Inyo Co., May 8, 1906, Heller, no. 8204 (dup pli-
cate of A. pustulata); near Mt. Diablo, 1860-62, Brewer, no. 1119;
Kramer, San Bernardino Co., April 13, 1905, Heller, no. 7670;_
between Earlinart and Delano, Tulare Co., March 26, 1914, ‘East-~
wood, no. 3953. OrEGon: Lexington, Morrow Co. + May 2, 1894,

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 7

Leiberg, no. 11. Wasutneton: Pasco, F ranklin Co., May 29,
1899, Piper, no. 2971; North Yakima , May , 1892, Henderson, no.
2558: Waitsburg, May 17, 1897, Horner, ae "R146B365; Sprague,
June, Sandberg & Leiberg (R. Mt. Herb.

The very characteristic nutlets aaaily distinguish this widely
distributed species. As in all species the leaves show considerable
variation in breadth and the pubescence of the inflorescence is
sometimes tawny, sometimes pale in color in individuals from the
same locality. A variation in the character of the surface of the
nutlets would appear to be of greater moment but it, like the fore-
going variations, occurs in every degree. In the original collection
the tessellated nutlet-surface was broken somewhat by a few irreg-
ular elevations. Often these are so numerous and continuous
that. they form transverse rugae; again these corrugations are
lacking and the surface resembles exactly a pavement (well illus-

trated by Purpus, no. 5441). The variety macrosepala Jones is the

form with accrescent sepals.
me 6. A. Lycopsorpes Lehm. ex F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop.
26 (1836) “ve lycopsoides Lehm., var. bracteosa Gray, Syn. FI. ii.
pt. I. 198 (1886). Lithospermum lycopsoides Lehm. Pug. ii. 28
(1830); Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i aioe soe 838). — Coastal region, north-
eee Washington gee hee Gton: Puget Sound, Swckley;
4, Cooper; sandy r bbaeh near : Faiviaven., Whatcom Co., July 8,
1800 Suksdorf, no 296; Olympic Mts., Clallam Co., June, 1900,
El (M t. Ga ae

3 Meo ae . Proce. Cal. Acad. s 109 t. 8,
- fig. oe oe — California: jah San Nicolas tend re 1901,
Blanche Trask, no. 58.

The apparent validity of this unfortunately named species is a
strong argument for the incorporation in all rules of nomenclature
of a law invalidating this and similar pseudo-binomials.

_> 8. A. BarBata Greene, neds ii. 192 (1894). — Vancouver

Island: introduced in New England. — oe CoLUMBIA:

Cameron Lake, July 15, 1887, Lome: Connecticut: Southing-
ton, May 29, 1895, 5, Andrews, no. 474; also 17, 1897, and 31,

1898, Bissell, it 12 and 4

There is an account in Rhodora xviii. 23 (1916) of the occurrence
of this species as a weed in New England.

9. A. iwrermepia F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 26 (1836).
A. maritima Eastw. Proc. Cal. iad ser. 3, i. 110, t. 8, fig. 8 (1898).

=

8 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

A. io Gray in Brewer & Wats. Bot. Cal. i. 524 (1876) and
Syn. Fl. ii. pt. I. 198 (1886), in part; Greene, Man. Bay-Region
262 (1894): ibe Fl. W. Middle Cal. ed. 2, 350 (1911), not
Lehm.; A. spectabilis Abrams, F]. Los Ang. 33 5 (1911), in part,
not F. ‘& “i oa = Along the seaboard, north to Sonoma County. —
CALIFORNIA: Bodega Bay, Sono ma Co., May 27, 1902, er, no.
_5614; Angel ee g Baty ’ Francisco Bay, Vasey; and April 12,
~T904, Mulliken, no. 92 (R. Mt. Herb.); Bodega Point, June 29,
1915, Eastwood, nos. 4798, 4798a; Lone Mt. near San Francisco,
March 27, Ke llo ogg & Harford, no. 758 (Mo. Bot. Gard.); coast
west of Watsonville, eo. Cruz Co., April 14, 1903, Baker, no.
1952; San Simeo San Luis Obispo Co. "1876, "Palmer, no.
370; Cypress Point Monsey Co., July, 1884, Ball: coast at
Wilm mington, Los Angeles Co., 1885, Nevin; stems decumbent,
grassy places in park, gee Diego, Feb. 22, 1916, Mary F. Spencer;

San Diego, May 4, 1895, Belle Sumner Angier, n o. 80 (Mo. Bot.
Gard.); San Nicolas IslendeRoeil 1 1901, Blanche Trask, no. 59.

The name Amsinckia intermedia has been applied to various
plants but in its essential characters the seaboard species of central
and southern California is the only plant occurring at Bodega Point,
the type locality, that agrees at all closely with Fischer and Meyer’s
description. Miss Eastwood, |. ¢., in comparing her species with
A. lycopsoides erred in regarding the description by Fischer and
Meyer (I. ¢.) as’ the original characterization. The latter species
was published by Lehman as Lithospermum lycopsoides, Pug. ii. 28
(1830), and according to Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 89 (1838) was
based on specimens by Scouler from “ Straits of de Fuca.’’ That
this is correct seems quite probable because the only specimens I
have seen that accord with Lehman’s complete diagnosis have
come from the coastal region of northwestern Washington. This
plant is evidently not the same as the coast-plant of California.
A. lycopsoides F. & M. with “ corolla fauce barbata ” has not been
identified unless Miss Eastwood, l. c., is correct in referring to it a
collection she made in Alameda County. If the feature ‘“ corolla
with bearded throat ” is constant this plant would seem to need a
name but according to Gray’s observations, Proc. Am Acad. x. 53
(1875), the character is reciprocal to the insertion of the stamens
and the length of the style. Fischer and Meyer’s A. lycopsoides,
seervlory, would appear to be a condition of A. intermedia with

‘‘staminibus corollae tubo paulo supra basin insertis ” and long
style. Heller’s collection no. 5614 from Bodega Point exhibits

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 9

both high and low stamen insertion. Careful field work is needed
to show whether this phenomenon is to be regarded as a hetero-
geneous variation potentially possible for all, or peculiar only to
certain species. I have discussed this question, Contrib. Gray
Herb. xlviii. 51 (1916), in regard to A. tessellata and A. Lemmonii.

_— 10. A. Menziesu (Lehm.) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 36
(1916). Echiwm Menziesii Lehm. Pug. ii. 29 (1830). A. inter-
media Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. I. 198 (1886), in part; Piper, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 480 (1906), in part; Piper & Beattie, Fl. N. W.
Coast 303 (1915), in part. — Vancouver Island to northern Cali-
fornia, Montana, Nevada, and Arizona; introduced in the Middle
West. "— TLLINOISs: Rantoul, July 5, 1907, Gleason. Mutssourt:
along railroad, Courtney, June 2, 1914, Bush, no. 7123. Ipano:
Hot Hole, East Bruneau, Owyhee Co., July 3, 1912, Nelson &
Macbride, no. 1895; Silver anes July 13, Bae Macbride, no. 367;
Boise, 1 1892, Mulford (Mo. Bot. Gard.); and Shoshone Falls,
July 25, 1911, Nelson & aan a "1330 (R. Mt. Herb.).
Nevapa: Truckee Pass, Washoe Co., June 19, 1906, ed
1347 (Mo. Bot. Gard.); Diamond Mts. , July, 1868, Watson, =
846, in part; Truckee Pass, June 28, 1907, Heller, no. 8649.
ARIZONA: — une April 9, 1881, ; Yucea, “May,

1882, Jon 9. Cautronst: Pampa Station, Kern Co.
April ik, 1905, Wider cs tds ME selocie: June, 1898, Brown,
no. 814 (Mo. Bot. Gard.). OREGON: in fields, gee Oregon,
May, 1880,-Hawell (Mo. Bot. Gard.); 1871 1, Hall, n 404; near
Pineville, Aug. 26, 1894, Lezberg, no. 809; Pilot Butte, ‘Crook Co.,
June 5, 1905, E. Nelson, n 0. 827. Wasnincton: Me eyer’s s Falls,
Stevens Co., ‘Aug. 21, 1902, Kreager, no. 479; Washtuena, Adams
May 18, 1903, ‘Cotton, no. 985; Wawawai, May 26, 1894,
ay <. 1838: Chene y, 1904, Mrs. Susan Tucker, no. 24; Rock
Lake, May 30, ‘1893, Sabdhery & Leiberg, no. 120; Port Ludlow,
0., 25, 1890, Binns; Olympic Mts. 1899, Grant,
no. 8; San Juan Island, May 10, 1858, Lyall; Wesnteice "May 4,
1898, Whited, no. 1063: ; Spokane, July 2, 1896, Piper, no. 2275.
British CoLtuMBIA: Revelstoke, — 21, 1890, Macoun; Howser
Station, June 20, 1905, 735: Victoria, Vancouver
Island, May, 1875, 1887, and 1803; acoun, nos. 1378, 685.
Yukon: Dawson, June 22 and 23, 1914, Eastwood, nos. 336 and
351

A. IDAHOENSIS Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xii. 58 (1908). —
oe ates Idaho to Montana and apparently Oregon. — Montana:

ear Naxon, Aug. 30, 1895, Lezberg, no. 1626. IpaHo: Weiser,
C4 "4809 509, onat_ (i . Bot. Ga ray Guncan, Dalles, May, 1860,

*

10 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

More material of this species is needed from the region of the
type before the constancy of the short, branched inflorescence can
be fully established. The specimen from Montana has fruits
which are exactly the same as those of Jones’ plant but the racemes
are greatly elongate and do not originate so near the base of the
plant.

owt 12. A. aARENARIA Suksd. Deutsche Bot. Monats. xviii. 133

(1900). A. hispidissima Suksd. |. ec. A. retrorsa Suksd. 1. ¢. 134.
A. micrantha Suksd. 1. ¢. A. intermedia Piper, Contrib. U. 8. Nat.
Herb. xi. 480 (1906), in part, not F. & M. — Washington and

sandy soil, Nez Perces Co., May, 1892, Sandberg (Mo. Bot. Gard.).
OREGON: near Hood River, May 23, 1894, Suksdorf, no.2316;
Sala? 1886, Brandegee. Wasuincton: west Klickitat Co.,

ay, 1882, Suksd dorf; Columbia River, west Klickitat Co., May 3,
9, 22, 1891, Suksdorf, nos. 2007 and 390; also May 38, 5, 22, nos.
994 and_995, apy

This species is variable in size of corolla and nutlets and in degree
of pubescence — characters upon which Mr. Suksdorf recognizes
three additional species. In some cases these variations are con-
siderable but the collections all come from the same region and
indubitably, it seems to me, represent only one species genetically.
The small flowered condition (A. micrantha) suggests A. parviflora
but this resemblance is, I believe, superficial, and therefore in no
manner affects the validity of the latter species which is a native of
California and uniformly, even in an introduced state, has very
pale as well as small corollas. Indeed the true relationship of A.
arenaria is more probably with A. Douglasiana or one of its
relatives.

Watson, no. 846; Sulphur Baths, May 23, 1908, Mrs. Joseph
Clemens; Huntsville, July 25, 1909, cf. Smith, no. 1944 (R. Mt.
Herb.). Catirornta: Los Gatos, Santa Clara Co., April 30, 1908,
Heller,-no_ 8936; also Alum Rock Park, no. 8470; Marysville
Buttes, Sut er Co., fetid 6, 1914, Heller, no. 11364; Oroville,
Butte Co., ‘April 1,4 13, Heller, no. 10725; nce Chico, 1914, no.

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 11

11309;~ Genessee, Plumas Co., July 15, 1907, ees & Kennedy,

no. 8850; Susanville, June 26, 1897, ’ Jones (Mo. Bot. Gard.);

Mormon Bar, April 19, 1903, Congdon (Mo. Bot. Gard.). OREGON:

Harper Ranch, Malheur Co., May 23, 1896, Lezberg, no. 2119.

WASHINGTON: wheat fields, Waitsburg May 12, 1897, Horner,

no. R147B364; 1889, Vasey, no.

The name A. parviflora was used by Bernhardi, Del. Sem. Hort.
Erf. 1833, for a South American species, but Bernhardi’s plant has’
been considered a synonym of A. angustifolia Lehm. Lehmann’s
name appeared in a seed list (Del. Sem. Hort. Hamb. 7. 1832) but
was not published until 1836 by Fischer and Meyer (Ind. Sem.
Hort. Petrop. ii. 26) who cite A. parviflora as a synonym. Accord-
ingly if Bernhardi’s name was accompanied by a diagnosis it
should displace the later A. angustifolia Lehm. providing it is, as
supposed, a synonym of the latter but it seems very probable that
Del. Sem. Hort. Erf. (which I have not seen) is a seed list similar
to Del. Sem. Hort. Hamb., with the names unaccompanied by
descriptions. Of course on the other hand there is the possibility
that Lehmann’s and Bernhardi’s plants were not the same, yet
Reiche, Fl. de Chile v. 238 (1910), follows Fischer and Meyer’s
treatment. Therefore, because of the uncertainty connected with
the precise application of these names, it has not seemed necessary
nor advisable to change at this time Mr. Heller’s well-chosen
name for the North American plant.

_— 14. A. campestris Greene, Man. Bay-Region 263 (1894). A.
tae: Jepson, Fl. W. Middle Cal. ed. 2, 350 (1911), not F. &
eee Region of San Francisco Bay and northward. — CaLtror-

: Los Gatos, April 4, 1904, Heller, 7282; Stanford University,

Manet 27, 1902, Baker, no. 391, in pa in part; Concord, Contra Costa

Co., March 4 and 14, 1914, pide no. 3773, and nos. 3774,

3796; Yreka, Siskiyou Co., May 3, 1910, Butler, se 1269 (R. Mt.

Herb.); Oroville, Butte Co., March 9, 1913, Heller 0. 106

si t., Gard.); Red Bluff, Tehama Co. , April 25, igi, We W. 5 oe

he oe pubescence, especially on the calyx, is the dis-

tinctive feature of this species. The stamens are inserted either

in the throat or tube of the corolla, as illustrated by Miss Fast-
wood’s numbers 3774 and 3773, respectively.

obvallata Greene, in herb., planta circa 3.5 dm. alta;

ste Pecohtanee strigillosis ad basem haud hispidis; folliis radi-

12 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

calibus ignotis, caulinis paucis gradatim reductis fere oblongis
circa 2 cm. gas Hip strigillosis et paullo hispidulis cum pilis

plus minusve ntibus; racemis demum elongatis; calycis
fructiferi Saorhiie tae toe ribus 5 mm. longis strigillosis et See
hispidis, pilis haud fulvescentibus; corolla circa 10 mm. longa
faucibus paullo ampliatis; stamin ibis faucibus corollae insertis;
pesos vix 2.5 mm. per aoe dense muriculatis et paullo
rugulosis. — Cat frequent in low fields, Tracy, San
Joacutl eS. Ronit 25, 1903, ee no. 2779 (Type, Gray Herb.).

The almost entire absence of hispid pubescence, the small remote
leaves, and short fruiting calyx are characters that give to this
plant a distinctive aspect and seem to justify its segregation from
A. Douglasiana.

/ 16. A. lunaris, spec. nov., erecta circa 6 dm. alta; caulibus
mediocriter hispidis et ad apicem dense retrorso-strgillosis pars
caulinis inferioribus oblongis vel lineari-oblongis circa 3 mm. latis
4 em. longis hispidulis, pilis basi ive tabercalatia sanenoptes
gradatim reductis ovato-lanceolatis canescenti-strigillosis costa
media et margine minute hispidis, pilis plus minusve patentibus;
calycis fructiferi laciniis linearibus 4-5 mm. longis strigosis et basi
papilloso-setoso-hispidis, pilis fulvescentibus; corolla circa 7 mm.
Sous faucibus badinacther ampliatis; staminibus 3 in faucibus,
in tubo corollae insertis; nuculis sublunatis fere 3 mm. longis
valde picasa albo-tubereulatis ha oA rugosis. — CALIFORNIA:
grassy bank near San Mate the Half Moon B ay road, San
Mateo Co., May 23, 1907, Heller, no. 8555 (Typr, Gray Herb.).

A segregate of the next species but apparently very distinct
because of the very pubescent upper leaves and the not at all
rugose nutlets.

17. A. Dovetastana A. DC. Prod. x. 118 (1846). A. eee
Gray in Brewer & Wats. Bot. = i. 524 (1876) and Syn. FI. 1
I. 198 (1886), in large part; Greene, Man. Bay-Region 262 (1804);
Jepson, Fl. W. Middle Cal. ed. 2. 350 (1911); Abrams, 8
Ang. 335 (1911), in part, not F. & M.— Sonoma County to San
Diego County, mostly west of the Coast Ranges. — CALIFORNIA:
Santa Rosa Creek, Sonoma Co., March 26, 1902, Heller & Brown;
Palo Alto, March, 1910, Mrs. T. C. Pease; Stanford, April 21,
1902, Abrams na 249, An Antioch, Contra Costa Co., April 17,
1908, He 8; n Springs, secre 14, 1914, Eastwood,
0. 3812; Los Gatos, April. 23, 1904, Heller, no. 7347; Stanford,
April I 1902, Baker, no. 485; also March 27 an ay 15, no. 391,
in p art; Del Monte, April, 1902, Elmer, no. 3567; Santa Lucia
Mts. March, 1898, Plaskett, no. 41: near Monterey, 1832, Doug-

Op:

~
a]

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 13

las; San Luis Obispo and Monterey Cos., April 15—May 10, Jared,

no. "3: Ellwood, April 20, 1908, Eastwood, no s. 8and 9; Pasadena,
1901-— 1905, Gran t, no. 40; Santa Monica, ponies San Pe Pedro, March
14, 1903, Abrams, no. 3140 (?); Bird Rock, April 11, 1914, Cle-
ments, no . 104; a Jolla, March 1, nos. 103 a nd 1 105; San

in p
San Diego, Feb. 22, 1916, Mary F. Spencer; San Rakpniins
Valley, April 10, 1906, Parish, no. 5575 “fe Mt. Herb.); Caliente,
Kern Co., April %, 1905, Heller, = 7618; San “ener gene Mts., June
1-3, 1900, Hall, no. 1440 (M Gard.). : Encenada
April 10, 1882, Jones (R. Mt. ek): Seite ‘Hot ating: May
24, 1894, Schoenfeld no. 3278.
17a. interior, var. gelien corolla 5-7 mm. longa fere tubu-
losa; ate fructiferi laciniis circa 5 mm. ongis. — South-central
California to Arizona. — CALIFORNIA: between Earlinart and
Delano, Tulare Co., March 26, 1914, Eastwood, no. 3921 (Typn,
Gray Herb.); see. 3952; Hanford, Tular e Co., March 24, 1914,
Eastwood, 3840. Mexico: San Rafael Valley, Lower Cali-
fchiay Ane 18, 1885, Orcutt, no. 1255. >far won Wo bi.

This, the most common species of California is, perhaps, the
most variable. In its most abundant and most nearly typical form
it is an inhabitant of the coastal hill country from the region of
San Francisco Bay to San Diego County, but is represented in the
interior of the southern part of the state by the variety interior.
The proper disposition of this inland form is perplexing but by
virtue of its relatively dull stem, small corolla and short calyx it
appears distinct enough to warrant recognition as a variety, in
spite of the fact that plants have been collected which apparently
show clear intergradation with the typical form.

> 18. A. intactilis, spec. nov., robusta 3-6 dm. alta ubique plus
“minusve hispida paullo strigosa:; foliis ovato-oblongis vel ovato-
lanceolatis acutis circa 3.5 cm. longis (vel plantae in oe foliis
a nt pilis basi valde albo-tuberculatis; racemis demum
elongatis parce hispidis et crispe puberulis; pedicellis sie 3 mm.
lo nes ; ecalycis fructiferi laciniis ovato-lanceolatis vel anguste
lanceolatis 10-12mm. longis hispidis margine dense ciliatis
imprimis ad basin cum 1 pilis villosis aliquid fulvescentibus; corolla
circa 10 mm. longa tubo calycem superante circa 5 mm. intus
glabro vel pubescente faucibus; staminibus tubo corollae paullo
supra basin insertis; nuculis ovatis fere 4 mm. longis et
carinatis obscure tuberculatis sed -valde rugosis imprimis
picem. — CALIFORNIA: sieak “Oriana, Glenn Co., May 1, 1914,

14 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Heller, no. 11355-(Typr, Gray Herb.); Bennett Spring, Glenn Co.,
“June 16, 1915, Heller, no. 11985. Nervapa: north of Verdi,
Washoe Co., June 24, 1913, Heller, no. 10880.

It is difficult to indicate the salient characters of this plant but
it seems to be distinct from any described species. The large
nutlets and long fruiting calyx are peculiarities that make impossi-
ble its reference to any member of the A. Douglasiana group of
species.

o£ 19. A. Eastwoodae, spec. nov., usque ad 3-3.5 dm. alta; cauli-
bus infirmis ubique pubescentibus cum pilis patentibus infirmis
etiam praecipue ad a apicem crispe hirsutulis; foliis internodiis
longioribus, caulinis sei arin _lineari-lanceolat tis acuminatis
3-7 cm. longis circa 4 mm. latis cum pubescentia ei caulis simile
mani see si superioribus ah ep aikiee eductis; racemis
ubique ebracteatis setoso-hispidis mediocriter fulvescentibus;
ak fructiferi laciniis circa 7 mm. longis fere linearibus; corolla
infundibuliformi 13-17 mm. longa tubo calyce 2-3-plo longiore,
faucibus ampliatis; staminibus Estar corollae insertis; nuculis
2.5-3.5 mm. longis plus minusve serratim carinatis et rugosis et
mediocriter dense albo-muriculatis. — CaLiForN1A: near Pollasky,
Fresno Co., ache 11, 1906, Hee no. 8153 (Type, Gray Herb.) ;
ymon a Co., May 5 1896, Clara E. Cummings; Mari-
‘posa, Agee: 19, 1903, Congdo (Mo. Bot. Gard. ); New York Falls,
Amador Co., July, 1805, Hansen, no. 1046 (Mo. Bot. Gard.).

This beautiful and distinctive species is probably restricted to
Fresno and counties adjacent. Its large corollas are very sugges-
tive of those of A. Lemmonii but in fruit characters it resembles
A. Douglasiana. Students are indebted to Miss Eastwood and
Mr. Heller for the largest and most representative collections of
Amsinckia in herbaria. The latter collector is the author of the
widely disseminated A. parviflora but Miss Eastwood has not
found time to study her collections and they have been mostly
distributed unnamed. It seems peculiarly fitting that her name
should become connected with this group of plants in which she
has taken so great an interest.

A dios A. valens, spec. nov., robusta 5-9 dm. alta; caulibus me-

diocriter hispidis haud adpresse strigillosis; foliis caulinis infe-

rioribus oblongo-lanceolatis obtusis vel acutis 10-14 cm. longis

1-1.5 cm. latis utrinque subadpresse ee cabcaa aie poe
adati :

Macbride — North American Species of Amsinckia 15

puberulis; ee brevissimis; calycis fructiferi laciniis fere
linearibus circa 6 mm. longis adpresse villosis et, hispidis, pilis ali-
quid fulvedodirtibas; ae 12-15 mm. longa tubo calycem super-

. ; , no. Typ
Chico, Butte Co., April 21, 1914, Heller, 11310; Oroville, Butte
Co., March 9, 1913, Heller, 10683; Marysville Buttes, Sutter Co.,
Apri 3, 1915, Heller, no. 11800; Auburn, Placer Co. , April, 1895,
y E. P. Ames (Mo. Bot. Gard.).

I cannot refer this large-flowered species to the relatively small-
flowered A. Douglasiana which is not known to grow north of
central California. A. Hastwoodae, however, might be interpreted
so as to include A. valens but unless collections are secured that
necessitate a reconstruction of our present conception of the foliage
and size of the former species it would be unwise, it seems to me,
to consider this huge and coarse plant of more northern range as of
the same specific unit.

oe 21. A. inepta, spec. nov., ut videtur circa 5 dm. alta; caulibus
erectis nitidulis parce setoso-hispidis non omnino strigosis: foliis
numerosis lineari-lanceolatis 3-7 cm. longis vix 3 mm. latis longo-
acuminatis mediocriter hispidis, superioribus gradatim gare
racemis ebracteatis; calycis fructiferi laciniis circa
fere linearibus valde setoso-hispidis aliquid fulvescentibus; conte
circa 15 mm. longa tubo calyce 2-3-plo longiore, faucibus medio-
criter ampliatis; stamini ibus fau alba corollae insertis; nuculis
3 rites longis vix carinatis cal rugosis et solum minute muriculatis.
WER CALIFORNIA: San Martin Island, March—June, 1897,

Asien aot (Typr, Gray Herb.).

Satisfactory characters with which to separate this species from
narrow-leaved maritime specimens of A. Douglasiana are not
numerous. Nevertheless the somewhat longer corolla and scarcely
more than granularly roughened nutlets are features that forbid
the reference of A. inepta to any form of the mainland plant.

22. A. microcARPA Greene, Eryth. 191 (1894). — Ca.
shown Coulter, nos. 497 and 504; Fort Mites, April 16, 1861,

This oo. appears very distinct by reason of the densely
villous and appressed-hispid calyces and the large corollas. The
nutlets, however, are often larger than Greene indicated and in

16 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

our material by Coulter (presumably duplicates of the type) the
full grown calyx is much longer than called for in the original
description. An immature specimen from the Yosemite by Clara
E. Cummings apparently belongs to this species.

rh 23. A. EcHINATA Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 54 (1875). —

CaiForniA: Fort Mojave, Seb, 1860-61, Cooper; Maricopa,
Kern Co., March, 1881, Parry, no. "207.,

This is a remarkable species and vases very local. Other
specimens referred to it which I have seen belong to A. Dougla- -
siana which may have nutlets with a serrated carination but are
never truly echinate.

Il. FURTHER NOTES ON THE BORAGINACEAE

Cordia Brittonii (Millspaugh), comb. nov. Varronia Brittonii
Millspaugh, Field Col. Mus. Bot. ser. ii. “311 (1909).

I am unable to see that any good purpose will be served by
raising the section Varronia to generic rank. Consistency will then
demand the recognition of other subgeneric groups as genera thus
splitting the reasonable entity long known as Cordia into a number
of parts that will challenge sharp definition. If the technical char-
acters upon which Varronia, for instance, is based, coincided with
distinctive traits of aspect its recognition as a genus would appear
to be more reasonable. But in Cordia there is no agreement of this
nature between aspect and diagnostic characters so that plants
possessing great superficial resemblances, as for instance many
species with capitate inflorescences, for reasons purely technical oc-
cur in different sections of the genus. But logically these plants are
all Cordias and are recognizable as such by the amateur, so why
exaggerate the importance of the more or less obscure technical
characters by calling some members of the group Varronias, others
Sebestens, etc. to the utter confusion of all but the professional T
Surely the average traveler can learn to recognize a shrub of this
alliance as a Cordia when he may be unable to assign it to a section
which has been set up as a genus.

Cordia imparilis, spec. nov., fruticosa erecta aromatica; ramis
tres = eal aia rufo-hirsutis (pilis cirea 2 mm. lo oom

Macbride — Further Notes on the Boraginaceae 17

supra scrabris subtus dense pubescentibus cum pilis albis brevis-
simis, petiolis hirsutis 7-10 mm. longis; spicis cylindraceis densis
a 5

mixtis; calycibus junioribus globosis dense brevissimis hirsutis;
corolla alba 4 mm. longa calyce duplo ree parce oer ad
faucem lobis inequaliter dehdenists. staminibus exsertis. —
Mexico: near the boundary of Michoacan and Cosas | Aug. 1,
1898, Langlassé, no. 265 (Typ, Gray Herb.).

It is with no little hesitation that I propose a plant of this large
genus as new. However, apparently no member of the subsection
Spiciformes occurring in Mexico agrees (at least as described) with
the plant here characterized. In some respects it suggests both
C. brevispicata Mart. & Gal. and C. ferruginea R. & S. but differs
from both greatly in pubescence and foliage.

HELITROPIUM PHYSOCALYCINUM Donn. Sm. Bot. Gaz. xlix. 457
(1910) has an exact synonym in H. jaliscense Macbr. Proc. Am.
Acad. li. 542 (1916). The first line of Capt. Smith’s description
reads ‘‘ Omnibus fere in partibus glanduliferum.”’ This does not
well apply to the type of H. jaliscense but neither does it to Hyde &
Lux no. 3990, the latter cited by Capt. Smith as representing his
species. H. physocalycinum is very distinctive by virtue of its
unique calyx. Since the original diagnosis was accompanied by
citations of specimens from Guatemala and Peru only, the follow-
ing collections showing the distribution of the species in south-
western Mexico may be named. Mexico: Sierra Madre, Michoa-
can, June 6, 1898, Langlassé, no. 577; San Sebastian, Jalisco,
March 16, 1897, EZ. W. Nelson, no. 4083; Talea, Oaxaca, Feb.,
1844, Galeotti.

OREOCARYA INTERRUPTA Greene, Pitt. iii. 111 (1896). This
species, not placed in my recent revision of the genus, is represented
at the Mo. Bot. Gard. by Heller’s no. 9185 from Humboldt Wells,
Elko Co., Nevada, July 27, 1908. It is apparent that the relation-
ship of the plant is with O. spiculifera Piper but the tubercles on
the much smaller nutlets are not at all confluent into rugae. Never-
theless the habit and vegetative characters simulate O. spiculifera
rather than any muriculate-fruited species. O. interrupta, there-
fore, seems to be a connecting link between the rugose and non-
rugose groups of the small-flowered section of the genus.

18 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

LAPPULA CALIFORNICA (Gray) Piper, Bull. Torr. Club. xxix. 546
(1902). Mr. A. A. Heller has distributed recently under his number
12426 a Lappula secured by him June 22, 1916 in Siskiyou County,
California, the label of which bears this inscription: ‘‘ Lappula
bella Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb. ii. 48: 39. 1916.” If Mr. Heller
had wished to collect the species most distantly related to L. bella
he should have selected L. californica, which, as a matter of fact is
nicely represented by his number 12426! L. californica is very
common in pe ai sae
/ Mertensia Eastwoodae M. alaskana Eastw. Bot.
Gaz. xxxiii. 287 802), not as aiden Britton, Bull. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. ii. 181 (1901

In Contrib. Gray ‘Ty n. ser. xlviii. 7 (1916) the above species
were listed as segregates of M. paniculata, with the statement, ‘ if
I may judge from character alone, these are not worthy specific
rank.’’ Since then, however, I have examined a specimen pre-
served at the Missouri Botanical Garden which purports to be a
part of the type collection of M. alaskana Eastw. and shows that
Miss Eastwood’s species is not, in reality, very closely related to
M. paniculata. Indeed the pubescence on the pedicels is closely
appressed, a characteristic which suggests M. pratensis and its
allies but from which it is at once recognizable by its narrow acu- »
minate leaves and pectinately-rugose fruits. M. alaskana Britton
on the other hand is a segregate of M. paniculata as is shown by
Miss Eastwood’s no. 94 from Dawson Slide which agrees exactly
with the original diagnosis. It is to be distinguished from M. pani-
culata by the glabrous or only ciliate sepals and the somewhat
narrower, glabrous (or very slightly pubescent beneath) leaves.
Numerous collections from different localities are needed to prove
the value of the presence or absence and position of pubescence
as a character for distinguishing species in this group.

MERTENSIA GRANDIS Woot. & Standl. Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb.
. xvi. 165 (1913). In Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. xlviii. 8 (1916)
this species was referred to M. franciscana Heller. Recently, how-
ever I have examined co-type material (Metcalfe, no. 1319) of M.
grandis as preserved at the Missouri Botanical Garden and I now
doubt the wisdom of my reduction. The species is indeed very
near M. franciscana but the corollas are rather of the type of
M. pratensis, except that they are even larger. Since the species

Macbride — Further Notes on the Boraginaceae 19

agree as to calyx-lobes and grow in the same region M. grandis
may represent only a large-flowered state of M. franciscana, but
more material is needed to prove or disprove this possibility.

a oe ey (Cav.) Pers., var. versicolor (Pers.), ¢
nov. M. arvensis (L.) Hill, var. ? versicolor Pers. Syn. i. 156 Gees.
M. nastier {Paras Sm. in Sowerby’s Engl. Bot. xxxvi. sub t.
2558 (1814).

Anchusa lutea Cav. Icones i. 50, t. 69, fig. 1 (1791) is the earliest
designation for this rather variable but unique species. That
Cavenilles’ plant is merely the form of the species with corollas
remaining yellow (the common state has corollas yellow in anthesis
but soon changing to bright- and then to rose-blue, i. e. the var.
versicolor) is shown by the adoption of the name M. lutea for this
species in the authoritative work, Flora der Schweiz by Schinz und
Keller, 3 Auflage, I Teil 440 (1909). Hermann, in his carefully
prepared Flora von Deutschland und Fennoskandinavien 384
(1912) also takes up Cavenilles’ name. It seems to me however
that this noticeable phenomenon of the color-change that takes
place in the corolla after anthesis is important enough to justify
varietal designation of these plants in which it occurs, especially
since they are of more frequent occurrence than those with corollas
yellow even in age.

Onosmopium. Mr. Mackenzie, in his discriminating revision of
this group as it occurs north of Mexico, endeavored to define the
genus so as to exclude from it the large-flowered section Macro-
merioides Gray (Syn. FI. ii. pt. I. 205), and proposed for O. Thur-
beri Gray the new combination Macromeria Thurberi (Gray)
Mackenzie, Bull. Torr. Club xxxii. 496 (1905). In regard to this
transfer of O. Thurberi he wrote: “It seems certainly congeneric
with M. viridiflora DC., M. cinerascens DC. and M. discolor
Benth. Whether these species are congeneric with the original
species of Don [M. exserta] I cannot determine at present, the
material I have seen being too scanty.”’ Examination of a number
of good collections of M. exserta has disclosed the fact that the
nutlets are always keeled ventrally. In all other species the nutlets
are not at all keeled. Accordingly M. exserta, since it possesses
this distinctive character of fruit in addition to the great develop-
ment of corolla with flaring lobes and long-exserted stamens, can
scarcely be considered congeneric with O. Thurberi and its rela-

20 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

tives, a group characterized by not at all carinate nutlets, included
or slightly exserted stamens and erect or suberect corolla-lobes.
This group, section Macromerioides Gray, is possible of two inter-
pretations. It may be regarded either as a subgenus of Onosmo-
dium or as a genus intermediate to Onosmodium and Macromeria.
Mackenzie, in writing of O. Thurberi stated, 1. c., “ It differs from
Onosmodium in the greatly elongated corolla, exserted stamens,
long filaments and versatile anthers, in usually ripening more
nutlets, and in the persistence of the enlarged base of the style.”
However, upon examination of all the species of both sections,
Onosmodium proper and Macromerioides, it seems to me clear that
none of these characters are appropriate for the definition of genera
because they exist in variable and inconstant degrees of develop-
ment, even for example, the apparently distinctive character,
‘anthers versatile.’”’ As a matter of fact the anthers are quite as
versatile in O. occidentalis as in O. Thurberi; in neither are they
truly versatile or truly innate being attached above the base
toward, but not at, the middle. Gray, 1. c., indicated that the
anthers of O. Thurberi were not truly versatile as in the related
Mexican species but this fact did not deter Mackenzie from trans-
fering O. Thurberi to the genus containing these species. That it
would be unwise to try to maintain this section as a genus distinct
from Onosmodium proper becomes even more evident when the
species O. strigosum G. Don is taken into consideration. This.
plant “ looks ”’ like a narrow-leaved O. Thurberi with corollas only
about half as long. But the stamens are included and moreover
the anthers are woolly dorsally. Altogether it seems advisable to
regard these large-flowered species as congeneric with the smaller-
flowered group Onosmodium proper, allowing Macromeria to stand
as a monotypic genus, distinguished principally by the keeled
nutlets. It becomes necessary, in accordance with this viewpoint:
of the generic limitation of Macromeria to transfer a few species:
described under that genus to Onosmodium. Since three of these
are represented in this herbarium I am making this number of the
required new combinations.

osmodium discolor techs ), comb. nov. Macromeria dis-
color oo Pl. Hartw. 49 (1840 :

ium ee (Greenm. ), comb. nov. Macromeria.

Pringles ¢ Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxiv. 570 (1899).

Macbride — Further Notes on the Boraginaceae 21

Onosmodium longiflorum (D. Don), comb. nov. Macromeria
longiflora D. Don, Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. xiii. 239 (1832).
ONOSMODIUM noahenbacdogs (D. Don) Macbr., var. hispidum
(Mart. & Gal.), comb. nov. Macromeria hispida Mart. & Gal.
Bull. Acad. Brux. xi. pt. 2, 339 (1844). M. wi D. Don,
var. hispida (Mart. & Ga 1) A. DC. Prod. x. 68 (1846).
Onosmodium unicum, spec. nov., ut videtur 4-5 dm. altum;
caule ad apicem ramoso pilis adpresse crispeque et cum no onnullis
pilis longioribus firmiusculis intermixtis; foliis radicalibus ignotis
caulinis oblongo-lanceolatis basi et apice acutis circa 5 cm. longis
1.5-1.8 em. latis supra viridibus parce papilloso-hispidis et minute
ea Sas ae pallidioribus 3-5 nerviis strigillosis et imprimis
e hispidis, foliis superioribus gradatim pepe
dancinie Bab Visco athineds et -hispidis; corolla cirea 12 m
longa, tubo (ut videtur flavo) extus parce villoso, intus eee:
cs (ut videtur viridibus) corollae anguste ovato-acuminatis ad
m plus minusve recurvatis extus adpresse strigosis fere 4 m

apic

toitiie: antheris 2.5 mm. longis apiculatis ; stylo exserto; a a
lobis inaequalibus fere linearibus circa 8 mm. longis; ase acute
fere rotundis circa 4 mm. longis nitidis laevissimis. — MrExico:

Alvarez, San Luis "Potaa, July 13-23, 1904, Palmer, no. 185 (Typr,
Gray Herb.).

This very unique species is related to the Texan O. bejariense
DC. which has extremely hispid stems and calyces, the long hairs
widely spreading, and is not at all viscid.

Onosmodium revolutum (Robinson), comb. nov. Lithosper-
mum revolutum Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxvii. 182 (1892).

This very distinctive plant is a better Onosmodium it seems to
me than a Lithospermum. Since the discovery of the Mexican
species L. Palmeri and L. oblongifolium, both with the aspect of
Onosmodium and with nearly the corolla of that genus, the diffi-
culty of defining in good contrast these genera has been greatly
increased. The above species, which may be said to be on the
border-line between the genera possess, however, very rounded
corolla-lobes which are somewhat spreading. This character is
peculiar to Lithospermum. But the corolla of L. revolutum has
erect lobes that are acute or at least acutish and moreover the
limb is entirely without appendages of any sort; they are usually
present in some degree in Lithospermum. L. strictum Lehm.
(under which name L. revolutum was first distributed) is aberrant
in Lithospermum because it has the tubular corolla of Onosmodium

22 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

with suberect lobes. The lobes, however, are rounded, the throat
of the corolla is appendaged and the aspect of the plant is more sug-
gestive of Lithospermum than of Onosmodium. But L. revolutum
has the aspect of Onosmodium, which fact, taken together with its
corolla-characters seems to justify its classification as a member of
that genus rather than of Lithospermum.

MAacroMERIA EXSERTA D. Don, var imparata, var. nov., cauli-
bus adpresse strigillosis; pilis haud patentibus; aliter formae
typicae simillima. — Mexico: Oaxaca, 1842, Ghiesbreght (TYPE,
Gray Ears: )e

This variety is not furnished with the rigid widely spreading
hairs which are so abundant on the stems of the typical form of the
species with which it otherwise agrees.

Lith um, spec. nov., ut videtur herbaceum 7.5
dm. altum eaten a in schedulis) ; caulibus superne 2-3-cho-
tomis adpresse strigillosis et hispidis; foliis caulinis superioribus
ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis basi abrupte acutis 4-6 cm. longis

fructiferis incurvatis circa 5 mm. longis et sabveis tadintis 10 mm
longis linearibus hispidis et strigosis; corolla alba circa 15 mm.
longa, tubo circa 12 mm. longo extus et intus adpresse piloso et
facies glandulari-granulosis; limbi lobis rotundatis minute
crenulatis; nuculis laevissimis haud punctatis. — Mexico: Cerro
Verde, near the bounda ary between Michoacan and Guerrero, Nov.
6, 1898, Langlassé, no. 581 (Typn, Gray Herb.); hills, Uruapan,
Michoacan, Nov. 15, 1905, Pringle, no. 13761.

This species is apparently related to L. Nelsonii Greenm. but
the resemblance is mostly one of aspect rather than of agreement in .
technical characters. The presence of pubescence within the
corolla tube, the absence of appendages in the throat and the
crenulate corolla lobes are a few of the distinctive features of
L. chersinum.

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 23

III. NOTES ON THE HYDROPHYLLACEAE AND A FEW
OTHER NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES
a. HyYDROPHYLLACEAE
HyprRopHyLLuM FEnpLERI (Gray) Heller, var. albifron

op comb. nov. 4H. albifrons Heller, Bull. Torr. Club xxv.
267 (1898).

Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 33 (1913), retains H. albifrons,
evidently unaware that H. occidentale Gray, var. Fendleri Gray,
which he treats as a variety of H. albifrons Heller, was raised to
the rank of species in Plant World i. 23 (1897), a year before the
publication of the latter name. Brand’s disposition of the plants
represented by the above names may well be followed so it becomes
necessary to make the new combination indicated. The variety,
then, represents the more western state of the species which has
the pedicels generally longer than the sepals. H. capitatum Dougl.
has an analogous variation in the variety alpinum Wats.

PHACELIA LAXA Small, Bull. Torr. Club xxv. 141 (1898). This
species has an exact synonym in P. prostrata Brand, Pflanzen-
reich iv. 251. 68 (1913). Brand failed to include P. laxa in his
revision, |. c., of Phacelia.

PHACELIA MADRENSIS Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 85 (1903).
P. rupicola Robinson & Fernald, var. madrensis (Greenm.) Brand,
PRnhecceueh | iv. 251. 67 (1913).

Brand, 1. c., observes ‘‘ Planta teste auctore perennis. Stylum
non inveni divisum ‘ nearly to the base,’ sed paulo infra medium
partitum.” The type preserved in the Gray Herbarium shows that
the plant is undoubtedly perennial and the style zs divided “ nearly
to the base ”’ so this latter character must vary in different indi-
viduals. Further collections are needed before it will be possible ~
to pass on the constancy of the characters upon which Greenman,
l.c., founded his species. Brand describes P. rupicola as

-“ Annua (?).”’ It is clearly, as first described, a OER

Phacelia minor (Harvey), comb. nov. Whitla minor
Harvey, Hook. Journ. Bot. v. 312 (1846). Phacelia ""Whitlavia
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 322 (1875), in part. P. Whitlavia Gray,
forma minor (Harvey) Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 71 (1913).

24 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

PuacELIA MINOR (Harvey) Macbr., var. Whitlavia (Gray),
comb. nov. P. Whitlavia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 322 (1875), in
part. P. Whitlavia Gray, forma genuina Brand and var. Jonesi2
Brand, |. c., Whitlavia grandiflora Harvey, 1. c., not Phacelia grandi-
flora (Benth.) Gray, 1. ¢. 321

It is indeed unfortunate that the “ California Blue Bell,’’ one of
the largest flowered Phacelias, should have to be designated, for
reasons of priority, P. minor. The species occurs in two forms
which differ only in the size of the corolla and Harvey gave the
name minor to the plant with corollas 2 em. or less long in contrast
to his Whitlavia grandiflora which sometimes has flowers 4 cm.
long. The type of the large-flowered plant has the stamens but
slightly exserted but these organs vary greatly in this respect,
sometimes being distinctly exserted, again quite included. Since
Dr. Gray used Harvey’s generic name specifically in large part to
represent W. grandiflora and since florists know the plant simply
as ‘‘ Whitlavia ’”’ it may well be retained as the formal variety
Whitlavia. Several lovely color-forms exist in horticulture.

~ Phacelia Bakeri (Brand), comb. nov. P. crenulata Torr., v
Bakeri Brand, Pflanzenreich — 78 (1913). P. alandulos
Nutt., var. australis Brand, |. ¢ and var. deserta Brand, 1. c.,
part. — Southwestern Mio: chun c ° Novae and Colorado. — Nox:
TANA: Bannock City, July 19, 1880, Watson, no. 281. Ipano: rock
slides, Salmon River near Clayton, ha 22, 1916, Macbride &
Payson, no. 3364. Nervapa: Mt. Grant, Mineral Co., July 2,
1913, Heller, no. 10900. a ey iawn A Mts., Aug., 1883, Jones
(R. Mt. Herb.). Cou Ouray, Aug. 10, 1901, Baker, no.
758; Cumbres, Sept. 7 "Bie no. 349. head of Rio Grande, Sept.,
1875, Brandegee.

This distinctive plant, the basis of two new varieties by Brand
under different species, is nearest in fruit-characters to P. glandu-
- losa Nutt. Brand’s interpretation of Nuttall’s species is atrocious.
Besides P. Bakeri (as var. australis) he includes in it Nelson’s no.
8053 as var. elatior Brand which variety excellently represents the
totally different P. neomexicana Thurber, var. alba (Rydb.) |
Brand! And his var. deserta is P. Bakeri except as to Nelson’s no.
3050, the type of P. deserta A. Nels. and this is true P. glandulosa
Nutt., apparently the only typical material of P. glandulosa seen
by fiesud:

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 20

‘PHACELIA INTEGRIFOLIA Torr., var. robusta, var. nov., planta
robusta 4-12 dm. alta; caulibus ad medium 1 em. latis; foliis
caulinis superioribus ovato-rotundatis s saepius 10 cm. longis 6 cm.
eee Texas: Chinati Mts., 1882, Havard, no. 250 (Typr, Gray

erb.).

Only the upper portion of the plant is shown but the label bears
the note ‘2-3 ft. high.” It was evidently a much larger plant
than is usual for P. integrifolia in which species Dr. Gray included
it. The leaves of the latter, however, are usually of an oblong
rather than oval type.

PHACELIA CRENULATA Torr., var. acco (Jones), comb. n
P. ambigua Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xii. 52 (1908). P. renulats
Torr., var. vulgaris Brand, haha anise 6 iv. 251. 78 (1913) as to
some specimens.

The setose-hispid character of the pubescence on the stem dis-
tinguishes the variety ambigua. The variety merges with the
typical form but it is often well-marked and moreover almost if
not entirely replaces in Arizona true P. crenulata.

- PHACELIA CONGESTA Hook., var. rupestris (Greene), comb.
nov. P. rupestris Greene, Leaflets i. 152 (1905); Brand, Pflan-
zenreich iv. 251. 85 (1913); Wooten & Standley, Contrib. U. §.
Nat. Herb. xix. 533 (1915).

Hooker, 1. ¢., drew his description from plants collected by
Drummond in the vicinity of Galveston, Texas, and specimens
closely agreeing with the original diagnosis have been secured
since only from the southern and eastern portions of the state.
These are characterized by ample merely downy leaves and corol-
las about 5 mm. long. Collections from farther north and west,
however, exhibit great variation in the size of the leaves and the
character of the pubescence. The leaves are generally smaller and
the pubescence is often more pronounced on both leaves and stems.
In New Mexico and far-western Texas there occurs a variation in
which these tendencies culminate in extreme form to produce a
plant with velvety leaves and more or less hispid stems. This state
has received the name P. rupestris and Brand included the plant it
represents in P. congesta. Wooten & Standley, 1. c., however,
retained Greene’s name and thus excluded P. congesta from the
flora of New Mexico. In this they were surely justified in so far as
true P. congesta is concerned but examination of material from

26 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

southwestern Texas and northern Mexico must show the inadvisa-
bility of regarding the New Mexican material as representing a
distinct species because collections exist which are so intermediate
in character between it and the typical state that they directly
connect the two. However the western plants are in general easily
distinguished and therefore I propose for them the above varietal
eo aataee

a Anelsonii, spec. nov. +, annua erecta birt medio-
criter rohan glanduloso-viseida circa 3 dm. alta; foliis late oblon-
gis valde sinuato-crenatis vel subpinnatifidis raro lyratis ‘obis
crenulatis circa 6 cm. longis 1-2 ¢ ‘cake viridibus sed parce glan-
duloso-viscidis; racemis Raniodiakis laxiusculis; calycis lobis late
ovatis obtusis glanduloso-hirsutis ei rea 4 mm. ’Jongis fere 2 mm.

s. — :
Wash, April 28, 1902, Goodding, no. 635 (Typr, R. Mt. Herb.).

This is the plant which Goodding, when he described his P.
foetida, Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 58 (1904), took to represent P. Palmert
Wats., a very different plant with exserted stamens and corrugated
seeds. P. Anelsonii resembles P. crenulata Torr. in leaves, P.
integrifolia Torr. in habit and seeds. It is unique, however, among
species of this alliance in the included stamens. In this one char-
acter it suggests the obviously distinct P. coerulea Greene and P.
invenusta Gray, species with corrugated seeds and very different
aspect. Aven Nelson has been the sponsor of many trips for
botanical exploration one of which may be appropriately commem-
orated ia scene to him this distinctive et

oribus. — Cau
April, 1901, ‘Blanche Trask (Type, Foto Her

This plant is a rather remarkable addition to the group of char-
acteristic species which include P. distans and P. ramosissima.
The cinereous pubescence of P. cinerea is distinctive but the foliage
and flowers (especially the nature of the corolla-appendages)
simulate closely P. distans. The latter plant, however, is consis-

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 24

tently annual or possibly biennial in duration. P. cinerea is as
obviously perennial as the otherwise different P. ramosissima.
Miss Eastwood has kindly given me permission to publish for her
this species to which she assigned the name P. cinerea when study-
ing at the Gray Herbarium.

Pu HACELIA DISTANS Benth., var. austRaLis Brand, Univ. Cal.
Publ. Bot. iv. 216 (1912); Pflanzenreich tvs 251. 89 (1913). FF.
distans goog var. eu-distans Brand, subvar. ammophila (Greene)

rand,

This plant, in common with many others that have a range
which extends from north-central to extreme-southern California
occurs in two forms, one, confined largely to the coastal region
and characterized by very unequal obovate sepals and the other,
largely belonging to the interior valleys, characterized by less
unequal linear-lanceolate or narrowly oblanceolate sepals. In
general distinct enough these forms merge, especially in the central
part of the state where specimens have been secured which are so
intermediate in character that they directly connect the typical or
coastal form of the species and the variety australis, i. e. the form
of the interior with relatively narrow sepals. The type of P. distans
came from Bodega Point and two leaf forms grow in that vicinity,
one having simply pinnatifid leaves and one bipinnatifid. Brand
in his revision described the former leaf-form as variety australis
but based it on specimens from interior southern California, evi-
dently having seen only the typical form from the type locality.
It is impossible, however, to distinguish satisfactorily in this group
of species varieties based only on degree of leaf-division because
the variation in this respect is so great. On the other hand it is
entirely practicable and also desirable to indicate by name the
calyx-variation discussed above because its occurrence is corre-
lated with a range-difference that is noteworthy. Accordingly it
seems to me that the proper treatment of the variety australis
Brand is to interpret it to include the plant of the interior of the
state irrespective of the relative deepness to which the leaflets are
cut since this obviously superficial variation belongs equally to the
typical form of the coast. In accord with this view the var. am-
mophila (Greene) Brand becomes a synonym of the var. australis
Brand.

28 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

PHACELIA HISPIDA Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. I. 161 (1878). Brand’s
treatment of this species is not satisfactory, largely because he
failed to interpret correctly the typical form. P. hispida was based
on specimens with leaflets very similar to those of P. ramosissima,
to which species, indeed, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 319 (1875), at
first allied it. Brand establishes two subvarieties of his variety
genuina. One of these, at least in large part, represents true
hispida. And he distinguishes subvar. cicutaria from subvar.
heterosepala merely by the acute lobes of the leaflets at the same
time remarking ‘“‘ kaum zu unterscheiden.’’ As a matter of fact
P. heterosepala Greene, upon which Brand bases his subvariety, is
an ally of P. platyloba Gray and consequently has nothing to do
with P. hispida. Because of this general misinterpretation of the
variants of this species it appears advisable to give the following
synopsis which includes two varieties not before published. It
seems superfluous to remark that these variations merge. Their
instability of character, however, does not mean that in general
they are not readily recognizable. Accordingly it is satisfactory
to give them a place in classification.

Leaflets ovate-lanceolate, epee. the terminal one............ P. hispida.
Leaflets oblong or oblong.
alyces and stems serenely hispid with long white hairs;
fruiting racemes modera n, at least at base
ape simple act “28 a nies sironigiy sedi: Bowens

6 6 we elk 9 ee ee ee ee 4 ee hae ae we a eee ww

VARI eS a a a
Calyces ‘aia upper portions of stems shaggy-hirsute; fruit- ‘
ing racemes very dense, even at base..............-++: var. Hubbyt.

P. nispipa Gray, var. GENUINA Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv.
te (1912). P. eximia Eastw. Pal Torr. Bes xxxii. 204 (1905).

P. hispida Gray, subvar. cicutaria (Gree Brand, 1. ec. 215, in
part. — Tulare and San Luis te Contin to san Bernardino
and San Diego Counties. — Three Rivers, May 15, 1894, Hast-
wood; Huasna, phe 13, 1902, Bashooat: Santa Barbara Co., se
Torrey, no. 351; Sulphur Mts., sng 1908, Abrams & Ma cGireg

o. 51; Los An geles, Nevin, no. - Witchcreek, June, 1894, Aten
rs San Diego, 1875, Claslaa: Pomona , May 6 , 1904, Baker,
no. 4749; San Bernardino, June 3, 1895, Parish, no. 3670; Clare-
mont, Los Angeles Co., June 24, 1904, Baker, no. 4776; San Ber-
nardino, _1880, foe: no. 421.

var. cicutaria (Greene), comb. nov. P. cicutaria Greene, P. itt.
v. 20 (1902). P. hispida Gray, pet ptonives (Greene) Brand,

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 29

Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 215 (1912); subvar. topnalesles er
except as to Austin specimen which is P. heterosepala Greene! —
California, in the interior from Butte to San Pernitling Coane
also Utah. — Utran: Diamond Valley, May 16, 1902, Goodding, no.
823. Ca LIFoRNIA: Oroville, April 5, 1913, Heller, no. 10709; Cold
Cafion, Butte Co., June, 1879, Mrs. R. M. Austi tin; Eldorado Co.,
April 6, 1911, Heller, no. 12283: Polasky, Madera, Co., April 11
1906, Heller, no. 8146; Red Hill, Inyo Co., May , 1906, Heller,
no. 8255: Caliente, Kern Co. , April 7 1905, Heller, no. 761

var. heliophila, var nov., ‘divergenti-ramosa; corolla mene
purpurea. — CALIFORNIA: gravelly open slopes, growing in clumps,
Sunset, Kern Co., April 20, 1905, Heller, no. 7730 (Typr, Gray
cant :

Hubbyi, var. nov., annua, superne dense hirsuto-hispida;
ocinie densissimis, pedicellis fructiferis fere erectis. — CaALI-
FORNIA: Ojai Valley, May 20, 1896, Frank W. Hubby, no. 31
(Typr, Gray Herb.); also nos. 35, 36; Santa Clara er. Ventura
Co., May, 1885, Gray; 1884, Nevin, no. 8.

The hirsute rather than hispid inflorescence with suberect pedi-
cels suggests strongly P. tanacetifolia. Brand has written on the
herbarium sheet of Mr. Hubby’s no. 35 “ this is nothing else than
the genuine form of P. hispida!” a statement which serves to
emphasize his misinterpretation of that species. Mr. Hubby
called attention in a letter to the annual duration of his plant (for-
bidding its reference to P. ramosissima) and to its apparent relation
to P. hispida which he could not call it however because of the
‘‘ much softer hairiness.”

Ge ae uMBROSA Greene, Eryth. ii. 191 (1894). P. hispida

ray, var. wmbrosa (Gree ne) B Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 88
meee var. brachyantha Coville, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. iv. 158
(1893). P. cryptantha Greene, Pitt. v. 1 (1902).

This plant seems to be se constantly from P. hispida
by its very small flowers. Brand maintains the varieties cited on
the degree of dilation of the sepals at apex. I fail to see even a
varietal distinction in this variation.

PHACELIA RAMOSISSIMA Dougl. ex Lehm. Pug. ii. 21 (1830).
Examination of the ample material in the Gray Herbarium of this
widely distributed perennial has disclosed the fact that several
noteworthy variations of the typical form of the species occur and
that these variations are coed with rather definite range-
isolations. The clearest and simplest expression of this phenome-

on may be had by the employment of a key to the several

30 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

variations and by the citation of specimens illustrative of their
respective ranges.

Stems glandular-hirsute and hispid or be var. subsinuata with
broadly obovate ne es Oy
Sepals gradually narr wed at ase, Bulaicalite or broader
but mostly distant ya ees ec tae ny fn oa P. ramosissima.
Sepals abruptly perl to a claw-like base, obovate and
cl approximate.
Stems gla: ndular-hirsute as well as his 1: GSS an hare nae var. suffrutescens.
aster” pias gird smooth except for a more or less dense
saree WA Ciaeras Gary uke «yuan we Rate c's var. subsinuata.
Stems pi ae or merely epcabotet rarely very sparsely
hispid; sepals narrow and distant..................+. var. eremophila.

- RAMOSISSIMA Dougl. ex Lehm. Pug. ii. 21 (1830). P. decum-
‘ade Greene, Pitt. v. 17 (1902). P. ramosissima Dougl., forma
decumbens (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 215 (1912). —
Washington to Lake County, northern California. — CALIFORNIA:
Little Shasta River July 6, 1876, Greene, no. 896; Big Chico Creek,
Butte es July 2, 1914, Heller, no. 11517; Yreka, Pe 28, 1876,
Greene, 896; Ke lseyville, July, 1885, Brandegee. WASsHI NG-
TON: a Co., June 22, 1893, Sandber g & Leiberg, no. nit
Soap Lake, Gran t Co. June 28, 1902 | MacKay, no: 1: 2e
giro Cice. River, July, 1883, Brandegee, n 975.

. SUFFRUTESCENS Parry ex Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. si I. 416 (1886).
af venoms Dougl., forma Pigs Monty te (Parry) Brand, Pflan-
zenreich iv. 251. 92 (1913). bifurca Greene, Pitt. v. 18 (1902
P. fastigiata Greene, |. c. P. pan iets Greene, l. ec. 19. — Cali-
fornia, from Kern to San Diego County. — Antelope boris Los
An geles fall fehl 1884, Oliver; San Bernardino, May 15, 1897,
Perec : Claremont, Aug. 2, 1903, Baker, no. 3661; San
Diego, tg ey Thurber, no. 580; Los An geles, 1882, 1884,
Nevin; Wilson Peak, June 9, 1895, Davidson, no. ee 1876, Parry &
Lemmon, no. 262; Witch Creek, June 20 0, 1903, Abrams, no. 3781;
1881, Parry, no. 200; Fort Tejon, Kern Co. , July 2, 1891, Coville &
Funston, n ea Bt

4 var. beiscela (Greene), comb. nov. P. subsinuata Greene,
Pitt. v. 19 (1902). P. oo c di riage

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 31

var, eremophila (Greene), comb. nov. P. eremophila Greene,
Pitt. v. 20 (1902). P. ramosissima Dougl., forma decumbens
(Greene) Brand, in part. — Central Sierra Nevada of California
to western Idaho and Washington. —Ipano: Quartzburg, July
25, 1892, Mulford. Nrvapa: Hunter Greek riod Washoe Co.,
Aug. 15, 1908, Dinsmore, no. 1788; Verdi, July 24, 1912, Heller,
no. 10605; Humboldt Canyon, Humboldt Co., July 31, 1912,
Heller, no. 10624; Carson City, 1865, Anderson, no. 198; King’s
Cafion, Ormsby Co., June 30, 1902, Baker, no. 1198; also Eagle
Valley, no. 1091; East Humboldt Mts., Aug., 1865, Watson, no.
874; Jarbidge, Elko Co. , July 10, 1912, Nelson & Macbride, no.
2010; also Gold Creek, no. 2127. CALIFORNIA: Sierra Co., 1874,
Lemmon; Yosemit te Valley, July 6, 1911, Abrams, no. 4644: Sum
mit Pass, itidorddo Co., Aug. 4, 1915, Heller, no. 12136; Denier
Pass, Nevada Co., July 27, 1903, Heller, no. 7032: 1869, Bolander,
no. 4910. WASHINGTON: Desert Well, ‘south of Big Springs, July
5, 1894, Leiberg, no. 390.

PHACELIA THERMALIS Greene, Eryth. ui. 66 (1895). P. firmo-
.marginata A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. liv. 143 (1912) is to be included in
this species. The range of P. thermalis is thus extended from eastern
Oregon to southwestern Idaho. The small flowers and short style
distinguish it at once from the otherwise similar P. ciliata Benth.
of California.

PHACELIA MAGELLANICA (Lam.) Cov., Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb.
iv. 159 (1893). The plant to which this specific name was first
given was collected at the Straits of Magellan before the close of
the eighteenth century. It was destined to remain in obscurity,
however, until 1893 when Coville, |. c., called attention to the fact
that the Hydrophyllum magellanicum of South America was a
species of Phacelia very closely related if not identical to P. leu-
cophylla Torr., a well-known and widely distributed plant of the
Rocky Mountains. Several “ floras’’ purporting to “ cover ”’
territory, at least a portion of which is within the range of Torrey’s
species, have appeared since Coville launched his suggestion, but
the authors of these books have continued to maintain P. leuco-
phylla and the closely allied P. heterophylla. It would appear
therefore that American botanists have either ignored Coville’s
theory or have regarded the South American plant as specifically
distinct from the North American, a position which has been
rigorously challenged by Brand in his recent revision of the genus.
American systematists have generally regarded the group to which

32 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

P. leucophylla belongs as consisting of about half a dozen closely
related and variable but usually readily definable species, notably,
besides Torrey’s species, P. heterophylla, P. nemoralis and P. cali-
fornica. In vivid contrast to this interpretation of the group _
stands Brand’s treatment which consists in the recognition of one
species (P. magellanica). Twenty-three variants of this species
are deemed worthy of names and are tabulated as ‘ formas,”
fewer than sixteen of which are confined to North America. It is
my candid opinion that Brand’s method of dealing with this com-
plex group has been quite wrong. For instance, the relative
importance of the numerous components of the group is lost sight
of because each variant is regarded as a “ form ” of P. magellanica,
regardless whether it differs from the typical state merely in the
obviously superficial difference of stature or in some more funda-
mental way, as in the quality of pubescence, or the development of |
the calyx. Again, Brand has buried with this loss of all indication
of the natural relationships within the group, nearly or quite all
those niceties of range-distinctions which, interesting in themselves,
often mean so much in the intelligent understanding of taxonomic -
units. In short, whatever truth Brand may have won from nature
in regard to this group of variable plants, he has failed to represent
because of his method of classification, —an inutile method that
leads nowhere since it is not subservient to a fundamental purpose
of taxonomy. It is peculiarly unfortunate that the treatment of
this group is so unsatisfactory since, because of its complexity and
the great variability of the plants that compose it, it has been in
greatest need of revision. Accordingly it has seemed desirable to
prepare the following arrangement, which, whatever its defects
may be, ameliorates, it is felt, the nearly chaotic condition in
which the group was left by Brand.

KEY TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF THE P. MAGELLANICA
Group oF EUPHACELIA
a. Basal leaves densely rosulate; mente is aoelly more or less
cinereous with an appressed o in part spreading pu-
cence b.

b. Stamens pier a filaments en ee (except
la); corolla 5-10 mm. lon
c. Leaves outed ‘ auriculate in var. sap SA seri-
ceous with a closely appressed pubescence d.

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 33

d. Leaves all enti
Fruiti ane sity hispid, the hairs in part subap-
1 pcs aan gig CE eee rr an an er 1. P. leucophylla.
Fruiting sg be ee gs setose-hispid —_
widely spreading hairs................ la. var. Suksdorfii.
d. Leaves, vt ni 9 por igren attrieiiatepiunatiitd 1b. stot compacta.
c. Leaves, at least s sta of t asal, pinnate or auricu-
late-pinnate, 0 rarely wntiee but pubescence not
at all appr peied: ceriocoud é.
e. Calyx = aa patton = fruit; biennials or rather
short-lived peren
Bs Filaments distinctly ‘beantad: leaves very rarely
ntire.
jeackates ness a long virgate inflorescence;
SOUR So ea eee 2. P. heterophylla.
Racemes a virgately disposed ; usually short-
pPerennyal 20506 FS 2a. var. griseophylla.
if fica nearly ache togs leaves entire...... re P. dasyphylla.
e. Calyx always more or less distinctly apacesent |
fruit; mostly Sonsueals poakne = aliforn poe rt P. californica.
b. Stamens barely exserted or rarely exceeding by
the 1 (4-6 mm. long) corolla; filaments ‘aa
Se i eS eee ies Ue a ee . P. magellanica.

ro
a. _— pare not - all rosulate; bristly hispid but green-

ed plan
g. bat leaves mostly pinnatifid; Mexican and South
ican s

Filaments den a ce LDORCHNE Se s oi es 6.7. so

Filaments glabrous or conti ee es ei ee 6a. var. robusta
g. Basal pi mostly a N fess American species.

Sepnls ovate-lancoolate.. 5 ok. ce kk enna P. nemoralis.

Bopals linear or near lanebolate ret NE es Cea as 7a. var. seidebiiee

1. P. tevcopuyLia Torr. in Fremont’s Rep. 93 (1845). P.
‘magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. lewcophylla et Brand, Pflanzen-
reich iv. 251. 98 (1913); f. angustifolia rand, l.c. P. Burkei
Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxxvi. 675 000), "P. leptosepala Rydb.
l.c. 676. — Alberta to Colorado and Inyo County, California,
north to British Columbia. — ALBERTA: Crow Nest Pass, Aug.,
1897, Macoun, no. 23777. Montana: Spanish Basin, Gallatin
‘Co. , June 24, 1897, Rydberg & Bineg nos. 4852, 485 3. IpaHo
Idaho Falls, ‘July 4 , 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 779; also St.
Anthony, no. 826; New Plymouth, June 4 1910, Maebride, no.
186; also Boise-Payette Project, no. 877; Wiessner’ s Peak, July
25, 1895, Leiberg, no. 1357; Snake country, Burke; King Hill,

rad hy June 30, 1899, A. :
July 13, 1901, Morrill & Wilcox, no. 985. CoLorapo: 1862, Hall

34 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

& Harbour, no. 439; Trail Glen, July 22, 1901, Clements, no. 54;
Horsetooth Mt. , June 18, 1896, Cowen, no. 1609. Uran: Peterson,
July, 1902, Pammel & Blackwood, no. 3891; Kimballs, June 3,
1908, Mrs. Joseph ee Nevapa: Blaine , Elko Co., Aug. 22,
1913, porg no. 11110. Cattrornta: Mancoba Cafion, Inyo:
Mts., July ae Coville & Funston, no. 1798; along railroad,
Gazelle, Slates Co., i 20, 1905, Heller, no. 8080 (“ perhaps
introduced ’’). OrEGo : Swan Lake Va lley, Klamath Co., June
28, 1895, Applegate, no. “366: Stein Mts., July 9, 1896, Leiberg, no.
2532; waste places, Arlington, Aug. 26, 1903, C.D. Meel. Wasu-
INGTON: Sprague, June 7, 1893 . Sandberg & Leiberg, no. 171;
Rockland, June 3, 1905, Suksdorf, no. 5045; Rattlesnake Mts.,.
June 5, 1901, Cotton, no. 475. British Cotumstia: Lardo, June
a 1905, argh 95.

a. f. al ina (R vb), 0 mb. nov. P. alpina Rydb. Mem. N. Y.
Bot. ‘Gark i. 1 394 (190 0). P. heterophylla, var. alpina (Rydb.) A-
Nels. in Coulter & Nelson New Man. R. Mt. Bot. 408 (1909).
r. ie aime (Lam.) Cov ay he lees ora) 8 Brand Univ. ~

B

no. 10216. Cattrornta: Marble Mt. “Shkivou Co., June, 1901,
Chandler, no. 1655. OrEGcon: Blue Mts , 1880, Cusick, no. 804.
WASHINGTON: Bretton Springs, July 2, 1894, Leiberg, no. 383.

ee sdorfii, var. nov., calycis fructiferi laciniis valde:
setoso-hispidis cum pilis patentibus. — WASHINGTON:
bottom-land near Bingen, Klickitat Co., Aug. 15 and Sept. 5,
1895, Suksdorf, no. 3647 (Typ, Gray Herb.

‘le. var. compacta (Greene), comb. nov. Pp. compacta Greene
ex Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 217 (1912). P. magellanica.
(Lam.) Cov., i; peel Mote: (Greene) Brand, |. c. — Western Nevada
and adjacent California: — NEvapaA: Spooner, Douglas Co.,
June 23, 1902, Baker, Ne 1142. Catirornta: Yosemite, June 6,.
cath Congdon, no. 35.

. P. HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, FJ. Am. Sept. i. 140 ae. P.

Macbride —.Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 35

no. 1848. Nervapa: King’s Cafion, Ormsby Co., June 10, 1902,
Baker no. 1040; Carson City, 1865, Anderson. CALIFORNIA:
Yreka, Siskiyou Co., June 7, 1876, Greene, no. 832. OREGON:
Waldo, June, 1884, Howell, no. 211; Andrews, Stein Mts., July 10,
1896, Leiberg, no. 2548; Hay Creek, Crook Co., June 12, 1894,
Leiberg, no. 208. WaAsHINGTON: Waitsburg, May 18, 1897, Horner,
no. B352.

f. frigida (Greene), comb. HOV... 2: nee Greene, Pitt. iv. 39

(1899). P. magellanica age eae f. frigida (Greene) Brand,
Univ. Cal.. Publ. Bot. iv. 218 (191 Te — Reduced alpine form;
California to Oregon fee Se a Mt. Eddy, Copeland, no.

3831; Mt. Shasta, Aug. 16, 1903, Eastwood, no. 3920. OREGON:
Mt. Hood, aus 25, 1899, Barber, no. 213: also Aug. 1, 1886,
Howell, no

2b. var. _grseophyla (Brand), comb. nov. P. magellanica
(Lam.) Cov., f. griseophylla Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 218
(1912); f. “heterophylla (Pursh) Brand, 1. c., in part. — Montana to
New Mex xico, Utah and California, north to Washington. —
Montana: Spanish Basin, June 26, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, no.
4850. Ipano: Tamarack, Washington Co., Aug. 4, 1911, Piet no.
184; Pinehurst, Boise Co. Aug. 17, 1911, Macbride, 1661.
Cotorapo: Mancos Cafion, Jae 3, 1898, Baker, Earle & “Tracy,
no. 308; Pagosa Springs, July, 1899, Baker, n no. 548; also above
Cimarron, n o. 401; Routt Co., July 18, 1903, Goodding, no. 1592;
Paradox, yal 11, 1912, Walker, n 0. 231. Uran: Juab, June 9,
1902, Goodding, no. 1065; below Silver Lake, July 4, 1905, Rydberg
& Carlton, no. 6636. New Mexico: White Mt ts., Aug. 6, 1897,

Davidson, no. 50a. Cauirornta: Red Clover Valley, Plumas ee ?
July 6, 1907, Heller & Kennedy, no. 8755; Shasta Co., June
1916, Heller, no. 12445. Orgcon: Dalles, ’ April ii, 1903, beat
no. 39; Pilot Butte, Crook Co., July 3, 1905, E. Nelson, no. 852.

ASHINGTON: 1889, Vasey, no. "412. British Couumpta: Chilli-
wack Valley, 1901, Macoun, no. 54327.

3. P. DASYPHYLLA Greene ex Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 97
(1913), in syn. — Catirornia: Mt. Whitney, Aug. 15, 1904, Cul-
webu no. 4355.

P. catirornica Cham. Linnaea iv. 494 (1829). P. magel-
poh (Lam.) Cov., f. californica (Cham.) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ.
Bot. iv. 218 (191 2). — Vicinity of San Francisco, California. —
Near San Francisco, May 3, 1903, Baker, no. 2841; San Bruno
a Baker, no. 1901 pho | Heller, su 8460; Mt. Tamalpais, Heller,

8405; Lake Merced, Heller, n _ 5701; ooh soe re San
Mateo Co., Baker, no. 690; ies Hills, ‘.
Michener & Bioletti, no. 99; Napa Valley, March, 1852, "Thurber.
Bodega Point, June 29, 1915, Bk no.

36 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

4a. var. IMBRICATA (Greene) Jepson, Fl. Middle Cal. 439 (1901).
P. imbricata Greene, Eryth. i. 127 (1893). P. circinata (Willd.)
Jacq., var. calycosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 317 (1875). P.
imbricata Greene, var. condensata Brand and var. caudata Brand,
Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 220 (1912). P. stimulans Eastw. Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci. ser. 3, ii. 291 (1902). P. virgata Greene, var. ampli-
ata Greene, Eryth. iv. 55 (1896). — Butte to San Luis Obispo

. also .
Co., June 6, 1913, Heller, no. 10786; Po Co., June 7, 1916,
Heller, no. 12374; St. Se May 2, 1897, Jepson; also April,
1903 , Baker, nos. 2601, 2604; Vanewille, Solano Co., 1902, Heller
& Brown, no. 5408; Los Gatos, May 14, 1904, Heller, no. 7415;
olame, San Luis Obispo Co., June, 1887, Lem mon, no. 4609;
Yosemite, 1872, Gray; Kaweah River, Tulare Co., June 5, 1904,
Culbertson, no. 4200; Cache Creek, Yolo Co., May 8, 1903, ‘Baker,
2980.

P. californica is rather constant in character in central Cali-
fornia but is extremely variable where it occurs to the north and
south of the range of the typical form. These variations have been
treated by Brand as forms of P. magellanica and it seems worth
while to maintain them. They grade insensibly into each other,
however, and connect P. californica, var. imbricata with P. hetero-
phylla through the forma vinctens.

KEY TO THE FORMS OF P. CALIFORNICA

spi behest obtuse or acutish; stems 3 dm. or more high;
Mal ee ee 4b. f£. bernardina.

oe ge ee to linear-lanceolate very acute, or if ovate
usish stems much less than f ay . hi ch.

Sub “arse perennial of southern California................. 4c. f. Ballit.
iennials or perennials of low aiitieles in lope and
northern California.
Perennial; inflorescence not virgate..................+0:: f. egena.
Biennial; ‘inflorescence virgate or the racemes elongate. . os f. vinctens.

4b. f. bernardina (Greene), comb. nov. P. virgata Greene, var.
bernardina Greene, Eryth. iv. 55 (1896). P. magellanica (Lam.
Cov., f. bernardina (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 218
(1912 Tee — Southern and Lower California. — CALIFORNIA: Sul-
phur Mts., June 1-2, 1908, Abrams & McGreg o. 50; San
Bernardino, May 6, 1896, Parish, no. 4150; patton eee! 21, 1903,
Abrams, no. 3794; Erskin Creek, 1897, Purpus, no. 5108. Mexico:
ars Valley, Lower California, 1883, ‘Oreu
‘. rand), comb. nov. P. lage (Lam.) Cov
f. Bate Brand, Paaischivwk ¢ iv. 251. 99 (1913); f. patula Brand,

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 37

Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 219 (1912). — Southern California. — Mt.
Wilson, June 29, 1902, ee no. 2591; ager’ Mts., 1908,
ra - :

f. egena (Greene), comb. nov. ee na Greene, ex Brand,
Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 218 (1912). r Dhl (Lam.) Ov.,
i. ce (Greene) Brand, |. ec. — Siskiyou to Tulare Counties, Cali-
fornia. — Yreka, June 8, 1905, Heller, no. 7993; Marysville Buttes,
Sutter Co., May 17, 1902, Heller & Brown, no. 5565; Oroville,

Kaweah ee: Tulare Co., July 21, 1904, Culbertson no. 4415.
4e. f. shi f. ov., biennis: racemis saepius elongatis,
erectis. apse gellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. ae (Greene) Brand,
Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 219 (1912), in part, not P. virgata Greene.
— Northern California. — Sisson, Siskiyou Co., June 23, 1916,

Plomae de , July 15, 1907, ‘Heller & Kennedy, no. 8852; Donner
Lake, Nevada Co., July 8, 1903, Heller, no. 6883 (Typr, Gray
He rb.).

5. P. MAGELLANICA (Lam.) Cov., Contrib., U. 8. Nat. Herb. iv.
159 (1893). Heliotropium pinnatum Vahl. Symb. Bot. iii. 21
Sioa lt — besa South America oo Peru to Shaner

6. R. & P.), comb. nov. Aldea p aR. & P. Fi.
Peruv. ii. 8. eT 4 (1 799). P. posi wehere (Willd. ) mong f. Eclog. i.
135 (181 6). é. porn a (Lam.) Cov., f. vulgaris Walpers ex
Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 99 (1913); f. pinnata Brand, |. ¢
Mexico and western South America. — Mexico: Seisccinatl
Oct., 1905, Purpus, no. 1766; southwestern Chihuahua, 1885,
Poe. no. 389.

6a. var. robusta (Brand), comb. nov. P. magellanica (Lam.)
Heal f. robusta ie Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 97 (1913); f. enttog

, l.c., m part _— Range of the typical form. — Mex
eon San Felipe, Oaxaca, 1894, EK. W. Nelson, no. 1086: Barre
Madre, Aug. 20, 1898, £. W. Natt no. 4811. Sour AMERICA:
Cochabahite, Bolivia, 1891, Bang 1040; La Paz, Bolivia, May,
spell Mandon, no. 377; Sorta. Bolivia, Feb., 1886, Rusby, no.

1157.

seo mle sop Greene, Pitt. i. 141 (1887). — Vicinity of San
Francisco. — CALIFORNIA: Smith Creek, agg Clara oe May
30, ee, Heller, no. 8586; also Los Gatos, n . 7450; Dakiana,
Jones, 159; Forest Grove, sete 3, 1896, gy pre Berkeley
Hills, ‘any 19, 1910, Walker, no.

7a. var. mutabilis (G reene), oe nov. P. mutabilis Greene,
Eryth. iv. 55 (1896). — Western Washington and south through
the interior of California to New Mexico. — New Mexico: Saw-

38 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

yers Peak, Grant nek gen 30, 1904, mse no. 1398. ARIZONA:
Rincon Mts., Sept. 14, 1909, Blumer, no. 3357; Chiricahua Mts.,
Oct., 1906, Blumer, nos. 1471, 1474. pane Summit,
Placer Co., July 16, 1909, Heller, no. 9861; Siskiyou Co., and
Eldorado Co. 1915, ’ Heller, nos. 12231, 12168; Scott Mts., "Aug.
22, 1876, Greene, no. 1032; Amador Co., 189. 5, Hansen, no. 1129;
Mammoth, Mono Co. , July 22, 1891, Coville & Funston, no. 1824.
cosa Crater Lake, Aug. 30, 1916, Heller, no. 12596. Wasu-

neton: Montesano, June 10, 1898, H eller, no. 3923; Mount
Paddo, Sept. 29, 1911, Sutedor} no. 7377.

PHACELIA HUMILIS T. & G., var. Congdoni (Greene), comb. nov.
P. Congdoni Greene, Pitt. v. 22 (1902).

Until the capsule is broken and about half a dozen seeds roll out
no one would have any hesitancy in referring Greene’s plant to
P. humilis. The latter species, however, develops normally only
four seeds. In view of the fact that other species of the section
Euphacelia occasionally develop more seeds than usual, it seems
sensible to regard P. Congdoni as representing such a condition in
the case of P. humilis, especially since it apparently possesses no
other points of difference. In this connection it seems worth while
to quote Brand’s opinion in regard to P. malvifolia, var. loasifolia
(Benth.) Brand, since the relation of this species and its variety 1s
analogous to that of P. humilis and its variety. ‘ Diese Form
(loasifolia] wurde bisher wegen der grésseren Anzahl der Ovula zur
Sektion Eutoca gestellt. Sie stimmt aber in allen anderen Bezie-
hungen so vollig mit P. malvifolia iiberein, dass sie meiner Ansicht
nach nicht von dieser Art getrennt werden kann.”

Phacelia minima, spec. nov., planta minutissima 3-4 em. alta
ubique glanduloso-hirsuta; caulibus filiformibus ; eee oppositis
ovato-lanceolatis basi in petiolum attenuatis circa 1 cm. longis

—5 mm. latis; floribus 1-5; pedicellis filiformibus sae 5 mm.
longis; ealycis lobis tiieaditnce vel anguste oblanceolatis 3-4 mm.
longis; corolla ut videtur alba calycem paullo superante ; fila-
mentis glabris inclusis; stylo fere bipartito circa 2 mm. longo;
capsula fere globosa 2-4-sperm rma, sepalis paullo brevior. — CALI-
FORNIA: Lake Tenaya, Mariposa Co., fen 18, 1890, Congdon
(Typr, Gray Herb.).

P. minima is a delicate little annual referable — because of the
few-seeded capsule — to the section Euphacelia. Its characters
suggest a rather close relationship to P. Eisenii but the few long-
pedicelled flowers, included stamens and opposite leaves preclude

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 39

referring it to that species. Even if one ignores the few seeds and
compares P. minima with species of the section Hutoca—a few
known to vary in the number of seeds developed — it becomes
evident there is no species of that section which simulates our
species at all closely.

Phacelia mollis, spec. nov., biennis vel perennis mediocrite
robusta stricta circa 4 dm. alta; caulibus ubique molliter villoes
haud glandulosis; foliis radicalibus fongp-petiniatis (petiolis circa
6 cm. longis) grosse dentatis vel eho lobis integerrimis, laminis
late oblongis 5-10 cm. longis 2-4 em. latis supra viridibus sed
adpresse hirsutulis et glandulari-granioss subtus dense Mepei
foliis caulinis similibus sed brevioribus; thyrsis circa 1 dm.
valde villosis aliquid lutescentibus; ole fructiferis 3 4 1 mm
longis et calycis laciniis 8-10 mm. lon gis line aoe vel lineari-
lanceolatis acutis; _ coerulea cirea 9 mm. longa calycem
superante circa 4 mm.; staminibus styloque (apice bifido) corol-
lam m swe “superantibus Pe sula 8-9 mm. longa cuspidatis,
oldiiovalat — YUK Coffee Creek, Yukon River, July 9,
1914, Hasioood, no. S5la (Typr, Gray Her b.).

P. mollis is apparently unique among known species of this
genus. The numerous seeds and the general aspect suggest a
possible relationship to P. sericea and P. Franklinii, species from
which it is readily separated by its foliage and unusual pubescence.

Phacelia marcescens Eastw., in herb., nua mediocriter
diffuse ramosa circa 2.5 dm alta; caulibus sivigilloeis et parce
hispidis et plus minusve glandulosis; foliis adpresse strigillosis,

caulinis inferioribus petiolatis Wa eclyrvciamten nunc grosseden-
tatis nune pinnatifidis; superioribus mee agg ; racemis nu-
merosis breviter pedunculatis demum m. longis densifloris;
pedicellis fructiferis calyce brevi te or a lobis ates vel
anguste oblanceolatis subaequalibus breve hirsutis; corolla circa
5 mm. longa; filamentis glabris exsertis; stylo s olum apice bifido
mm. longo; Rig hie ovoidea, corolla aes coronata,

ealye Ha es vix aucto paullo brevior; capsula solum
perma. — CauiFrornia: Bear Valley, Nevada Co., 1872, Bolanier

Crevn, Gray Herb.).

This plant, in spite of the fact that the capsules contain only
2-4 seeds, probably belongs in the section Eutoca rather than in
Euphacelia. The former section already contains species which
ogee at least at times, few seeded capsules, as P. Purpusii and

nglei. The remarkable characteristic of P. marcescens is the
Siicnk corolla, a peculiarity hitherto known to only three

40 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

species, P. sericea, P. lenta, and P. saxicola, and these are all mem-
bers of the section Hutoca. P. saxicola Gray is the only one of these
species that approaches at all closely P. marcescens and it may be
distinguished at once by its included stamens and minute corolla.
Miss Eastwood, when studying at the Gray Herbarium, wrote on
the sheet of the type “‘ P. marcescens, n. sp.” She has kindly given
me permission to publish it for her. ;

PHACELIA VERNA Howell, Eryth. iii. 35 (1895). Brand reduces
this species to P. Pringlei Gray. He observes, that it is a ‘‘ forma
placentis pluriovulatis.’”’ However, this is not the only difference;
the merely hirsutulous calyx-lobes of P. Pringlei are only slightly
longer than the globose capsule. In P. verna they are hispid-
ciliate and much longer than the oblong-ovoid capsule. The
latter species is not uncommon in southwestern Oregon where it
apparently entirely replaces P. Pringlei of northern California.
The species are closely related, it is true, but until intergrades are
found they may be considered specifically distinct.

PHACELIA MINUTISsIMA Henderson, Bull. Torr. Club xxvii. 351
(1900). To the synonomy of this species must be added P. folio-
sepala Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. lv. 377 (1913). The really diag-
nostic character of this plant is the very short style, scarcely 1 mm.
long. The species is known now from two localities; Blaine Co.,
Idaho, and Elko Co., Nevada.

Puacetta Ivestana Torr., var. glandulifera (Piper) Nels. &
Maebr., in herb. P. glandulifera Piper, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb.
xi. 472 (1906). P. Ivesiana Torr., f. glandulifera (Piper) Brand,
Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 126 (1913). P. luteopurpurea A. Nels. Bot.
Gaz. lii. 271 (1911).

The variety — distinguished by the more glandular pubescence
and the larger corolla — apparently replaces entirely in Washing-
ton, Oregon, and Idaho the typical form. The latter ranges from
Wyoming to California and in Utah meets and merges with the
variety. Because of the general distinctness of the two variants,
however, both seem to us worthy of recognition, but since they
pass into each other where their ranges meet the later published
form may become a variety of the state first recognized.

_ Puaceia Bicotor Torr., var. Leibergii (Brand) Nels. & Macbr.,
inherb. P. Leibergii Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 128 (1918).

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 4]

Except for the fact that the corolla-appendages are connate with
the filaments only at base rather than for nearly or quite their
entire length, P. Lezbergii cannot be distinguished from P. bicolor.
Since the degree to which the appendages are connate with the
filaments is, in itself, a variable character, P. Leibergii can scarcely
be considered as representing more than an extreme condition of
this kind.

a Howellii, spec. nov., annua simplex 4-5 em. alta;
culibas peeves hirati parce glandulosis gj Kote En foliis
integerrimis _utrin adpresse _ sericeo-hirsutis subtus valde
venosis radic ata dew rotundatis cirea 5 mm. longis, caulinis
ore meray: i eager petiolatis ovatis vel a le eg re * .
cm. longis,
fepininan bub pee circa 2 cm. longis densifloris; Goniceltos
fructiferis calyce brevioribus; calycis lobis mediocriter hispidis
aud glandulosis linearibus vel oblongo-lanceolatis subaequalibus
eapsula ovoidea paullo oe corolla glabris ut Lopcsier alba
circa 5 mm. ee filamentis glabris inclusis; ee ibifido
ciliato fere 3 lon a ; Slonnitie 3-4-ovulat epee
Joseph Howell a honda Howell, no. 369 (Type, ee Herb.).

This little species is labeled by Dr. Gray “ P. divaricata, var.
Depauperate.”’ However, the glabrous filaments and corolla dis-
tinguish it at once. I do not find that it is closely related to any
described species.

Miltitzia inyoensis, spec. nov., tenella, erecta vel suberecta,
pube minuta vix glandulosa ; foliis fere oblongi s inciso-pinnatifids
dentatisve; racemis laxifloris; pedicellis fructiferis a3
longis et calycis laciniis 6 mm. ioe, corolla thets fetes, raining
sed sepala superante; stylo ovario multo rst seminibus
valde corrugatis solum 1 mm. longis. — Cau FORNIA: foothills
west of Bishop, Inyo Co., May 23, 1906, Heller, no. 8324 (Type,
Gray Herb.).

This species is nearest M. foliosa, an inhabitant of saline places
in northern Utah and Wyoming. Its corolla scarcely equals the
calyx, the seeds are 2 mm. or more long and the stems are subde-
cumbent. M. inyoensis, on the other hand, is essentially erect in
habit, the corolla slightly exceeds the calyx and the mature seeds
are barely 1 mm. long. Furthermore, it grows, according to the
collector, ‘in a small dry peat bog among the granite sands,”
habitat very different from that of M. foliosa.

42 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

he ep te CARACASANA HBK., var. viscosa (Donn. Sm.),
comb. n W.caracasana HBK. forma viscosa Donn. Sm. Enum
Pl. Gantetnt iv. 107 (1895); Brand, Paanconreich: iv. 251. 137
(1913). W. Kunthii Choisy, var. viscosa (Donn. Sm.) Brand, I. ¢.

The typical form of this plant seems to be confined to extreme
northern South America. The above variety differs in no way
except in its much greater viscosity. It is the most common form
in Mexico where two other variants occur, the variety calycina
Brand, which is similar to the variety viscosa except for the elon-
-gate sepals, and the variety macrophylla (C. & 8.) Brand character-
ized by the very sericeous scarcely at all glandular inflorescence.
The latter variety has the long sepals of the variety calycina.
Brand maintains W. Kunthii Choisy as distinct from W. cara-
casana HBK. on its greater style-length. This is a phenomenon
which is evidently an individual variation and of no value for the
discrimination of species. The best means of distinction between
these species is the setose-hispid inflorescence of W. Kunthii, the
character emphasized by Choisy. The species apparently merge
but on the whole may be distinguished readily.

cula, gen. nov. Capsula submembranacea ovoideo-globosa
longitudine fere calycis. Semina brunneo-nigra, perlucentia,
angulata, minutissime rugosis 3 longitudinem et transverse.
Calyx 5-partitus ad basin. Corolla infundibullformi-tubiformis.
Stamina nuda inclusa inaequalia, basi anguste alata cum tubo
corollae coalita. Styli duo calyce longiores, corolla breviores,
inferne barbati.— Herbae perennes, magnae, simplex, saepius
18 dm. altae. Folia alterna, angusta, Geutatd ghia. Flores
gy-tne in thyrso longo terminali aia oe

urricula Parryi (Gray), comb. Nam a Parryi Gray in
Piielaci & Wats. Bot. ore i. 621 (1876). ai claice Parryi (Gray)
Greene, Pitt. ii. 22 (1889).

The proper disposition of this plant has long been a subject of
controversy. Greene in transferring N. Parryi to Eriodictyon, |. ¢.,
wrote: ‘“ If this plant ought to be a Nama the whole genus Erio-
dictyon should go with it.’’. Brand, however, in his recent treat-
ment of the Hydrophyllaceae, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 160 (1913)
retains the species in Nama without comment. But the discrimi-
nating student of California botany, Dr. Hall, has accepted
Greene’s viewpoint in regarding N. Parryi as an Eriodictyon, cf.
Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. i. 106 (1902), and more recently Abrams and

*

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 43

Smiley in their altogether admirable revision of Eriodictyon in Bot.
Gaz. Ix. 115-133 (1915) have omitted N. Parryi from their treat-
ment but have referred to it as follows: “ Nama Parryi Gray
agrees with typical Eriodictyon in seed character and essentially in
fruit and perhaps should be placed here rather than in Nama, but it
is an ill-scented herbaceous perennial of a totally different habit
from true Eriodictyon and at least worthy of subgeneric distinc-
tion.”’ It appears then that this plant is a misfit in either Nama or
Eriodictyon and it seems to me that it is far preferable to consider
it as representing a monotypic genus distinct from both genera.
Moreover, notwithstanding the fact that the unique aspect is the
most obvious argument against referring the plant to either Nama
or Eriodictyon, technical and slight but constant differences are not
lacking. Turricula differs from Nama in the presence of longi-
tudinal striations on the seeds and in the undulate-dentate leaves
and from Eriodictyon (to which genus, as shown above, Greene,
Hall, and Abrams and Smiley either refer it or ally it) in the her-
baceous stem, the submembranaceous capsule and the naked
stamens. Finally, in the case of Eriodictyon particularly, the inclu-
sion there of 7. Parryi destroys the now perfect homogeneity of
that group.

Nama HuMiFUsUM Brand, Beitrige Hydrophyll. 9 (1911). Dr.
Gray included in his species (based originally upon northern
Mexican material) specimens from California and it did not occur
to any one that these represented a species distinct from the type
of N. stenocarpum until Brand proposed for them the name N.
humifusum. Brand stated that the unequal stamens of N. steno-
carpum are unappendaged; that those of NV. humzfusum are equal
and appendaged at base. These points of difference are minute
but at first glance apparently of specific value. Upon investiga-
tion, however, it is seen that Brand has in part mistaken and in
part misconstrued the facts in the case. In the first place the
stamens are somewhat unequal in both Mexican and Californian
material including that by Dr. Hasse, the original collection of
N. humifusum. Secondly the stamens in reality are appendaged
in both forms, the apparently unappendaged condition of N.-
stenocarpum being due to the fact that the filaments are attached
to the corolla as far as the appendage extends which in turn is not
free even at the tip. The adnate portion of the filament, therefore,

44 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

appears to be narrowly wing-margined. These wing-like append-
ages are not noticeable until one inserts a dissecting needle and
raises them from the corolla-tube-surface. The appendages of
N. humifusum are simply a modification of the above phenomenon
but here the tips of the appendages are free and extend above the
adnate portion of the filaments so that the appendages are obvious
as such. The truth would thus seem to be represented better by
the following contrasting statements.
Appendages appearing as narrow wing-margins to the adnate

PORUIOKE OF Ce Sinee ne i eee oe N. stenocarpum.
Appendages free for about one-third their length............ N. humifusum.
Since the Californian and Mexican specimens exhibit no other
differences and since even this very obscure difference is virtually
a variation of a single character it seems to me problematical
whether the northern plants are specifically distinct from the
Mexican.

NAMA STENOPHYLLUM Gray, var. egenum, var. nov., adpresse
strigosum haud villoso-hirsutum. — Texas: bluffs of Delaware
Creek, Guadalupe Mts., 1882, Havard, no. 15 (Tyrr, Gray Herb.).
Mexico: San Lorenzo and Parras, Coahuila, 1880, Palmer, no.

. The typical form, represented by Palmer’s no. 861, is villous-
hirsute with spreading hairs. Dr. Gray mentioned the fact that a
form existed in which the spreading pubescence is wanting [cf.
Hemsley Bot. Biol. Centr.-Amer. ii. 361 (1882)]. This variation is
so striking that it seems to me worthy varietal recognition.

Nama rotundifolium (Gray), comb. nov. N. rupicolum Bonpl.,
var. rotundifolium Gray in Hemsl. Bot. Biol. Centr.-Amer. ii. 363
(1 . origanifolium HBK., subsp. rupicolum (Bonpl. ) Brand,
ae) (Gray) Brand, A Ae gilbert iv. 251, 150

The long silky villous pubescence and extremely elongate pedi-
cels of N. rotundifolium are features in strong contrast to the short,
dense, in part felt-like pubescence and short pedicels of both N.
rupicolum and N. origanifolium. Besides, neither of these species
has been found farther north than the southern portion of San Luis
Potosi. N. rotundifolium is known only from Coahuila and Nuevo
Leon. Bilimek no. 392 from Puebla, referred here by Brand, is
genuine N. rupicolum. It is worthy of note that Brand saw no
specimen of N. rotundifolium. |

Macbride — Notes on the Hydrophyllaceae 45

NAMA ORIGANIFOLIUM HBK. In spite of the fact that Wooton &
Standley in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 163 (1913) state that
their Marilaunidium xylopodum “does not seem to be closely
related to any of the perennial species’’ I am unable to separate
it satisfactorily from Nama origanifolium. Havard’s specimen
from the Guadalupe Mts. of far-western Texas upon which Wooton
& Standley base their species agrees excellently with the detailed
description and plate of HBK’s species in their Nov. Gen. & Spec.
ili. 130, t. 218 (1818). The Mexican material I have seen of N.
origanifolium is less strongly hispid than the Texan plant but the
difference in this respect is very slight and in all probability repre-
sents merely an individual variation.

NaMA DICHOTOMUM (Ruiz & Pavon) Choisy, var. ANGUSTIFOLIUM
Gray. Marilaunidium tenue Wooton & Standley, Contrib. U. 8S.
Nat. Herb. xvi. 162 (1913) is not to be distinguished. The char-
acters which the authors give as a means of distinguishing their
plant are valueless as they exist in every degree in the var. angusti-
poe

AMA DICHOTOMUM (Ruiz & Pavon) Choisy, var. pueblense
(Robins nson & Greenman), comb. nov. WN. pueblense Robinson &
reenman, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxil. 39 (189 6).

Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 150 (1913), reduced N. pueblense
outright to true N. dichotomum. It appears, however, to merit
varietal recognition. The seemingly thinner leaves are somewhat
broader more distinctly contracted to a petiolar base and usually
more evenly pubescent on both surfaces. The hispid pubescence
of the lower leaf-surfaces of the typical form is confined largely to
the veins while it is evenly distributed over the upper surface.
Furthermore the vars. pueblense and angustifolium entirely replace
true N. dichotomum north of South America.

RoMANZOFFIA SuksporFi Greene, Pitt. v. 38 (1902). R. cali-
fornica Greene, 1. c. 39. R. mendocina and R. spergulina Greene,
l.c. 40,41. R. sitchensis Bong., var. grandiflora Heague & Schmidt,
subvar. Greenet Brand, f. Bukidochs (Greene), Brand, Pflanzenreich
iv. 251. 171 (1913).

This seems to be a good species constantly distinct from R.
sitchensis by virtue of the long corolla and bulbous base. Brand,
l.c., maintained R. californica but misinterpreted R. Suksdorfiz.
The type of the latter is more pubescent than the Californian

‘\

46 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

plants described by Greene as R. californica but R. sitchensis dis-
plays similar variation in the degree of hairiness. R. Suksdorfii
quite replaces R. sitchensis in California and is much the more
common in Oregon.

Hypro.ea ovata Nutt. Harper has collected this species in
southwestern Georgia thereby extending its range eastward from
Louisiana. Brand, Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 179 (1913), distinguished
the Georgian plant from the typical form as var. georgiana, charac-
terized by the glabrous upper portions of the calyx. Unfortunately,
however, Harper’s no. 1170 (the type no. of var. georgiana) as
represented in the Gray Herbarium has the calyx quite as uniformly
pubescent as in specimens from the region of the lower Mississippi
and in no way is distinguishable.

HypROLEA AFFINIS Gray, Man. ed. 5, 370 (1867). Brand,
Pflanzenreich iv. 251. 184 (1913), credits this species with densely
pubescent sepals when as a matter of fact they are entirely gla-
brous. Gray, l. c., laid emphasis upon this character, his descrip-
tion reading “ glabrous throughout ” and, in a note, “ distinguished
[from H. quadrivalvis] by the smoothness and the broader sepals.”’
Brand’s misinterpretation of H. affinis led him to write in regard
to it and H. quadrivalvis: ‘‘ Der vorigen Art sehr ahnlich und oft
mit ihr verwechselt, aber geographisch streng geschieden.” As a
matter of fact the species are definitely and consistently distinct
as pointed out by Gray in 1867 (not “‘ 1872” as given by Brand).

Pri og MEGAPOTAMICA Sprengel, var. paraguayensis (Cho-
dat), comb. nov. H. paraguayensis Chodat, Bull. Herb. Boiss. vil.
app. i. 78 (1899).

This variety differs from the typical state only in the presence
of spines. H. spinosa L., var. inermis Spruce represents a similar
variation and it seems to me possible that the presence or absence
of spines may be a Mendelian trait. H. megapotamica is regarded
by Brand as the spineless condition of H. spinosa and he unneces-
sarily makes the new combination H. spinosa L., var. megapo-
tamica (Sprengel) Brand when this variety is already furnished
with a name, i. e. var. inermis Spruce. It is obvious however both
from the original characterization and from Bennett’s treatment
that Sprengel’s plant from southern Brazil and Chodat’s from
adjacent Paraguay are the same and nicely distinct from H.

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 47

spinosa by the large flowers and less viscid pubescence. The com-
plete synonymy of this tropical species is as follows:

HyYDROLEA MEGAPOTAMICA Sprengl., Syst. iv. Cur. poster. 114
(1827); Bennett, Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. 273 (1 869), not H. spinosa
L., var. peesones ake Sica See og iv. 251. 182 (1913)

hich = H. spinosa L., var. mis s Spru uce ex Bennett, |. c. 269.
H. poripunyenise Chodat, var. inermis Chodat, Bull. Herb. Boiss.
ser. 2. iv. 64 (1904).

HyYDROLEA ALBIFLORA (Chodat & Hassler) Brand, Pflanzen-
reich iv. 251. 182 (1913). H. glabra Schum., var. spinosa Chodat &
Hassler, and forma albiflora Chodat & Hassler, Bull, Herb. Boiss.
ser. 2. iv. 64 (1904).

This seems to be a good species. But the parenthetical authority
is not ‘“‘ Hassler ”’ as given by Brand, I. c., but ‘‘Chodat & Hassler”’
as is quite evident from the original publication. Possibly it is
hypercritical to call attention to errors of this kind — especially
since there are few if any who do not at times make similar mis-
takes — but in a work which is so comprehensive and imposing as
the ‘‘ Pflanzenreich’”’ one is certainly justified in expecting a
minimum of errors of this nature. Unfortunately these are so
numerous that it becomes necessary to verify every reference as
given by Brand.

b. OTHER NortH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES

TOFIELDIA INTERMEDIA Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxvii. 528 (1900).
The salient character of this species does not appear to have been
brought out; certainly it was not indicated in the original publica-
tion and the inclusion of the species by Piper and Beattie in their
recently published ‘“ Flora of the Northwest Coast ’’ when it does
not occur in the region their book purports to cover, would seem to
furnish further proof that the species is not understood. Rydberg,
l. c., segregated his species from 7’. glutinosa of the eastern United
States on the shorter raceme, and the broader and somewhat longer
sepals and petals. These are characters which are certainly not
specific because they exist in varying degree in both eastern and °
western specimens. Collections of 7. glutinosa, especially from
the region of the Great Lakes, often have distinctly obovate sepals
and short racemes. Nevertheless these are referable to 7. glutinosa
because they have the seeds of that species and the only reliable

48 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

criterion by which to distinguish species in this genus is found in
the character of the seeds. This character was made use of by
Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 283 (1879), in his revision of To-
fieldia. His description of the seeds of T. glutinosa, ‘‘ Minute,
with close brownish testa, and a contorted tail at each end ”’ and
of T. occidentalis ‘ angular-ovate, with loose white spongy testa,
and a slender tail at the outer end nearly as long as the body ”’

in each case, accurate, and it is surprising that the variable and
indistinct character of the degree in which the bractlets are connate
should have been used in place of the definite seed-characters as a
means of distinction. Yet this character of the bractlets is used by
Rydberg, 1. c., as the principal difference between 7’. occidentalis
and T. iarmaia | i.e., T. glutinosa as to western specimens. In
reality 7’. intermedia bis nearly the seeds of 7’. glutinosa (but as I
shall show they are not exactly the same) but not at all the seeds of
T. occidentalis, which species is confined in the Northwest to west-
ern Washington, Vancouver Island and southern British Columbia
but extends south to northern California, the type locality. T.
intermedia, on the other hand, ranges from northwestern Wyoming
to Montana, eastern Washington and Alaska, and may be dis-
tinguished constantly from 7’. glutinosa, which occurs as far west
as Banff, Alberta, only by the different seeds. These are similar in
shape to those of 7’. glutinosa but are inclosed in a close-fitting
thin net-like white testa suggesting that of T. occidentalis but not
spongy and loose about the seed. In general the sepals of 7’. inter-
media are, as Rydberg indicated, broader than those of T. glutinosa
but the strength of the species really lies in the difference in seed-
coat. 7’. occidentalis is even more distinctive since its seed-coat
is so unusual and since it is normally a much more robust, taller
plant than either of the more eastern species. Watson based this
latter species on a nearly mature specimen from northern California
which shows most of the bractlets connate only at base. Material
from the same region, however, which is in blossom, often has the
bractlets quite as connate as in 7’. intermedia, and considerable
variation in this respect is not infrequently observable in a single
specimen.

’¥ THYSANOCARPUS ai le Hook., forma madocarpus (Piper ),

comb. nov. T’. curvipes Hook., subsp. madocar Piper, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. ob xi. ci. 306 (1 906). : Ae

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 49

This form, which differs from the typical state only in having
its pods glabrous instead of puberulent, in many localities is the
more common. It seems desirable, therefore that it should be
named but I do not think that it merits more than the rank of form
since most species of the genus exhibit the same variation and
since often plants with glabrous and with pubescent pods are found
growing in proximity.

’ MrraBILIS MULTIFLORA (Torr.) Gray, var. glandulosa (Standl.),
comb. nov. Quamoclidion multiflorum Torr., subsp. glandulosum
Standl. Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xii. "359 (1909). .
¥ MIRABILIS MULTIFLORA (Torr.) Gray, var. obtusa (Standl.),
a nov. Quamoclidion multiflorum Torr., subsp. obtusa Standl.,
ee:

Prof. Jepson in his Flora of California iv. 457 (1914) has re-
ferred the segregate genera Quamoclidion and Hesperonia, recently
taken up by Standley, to Mirabilis. This interpretation of the
latter genus accords with the work of Watson, Gray and Greene.
The known range of the variety glandulosa of M. multiflora has
been extended from Colorado to Arizona as indicated by specimens
secured at the Grand Cafion ce Mrs. Spencer, June, 1916.

Petalostemum Grothii, spec. nov., undique glabrum circa 3 dm
altum; caulibus mediocriter gon cilibus; foliis 3-5-foliolatis:
foliolis paullo involutis linearibus euspidatis parce glandulosis:
spicis longius pedunculatis ex ovatis demum cylindricis densi-
floris; eri persistentibus abrupte aris einen basi sericeo-

villos ata; calycis dentibus auonpe subaequalibus tubo
Mespaoeet te brevioribus; floribus rosea-purpureis; stylo a basi
ad medium barbato. — Texas: in velly soil near Bracken

Bexar Co., July 25, 1908, B. H. A. Groth, no. 148 (Typx, ae
Herb.).

This species is closely related to P. virgatum, having the long
peduncles and partially glabrous calyx of that species but much
shorter calyx-lobes and pubescent style-base. The calyx, except
for the glabrous teeth, is similar to that of P. purpwreum but the
bracts of the latter are not persistent. When Dr. Greenman was
at the Gray Herbarium a number of years ago he studied this
Petalostemum and in notes which he made at that time he indicated
the distinctive characters as given above. He did not pursue the
matter to the point of publication, however, and has generously
given me permission to publish the species.

50 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Funastrum Fourn. Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 6. xiv. 388 (1882).
Schlechter has recently shown in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. xiii. 279-
282 (1914) the necessity of adopting the name Funastrum Fourn.,
l.c., for the group of plants comprising the genus Philibertella
Vail, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 305 (1897). Since Schlechter discusses
in great detail the relation of this genus to Philibertia HBK. and
presents the synonymy of both genera, it seems unnecessary to
restate this information. However, in spite of the fact that he
corrects Malme’s error, Arkiv iv. no. 14. 2 (1905) of failing to take
up the first published generic name, he has not consistently applied
this principle to species but has followed Miss Vail’s adoption of
specific names, at least one of which conflicts with both Sect. 6,
Art. 48 of the International Rules and Sect. 3, Canon 9, (a) of the
American Code. Accordingly the following new combinations are
necessary.

Funastrum lineare (Dene.), comb. nov. F. Hartwegii (Vail)
Schltr. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. xiii. 285 (1914). Sarcostemma
lineare Dene. ex Benth. Pl. Hany 25 (1840). Philibertia linearis
(Dene.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 64 Pele Philibertella Hart-
wegti Vail, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 308 (1897).

UNASTRUM LINEARE (Dene.) Macbr., . var. heterepuyy es
(Engelm:.), comb. nov. Sarcostemma hetero hyllum Engelm. e
Torr. Pac. Rail. Rep. v. 362 (1857). Philibertia linearis (Dene.)

, var. Syn. Fl. ii. pt. 1. 88
(1878). SE Seatioe: Hartwegit Vail, var. heterophylla (Engelm.)
Vail, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 308 (1897). P. heterophylla (Engelm.)
Ck. ne Gaz. xxvi. 279 (1898).

FUNASTRUM HIRTELLUM (Gray) Schltr. in Fedde, Rep. Spec.
Nov. xiii. 986 (1914). Sarcostemma heterophyllum Engelm., var
hirtellum Gray, in Brewer & Wats. Bot. Cal. i. 478 (1876). Phili-
bertia linearis (Dene.) Gray, var. mise ae Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. pt. I. 88

1878). P. hirtella (Gray) Parish, Muhl. iii. 126 (1907). Phili-
bertella hirtella (Gray) Vail, Bull. Torr. Club xxiv. 309 (1897).

The synonymy of this plant as given by Miss Vail, |. c., is not
correct and as given by Schlechter is incomplete. The species 18
very near the preceding but since it does not seem to intergrade
with. F. lineare it may be retained. It is noteworthy that Parish,
who knows both plants in the field (as indicated by his collections)
regards F’, hirtellum as worthy specific recognition.

Funastrum bicolor See )) comb. nov. Sarcostemma bicolor
Dene. in DC. Prod. viii. 541 (1844). Philibertia bicolor (Dene-)
Gray, Proc. Am. pres Xxi. on (1886).

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 51

This Mexican species is very closely related to F. elegans (Dene.)
Schltr. as indicated by Gray, I. c., and Schlechter has followed
Hemsley in regarding it as synonymous. It is true that one or two
collections appear to be intermediate in character, as pointed out
by Dr. Gray, but I am inclined to follow him in keeping up both
species since they are on the whole easily recognized. F. bicolor is
typically canescent with a dense pubescence and occurs much
farther north and not so far south as F. elegans.

FUNASTRUM CYNANCHOIDES (Dene.) Schltr., var. subtruncatum
(Robinson & Fernald), comb. nov. Philibertia cynanchoides

ene.) Gray, ee oe cata Robinson & Fernald, Proc. Am.
Acad. xxx. 119 (18

Fun sca (Hook. & Arn.), comb. nov. Sarcostemma
ylang Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 438 (1841). Philibert
biloba (Hook & Arn.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 395 (1886)

Dr. Gray, |. ¢., pointed out the improbability of this species
being the same as F’. cynanchoides; nevertheless Schlechter has
followed Hemsley in reducing it to the latter. It is very doubtful
if this disposition is correct but if it is Schlechter erred in not
taking up Hooker and Arnott’s name since it has three years
priority over that of Decaisne. Both Miss Vail and Schlechter
include in the synonymy of F. cynanchoides, Gonolobus viridi-
florus Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ii. 219 (1828), not Nutt. In reality
this is a name only and merely represents a misdetermination on
the part of Torrey. Just why it should be unearthed is not clear
unless for the purpose of adding to a synonymy already over-
burdened.

GILIA VIRGATA AND ALLIES. My attention has been called to
this group because of some excellent specimens collected by Mrs.
Mary F. Spencer in the vicinity of San Diego where this section
(Hugelia) of the genus Gilia culminates in a number of variable
and perplexing forms. The group has been studied critically and,
indeed, with rare discrimination by Dr. Brand in his recent com-
prehensive monograph of the Polemoniaceae, Das Pflanzenreich iv.
250. 164-168 (1907), but there are errors in his treatment which
should be corrected; and furthermore, his inclusion of Hugelia in
Navarretia, thus greatly broadening the scope of that genus, so
‘ characteristic and singular in aspect as interpreted by Ruiz and
Pavon, Bentham, Greene, and others, is a move, the wisdom of

52 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

which, it seems to me, is extremely doubtful. Dr. Rydberg has
called attention to the errors in Brand’s work, Bull. Torr. Club xl.
466 (1913) as regards some of the species of the Rocky Mountains.
He is undoubtedly correct in his surmise that Brand’s misinter-
pretations have originated in his inability to study the types of
species concerned. Botanists, however, it occurs to me, will view
with great charity errors arising from lack of data of this character,
since it is a disadvantage under which all labor at times, and
because of which all err. Accordingly, the criticism ‘“ He made
definite pronunciations as to species he had never seen, and made
synonyms from mere guesses ”’ will seem to many to be, if not an
unjust remark, at least an unwise one, which may too easily serve
as a boomerang for the person who first launches it. But to return
to Brand’s treatment of the plants we have in mind. In the first
place he seems to have missed completely one of the outstanding
characteristics of G. densifolia, namely the woody character of the
base and of the lower portions of the stems. His key character by
which he separates this species from all the others is ‘‘ Tubus
corollae calyce duplo vel triplo longior,”’ a character which is true
enough but which applies also to specimens by Douglas of G. vir-
gata in this herbarium from the Herb. Soc. Hort. Lon. and which,
without doubt rightfully, purport to be a part of the material upon
which G. virgata was based. The use by Brand of this corolla-
character caused him to describe a variety lanata which he based
on Heller no. 6753 from Monterey County, and which in point of
fact is an exact duplicate of Douglas’ material of G. virgata prob-
ably from the same region since he made his headquarters at
Monterey during his stay in California. The next species Brand
considers is G. Wilcoxii which he distinguishes by the character
‘‘Semina sub aqua immutata.” Unfortunately mature seeds of
type and co-type material have always developed mucilaginous
spiricles in water every time I have tried the experiment. Brand
gives no other character to distinguish this plant from G. filifolia
and I have been unable to find any. His treatment of the latter is
proper it seems to me but he fails to use in his key the strongest
character of this plant, and the one upon which Dr. Gray placed
greatest stress, namely the small anthers. The species certainly
merges in California with the var. floccosa of G. virgata but never- ~
theless it is usually distinct enough even there and is the only

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 53

species that occurs in the Northwest. Gulia virgata is the next
species in Brand’s treatment and his lack of knowledge as to the
true character of this plant has been shown above. His separation
of the var. floccosa as a subspecies, based on the degree of bract-
development in relation to the inflorescence appears to be a highly
artificial distinction which, moreover, does not work out satis-
factorily. The real points of difference between G. virgata and the
var. floccosa have been indicated by Miss Milliken, Univ. Cal.
Publ. Bot. 1. 40 (1904). But the principal point at issue here, as
in the case of G. densifolia, concerns the character of the collection
upon which the species was based. Unfortunately in this instance
the problem is doubly perplexing because Gray did not indicate a
specific collection in describing G. floccosa, Proc. Am. Acad. viii.
272 (1870) but merely designated the range, “California to Arizona,
interior of Oregon:and Utah.’ However, it is possible to gain
a very accurate conception of the plant to which Dr. Gray meant
this name to apply since at that time (1870) he had relatively few
specimens and those that he referred to this species are so labeled
in his own hand. In this connection I would mention that the
stickler for technicalities will doubtless refuse to accept the name
G. floccosa for the blue-flowered plant Gray really applied it to,
because Gray, as shown by the context, thought he was giving a
new name to G. lutea, this name being inappropriate because the
flowers were not yellow. Later, in the Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1. 143 (1878)
he corrects this mistaken idea in regard to G. lutea and retains the
name G. floccosa for the blue-flowered plant he at one time con-
sidered identical with G. lutea. The meagre material Gray had is
satisfactory explanation for this confusion of these species, since
the dried flowers of G. lutea give no proof of having been yellow
and the habit and vegetative characters of the two species are very
similar. Since then, as indicated by his annotations in the her-
barium, he applied the name G. floccosa in large part to the plant
with blue flowers rather than to the yellow-flowered species, in the
real sense unknown to him, the adoption of the name for the former
species is surely proper. And those specimens which were before
him in 1870 and are labeled ‘“‘ G. floccosa”’ are not to be distin-
guished from specimens cited by Brand as Navarretia virgata, var.
dasyantha Brand and N. densifolia, var. jacumbana Brand, and
which represent the two extremes of G. floccosa in the development
of the corolla-tube in relation to its lobes.

54 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

This brings us to a consideration of the generic position of this
group of plants. Anything bordering on a complete discussion of
this matter would require pages. ‘ Suffice it to say that almost all,
if not all, American botanists have been content to consider these
species as representing a subgenus of Gilia. This is the more sig-
nificant when it is remembered that several segregate genera of
Gilia have been proposed and to some extent adopted in recent
years. Brand’s removal of this section to Navarretia, therefore,
was epoch-making. In his key to genera he separates this genus
by the character “ calycis dentes inaequalis.” In view of the fact
that species of Ewnavarretia are distinguished by the degree to
which this character exists its weakness as a generic distinction is
apparent. Furthermore in species of the section Hugelia, at least,
the calyx-teeth may be essentially equal. Then, too, the habital
distinctiveness of Navarretia, one of its strongest (and a necessary)
asset, is ruined by the inclusion of the Hugelia group. It is true
that the recently discovered N. Abramsii because of its woolly
character suggests a close relationship between the groups but
after all it is a better Navarretia than anything else. Finally the
complexity of the matter has been increased by the publication of
the genus Eriastrum Wooton & Standl. Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb.
xvi. 160 (1913), the authors pointing out, |. c. xix. 520 (1915), that
their genus is related to Collomia because it too possesses the char-
acter ‘‘ Calyx not rupturéd by the capsule,’ a character hereto-
fore given, even by Brand, as peculiar to Collomia. Indeed all of
this seems to bear out the contention expressed in Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 34
(1916) that this character “is scarcely to be considered generically
in a family in which the more natural genera run hopelessly to-
gether technically.” It seems advisable therefore to keep the
section Hugelia in the genus Gilia, as has been done by Gray and
most botanists, including those of California who know the species
in the field

The plants here discussed may be summarized as follows.

a. Perennial, the stems woody toward the base; corolla large,
the tube 2-4 times as long as the calyx.
eng _Subappressed, imbricated, entire or pinnatifid,
Re ar ete ore Pegi Fetuah cradle Rae G- 1. G. densifolia.
Leaves 4 srneading. not ype vee usually acreplely
en innatifid and white-tomentose................ a. var. elongata.
a. Annual or biennial, the stems jae to the base
corolla-tube often less than 2 times as long as the

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 55

b. Anthers 1 mm. or less than 1 mm. long, scarcely exserted
from the corolla-throat; corolla pale blue, the narrow
lobes much nc er than the tube

c. Stems erect fro

Flowers c sista ghar TMU ie Fate bg 2. G. filifolia.
Flowers solitary or 2-3 ina head........... 2a. var. Tita 3 sie
o. — ep eho at base, branched... «2.56. 6.05.5 2b. var. d iffusa.
b. Anthers 1.3-2 mm. long, exserted from the corolla-

Soca, usually distinotly. so; corolla pale or dark
blue or yellow, the lobes at least one half as long as

etube d.
d. Corolla, * least the throat and lobes, blue; ovules
m if ever solitary in the cells e.
e. pawl pores or some 3-parted; heads at least
ae vg nearly glabrous to densely

2 infloresvence involved in dense wool; flowers
in capitate-glomerules.
Stems simple, virgate or with a few short
branches; corolla dark blue, the lobes
about one half as long as the tube...... 3. G. virgata.
Stems Se much branched; corolla usually
the lobes often about as ong as
Pye EPs liein ces pele were. 3a. var. floccosa.
J. Inflorescence sublanate to nearly glabrous;
rs, at least some of them, scattered or
aS dusters OG oo ee ee & 3b. var. sapphirina,
é. hota. hone 3-7-pinnatifid; heads man
. hehe aa anate; plants corymbosely
hed oe ce eo nee “A G. dtl
d. Corolla velluie; ovules 1-2 in the cells............ ae

1.. G. penstroutiA Benth. in DC. Prod. ix. 311 (1845). —
SouTHERN CaLiFoRNIA: Kernville, April-Sept., 1897, Purpus,
no. 5506; Mt. Pinos, July, 1875, Rothrock, no. 204; 1833, Douglas;
near Seven Oaks, San Bernardino Mts., June 25, 1895, Parish, no.
3685.

a. var. ELONGATA (Benth.) Gray ex Brand, Pflanzenreich iv.
950. 165 (1907). Navarretia densifolia (Benth.) Brand, subsp.
elongata (Benth.) Brand, |. c. — Southern we to adjacent
Nevada, Arizona and Lower California.—Nevapa: _ 1871,

3
no. 232; San Bernardino, Aug. 1881, S. B. & W. F. Parish, nos.
314, 315; Mt. San Antonio, San Bernardino Co., mu al. 1902,
Abrams, no. 2682; Los Angele s Co., July 24, 1908, Abrams &
M cGregor, no. 554; Palmdale, Mohave Desert, June 31, 1908,
Abrams & McGregor, (cited by Brand as N. avarretia virgata, var.
1 n

1909 and Oct. 13, 1910, Parish, no. 7139. (The last four numbers
represent the large-flowered var. sanctora Milliken). Lowrr

56 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

CaLirornia: July, 1884, Orcutt, no. 1092; about 20 miles below
boundary, Cleveland.

Navarretia virgata (Benth.) Brand, var. oligantha Brand, l. c.
168, is based on one specimen cited ‘‘ Gesehen nur aus Nieder-
Californien (Orcutt; Herb. Gray).’’ There are three specimens in
the Gray Herbarium by Orcutt from Lower California but the only
one which at all coincides with Brand’s meager description ‘‘ Flores
singuli vel gemini, bracteae subnullae’’ bears no other data than
““Mts., Lower California, 1833” and is apparently a glabrate
variety of G. densifolia. But only the upper portion of the plant is’
present; and if this is the specimen Brand refers to, and it seems
that it must be, his description is misleading.

2. G. rmirouia Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. i. 156 (1848). G.
virgata (Benth.) pee var. filifolia Milliken, Univ. Cal. Publ.
Bot. ii. 39 (1904). G. floccosa Gray, var. filifolia Nate Nels &
Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 35 (1916). G. Wilcoxii A. Nels. Bot. Gaz.
XXXIV. 27 (1902). Hugelra floccosa Nutt. ex Gray, Proce. ree ‘Acad.
viii. 272 (1870), as to name only. Navarretia WV ilcoxii (A. Nels.)

oot.
— Southern California to Nevada, southern Idaho, Oregon
and southeastern Washington. — Ipano: St. Anthony, July 4, 6,
and 8, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, nos. 822, 862, and 952; Nampa,
July 14, 1911, Macbride, no. 1069, also July 2, 1892, Three Creek,
Owyhee Co., July i; 1912, Nelson & Macbride, no. 1867; King Hill,
Elmore Co., ‘July 15, 1911, Nelson & Macbride, no. 1093; Tikura,
Blaine Co., July 22, 1911, Nelson & Macbride, no. 1289; Big
Willow, Canyon Co., May 31, 1910, Macbride, no. 163. Nevapa:
Between Washoe and Franktown, July 22, 1912, Peler no. 10603a;
King’s Cafion, Ormsby Co. , July 3, i902, Baker, no. 1234. CaLi-
FORNIA: Mt. Pinos, Ventura Co., July 12-14, 1908, Abrams &
McGregor, no. 199; ‘southeastern Cal., April-Sept. 1897, Purpus,
no. 5482; Santa Barbara, Nuttall; San Isabel, Thurber, no. 624;
near Potrero, San Diego Co., June 3, 1903, ‘Abrams, no. 37 24.
OrEGON: near Devine Rensh. June 27, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2408;
Bend, Crook Co., July 10, 1905, Elias Nelson, 861; Anderson
Valley, June 24, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2385; near Desert Well, south
of Button Springs, July 5, 1894, Leiberg, no. 387. WASHINGTON:
north of Bickleton, Yakima Co., June 7, 1884, Suksdorf, no. 393;
Moses’ Coulee, Aug. 8, 1892, Lake & Hull, no. 590; junction Crab
and Wilson Creeks, Dou glas Co., June 21, 1893, Sandberg & L
nil no. ey sagebrush areas, Yakima region, July, 1883, Briode

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 57

2a. var. coher (Eastw. ), comb. nov. G. sparsiflora Fastw
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. ser. 3, ii. 291 (1902). Navarretia filifotia
(Nutt.) Beat subsp. sparsiflora (Eastw.) Brand, 1. e.
Eastern central California to Nevada. — Nevapa: Eagle Valiey,
— Co., July 3, 1902, Baker, no. 1403.

var. DIFFUSA Gray, Proc. Am. ines vill. 272 (1870). Navar-

ae a filifoia (Nutt.) Brand, var. diffusa Gray, ex Brand, |. ¢. 167.
— Western Texas to southeastern California and Neva a. —
Texas: near Fl Paso, Parry. Uran: Upper Santa Clara, June,
1874, Parry, no. 195. Nevapa: Unionville Valley, June, 1865,
Watson, no. 915; plains along Humboldt River, 1872, Gray. New
Mexico: 1851- ‘52, Wright, no. 1642. ARIZONA: Fort Lowell,
1880, Lemmon; near Tucson, March, 1877, Greene, no. 11 08.
CALIFORNIA: San Diego Co., May 28, 1916, Mrs. Mary F. Spencer.

3. G. virGaTa (Benth.) Steud. Nom. ed. 2, 1. 684 (1840).
ste Mee ee (Benth.) Mice l.c. 167. N. densifolia (Benth.)
Bran . lanata Brand, |. c. 165. — Monterey County, to San
Behan, — Cauirornia: near Monterey, 1860-62, Brewer, no.

Claremont, Los Angeles Co., July 20, 1903, Baker, no. 3345; San
Bernardino, May 2, 1896, Clara oh cate The last three
collections are transitional to the variety flocc

3a. var. FLoccosa (Gray) } Milliken, Chay, ‘Cal. Publ. Bot. ii. 40
(1904). G. lanata (Lindl.) Walp. Ann. i. 519 (1848-49) ?. G. floc-
cosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 272 (1870). G. floccosa Gray, var
ambigua Jones ‘Contrib. W. Bot. xiii 2 (1910). G. virgata (Benth.)
St Aan ., Var. ag Jones, l.c. Hugelia lanata Lindl. Journ. ow
Soc. iii. 74 (1848) ? H. floccosa (Gray) Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. 4
(1901). Navarretia pbc (Benth.) Brand, subsp. —— (Gray)
Brand, I. c. 168. N. virgata (Benth.) Br and, var. dasyantha Brand,
EG N. densifolia Benth.) Brand, var. Lauibana: Br and, Ann.
Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve xv. & xvi. 340 (1913). — Southern
California to Nevada, Utah ee Arizona. — Utau: Valley of the
Virgin, near St. George, 1874, Parry, no. 192. Nevapa: 1865,
Torrey,” no. 313; Truckee Desert, July, 1867, Bailey, no. 914
Canyon Station, Clarke Co., June 6, 1912, Heller, no. 10435.
ARIZONA: Ward’s Canon, Clifton, Davidson no. 157. CALIFORNIA:

June 7, 1891, Coville & Funston, no. 886; 1866, Bolander, no. 6411;
Owens Valley and at Fort Tejon, 1863, Dr. Horn, no. 2850; Liebre
Mts., Los Angeles Co., June 20-25, 1908, Abrams & McGreg or, no.
359; "San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co., July 2-4. 1908, ens
& M cGregor, no. 546; San Bernardino, July 20, 1895, Parish, no.
3803 ; Panamint Valley, on es , May 10, 1915, Parish, no. 10162:
Walker Pass, April-Sept., 1897, Purpus, no 5391; near Cuca-
monga, July 8, 1902, yelling As 2660; Jacumba, May 29, 1903,

58 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Abrams, no. 3640; Livingston, Merced Co., Sept. 21, 1893, Cong-
don; Maricopa hills, Kern Co. (oe 15, 1913. Eastwood. no. 3272.

3b. “var. sapphirina (Eastw. ‘ comb. nov. G. sapphirina Eastw.
Bot. Gaz. xxxviil. 71 (1904). Wonton: virgata (Benth.) Brand,
var. sapphirina (Eastw.) Brand, l|.c. 168. eR gr CaLIi-
FORNIA: Sierre Madre, Los Angeles Go, , July 2, 1902, Abrams, no.
2636; Coulter, no. 452 ; San Diego, 1883, Orcutt, also 1874, Cleve-

yay 15, 1902, Abrams, no. "9743. San Aa iaedies. July, 1881,
S.B.& W. F. Parish, nos. 1748 and 1748—A (cited by Brand under
var. dasyantha; transitional state); San Diego Co., July 12, 1916,
Sie 1 F.. Spenc
G. chelate ata ‘Heller, Mubl. ii. 113 (1906). G. virgata
(Benth) Steud., var. flo ribunda Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 272
(1870), not G. ’ floribunda Gray, ras c. 267. Navarretia virgata
(Benth.) Brand, var. abide (Gray) Brand, |. c. 168. N. densi-
folia Brand, Ann. Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve xv. & xvi. 340
(1913), not Benth. a Bipieane Cauirornta: Corral Hollow,
1860-62, Brewer, no. 1212; 1876, Palmer, no. 414; Fort Tejon,
Kern Co., June, 1888, Parish, no. 1897; San Joaquin plains near
Lathrop, June, 1896, ‘Jepson; South Fork Kaweah River, Tulare
Co., July 2 1904, Culbertson, no. 4518; Sunset, Kern Co., April
20, 1905, Helter, no. 7734; also Oil City, April 22, no. 7742.
UTESCENS Steud. ex Benth. in DC. Prod. ix. 311 (1845).
Hugelia fakes Benth. Bot. Reg. xix. sab: t. 1622 (1833) not G. lutea
(Benth.) Steud. N avarretia lutea (Benth.) Brand, Pflanzenreich
iv. 250. 168 (1907). — Central omega in the coastal region to
Los Angeles County. — Catirornia: Ravenna, Los Angeles Co.,
June and Aug., 1910, Mrs. K. pee ndege ee; San Luis Obispo Co.,
1878, Lemmon; also May 10, 1899, Jared; 1833, Douglas; between
Numtaceuts River and Gorda, Monterey Co., June 9, 1909, Mrs.
. Brandegee
. Conpytantuus RigiDus (Benth.) Jepson, var. filifolius (Nutt.),
comb. nov. C. filifolius Nutt. ex Benth. in DC. Prod. x. 597,(1846).
Adenostegia filifolia (Nutt.) Abrams, Fl. Los Ang. 372 (1904).
CoRDYLANTHUS RIGIDUS (Benth.) Jepson, var. brevibracteatus
(Gray), comb. nov. C. acer Nutt., var. brevibracteatus Gray,
in Brewer & Wats. Bot. Cal. i. 622 (1876). hry so rigida
Benth., var. brevibracteata (Gray) Greene, Pitt. ii. 180 (1891).

Abrams, l.¢., excludes C. rigidus from southern California
stating that it, in comparison with C. filifolius, ‘has broader
leaves and bracts which are less hispid,” while Jepson, Fl. W. Mi d.
Cal. ed. 2. 387 (1911) follows Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. I. 303 (1878)
and Bentham, l.c., in regarding it as the same as C. filifolius.

Macbride — North American Spermatophytes 59

The true state of affairs would seem to be more correctly repre-
sented by treating the southern plant, C. filifolius, as a geographi-
eal variant of C. rigidus, from which it may be distinguished by the
narrower leaves and more strongly setose-hispid bracts. Abrams
is mistaken, however, in thinking that C. rigidus does not occur in
southern California since a specimen in the Gray Herbarium col-
lected by Dr. Palmer in 1876 on “‘ hills behind San Diego ”’ matches
well material from Monterey County where Douglas probably
secured the original collection. The variety brevibracteatus is in
some respects intermediate to the typical form and the variety
filifolius but the fewer flowers in the head distinguish it. Besides
the original collection from Kern County there is a specimen in
this herbarium from Tulare County secured in 1891 by Coville &
Funston, no. 1602.

STENOTOPSIS 1 ee (DC.) Rydb., var. interior (Coville),
comb. nov. S. interior (Coville) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxvii. 617
(1900). SE (ira interior cela Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. 65
(1892). A. lanearifolius DC., var. interior (Coville) fey ne
Cal. Acad. ser. 2, v. 697 (1895). Stenotus linearifolius (D C)T
G., var. interior (Coville) Hall, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iii. 48 fining

Doctor Hall,,1. ¢., has given conclusive proof of the intergrada- —
tion of this desert form with the typical state of the species. I
think that Dr. Rydberg is right, however, in retaining the genus
Stenotopsis as distinct from Stenotus.

60 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

IV. NEW OR OTHERWISE INTERESTING
PLANTS FROM IDAHO

By J. Francis MAcBrRIDE AND Epwin BLAKE PAYSON

Durine the summer of 1916 we had the good fortune to be able
to spend six weeks in botanical exploration in the south-central
portion of Idaho. Practically the entire time was spent in Blaine
and Custer Counties which represent probably the least known
portion of the state, topographically as well as botanically, since
portions of the searcely “ navigable’ lava fields which cover a
large part of Blaine County are unknown and since Custer County
has only one railroad point and that at Mackay near the south-
eastern boundary. The region is additionally interesting to the
botanist because of the great variation in the climatological con-
ditions that exist in close proximity. Consequently in passing
from the low and excessively dry lava fields to the foothills and
mountain valleys and finally to the higher summits of the Sawtooth
Range where the snow banks never completely melt away one
encounters great diversity in environmental conditions which have
resulted in the formation of many distinct types of vegetation
ranging from essentially desert in the lava fields to alpine at the
summits of the higher peaks. These higher summits in this part
of the state are largely granitic in character but in the vicinity of
Mackay they are, in part, composed of limestone. The latter
formation was visited in 1911 by Nelson and Macbride and then,
as this year when it was more carefully explored, yielded many
things that were not discovered on the granitic peaks of the region.
In spite of the fact that our time and our capacity for carrying
presses was strictly limited we secured in the 1000 miles we
travelled 1000 numbers, most of which consisted of twelve sheets.
Unfortunately we were compelled because of lack of time and
carrying space to take only the rarer and more important things
and to confine duplication to the less usual or unrecognized species.
Consequently the collection is not as representative of this region
of the state as it might be. Nevertheless a critical study of the
specimens has disclosed the fact that we secured many rare OF
little known species, many new to the state and upwards of a
dozen apparently undescribed.

Macbride and Payson — Plants from Idaho 61

RANUNCULUS INAMOENUS Greene. This species, frequent in the
central Rocky Mountains is represented now from Cape Horn,
Custer County, Idaho by our number 3621.

RANUNCULUS INTERTEXTUS Greene, Ottawa Nat. xvi. 33 (1902).
Our number 3372 from Squaw Creek, Custer County, Idaho well
represents this species which is R. natans C. A. Meyer of the
Coulter-Nelson Manual of Rocky Mt. Botany. Meyer’s species,
however, is Asian and if we may judge from the plate of it in Ledeb.
Ic. 114, Greene was quite justified in proposing the plant of North
America as a distinct species. R. intertextus does not appear to
have been collected before in Idaho although it occurs occasionally
in Colorado, Wyoming, and Spokane County, Washington.

CLEMATIS ORIENTALIS L. C. cruz-flava Ckll. Science n. ser. x.
898 (1899) and C. aurea Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. lv. 373 (1913)
should be referred to this species. Wooton and Standley in their
Flora of New Mexico remark that ‘“‘ C. orientalis is reported to have
escaped near Las Vegas but...... it is not likely to become a per-
manent part of our flora.” This observation may be true as regards
New Mexico but the species is not only well established but
spreading in the vicinity of Challis, Idaho. It was collected there
first in 1909 and this year (1916) it was noticeably more common.
It clambers over wild thickets along streams and appears to be
native. Macoun secured it in 1901 at Port Colburne, Ontario and
his label bears the inscription ‘ well established.”” We wish to
express our indebtedness to Mrs. Earl J. Michael of Challis who
kindly prepared for us the neatly pressed flowers and fruits which
supplement our foliage specimens gathered July 21. The collection
is numbere 6

QUILEGIA FLAVESCENS Wats., var. Miniana, var. nov., sepala
albido-rubra vel ad colorem salmonis accedens. — IpaHo: stream
bank, Challis Creek, Custer Co., July 19, 1916, M7 acbride & Payson,
no. 3

Blaine Co., Aug. 13, no. 3751; also along alpine brook, Sawtooth
Peaks, Aug. 9, no. 3692.
It has been recognized for some time that A. flavescens and A.
formosa merge in the territory where their ranges join. As a result
there exist many intermediate forms which cannot be definitely
referred to either of these species. One such state has been evolved
in central Idaho and there in many localities entirely replaces the

62 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

typical form of the species, so apparently it has acquired a certain
degree of stability. This form is similar to A. flavescens except that
the sepals are salmon-color or flushed with pink. This color-
modification is striking and extremely beautiful, well worth, it
would seem varietal recognition.

ACONITUM COLUMBIANUM Nutt. In the vicinity of Cape Horn,
Custer Co., Idaho a form of this species with light-colored flowers
(our no. 3642) seems to entirely replace the typical state which was
found forty or fifty miles south of Cape Horn in the region of the
Alturas Lakes. This appearance in restricted areas of forms with
light-colored corollas has been observed before since we have at
hand a specimen by Horner from the Blue Mts. of Washington
which bears on the label this note, “‘ flowers all white in this
locality.”” Neither Horner’s collection nor ours, however, appears
to differ in any fundamental way from the typical dark-flowered
orm,

SisymMBrium Logseiu L. This Italian species is represented by
our no. 2965 from Picabo, June 30, 1916. It was common along a
roadway for some distance and will doubtless persist from year to
year. Apparently it has not been collected in the United States
before except in Connecticut and New York.

DraBa vaLtipa Goodd. Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 55 (1904). The dis-
covery of this species in central Idaho (our no. 3138), hitherto
known only from the Uintah Mts. of Utah is a range-extension that
is plausible but noteworthy.

Arabis nubigena, spec. nov., A. microphylla affinis, au minor,
caudice lignoso multo minus ramoso, nune trifurca n ne bifurca
tantum; caulibus 3-6 grajilibus erectis circa 8 cm. alice: foliis
radicalibus 5-10 mm. longis fere linearibus vel anguste oblanceo-
latis 5-10 mm. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis utrinque parce stellato-
pubescentibus; foliis caulinis paucis reductis glabris; floribus
circa 4; sep alis glabris circa 3 mm. longis anguste albo-marginatis;
coro. olla. serine Heat 5-6 mm. lo ongis; pedicellis fructiferis fere

- longis et 1.5 mm. latis valde alatis. — IpaHo: expos
sicins summit, Smoky Mts., Blaine Co., Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride
& Payson, no. 3772 (Type, Gray He rb.).

This dainty little alpine perennial is closely related to A. micro-
phylla Nutt. which is a larger plant with larger leaves but very

Macbride and Payson — Plants from Idaho 63

small wingless or nearly wingless seeds. The caudex of Nuttall’s
species becomes in age much branched so that the stems are then
more numerous than they ever are in A. nubigena. A. acutina and
A. tenuicula Greene, Leaflets ii. 82 (1910) are scarcely to be dis-
tinguished from A. microphylla Nutt.

EPprILoBIUM OBCORDATUM Gray is not uncommon in the Sierra
Nevada of California and is known from northern Nevada by a
specimen secured by Watson in the East Humboldt Mountains.
Recently Cusick has collected it in the Strawberry Mountains of
eastern Oregon. Its discovery in the Sawtooth Mountains of
central Idaho is not, therefore, particularly surprising but never-
theless this apparently unrecorded extension in its range seems
worthy of note. Our collection bears number 3705 and was found
growing in rock-crevices at an altitude of 10,000 ft.

Peps ae a PAUCIFLORUM (Durand) Greene, var. exquisitum,

g m gracilum 1-1.5 dm. altum: foliis anguste
cbtakesoiadis abbeas basi in petiolum attenuatis 4-6 cm i
5-8 mm. latis; floribus 1-4; peices eas sed 1—1.5 em. longis;
abc lobis solum circa 10 mm. lon AHO: alpine basin,

y Mts., Custer Co., Aug. 15, 1916, “aawids & Payson, no.
3747 Crres, ‘Gray Her ).

The well-known Dodecatheon pauciflorum is common in typical
form in the mountains of southern Idaho. It is normally a
very robust plant with numerous large showy flowers and ample
leaves. It was a distinct surprise, therefore, upon studying the
plant described above to find, except for its uniformly much smaller,
size in all parts, that it was referable to D. pauciflorum. Never_
theless it seems almost incongruous to refer this attractive and
dainty shooting star which was abundant on the dryer portions of
the grasslands of an alpine meadow to Durand’s plant which is
typically of much lower altitudes and which presents an aspect so
different. Accordingly we are designating this small isolated form
as a new variety.

theon exilifolium, spec. nov., mediocriter robustum

longis, 1-1.5 em. latis acutis margine integris vel paullo undu-
latis; umbella 2-6 floris; calyce 5-partita, laciniis ight rom
acuminatis 5-7 mm. longis; corollae tubo flavo, lobis circa 12 mm

longis basi albis caeterum rubr ro-purpureis; staminibus distncts,

‘a

64 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

basi purpureis; antherae 7-8 mm. longae acutiusculae; capsula
calycem non superans, apice circumscissa demum 10 valvis bane
scens. —Ipano: alpine basin west of Russian John Ranger
Station, Smoky Mts., Custer Co., Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride &
Payson, no. 3714 (TyPE, Gray Herb.).

This lovely plant is to be regarded as an addition to the group of
closely related forms of which D. Jeffrey Van Houtte is the type.
Hall in Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. iv. 202 (1912) has given a careful
review of this group of species and has shown how variable D.
Jeffreyi is. Nevertheless this Idaho plant can scarcely be con-
sidered, it seems to us, a mere variant of that typically broad-
leaved species since it lacks the purple ring on the corolla-throat
that is present in D. Jeffreyi. Moreover, as shown by Hall, the
flowers of the latter are normally tetramerous while those of our
plant are normally pentamerous. One variant of D. Jeffreyz, var.
redolens Hall, is 5-merous usually but this plant is totally different
in other respects from D. exilifolium. In aspect alone our species
resembles D. alpinum (Gray) Greene and until the technical char-
acters are observed might easily be mistaken for that plant. It is
interesting that this unique species was found in the same alpine
basin in which D. pauciflorum, var. exquisitum grew but whereas
the latter occupied the dryer portions of the meadow-lands this
plant flourished only in the moister areas.

GENTIANA SIMPLEX Gray. The range of this plant has long been
known to extend from eastern Oregon to the Sierra Nevada of
California but none of the books record its occurrence in Idaho
and there are no specimens from that state in either the Gray or
Rocky Mountain herbaria. Our number 3638 from Custer County,
Idaho, differs from the Californian specimens in the nearly or quite
entire corolla-lobes. These, in plants from the Sierra Nevada are
distinctly erose or subfimbriate. The Oregon collections, however,
exhibit this character usually in a degree much less pronounced
and occasionally a plant may be found which has the lobes as
nearly entire as in our material.

GILIA AGGREGATA (Pursh) Spreng., forma aurea, f. nov., corolla
aurea. —IpaHo: Martin, Blaine Co., July 7, 1916, Macbride &
Payson, no. 3082 (Typ, Gray He rb.).

The golden-yellow corollas of this plant were in striking contrast
to the vivid scarlet flowers of the typical form, common in the

Macbride and Payson — Plants from Idaho 65

vicinity of Martin. The species is well-known throughout southern
Idaho by the Indian name, “ tin-piute.’’

LAPPULA CINEREA Piper. Our specimens, no. 3577 ape slide
rock, Josephus Lakes, Custer Co., at an altitude of 9000 ft.
the understanding of this species heretofore known only from
Boise and Salmon River Bluffs at 3000 ft. or less. They are lower
(2-5 dm.) than the collector’s specimens cited by Piper, Bue other-
wise represent the species gt tly.

LappuLa Fremontu (Torr.) Greene. This species is well repre-
sented by our no. 3214 from Challis, which seems to be the first
collection from Idaho. Nealon and Machride (Bot. Gaz. 61: 38,
1916) have restored Torrey’s long cond name and cited
specimens from Assiniboia, Wyoming, and Uta

OREOCARYA NUBIGENA Greene. Dr. Hall of the University of
California has kindly compared fruiting specimens of this imper-
fectly known species, which we were fortunate to secure from two
localities, with Californian material in the University Herbarium.
Dr. Hall writes: “‘ The only specimen we have of O. nubigena in
good fruit is one collected by Brewer at Sonora Pass. In this the
nutlets are exactly like those of your specimen except that they are.
somewhat larger. This is perhaps due to their age. In other char-
acters your plant is a very good match for the Brewer plant, as well
as for two other specimens, one of which was presumably collected
with the type. The uniformity in foliage, pubescence, calyx, and
general appearance is remarkable. I may add that the nutlets in
the Chestnut and Drew specimen [the type] are apparently like
yours but only half grown.’’ This careful comparison by Dr. Hall
shows that the fruit-character for this species given in the key to
Oreocarya, Contrib. Gray Herb. xlviii. 24 (1916) should be changed
slightly to read ‘‘ Nutlets not muriculate but somewhat rugose-
tuberculate, the elevations low and blunt.” The species is a good
one and is nearest O. echinoides (as shown by its position in the
treatment just cited) but it connects very closely the O. glomerata
group, characterized by more or less rugose nutlets with the next
group (of which O. caespitosa is typical), characterized by nutlets
that are never truly rugose. Because of the heretofore obscure
status of O. nubigena, it seems advisable to cite the following col-
lections, all in the Gray Herbarium, except those referred to by Dr.
Hall in letter quoted above; these are indicated by the abbrevia-
tion, Univ. Cal. Herb. Inano: Silver City, Owyhee Co., June 26,

66 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

1911, Macbride, no. 987; loose slide rock, Smoky Mts., Blaine Co.,
Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3771; stony exposed
ridges near base of Soldier Mt. Peak, Corral, Blaine Co., June 26,
1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 2899. Nevapa: Santa Rosa Mts.,
July 11, 1898, Cusick, no. 2028. Catrrornta: Cloud’s Rest,
- Yosemite, 1872, Gray; summit Cloud’s Rest, July 13, 1889, Ches-
nut & Drew (Univ. Cal. Herb.); Sonora Pass, 1887, Brewer (Univ.
Cal. Herb.); mts. near Mt. Whitney, Purpus, no. 1636 (Univ. Cal.
Herb.). OrgGon: Pine Creek, Baker Co., Sept., 1879, Cusick.
Mertensia incongrue ns, spec. nov., planta 2-3 dm. alta fere
glabra; caulibus plus minusve infirmis; basi ad apicem fere aequa-
biliter’ foliasteaiinih: foliis viridibus, ciel minute adpresse
ciliatis, radicalibus vel infra om is medium ovato-lanceo latis basi
in petio um attenuatis 3. m. longis, auiae sessilibus ovatis
acutis vel acuminatis circa bs em. longis 2 em. latis; racemis sub-
umbellatis fere semper terminalibus mediocriter con gestis; pedi-
cellis glabris; calyce fere 5-partito, laciniis paullo ciliatis fere
oblongis obtusis vel vix acutis non superante 2 mm. ee corollae
tubo intus plus minusve villoso 5-6 mm. longo, lim 8 m
longo; stylo poge —IpanHo: Smoky Mts. near Rasa John
ore Station; Blaine Co., Auaeat 13, 1916, Macbride & Payson,
0. 3759 (Typr, Gray Her b.).

This plant, a member of the Lanceolatae, is related to M. coro-.
nata A. Nels. and allied species. That group, however, uniformly
has linear or ovate-lanceolate very acute or acuminate calyx-lobes
which are typically 3-5 mm. long in anthesis. The calyx lobes of
M. incongruens are at once suggestive of the Ciliatae so that from
this character alone its presence here seems almost incongruous..
The subumbellate inflorescence, too, is distinctive.

MErTENSIA BakeEri Greene, var. subglabra, var. nov., foliis sub--
tus glabris. — IpanHo: Josephu us Lakes, Custer Co., Aug. 3, 1916,.
Macbride & Payson, no. 3544 (Type, Gray Herb.).

This variety was growing with M. Bakeri, var. amoena, and
except for the absence of hairs on the lower leaf surfaces was not
distinguishable. Its discovery is in accord with known variations.
of several species, as those of M. lanceolata, M. Fendleri, M. foliosa,
and others, and indeed similar forms are to be expected sooner or:
later in every species. In the key to this group, Contrib. Gray
Herb. xlviii. 5 (1916), this variety may be placed in contrast to-
M. ovata, as follows:

Macbride and Payson — Plants from Idaho 67

Pubescence minute, appressed; leaves ovate-lanceolate....... 18. M. ovata.
Pubescence spreading, es ecially on pedicels and calyx lobes;
eaves sbhikg-lanced BME A eee eee ire 19. M. Bakeri,

var. subglabra.
MERTENSIA CILIATA (James) G. Don, var. subpubescens
(Rydb.), comb. nov. — Leaves more or less pubescent beneath. —
M. subpubescens Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club xxx. 261 (1903). In the |
treatment of this genus in Contrib. Gray Herb. xlviii. 10 (1916)
this plant was retained as a species with the suggestion that per-
haps it ‘‘ should be regarded as a variety of M. ciliata.’’ Our field
observations have convinced us that this is indeed the proper dis-
position as in every case our collections were growing with the
typical form, and, except for the pubescence on the under surface
of the leaves, were not distinguishable from it. Since the glabrous
and pubescent states are now known to grow together it is not sur-
prising that the type collection of I. subpubescens was mixed (cf.
Contrib. Gray Herb., 1. c. 11). The following specimens indicate
a range extension, the variety heretofore having been known only
from southwestern Montana and northern Wyoming. Number
3272 has pure white flowers and may be known as forma candida,
f. nov., corolla alba. —IpaHo: Bear Creek below Parker Mt.,
July 17, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3272 (Type of forma
candida); also July 18, no. 3279; Clyde, July 10, no. 3119; Bo-
nanza, July 28, no.
Mimutvs Lewis Pursh, forma tetonensis (A. Nels.), comb.
nov. — M. Lewiszi Pursh, var. tetonensis A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv.
31 (1902). — Montana: Summit, Great Northern R. R., July 25,
1894, R. S. Williams (in part). Ipano: Bear Creek, near erm,
Custer Co., July 18, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3284: alen,
Blaine Co., Aug. 12, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3731. Wes.
MING: above Lee’s Lake, July 26, 1901, Merrill & Wilcoz, no. 1072.
Dr. Nelson, |. c., based his variety on two characters besides
color but both of these — the degree of glandulosity and the shape
of the calyx-lobes — are seen on the examination of a large series
of specimens to be purely superficial. The name tetonensis may be
retained, however, to designate a not infrequent white or nearly
white condition which, when occurring with the typical state,
presents a wonderful and striking contrast.
Veronica Cusick Gray, var. Allenii (Greenm.), comb. n
V. Allenti Greenm. Bot. Gaz. xxv. 263 (1898). Corolla ‘wliike: “67
mm. — WASHINGTON: near Paradise River, Mt. Rainier,

ong.
O. D. Allen, no. 95a.

68 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Typical V. Cusickii is common on Mt. Rainier and the variety
possesses no noteworthy character except the color of the corolla.
The plants are dwarf, the flowers not fully developed which prob-
ably accounts for the slightly less exserted stamens and style.
V. alpina L. sometimes has white flowers (forma albiflora Rosenv.).

Veronica funesta, spec. nov., perennis; caulibus e basi repente
simplicibus 1.5-3 dm. altis pa ree puberulis: foliis caulinis inferi-
oribus petiolatis ellipticis vel fere orbiculatis paullo crenatis inter-
nodiis longioribus circa 1 em. longis cirea 7 mm. latis, caulinis
superioribus sessilis ellipticis vel satis circa 1.5 em. longis pauci-
denticulatis, internodiis 3-6 cm. longis; inflorescentia ut apu
V. Cusickiz; calycis fructiferi laciniis ovatis vel ellipticis obtusis-
simis parce strigosis circa 4 mm. longis plus minusve aggre ali sf
corolla ignota post anthesin ut videtur circa 5 mm. la
OREGON: Swan Lake Valley, June 21, 1896, Bae) i. Paes.
no. 424 (Typr, Gray Herb.).

This species, a member of the Alpinae, is closely relnted to
V. Cusickit Gray and V. Copelandii Eastw. It differs from the
former in its denticulate leaves, long upper internodes, broad
obtuse calyx-segments and (apparently) much smaller flowers.
The stems, too, are much more decumbent at base. V.Copelandiz
of northern California resembles it greatly in calyx-lobes but the
leaves are pubescent and much longer than the internodes, and
the character of the pubescence is not the same. Both Howell
(Fl. N. W. eon and Piper & Beattie (Fl. N. W. Coast) describe
V. Cusickit as “‘ glabrous except the glandular inflorescence.”’ As
a matter of fact the type has a distinctly finely pubescent stem
and so have all the half dozen specimens that we have examined.
The collection by Greene referred by Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1. 288
(1886), to his species, is V. Copelandii Eastw. Our number 3695
from above Red Fish Lake, Sawtooth Mts., Aug. 9, 1916 is the only
collection of V. Cusickii we have seen from Idaho and apparently
represents a range extension from the Blue Mts. of northeastern
Oregon. V. funesta and V. Copelandii will probably be found to
replace this species in southern Oregon and southward.

Castilleja robiginosa, spec. nov., humilis cirea 1.5 dm. alta
paslipeeiter piloso-hispida ; a Nas mediocriter numerosis pur-

2-3 cm. longis, inferioribus integris, superioribus parce pinnati-

Macbride and ee — Plants from Idaho 69

corolla flava 1.5-2 em. longa, tubo 1-1.5 cm. longo, galea labium
inferius paullo superante, labiis lobis obtusis 1.5 mm. longis. —
Ipano: dry sagebrush flat, Robinson Bar, Custer Co., July 23,
1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3387 (TYPE, Gray He rb.).

The character of subequally cleft calyx and short galea place
this plant in the group typified by C. longispica and C. oresbia and
it is probably most closely related to these species in spite of the
fact that the short calyx and long corolla suggest C. curticalyz.
The habit is nearly that of C. rustica from which the short calyx
and galea distinguish it.

Castilleja ardifera, spec. nov. ake circa dm. alta; caulibus
plus minusve piloso-hispida im mprim s ad apicem; foliis numerosis
viridibus sed utrinque aliquid dd i ou aceendatoas 3-nerviis
sine exceptione integris caulinis inferioribus lineari-lanceolatis
acutis paullo reductis; bracteis oblongo ovatis integris inferioribus

ubique viridibus vel saepius ad apicem coloratis, opine hain
colore valde variabilibis sed plerumque flavis; calyce 15-23
longo antice et postice subaequaliter fisso lobis doit dentatis;
corolla circa 2 em. longa, tubo circa 1 em. longo, galea elongata
calycem paululum vel multum superanti; labiis lobis acutis circa
1 mm. longis. —IpaHo: Cape Horn, Custer County, July 30,
1916, Afacbride & Payson, no. 3524 (Tyrer, Gray Herb.).

This species is very closely related to C. lutescens. The bracts
and upper leaves of that species, however, are always trifid and
the galea is less than one half as long as the tube. The entire
leaves are suggestive of the group of closely related species typified
by C. confusa but that group is characterized by red-colored bracts
which are nearly always more or less cleft and by elongate galeas
which much exceed the calyx. C. ardifera is remarkable in the fact
that it at times displays great variation in the length of calyx but
not in the length of corolla so that, although the corolla and calyx
are usually subequal, the former is sometimes distinctly the longer.

The plants were common in the vicinity of Cape Horn where
they grew in very wet meadow-lands and at once attracted notice
by the marvellous variation in the color of the bracts. Although
predominantly yellow these presented every conceivable tone of
soft reds and even brown and white, so that the general color effect
of a patch of the plants was indescribably pleasing.

70 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

ORTHOCARPUS HISPIDUS re var. tenuis (Heller), comb. nov.
— O. tenuis Heller, Muhl. i. 5 (1904). O. rarior Suksd. Allg.
Bot. Zeit. xii. 27 (1906). — easter and southern Washington to
Idaho, oe and California. — Ipano: common about Mos-
cow, June 2 1898, Henderson, no. 4611; Corral, Aug. 15, 1916,
Macbride os Payson, ni 3333. Nevapa: Frankt town, Washoe
Co., June 28, 1909, Heller, no. 9784; King’s Cajfion, Ormsby Co.,
June 21, 1902, Baker, no. 1128: Carson City, 1865, Anderson, nos.
246, 181 & 236. CALIFORNIA: Chico, Butte Co., June 22, 1914,
Heller, no. 11509; lower end of Donner Lake, Nevada Co. , July 10,
aed Heller, no. 6907 (Ty PE). OREGON: Union Co. 1878, Cusick.

WasHINGTON: Falcon Valley, Klickitat Co., June 28, 1897, Suks-
pre no. 2779 (type of O. rarior), — also July, 1880, nos. 465 &

ae apparently the only difference between the type and its
variety is one of color this is generally so distinctive that it seems
to deserve varietal recognition. The bright yellow form may
blossom somewhat later than O. hispidus. Our no. 2911 secured at
Corral the last of June has white flowers and at that time the
variety tenuis was not found. Upon our return, Aug. 15, we col-
lected the variety in the same field where the typical white form
was abundant on June 27. Constant technical differences of
corollas and seeds, however, have been sought in vain.

PEDICULARIS GROENLANDICA Retz. Although Piper as long ago
as 1901 suggested in Mazama ii. 100 that this species in typical
form was confined to northeastern North America neither the
“* Flora of Colorado ”’ nor the Coulter-Nelson Manual include the
variety surrecta (Benth.) Piper, l.c. In their Flora of the North-
west Coast Piper and Beattie have taken up Bentham’s species.
Unfortunately for this treatment, typical P. groenlandica has been
found in the Rocky Mountains and moreover there are some col-
lections which are exactly intermediate between the western and
eastern forms. In general, however, collections from the West
have a very dense inflorescence and galea 10-15 mm. long, while
specimens from Labrador all exhibit a rather open spike and a
somewhat shorter galea (5-8 mm.). But proceeding westward
across Canada there occur forms which, although possessing the
short galea of the northeastern plant have the dense spike of the
Rocky Mountain variety, and occasionally a Colorado collection
exhibits a loosely flowered inflorescence when the galea is over one
em. long. The really fundamental difference, therefore, between

Macbride and Payson — Plants from Idaho 71

these two forms is in the length of galea and, as already suggested,
even this varies but the two extremes are noteworthy especially
when their respective ranges are considered. The plant with short
galea, i. e. true P. groenlandica is the only form that occurs north
and east of Montana and, although it extends south to California,
the variety (judging from herbarium collections) replaces it by the
ratio of 7-1. We would note in this connection that, singularly
enough, the species is the more frequent form in Custer and Blaine
Cos., Idaho. The variety, as represented by our no. 3746 from an
alpine basin in the Smoky Mountains was found nowhere else, and
the species, although common in the meadows of the region was
not present in the basin. Our specimens of the variety were very
distinctive in color as well as in galea-length from the typical form
and possibly represent a color form of the variety. Since the
variety and typical form of species have been confused it seems
worth while ie ie the following material of the latter in the Gray
(Gr.) and Rocky Mountain (R. Mt.) herbaria. — LaBrapor:
Makkovik, Aug., 1896, A. Stecker, no. 146 (Gr.); Okak, Aug. 8,
1892, J. D. Sornborger, no. 145 (Gr.): Okak, Aug., 1911, F. C.
Hinckley (Gr.); Webeck Harbor, Aug. 4, 1891, Bowdoin College
Exp., no. 212 (Gr.). UNGava: Ungava Bay, 1884, L. M. Turner,
no. 4821 (Gr.). SASKATCHEWAN: ‘1858, Bourgeau (Gr.). ALBERTA:
ke Louise, July 20, 1907, Butters ‘& Holway, no. 177 (Gr.);
Banff, June 28, 1903, Barber, no. 100 (Gr.); Banff, 1900, Pevisd

1916, “Macro & ge no. 3479 (Gr Wyo MING:
Warm jpg Creek, Fremont Co., Aug. ae ibe Aven N om no.
6 (Gr. Mt.). Conorapo: 1862, Parry, 250 (Gr Ro

teas: Fish Late. Aug. 10, 1894, Jones, no. 5799 (R. Mt). NEVADA:
C 1865, Anderson, no. 3 (Gr. }3 rere Corral Creek,
July 12, 1912 Nelson & Macbride, no. 2049 (Gr. & R. Mt., ap-
proses. variety). CaLiForRNIA: King’s River Valley, 1877, Ly,
N. Matthews (Gr.).

Hieracium absonum, spec. nov., H. Howellii affine; perenne,
gracile, circa 4 dm. altum minusve ‘plus cinereo-puberulum; foliis
integerrimis viridibus radicalibus vel caulinis inferioribus oblan-
ceolatis circa 1.5 dm. longis 1-1.5 em. latis basi angustatis, in
petiolum alatum contractis, apice subacutis, utrinque molliter cum
pilis longissimis subapresse hirsutis (pilis non omnino eigen
tibus) etiam minute et crispe puberulis; _ caulinis solum 1-
similibus sed Seiad go So Saha 4-7 laxe corymbosis; involucro

iz Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

acutis plus minusve canescentibus et hirsutis; pappo mediocriter
copioso sordido. — Ipauo: rather dry barren slopes, Sea Foam,
Custer Co., Aug. 5, 1916, no. 3605 (Typr, Gray Herb.).

Hieracium Howellii Gray is nearly this species but the single
collection by which it is known has somewhat dentate leaves with
tawny shaggy pubescence, tomentose stems and white pappus.
The cinereous involucre suggests H. cineritium Nels. & Macbr. but
it has numerous heads in a close corymbose cyme. The leaves,
too, are denticulate.

V. A REVISION OF THE ERIGERONS OF
THE SERIES MULTIFIDI

By J. Francis MacpripE anp Epwin Bake Payson

THE nomenclature of the entirely homogenous group of Erigeron
designated by Rydberg Fl. Colo. 359 (1906), as the Multifidi has
always been more or less troublesome. This is largely due, doubt-
less, to the fact that mere variants have been proposed as new
species, perhaps often because of the uncertainty of the character
of type specimens, and by the fact that no consistent treatment
of the group as a whole has ever been attempted.

The greatest development of species and varieties seems to be
attained in the central Rocky Mountains of Colorado and Wyo-
ming although representatives are exceedingly common on alpine
slopes and meadows throughout western North America as far
south as northern New Mexico and southeastern California.
Though essentially alpine (or arctic) in habitat, individuals are
often found descending to middle elevations on gravel bars and
exposed stony slopes in mountain regions. Members of this
section have been collected in Greenland and Spitzbergen as well
as in the arctic portions of North America.

Three species are recognized and are distinguished by the
manner in which the leaves are dissected, for this character seems
to be fairly constant. The variation in the size of the heads, in
the color of the rays and in the length and width of the leaf divi-
sions, although often striking, constitute but formal differences.
Most of the species and varieties that have been described in later
years have been based on the presence or absence of pubescence

Macbride and Payson — Erigeron, Series Multifidi 73

and ray flowers. In the present paper these characters have been
considered as showing varietal differences only.

Theoretically every species might have four different varieties,
two of which would be pubescent and two glabrous and of the two
glabrous ones, one would be radiate and one discoid. Similarly
there would be a radiate and a discoid variety of the pubescent
pair. Asa matter of fact all four combinations have been found in
E. compositus and E. trifidus. In E. pinnatisectus, however, the
pubescent character seems to be entirely lacking and so we find
only two varieties — the radiate and the discoid.

Practically all individuals of FE. compositus and E. iritidus develop
cilia on the petioles and leaf margins and when a plant is spoken of
as ‘‘ glabrous ”’ it is only the surface of the leaf-blades proper that
are considered. Pubescent and glabrous forms merge but little
and there is, in general, but little difficulty in separating them.
Similarly, radiate and discoid varieties are easily separable,
although forms appear that are intermediate. We have treated all
forms as discoid in which the rays are not conspicuous. Specimens
cited are in the Gray Herbarium unless followed by the abbrevia-
tion ‘“ R. Mt. Herb.”’ indicating that they are in the Rocky Moun-
tain Herbarium.

The only group-name which we know for this aggregation of
species and varieties is the Multifidi of Rydberg, Fl. Colo. 359
(1906). Unfortunately the author has failed to indicate the status
of this group in classification but from the fact that the name is
given in the plural form and appears to be just above the rank of
species it may well be considered as designating a series which may
be defined as follows:

ERIGERON, series Muutirip1 Rydberg, Fl. Colo. 360 (1906).

Perennial, cespitose, arctic and alpine herbs; leaves clustered on
the very short t stems; deeply ternately or pin nnately dissected ;
petioles and leaf-margins generally ciliate (except in E. pinnati-
sectus); heads usually numerous, apd on scapose peduncles,
radiate or discoid: achenes pubesce

74 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

KeryY TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF THE SERIES MULTIFIDI

Leaves bi- or tri-ternately dissected.
Leaf-blades glabrous except for cilia on petioles or margins.
TOMER ea? Ge aie iets os kj, baa vie as 1. E. compositus.
EROAGN OPRINNE one a i erin sd aie see ale la. var. incertus.
Leaf-blades hirsute.
PIQUE TRIM 6. AG hc to ds CR a GSR LAS 8 5 ob var. multifidus.
RANGE ORROINIE cs a es od es Cae ws le. var. petraeus.
Leaves simply bad vt or trifid.
Leaf- a hirs
eads radiat + Pees Paras i LEN tae Oe aos Ne aes 2. E. trifidus.
RAOUN OREKRIR Ee hc Cos Fi Cea ea 2a. var. antipas:
Leaf-blades glabrous
ds ra ae TERE pace Mepab te SANE Wea 7 ate AR Noses Some age 2b. var. prasinus.

PORNO ores ae a ey ee i 2c. var. deficiens.

Leaves ae Genet glabrous.
Wagee Btae a Gr se renee A oe serene are een 3. E. pinnatisectus.
Heads eadiats es eR Sia oe hk PE en Ky lp 3a. var. insolens.

pe 38 Seok ee ba Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 535 (1814). # com-
poms Pursh, var. glabratus Macoun, Cat. Canad. Pl. ii, 231
883). E. meullifigus Rydb., var. nudus Rydb., Meni N. y. Bot.
Gard i. 402 (1900). JZ. Gormanii Greene, Pitt. iv. 156 (1900).
E. compositus Pursh, var. nudus (Rydb.) A. Nels. in Coulter &

Columbia and Alberta to veh Wiomias and Ida gaat
ALBERTA: Devil’s Lake, Banff, July 5, 1907, Butters & Hollway,
no. 31; Squaw ae Banff, June 20, 1903, towhot no. 273; near

Montana: MacDoneal Peak, July 31, 1908, Mrs. J oseph Clemens
(in part). IpanHo: Upper Ferry, Cas water River, near Lewiston,
April 26, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, no. 48; Smoky
Mts., Blaine Co., Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride & Payson, nos. 3760 &
3761: Custer, Custer Co. , July 27, oa Macbride & Payson, no.
3455; Parker Mt., Custer Co. ; July 17 , 1916, Macbride & Payson,
no . 3248; Silver City, Owyhee Co., June 1 17, 1911, Macbride, no.
899 (type of var. breviradiatus). Wromine: Golden Gate, Yellow-
stone ag June 28, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 5545 (R. Mt.

Herb.); Big Horn Co. , July 1906, Worthley, no. 112, in part (R.
Mt. Herb,); Laramie Peak, Aug. 7, 1895, A. Nelson, no. 6112
(R. Mt. Herb.). British CoLumsia: July 12, 1904, Reuben T.
poh no. 247. Chillinack Valley, Aug. 28, 1901, Macoun, no.

la. E. composirus Pursh, var. incertus A. Nels. in Coulter
& Nelson New Man. R. Mt. Bot. 528 Mhalegh E. multifidus Rydb.,
var. incertus A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 198 (1900). E. compositus
Pursh, var. discoideus A. Nels. in Coulter and Nelson New Man.

Macbride and Payson — Erigeron, Series Multifidi 75

R. Mt. Bot. 528 (1909), not Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, xxxill.
237 (1862). — British Columbia and Alberta to Wyoming and
southern Idaho. — AtBERTA: Moraine Lake, July 8, 1915, F. W.
Hunnewell 2nd., no. 387c (in herb. of collector) ; near Banff, July
25, 1895, Canby; Devil’s Lake, Banff, July 5, 1907, Butters &
Hollway, no. 32. BRITISH CoLuMBIA: Carbonate Draw, July 14,
1904, Reuben T. Shaw, no. 350. Montana: MacDougal Peak,

3,
Co., July 17, 1916, Machesds & Payson, no. 3306. Wyomina:
Obsidian Creek, July 22, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 6066;
Canyon, July, 1904, ‘0. M. Oleson, no. 138 (R. er Herb.); Upper
Basin, July 17, 1906, W.S. Cooper, no. 979 (R. M
b. E. compositus Pursh, var. oie oh ree: comb iad

E. multifidus Rydb., Mem. N. Y. Gard. 2 (1900). —
Alberta to Colorado ‘and Seite ‘California, ‘hen north to
Washington. — Norta Dakota: near Minot, 2, 1903,
Waldron, no. 1849 (R. Mt. Herb.). ALBERTA: Tunnel Mt. _ vicinity
of Banff, June 30, 1915, F. W. Hunnewell 2nd., no. 3871 (in herb. of
collector). Montana: Red Lodge, July 28, 1893, Rose, no. 65
(R. Mt. Herb.); Bridger Mts., June 15, 1897, Rydberg & eee f
no. 5089; near Missoula, June 1 12, 1901, Ma cDougal, no. 151.
IDAHO: Silver City, Owyhee Co., June 26, 1911, Macbride, no. 988;
Stevens Peak, Coeur D’ Alene Mts., Aug. 5, 1895, Leiberg, no. 1468:
Latah Co., April 18, 1896, Henderson (R. Mt. He rb.); Post Falls,
May 17, 1909, S. 0. Johnson, no. 85; Patterson, Lemhi Co., July
13, ‘016, M acbride & Payson, no. 3197; Smoky Mts. , Blaine Co.,
Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3763; Parker "Mt., Custer
Co., July Le, 1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 3264; Lost River Mts.,
west of Clyde, Blaine Co., July 10, 1916, M acbride & Payson, no.
3140a. WyYomINe: northwestern ‘Wyoming, fg he ae Rose,
no. 684 (R. Mt. Herb.); Snowy Range, Aug. 31, 3, Gooddin ng,
no. 2066 hae Mt. Herb.) ; as Horn Co., 1906, ‘rere no. 138

" 5545 (R. Mt. Herb. ); M Madison River, Haat 23, 1899, A.
Nalin & E. Nelson, no. 5512 (R. Mt. Herb. ). Cotorapo: West
Indian Creek, June 14, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, no. 5420 (R. Mt.
Herb.) ; Rabbit Ear Mt., 1898, Ruppert & Witter, no. 55; Spicer,
Larimer Co., July 10, 1903, Goodding, no. Lage between Sunshine
and Ward, Aug. 1902, Tweedy, no. 4917 (R. Mt. Herb. Mi Beaver
Creek, Larimer Co., July 1903, Goodding, < 1445; Tolland,
July 3, 1908, iS letbine no. 5209 (R. Mt. Herb. ; Beaver
Creek, July 4, 1896, no. 2891; 1906, Johnson, no. 324 (R. Mt.

76 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Cattrornia: Mt. Dana, Tuolumne Co., July 17, 1907, Robert A.
Ware, no. 2619c; Farewell Gap, 1897, Purpus, no. 5273; near

son, no. 2306; Spokane, May 16, 1896, Piper, no. 2289. YuKon:
Carcross, July 16, 1914, Eastwood, no. 701.

1 RIGERON COMPOSITUs Pursh, var. petraeus, var. nov., foliis
ciliato-hispidis; capitulis discoideis. — British Columbia. and

Macbride & Payson, no. 3381; Bonanza, Custer Co., July 28, 1916,
Macbride & Payson, no. 3494; Soldier Mts., Blaine Co., June 26,
1916, Macbride & Payson, no. 2900: Smoky Mts., Blaine Co.,
Aug. 13, 1916, Macbride & Payson, 3765; Lost River Mts. west of

Aug., 1897, Williams (R. Mt. Herb.); Golden Gate, Yellowstone
Park, June 28, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 5538a (also no.
5538, in part). Ura: La Sal Mts., July 17, 1911, Rydberg &

’ . , Mrs. Joseph Clemens.
FORNIA: Mt. Tallac, July 25, 1897, Blasdale (R. Mt. Herb.);
Castle Peak, Nevada Co., Aug. 3, 1903, Heller, no. 7 103; Lassen’s

Macbride and Payson — Erigeron, Series Multifidi 77

Peak, Sierra Co., 1875, Lemmon; Mt. San Barnardino, June, 1879,
Wright. OREGON: Steins Mts., July 5, 1896, Leiberg, no. 2492:
Pine Creek, southeastern Oregon, July, 1893, Mrs. Austin (R. Mt.
Herb.). British COLUMBIA: Spencer’s Bridge, May 19, 1875,
Macoun, no. 888.

This variety, although seemingly only a discoid form of var.
multifidus, apparently is not found in Colorado, a region where it
would be expected on account of the prevalence of the rayed state.
Our no. 3140a, representing the var. multzfidus was collected only
a few feet from the type of the var. petraeus, and Dr. Butters
informs us that his specimens of both forms were growing on the
same alpine slope.

2. E. trrripus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 17. t. 120 (1834). —
E. compositus Pursh, var. trifidus (Hook.) Gray; Proc. Am. Acad.
xvi. 90 (1880). — Colorado to southwestern on taud and eastern
ig be ee Greenland. — GREENLAND: Herb. Hort. Bot. ees

NTANA: Gallatin Co., June 11, 1901, Jones, (R. M
Herb): Geis Falls, June 10, 1892, Williams (R. Mt. Herb);
Madison Co., June 26, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 5458; near
Woodruff’s Falls, Aug. 2, 1883, Canby. Wyomine: Head of Pole
Creek, May 18, 1895, A. Nelson, no. 1217 (R. Mt. Herb.); Sand
A in .

n 00, : ;
Bridger, June 9, 1898, A. Nelson, no. 4614a (R. 7 Herb.) ;
Laramie Hills, sae eer AN ae no. 3239 (R. Mt. Herb.);
Pole Creek, May 894, ‘A. Nelson, no. 3816; Tepes t Ck July
9, 1909, Willits. no. wl (R. Mt. He erb a CoLorapo: Ward, July
20, 1907, Ramaley, D s & Robbins, no. 3152 (R. Mt. Herb.):
Dutch Lake, June 14, oer Ramaley, no. 4660 (R. Mt. Herb.);
west of Ward, June 26, and June 11, 1908, Ramaley & Robbins,
nos. 5043 & 4643 (R. Mt. Herb.); Gilpin Co. , June-July, 1903,
Tweedy, no. ect (R. Mt. Herb.); Golf Links, June 14, 1901,
F. EF. & E.S ments, no. 89; west of Fort Collins, June 14
1898, Crandall Re Mt. Herb.) ; Larimer Co. ie 4, 1895, Baker,

no. 5241 (R. Mt. Herb.), also Sage = Herb.) ; Eldora,
Aug. 14, 1912, Ramaley, no. 9338 (R. M Herb): Ward , July 19,
1912, Ramaley, no. 9139 (R. Mt. Herb. ig Marshall Pass, ’ Aug. 20,
He Baker, no. 868; White House Mts., 1873, Coulter. "OREGON:

6, Cusick, no. 1402. WaAsHINGTON: haa Mts., J. M. Grant,
no. 5 80 (not typical).

This species in typical form, is confined to the central Rocky
Mountains and Washington material heretofore placed here is
largely refereable to E. compositus, var. multifidus. We cite
Grant’s collection from the Olympic Mts. with great hesitancy.

78 Contributions from the Gray Herbarium

Our specimen consists of a single small plant and more material
may show it to represent an undescribed variety.

2a. E. Triripus Hook., var. piscoripeus A. Nels. in Coult.
& Nels. Man. R. Mt. Bot. 529 (1909). — Wyoming and Colorado.

— Wyomine: Laramie Hills, June 4, 1899, A. Nelson & E. Nelson,
no. 5400 (R. Mt. Herb.); Middle.Fork of Powder River, July 19,
1901, Goodding, no. 324 (R. Mt. aang Sapa Mts., Sweet-
water Co., June 10, 1900, Nelson, no.

_ E. TRIFIDUS Hook., var. each oe var. nov., foliis laminis
glabris petiolis ciliato-hispidis; hig see radiatis, ligulis albis.
Black Hills, South Dakota t rthern Colorado. — SouTH

Dixors: Cave Hills, Harding Co. Com 1, 1910, F. D. Fromme,
no. 3; rim of Spearfish Canyon, June 18, 1910, Sage Murdoch Jr.,
no. 4101. Wyomrne: Laramie P Peak, July 1 1900, A. NV elson
(R. Mt. Herb.); Cheyenne, May 1, 1902, i Nelson, no. 8842;
Sand Creek, Albany Co. , June i: 1900, ALN tty no. 7007 i in part.
CoLorapo: Estes Park, Aug. 9, 1916, Coo no. 78, (R. Mt.
ee ba May 18, 1908, no. 15 (R. Mt. Herb.) Frances, Boulder
, July 18, 1907, Ramaley, no. 3273 (R. Mt. Herb.) near Ward,
Tals 30, 1907, Ramaley & Robbins, no. 3103 (R. Herb.) ; Blue
Bird Mine and § Silver Lake, July 1, 1905, eoang nos. 1181 and
1241 (R. Mt. Herb.); T olla nd, July 15 fat Ramaley, no. 9119
(R. Mt. Herb.); "Bbieet: Larimer Co., July 10 , 1903, Goodding, no.
1509 (Typ, R. Mt. Herb., duplicate Gray Herb.).

The type of #. flabellifolius Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club. xxvi. 545
(1899), has not been seen but it seems to be a form of this variety
depending on leaves which are ‘‘ never compound but simply cleft
two thirds their length or less.”

v eu , igs eh Hook., var. deficiens, nom. nov. E. compositus
. discoideus Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, xxxiii. 237
Cs, nok ‘E. trifidus Hook., var. discoideus A. Nels. in Coulter &
Nelson Man. R. Mt. Bot. 529 (1909).— CoLorapo: alpine
— lying east of Middle Park, 1861, Parry, no. 5 (type of EF.
ompositus, var. discoideus) ; about Gray’ s Peak, July 30, 1885,
Puberion, no. 62.
3. E. PINNATISECTUS (Gray) A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club xxvi. 246
(1899). E. compositus Pursh, var. pinnatisectus Gray, Proc. Am.
Sat xvi. 90 (1881). — Colorado and siete ie eam Wyoming to

ern New ee — Wyomine: Medici Bow Mts.,
ry bee Co., Aug. 2, 1900, A. Nelson, no. 7854; la Plata Mines,
Aug. 23, 1895 Bb, A. Ne elson, no. 1816. Cotorapo: west of Fort

0
Collins, July 19, 1898, Crandall (R. Mt. Herb. ); Boulder c6..>
1896, Mosely, no. 307 (R. Mt. Herb.); near Breckenridge, x 3
1901, Mackenzie, no. 32 (R. Mt. Herb.); Pagosa Peak, Aug

Macbride and Payson — Erigeron, Series Multifidi 79

1899, Baker, no. 673 (R. Mt. Herb.); Mt. Garfield, July 15, 1901,
F.E. & E. . Clements, no. 497; Beaver Creek, July 4, 1896 and
July 17, 1898, nos. 2897 ‘and 2998; 1906, Johnston, no. 344 (R. Mt.

Herb.) ; Estes Pa rk, Aug. 2 , 1906, Cooper, no. 38 (R. Mt. Herb.);
Bald Mt., Boulder Co., July 20, 1907, Ramaley, Dodds & Robbins,
no. 3237 (R. Mt. Herb. ); near Ward, Boulder Co., July 30, 1907,
Ramaley & Robbins, no. 3096; outh of Wa rd, July, 1901, Oster-
hout, no. 2437 (R. Mt. Herb.) ; ae Peak, July, 1905, J ohnston,

1873, Wolf & Rothrock, no. >. 496; about Gray’s Peak, July and Aug.,
1885, Patterson, no. 60.

3a. E. PINNATISECTUS (Gray) A. Nels., var. insolens, var. nov.,
capitulis agean — Uran: above timber, La Sal Mts., July 15,
1912, Walker, no. 271 (Typz, R. Mt. Herb., duplicate Gray Herb.) ;
La Sal Mts., July 17 & 7, 1911, Rydberg & Garrett, nos. 8671 (R.
Mt. Herb.) & 9023.

The typical form of the species has apparently never been col-
lected west of the continental divide so this discoid variety, found,
as yet, only in southeastern Utah, is exceedingly interesting.

[Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 19, No. 224, August, 1917,]

ISSUED
SEP 101917

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

New Serties.— No. L.

Some Polygonums new to North America.

II. New or critical Species or Varieties of Ranunculus.

III. Some Color-Forms of American Anemones.

IV. New Species, Varieties and Forms of Saxifraga.

V. A new Vitis from New England.

VI. Gentiana clausa a valid Species.
VII. Some Forms of American Gentians.
Some new or critical Plants of Eastern North America.

Lm

M. L. Fernatp.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.— NEW SERIES, NO. L.

M. L. FEeRNap.

I. SOME POLYGONUMS NEW TO NORTH AMERICA.

POLYGONUM LAXIFLORUM Weihe. In September, 1916, Mr. Bayard
Long and the writer noticed in a roadside ditch at Bowdoinham,
Maine, a Polygonum which had much the habit of P. Hydropiper L.,
with which it was growing, but which differed at first glance in its
much deeper rose-colored or crimson flowers and somewhat broader
leaves. Specimens were collected and upon study the plant proves
to be P. laziflorum Weihe, Flora, ix. 746 (1826), the plant which is
frequently found in herbaria under the name P. mite Schrank. P. mite,
however, according to Moss! is synonymous with P. minus Huds.
So far as the writer can determine by close examination of all the
material in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club, P. laxiflorum has not heretofore been collected
in America, but its abundance in the ditch at Bowdoinham indicates
its thorough establishment there and the likelihood that, with atten-
tion especially directed to the plant, it will soon be found to be some-
what widely distributed with us. The plant, as above stated,
resembles P. Hydropiper but has deeper-colored flowers; and it is
at once separated by the fact that its perianth is strictly glandless and
its achene smooth and lustrous, the perianth of P. Hydropiper being
glandular-dotted and the achene punctate and opaque or dull.

1 Moss, Camb. Brit. FI. ii. 121 (1914).

134 Rhodora [AucusT

Potyconum minus Huds. Fl. Angl. 148 (1762). This delicate
species, closely related to P. laxiflorum above discussed, is not gener-
ally recognized as a North American plant but in the Gray Herbarium
are two sheets from Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, which are
clearly referable to it. The first collection was made on October 31,
1891, by Heller & Small in Smithville Swamp No. 2 and distributed by
Heller as no. 652, P. acre HBK. The other collection was made by
Mr. Heller on September 23, 1901, in a swamp two miles south of
Refton and distributed as P. punctatum, var. leptostachyum (Meisner)
Small. P. minus is a very slender species with glabrous perianths and
lustrous .achenes, much as in P. laxiflorum but very much smaller,
the achenes only 1.5 mm. long, those of P. laxiflorum being 3 mm. long.
‘The Lancaster County material exactly matches the plate in the
Moss’s Cambridge British Flora designated P. minus, var. subconti-
guum, which is there ascribed to Wallich, Pl. Asiat. Rar. iii. 57 (1832).
But Wallich neither published the plant under P. minus nor as var.
subcontiguum, and in fact the treatment in Wallich’s work was by
Meisner. The variety was published as P. strictum All., var. sub-
continuum. Asa variety of P. minus it should be called

_Potyconum minus Huds., var. subcontinuum (Meisn.), n. comb.

57 (1832). P. mite * strictum, b. pusillum Fries, Fl. Su uec. Mant. ii. 32
(1839). P. minus, var. subcontiguum Rouy, FI. Fr. xii. 102 (1910.)—
In this variety the spikes are very straight (not | “ealtige, or drooping)
and closely flowered, ranging in length from 1-2 cm

_POLYGONUM § SAGITTATUM L., forma chloranthum, n. fis perianthiis
iridibus

erianths green.— MAINE: tidal mud-flats of Cathance River,
Bowdoinham, Sckeadties 14 & 19, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,559
(ryPE in Gray Herb.).

Throughout its range both in America and in Asia P. sagittatum
normally has the flowers pink,— either deep rose-color or pale pink —
or sometimes nearly white, but on the tidal flats of Cathance River
the green-flowered form is very abundant and so uniform as to give
a distinctive color to large areas of the flats. The plant is there so
constantly green-flowered that it deserves at least formal recognition.
The material gathered on September 19 was still ‘in young flowering
condition and in only a few heads are the achenes well formed. It is
possible that the plant growing in this estuary, subject to regular

1917] Fernald,— New or critical Ranunculi 135

inundations, may be much less fertile than the ordinary pink-flowered
plant of less inundated situations. That it has not completely lost its
fertility, however, is shown by good achenes which are found in a
few heads.

II. NEW OR CRITICAL SPECIES OR VARIETIES OF
RANUNCULUS

Ranuncutus Pursuit Richardson, var. prolificus, n. var.,
valde adscendentibus 7-50-floris; foliis bracteiformibus aphabes
vel subsimplicibus numerosissimis, inferioribus 1-4 cm. longis.
Branches strongly ascending, 7—50-flowered: the simple or sub-
simple bracteal leaves numerous; the lower 1-4 cm. long.— Magpa-
LEN ISLANDS: t meadow, Grindstone, July 22, 1912, Fernald,
Hawlgic Long & St. John, no. 7482 (rypr in Gray Herb. a

Similar specimens referred in the herbarium sometimes to R. Purshit,
sometimes to R. sceleratus, and by some collectors suggested as a
hybrid of these two species, have been examined from Michigan and
Montana. On the Magdalen Islands, where this plant forms a char-
acteristic large colony in a meadow, no R. sceleratus has been found;
and the plant there seems to be a definite, though extreme, variation
from R. Purshii. In the typical form of the species the branches are
prostrate or only slightly ascending and bear only 1+ flowers, and
the simple or subsimple bracteal leaves, when present, are rarely more
than one or two in number and very small.

RanuncuLus FLAMMULA AND R. REPTANS IN NorTH AMERICA.—
Although often treated as a variety of Ranunculus Flammula L., R.
reptans L. seems to merit recognition as a species. It is of general
distribution in boreal regions, while R. Flammula of temperate Eurasia
is known in North America only from southeastern Newfoundland,
where it is associated with many other typical western European
species unknown elsewhere in North America, and on the Pacific slope
from southern British Columbia to California. Slender extremes of
R. Flammula and the coarsest extremes of R. reptans somewhat simu-
late one another but all so-called transitional material seen by the
writer is definitely referable to one or the other species in its floral
characters and entirely consistent in geographic range. The usually
stout ascending or merely trailing R. Flammula of Europe, Newfound-

136 Rhodora [AuausT

land, and Pacific North America has the inflorescence, when well
developed, a loose corymbose cyme with 2-30 flowers; the sepals are
3-4 mm. long; the broadly obovate or roundish petals 4-7 mm. long,
4-7 mm. broad, sessile or nearly so, 9-13-nerved; stamens 25-50;
carpels 25-50, forming globose fruiting heads 3.5-5 mm. long; and
the achenes are merely short-tipped. The slender, ordinarily filiform
and repent branches of R. reptans, on the other hand, bear solitary
flowers; the sepals are 2-2.8 mm. long; the petals narrowly obovate
to oblong, 2.5-5 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, usually with a definite
claw, 3-9-nerved; stamens 10-20; carpels 15-20, forming a hemi-
spherical or spherical fruiting head 1.5-3 mm. long; and the achenes
are distinctly beaked.

R. Flammula, var. intermedius Hook. has long passed as a plant tran-
sitional between R. Flammula and R. reptans, and in recent years it
has been made to include very diverse elements. Thus, in the Synop-
tical Flora it is said to be the same as R. Flammula, var. wnalaschcensis
Ledeb., to have “akenes of the type or more beaked,” and to occur
from “Shore of Lake Ontario! to California and Oregon and north-
ward. (N. Asia, Eu.) Largest forms from western coast, nearly
approaching the type; very slender and linear-leaved as well as small
broader-leaved forms pass into Var. reptans, E. Meyer.” ? Examina-
tion of the material upon which this statement was based shows that
the Lake Ontario plant, the “very slender and linear-leaved”’ form,
has the floral and achenial characters of R. reptans; the Newfoundland
plant of Robinson & Schrenk is typical R. Flammula; and the Cali-
fornia and sce material examined by Gray, the “largest forms from
western coast”, has the flowers and fruit, likewise, of R. Flammula.
This variety, ‘hes made up of elements belonging on the one hand
to R. Flammula, on the other to R. reptans, was naturally described by
Gray, as having “akenes of the type or more beaked.” The status
of this very mixed variety was well characterized in the 7th edition of
Gray’s Manual, where R. Flammula was said to pass “through an
undefinable var. INTERMEDIUS Hook., into var. reptans.”’ *

It is quite certain that, when he published his R. Flammula, var.
intermedius |published as intermedia], Hooker had no thought of includ-
ing the R. Flammula of the Pacific slope, for he distinctly wrote: “It
does not appear that any of the varieties are found on the Rocky

“1 Eastward to St. John’s, Newfoundland, Robinson & Schrenk,’”’ etc.
2 Gray, Syn. Fl. 1. pt. 1, 26, 27-(1895).
‘ Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 395 (1908).

1917] Fernald,— New or critical Ranunculi 137

Mountains, nor to the westward of them.” ! Hooker had three varie-
ties of R. Flammula: a major which is the endemic American R. lazi-
caulis (T. & G.) Darby; “8. intermedia; caule repente gracili, foliis
anguste lanceolatis superioribus linearibus integerrimis”; and y¥ fili-
formis, which was typical R. reptans L. The two latter, vars. inter-
medius and filiformis, he had from “gravelly banks of rivers from
Canada to lat. 69°.”’ Thus it is clear that Hooker was merely separat-
ing from the true slender-leaved R. reptans (his R. Flammula y fili-
formis) a broader-leaved but repent slender plant of Canadian river
banks, a plant scarcely separable from R. reptans, but somewhat
broader-leaved than the typical form of the species.

Similarly the name R. Flammula, var. unalaschcensis (Bess.) Ledeb.
has been taken up for the western form of R. Flammula, but in the
Gray Herbarium, where there are several sheets from the Aleutian
Islands, there is none which is not clearly referable to R. reptans,
either narrow- or broad-leaved. The only description of var. unalasch-
censis was in Flora Rossica and there is nothing in it to indicate that
it is more than an extreme of R. reptans. Ledebour recognized true
R. reptans with filiform or filiform-linear leaves as R. Flammula y
and contrasted with it a var. “8. caule prostrato radicante, foliis
latioribus integerrimis, rarius unidentalis” which included “ R. una-
laschcensis, Besser in herb. Zeyheri.”* This, judging from various
specimens from Unalaska and the other Aleutian Islands, was, then,
a form of R. reptans. This broad-leaved extreme of R. reptans is

. REPTANS, var. OVALIS (Bigel.) T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. 16 (1838).

asc
Nat. Mose. xxxiv. pt. 2, 41 (1 ages R. reptans, var. strigulosus Freyn,
Deutsche Bot. Monatschr, Vill. 81 (1 890).

RANUNCULUS PYGMAEUS Wai var. petiolulatus, n. var., foliis
radicalibus pedatim divisis, foliolis 3 petiolulatis rhomboideo-obovatis
palmatis mae Sg oblongis vel valde divisis; capitulis fructiferis
'§-7.5 m

Radical ett Tidetaty divided; the 3 leaflets petiolulate, rhombic-
obovate, palmate, with 3-5 oblong lobes or deeply divided: fruiting
heads 5-7.5 mm. long.— QuEeBEc: damp mossy hollows in shade of
amphibolite rocks, altitude 950-1000 m .. Mt. Albert, Gaspé County,
August 8 & 10, 1905, Collins & Fernald, ‘no. 82 in large part (TYPE in
Gray Herb.).

1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 11 oy.
2 Ledeb., Fl. Ross, i, 32 (1842

138 Rhodora [AuGUST

Typical R. pygmaeus of the Arctic regions, Labrador and the Can-
adian Rocky Mountains has the basal leaves merely lobed, not divided
to the base, and the fruiting heads are 3-5 mm. long. In its basal
leaves var. petiolulatus is quite like the rare Rocky Mountain species,
R. Grayi Britton, but it has the small petals and achenes of R. pygmaeus.
On Mt. Albert collections were made on two days at different points
and all the material distributed under one number. The full sheet
retained at the Gray Herbarium contains a few plants of true R.
pygmaeus, but most of the specimens (presumably from a different
station) are the variety.

* RanuncuLus PEpDatTiFIDUS J. E. Sm., var. leiocarpus (Trautv.),
a comb. R. affinis R. Br. in Parry, Ist Voy. Suppl. App. 265 (1824).
dh by var. leiocarpa Trautv. in Middendorf, Reise in Sibir. i. 62
184

All the material seen by the writer from Arctic America, the Labra-
dor Peninsula, and the Hudson Bay region, including a duplicate type
of R. affinis from Melville Island, has glabrous achenes and character-
istic pedately many-cleft basal leaves. In the Rocky Mountain
region this plant is rare, the common plants there being true R. peda-
tifidus, with pedately cleft basal leaves and pubescent achenes, and
var. cardiophyllus (Hook) Britton,! with the basal leaves mostly
uncleft and merely crenate or dentate. In Siberia, too, there are
apparently large areas where only the glabrous-fruited variety is
found. This, at least, is indicated by Trautvetter’s note: “In speci-
minibus taimyrensibus omnibus Ranunculi affinis R. Br. ovaria prorsus
glabra sunt; attamen in herbario horti botanici Petropolitani inter
specimina daurica ejusdem speciei nonnulla inveni, in quibus carpella
aeque pilis prorsus carent.

RANUNCULUS REPENS L., var. pleniflorus, n. var., foliis basilaribus
ternatis, foliolis suborbicularibus basi rotundatis. vel subcordatis
margine crenatis vel late obtuseque dentatis; floribus plenis.

asal leaves ee the suborbicular leaflets rounded or sub-
ssaciate at base, margin crenate or with broad obtuse teeth:
flowers double — Cie in old gardens, and tending to become
naturalized in meadows, roadside-ditches, ete. Type: well estab-

in meadows and along roadsides, Oneida, Herkimer County,
New York, May 30, 1900, J. V. Haberer, no. 1530 in Gray Herb.

+ Records of this plant from rom Quebec and Labrador seem to ha been based R. Allenii
Robinson, Ruopora, vii. 220 (1905). eT es

1917] Fernald,— Color Forms of Anemones 139

This plant is generally called in horticulture R. repens, var. flore-
pleno but the latter name (if it can be accepted as a valid name)
belongs to the double-flowered European form of R. repens with the
bases of the leaflets cuneate to subtruncate, as in true R. repens, and
the teeth and segments elongate and subacute to acuminate. The
history of var. pleniflorus is obscure. It is found in old gardens and
as a somewhat naturalized weed in eastern America; but such illus-
trations of the double-flowered R. repens of Europe as the writer has
seen, as far back as Gerard’s Herball (ed Johnson, 1633), where the
plant is figured as Ranunculus dulcis, multiplex, and Besler’s Hortus
Eystettensis (1613) where it is called Ranunculus hortensis, multiflorus,
show the characteristically cuneate-based leaflets of R. repens.

III. SOME COLOR FORMS OF AMERICAN ANEMONES.

ANEMONE RIPARIA Fernald. This northern riverbank and shore
species differs constantly from the more southern A. virginiana in
several characters as well as its northern range and very early flowering
season (from May to July). Contrasted with A. virginiana it has the
leaf-segments usually more cuneate at base, although this character
is by no means absolute; anthers 0.7—1.2 mm. long, those of the more
southern A. virginiana running from 1.2-1.6 mm. long; its fruiting
head 7-11 mm. thick, as contrasted with A. virginiana in which the
heads are 1.2-1.5 em. thick; and the subulate pale styles ascending
or subascending in fruit, as contrasted with the firmer, more divergent
styles of A. virginiana. The two species are sometimes confused in
flower owing to the fact that each presents a distinctly sepaloid or a
pronouncedly petaloid perianth. A. riparia, in fact, appears in three
well pronounced forms as follows:

. RIPARIA Fernald, Ruopora, i. 51, t. 3. (1899), typical form.—
ee petaloid, white; at least the inner broadly oblong to oval, with
rounded tips, 1.3-2 cm. long, 0.8-1.5 em. broad.— Dileareias or
slaty Fh ‘rarely in swamps, Gaspé County, Quebec, to British
Columbia, ong to Cape Breton and Pictou County, Nova Scotia,
King’s County, New ame: central Maine, Franklin County,
Mincchoate: ‘northern Fairfield County, Connecticut, Sullivan and
Tompkins Counties, New York, northern Illinois, Minnescta, etce.—
Flowers late May to July.

Forma rhodantha, sepalis rubris.

| 140 Rhodora [AUGUST

Sepals bright red.— QursBeEc: gravelly banks of the Grand River,
Gaspé County, July, 1902, George H. Richards (type in Gray Herb.).
Forma inconspicua, n. f., sepalis crassis coreaceis viridescentibus
vel ochroleucis oblongo-acuminatis 0.7-1.3 em. longis 2.5-5 mm.

atis.

Sepals thick and leathery, greenish or greenish-white, oblong-
acuminate, 0.7—1.3 em. long, 2.5-5 mm. broad.— Range of the species,
less common. As TYPE may be cited the sheet in the Gray Herbarium
collected on cold walls of Percé Mountain, Percé, Gaspé County,
Quebec, July 25, 1905, by Williams, Collins & Fernald.

ANEMONE VIRGINIANA L. As stated in the discussion of A. riparia,
that species and A. virginiana are often confused through the fact that
in both species either leathery greenish sepals or thin petaloid white
sepals occur. In typical A. virginiana the sepals are leathery and
greenish, the form with thin petaloid white sepals being compara-
tively rare. These two forms may be separated as follows:

A. virciIniana L. Sp. Pl. i. 540 (1753), typical form.— Sepals
leathery, greenish or greenish-yellow, very pubescent on the back,
narrowly oblong, acuminate, 0.7—-1.3 cm. long.— Dry slopes, dry or
rocky open woods, or occasionally in meadows, common in the south-
eastern United States extending northward to Lakes Erie and Ontario
and the lower Ottawa River, Ontario, Hochelaga County and Lake
Memphremagog, Quebec, southern Coés County, New Hampshire,

d Oxford and southern Penobscot Counties, Maine.— Flowers late
June to late August.

Forma leucosepala, n. f., sepalis tenuibus albis petaloideis, majori-
bus vix pubescentibus obovatis apice rotundatis 1.2-1.7 em. longis.

Sepals thinnish and petaloid, white; the larger ones scarcely pubes-
cent on the back, obovate, rounded above, 1.2-1.7 em. long.— Less
common than the typical form. As TyPE specimen may be designated
the plant collected on the north bank of the Swannanoa River near
Biltmore, North Carolina, June 28 and August 9, 1897, and dis-
tributed from the Biltmore Herbarium as no. 54b (in Gray Herb.).

ANEMONE MULTIFIDA Poir. Anemone multifida as it occurs in North
America seems to be conspecific but not strictly identical in all details
with the Patagonian and Chilean type of the species, although some
Rocky Mountain specimens seem scarcely separable from the South
American. The plant in eastern America is extremely variable and
falls rather clearly into two pronounced varieties, each of which pre-
sents noteworthy forms. These eastern American variants of the
species may be separated as follows:

1917] Fernald,— New Saxifragas 141

a. Sepals 5-10 mm. long: flowering stem 0.5-3 dm. high, 1-3-flowered. b.
b, —— St alla within, yellowish, greenish or dull purplish outside,
var. hudsoniana.

20.0 #8. pe 8 0:84 61b 6 6 06.6.6. 6 us. wee SBN we We 6. Oe 8

for on sanguinea.

eee ele Ses ewe ee ee We SS 6 le wes es we 8. bee Oe

Sepals s very numerous (14-16).........4..0..00005 forma polysepala.
®, ag ge th 1.1-1.7 ¢ oy Rk: tas 5 in number: flowering a (1.5-) 3 my
. high, 1-5-
@,; Sepals bright-r = ea eRUN USS TEOE Fie WE RES eee ees var. Richardsiana.

©: Bepais: Milk-whites'. i6 0665s BU ay 2 be ee ok te’ forma leucantha.

Var. HUDSONIANA DC. Syst. i. 209 (1817?). A. Hudsoniana Rich-
ardson in Franklin’s Journ. 741 (1823).— Dryish slaty or calcareous
ridges and gravel, local, eastern Newfoundland and Anticosti Island to

des Chaleurs, Quebec, Restigouche River, Brunswick, St. John
River and tributaries, New Brunswick and Maine, and Winooski
iver, Verm

ont.

Var. beaten y forma sanguinea (Pursh),n.comb. A. Hudson-
tana 8. Sanguinea Richardson in Franklin’s Journ. 741 (1823) based
upon A. sanguinea Pursh ined. in herb. Lamb.— Of similar range,
often gent common.

Var. HUDSONIANA, forma polysepala, n. f., sepalis 14-16 — QuEBEc:
banks of the Grand River, Gaspé County, June 20-July 10, 1903,
George H. Richards (typ in Gray Herb.).

Var. Richardsiana, n. var., sepalis 1.1-1.7 cm. longis rubris saepis-
sime 5; caulibus floriferis 3-7 dm. altis 1-5-floris.— QUEBEC: gravelly
banks of the Grand River Gaspé County, June 20-July 10, 1903,
George H. Richards (TYPE ‘in Gray Herb.), June 30—July 3, 1904,
M. L. Fernald; banks of Restigouche River, Matapedia, June 28,
1904, M. L. Fernald.

ar. RICHARDSIANA, forma leucantha, n. f., sepalis lacteis.—
QuEBEC: with the typical form, banks of the Grand River, Gaspé
County, June 30—July 3, 1904, M. L. Fernald (type in Gray Herb.).

IV. NEW SPECIES, VARIETIES AND FORMS OF SAXIFRAGA.

Saxifraga gaspensis, n. sp. S. nivalem simulans, differt foliis
basilaribus angustioribus cuneato-obovatis basi angustatis subpetiola-
tis, apice acutis acute dentatis, 1.5-3 cm. longis 5-9 mm. latis; scapo
gracile 1-7 em. alto minute glanduloso-piloso; inflorescentia spicato-
racemosa maturitate 1-2.7 cm. longa 3-5-flora; bracteis inferioribus
oblongis_ vel a, acutis beh mm. longis flores superantibus;

tu reflexis 1.8-2 mm. af ih aie albis lanceolatis vel anguste
ellipticis acutis vel subacutis 1.5-2 mm. longis 0.5-0.8 mm. latis;
amentis filiformibus subulatis purpurascentibus. 1-1. 2 mm. longis;

142 Rhodora [AuausT

capsulis viridescentibus vel pallide brunneis 4 mm. longis, rostris
foliculorum perbrevibus divergentibus

Resembling S. nivalis, but the rosette-leaves more narrowly cune-
ate-obovate and more gradually narrowed to the broad petiolar base,
acute at summit, 1.5-3 cm. long, 5-9 mm. broad, acutely dentate
above the long-cuneate base: scape solitary, slender, 1-7 cm. high,
minutely glandular-pilose: inflorescence spicate-racemose, in fruit

—2.7 em. long, 3-5-flowered: lower bracts oblong or ovate, acute,
5-8 mm. long, exceeding the flowers: pedicels 2-3 mm. long, pilose:
calyx-tube green, hemispherical, 1525 mm. high; calyx-lobes
oblong or narrowly deltoid, reflexed in fruit, 1.8-2 mm. long; ete
white, lanceolate or narrowly ne acute or subacute, 1.5-2 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm. wide: filaments filiform-subulate, purplish, 1-1.2
mm. long: capsules greenish or pale-brown, 4 mm. long; the follicles
with very at divergent beaks.— QuEBECc: very local, in sheltered
pockets on abrupt western calcareous slopes, altitude 1000-11

meters, Table-top Mountain, Gaspé County, August 5 and 12, 1906,
Fernald & Collins, no. 600 (rypE in Gray Herb.).

Distributed as S. nivalis, from which it differs in many characters;
S. nivalis having the leaves more rounded-oblong to round-obovate
and narrowed to a more definite petiole and commonly much broader
(0.7-8 cm.). The inflorescence of S. nivalis is usually more numerously
flowered, varying from spiciform to corymbiform; its calyx-lobes are
from 2-3 mm. long, spreading in fruit; its oblong petals are rounded at
summit and 1.5-2.3 mm. wide; and its capsule is mueh larger, 5-7.5
mm. long. On Table-top Mountain the extremely local S. gaspensis
was growing with other very localized species, Carex rupestris Allioni,
Pyrola grandiflora Radius, Pedicularis flammea L., Campanula uni-
flora L. and Senecio pauciflorus Pursh.

SAXIFRAGA NIVALIS L., var. labradorica, n. var., panicula corym-
bitoen ior laxa; floribus plerumque graciliter pedicellatis, adicellis 3-10
mm. lon

Panicle ices corymbiform; the flowers mostly on slender pedicels
3-10 mm. long.— LaBraDor: Rama, August 20-24, 1897, J. D.
Sornborger, no. 57 in part (type in Gray Herb.).

This is apparently the plant intended by Small in the North Ameri-
can Flora as Micranthes tenuis,‘ based upon Saxifraga nivalis B. tenuis
Wahlenb. FI. Lap. 114 (1812). Wahlenberg’ $s variety went back to
earlier species of Rottboel and of Martens which prove to be merely
forms of S. nivalis in which the lower branch of the inflorescence is

1 Small, N. A. Fl. xxii, 136 (1905).

1917] Fernald,— New Saxifragas 143

slightly elinpnte; but the flowers, as in S. nivalis, are sessile or subsessile
in glomerules and not slenderly pedicelled as in var. labradorica.

SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx. In Essex County, Massachusetts,
this species seems peculiarly subject to minor variations, four fairly
distinguishable forms of the species there being found. In typical
S. virginiensis the petals are white and the flowers and fruits pedicelled,
the cymose branches of the panicle elongating in fruit. In the town
of Andover, however, a singular form of the plant occurs; in fact, the
only collections (3 in number) seen from Andover all belong to this
peculiar form which may be called

S. VIRGINIENSIS, forma glomerulata, n. f., floribus sessilibus in
glomerulis dispositi

Flowers ge. i in glomerules at tips of the branches.— Massacuu-
sETTs: Andover, 1901, A. S. Pease, no. 672; ledges, Rabbit Rock
Pond, Andover, ‘April 27, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 673; Prospect Hill,
Andover, May 24, 1902, A. S. Pease, no. 671 (TYPE i in Herb. New
En gland Botanical Club).

In its sessile flowers borne in glomerules at the tips of the branches
- this singular form from Andover strongly suggests S. nivalis and by
ordinary treatments of the genus in which S. nivalis is separated
chiefly by its sessile flowers the Andover plant would fall readily into
that species. S. virginiensis is distinguished, however, from S. nivalis
by a number of characters which have not always been clearly recog-
nized. In S. nivalis the bracts are from one-half to fully as long as
the branches of the inflorescence; the calyx-lobes spreading in fruit;
the petals 1.5-3.5 mm. long, about equaling or only slightly exceeding
the calyx-lobes. In S. virginiensis, on the other hand, the bracts are
many times shorter than the branches of the inflorescences; the
calyx-lobes ascend in fruit; and the petals in the normal forms of the
species are 4-5.5 mm. long, 2-3 times as long as the calyx-lobes.

Some aberrant forms of S. virginiensis, however, occur with the
petals very small or wanting. These plants, of which two have been
described as varieties, are not, however, varietal in character, seeming
to occur merely as aberrant colonies within the range of the typical
S. virginiensis and they should be treated rather as forms. The first
is

S. virGINIENSIS, forma chlorantha (Oakes), n. comb. 8. vir-

giniensis, var. chlorant akes in Hovey’s Mag. xiii. 218 (1847),
strato as follows: “Petals pale green, instead of snow white, as in

144 Rhodora [AuGcusT

the common variety. The margins and backs of the petals are also
sprinkled with short hairs like those of the rest of the plant, but
paler, and not so uniformly glandular. Topsfield, Mass., 1842.”

The other variation was described from Manhattan Island, New
York, but has been collected by the late J. H. Sears in Essex County,
Massachusetts, at a station where the plant is said to be abundant.

is is

S. VIRGINIENSIS, forma pentadecandra (Sterns), n. comb. S. vir-
giniensis, var. pentadecandra Sterns, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xiv. 124
(1887) and xv. 166 (1888).— Petals replaced by stamens; the latter
15.— Originally described from Manhattan Island, New York, where
the plant was extremely scarce; found i in profusion on garnet slate
rock between White’s and Perkins’s Hills, Essex County, Massachu-
setts, by J. H. Sears, May, 1898.

SAXIFRAGA PENSYLVANICA L., forma fultior, n. f., bas gy inferi-
oribus dilatatis ovalibus 7-10 cm. longis 4-5.7 em. lat

Lower cages nears oval, 7-12 em. long, 4—5.7 cm. “wide: — NEw
HAMPSHIRE: n Gap Mountain road, Jaffrey, May 30, 1899,
E. F. W: ‘lliams Guin in Herb. New England Bobatical Club); ee
oi _ el oars road, Jaffrey, May 30, 1899, Rand & Robins

In typical S. pensylvanica the lower bracts are slender and many
times shorter than the mature branches of the panicle, but in this
extreme form from Jaffrey these dilated oval bracts are from one-half
to two-thirds as long as the mature branches of the panicle and render
the plant quite different in appearance from the typical almost naked-
stemmed form

V. A NEW VITIS FROM. NEW ENGLAND.

For many years the writer has been familiar with a wild grape of the
Penobscot Valley in Maine which it has been impossible satisfactorily
to place with any of the defined species. An entirely similar vine
from various other river valleys of northern and western New England
has been collected and deposited in either the Gray Herbarium or the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club and from time to time
these plants have been labeled by the great specialist upon American
grapes, the late T. V. Munson, or by Prof. L: H. Bailey as Vitis
Labrusca X vulpina. The vines in many ways are quite intermediate
between the two species, V. Labrusca L. and V. vulpina L., having

1917] Fernald,— A new Vitis from New England 145

the green foliage of the latter, the leaf-contour nearly of the former,
the tendrils and inflorescences often continuous (that is, several in
succession before an interruption) as in V. rusca, the grapes large
as in the latter species but with the clear acid flavor without “ muski-
ness” as in V. vulpina. The seed of this grape is quite as large as in
V. Labrusca but somewhat more slender.

The disposition of this plant as a hybrid between V. vulpina and
V. Labrusca has never been satisfactory to the present writer for the
very practical reason that the intermediate vine occurs in great pro-
fusion as a river-thicket vine, climbing high over the trees of the
alluvial banks, in river valleys where no plants of either of the sup-
posed parent have ever been detected. In Maine V. Labrusca is
confined to the coastal strip eastward to Penobscot Bay (and there
very rare and local), extending inland to the Saco and lower Andros-
coggin Valleys. V. vulpina, on the other hand, is an extremely rare
vine in Maine. It occurs from the mouth of the Aroostook River
southward along the St. John in New Brunswick and is presumably
found along the Aroostook River across the border in Maine. It is
found in the valley of the Piscataquis (southeast of Moosehead Lake),
in the valley of the Sandy River (southeast of the Rangely Lakes)
and locally in the Androscoggin Valley and southward into York
County. North of Maine it extends to Lake St. John and thence
westward to the Rocky Mountains and it is broadly distributed from
western New England southwestward.

The intermediate vine, as demonstrated by careful botanizing in
the valleys of the St. John, Penobscot, Kennebec and some of the
minor rivers of Maine during the summer of 1916 by Mr. Long
and the writer, is the characteristic grape-vine in alluvial thickets
throughout central and west-central Maine where no V. Labrusca is
found and where no V. vulpina has been observed. It is a locally
abundant vine along the main Penobscot northward as far as northern
Penobscot County, along the Kennebec northward nearly to Moose-
head Lake, along the Androscoggin into Coés County, New Hampshire,
where, I am informed by Dr. A. S. Pease, no V. Labrusca is known;
and the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club show characteristic specimens from southwestern
Maine and northeastern Massachusetts and from the Connecticut
Valley of New Hampshire, Massachusetts, and northern Connecticut.

Only in this latter valley and in the region from southern Maine

146 Rhodora [AuGusT

to eastern Massachusetts do all three species generally occur and it is
quite possible that here the intermediate plant is of hybrid origin;
but the specimens cited below from these regions are so exactly like
those from central Maine, where the plant is the one wild grape of the
river valleys and where it cannot readily be accounted for as a hybrid
at least of recent origin, that the writer feels that the intermediate
plant should be given specific recognition. Even though it may have
been of hybrid origin in the long-distant past it has now become a
thoroughly fixed and constant vine through a considerable area and
demands the same recognition that is given other species of similarly
intermediate characters but distinct ranges, such for instance as V.
Treleasei Munson. The vine may be appropriately called

Vitis novae-angliae, n. sp., ab V. vulpina differt foliis rotundatis
vel reniformi-ovatis obsolete 3-lobatis (dentibus late deltoideis vix
prolongatis) subtus pilosis vel arachnoideis subglabratis vel ad nervos
pilosis vel arachnoideis junioribus tomentosis tomento plus minusve
rufescento; pampinis thyrsisque 2-8 continuis vel interruptis; baccis
oblatis maturitate atropurpureis glaucis 1.2-1.7 em. diametro; semi-

nibus 6-7 mm. longis.

Differing ree V. vulpina in having the leaves round or reniform-
ovate, obscurely 3-lobed and with broad scarcely prolonged deltoid
teeth, pilose, arachnoid or subglabrate beneath or with some pubes-
cence persistent pe the nerves; the young more or less rufescent-
tomentose: tendri and inflorescences 2-8, continuous or interrupt
berries oblate, in REPS black-purple, glaucous, 1.2-1.7 em. in
diameter: seeds 6-7 mm. long.— Alluvial or rich thickets, Maine
an ew Hampshire to Connecticut. Types collected in river-
thicket by the Penobscot, Orono, Maine, June 27, 1906, in flower,
M. L. Fernald; August 17, 1908, in well grown fruit, M. L. Fernald;
and in late September, 1908, mature oe Margaret Fernald Pierce
(all in Gray Herb.). Other specimens examined. Marine: margin
of the Penobscot River, Winn, July 10, 1916, Fernald & Long, no.
14,063; river-thicket by the Penobscot, Orono, July 5, 1890, M. L.
Fi ernald, 1891, Kate F ob rg low woods by Hermon Pond, Hermon,
July 8, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,062; alluvial thicket by Marsh
Stream, Frankfort, July 21, 1916, Ferna Id & Long, no. 14,065; along
the Kennebec, Carrying Place, Somerset ees tas 29, 1892,
~ L. Fernald; alluvial angele by the Kennebec, Fairfield, July 24

916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,066; by Sebasticook River, Clinton,
rats 27, 191}; K. C. 5 it allavis woods by the Kennebec, Vassal-
boro, July 6, 1916, M. L. Fernald, no. 14,061; steep bank by the sea,
Rockland, August 22, 1909, M. L. Fernald: river-thicket, Sandy River,
Farmington, Seistnitine, 1892, and September, 1902, C. H. Knowlton;
banks of Androscoggin River, Gilead, 1897, Kate Furbish; forming an

1917] Fernald,— Gentiana clausa 147

—— August 11, 1916, Fernald & Long, 14,068. New Hamp-
RE: Androscoggin River, Shelburne, aie IL, 1882, Walter Deane;
roadside west of Gates Cottage, Shelburne, September 12, 1907,
A. S. Pease, no. 10,798; climbing high over trees by the Androscoggin,
Shelburne, September 27, 1916, A. S. Pease, no. 16, r Mas
comp Lake, Enfield, August 22, ‘1878, H. G. Jesup. shectnumien:
Georgetown, August 9, 1907, E. F. Williams; Sudbury, September 2,
» C. W. Swan; roadside, North Wilbraham, May 16 & 18, 1913,
M. L. Fernald & F. W. Hunnewell, 2nd; banks of Connecticut River,
Hadley, July 1, 1874, H. G. Jesup. Connecticut: banks of Con-
necticut River, South Windsor, October 8, 1890, E. Watson

Although resembling V. Labrusca in its usually continuous tendrils
and inflorescences, in the contour of the leaf as well as in the rufescent
tomentum of the very young leaves, and in its large fruits and seeds,
V. novae-angliae in no material examined shows any tendency to retain
the tomentum as does V. Labrusca, except as an insignificant vestige
along the nerves on the lower side of the leaves. Its fruit has a clear,
sharp acid flavor and quite lacks any suggestion of the “ muskiness”
so characteristic of V. Labrusca. If the species were a hybrid of V.
vulpina and V. Labrusca it is almost inconceivable that this peculiar
flavor so characteristic of V. Labrusca should not appear in V. novae-
angliae.

V. vulpina, which V. novae-angliae resembles in its green foliage
-and in its habitat in rich river-alluvium, has the more elongate leaves
jagged-dentate with prolonged teeth; the young growth not rufescent;
the tendrils and inflorescences with much more interrupted distribu-

tion; and the berries and seeds decidedly smaller.

VI. GENTIANA CLAUSA A VALID SPECIES.

In the Synoptical Flora of North America Gray clearly defined the
corolla-characters separating Gentiana Saponaria L. and G. Andrewsii
Griseb. In the former species, as stated by Gray, the corolla is “light
blue, an inch or more long, its broad and roundish short lobes erect,
little and often not at all longer than the 2-cleft and many-toothed
intervening appendages”; while in G. Andrewsii the corolla is “as
the preceding but more ching and the lobes obliterated or obsolete,
the truncate and usually almost closed border mainly consisting of the
prominent fimbriate-dentate intervening appendages.” !

1 Gray, Syn. FI. ii. pt. 1, 122 (1878).

148 Rhodora Avenel

That Gray clearly understood the two species is shown not only
by his treatment in the Synoptical Flora but by the specimens which
bear the labels inserted by him at that time. Subsequently, however,
it has become a quite general practise to treat essentially all the large-
leaved Closed Gentians of New England, northern and central New
York and adjacent Canada as G. Andrewsii, presumably because of
their very definitely “closed” corolla, although a few specimens from
the northern states have been called G. Saponaria. A study of the
northern material shows, however, that the common plant of New
England and of many parts of the northern states and adjacent
Canada is neither G. Andrewsii nor G. Saponaria, but is a distinct
species combining the foliage-characters of G. Andrewsii with the
corolla-characters nearly of G. Saponaria. This plant, which is appar-
ently rare south of the northern states, extends along the mountains
somewhat locally to North Carolina, occurring there only at the higher
altitudes (Roan Mountain, etc.). This is the species which was well
characterized (as Rafinesque’s descriptions go) by Rafinesque as G.
clausa.|_ Rafinesque’s description was as follows:

es i . Clausa Raf. Closed Gentian. Stem round smooth, leaves
ovate lanceolate, acuminate, subtrinerve: flowers verticillate, sessile;
calix four to six cleft angular, segments foliaceous short: Corolla
clavate, short, closed 8-10 teeth, internal teeth equally bilobe. On
the Taconick and Green mountains, flowers blue, half the size of G.
Saponaria and quite shut. Variety with ternate lanceolate leaves.”

As above implied G. Andrewsit is a less common plant in New
England than G. clausa; in fact, its representation in the Gray Her-
barium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
indicates that it is extremely local, the only New England material
found in these herbaria coming from eastern Massachusetts. Whether
the plant is as local as this herbarium-representation implies of course
can be determined only by further field-study, but it is significant
that among the scores of herbarium sheets which have accumulated
from the New England region Srey all should prove to be
G. clausa rather than G. Andrew

Saponaria has been included i in many New England lists but so
far as the writer can determine this species is essentially a coastal plain
plant extending northward along the coastal plain to Staten Island

1 Raf. Med. FI. i. 210 (1828).

1917] Fernald,— Forms of American Gentians 149

and Long Island and occurring very locally in central New York. No
New England material of it has been observed.

To summarize, the three plants which have been so generally con-
fused in northeastern floras may be sii eseases by the following key:

n ed at s it; the broader intervening thin prolongations of the
nous bands forming a fimbriate-dentate border... . . rewstt.
Corolla with the broad rounded lobes 2-8 mm. long, as broad as or broader

2-4 cm. broad: calyx.
ng: corolla 2.5-4 em. 5 ea opening; og sat aioe slightly

Lesa obsttste tot elliptic, acute or obtuse, not acuminate: involuere of 2-4
leaves, the outer 3-6.5 cm. long, 0.7-2 cm. broad: calyx-lobes firm,
linear to oblanceolate, ascending? corolla 3-5 em. long, distinctly nto :
the rounded to subacute lobes erect................... G. Saponaria

Further observation of the plants is required before the exact
distribution in the northeast is known, but at present it may be stat
as follows:

GENTIANA ANDREwsII Griseb.— Meadows, prairies, low thickets,
banks of streams, etc., frequent in the southeastern phigh extending
locally northward an nd eastward to York, Fronten and Carleton
Counties, Ontario, “idea and Fhichalage Chiintis Quebec, and

— pooner
A Raf.— ug ee of rich woods and thickets, banks of

aa a me eT etc., locally abundant from Kennebec County,

County, Rhode Island, otaeiag Connecticut, and locally along the
mountains to North Caro

G. Saponarta L.— Clader ‘and sandy swamps of the coastal plain
and piedmont regions north to Staten Island and Long Island, cui very
locally inland to Yates County, New York (Sartwell).

The writer has not seen fresh flowers of either G. Andrewsii or G.
Saponaria but the fresh flowers of G. clausa are of a decided porcelain-
blue color quickly changing in age or in drying to a rich blue-violet.

VII. SOME FORMS OF AMERICAN GENTIANS.

GENTIANA AMARELLA L. Sp. Pl. i. 230 (1753). G. acuta Michx. FI.
Bor.-Am. i. 177 (1803). G. plebeja Cham. ex Bunge, Moscou Soc.
Nat. Hist. Nouv. Mém. i. 250, t. 9, fig. 5 (1824). G. Amarella, var.

150 Rhodora [AucusT

acuta (Michx.) Herder, Act. Hort. Petrop. i. 428 (1872). Amarella
acuta (Michx.) Raf. Fl. Tellur. iii. 21 (1836). A. plebeia (Cham.)
Greene, Leaflets, i. 53 (1904). A. Amarella (L.) Cockerell, Am. Nat.
xl. 871 (1906).—I am unable to discern any constant differences
between the American and the European plant. The differences
maintained by Grisebach all fail in a good series of specimens. Grise-
bach’s statement, under G. acuta, was as follows:

“This species is extremely like our G. Amarella; it seems, however,
to differ constantly in the way the leaves embrace the stem. In
G. Amarella the lamina of the two leaves ends at that point where they
are affixed to the stem, so that they are separated from each other
by an interstice formed by the stem; while in G. acuta the bases of
both leaves touch each other without any interstice, so that the sub-
stance of the leaves itself is somewhat connate: this character seems
to be invariable throughout all those numerous forms in which these
species are so rich; the upper leaves of G. acuta are, besides, always
longer and more acute, and the leaves near the root are more or less
spathulate, while in G. Amarella the leaves are always more equal in
the same individual; the beard of G. acuta is longer and thinner, so as
to disappear almost wholly here and there; the flowers are somewhat
smaller; the calyx is shorter and more unequal; the stem more angular,
and commonly almost winged. Besides, most of its forms are much
stiffer, taller, and more branched; the stem often produces such
slender and numerous branchlets from the under axillae as has been
mentioned above of G. propinqua.

As stated, every one of these points urged by Grisebach fails, and
many American specimens are closely matched in all details by Euro-
pean specimens.

Gray stated that var. acuta has the “crown seats of fewer and
sometimes very few setae,” ? and Engelmann that it has 5-parted
flowers while “The true European G. Amarella has usually 4-parted
flowers’’;* but examination of plates of the European plant, if speci-
mens are not available, quickly disposes of the latter point, for the
European, like the American, has frequently 5-merous flowers. And
the crown of nearly all American material is quite as fully developed
as in the European; in fact most specimens have essentially identical
crowns.

1 Griscbach in Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 64 (1838).
? Gray, Syn. : Pg ok, 1, 118 (1878).
3 Engelm. in Wheeler Exped. Rep. vi. Bot. 195 (1879).

1917] Fernald,— Forms of American Gentians 151

Attempts have been made to distinguish the American from the
Old World plant by the more acute corolla-lobes and smaller seeds,
but abundant specimens show these characters to fail and this was
realized as early as 1862 by Engelmann when he wrote: “G. acuta is
evidently but a form, a geographical variety of G. Amarella, as Dr.
Hooker has indicated, and which is confirmed by our dwarf variety
and other forms collected in Colorado. ...; the characters of acutish
lobes of the corolla and small seeds do not hold good; Dr. Parry’s
No. 307 has seeds as large as G. Amarella from Prussia, and several
forms have quite obtuse lobes.” !

Nearly all authors have agreed that G. acuta and G. plebeja are
identical and in view of this fact it is worthy of note that Chamisso
himself did not publish G. plebeja. It was published by Bunge in
1824 as “G. plebeja Chamisso in litteris”; but promptly, in 1826,
Chamisso & Schlechtendal repudiated the species, placing it unequiv-
ocally under G. Amarella and saying: “ Huic speciei addinus Gentia-
nam in herbosis insulae Unalaschka lectam olinque sub nomine
G. plebejae a Chamissone cum amicis communicatam.”

Although G. aeuta does not differ even varietally from G. Amarella
it is noteworthy that Michaux’s type material collected at Tadousac
in eastern Quebec was not the common lilac-flowered form: of the
plant but a somewhat unusual form with the flowers creamy-white
or yellowish, or, as described by Michaux “ viridi-lutei.” This
ochroleucous form is occasional about the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
sometimes occupying habitats by itself, sometimes with the more
common lilac-flowered G. Amarella. It is a striking color-variation
but, in view of the fact that the name G. acuta has been so generally
used in the specific or varietal sense, it would be highly misleading
to perpetuate the descriptive name acuta for a form which is char-
acterized only by its yellowish flowers and not by any other differ-
ences. This ochroleucous form may, therefore, be designated

G. AMARELLA L., forma Michauxiana, n. nom. G. acuta Michx.
Fl. Bor. po i: ‘Lary (1803), i in the strict sense.— Corolla ochroleucous.

G. quinquErouia L., forma lutescens, n. f., lobis corollae ochro-

leucis.
Corolla-lobes ochroleucous.— Occasional in the range of the

typical lilac-flowered form. As TYPE may be designated material in

1 Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. ii. 214 (1862).
2 Cham. & Schl, Linnaea, i. 181 (1826).

152 Rhodora [AUGUST

the Gray Herbarium, collected in Chester County, Pennsylvania, by
T. C. Porter, November 2, 1886.

G. crinita Froel., forma albina, n. f., lobis corollae albis.

— white:— Occasional sitli the typical blue-flowered
form Javerley, Massachusetts, aaieclck. 1894, T. D.
Bergen (in se Herb.).

G. LINEARIS nee forma Blanchardii, n. f., lobis corollae albis.

Corolla-lobes e.— Occasional in the range of the species.
Type in Gray Herbarium, collected on open roadside, Woodford,
Vermont, August 15, 1902, W. H. Blanchard.

White-flowered forms of the other closed Gentians undoubtedly
occur but so far as the writer has seen they have been collected only
in this species and in G. Andrewsii (forma albiflora Britton).

VIII. SOME NEW OR CRITICAL PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA

Hrerocuioa oporata (L.) Wahl., var. FraGRANS (Willd.) Richter,
forma Eamesii, n. f., panicula elongata 2-4 dm. longa, ramis paucis
remotis

Panicle elongate, 2-4 dm. long, with few elongate branches.— Con-
NECTIcUT: border of cultivated field beside salt-marsh, Fairfield,
May 13, 1910, E. H. Eames, no. 8339; field bordering salt-meadows
in rich soil, May 27, 1914, E. H. Eames, no. 8734 (ryPE in Gray Herb.).

The common plant of boreal North America and the northeastern
coast is not true H. odorata of the Old World and of the Rocky Moun-
tain region, but is a pronounced variety, so well marked that by
Willdenow, Pursh, Roemer & Schultes and other authors early in the
19th century it was considered a distinct species: Holeus fragrans
Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 936 (1805), Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 78 (1814); Hvero-
chloa fragrans (Willd.) R. & S. Syst. ii. 514 (1817). Willdenow,
however, surmised that it might be a variety, saying: “ Simallimus
praecedenti [Holcus odoratus] differre tamen videtur, calyce floribus multo
longiore, corollis margine non villoso-ciliatis et flore hermaphrodito apice
laewt. An varietas ? W.”’ In western North America where true
Hierochloa odorata abounds the two varieties clearly intergrade as
they do in northern Europe.

Dr. Eames’s extreme form of var. fragrans was distributed as

1917] Fernald,—New or critical Plants from eastern N. America 153

Savastana Nashit Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxv. 104, t. 328 (1898),
subsequently transferred to Hierochloa as H. Nashii (Bicknell) Kacz-
marek, Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 198 (1914);! but the Eames material is
clearly an extreme development of H. odorata, var. fragrans rather
than the beautifully distinct H. Nashit. The latter species has very
elongate firm and enduring cauline leaves and flowers in July and
August. 4H. odorata, on the other hand, flowers in the eastern states
in May and June and by July the short lanceolate soft cauline leaves
as well as the culms are quite shriveled and brown.

CyPERus FILIcINus Vahl, var. microdontus (Torr.),n. comb. C.
microdontus Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ii. 255 (1836).

C. filicinus Vahl (1806) must displace C. Nuttallii Eddy (1820).
But the writer is unable to find any absolute character by which to
separate C. microdontus specifically from it. Typical C. filicinus has
the scales of the spikelets 2.5-3.5 mm. long, while C. microdontus has
them only 2 mm. long, but occasionally colonies show scales inter-
mediate in length and clearly bridging the gap between the two.
In general, C. filicinus prefers saline or brackish habitats but is occa-
sionally found in dune-hollows and other nearly fresh situations. In
southeastern Massachusetts, at least, var. microdontus seems to be
characteristic of fresh sandy pond-shores.

STENOPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britton. S. capillaris presents two
strikingly different variations which do not seem to have been recog-
nized. In the typical form of the species the spikelets are 5-10 (rarely
-20)-flowered, 2.5-7 mm. long, commonly ferruginous, occasionally
blackish; all but the central (except in dwarfed plants with reduced
inflorescences) commonly on slender pedicels up to 1.5 em. long; and
basal inflorescences are wanting or few and mostly on definite culms.
This plant is common in the southern states and extends northward
to Schenectady County, New York, northern Vermont, Coés County,
New Hampshire, and Kennebec and southern Penobscot Counties,
Maine. In the northern half of the range, from Missouri and Virginia
northward, there often occurs a plant which in its well developed

1 Kaczmarek makes the point that, if the American Code throws aside the gen

ers of that code should also discard the name Sa
yas because of the earlier Savastania Scopoli, Introd. 213 (1777).

154 : Rhodora [AuGUST

extreme appears quite distinct but which clearly passes into typical S.
capillaris. This is

STENOPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britton, var. cryptostachys, n. var.,
spiculis 12-56-floris 4-10 mm. longis plerumque nigrescentibus vel
pullis sessilibusque; inflorescentiis basilaribus confertis sessilibus.

Spikelets 12-56-flowered, 4-10 mm. long, commonly blackish or
dark-brown and sessile (or only 1 or 2 on short rays): basal inflores-
cences crowded, closely sessile— Missouri and Virginia north to Ohio
and New England. Type: sandy woods, Monteer, Missouri, October
9, 1910, B. F. Bush, no. 6398c (in Gray Herb.).

CAREX ECHINATA Murr. Prodr. Fl. Goth. 76 (1770); Britten, Journ.
Bot. xlv. 163 (1907); Brig. Prodr. Fl. Corse, i. 199 (1910); not Murr.
herb. nor Kiikenthal and others. C. Leersit Willd. Fl. Berol. Prodr.
28 (1787). C. stellulata Good. Trans. Linn. Soe. ii. 144 (1794)— The
nomenclature of this species has been most distressingly confused and
it is apparent that many botanists have not seen or interpreted in
their full significance the above cited notes by Messrs. James Britten
and Jean Briquet. Murray, in publishing C. echinata, gave abso-
lutely no original description but cited a description of Haller’s and a
plate in Flora Danica, both of which are unquestionably the plant

which was later called C. Leersii Willd. or C. stellulataGood. Murray’s

treatment was as follows: “Carex echinata mrat f. Car. spicis ternis
echinatis glumis lanceolatis, capsulae mucrone simplici Haut. Hist. n.
1366. Oxrp. Dan T. 284.” As distinctly pointed out by James Britten
(1. c.), and again by Briquet (1. c.), the fact, that Murray had speci-
mens as C. echinata which are not the species described by him under
that name, in no way invalidates the use of the name for the plant
actually described.

DEcoDON VERTICILLATUS (L.) EIl., var. LaEvicatus Torr. & Gray,
Fl. i. 483 (1840), described as “glabrous; leaves bright green” as
contrasted with var. pubescens Torr. & Gray, |. c. with “stem and
lower surface of the leaves more or less tomentose-pubescent,” is @
well marked geographic variety. Var. pubescens shows a strong
inclination to follow the coastal plain and related areas, while var.
aevigatus is rare or local in the coastal plain region but more general
inland. As represented in the Gray Herbarium the two varieties have
the following ranges.

Var. PUBESCENS.— Florida to Maine, chiefly on the coastal plain
or on the outwash plains of southern New England, extending inland
to northwestern Georgia, and in New paces to Hampden County,

1917] Fernald,—New or critical Plants from eastern N. America 155

Massachusetts, and southern Kennebec and southern Penobscot
Counties, Maine; also St. Clair County, Illinois to northeastern
Illinois, northern Indiana, and southwestern Ontario.

Var. LAEVIGATUS.— Central Illinois and the upland of Tennessee
and southwestern Virginia, north to central Wisconsin, western and
northern New York, northern Vermont, Grafton County, New
Hampshire, and Franklin County, Maine.

Aster corprrouius L., var. racemiflorus, n. var., a forma typica
recedit foliis cordatis argute dentatis sinu clauso; capitulis valde
racemosis, racemis lateralibus divergentibus vel flexuoso-recurvatis.

Differing from the typical form of the species in having the cordate
leaves coarsely dentate, and the sinus closed: heads conspicuously
racemose; the lateral livergent or flexuous-recurved.— PRINCE
Epwarp IsLaNpD: roadside-thickets and borders of dry woods, Mal-
peque, August 29, 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8135 (TYPE
in Gray Herb.).

In typical Aster cordifolius the cordate leaves are serrate and with
an open sinus, and the inflorescence is definitely paniculate, the ascend-
ing or spreading branches paniculate-forking.

Senecio FerNaLput Greenman, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 90 (1916).
This little species of the limestone barrens of Table Mountain, Port
4 Port Bay, Newfoundland, was based by Greenman upon a single
specimen. Further material collected by Dr. St. J ohn and the writer
in July, 1914 (no. 10,873) shows the species to range from 5-13 cm.
‘in height; the blades of the coriaceous mostly purple-tinged basal
leaves to range from narrowly cuneate-obovate to reniform and 0.3-2
em. long, 0.5-1.5 em. broad, and to have rounded or acute dentations
or even to be lyrate-pinnatifid. The corollas, undescribed by Green-
man, have a deep-orange to almost scarlet limb; the tube bears 5
dark stripes up to the sinuses and the lobes are bordered by a similar
dark line, and in the expanded flowers the anthers are conspicuously

exserted.

Like most of the other species of Senecio with discoid heads S.
Fernaldii has a form with well developed rays, in this case the ligules
being broadly oblong, 6 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. broad, with 3 rounded
terminal teeth and 4 dark longitudinal lines. This form may be called

Senecio Fernatpi Greenman, forma lingulatus, n. f., lingulis
oblongis 6 mm. longis 3-3.5 mm. latis longitudinaliter 4-lineatis apice
3-dentatis dentibus rotundatis—— NEWFOUNDLAND: very scarce,
with the typical discoid form of the species, dry exposed ledges and
shingle on the limestone tableland, altitude 200-300 m., Table Moun-
tain, Port 4 Port Bay, July 16 & 17, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,873a (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

LIN DDE.
TO THE

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM
New Sertzs, Vol. 2 (Nos. 26-50)

CoMPILED BY
Mary A. Day anp Hazet M. Brown

Names of new species are in full face type. The R ] gi tk f the Contribu-
tion, i scrip ~ e page.
Those who wish to put these Contributions into the form which will permit the easiest reference,
will es _ to oe them bound in their proper sequence and then enter upon each page in
umerals the number of = Contribution to which it belongs. This will be found to
fa ailitete greatly the use of the
In citing such of these have been published i in serials it is ekg d recommended
that the name of the original journal should be given, together with the- me, page, a!
or example: Stachys Pri cag bemige Proce re ad ), not Con-
tiation from the Gray Herbariu 5 (1 Numbers 47-49, on the

905).
r hand, were published pial sro should be cited under the title of the series.

A BC Daria, xxxiii. 523.
~—. xxviii. 5, 6.
arda, xxviii. 5.

Abies baleamues, xxx¥: 158, 169; xl. 138.

nigra, xxxv. 173.
Abrus, xxxvii.

precatorius, XXXVii. 214, 276.

es XXXVil. 235.

rispum, xxxvii. 235.
spieatum, xlii. 504.
igs ey 235, 286.

Acan oo Xxxvil. 261.
Acanthospe

i

xanthioides, XXXVii. 265.
cer, XXXVi
rubrum, a 139.
saccharum, xl. 141, 148.
Achaetogeron ascendens, XXxi. 2

griseus, xxxi. 254.

urpu a ame Xxxi. 255.

xxxi. 255.

Achras, xxxvii. 245.

Zapota, oe 245, 272, 275, 283.
Achyranthes, xxx ii. 205.

as ve Lael. "305, 284.

prostrata, xxxvii. 306.
Achyropappus schkuhrioides, xlii. 506.
Acmella, Sogn ae 523, 525, 536, 552, 553,

biflora, xxxiii. 560.
brachyglossa, xxxiii. 539.

i INDEX

quer (continued).

Garcini, xxxiii 560.
globosa, ii. 560.
hirta,

intermedia, xxxiii. 558.
lanceolata, xxxiii. 535, 554, 560.
bea XXxili. 534.

splanthoides, XXxiii. 561.
39.

192, 193.
Acrost crostichum pe ir XXXVili.

celal ides, xxvii. 180.
serrulatum, XXXVil . 180.
Ps, XXXVil. 180
, XXXvii. 178.
‘dea pubes: "xl. 125, 126.
_—— a Pelanet xlii. 506

» eho.
an, um, oe 215.
Actinostemon, XXXVIli.
Addisonia, xxxii.

28, 29, 30, 31; xlii.

2.
A a a 29, 3
Adenophyllum Wrightii, di 5 507.

Adenostegia any xlix. 58.
rigida, var. brevibracteata, xlix. 58.
Adenosterama, xlii, 432, 435.

ia, xlii.
Adenostemmatinae, sli. 432, 433, 435.
Adenostyles, xlii. 433, 4
Adenostylinae, xlii. 433, 437.
i. 180.

ssc ri XXXVl
radiata, xxxvll.
Adiantum, xxxv. 74; pen 180; xl

pedatum, xl. 141, 147, 161.
var. aleuticum, xxxv. 155, 158,
167, 174; xl. 118, 132, 137,

:

1
radiatum, xxxvii. 180.
Ftp er a xxxvii. 180,
pe XxXxvii. 194, 279.
ilega, sar 195.
Fendleri ri, xxxvil. 194, 285.
ee Pian americana, xxxiv. 53.
: . 52.
hispida, xxxiv. 53.
sensitiva, xxxiv. 53.
nerrima, xlii. 503.
hase xli.
calliopsidea, xli, 341.
gave, xxxvii. 197, 279.
ana, xxxvii. 197, 274, 276,

tida, XXXvii. 197.
dewaets, xxxi. 271; xlii. 435.
microph lla, xxxi ;

Palmeri, xxxi. 272. :
Ageratinae, xxxii. 27, 34, 35; xlii. 432,
Ageratum, xxxi. rae Mi att 4, 14, ae

XXXVll. 266;

430, 431, 434-436, 136, 438, 439, 440,
441, 444, 454, 455, 480, 483, 484,
487.

adscendens, xxxi. 272; xlii. 479,
487.

A ianthus, xlii. 454, 479,
albidum pees 468, 470, 487, 488,

arbutifolum, xlii. 480, 485.
brac digeedon: seer xl. 465, 480.

INDEX

Ageratum (continued).
e

um, xlii. 480.
eins i xlii. 439, 443, 480.
ampuloclinioides, xlii. "454, 480.
tillage, xlii. 480.
lero er 475, 480.
coeruleum, xlii. 480.
confertum, xlii. 454, 480.
conspicuum, xi. 455, cae
aia) XXXii. 16; xxx i. 266,
284; x. 191. sii 4 438, 455,
457, 459, “160, 463, 466, 467,
480-482, 487-491.
a. obtusifolium, xlii. 480.
B. hirt xlii.

. album, xlii. 462,
var. inaequipaleaceum, xlii. 462,
466, 487.
“ mexicanum, xlii. 459, 465.
cordifolium, xlii.
corym poe xii. 438, 464, 469.
477, 470-481, 487-491.
peta de 5, 489. 490.
var. ae des xlii. 476,
488-4!

. jaliscense, xlii. 475, 476,
489.
f. lactiflorum, xlii. 476,
489, 490.
var. latifolium, xlii. 476, 489,
Face

biflorum, xlii. 476, 490.
var. etpeanietenn: xlii. 476,

St. Antonii i, xlii. 481.
“ subsetiferum, xiii. ‘477,

ense ali es “ig 487, 491.
eee ta, 430, 431, 450, 481.
chycarpum, xlii. 469 ahh 489.
pac fen Aig XXXxii il
Gaumeri, xxxix, 191; xlii. 457, 463,

eco

91.
glanduliferum, xlii. 481, 483, 486.
r. albiflorum, xlii. 481, 483,

ianense, xlii, 481, 482.
Topurlepie xlii. 431, 447, 481.
i m xiii. 481.

hirsutum, 460,
hirtum, xlii. 460, 481.
Houstonianum, xlii. 438, 455, 457,

Ageratum (continued).
carpho

oides, xlii. 449, 481.
xlii. 455, 481.
latifolium, xxxii. 16; xlii. 438, 457,
4 3-466, 469, 472, 480 -482°
488, 489, 491.
var. glapageium, xiii. 466, 487,
488, wets
lineare, xlii. 4
—— xlii. aio, 451, 456, 457,
sai 469, 487-491.
f. setigerum, xlii. 457.
var. hondurense, xlii. 468, 488.

var. interme um, xiii. 467,
481,
matricarioides, ‘xlii. 4
microcarpum, xlii. 431, 453, 482.
microcephalum, xlii. 431, 448,
micropappum, xlii. 431, 468, 471,
487.

microphyllum, xxxi. sear xlii. 482.
— xlii. 465, 4

3, 489.

Sbtaeitolvian xlii. 482.

oratum, xlii. 4 460, 482.
Oerstedii, xlii. 469, 472, 481, 488,

489.
ae re ei xlii. 468, 469, 482, 487,

paniculatum, xxxii. 48; xlii. 48

Peckii, xxxix “191, 192; xlii. 456,
458, 490.

pedatum, xiii.

ii. 482.
petiolatum, xlii. 469, 477, 491.
latypodum, xii. 457, 464, 489.
ohlianum, xlii.
polyphyllum, xlii. ii 456, 458, 491.

quadriflorum, xlii. 482.
radicans, xxxix. 192; xlii. 456, 458,
etek ae, xlii. 470, 482.

469, 473, 490.
hice. <p e 455 55, 482.
rugosum, xiii. 457, 464, 481, 488,

91.
salicifolium, xlii. 448, 469, 479, 482,
488-491.

4 INDEX

Ageratum (continue

d).
scabriusculum, xlii. 469, 474, 478,

487-489, 491
scorpioideum, xxxii. 34; xlii. 468,
471,
serratu 1. 482.
sessilifolium, xxxii. 35; xlii. 482.
stachyofolium, sli. 469, 472, 489.

abivere ii.

suffruticosum, xlii. 457, 463, 482.

tomentosum, xlii. 469, 473, 474,
488-491.

verum, xlii. 456.

viscosum, xlii. 483.

Wendlandii, xlii. 452, 455.
ii, xl. 483.

Wri
hasan Coelestina, xlii. 4380, 431,
468.

me, Euageratum, xlii. 456, 478.
subg. Coelesti a xiii. 464, 468.
igus xlii. 430, 4
corymbosus xiii. 4 |, 479.
Agrostis Secon XXXV. 156, 158, 169,

stolonifera, xlvi, 10.
virginica, xxxvii. 1
Aizoa ceae, sacra vii, 209, 291.

ND

Alectoroctonum, xxxiv. 55.
(a) | XXXVii. 4.

Algodon, XXXVii. 275.

Alisma Plant oan che as xl, 141.

Allionia Brandegei, xlii. 492.

ciliata, xli. 492.
eoahuilensis, XXXViii. 425.
comata,

ete ‘var. ‘texensis, XXXViii.

exaltata, xlii. 492.
antea, xlii. 492.
melanotricha, Xxxvili. 425.
pratensis, xli. 4
pecudagyresaia, XXXViii. 425.
rotata, xlii. aia
texensis 1. 425. .
cee? aig mae Da he 544; xlviii, 41, 42.
v. 544,
pr bri 543, 544.

Bers | Segironee (3
linifoli v. 545.
sy Se thii, xlv. 545.
lithocarya, xlvili. 42.
salina, xlv. 543.
sessiliflora, xlv. 544.
stipitata, xlv. 544.

i. 610.
xxvili “94-26;
vi. 609, 611, 1,612.
a. ai re XXViii. 26; XXXV1

capo

é. ferruginea, xxviii. 27.

var. ferruginea, xxxvi. 609,
alnobetula, xxxv. 153. |
arguta, xxviii. 26; Busey" 609.

a. genuina, XXXVi.
var. Be ee. XXXVI. 609.
cuprea, XXxxvi. 610, 611.

parsasrepsoihacns ge

crispa, xxxv. 153, 156, 160, 190.

toca. XXxviii. 27; xxxvi. 609
610.

firmifolia v. 61. :

wegen fare 25-27 ; xxxvi. 610,

" durangensis, xxxvi. 611.

jorcilenads xxviii. 24, 27; XXXIV.
62; xxxvi. Pe
uminata, xxxvi. 609.

v

B castaneaefolia, psa 610.

var. eo xxviii. 26.
e ; XXXVI.

630.
— xxxvi. 609, 611.
is, xxxv. 1
bblongifolis, xxviii. 25, 27.

,<
rhombifolia, XXXVi.
rufescens, XXxvi.
serrulata, y. clonefli xxviii. 25.
Aloé, xxxvii. 197, 2
ba xvii 107.
3, Xxxvii. 197.
‘Atese: xxxii. 4, 33, 34; xlii. 430, 431,
436, 438, 439-441, 454, 4 455, 434,

ageratoides, xxxii. 16; xlii. 439,

444, 451, 489.
alata, xlii. 439, 442, 487, 490.

INDEX

sc pen (conti

nued).

angustata, xxxii. 16; xlii. 445, 451,
88, 491.

Armani, xlii. 454.

callosa, xlii. 442, 443, 480, 490.

cinerea, XXXil. 16; xlii. 444, 450,
488.

dubia, xxxii. 33; xlii. 439, 444, 450,
488.

echioides, xlii. 430, 444, 449, 481,
4 91.

fastigiata, xxxii. 16; xlii. 444, 446,
454, 487-491.

foliosa, xxxii. 16; xlii. 444, 445,
487, aca 2

guatem s, xlii. 444, 448, 489.

Reteroleps Sth 442, 444, 447, 481,
8

isocarphoides, xlii. 444, 449, 481,
87, 488.

longifolia, xlii. 444, 447, 481, 488.
crocarpa, xlii. 445, 452, 482, 488,

91.
microcephala, xlii. 444, 448, 482,
89.

lates, xiii, 444, 448, 489.
Poli 444, 445 4

a 90, 491.
sok ‘
es ii, vai 42 139, Lap, 443, 489.
spilanthoides,
tenuifolia, xlii. 43!

9, 453.
Wendlandii, xlii. 445, 452, 455, 489,

4
Alomia subg. Eualomia, xlii. 442, 444.

subg. G eissanthodium , xlii. 442.
ibe: Lycapsus, xlii. 449, 443.
Mies liz. 68.
eia, v. 56.
guatemalensis, xxxiv. 56.
na XXxvli. 238.
arvifolia, xxxiv. 56.

Alsophil tenera, xxxvil. 177.

vii. 206, 290.
canescens, XXXVii. 206, 278, 285,
1.

ficoidea, xxxvii. 207.
muscoides, 206, 285.

Amarella ss sey
Am a, 1.
plebeia
Amar yllitncune xxvii. 197.
mblogyne squarr » RRRIV, 22.
Amblynotopsis, zlviii, “41, 42.
durangensis, xlviii. 42, 43.
floribunda, xlviii. 41, 43.
heliotropioides, xlviii. 41.
P xlviii. 41.

peninsularis, xlviii. 41.
POS tant aati, 42.
Amelanchier, xxxv. 179.
oligocarpa, xxxv. 156; xl. 138.
Amerimnum ee sino XXXVii. 220.
annia, dentifer.
— phila pare xl. 128, 135,

dace xlviii. 51; oa 1-8, 6, 14.

collina,
Do uglasiana, rae 3, 5, 6, 10, 12,

evs gen xlix. 5
intermedia, xlix’3
Lemm xlvii

9,
lun , xlix.
lycopsoides, ae 4 7, 8.
var. bracteosa eosa, xlix. 4s

Me
ix. 4, 11.
parviflora, are 4, 10, 11, 14.
“aovtomasiye xlix. 6

+50’ 51; —

XXXVii.
Amaranthaceae, XXXVi. 205, 291.
ee i. 206.

ii, 206.
paniculatus, 3 ati 206, 284.
. 206, 284,

muse
, XXXVil.
inane acuta, 1. 150.

retrorsa, xlix
St. Nicolai, xlix, ‘3,
spectabilis, xlviil. 51; xlix. 3, 5, 6,

tessellata, xviii. 50, 51; xlix.3, 6, 9.
var. macrosep: a, xlix 6, f
valens, xlix. 5, 14, 1S.
iingesing
rage xlix. 5.

6 INDEX

Amyris, xxxvii. 225.
maritima, xxxvil. 225.
Anacardiaceae, xxxvii. 232.
Anacardium, xxxvii. 232.
occidentale, xxxvii. 232, 271, 272,
276, 283.

194
, Xxxvil. 194.
Anastrophus laxiflorus, xlii. 495.
Anatherum domingense, xlii. 493.
Anchusa Kunthii, xlv. 545.
linifolia, rept
lutea, xlix. 19.
oppositifolia, xlv. 545.
5.

ferruginea, xlv. 527.
“irticoc, xv xlv. bee
glaucophylla, 163, 169,
189.

tetragona, xxxv.

praia 2s conden, hee 493.
omingensis,
hiatus, xi

i. 188,
Ssoocdtusha ve: “xi. 493.
spathiflorus, xlii. 494,
vir,

. Sanguinea, |. 141.
multifida, a 161, 166; xl. 148;

var. pomoneme 1 YAl.

“ Richardsiana, |. a
eu tha, I.
parviflora, xxxv. 161, 166, 183, 190;
gt fs 117, 129.
riparia, xxxv. 161; xl. 141, 148,
161; 1. 139 140.

Anguria, xxix. 697; xxxvii. 264.
XXXxvii. 264.

> xxxvii. 264.
aritensis, xxix. 697; XXXVil.

Annona, XXXVii. 211.
uricata, xxxvii. 276.
reticulata, xxxvii. 211, 272, 283,
285.

squamosa, XxxVii. 211, 276, 283.
Annonaceae, xxxvii
Anonymos bracteata, XxxVii. 292.
Antennaria, xl. 127, 129.

alpina, var. cana, xl. 127, 129, 137.

eucosma, xl. 129, 130, 138.

neodioica, xl. 139.

var. nsis, xxv. 164.

Anthemis — xxxili. 545, 556.

buphthalmoides, xxxiii.

oppositifo , XXxxiii.
repens,
Anthephora, xxxvii. 186
e sma 186.
he dita, xxxvii. 186.
hateass, . 387.
Anthericum, xxxviii. 387.
drepanoides, xxxviii. 423.
echeandioides, xxxviii. 394.
leptophyllum, xxxviii, 394, 423.
Satnoimnienri XXXViii - 390.

Aviad, XXXVii. 193, 280.
Hookeri, xxxvii. 193.
sca. ndens, XXXVii. 194, 279, 285.
Antigonon, xxxvii
Tepto us, XXXVii. 204, 284.
eptopus, xxv. 20 . 613.
ares ig xxxvi. 613.

nna
Aeon Xxxii, 32; 32} xi 434.
opappus interior, xlix
nee us, var. interior, xlix. 59.

INDEX

Aquilegia = xlix. 61, 62.
ar. miniana, xlix 61.

. 123.
a, xxxv. 161, 190, 191; xl.

123.
brachycarpa, xl. 148.
ollinsii, xxxv. 161.
ee Seay: 161.
161.
paraicag b ve xlix, 62, 63.
nubigena, xlix. 62, 63.
enuicula, xlix. 63.
Araceae, xxxvii. 193.
Aralia rerdigs XXxVii. 244,
capit Xxxvll. 245.
hispida,“ ‘xl, 139, 139, 146, 149.

Ar i. 244.
ehce Vitae, xl. 1 xl. 115, 141, 142.
38

ophila,

117, 128, 136.
Uva-ursi, XXXV. 163, 181, 182.
Arenaria, xl. 129.
arctica, xxxv. 155, 161, 167, 174,

186; xl. 118, 134, 136.

ciliata, xl. 118.
sf ee TT xxxv. 161, 167;
‘ne 118, 134.
groenlandica, . xxxv. 156, 161, 166,
177-181.

norvegica, xl. 118.
peploides, var. robusta, xl. 135,

et xxxv. 161, 167, 186.
verna, var. propinqua, XXXv.

Xxxvii. 212.
mexi icana, aia, xxvii 212, 276, 282.
Argithamnia, xxxvii. 227,
cans,

candica XXXxvii. 227, 286.
coch » XXix. xxix. 688: xxxvii. 290,
292.
perenne xxix. 689: xxxvii. 228.
Argostemma calyc é
Argythamnia sii» xxxi. 240
a Pringlei, xxxi. 239.
Arisaema kay bra xl. 141.
Aristida arizo: xhi. 500.
par sot a i. 500.

\r vi. 2.
Arctostaphylos alpina, xxxv. 163, 166;

Aristida (continued).

_ Tingens, xxxvii. 204, 276.
Aristolochia § Gymnolobus, xxxvi. 603,
Aristolochiaceae, Xxxvii. 204.

Armania, xli. 347, 348, 376.
. 373.

: Hn
co B: :
ve
ne

Arnica alpina, xliii
C ssonis, xxxv. 154.
chionopappa, xxxv. 164; xl. 148.
164.

271.
portals goes xxxv. 155, 164, 167,
var. Wormskioldii, xxxv. 167,

var. Wormskjoldii, xxxv. 164.
adensis, xxxv. 154, 164, 167.
ludoviciana, ayes 51.
Pringlei, xxviii

Artemisioides, Xxxii, 5, 6, 10.
us

ia, XXXix. xlii.

pre amegiomee XXxXvii. 248, 282.

Asclepias, xxxvii. 248.

urassavica, xxxvii. 248, 276, 282.

procera, xxxvii. 248.

syriaca, xl. 14
Ascyrum hypericoides, xl. 151.
ipadions wax 154.
Filix-mas, xl. 111.

fragrans, Xxxv.
heracleifolium, Xxxvii. 183

marginale, xl, 111

8 INDEX

Aspidium (conti ed

sesquipedale, XXXVii. 185.

Page oe XXXVil. 184.
Aspilia, xl

costarienss, xxx, 165.

hispida, xlv.

y RXV 7b:
_ serpentini, xxxv. 175,
sdileninn a aay LATS.

rum, XxxVii. 181.
salicifolium, XXXVil. 181.

aki
oT . 154, 158, 166, 172,
Aster, xxxv. 151, 157; = 123, 142;
xlii. 510; xliii. 13, 1 4,17.
acuminatus, <F: 141, 148.
i. 16, 17.
aurantius, xlii. 307,
Collinsii, xlv. 515.
cordifolius, xl. 148; 1. 155.
cemifl 1.

i. 16.
F *_Subptoltss 15, 16.

Aster (continued).

holosericeus, xlii. 51

johannensis, xliii. 13

junceus, xli. 13.

longifolius, xliii. 13, 17.
macrophyllus, xl. 141, 142, 148, 161.
mespilifolius, xx . 206.

nemoral : 139

novi-belgii, xliii. 13.

paniculatus, xliii. 17.

pinnatus, xlii. 508.
occupy My var. ee XXXV.

2: xiii. 510.
54.

alpinus, xxxv. 162.

Blakei, Poesy 14, = 162, oe

elegans, xxxv. 162 167, 172.
rigidus, spew _, smericgnus, ceee,
162; xl.

hronia, xxxill. 5
ators ey closorum, xxxv. 158.
Athyrocarpus, xxxvil. 196, 280.
persicarifolius, 196.

ta, XXXVii. 205, 291.
patula, var. hastata, xl. 125.

Atropis, xlvi. 1
airoides a 16.
Bo , xlvi. 10

maritima, xivi
procumbens, xlvi. 11
vilfoidea, xlvi. 9.

Avicennia, xxxvii. 252,
nitida, XXXVii. 252, 78: xlv. 532.
officinalis, ot 532.
por
Avicularia, xxv:
Axonopus baxiflonas, ‘ii. 495.
Baccharis, xxvii. 247; xxviii. 37; xX.

ul XXViii
olia, xxviii

INDEX

eager (continued).
re ena 37; xxxi. 260.
Palsier xi. 259.
Pringlei, xi. 259, 260.
rhexioides, ect. '266, 286.
Seemanni, xxxi. 259.
speciosa, xxvii. 247.
eccpes Xxxvi. 614.
Beccabunga, xxxvi. 614.
gratioloides, xxxvi. 615.
h . 614.
anericacatiniag XXXVI. 614.
monnierioides, xxxvi. 614.

uertesii, xlvii. 17.
heterophylla, | es 17.
montana, xlvi
oblongata, xvii. NB.
Penaea, xlvii. 12.
_ portoricensis, xlvii.
propinqua, coh 15, te.

ee "12, ve
virgata,
Bahia, xxxi at
pt ea i xxvill. 46.
a xxxiv. 44.

, xxxiv. 44.
Baked-apple xxxv. 150; xl. 123.
Balduina, xxxix. 215. aa

angust folie es
Baltimora monocephale ee 208.
ee

Baiaterie beg XXXVli. 226.

Hadheosa pin cherinthg xl. 1 123.
Barrattia, xli. 347, 348, 376, 392.

Barroetea, xxxix. 202; xlii. 437.
203, 20

sessilifolia, sigonwall % 35; xxxix. 203,

subuligera, xxviii. 35; xxxix. 203,
204.

Barroetea (continued).
oe cesar, pang XXVill. 35;
x.. 205.
Haroblial sa xxi, 202.
tosa, XXXix. 204.
su at eal xxxix. 205.
Bartonia iodandra, xl. 116, 159.

ant
Basistelma, i. 631, 632.
te) aa Xxxvi. 632.
~enbtrin Xxxvi. 632.
abo, soavii
ste Shs t x. 694: xxxvii. 256.
tella x 246.
Basins! tox li. 235.
viscosa, ined 235, 276.
tatas soiapemacieyy xlv. 530.
Xxxvii. 208, 291.

aritima, xxxvii. 208, 291
Bauhinia, xxxvii, 215
cumanensis, xxxvii. 215, 281, 282,

Bego
Belle-apple, xxx vii. 2
Berniera Be aalenata, xlii, 515.
Be

arguta, ii. 26; xxxvi. 609.

- he age gt 160, 169, 174,
190; xl. jon 36.

lenta, x11

nana, var. Michauxii, xl. 113, 116.

i 51, 155.
pumila, xxxv. 189; xl. 138.
Beyrichia, xxxvii. 2
psubilieriobiee: XXXVii. 258, 286.
Bichenia reptans, xlii. 515.
Bidens, xxviii. > xxxi. 264, 265;

ifolia, xxxiii. 528,
var. minor, xxxiii. 528.

10 INDEX

Bidens (continued).
arborea, xxxix. 208.
atriplicifolia, xxxiii. 559.
bidentoides, xliii. 21.
ernua

B5
E.

im iii
oligodonta, xiii, 25.
pophila, xliii

XXxiii.
ayamrees xliii. 22.
eo xliii. 22.
fuse, sie
heterodoxa, xliii.
var. odoxa, ‘xliii. 24.

hyperborea, xliii. 20, 21.

insipida, xxxiii. 5:
leucantha, XXXVii. 266.
ludens, XXViii. 44.

— olia, xxiii. 532, 553; xxxvii.

oleracea, Xxxill. 531.

e
rosea, Xxxl. 264: xxxiv. 68.
var. mcieauanas ) Xxxiv. 68.
calcicola, xxxi. 264.
sarmentosa, xxxi. 264.
manni, xxxi. 265.

See

pilosa, xxxvi. 622; xxxvii. 266, 284.
Pring] rie XXxi. 263.

— xliii. 2
\ rs heterodosa, xiii. 23.
Bigelovia, poles

. 29.
oppositifolia, xxvii. 251.
Bignonia, XXXVii. 259,

» RXie, 6 ;
nequinoctili XXXVii. 259.

, XXXVii.
Stenonin ¥ Ce njugatae, xxix. 696.

Bignoniaceae, xxxvii. 259, 28:
Bikkia ta, xxxviii. 401
a gree 401.
ii. 401,

ee Panchen Xxxviii. 401.
XXXVil. 271.

XXXvii. 238, 275, 276.

mannil, xxxi. 265.
tereticaulis, var. ben aga ag 270.

Bixaceae, xxxvii

Blainvillea,
iensis, XXxVii. 266.
pa 3 XXXVil. 80.
nticola, xxix, 693; Xxxvil. 244.
693.

bo

Msg
oS
7

occidentale, xxxvii. 181.
Blephariglottis grandiflora, xxxv. 154.
Boebera incana, xlii. 508.

subintegerrima, xlii. 508.
Boerhaavia, xx 207.

erecta, xx 07.

anic Bines, esters 207.
Bombacaceae, Xxxvii. 237.
mbax, xxxvii. 237, 279, 280, 282.

XXXiv
PERE accep Xxxi. 242: xlix. di

agen rrp xxxvii. 250; 541;
xlviii. 39.
Bore: XXxvill. 409.
spe ar ag xxxviii. 409.
nesiotica 4
Peckiana, pester 410.
rhadino ophylla, xxxvili. 409.
scabra, xxxviil. 409.
tenella, iii. 409.
Aighanse rye pa hee inp 410. ae

Botrychium races ie 608 sisi 62 9.

rgii ; XXXVii. 253.
Bougainville spectabilis, xxxvii. 208.
Bo a, XXXVii.

250.
jee sauces, xxxvil. 204, 250, 273.
obovata, xxxvi. 606.
tla ig angustifolia, xxxvili. 405.
gracilipes, xxxviii. 4
longiflora, var. induta, XXXViil.
4
ternifolia, var. angustifolia, xxxviil.
triphylla, var. angustifolia, xxviii.
Brachistus, xxvii. 256.

glei , XXXVii.
aiggpesl mosis. xxxii. 28-31; xlii. 429
macrogyne, xxxii. 31.

tenuifolia, xxxii. 28, 31.

INDEX

Brachyramphus _intybaceus,

Bradburya brasiliana, xxxvii. 217.
irgini vil. 217.

Bretonica, xxxv

Brickellia, xxx “xxxix. 200,

amplexicaulis, xxxix. 199.

var. lanceolata, xxxix. 199.
atractyloides, xxxii. 47.
betonicaefolia, xxxiv. 37.

var. conduplicata, aT 37.

“ humil 5 XXXIV.
brachiata, xx 5.
brasiliensis, ee o” 200.
cedrosensis,

oblongifliy o xxxii. 48.
aniculata — xlii. 482.

saltillensis, xxxiv. 37.
a es var. subauriculata, xxxix.

xxxii. 43.
Wishzen xxx 1
reg xxxix. 199.
“ aniculata, xxxix. 199.
Brittonastrum, xxxiv. 26.
Bar

beri, xxxiv. 24.
betonicoides, xxxiv. 25, 26.
canum, 25.

196
lin, ta. XXXVii.
gue Pinguin, xxxvii. 194, 275.

XXXVil.

,

43; 202
xl. 430, 0, 431, 437, 439, 442; xlv.
538.

11

ba sees xxxvii. 175, 194, 279, 287,

Brotera, xxvi. 281, 283.
Contrayerva xxvi. 281, 284.
Sprengelii, xxvi. 284.
Broteroa, xxvi. 283.
ata XXVi. 281, 284.
Brunfelsia, xxvii. 256, 2
Hopeana, XXXVil. 256, 276, 286.
2

as, XXXVii. 243.
Buginvillaea, xxxvii. 208.
glabra, xxxvii. 208.
spectabilis, xxxvii. 208, 284.
sept Ba paieeeny Xxxil. 48.

subuli nar Fg 05.
triangularis, xlv. 537, 538.
ee XXXVil. 246, 290,

- XXXVil. 246, 278, 286, 290,
Buphthalmum angustifolium, xxxix.
Ga xxxill. 560.

Morven Wl a xxxill. 530.
strigosum, xxxili. 530.
Bursera, xxxvil. 226, 279.

a as, Sseonigr 21d, 216.

ruba, xxxvii. 226, 273.
Bubsasene, XXXVil. 396.

Cacalia, xxxii. 48; xi. 514.
ample xicaulis, Xxxi. 267.
asclepiadea, xxxii. 48.

Cacona solids, xxxvi. 615.

etialite. = a

12 INDEX

Caesalpinia, — 215, 287, 290.

acutifolia, xix. 686; xkxXvnL. 221,
coriaria, evil 215, 273, 275,
S

pulcherrima, XxXVil. 215, 284.
eager XXXVil
icus, XXXVii. 215, 272, 284.
Cakile, XXXVli. 214.
aeq Nepiial XXxvii. 214.
Calamagrostis, xxkv. 157.
h ea, xxxv. 158; xl. 136.
Lard towtin, xl. 120.
ngs sdorffii, coor 158, 166.
lapponica, xl. 1
te xl. 123°

ng, xxxv. 156, 158; xl.

116, 131.

Peckii, xxxvi. 624.
Te — 625; xlii.
var. , XXXVI. 625.
livi a, ont 625.
ongifolia, XXXVi. 625.
peunifolia, XXXxvi. 625.
bra, xxxvi. 625.

var. livida, xxxvi. 625.
. ongifolia, x sont 625.

uncularis, xxxvi. 625.

ped

Calsbesckeys parting ularis, peg 625.
California Blue be ge xlix. 2
Calliandra, xxx ii. 215, 587,

panlosia, ne 686;

portoricensis, XXXVil. 215.
Callichroma, xxxvi. 566.
Calliopsis basalis, xlv. 525, 526.

Drummondii, xlv. 525, 526.

Xxxvii. 216.

—_ capitatus, xxviii. 32.
palcheliaa, xl. 195 128, 139.
Caloseris Tipestria, xxxi. 268.
oe XXXVii. 2
‘aise sei XXXVil. 248, 284.
Caltha palustris, xl.

Calyderinos longifolius, xxxvi. 625.
, XXXVI.

Calypac bulbosa, xl. 115, 161.

Cal rpus,

Calyptrocarpus tampicana, xxxix. 215.
ix: 215.

Campanula v. IBY.
rotundifolia, var. ears xl. 127.
niflora 163; 1.
Campanulaceae, x XXXxvii. 265.
Camptosoru ie

phylli tidis, x xxv ‘178, 276.
Cafiafistula, x i, 273, 277.
Canavallia, xx i 216.

obtusif iia. sev 216, 284.
Caniees ye XXVii. 274.

Canjaro, xxxvii. 273.

Cantaro, x ae

Canthium quadrifidum, Xxxvill. 409.
Capillaire

Capparidacese, ne 212, 292.
Capparis, xxxvii. 212, 292.

amygdalina, xxxvii. 212.

Breynia, xxxvii. 212.

noe mace my XXXVil, 212.

collina, xxix. 686; xxxvil. 212. _

cynophallophora, xxix. 686; xxxvil.

tet 276, 279.
j nsis, xxvii. 212, 276.

a, xxxvii. 213, 279, 282.
Capparis § Cyaophallophors, Xxix.

1a,

XXXvVH. 258.
biflora, xvii. 31; xxxvii. 258, 276,

icana, XXVlii. 31; xxxvii. 259.
Capsella elliptica, xl. 137.
Capsicu i. 256.
eaten eis Xvii. 256, 284.
haniedues vies! 256, 276, 284.
frutescens, XXXVil. 256, 284.

sesame XXXVii.
ena, xxxvii. 237, 286.
Cartantns belli difolia, xxxv. 161.
var. laxa, 161.

Cardopatium, xxvi. 281.
Cardo santo

i. 485.
hystephana, xlii. 465.

INDEX 13 |

eagles | Soon Carex (continued).
a, xlii. 480. var. invisa, xl. 128.
conyrod xlii. 461 Hornschuchiana, xl. 130, 131.
robusta, var. ‘alba, xlii. 462. var. laurentiana, xl. 130, 138.
7% ssielliy var. alba, a 462. intumescens, xl. 117, 148.
var. coerulea, xlii katahdinensis, xxxv. 155.
pusilla, xlii. Pa: agopina, xxxv. 159, 167.
“robusta, xlii. 461. laxiflora, var. leptonervia, xl. 125.
* rosa, xlii. 461. Leersii, 1. 154.
corymbosa, xlii. 475. lentionlacia x
domingensis, xlii. 45 limo v. 159, 189; xl. 116
echiodes, xlii. 450. lurida, xl. 141, 148.
glandulifera, xlii. 486. Michauxiana, xxxv. 156, 160; xl.
Houstoniana, xlii. 459. 138.
isocarphodes, xlii. 449. obtusata, xxxv. 159.
latifolia, xlii. 472. oligosperma, xxxv. 1
litorale, xlii. 468. pauciflora, xxxv. xv. 160, 189.
longifolia, xlii. 447. patie oie
maritima, xlii. 467. gee XXXV. 159, 189.
microcephala, xlii. 448. pidaia: ms 129, 137.
mutica, xlii. 465. perlonga, xxxiv. 61.
paleacea, xlii. 470. polygama, xl. 116.
petiolata, xlii. 478. red cermin xl. 151.
salicifolia, xlii. 479. rariflora, xxxv. 159, 166, 180, 181;
scabriuscula, xlii. 478. xl. 136.
stricta, xlii. 479. retrorsa, xl. 141, 148, 161.
tomentosa, xlii. 473. rigida, Xxxv. 159.
Carex, xl. 130, 132. var. +. Bigeiowil, xxxv. 156, 159,
alpina, xxxv. 159. 69.
anisostachys, xxxiv. 61. we xl. 129; 1. 142.
atlantica, xl. 135. saxatilis, xxxv. 155, 160.
atrata, var. pion: xxxv. 159, 190. var. aris, xxxv. 160, 166.
Backii, xxxv irpoidea. xxv. 159, 59, 169; xl. 117.
bicolor, XXXV. 150; xl, 127. i xl. 128, 1 135,
brunnescens, xxxv. 156, 159, 169. stellulata xxxv. 159, vi00: 1, 154.
——— xxxv. 159, 169. sterilis, xl. 135, 5, 140.
var. ubloliacea, xxxv. 1 stricta, xl. 14
seventh acy 59. stylosa, xl. 122.
var. elongata, xxxv. 159, 190; subulata, we 151.
trisperma, ar. Billingsii, xl, 116,
capitata, “XXxv. 155, 159. 35.
anea, xl. ee 5, 138. hn meg xxxv. 159, 189; xl. 115,
1
concinna, nt 150: chy 2g xl. 139, 146.
debilis, var. Rudgei, xl. 117. Carex § Debiles, v. 61.
deflexa, xxxv. 159, 190; xl. 117. ©.§ Poly: ge te xxxiv. 61,
Deweyana, xl? 125, 126. Cariaquito encarnado, xxxvii. 277.
eburnea, Xxxv. 159, 166, 172, 187; Carica, xxxvii.
<ii7, Papaya, XXXVii. 240, 277, 284,
echinata, |. 154. Caricaceae, xxxvii. 240,
flava, xl. 130. Carminatia, xlii. 436.
var. gaspensis, xl, 132, 138. Carphephorus, xxxi. 278; xxxix. 200;
folliculata, xl. 148. xlii. 437; xlv. 538.
fulva, xl. 130, 131 baicalensis, Xxxix. 21
i, xxxv. 155, 160 cordifolius, xxxi coro tage
pei aa ar coridifolius

115. revolutioliis, = Xxxi. oO, 278.
ie ‘xl. 135, 140. triangularis 277; "xiv. 537.

14 INDEX

Carphochaete, xlii. 437.
Gra wi XXVili. 34.
Ss Xxvili. 34.
Caryopteris ‘odorata, es ‘ae
Wallichian a, xlv.
Casasia nigrescens, aint 406.
asearia, XXxix. ; } XXXVii. 239.

ealycoides, xxxi
emarginata, XXXVii. 216, — 283.
var. subunijuga, xxxi
fistula, xxxvii. 216, 273, O77, 284.
hispidula, xxxvii. 290, 292.
leptadenia, XxXxl. 238, 239.
var. jaliscensis, xxxi. 239.
ensalis, xxxi. 238, 239.
nictitans, xxxi. 23 38, 239; xxxvii.
21 217.

21
Me 3 i 2
occidentalis, scExvil 216, 277, 284.
oxyphylla, xxxvii. 217.
sericea, xxxvil. 217.

soni, Xxxi. 239.
stenocarpa, hobs 217.
ora, XxxVli, 217, 284.
Sopa bypnoides, xxxv. 163, 166.

. 182

erecta, 5.
Nicholson, 3 XXXVil. 225, 278, 285,

espa xxxvi. 563, nr 581.
acuminata, xxxv.
affinis, xxvii . 56; ese 566, 581,
var. minor, Xxxvi. 582

. 565, 570.
tifolia, xxxiv. 67; xxxvi. 579.
anthemidifolia, xxxvi. 568.

Castilleja (continued).
nescens, a 567, 571, 585.
coccinea, xxxvi. 563.
munis, cre 565, 571, 572.

com

confusa, xlix

Conzat xxiv. 673. XxxXv1.--000;
575, 576.

cryptandra, xxxvi. 566, 578.

ctenodonta, xxxvi. 566, 581.

curticalyx, xlix. 69.

falcata, xxxvi. 565, 575.

fissifolia, ula 563, 567, 589.

foliolosa, xxxvi. 580.

glandulosa, xxxi. 247; xxxvi. 566,

570, 571, 577, 578.
gracilis, XXXVI. 564 568.
guadalupensis, xxxi. 566; XxxvVi.

hirsuta, xxxi. 248; seve fey 576.

integra, xxx v. 580;
inte pitadia yetsie, 563, "567, 587,
588, 589.

irasuensis, Xxxvi. 567, 590.
katakyptusa, XXXVi. 567, 591.
laciniata, xxx

Bas
mate 247, 248;
i. 566, 509, a 578.
recaps:
lonimibpaneaea, ier * 567: XXXVi.

longiflora, xxxvi. 567, 583, 584.
longispica, xlix. 69.
lutescens, ‘xlix. 69.

stigma, xxxvi. 565, 568, 569,

33 0.
mexicana, xxxvi. 566, 572, 583.

lsonii, xxxvi. 566, 57 9.

nervata, xxxvi. 565, 574, 575, 581.

nitri cola, XXXVi. 565, 572.

obovata, Xxxi. 248; xxxvi. 576.
9.

var. angustata, xxxvi. 570.
septentrionalis, XXXV
1 63, 169, 190.
Palmeri, Xxxvi. 565, 570.
patriotica, xxviii 56; xxxvi. 567,

pectinata, XXxvi. 567, 581, 589.
pediaca, xxxvi. 565, 569.

INDEX 15

Castilleja (continued). Celmisia (continued).
Pringlei, xxviii. 56; xxxvi. 565, 573. Dallii, xlii. 511.
Purpusi, xXxxvi. 567, 589. densiflora, xlii. 511.
gida, xxxvi. 565, 575. discolor, xlii. 511.
robiginosa, 68. dubia, xlii
rustica, xli Gibbs
saltensis, xxxvi. 565, 572. glandulosa, xlii. 512
scabridula, xxxvi. 567, 586. gracilenta, xlii. :
Schaffneri, xxviii. 57; xxxvi. 565, graminifolia, xlii. 512.
3. Haastii, xlii. ae
inerascens, xxxvi. 573. Hectori, xlii.
scorzoneraefolia, xx xvi. 576. hieracifolia, ae oblong, xii. 512.
en xxxi. 248; v1, hieraciifolia, xlii.
566, 2, 576, 578, 579, isa. este xlii.
ssilior, XXXVI. ; 3, —~— » xiii. 5
speciosa, xxxvi. 576. ar. petiolatay xlii. 512.
sshasebatiiwie, xxxvi. 565, 569. lari cifo a xlii. 512
stenophylla, xxxvi. 567, 5 587. lateralis, xlii. 512.
subalpina, xxxvi. 567, 584. var. villosa, xlii. 512.
tapeinoclada, xxxvi. 567, 590. Lindsayi, xlii. 512.
var. a, XXXVI. M1, linearis, xlii. 512
“ subglabra, xxxvi. 591. longifolia, xlii, 510, 512.
iannitieen: xxviii. 56; XXxvi. 567, f. asteliaefolia, xlii. 512.
584-586. f. gracilenta, 12.
tenuifolia, xxxvi. 564, 567. f. graminifolia, xlii. 513.
tolucensis, xxxvi. 565, 574. f. major, xlii. 512.
porsaiee XXXxVi var. alpina, xlii. 512.
rrhiza, Xxxvi. 567, 5 586. “ gracilenta, xlii. 512.
Castilleja § Callichroma, xxxvi. 566. “ graminifolia, xlii. 513
§ Epichroma, xvi. 564, 576. . Lyallii, xli. 513.
“ —_ § Euchroma, xxxvi. 564, 576, var. pseudo-Lyallii, xlii. 513.
ty Mackaui, xlii. 513.
. § es xxxvi. 567, Macmahoni, xlii. 513.
576, 58 nanny xlii. 513.
Catabrosa, xlvi. 2. ii
aquatica, xl. 122. erie gt i. 513.
oidea, xlvi. 8 var. cratic, xii. 511.
Cecropia, ‘xxxvii. 203, 280. “ membranacea, xlii. 513
peltata, xxxvii. 203, 276. _ “ yigida, xiii. 513.
Cedronella, xxxxi xxxi. 244; xxxiv. 26. Petriei, xlii. 513.
mexicana, XXXiv. prorepens, xlii. 513
na, xxxi. 244. osa, 51
micrantha, xxxi. 244. rotundifolia, xlii. 510.
da, xxxi. 2: rupestris, xlu. 513
rightii, xxxi. 244; xxxiv. 26 . Rutlandiy, xlii. 513
ba, sessiliflora, xlii. 513
Celastraceae, 232 sien org xiii. 511
Imisia, xlii. 510, 511. inclairii, xlii. 513.
ii, xlii. 511. spectabilis, xiii. 513.
ar. rugulosa, xlii. 511 . 10.
argentea, xl. 511. tomentosa, xlii, 510.
Armstrongii, xli. 511. var, grandis, xlii. 511.
bellidioides, xlii. 511. Traversii, xlii. 51:
i, 11. verbascifolia, xlii. 513
Cam ensis, xlii. 511 vernicosa, cat
511.

Walkeri, xlii. :
Celtideae, xxxi. 236, 237.

16 INDEX

Celtis, xxxi. 237; xxxvii. 203.
aculeata, xxxvii. 203.
re naea, peo 203.

Cenchrus, xxxv
echinatus, xvi, 186, 282, 284.
Facemoens, XXXV 190.
viridis, xxxvii. 86.
Centaurium Beyrichii, xxxviii. 396.
cac uen, xxxviil. 396
calycosum, var.
396.

nanum, Xxxviii.

divaricatum, XXXVili. 397.

macranthum, xxx XXXViii. 396.
madrense, xxxviii. 396.
r XXXViil. 396.

) XXXViii.
Cccrcomm,: XXxxvii. 265, 280.
amensis, xxxvii. 265.
Centrosema, xxxvii. 17.
— Sued XXXVil. 217, 286.
um, Xxxvil. 217.
Cephaelis, sv 261; xxxviii. 408.
lat i. 408.

Sas bent 261.

orate 2
en ala, XXXViii. 408.
Xxxviii. 408.

oceph
Cephaleis ahs rg
24

. 124.
nse, xxxv. 161, 174, 175.

at
=

seu ella a, Xxxiii. 561.
* uliginosa, lii. 537.
“ uliginosus, xxxiii. 537
americanus, 5.

Beccabunga, : Xxxiii, 545.
bicolor, xxxili. 559.

ongifolium, xxxv xxxv. 175.

Ceratocephalus (continued).

decumbens, xxxiii. 549.
c macropodus, xxxill. 550.
r. doronicoides, xxxill. 549.
39.

Sores ronagioa xxiii. 544.

insipidus,

javanicus, eae

K anus, ati 560.

leiocarpus, xxxili, 529.

leucanthus, xxxill. 531.

macropodus, xxxiil. 558.
xxxili. 561.

nitidus,

papposus, xxxill. 543.

parvifolius, xxxiii. 546.
ll. 539.

Cercidium, xxxvii.
spinosum, xxxvii. 21 17, 286.

viride, xxxvii. 217, 275, 283.

Cereus, xxxvii "
candelabrum, xxix. 693
caripensis,

41, 286. i

ix. 693, 698; XXXVil,

200, 241, 264, 279, 286, 293.

Jamaca | XXXVI. 241 , 286

margaritensis, XXIX, ‘693; XXXViil.
241, 293.

wartaii » XXXvii. 241, 286.
Ceropteris, xxxvii. 1
omelaena, xxxvii, 180.

tartarea, xxxvii. 180.
Ceruchis, Xxxiii. 523.
a ds an 279.

espertin Vii. 256.
Chakeaos intagtifolis, "zhi. 515, 516.
suaveolens, xlii. 516
integrifolia, xlii. 516.
Chaetanthera ‘cochlearifolia, xiii. 514.

involtorat, xii. 514.

INDEX 17

Chaetanthera Siar Ws
ar ae
splendens, xi. 5
Chaetocalyx Wi lize, bg 221.
Chaetochloa sear gerd i. 189.
amaebuxus, xlvi
oe abboclata, xxxv. 163,

Chaptalia ous es, xlii. 515.
ee xl. 515.
se oscularis, XXXVili. 412.
tom et XXXViil. 412.

arrua, XXxii.
Obstank ‘glabra, xl. 146.
Chenopodiaceae, xxxvi. 572;
205, 291
Chendpodiam, xxx
aiet sax 205, 284.
Chevalier. XXKV
Chimaphila umnbeliaa, xl. 147.
Chinapaya,
Chiococca, mexvid 262, 279.
Xxix. 697.
micran XXIX. 696; XXXVil. 262,
280, OST.
cemosa, a 697; xxxvii. 262.
Chiogenes, xl. 141
hispidula, xl. 1
Chionanthus ee xXxxvii. 246.
Chironia chilensis, xxxviii. 396.
Chivatera 6 fistulera, ‘ecg ii. 276.

Chomelia, =

, XXXVil.
Chon Srockine involuertuy xlii. 514.
Chromolaena epaleacea, xlv. 534.

Chrysactinia,

ctinia, xlv. 525
Phyllolo et 525.
Chrysocoma pauciflora,
Chrysosplenium americanum, me 141.
(hue uiragua — 32.

Cicendia quitensis, xxxviii. 397.
Cicuta b hifers, S128, 128, 139, 149.
Cieli li. 475.

‘ienft legosia, XXXxVii. 235.

és heterph ly XXxvil. 235.
Cinna a iatifolia, xl. 125.

Circaea alpina, xl. 138

XXXVil.

vi. 633; xxxvii. 205.

Cirsium pao nd ee BE
monticola, xxxv. 164, 167,
91; a. 141;
ochrocentrum, var. durangense,
palustre, Ng 116.
etorum, xxxi. 267.
pumilum, xl. 111.
oe Xxxvii. 211.
ira, Xxxvil. 211, 277, 284.
4,

udu, 338 elegans, xWv. 531.

i, saad, 243,
Ciguarceaviak So XXXVil. 253.
quadran ue XXXvii. 253.
531.

. 264.
garis, xxvii. 264, 284.
Citrus, xxxvii.

Aurantium, XXXxvii. 225, 284.
Clappia aurantiaca, xlii. 507.
Clarionea virens, xlii. 516.

i. 273.

Clavigera pin nifolia 99.
Claytonia a neal ‘. 111.
Clematis, xxxv. 151.

verticillaris, xl. 148

virginiana, xxxv. 151; “es 141, 148.
ee aculeata, xlv. 527.
ta 27

sinaloens
53.
@, XXXVii. 227 , 253, 286.
1s

orator, vw.
Clethra Alcoceri, xxxi. 240.
Clibadium, xxx ; xlii, 441
ani,
rum,
Pittieri, forma

virginia:

Clomenocoma aurantia, xlii. 507.
pinnata, xlii. 508.

Clusea rosea, xxxvil. 273, 275.

18 INDEX

Clusia, xxxiv. 55, 56; xxxvii. 238, 279.
fla i 6.

ro XXXVii. :
Clusia § Euclusia, xxxiv. 56.
subsect. Chlamydoclusia, xxxiv.

subsect. Cochlanthera, XXXIV. e:
oe

tii, xxi x. 685; XXxvii. 205.
si aonigeteli: evil 205, 285.

a 20o;
Cochlear antic, a 119, 137.

oO
Concaut, Sere
, XXXvil. 270.
Cocos, xxxvii.
ucifera, XXXVii. 193, 284.
Cocuy, xxxvii. 274.
——— a 455, 456, 468.
— s, xlii. 4 476.
hy lat tifolia, xlii. 476.
sibita, 3 xii. 4
corymbosa, sli 475, 478, 479.
isscaeetntior xlii. 449,
B. dentata, xlii. 449.
latifolia, “alii. 406, 4 472.

te ig

Combretum, xxxvii. 24

Commelina, xxxvii. 196
cayennensis, xxxvil. 196
erecta, XXXV1l

96.
es. xXxxvil. 196.

Compositae, xxvi. 281; xxx. 143; xxxii.

4, 28, 29, 32; ge 265, 287; xxxix.

208, 216; xli. 335; xlii. 429, 430, 434,

440, 510, 514; xliii. t: hy. 515.
Compositae- Eupato orieae, xlii. 429.
Conanthera a

ina, XXXVii.
Cacrieticns | chinense, xl, 125.
ape vhedl teneehs 243.
rectus, xxv i 280, 284.
Conoelinium bet

ASSeauxii,
Contrayerba, Xxvi. 280, 286.
onvolvulaceae, xxxvil. 249.
Convolvulus, xlv. 528, 529.
ricanus, xlv. 528-530.
americanus, xlv. 528-530.
te ates, xlv. 529.
pentantica, XXXVii.
caprae, Xxxvil. 249,
pium, xl. 149.
tinctorius, xlv. 529.
violaceus, ii; 250.
Conyza, xxviii. 37; xxxii. 42.
arborescens, xxxvii. 269.
odorata, xxxvii. 2
scorpioides, xxxvii. 269.
poet lia, xlv. 538.

uadrifida, xxxviii. 409.
Corallorhiza striata, xl. 115.
Corchorus ii

ba , XxXxvii. 250, 273.

INDEX 19

Cordia (continued).
= as ipa xlix. 17.
nii, xlix. tf
seis ys i, §2.
qlindisaanes, avi. 251, 271,

279.
discolor, xxxvii. 251, 286.

imparilis,
reticulata,

v. 58.
Xxxvi. 632.
subsec pe ey “xlix. 17.
Condylanthus s flifolius, xlix. 58, 59.
rigi - xlix.
r. brevibracteatus, xlix. 58,

truncatifo
Cordia §Gerasenthus, s,

filifo’ lius , xlix. 58, 59.
Corema Contaditest 135, 140, 149, 161.
i 335, 337, 342.

Coreocarpus

i. 344.

ngilobus, xli. a

heterocarpus, a 343, 344

involutus,

parthenioides, rs 343

var. heterocarpus, xli. 3

Coreopsis, pols 207; xl. 347; bt 335,
336, 343.

amplexicaulis, xli. 386.
arizoni i. 344.
fanaa Seyi, 270.

cun - iii. 43, 44; xli. 338
cycl i. 339.
pies xli. 342.

ens xlv. eo

Coreopsis mexicana (continued).
var. hyper

parvifolia, xli.

petrophiloides, xxviii. 44.

innatisecta, xli.

Pringlei, xxxiv. 41; xli. 339.

rhyacophila, xxxiv. 41.
ais

rosea, xl
anii, xli. 342.
Coreopsis su Og Leptosyne, xli. 336.
te e: e 1. 336.

oe
“OO
oF

tuleptosyne, xli.
>ugiopappus, si, B86, 340.

Jobo, xxxvii. 278.
Corydalis lar, anger xl. 141.
Corylus rostra cage

rymbium 98.
Corynanthelium, 2 XXxvil. 254.
Cosmos, XXxi.

caudatus, xxxvi. 623.
earsitalion xxxvi. 624.

» XXxvi. 622

a gynan
Tapia, xxxvii. 271, 71, 279.

20 INDEX

Crateva, xxxvli. 213.
gynandra, xxxvii. 213.
— ambigua, sh 16, 20.
arberi, xxviii. 52.
ed ncinata, pants 52.
seenuthees, XXvili. 18.
Crescentia, xxxvii. 259.
Cuj ete, xxvii, 259, 273, 284.
Crotalaria, ‘ox XXXvVii. 218.
incana, XxXXxvii. 218, 284.
Croton, xxxvii. 228, 281, 287, 290.
chamae ifolius, _XXXVil. 598.
piseagnaiic Xx
flavens,
glan dulosus, XXXVii
helicoideus, xxxvii. 28 286.
lobatus, xxxvii. 228.

mappa ftonele ees 689 ; xxxvii.228. °

er xxix. 690; XXXVii. i 288, ‘279,
‘isons, XXXVI. 228.

ovalifolius, xxxvii, 228.

Populi folia, XXXVii. 2

populifolius, xxix. 690; XXXVii. 229,

Pseudo China, xxxvii. 229.
ae XXXVii. 229.
w-berry, xxxv. 149, 177.
Coucianelia Sepia, XXXVlii. 409.
rey XXXVii. wats XXXViil. 415,
Cruse 409.

Cryptantha, ees oD 22, 41, 44,
i iii. 46, 47.

confusa, viii

crassisepala, xlviii. 49.
cycloptera, xvi 4, 45, 48.
echinella, xlviii

Fendleri, xlviii. 4: rn
ormifo oie 45, 46.

]
holoptera, xlviii. 44
i
i

leiocarpa, xlviii. 43, 44,

ix. 6
XXXVii. 228, 278, 279, 292.

ocarpa, XXViii. 33.

pets Ser aie on (continued).
kecanrae ry xviii. 43.
i deanlerce, orks 46.
ochaeta, xlviii. 46.
iatcee xlviii. 47.
multicaulis, xlviii. 48, 49,
4

PRERATA,. 2 xl vill. 45.
veoh xlviii. 44.
pumila, oii 43.

pusilla, xlviii. 49.

var. asa xlviii. 47.
trifurea, xlviii, 48.
Watsoni, xlviii. 47.
Cryptogramma de ensa, xxxv. 158, 167.
Stelleri, xxxv. 154, 158, 166, 172,
3 xl. 137.
Cucumis, XXXVii.
Anguria, XXXVil. 264, 272, 284.
vii. 264,

272, 284.
Cucurbita, ae 264.
XVii. 264, 284.
Cucur itatone Xxix, 697; xxxvil. 264.
upia macro phylla, xxxvill. 406
m ee xxxvili. 405.

, Xxxvill. 405.
Curlew Sapien xxxv. 149, 177; xl. 123.
Cuscuta, xxxvii. 249.
arvensis, xl 151.
australis, xxvii. 249.
. 24

_ 272.
Cyathea, XXXVii. 177i, 280, 288.
gran ia, XXXVii. 177.
XXVii.
her orgs arg 177.
Cyathula,

ei, Xxxi 9.
Cynanchum maritimum, XXxvii. 248.
Cynoctonum, xxxviii.
oldenlandioides, XXxviii. 396.
XXXViii. 396.
pedicellatum, xxxviii. 396.

INDEX yt |

Cynoglossum, xxxi. 243.
glomeratum, xlviii. 29.
aie te

Cynosurus aegyptius, xxxvii. 187.
= . 188.

Cypera , XXXVI. "190, 280.

Geos, pilin 190, 280.
runneus, XXxvil. 297.
caesius, xxxvii. 297.
distans, putt 190, 284.
Some, ae |

inerodontus, | 153.

1,2

Creseedeae See = 130.
m, xl. 114, 115, 132.
160.

XXxvii. 209, 2 79, 285.

Cystépteris Dalhiferk: xl. 124, 132.
fragilis, xxxv _ 158.

montana, XXxv. 158, 170; xl. 124.

Dactyloctenium, XXXVii. reke
tiacum, XxxVi 187.
aegyptium, XXxvii. 187, 277, 284.
Dalitards repens, xl. 141, 161.
Danthonia, 4.
intermedia, xxxv. 159, 167, 190;
vii, 137.
Daphne tinifo lia, XXXVil.
Daphnopsis, xxxvil. 242.
americana, xxxvii. 242, 286.
tinifolia, las 242.
ii. 271.

tula, xxxvii. 257, 2

Tat 84.
Decachaeta, xlii. age 434, 456.

Seemannil,

Li 55.
var 154, 155. 1. 154,

dropanax arboreum, a
Dennstaedtia, xxxvii. 184.

ordinata, ee 184. fe
Deppea : y) . 249.
Deschampsia atropurpurea, 156,

158, 166,

Deschampsia (continued).
caespitosa, xl. 131.
var. alpina, xxxv. 158, 167,

Desmanthodium fruticosum, XxViii. 37.
. 292.

8.
us, XXXVil. 218, 284.
Desmodium, xxxvii.
num, XXXVii. 218, 284.
Scorpiurus, xxxvil. 218.
sae XXXxvil. 218.
supinum, xxxvii. 218.
Dewberry, xl. 123.
Diachroa apse xlvi. 7.
eins ii. 32, 335 XxxvVii. 261.

Desmanthus, XXXVil.
virg

oy vii.
se Eat XxV. 154; xl. 123.
lapponica, xxxv. 163, 169; xl. 117,
6.

Dichaea, xxxvii.

ciliata, xxx
Dicksonia ordinata, xxxvii. 184.
Dicliptera brachiata, xxxvi. 608.

xxvi. 608.
Dicliptera § Sphenostegia, xxxvi. 608.
Dicranopteris, xxxvii. 177.
exuosa, Xxxvil. 177.
Dieffenbachia, ce he ie 280.
eguine, XXX 247.
afte tame a xl. 1 146.
1

se xlii.
Dimorphostachys, xxxiv. 49.
G iesbreghti1, a 49,

texana, xxxvi. 605.
velutina, xxxvi. 605.

22 INDEX

ot pct at XXXvViii. 409.
Diplazi a , XXxvil. 182.

8
Bee oe Tupestre, XxViii. 36.

Schultz ii. 36.
Dissothrix, Iii, 43¢ 436.

Gardneri, xxxii. 35.

imbricata, xxxii. 35.
Distreptus spicatus, xxxvii. 266.

2.

Dogwood, xxxv.
Dolichos, infor 219, 272.
mi

nimus, XXxvii. 122,
obtusifoliue, XXXVil. 216.
uncinatus, xxxvii. 223.

124.

ar. confusa, XXXV. ; xd.

ondii,
* 162, Le 167, *t79, 188, 1 191; | veh
integrifolia, xxxv. 162, 167, 183;

127, 129, 136.
he ‘canescens, xl. 129.
ii. 260.

, XXXVii.
cristata, xl. 116, 139, 146.

opteris ee pee

Pre gs, xl; 116, 137.
esa XXXV. 154; set 9 9
Johnstoni

i. 253.
mieri, xxxvii. isle
Dyncharise Pringlei
Dysodia appendieulata, > xlii. 207.
n

Treculii, xlii.
Wrightii, xlii, 508.

Echeandia, xxxviii. _387, 388, 390.
albiflora

brevifolia, XXXViii. 388, 389.

XXXViil. 393.

if, 389, 392.

INDEX 23

sscag anne (continued).

Elcismia (continued)
culata, xxxviii. 388, 389, 392, Cc

parviflora, x XXXVili. 388, 389.

Pringlei, xxviii. 28; xxxviii. 387, Dallii, xlu. 511.
389, 393, 423. de nsifiora, Sil. OLL:
pusilla, xxxviil. 394. discolor, xlii. 511.
reflexa, xeeviil 388, 389, 391, 392, dubia, xlii. 511.
393. Gibbsii, xlii. 511.
seabrella, xxxvill. 394. glandulosa, xlii. 512
terniflora, xxxviii. 391, 392. Haastii, xlii. 512
Echinacea. cnet xxxix. 210. Hectori, xlii. 512

Echinospermum, xlv
bra obxe entrum, xlviil. 40. holosericea,

va. rachsty ln xlviii. 40.
windhidinene., xlv. ar. petio olata, xlii. 512
arelini, xlv. laric ifolia, ae! Ae
omphaloides, xlv Br ap ior xlii. 5
polymorphum, i lls "ii 512.
— dowskii, var. Raralini, xlv. 543. Lindsayi, xhi. 5
rupestre, xlviii. 40. linearis, xlu. 512,
peeve XXViil. 30; xxxvil. 246, 280. longifolia, xlii. 512.
ecundiflora, xxviii. 29; xxxvil ar. alpina, xlii. 512.
gon “ gracilenta, xlii. 512.
, XXviii. 29. olia, xlii. 512
Sibsagtiata, xavil, 246, “~ major, xlii. 512.
6, 286. Lyallii, xlii. 513.

olin confuchias iit or

var. decipiens, xlviii. 57. Mackaui,
decipiens, xlviii. 57.

esil,

micranthum, xlviii. 57. parva, xli. 513.
var. confusum, 57 ae xlii. 513.
“ decipiens, xlvili. 57 membranacea, xlii. 513.
sabulicolum, xlviii. 5 ‘ rigida, xlii. 513.
gare, xlviii. 57. Petriei - 513
Eclipta, xxviii. 6; xxxvil. 266 prorepens, xlii. 513.
alba, ii. 266, 284 sa, xlii. 513.
elliptica, xxxiii. 561 rupestris, xlii. 513.
erecta, xxxvil. 266. Rutlandii, xlii. 513.
cali, ce xxiii. 559. s ora, xhi, 513.
c , xiii. 513.
are dioica, “7 514. spectabilis, xlii. 513.
XXXVil. 272. Traversii, xlii. 513.
Peebie se hae xlii. 514. verbascifolia, xlii. 513
Elaeagnus argentea, xxxv. 162, 179. pain > 514.
mee — XXXVii. 232. viscosa, wai go

arpum, Xxxxvii. 232.
sla phpgloasuia £9 ovarense, xxxvii. 178. Electra, xli. 335, 3 337.
Elatine america, xl. 135, 140. Galeottii, xii. 337, 338.
Elcismia, xlii. mexicana, xxviii. 44; xli. 337.
Adam: il Eleocharis, xxxvii. 191, 280.

ellid : xlii. Bi per 41,
: ecronenag =i. Bike uadrangulata, xl. 151.

24 INDEX

Eleocharis (continued).
orreyana, xl. 151.
tricostata, xl. 151.
ae prrih: is XXxvii. 266. :
opappus, Xxxi. 253; Xxxvi.
16.
spicatus, xxxvii. 266; xlii. 482.
Eleusine aegyptia, xxxvii. 187.
indica, xli. 5
Hleutheranthera, Xxxiv. 40; Xxxvii.
267
ovata, XXXVil. 267.
Elleanthus, xxxvii.
attenuatus, XXIx. 684; xxxvil. 200,
281.

furfuraceus, xxix. 684.
53.

Elodea, 1. 1

Elodes, 1. 153.

Elymus arenarius, xl. 117, 122.
virginicus, 139.

Emilia sonchifolia, xxxvi XXxvil. 268.

Emmallocalyx chamaedrifolius, xlii,
446.
sep ge XXXV.
oe 170, 174, 17h, 178, i
189; xl. — 136.
ig cn um a

purpureum ‘117, ‘123.

Paolini :

celia, xxviii. 41; “xii. ne 358,
2, 375; xlv. 521, 522
actoni i, xli,

——— xli. 373, 388
al ns, xli. 358, 365, 366.
xli. 369.

earn, go "373, 378.
canescens

xli. 373, 385.
— xli. 348, 349, 373.

nspersa, xli. 359, 365, 366.
Conzattii: xli. 373.

6.
var. culata, xli. 357.
exaristata, xli. 373, 381.
f; xli , 360, 361.
xli. 362.

178, eo
m, XXXV. 149-15 , 156, 162,
80-

ns, xli. 347, ip 359, 369.
?

Encelia Spee (continued).
radians, xli. 362.
iestidn. xii. 373, 386.
frutescens, xli. 358, 362, 363, 369,

i? actoni, xli. 365.

f. virginensis, xli. 364.
var. ac ctoni, xli. 365, 366.
resinosa, xli. 364.

“ virginensis, xli. 364.
fruticulosa, xli. 373, 3
Ghiesbreghtiana, xli. 373, 392.
Ghiesbreghtii, x + oh 374, 392.
glutinosa, xli.
grandiflora, xli. 30 354, 374, 391.
halimifolia, xli, 359, 366,
heterophylla, xli. 374, 386, 394.

irsuta, xli. 374, 389, 390.

f. radiata, xli. 374, 3
hispida, xli. 359, 370, 371, 374, 395.
hypargyrea, xli. 3 8,

1 >
maculata, xli. 348, 374.
megacephala, xli. 374.
mexicana, xii. 347, 374, 380, 384,
6.

microcephala, xli. 374.

microphylla, xli. 348, 349, 374.
montana, xli. 348 8, 374.

nivea , xh. 375.

nudicaulis, xli. 348, 351, 353.

nutans xl. 352.

oblonga, xli. 348, 349, 375.
oblongifolia, xli. 370.
alm ri, , ofl.
parvifolia, xli. 369.
aucifolia, xi 370.
pilocarpa, 370.
pilosa, xh. 375, 383.
oleistocephala, XXXIV. a xli. 375.
o0lycephala, xli. 375,
Pringlei, xli. 348, 375
purpurea, xli. 375, 383.

radian s, xli.
rhombi xli. 348, 375.
res

squarrosa
stenophylia, xb. 358, 372, 373.
stricta, xli.

INDEX 25

Encelia (continued). Eremocarya lepida, xlv. 545

subaristata, xli. 376, 379. micrantha, var. topta xlv. 545:
suffrutescens, e 348, 349, 376. muricata, 3 . 545.
tenuis, xli. 376 Eriastrum, xlix. 5d.
tomentosa, Me 370. ifoliu . 56.
ve , xli. 358, 359 Ericaceae, xxxvii. 245; xli. 341.
virginensis, xli. 364. Erigeron, xxxi. 256; xxxvii. 267; xl.
viseida, xli. 357. 124; xlix. 72.
Enceli: a § Huencelia, xli. 348. acris, XXXV. 189,
eraea, var. teroides, xl. 148

Enceliopsis, xli. 350, "351, 355; xlv.
521
oops. xli. 354, 355.

sine lo | XXXVii. 219

atropurpureum, xxxvii. 200.
cochleatum, xxxvii. 200.

lifera, XxxV1l
Visusheitny ae xxvii. 247.

rs droebachensis, xxxv. 164,
; ee irae xl. 124.
alcicornutus, xxxi 256.

RR RAR
mgt

incertus, xlix

multifidus, by 74, 75,
nudus , xlix. 74.
traeus Ss, xlix. 74, 76, 77.
pinnatisectus, xlix 78.
trifidus, WT

Deamii, xxxviii.
delphinifolius, xxxi i. 256, 258.
Ervendbergii, xxxi. 256.

ee a

exilis, Xxxviii.
flabellifolius, : xxix. 78.

hyssopifolius, xxxv. 154, 164, 167,
172, 191; xl. 117: xliii. 18.
_ villi xliii. 17.

cro.
multifidus, xlix. 75
var. incertus, xlix. 74.
udus, xlix. 74.
neo-mexicanus, xxxi. 256, 258
xxxi. 257
us, xxxi. 257, 258
orma latilobus, xxxi. 258.
. ig erg 258.
var. ~aelg gy a Ths 258.

mannii, Xxxi.
spathulatus, XXXVil. 267, 286.

trifidus, xlix. 73, 74, 77.

26

Erigeron toda A Nesiagert d).

p 8.
Scheer series Multifidi, ix 2-14.
ocaulon y Seaaniealns, xl. 117, 1
Pradictyon, xlix
Parryi, xi

Eriopappus paniculatus, Xxxii. 48,
Eriophorum, xl. 113, 114.
angoatifolk ium, xl. 123.
callitrix, xxxv. 159, 180, 181, 189;
3.

var. ‘erubescens, xl. 113, 116,
123.
Sreery ve xxxv. 159; xl. 123,
147. :

polygama, XXXxViii. 408.
Eritrichium xiviii, 42, 50.
aret tioides, xl viii. 50.

al .
Vili. 41,
fulvocanescens, xlv. 547, 548;
viii.
glomeratum, xlviii. 29.

pir ape, xlv. 547,

“ hispidissimum, xlviii. 28,
“" ee oe xlv. see xlviii.

um, xlviii. 27.
Es “xlviii 41.
olo xviii. 44,

viii.
leucophaeum, xlviii. 38.
mic ranthum, var. lepidum, xly.

: multicaule, xiviii. 34.
nanum, xlvili. 50.
var, eehectr: xl viii. 50.
obovatum,

Walpersii, xlv. 545.
Eritrichinm § § Amblynotus, xviii. 41,

INDEX

Ernodea pedunculata, xxxviii. 401.
iii. 401.

1. 397.
ana, Ce 396.
chilensis, XXXViii. 3 397.
chironio ide es, cect ow 397.
divaricata, XXXVill. 397.

, XXXViil. 396.
macrantha, XXXVili . 396.

; major, XXXVill. 397.
madrensis, XXxvill. 396.
mexican na, XXXVill. 96.
micra ntha, xxxviii . 396.
nudicaulis, XXXvill. 397.

, XXXVii. 22 4,
ecobe I lana 6 — xxxvii. 278.
Escorzonera, xxxvii. 277.
Esen scene XXXVil.

ocarpoides, xxxvii. 225, 286.
Ethuiis ageratoides, xlii. 451.
bidentis, xxxiv. 42.
Eucalia, xli. 35 8.
canescens, xli. 3

369.
xxxvi. 563, 564, 576, 581.
ushoonthas Pes Benthamianus, Xxxiv. 62.
Eunavarretia, xlix. 54.
Euophryosporu. S, xxxii. 18.
Eupatoriastrum, xlii. 4
elsonii, var. pro ~d eRN xxxi.

Rapatinions Xxxl. 271, 272, 278;

4, 32, 42; xxxix. 191, 197, 00,
210: 33
Ageratinae, xxxix 210. 2
subtr. Adenostemmatinae, xtlii.
Ageratina xlii. 435.

z Kuhniinae, at 437.

Eupatorieae (contin
8

INDEX

mued). i
ubtr. Piquerinae, xxxii. 17; xiii.

434,
Eupatoriopsis, xlii. 432, 436.

offm ii. 35.

Eupatorium, xxxii. 3, 17, 18, 24, 27,
36, 38, 41, 42, 46, 48; xxxiv.
32, 35, 36; xxxvii. 267; xlii. 429-
434, 437, “455, 482, 506; lv.

os XXVIli. ata
acutide v. 29.
spetaiatolnen y. doisiiguned. xlv.

ageratoides, xxxil. 36, 4
angustatum, a. 537.

albicaule, Xxxi. 275.

prcacsnrta XXxXil. 36, 46.

amplifo , XXXxii 45.

‘Angpeubaieee pe 247.

angustatum

angustifolium, XXxii. 37, 48.

atromontanum, XXxil.
auriculatum, xxxii. 30, 3: XXXIx.

axilliflorum, xxxil. 21,
badium i. 248

Ballii ge =
balkstasotiass: xxxil. 47; XXxxvil.
bellidifolium, xlii, 433, 434.
Bertholdii, xxxii.

betonic ifolium, var. ‘integrifolium,

Xxxix, 193

betonicum, ‘ var. _ integrifolium,
xxxix. 193.

var. subinte tegrum, XXxix. 193.

belulaeniues. xxxiv. 29,

xxvii. 248..

shiesoolyitank xxvii. 248.
chrysocephalum.
chrysostyloides, pvation “30.

a (continued).
ostylum, xxxi. 274; xxxiv. 31,

clavulatum, xXxxii. 26.
coelestinum, XXX1X 193.
. salinum, xxxix. 193.
collinum, XXVil. 248, 51.
confert ifolium, fein aye
3

cuspidatum, XXxix. 204.
daleoides, xxvii. 253.

carpum, xxxil. 45
decipiens, xxxii. 19.
atum, i. 27.

foeniculaceum, xxxil. 41.
abrum, xxxii. 40.

foliolosum, XXxii.

Freyreissii, xxxii. 22.

glabratum
glechonophylum, xi 4 455, 480.
gonoc um, XXXIX.
Gonzalezii, xxxiv. =e
apron upense, Xxxil. 45.
xxxix. 193.

27

’
~seubhabecodh var. domingense, xlv.

hebebotryum, Xxxvil. 249.
hemiptero XXXil.
heteroclinium, Xxxix. Pg 194.

nianum,
Houstonis, xxxii.
hylobium, xxvii. 249.

28

INDEX

Eupsz rors (continued).

esino i. 267

solepis, XXxiv. 33.; xxxvi. 618.

kleinioides, var. lasiolepis, xlv. 534.
5.

aurifo .

leptophyllum, xxxii. 40, 41.

leucocephalum, var. anodontum,
xlv.

eucode Xxxl. 274.
leucolepis, xl. 152.
a Meg 41.
um, xxxi. 275.
Scoutlinter, xlv. 534.
macrophyllum, xlii. 480, 4
7 tia a: var. Ar itesla

ntilne aes. Xxxvl. 618.
Mendezii, xxxii. 39.
menthaefolium, Xxxil. 41.
ich um, xxxi. 276.
micranthum, XXVil. ‘248; Xxxiv. 35.
. 48.

nanum, xiii.
Neaeanum, XXxVii. Pot,

occidentale, var. arizonicum,
XXxiv

odoratum, XXVii. 252.
edi

oresbium
origanoides, xxxii. 23
ovaliflorum,
Palmeri, xxxii. 43
ar. ton : i. 43.

paniculatum, xxxii. 48.

oxum, Xxxii. 1

arryl, xxxl. 274; xxxiv. 31, 36

iflorum, ll. 47; xxxix. 197.

aaigveaae il

xxxiv. 34; XXXxvi. 618,

Jum
perfoliatum, xl. 148.
tum, xxvii.

Eupatorium (continued).
petraeum.

XXXi.
phoenicolepis, var. guatemalense,
XXxIv. 34.

iv. 34.
pique erioides, Xxxil. 23.
ii. 250.

ittieri, xx

planellasianum, xlii. 458.

plectranthifolium, xxvii. 248, 251,
252.

pluriseriatum, xxxix. 195.
lybotryum, xxxii. 27.

populifolium, xxvii. 249, 251;
XXXil. 0, 42.

pratense, Xxvii. 253.

prune aefolium, XXxvil. 253.

pranellifelitin . 32.

psoraleum, xxvii. 2.

pulchellum, va. angustifolium,
xlv. 534.

purpureum, .

var. Bruneri, xxxii. 44

aculat xl.
putuséeubatcten <1 xlv. 534.
landulipes, xlv. 535.
pyeriehen palais Xxvii. 253; xlv.
535.

pyrifolium, xxxiv . 32,
quadrangular. are, xxxil. 39, 40, bea
quinquesetum, xxvii. 254;

35.

ramonense, xxxvi. 619.

|, Xxxiv. 31.
Ryka Xxxil. 45; XxxiV. 36, 37.
Rydber, . 44,

"xxxix, 215.
Schaffneri, xxxiv. 34.
—— xlv. 536.

INDEX 29
sya (continued). Euphorbia § persion amar ewe v. 55.
ola, xxvii. 254. § yllum, xxxviii. "426.
polidamntion XXxli. 27. Euphorbiaceae, =x Savi , 292.
var. Bonplandianum, xxxii.27._Euphrasia, xxxiv. 55; xl. 110, 1 116, 128,
enopodum, xxxiv. 31, 35. 9; xliv. 181-183, 194, 197, 199,
stillingiaefolium, albimontana
ordatum, xxvii. 252 americana, Xx xliv. 189, 183, 185, 196-
subuligerum, xxxix. 205 Egg! 200,
ulcatum, ix. 197. nadensis, xliv. 183, 195.
tetranthum, xxxii. 27, srklae,, “aly. 182-184, 190, 192,
orum, xx 194, 196.
borealis, xxv. 163; xliv. 197.

1
1
1

; trichosanthum, XXXiX,
t 40
t

23.
urticaefolium, sane 46; xl. 141,
; xlii. 480.

Bupectis, xv six. 32, 38, Seti!
Eu uphorbia, xxxi v. 55;

27.
ephedromorpha, XXXIV. 54, 55.
hypericifolia, Xxxvii. 229.

rostra 427.
th olia, xxxvii. 229, 278, 279.
tit ymaloides, XXXVii. 230.

bottnica mai 187.
canadensis, xliv. 181- 184, 195-198,

201.
disjuncta, xliv. 182, 184, 190, 192,

hirtella, xliv. 183, 190, 193.
ud a, xliv. ar 194 197.
90; xliv. 181-

ekioulatin, xliv
purpurea, xliv. 182, 184, 186, 189,

f: candida, xliv. 187.
var. Farlo owii, xliv. 184, 189,
190.

isburgensis, xliv. 195.

stricta, es 182, 184, 196-198, 201.

feo tarica xliv. 184, 194
OR 193, 198.

atari 155, 163; xiv.

ii, XXXv

var. vestita, xliv. 184, 186.

30

Eupiqueria, xxxii. 5, 6.
Eutetras Palmeri, xxxi. 266.
ei, xxxi. 266.
_—— camporum, xliii. 12.
ribunda, xliii. 12.
840.

Eutoca, .3

Evolvulus, xxxvii. 2
arenicola, xxix . 694; XXXV1i. 249.
filipes, XXXVii. 249,
hol lira xxix.
incanus, xxix. 694; XXxVii. 249.
mucr euntaa XXXVli. 249,
—

i. 249.

gubietue xxxviii. 400.
r. gla us, XXXViii. 400.
Beolvulie § Anagalloidei, xxix. 694.

IT ore eS xviii 51.
Eye Bri
Foebvioht ‘liv, i8i, 183.
Eyrea rubelliflora, XXXix, 206.

Fagara lentiscifolia, xxxvii. 225.
o_ , XXxVvii. 225.
F xl. 116.
Faujasia Aniees: xii. Hv 510.
Feaea linearis, XXXiii 559.
Festuca, xxxv. 174; xlvi. 1.
altaica, mga “155, 159, 167, 174,
11

188;
Borreri, i
delawarica, xlvi. 9
istans,

lifo 187.

vii
Nuttalliana, xlvi. 16.
ovina, var. brevifolia, xxxv. 159;
xl. 117.
var. supina, subvar. pubiflora,
wi: 38.
id ioe xlvi. 11.
cclitera: xxxv. 159.
. 118, 134, 137.
203.
subrotundifolia, XXxi. 237.
288.

Filices, xxxvii.
Fimbristylis, XXXVil.

9-281, 283.
angustifolia, xxvi. 280-282, 287,
_

ramosissima, xxvi. 290.
Pe Shale Sg _xxvi, 281, 290

INDEX

Flaveria (contin ued).
chilensis, xxvi. 280-282, 285; xxxiv.
42.

chloraefolia, xxvi. 281, 292.
Contra yerba, = 280, 281, 286,
287; Xxxiv.
ney Cheech xxvi. 280.
elata, xxvi. 287.
oridana a, XXVi. si 291.
baniilinies: xxvi. 292.
integrifolia, ni 287.
edia, xxvi. 288.
linearis ain 281, 282, 288, 292.
ifolia, xxvi. 289.
longifolia, 33. 282, 291,
maritima, xxvi. 2 9.
Palmeri Pah 290.
perfoliata, xxvi. 292.
ahd rrgee XXVi. 280, 286, 292;
48.

pd cia tn

Pid, xlii. 437.
; ea ey

i. 273.
thodostyla, i 247, 254; xxxil.

chatfneri, Xxxi. 273.

Florestina pedata, xlii. 482.

os, xlvii. 110.
axillaris, ‘xvii. 110.

Flourensia, xxxiii. 523; xli. 346, 348,
4 6.

retinophylla, xlii. 505.
suffrutescens, xli. 37
Forestiera pentose ge xxxvi. 605.

Fourcroya gigantea, ‘Xxxxvii. 197.
Toman. 2.
Francis

zaca

Vuhasnme la. 50

v. 50.
um ta, xxxvii. 191, 284.
_xxxiv. 50.

INDEX 31

Funastrum (continued). Gecardia bagi: iz a
bicolor, xlix. 50, 51. Gerascanthus, xxx
b 5 “OL: Gerbera goss veins, ‘ait *e15.
sg yasiermgt xhix. 51; a i ide ae 515.
truncatum, xlix. 51. a, xlii. 5
ehepank. xlix. 51, senaleonis, slit *Bt6.
Hartwegii, xlix. 50. Walteri, xxxviii. 412.
hirtellum, xlix. 50. Gesneriaceae, XXxvil. 260.
aged xlix. 50. Geum macrophyllum, xl. 115, 125, 138.
r. heterophyllum, xlix. 50. Peckii, xxxv 62.
Wurceass, bear 197. vedistim, <3 XXXV.
foetida » XXxvii. 197. Gilia, xlix. 54.
Ng Xxxvii. 197. aggregata, f. aurea, xlix. 64.
densifolia, xlix. 52-56.
Galeana, xxviii. 45. var. elongata, xlix. 54, 55.
hastata a, xxvili. 45, 46. sanctora, xlix. 55.
Galega cinerea, xxxvii. 223. ee xlix. 52, 55,
Galinsoga, xxviii. 3; xxxiv. 42. ar. diffusa, xlix. 55, 57.
ae XXxxiv. 42, = floccosa, xlix. 57.
DM apposa, xxxiv. 42 “ sapphirina, xli
lia, xxviii eo xlix. 55, 57
Canes kpercachonei: XXXV. 163; xl. floccosa, xlix. 53, 57
var. ambigua, xlix. 57
pester x1. 115, 120, 138. _ “ filifolia, xlix. 56
ps nd floribunda, xlix. 58
inglei, xxxi * 250. lanata, xlix. 57
triflorum, 25. lutea,
uncinulatum, xxxi. 250 lutescens, xlix. 55, 58
Garbera, xlii ’ pluriflora, xlix. 55, 58
Garcillassa rivularis, xxviii. 43. sapphirina, xlix. 58.
Gaultheria procumbens, xl. a sparsiflora, - ol.
Gaylussacia baccata, xl. 128, 139, 149. virgata, xlix, 51-53, 55, 57.
dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, xl. 128, var. filifolia, xlix. 56.

5, “ floccosa, . 52, 53, 55.
Geissanthodium, xlii. 439. “ floribunda, xlix. 58.
Gentiana acuta, xxxv. 154; 1. 149-151. “ sapphirina, xlix.

arella, 1. 149-151. . “_ Yageri, xlix. 57.
. Mic ichauxiana, |. 1 ae Wilcoxii _xlix. 52, 56.
var. acuta, XXxv. aed, 163, Gilia § Hugelia, xlix. 51, 54.
167; Gilibertia, xxxvil. 244, 280.
Andrewsii, 1. 147-149. arborea, 244
f. albiflora, 1. 152. Gillena, 1. 153.
cachanlahuen, iii. 396. Gillenia, 1. 153.
clausa, 1. 147-149. peg 8 flexuosa, xxxvii. 177
crinita, f. green , xxxvil. 177
earis, chard, ‘L, 152, Gleicheniaceae, xxxvii. 177.
nesophila, xl. “119, 130, 138. Gliricidia, xxix. 687; xxxvii. 219.
peruviana, wit vill. d lutea, xxix. 687; xxxvii. 219, 283.
es 1. ee 151. meanrerte omega Xxxvii. 195, 280.
quinquefolia, t pen 151. Glottidiam floridanum, var, ‘atroru-
rum,
prota a Scag vesicarium atrorubrum, xlii. 503.
Gentianaceae, xxxvii "246; xxxviii. 394. Glyceria, xlvi. 1.
peer xii 3 37 351, 353, 355, 372. airoides, xlvi. 16.

“yar panicula ta, xli. 357. arctica, xvi. 4.
viele, i. 355, 357. Borreri, xlvi. 10.

32 INDEX

— (continued).
anadensis, xl. 139.
, xlvi. 10, 12, 16.
orma or var. tenuis, xlvi. 13.

Glycine crinita, XXXVii. 219.
Gnaphalium norvegicum, xxxv. 164,
191.

polycephalum, xl. 148.
purpureum, xl. ger

uliginos
Goldenrod, xl. 123.
Goma de jobo, xxxvii. 275.
Gomphia, xxxvii. 290.
pyrifolia, eet 293.
Gomphrena, xxxvii. 206.
coidea, xxxvii. 207.
latifolia, xxvii. 207

,

XXXVil.
Cosnicnlebinan: XXxiv. 48; XXxvii. 178.
chn 178.

178,
iniifolium, XXXVii. 179.
Gosisieine calcicola, xxviii. 30.
tus

. 235,
ense, XXXVvii, 238 275.
Gramineae, xxxvii. 186, 280, 287, 291;

Grape, XXXVii. 272.

erorrns Drummondi, xxxvi. 614.

Gratiolaria, xxxvi.
visia, Xxxvii.
aquilega, xxxvii. "195, 285.

oe cire cern xlv. 546.

esbia, xxx
Gratiola sect. Gratiolaria, xxxvi. 614.
614.

oid
hb

2 204:
reum, A. 224, 273, 279.
offic sot XXXVI. 224, 273, "292.
uapote, Xxxvii
Guardiola Palmeri, Xxxiv. 38.

oe XXXVii. 237.
ifolia, xxxvii. ee 273, 247.
Giacttarda XXXVil. 263, 2
arviflora, XXXVil. 363.

Peg XXxvil. 263.

XXXVii. 263, 274.
Gu Prone hg ta chinensis, xxxvili. 407.
Gum Chicle

Le
Er

Gymnocoronis, xlii. 432, 435, 441.
spilanthoides, xxxii. 16; xlii. 454.
Gym —— omelanos, XXXV,
180.

Xxxvil. 180.
G obus,
Gymnolomia, xlv. 519.

hypochlora, xlv. 516.
aie. xii, 505.
neaiichis v. 516.

Shia Gave 621.
em, XXxvi. 621.

INDEX

ee rage XXVi. 283.
Xxvl. 289.
oppositifolin, Xxvi. 291.
Gynandropsis, xxxvii. 213.
pentaphylla, XxxVii, 213.
Gynerium, xxxvii. 187

sagittatum, xxxvli

187.
Gyrandra chironioides, XXXViii. 396, 397.

speciosa, xxxviii. 397.

Habbasia, xxxiv.

23, 5
Habenaria bienburiglsetie xl. 128, 135.
ilatata, xxxv. 160, 189, 190; xl.
115, 138.

fimbriata a, 154.
h share aL, 115, 138.
tusata, xl
Halenia chlorantia, xxxi, 240.
eflexa, xl. 138.
Hamelia hypomalaca, xxxvill. 406.
ventricosa, ray i. 406.
Haplocal 517.
el B17:

crocep
Hartge xii. 4 432, 435.
floridana, xxxii. 33.

Hawkweeke cz

reli. 14.
Hebantha, vii, ‘4, 5, 18, 37, 110, 112.

Hebecarpa (subg. of P Polygala), xlvii
, 4, 8, 17, 111, 112.
He beclinium vitifolium, xly. 537.
Hechtia tehuacana, xxvi
Hedeo ns albescentifolia, Rant 633.
costata, xxxvi. 634

repens, xxxviii. 408.
Hedysarum, xxxv. 154, 193.

americanum, xl 1 9.
americanum, xxxv. 154; xl. 119.
boreale, xxxv. 154, 162, 167, 172,

179; 19.

523; xxxiv. 39;
» xlii, 434
xiv. 7, ” 520, "521.

33

samue er xli. 348, 350, 351; xlv.
nace e ts 355.

Covillei, xli. 3

Douglasii, at "521.

grandiflora, xlv. 520, 521
SUING cg Xxvill. 41.
lanceolata,

microcephala, xli. 374.
is, xi. 353

ot
5
E.
°
~ fl:
Re
tal
ae
ox 3

uniflora, xlv. 52

Helianthella § Encel opsis, xli. 348, 351.
“ subg. | Pseudo-helianthus,
520.

xlv.
Helianthoideae, xxviii. 3.
H separ xli. 346, 348, 350; xlv.

amplexicali, xli. 386, 387.
s, xli. 349.

8
ag
a

XxXvil. 198, 227, 280
psittacorum, i. 198
Helicteres, xxxvii. 23
baruensis, XxXXvil

237.

a gant odorum, xlv. 541.
Heliopsis, xxxi. 260; xxxiii. 559; xli.
bu hthalmoides, XXxiil. 560.
helianthoides, xxxili. 560, 561.

— 346.

, xxxill. 560.
Heliotropicin, xxxvil. 251; xlv. 541;
xlviii. 41.

iflorum, xxx vii. 252; xiv. 542.
phyllostachyim, xlv. 542.
erectum, xlv. 542.
physoeaiyeinum, xlix. 17.
Haiuropturn” § Euheliotropium, xlv.

Hellia, XXXvii. 280.

34 INDEX

Helogyne, xxxii. 27-30; xlii. 432, 436.
apaloidea, pe sith 30.
rT;

vir XXXIil. 131.
Weberbaueri, xxxil. 32.
Helogyne | A Addison Xxxil. 31.
§ Brach

192.
needa XXXVI. "363, 566, 567, 576,
581.

Hemitelia, xxxvii. 177.
gran ndifo ise, Xxxvil. 177.

nrya,

Hevaeteur 14 aAeabont xl. 123, 138.
Herpestis Beccabunga, Xxxvi. 614.
omingensis, xxxvi. 615.
fate © xxxvi. 615.

ri
Hesperonia, xlix
Heteropleura crepidisperma, Xxvill. 18
Heteropteris, xxxvii

laurifoli

purpurea, Xxxvii.
Heterotoma Pring

urum, xxvili. 21.
brevipilum, xxviii. 16.
canadense, xliii. 20.

var. ameum, xliii. 19.
carneum, xxviii. 17.

var. ch

uahuense, xxviii. 17.

cineritium, xlix. 72.
comatum, xxviii.
i re, xxviii, 21,
: crepidispermum, xxviii. 18.

Friesii, x if "20,
frigidum, xxviii. 24
poses xlix. 71, 72.

intybiforme, xxviii. 22.
irasuense, xxVili =.
jaliscense, xxvi
var. Ghiesbreghtt, XXVili, 24.
junceum, xxviii.
var. feloae AE XXViii. 17.
. 22, 23.

lagopus, xxviii

Hieracium wham d).
Lemmoni, xxviii. 19.
mexieantim, evil. 20, 22, 23.

var. weer xxvill. 20.

mult nace x
nigrocollin dies, XXViil. 16.
niveopappum, XXVill. 22.
axacanum, wah
orizabaeum, xx 2.
prieniorsiforme, : XXVill. 22.

e San Nicolas, xxxii.

Nashii, 1. 153.
enieo 1. 152, 153.
ar. g imeitd 153.
amesii, 1. 152.
Hierochloe alpina, —— 156, 158, 166.

sitica, xxxvii. 263
Hippomane, xxxvii. 29.
_Mancinella, xxxvii. goed 273, 277.
gera nitida, XXXVii 9.

Hoffmannia a een. ree

hiesbreghtii, xxxviii. 406.
rat sense XXXViil. A407.
nge

osei, xxxviii. 407.
Holmeinteria. xi 431, 435.
fas asciculata, var. pubescens, XXxiX.
1

ra
Homolepis aturensis, xlii. 499.
Hopkirkia fru ticulosa, xli. 347, 373,

Hordeum se #1. 125, 127, 137.

INDEX

Hosackia americana, var. glabra, xlv.
527.
elata 8. glabra, xlv. 527.
i 02
mata, XXXVI
serpyllacea, xxxvili. 402.

serpyllifolia, ssa 402.
Xxx

ratilis, 1.
dsonia ericoides, = 135, 140, 161.
Hugelia, xlix.

peanney ee XXxVii. 201, 281.
vii. 230.
ang 273.
osus, pay 56.
oppositifolius, xxxvii. 238, 286.
Hydrocharitaceae, xxxvii. 186.
lix. 46
a, 47.
gla sa » f albifiora, xlix. 47.

ino
teeaxpotion ie. ibe 46, 47.
egy gas bum sis, xlix. 46.

4
inermis, xlix. 46, 4

47.
. " megapotamica, *xlix. 46,

Hydrophyllaceae, xlix. 23, 42.
Hydrophyllum nN ely xlix. 23.
api — xlix. 23.
ar. alpinum, xlix. 23.
Fendleri, var. albitrons, xlix. 23.

nicum,
occidentale, var. a Fendi, xlix. 23.

ee ae
, xxxi. gity
Hymenat sada xlii. 506, 508.
anomalum, xlii. 506.
aurantiscum, xlii. 507.

Neaei, xi. 507.
neo-mexicanum, xlii. 507.

35

Hymenatherum (continued).

pentachaetum, xlii.
polychaetum, xlii. 508
setifolium, xlii. 508.
tenuifolium, xlii. 508.
tenuilobum, xlii. 508.
Thurberi, 8.
Treculii

ii. 508.
Wrightii, xii. ae 508.
Hymenaea, XXXVil. 281.
Co urban, XXXVii. 219, 274,

riparia, xxxi. 235.
Sam ds floribundum, xxxviii.

Kurd . 404.
Hiymenophllacae, x sieht 185.

Hymenophy. li. 185, 288.
ciliatum, Xxxvii vii, 1 85
Kohautianum, 1. 185.
polyanthos, xxxvii. 185.

Hymenostephium, xlv. 517.
angustifolium, xlv. 517.

Hymenothrix glandulosa, var. Nel-

genes XX 6.

Hypenia,

Hypericum bore boreale, xl. 146.

rginic 8, 146.
Hyptis, xxx

elsoni, Xxxvill. 422.
tinata, xxxvii. 255, 285.
manni, var. stenophylla, XXVii.

spicata, xxxi. 244,

Ibatia, xxxvii. 248.
= we a, XXXVil. 248,

Xxxvii. 248.
tekaandiiee. XXXVii. xvii. 187.
pallens, xxxvii. 187; xlii. 498.
Tlex, xxxv.
glabra, xl. ‘150, 159, 161.
monticola, xxv 181.

paca, xl. 1.
verticiliath, xl. 117, 139, 146, 149.
Ilysanthes, xxxvii. 259.

rip. | XXxvii. 259, 279.
Incienso, xh con
Indian co:
Indigofera, Xxxvii. cxvii. 219.

subulata, XXXVii. 219.
suffruticosa, XXXVii. 219, 276, 285.

36

Indio desnudo, xxxvii. 276.
Inga, xxxvii. 220, 2
ape iay il
oides ” xxvii. 220, 274.
jimeuil, xiii. 502. .
~ movie xxix. 687; xxxvii. 220.

Pec

Inga § Diadema, xlii. 502.

Inkbe

Tnula Trixis, xxviii. 13.

Inuleae, 3.

Ionidium atropurpureum, xxxiv. 57.
oppositifolium, xxxvii. 2
Sprucei, xxxiv.

211; xli. 347.
ofeteropiyla, = xii. ¥376, 395.
trilobata, xxxix. 210, 0, 211.

Ipomoea, peor : ae 530.

anisom i

ing ‘ In: rime ede: 57.
ee XXXviii. 427.

Tris, xl. 110.
od ae ae var. ee 110.
9.

Troucan .23

lechaemum lat iatfolivin, si. me: 493.

Isertia Deamii, xxxiv

Isidorea amoena, pid
Leary eo Xxxviil. 401.

Isocarpha, li. 523; Foss it 267;

XXXiX "210; xlii. 44

INDEX

gage ae (continued).
sitifolia, xxxvii. 267; xxxix.
Isotypus onoseroides, Estee 514.
Ixora longifolia i. 408.
dsncraohotk. mxviil 408.

— Xxxvil. 261.
pauciflora, xxxvii. 261, 286.
Jecquemontia, XXxvii. 250.

. 293.
3; Xxxvii. 246.
glei,, XXxvi. 630.
Jaegeria, xxviii. 3; xxxiv. 42; xxxvi.
6

glabra, 620.

irta, XXxili , O61.
var. glabra, xxxvi. 620.

petiolaris, xxviii. 6; xxxvi. 620.

osa, . 587.

Jalap, xlv. 529.

Jalapa, xlv. 529.

Jaliscoa, xlii. 430, 436

Janip ihot, 3

CAS, XXXVii. 230 277, 285.
gossypifolia, XXXVii. 230, 277, 279,

stimulosa, ; XXxvil. 230.
page XXXVii. 279,

ar. stimulosa, xxxvii. 230,
292.

icans, XXXViii. 415.
a Xxxv. 160.

a xl. 138.
aveiantin Hess Ae |
brachyearpus a 151, 152.

139.

ili. 416.
?
effusus, var. conglomeratus, xl.

_. Var. Pylaei, xl 139.
filiformis Xxxv. 156, 160, 189.
Hallii, XXXViii vii, 416.

Parryi, xxxvili. 416.
scarian 3 xl. 128, 135.
; sah 12k 416.
stygius 4
subtilis, xl. 1

INDEX

— enki ewe’
s, xl. 146
tif XXXV. 156, 160, 169; xl.
75136:

tins, 124, 127, 130, 137.

Juniperus communis, ‘var. montana,
xxxv. 158; xl. 132.
horizontalis, oF 117.
—_—
uffruticosa, evil ie 285.
J anliens, XXViii. XXXViii. 428.
Canbyi, xxviii. 32, 33°
428.

pacifica, Xxxvill.
secunda, XXXVil. 261.

saaiae SEy XXXVil.

224.
eee 282.
Kalmia, XXXV “187.
gustifolia, xxxv. 163, 169, 189.
aie

8 ffruticosa, xlil.

Kobresia caricina, xl. 124, 127, 130, 137.
nitzkia, xlv. 544; xlviil 30, 22, 41,
angustifolia, xlviii. 48.
barbigera, var. inops, xlv. 548.

epressa, xlvili. 32.
diaaotnene., ps 546.
hinoides, xlv. 547; xlviii. 31, 36.

cag ferresee. (continued).
me a, xlv. et xlvili. 37.
mexicans, viii

micromeres, X xlvii "45.

rnaltieneilia: acer ahortiva, xlv. 547;

tosa, xvii. Ze.

penin viii. 41.

rece xlv. 548; xlviii. 30, 31.
ulvocanescens, xlv. 547.

Par ee viii. 27.

trachyearpa, xiv. 544.

Ride viii. 27.

a § Ambiynotus, sivas 41.

Kubnia, ate 431,

Ku
Kurria floribunda, xxxv.
uschakewiczia ons, on 543.
431.

an v. 53
prise ig xxxiv. 30.

Labiatae, xxxvii. 255;
Lacinaria laevigata, xxxix. 201.
Laciniaria laevigata, xxxix. 201.
Lactarius deliciosus, xl. 131.

Slipper, Showy, xl. 114.
Lagascea helianthifolia, var. adeno-
c v. 38.

XXxiv
punrcoleon, XXxiV. 38.
Laguncularia, xxxvil. 243.
racemosa, Xxxvil. 243, 274, 278,

Lamourouxia brachyantha, xxxi. 248.
rhinanthifolia, xxxi. 248.

Lamourouxia § Hemispadon, xxxi. 248.

Lampotillo, xh. 387.

Lam i. 386

tana,
sebevanthifolis, ‘xly. 531.

38 | INDEX

Lantana (continue
Cam

microcai

pinetorum ne 39, 40.

ina, XXxv. 158, 169; xl. 137.
Taciaes xii 499.

iceoe befeniieae xxx. 147.
—— oe ’ xlii. 5 516.
16.

bekiana co picridioides, xlii. 517.
Laurel, xxxvi.

XXxix.
a XXXiil. 559, S61; . xexix.

groenlandicum, xxxv. 156, 162,
169, 170, OK 189.
Dp ustre 182.
Leersia woe xl. 148.
osae, XXXVii, 214, 287, 292;

Leianthus —— XXvill. 399.
a .3

Tseigua do 9 , XXxvii. 276.
Lents eden ” 360,

Lentisco, xxxvi. 600

Leon otis, see tag 255.
nepetifolia, xxxvii. 255, 285.

Lepidesmia, xxxix. 210; ay 1. 434,

fascicularis, xl. 151.

filiformis, xxxvii. 187; xlii. 501.

mucronata, XXXVIi. 187, 285; xlii.
501.

virgata, eae ee ae
Leptoclinium, xli.
Leptocoryphium Es xhi, 494.
Leptostigma Arnottianum, xxxviii. 408.
Leptosyne, xli. 335, 336.
ar a ca, xli. 344, e :
r. filiformis, x xxviil. 44; xl.

ubescens, xli. 344.
viii. 44.

pag sg xli. 343.
ar. dissecta, xli. 343, 345.
ciate xxviii. 44; xli. 336, 345,

var. integrifolia, xxviii. 44;
xli. 346.

, xli
. § Paces - 335, 341
ugiopappus .
os § Tuckermannia, xli. 340.
Lesquerella, xl. 129.
arctica, var. ee xl. 127, 129,
Leto, xxxii. 28-30.
Lenuifolius xxxii. 28, 31.
Leuceria, xlii. 515.
fu a, xlii. aoe

integrifoliay sli 515..
lit. thospermifolia, xlii. 515.

oe gossypina, xlii. 516.
ntegrifolia, xlii. 515, 516.
suaveolens, xlii.
Liabum ase
ca olium, XXxxiv,
1

Tonduzii, Cavity 270

laevigata, XXxix, 201, 202.

ten . 201, 202.
aevigata, Xxxix. 201.

Libidibia « ootingla? ii. 215.

Liliaceae, xxxvii. 197.
Lilium ecnadense, xl. 141, 161.
e, 271.

Linnaea bsavatia, var. americana, xl,

Linociera, s xxxvil 246, 280.

ae
A.

Li iochnate ta, Xxx. 143, 144; xxxili. 523.
"156.

inaciowlatat Kx.

— xxx. 155.
ne xxx. 155.

lanceolata, Sl 532,
XXxvii. 254.
nadisore 3 xlv. 532.
reptans, xlv.
Lisianthus cuspidatus, Xxxviii. 398.
ni ns, XXXvili. 398.

oreopolus, xexviil.
orus, XXXvViii. 398.
Listera auriculata, xl. 116, 138.
convallarioides, 38.

eonanda: xl. 138.

INDEX

& 6.
iadeum, pee 270, 271.

39

Lithachne axillaris, xlii. 500.
pauciflora, xlii.

Lithophila muscoides, xxxvii. 206.

ps tao xlv. 544; xli xlix. 21, 22.
angustifolium, ‘xviii.

calcicola, xlvili. 5 er ee

vill. 56.
itn ae xiviii. Ai.
abrum, os
nerassatum , xiv. 544,
lanceolatum, xviii 54, 55.
2

ee 544,
Nelsonii, xxviii. 31; xlix. 22.
iptien acorigg xlix. 21.
, xlviii. 56.

ar. lanceolatum, xviii. 54, 55.
um, xlviii. 55.
a xviii. 55.
ae xlix. 2

glaucescens, XXXVi. eg 599-601.
‘ :
var. subsolitaria, “xxxvi. 597,

5
guatemalensis, XXxvi. 597, 599.
Neesiana, xxxvi. 59 , 599. :

xvi OM
Lébelis | Dortmanna, ip 139.
Kalmii, . 164, 189, 190; xl.
138.
Nelsonii, var. tin ergs xxxiv. 27.
surin
on eh 3
ee XXXV. 154, 162, 169,

us, cove 220, 274, 279.

40
Lonicera caerulea,
ae |

canadensis, xl. fer 161.
sc ear eT a

on olia, vy. 180: a, 111.
ouholects ploselloies, Xxxvii. 179.
Loranthaceae, x 204, 288, 291.
Lorant.

raat Ae thes 204.

emarginatus, XXXvil. 204, 285.

orinocensis, Xxxvil. 204, 285.
Loxothysanus, xxxiv. 43

filipes, xxxi

Lychnis,
alpina, XXXV, 160,
191; xi. 118, 136.
Lycium, xxxvii.
salsum, xxix. 698; XXXvil. 257, 264,
286, 293.

167, 174, 186,

. 414,
annotinum, var. pungens, XxXxyv.

clavatum, var. megastachyon, xl.
116.

complanatum, XXXVill. 412-415;
xl. 116, 137.
8. adpressifolium, XXXvili. 414,
8. tropicum, xxxvii 3

thyoides, xxxviii. 414.
tropicum, xxxviii. 414,
XXXVili. 414,

Wibbei, XXXVili. 415.
XXXVil. 186,

Selago, xl. 136, 147.

var. villosa, xxxv.

INDEX

Lycopodium Selago (continued).
ppressum, xxxv. 156,
8, 169.
7 Oe atens, xxxv. 158.
ra ni XXXV 158.
taxifolium, xxxvii. 186.
dinbides, XXXViii. 413, 414.
Lycopus uniflorus, xl. 139.
Lygistum ignitum, var. ". micans, XXXVI.
405.

Rojasianum, xxxviii. 405.

Smithii, xxxviii. 405.
Lyonia ferruginea, xlv. 528.

fruticosa, xlv. 527.
Lysimachia terrestris, xl. 139.
Lythraceae, xxxvii. 242.

Macfadyena, xxxvii. 260.
XXxVii. 260, 286.
spies XXXVii. 220.

xxix. 688; xxxvii. 220.
Mammalia bracteata, Xxxvil. 192.
Macromeria

virgini
Mahomo, 4,
Mallinoa, xii. 433, 434.
Malperia, xlii. 435.
Malpighia, XXXvii. 227.
abra, Xxxvil. 227.
punicifolia, XXXVvil. 272, 274.
.vu He of

Ro ojasiana, XXxvili. 405.
Smithii, xxxviii, 405.

INDEX. i ak

Mangifera, xxxvii.

indica, Xxxvii. 332, 277, 284.
shen amarillo, xxxvii. 74.

co ii. 274.

aranta, XXXVIl.

arundinacea, XXXVii. 199, 271, 284.
. 199.

lutea, xxxvll
tonckat, xxxvil. 199.
Marantaceae, xxxvil. 199.
Marcgraviaceae, xxxvii. 237
Marilaunidium tenue, xlix. 45
podum, xlix, 45.
Mariscus, xxxvil. 191, 284
gularis, xxxvil. 191
Marquisia Billardierii, xxxvil
arsdenia, xxxvii. 2 9

Mauritia Carana, xxxvil. 193.
M axillari a, XXXVil.
cula, XXXVil. _ 201, 286.

paludosum, x3 xxiii, 560.
tepicense, XXxv

ee § in oe XXxi.

Melam pyrum m lineare, xl. 117, _
Melastoma laevigata, Xxxvul xxxvii. 244

Melinia ne
a

cena ctus, XXXVii. 241, 290.
mmunis, XxXVil. 241, 293.
Melochia, XXXVIi.
mentosa, XXXVii. 237, 277.
ii. 272.

Melon
cactus, xxxvil 279.
Melothria, xxix. 697; Xxxvil. 265.
Pp 265.

Meniscium, xxxvil. 183.
reticulatum, xxxvii. 183.
enispermaceae, xxxvii. 211.
— xxxvil.

aspera 240.
Menyanthes "trifoliata, xxxv. 157, 163,

Mertensia, xlviii. 1 , 12, 21, 53.
alas , xlvi viil. 7: xlix. 18

14
lia, xlviii. 8.
ahaa xviii. 2, 4, 9, 10.
ratilis, xlviii. 4, 9, 10.
aalaibea, xlvil
~Bakeri, viii. 4 14, +.
na, xlviii. 5, 14, 16,

a etegliints, xlviii. 5, 14.

. yes a, xlix. 66, 67.
brachyca. xlviii. 10.
brachyloba, "xlviii. 15.

aie ig xviii. 6, 20.
obt usiloba, xlviii. 19.
siabention,
campanulata, xlviii. 4, 9.
cana, xlviii. 20.
ns, xlviii. 6,20.
ciliata, xlviii. 4, 11-13; G7...
. longi culata, xlviil.
4 ;

congesta, xlviii. 14.

> xlviii. 5, 13. _

ilatata, xlviii

cican: xlviii. 4, 13, 18; ee 66.

Mertensia (continue
Cusicki

INDEX

ued).
f, xivii. 5, 16, 17.
eynoglossoides, xlviii 13.
dahurica, xlviii.
denticulata, xviit 7, il, 12.
1

- 6,16,
— xlviii. 5, 14; xlix. 66.
r. pubens, ’ xviii. 5, 14.

flexu Duseg XXXVii
foliosa, xlviii. 6, 18; ‘xlix. 66.

var. nevadensis, xlviii. 6, 19.

. dic ae ag xlviii. 6, 19.

“ subcalva, xlviii. 6, 18, 19.
franciscana, xlviii. 3, 7, 8; xlix. 18,

fusiformis, xviii 4, 17.
grandis, xlviii. 8: gt 18, 19.
Horneri, xl viii. 17:

4, 10.

var. rachycalyx, xlviii. 4, 10.

lanceolata, —— 5, 13, 15, 16, 18,
9;

ar. aperta, is ui. 16.
. ft ekg avi 5, 15.
“ Fendleri, xl viii
. eariloba, xlviii i 6, 15.
” myosotifolia, xlviii. 5, 15,
lateriflora, xlviii. 14.
nardi, xlviii. 9.
leptophylla, xlviii. 7.
ili. 15,
earis, xlviii. 15.
longiflora, xvi. 5
var.
eva lla, xlviii. 6, 17.
MacDougal xlvil. 14: » xlviii. 5.
— , xviii.
asiatica, xlviii. 53.
membranacea, 3 Lvili.
Mey

hes
hep alva, xlviii. 18.
oblongifo a, “a 2; 6, 17, 18.
obtusiloba, xl
ovata, ae 3 13; xlix. 66, 67.
paniculata, xlviii. 3 6-8; xlix. 18.

— Dispose

longisepala, xlviii. 3, 6.

ll.
f. leptophylla, xlviii.

els xlviii. 15.
r. fusiformis, xlviii: 14.
lineariloba, xlviii. 15.
ace xlvili. 13, 14
rplexa, xlviii. 20.
aid

platensis, xlviii. 11.
platyphylla, xlviii 3 7, 12.
polyphylla, xlvi

praecox, xlviii. 4,
pratensis, xlviil. - 8, 13; xlix. 18.
f eg. Sia i. 8.

reaiie, xlviii. 3, 8.

pobaasena, xviii, 19.

epeeree ‘xviii. 17.

p. glauca, xlviii. 17.
We & B

pu St xlvii
refracta, xlviii 3 8
rigida, xxxvi 7

stomatechoides, “xlviii. 4, 13.

st cf

re sy "xlviii. 52.

subcordata, viii. 7.
subpubescens, xlviii. 4, 10; xlix.

ymphytoides, xlvill. 2.
toya abensis, xlviii. 3, 7.

. oO.
i 13, 19.
var. pm aS xlviii. 4,
iridula, xlvii

Mertensia § Humertensi, xlviii.
—

t. Alpinae, steki 4,8,

subset. Ciliatae, xlviii. 2, 4, 9.
ct. Lanceolatae, xviii. 2,
oe 4, 17,19, 52.
subsect. Cnengitoine xlviii.
2, 3,
subsect. P aniculatae, xlviii. 2,

Mesosetum a rai xlii. 7“

filifoli

INDEX ' oe

a Xxxvi. 631, 632; xxxvii.

ete xxxvi. 631, 632.
Schlectendahlii, xxxvii. "248,
i 80.

XXXVii.

MiGeanihes tenuis, 1. 142.

sy tere mespilifolia, xxxix. 206.
oides, XXxix

Diichatnchvn corniculata, Xxxvil. 231.

Microstylis monophyllos, xxxv. 160;

xi. 117,125.

Mikania, XXVii. 254; xxxi. 277;
267; xxx XXXIX. 197; 7; xiii. 430, 0, 431,
37.

amara, XXXil. a XxXxvil. 267.
199.

Badieri, xxxii.
hee aT: ‘254, 255.

leiostachya, xxvii. 255.
leucophylla, xxxix. 196.
longifiora, xxxix. 196.
Mandonii, Xxxil. 23.

myricae: caefolia, xxxix. 196.
olivacea, xxvii. 257; xxxix. 197.

paez . iX, 97.
parviflora, . 197.
penstemonoides, xxxix. 19
var. ambigua, xxxix. 197
xxvil. 255.
punctata, xxvii. 2
pyrifolia, xxxix. 215, 216
riparia, xxvii. 255
scandens, xxvii. 257
sulcata, xxxix. 197. _
var. am xxxix. 197,
ternata, xxxix. 198.

Mikania (continued).

nduzii, xxvii. 256.
Milium ses rye xxxvii. 189.
ke igi i, 494.

usum, xl. 13
Millia, XXVi. 279-281, 283.
stifolia, i. 287.
ehlocrais: XXxvi. vi, 280, 286.
contrahierba, xx XXVi.
— boas XXVl. 279-281, 284,
. 42.

Miltitzia p Bon xlix. 41.
yoensis, xlix. 41.

eyclocarpa, xxxvil. 219.
euryc , XXVii.
eurycarpoides, xxvii. 258.
fastigiata, xxxvii. 220.
rualan

t

—.
ingoides,
j

Langlassei, xxvii. 259.

laxiflora, xxvii. ;

var. zygophylloides, xxvii.
259.

lignosa, xxvii. 259.

dif
unguis cati, Xxxv
ome xxvii. 259.
Mimosa r. Leptostachyae, xxxiv. 23,

Mimulus ‘Lewisii, f. tetonensis, xlix. 67.
var. tetonensis, xlix. 67.

ringens, xl. 141.
Mirabilis, xxxvii. 208; xlv. 529; xlix. 49.

44 INDEX

gpa ton A sagvessenypt
exserta, XXXv
Jala vi :

(poset 9 oer
multiflora, var. Se earioge. ac See
49.

var. obtusa, xlix. 49.
i. 424,

96.
oldenlandio ides, XXXvill. 396.
eee XXXViil. 296.
ellata ag oy 396.
Mockcclieaber, xlv,
Mogiphanes p nee ae xxxvil. 206.
Molinia distans, var. reptans, xlvi. 8.
Mollugo, xxxv Xxxvii. 209.
verticillata, XXxvil. 209, 279.
pag ma XXXVIi
ia XXXVii. 265, 284.
Monactis Savers es, xxxix. 209.

8
Monogramme immersa, xxxvii. 178.
Montanoa Pringlei, xxxix. 210.
XXxix. 209.

03.
» XEXVH. :-26E.
Morisonia, xxxvii. it. 213, 274, 279.

pr oberon
Johnstoni genic 214, 274.
Mountain Cranberry, xl. 136
Musa, xxxvii
Sihai, fas 98.
paradisiaca, Xxxvii. 198, 275, 284.
subsp. no rmalis, xxxvii. ‘198.

sapientum, xxxvii. 1
sapientum, xxxvii. 198.
Musaceae, xxxvii.

Mussaenda tetracantha, Xxxvii. 261.
Mutisieae, xxxii. 30.
Myginda, xxxvii. 232.

Grisebachii, Xxxvii. 233.

Myginda ecco
atifolia, xxxvii.
Rhacoma, aDartag :

arvensis, var. versicolor,

Colensoi, xlviii. 51:

ticosa, xlviii. 33.
versicolor, xlix.
Myrcia, xxxvii. 242, 280.
coriacea, Xxxvil. 24 2, 286.
Myrica carolinensis, Xxx. 236.

el, xxx1. 236.
Myriocarpa cordifolia, xxxiv. 51.
malacophylla, xxxiv. 50.
M oo senate, xl. 135, 140.
Myrosperm Xxxvii. 220.
frutescens, ov 220, 286.
293.

XVI. 2
Myrtus coriacea, XXXVii. 242.

Nabalus Boottii, 154.
Najas guadalupenss xl. 151, 160.
Nama, xlix

45.
um, xlix. 45.
“ pueblense, xlix. 45.
humifusum, 3
origanifolium, xlix. 44, 15.

subsp. rupicolum, var. rotun-

Reaper an xlix
rotundifolium, xlix. 44.
poarpe m, xlix. 43,
mi id vale egenum, xlix.

undulatum, var. macranthum,

ii. 30.
Nauenburgia, xxvi. 281, 283.
ta, xxvi 281, :
Abramsii, xlix. 54.

densifolia, xlix..58
oon elonga

Tee ae xlix. 23 57.
gel een

a, xlix. 52, 57.

INDEX

Navarretia (continued).
i ; . 56.
subsp. ~ sigan xlix. 57.
. diffusa, xlix. 57.
58.

virgata, xlix. 57.
subsp. floccosa, xlix. 57.
var. dasyantha, xlix. 53, 57,

flo ribunda, xlix. 55, 58.
“~ oligantha, xlix. 56.
. sapphirina, xlix. 58.

ix. 56.

coriacea, xxxvil. 211, 274
Willdenoviana, vom 211.
Nemastylis latifo iii. 423

ae tylis § Chiamydoayie XXXViii.

423.
Neottia gracilis, xxxiii. 560.
Noes te peti ai. 255.
xxxvil. 182.
. 182.

rl . 185.
ses pequipeialis, & ans 185.
Nerium, xxxvil.
Oleander, XXXVii. 247, 284.
Arn . 408

nuifo

ete, oc 4d se 57.
| XXXxvii. 257, 284.

N idorella, mespilifolia, xxxix. 206.

Wisliz | XXXVii. 221.
Nocca ia ienthifela, var. levior, XXXiv.
Boxy

ar, suaveolens, XXXiV. 38.
. 38.

45

rvina ii. 183.
Chivevns babieniis XXxvil. 266.
tampicana, xxxix. 215.
Olyra, xxxvii
latifolia, | XXXVii. 188; xlii. 499.
pauciflora, xlii. 499.
Omphalodes, xx xi, 243.
acuminata, gadis 243.

Onagraceae, xxxvii. 244.
ig oe en XXXVIil. xvii. 201, 279.

201, 281.

Onoclea aenathike xl. 126, 139.

Onopordon deltoides, xlii. 514. _
Onoseris sano gov » XXxi. 2

us, X XVIii. 51; XXxi. 268;

Onosma reaeen xlviil
lllatu, ivi, 58.

stellulatum, xviii. 58.

r. hispidum, oe 21.
codentale
Prin,

revolutum, ioe. x 21.
strigosum, xlix. 20.
beri, xlix. 19, 20.
xlix, 21.

unicum,
Onoto, xxxvil, 275.
Ooclinium rigidum, xxxix. 193.
oe caida xlv. stig 8

ple ie 60.
Ophryochaeta, xxxii xxxii. 18.
ri sporus, xxxi. 271, 276; xxxii. 4,
17, 18, 27; xlii. 432, 434,

46 INDEX

Ophryosporus (continued).
axilliflorus, xxxii. 20, 21.
Burehellii, XxXxil. 27,

charua, xxxii. 20.

Chilea” Xxxil. 27.

clavulatus, xxxii. 20, 26.
Cumingii, xxxi. 271: xxxii. 20, 25.
foliolosus, xxxii. 19.

sasnniige

“ho
hak:

eo , XXXi. 271; xxxil. 20,
ig 7 Seapets § Euophryosporus, xxxii
so § Ophryochaeta, xxxii.
Oph fe xxxili. 560.
Ophthalmacanthus, xxxiv. 67.
Oplismenus Burmannii, xlii.

499.
Opuntia, xxxvii. 241, 279, 290.
leptocaulis, XXXVii. i. 241, 281, 286.
297,

i!
chidaceae, xxxvii 5, ye

Orchis rotundifolia, me

Oreocarya, viii. 20-22, 36 37, 44; xlix.

abortiva Reid ou xlviii. 34,
affinis, 24, 30.

<2
es, xIvii, sii 29, 30.

— Katanga d).
cinerea, xlv. 546; xviii. 34.
matte, xlviii. 25, 33.
confertiflora, xviii, 27, 38.
cristata, xl vii lil. 37

2B, Bz;
oodae, xl viii. 33, 37.
echinoi it hee ah 31; xlix. 65.
clata, xlvi '
lophus, iii? 2 37.
Sava, xIviii. 27,
flav acne, igi 27, 31, 33, 37.
athulata, xlviti 37.
fulvasmneboatin. xl vill. 26, 36.
——— xlv. a eit 22, 24,
vl 30; xlix.

ophila, svi. "35.

aie ge xlviii. 26, 37.
v. 547, 548; xlviii. 23,

insolita, xlviii. 23, 28.
interrupta, xlviii 22 ; elim de,
Lemmoni, xlviii. 34, 35.
leucophaea, xlviii. 27, 38.

Macounii, xviii. 24, 30.
multicaulis, xlviii. 25, 34.
var. rea. v. 546; xlviii.

da, xlviii. 22, 26, 36.
nubigena, xlviii. 24, 31; xlix. 65.
oblata, xiv. 548; xlviii. 26, 35,

almeri, xlviii. 25, 26, 35.
26, 35.

paradoxa, xlviii.

Paysonii, xlvili 26, 36
nnis, xlviii. 29, 30.

propria, xlviii. 25, 33.

pustulosa, xlviii. 26, 30, 35.

py xviii. 23, 28.

a xlv. 547, 548; xviii. 23,
?,

im, ahi ’ 24, 30, 49; xlix.

INDEX. 47

Stelcarrs (continued).
suffruticosa, xlv. 547;
33.

var. re aban xlv. 547; xlviil.

tenuis, xl viii. :
thyr: rsiflora, xlviil. 23, 28.

vsrinsis sis
Wet. therillii, xiviil. 27, 36,
Oreodoxa, . 193, 280.
oleracea, Xxxvii. 193.
Oreopanax, Xxxvii. 245.
capitatum, felony aa ae
Oreoseris lanuginosa, xlii. 5
iastrum coc chlearifolium, xi 514.
ioicum
Orontium aquaticum, “x. 151.

eroclina, xxxix. 193.
Osmorhiza mith ta, xl. 148
Osmu nda, x

ce

tequilanus, xxxvi. 622.
ee oan” xxxvi. 622.

xlviii. 25,

Oxybaphus (continued).
cardiophyllus, pa 492.

425.
Si : sh. 436, 438, 456,
adscendens, Xxxi, 272; xiii. 479,

arbutifolius, xxxi. 272; xlii. 480,
483, 485, 488-491.

XXXV. 154, 1 160.
Guyisspie 10,120 var. caerulea, xl.
r, johann ensis, xxxv. 162.
Oyedaea paced, xxx. 166.

fgg re Fm
eupa
maritima, xlvi. 7,

xxxvii. 188, 287; xlii. 498.

eyanescen 49 97.
divaricatum, xxxvii. 188; xlii. 499.
taceubathe. xlii. 497.

48 INDEX

Ser ter (aontin ued).

martinicense, xlii. 499.
XXXVil. git xlii. 497.
monostackyum, xlii. 4

oro nace eg i. 499.
orostratum, xxxvii. 188, 285.
pulchellum, xlii. 497.

Rudgei, xlii. 497.

‘ecieiaes e var. horizontale, XXXVIi.
188.

scoparium, xl. 151.

Verrucosum x1 aoe
gatum
Panicum: § Ptychophylium, xlii. 498.
§ Tenera, xlii. 498.

Pascreae” rated 212.
Paracaryum glochidiatum, xlv. 543.
nce mean a xliv. 194.

acule: ae a, XXXVii. 221, 285.
es Kotzebuei, xxxv. 162, 167;

parviflora, xxxv. 162, 189; xl. 119,

ai — Xxvil. 266.
Parthentan trum, xxxvi. 635.
Torliucichacta: XXXVI. 636.

henium XXXVI.

d um, XXXV i. 635, 6
Hysterophorus, XXXVil. 568, 277.
neanum, xxxvi. 636.

OZ ) XXxvi. 636.
Stramonium, XXxvi. 635, 636.
tomentosum, xxxvi. 636.
Parthenium § Partheniastrum, XXXV1.

~_- FL bel
ed

Parthenjum § Parthenichaeta, xxxvi.

alienate Fs
Paspalum a ee
nig, 406

Paspalum (continued).
essum, Xxxvil. 189.
conjugatum Doggie 189, 285.

aes ense, v. 49.
monosta chyum, en 496.
srbaree xlii. 495.
niculatum, Xxxvii. 188; xlii. 495.
6.

eee ulon, : Xxxvii. 189.

Schreberi

nderwoodii, xlii. 496, 497.
Paspalum § Monostachya, xii. 496.
XX

Pringlei,
Passiflora § Granadilla, xxix, 692.
§ Murucui: 92.
assifloraceae, xxxvii. 240.
Passion-flower, xxxvii. 280.

alme:
Paullinia, xxxvi

Pavetta longifolia, Xxxviii. 408.
1. 4

puberula, xxviii. 49, 50. ae
sinaloensis, var. lancifolia, xxvill.
» taxifolia, xlv. wwe
Peetis § Eupectis, xxviii. 57.
§ Pee tothrix, XXviii. 57.
Pectothrix, xxviii. 48, 49.

INDEX 49

appease flammea, xxxv. 163; 1. 142.
andica, xlix. ,
r. surrecta, 70.
Pedilanthus, XXXVil. 230, 279, 281.
sce ahh 24.
pectabili v. 23.
re ty 6 pina 230, 277,
Sora grandifolia, xxxviil. 409.
by =x 201.

XVii.
nata, xxxvii. 201, 285.
Pélinck eres xxxv. 187.

uringari, Xxxvil. 221.
Pontachasbs gracilis, xlii. 506.
Penthorum sedoides, xl. 141.
Pentstemon isophyllus, xxvii. 267.

eperomia, XXXVii.
eine Sees cis 202, 285.
repens, ae
scandens, <2 xxvil. 202.
Victoriana, vet. ‘margaritana, xxix
Xxxvil. 202.

sua aveolens, xhii. 516.
Pereskia, pi 241, 279, 287, 290.
opuntiaeflora, xxxvil 241,
Perezia — XXXV1
oolepis, Xxxvi. 637.

arachnolepis,

hebeclada, var. cing XXXVi.

625.
lepidopoda, xxxiv. 47.
268.

mannii, xxxvi. 626.
turbinata, xxxiv. 48.
virens, xlii.

Wislizeni, » ca 260.

v. Lome eee , xxxi. 269.
Pereziopsis Desuedl mithii, xxxi. 268.
het ati caudata, ot 43.

v. 42.
Sucmeniocee ener veld xxxvi. 621.,

Panes aan pape Be

‘286, 293.

1. 45,
rooraifolia, XXXvii. 211.
a XXXVI. 276, 277.

ae |

blepharolepis, xlv. 522.
buphthalmoides, xxxi. 262, 263.
calyum, xxviii. 41.

Cerv suai 4 eh 262, 263.
v. 523.

globosum, xxxi
grande, var. ice ae xxx. 166.
gymnolomioides, xlv. 524.

nellum, xxvii i. 41.
ae sinoides, eee: 40; xlv. 523.
Petalostemum, xlix. 49.
Grothii,

Polen, XXXVii.
alliacea, XXXVil. 208, ali.
Petrobium, xxxix. 208.

congesta, xlix. 25

50
Phacelia haagitoee koniayed).
r. rupes

s, xlix. 25.
Coulteri, XXXI. oar 2 242.
crenulata, xlix. 25, 26.
var. amb

Rg
408
aS
DK,
~
to
a

eryptantha, xlix. 29.
dasyp hy Page 32, 33, 35.
ns, xlix. 30.

deserta, xlix. 24.
, xlix. 26, 27.
var. australis, xlix. 2

recast via.
egena,
isenii, x, 38.
eremophila, ia 31.
fastigiaa, xlix. 30.
marginata, xlix. 31.
6.

“~ elatior, xlix. 24.
a ra, xlix.
cterophl, foo 31-34, 36.
var, alpin

grise
Sbecdlgaie, xlix
ida, eu
subvar. ‘cicutaria, xlix. 28.
hetero
var. et Si
. cutaria,
“&

uina,
subvar. eae xlix. 2

INDEX

sheggon (continue

subvar. am-
wong

a, xlix. 34.
ephla xlix. 33, 35.
29.

28.
. heterosepala,xlix.
28.
heliophila, 8, 29.
“ Hubbyi, xlix. 28, 29.
* umbrosa, xlix
Howellii, xlix. 41.
humilis, 3 38 es
var. Congdoni, xlix. 38
imbricata, xlix. 36.
. caudata, xlix. 36.
segitoliacake 20,38.
in cs) 26.
var. robusta, xlix. 25.
invenusta, xlix. 26.

ued).
vesiana, f. sero canopy nee 40.
var. "lan dulifera,
laxa, xlix.
Leibergit, xlix. 40, 41.
lenta 40.
sara xlix, 33.
leucophylla, xlix. 31-33.
f. alpina, xlix. 34.
var, pore topenm xlix. 32-34.
Suksdorfii, xlix, 33, 34.
] urpurea, xlix, 40.
madrensia, xlix. 23.
ellanica, ie 31-03, 36, 37.
. 34.

; alpina, xlix

_amoena, xli3

‘ angustifolia, xlix. 33
. Ballii, xlix.

. bernardina, xli

©

A)

5

2.5

*
=r

A
eo

m
mutabilis, xlix. 37.
nemoralis, — 32, 33, 37.
var. tabilis, » xlix 33, 37.

INDEX 51

Phacelia ee (continued).
suffrutescens, xlix. 30.
Bat

stimulans,
verre 4 xlix. 30.
etifolia, xxxi, 241, 242; xlix.

shootin: xlix. 31.
umbrosa, xlix. 29.
verna, xlix. ©.
virgata, xlix. 34, 37.
- ampliata, xlix. 36.
ardina, xlix. 36.
Whitlavia, iix 23, 24.
f. genuina
é minor,
ar. Jonesii, xlix. 24.
Philacistas xxxii, 46, 14; xxxiv. 27.
oelestina, xxxii. i6.
latifolia, xxxil. 16.
B. glabra, xxxil. 16.
Lindenii

Wendlandii, xlii. 452, 455.

Phalangium ramosissimum, XXXxvViii.
390.

reflexum, iii. 392.
Phania, xxxi. ‘O72: ag 483.

arbutifolia,

Curtissii, xxxvi. 616.
dissecta, sooty. 192.
domingensis, xlii. 4

» XXX

457.
sey eae, xxxvi. 616; xlii.

trinervia, xlii. 483, 485.

ania § peak bus, xiii.
Pharbitis eathartica xlv, 528.
t 207, 208.

5.
rtiana, xxxv. 158; xl. 131.
ing ioe: xlix.
. Hart 50.
iar, heterophylla, xlix. 50.
heterophylla, xlix

? -

Philibertia, xlix

Philibertia (continued).
bicolor, xlix. 50, 51.
ynanc choides, var. subtruncata,
lla, xlix. 50.
linearis, xlix. 50.
var. heterophylla, xlix. 50.
hirtella, xlix. 50.
Philodendron, rcig 194, 280.
eximium, vii. 194, 285.
Philoxerus, xxx oii 2 if
spe! micularis, xxxvii. 207.
rmiculata, xxxvii. 207.

Phichotaenia, xlvii. 9.
Cowellii, xlvii. 10.
inca vii. 9.
var. obovata, — 10.
eee xlvii.
Phleum alpinum eae: Tk 158, 190;
xl. 136.
Phoebanthus, xlv. 520-522.
diflorus, xlii. 520.

Phoebe, xxxvii. 211, 2
cinnam omifolia, Xxxvii. 211.

Phoenix, xxxvii.
dactylifera, xxvii. 193,284.
Phieden den » brachystachyunn, XXxViil.

Palmeri, XXxViil. 28.
Xxxvil. 291.

rubrum
Phyllanthus, xxxvil. 231.
; iruri, xxvii. 231, 277.
Phyllodoce caerulea, XXXV. 163, 169,
190; xl. 133, 136

XXxvii, 257, 272, 284.

hhytolacsacens, Xxxvii. 208.
Picea ¢ recy ,xxxv. 158, 169; xl. 137.
ana, XXXV. 158, 169, i74; xl.

Pigeon pea, XXxVii. 272.
Pinaceae, xxxv. 157.
Pineappley XXXVii. a
Pingui cea

154, 163, 167, 172,

183, 3, 190; 0; xl 115, 124, 136.

Pinon, xxxvii i. 277.
Pinus Tesinosa, xl. 116, 139, 146, 161.

52 INDEX

Piper, xxxvii. 202, 280, 287.
brachypodum, xxix. 685.
um, xxxvii. 202.
Johnstoni, XXix. ~ XXXVil. etal
margaritanum, xxix. 685;

an agai XxxvVil. 202,

685.
Piperaceae, xxxvii. 175, 202, 288.

Piptocarpha geo, pause Xxxiv. 35.
bapeionirne xlii. 4
aegiroides, xxxi. 273.
jaliscensis, xxvii. 268.

pubens, xxvii. 268.
Picuera: xxxii. 4, 5, 17; xhi. 432, 434,
441.

eonbeaeag Xxxil. 16.
XXxXil. 16; xlii. 451.
artonitien XXVi. 292: Xxxil. 13,
14.

attenuata, Xxxil. 16; xlii. 441.
tricha, XXXil. 14, 1h; xxiv.

cinerea, XXXil.
in

densiflora, XXxii, 10,
eupatorioides, XXXil. 16; xlii. 441.
Eupatorium, XXX. 16; ‘xiii. 454.
fastigiata, xxxii. 446.
floribunda, XXxil. 10, 12.

oliosa, xxxii. 16; xlii.
galioides, xx XXXii. i0, 11.
Hartwegi, xxxii.

10, 14.

latifolia XXXii. 14-16; xii. 441.
age ar. glabra, xxx 16.

longipetilat, xxii. 16; xxxiv. 27.

ewsii, xxxii. 10, 12.
ayeaden XXxXil. 16; xlii. 447.

POE nig Pringlei, Xxxil. 8.
> MAX. 10, iI.
palpi XXXil. 16; xlii. 446.

elem 5 Xxxii. 10, 12°
mi 6.

ma PsP
var. angustifolia, xxxii. 10.
Sodiroi, xxxii. 14, :
S subcordata, Xxxil. 16; xlii. 441.
» xan, 7;

phen pera Seon {e
, xxxil. 5, 7, 8; Jee 481.

“nana, Xxx
“ pilosa, xxxli
“ variegata, xxxil. 9
trinervis, Xxxii
Piqueria § Alomia, x xlii. 441,
§ Eu agueris,

i. 441.
bg. P sgh xxxiv. 27.
ii 29, 34, 35;
433.
Piriqueta caroliniana, xlv. 527.
r. viridis, xlv. 527.
27.

Higceeteys, svi
agian age 7 BAe.
catalinensis xlv. 546.

Platano, xxxvil. 275.
Plateilema Palmeri, ‘xiii. 506.
latymiscium

Pleurogramme imm

on ow XXXVii. 245, 284.
scandens, xxxvii. 245, 278.

INDEX 53

Poa (continued).
alpina, Pacts ie: BL. 210, top,

angustata, sa 19, 21, 22.

arctica, xlvi

Borreri, nity 3
ciliaris, xxxvii. 187
deflexa, xlvi. 2.

fasciculata, xlvi. 9, 10.
laxa, xxxv. 156, 159, 166.
Lemmoni, xlvi. 12.
aritima, xlvi. 7, 8.
nootkaensis, xlvi. s
nutkaensis, xlvi. 2
Nuttalliana, xlvi. ce

rupestris, xlvi. 11.
Sandbergii, ware, 159; xl. 141.
todo ae 431, 432, 434.

Ghisircrhtians, xxxix. 192.
Pogonia op. cm og xl. 139.
oinciana, XXXVil. 7
coriaria, XXxvii.
pulcherrima, xxxvii. “215.
, XXXVil. 222.

r

Polemoniaceae, xlix, 51.
baccifera, xlvii. 110.

Poly — lec ag 1

pein uminata, ii 110.
adenophora, xlvii. 08, 110.
adenophylla, sgh 110.

alba, xlvii. 85, 8

bicolor, xlvii

le oh vi, 86.
8 gh Se ae
Sohatinett, xlvii.
suspecta, xlvil.
tenuifolia, xlvii. 79, 86,

Albowiana, xlvii. ee 38, 43, 44, “
americana, 22, 37, 47, 50.
a. normali vii AS.
. xlvii. 1

8. hebecarp: ti.
5. angustifolia, xlvii. 67.

seen etiy

z

86.
79, 86,

Polygala maha (continued).
f, viridula, xlvii. 110.
¢. flo ih saa. xlvii
pone xvii. 22, 38, 39.
a, xlvii. 64, 66, 67, 117.
antillensis, “vil.
aparinoides, xlvii. 79, 83, 110-112,

apopetala, xlvii. 59-61.
2 xlvii. 18, 37, 38, 41,

, xvii. 38,.52, 117.
blepharotropis, yg "70, 73, 117.
Boykinii, xlvii. 1
brachyanthema, xlvii. 23, 33, 116.
brace tera, xivii. 92, 93, ‘ag
brachysepala, xlvii. 38, 44,
brac opis, xlvii. ay 6.
Brandegeeana, xlvii. 23, 34, 116.

34.

Brandegeeanum,
bryzoides, xlvii. 67.
buxifolia, ‘xlvii. ‘19, 21, 116.
calcicola, vii. 33.
ealifornica, xlvii. 71

Ivipes, xl 0
capitata, xlvii

caracasana, xlvii. 40, 1
chiapensis, xlvii. 22, 38, 40, Ades
chinensis, xlvii. 111.
colli , 68.
com pacta ta, xlvii i. 22, 34, 35, 116.
eter xlvii. 79, 81, il, 117.
msobrina, xlvii ig. 7 "48, 1
Conaatti, xlvii. 23, 24, 37, 111.
nsis, xlvii es "50, "51, 111,

Co wellii, xlvii. 9, 10.
crinita, xlvii. 89, 117.

engee e xlvil 79, 80.
cruciata, xlvii.

— ;
oe bovata, xlvii 9, 116.
pesto:

cuspidulata, Sivii: "38, 45, 116.

54

ee. wrathyscnke eh

a, xlvii. 96, 97, 117.

. 108.
ibunda, xlvii. ge 61, 117.

Fuertesii, xlvii. 11, 17.

Fu | xivii

Galeottii, xvii. 37, 42.

galio = , xlvii 111.
r, aspertloides, xvii. 84.
xlvii. 84.

: orbicularis, xlvii. G7.
Greggii, xlvii.

F , xlvii ii. 11—
saben reg lvl 38, 0 51, 111.
Hayesii, xl 8, 48, 116.
hebantha, xvii $7. 38, 47, 117.
he a, xivii. 11]
becatantha, xlvii. 79, "87, 117,
rpa, xlvii. 29, 102, 104.
heterophylla, x xlvii. 17.
ondurana 60.

=
ie
E
pS]
ie
ras or
ral
s
~
a>" <1!

: a 44, 117.
jamaicensis, ‘ahi 11, 14, 111, 116.
gii, xlvii. 63, 64.

chad (continued).

androides xvii. 83.

longa, xlvi , 116.
ongicaulis, xlvii. 92, 93, 95, 112,
hate

. nana, xlvii. 94.
eM toe xiv. 37, 40.
zani, xlvii. 22, 23, 32, 116.
a xIvii. 54, 56, ce
r. ge nuina, xlvii. 56, 117. _
glanduloso- pilosa, xlvii.
56.

macroloncha, xlvii. 102, 104, 106.
macrolonchum, xlvii. 105.
magdalensé, xlvii. 22, 24.
exicana, xlvii. 111.

ichoacana, xlvii. 103, 108, 118.
croloncha, xlvii. 102.
icrolo nehum, xlvii. 107.
sd on dog xlvii. 102.
cropte a, xlvii. 02.
cro a, xvii. 38, 46, 116.
ntfs, xlvii. 111.

PER EEE EES

nudata, xvii 70, 76, 77.
2.

nutkana,

—— xvii. 23, 32.
oaxa vii. 32.
cbisnesia: tes svi” il, 13.

obscura, xivii. 18 8, 22, 23, 29-31, 34,

, 109, 118
Palmeri, xlvii. 23, 27, 116.
eae orgs . 96, 97, 117.
v ndiculata, xlvii

panamensis, xlvii. 38, 52.

INDEX

phe ioriteuaedl

niculata, xlvii. 96, het 99, 112.
a. normalis, xlvi 100.

ilis, xlvil. ‘100, 117.
f. leucoptera, xlvii. 101.
var. sco ag xlvii. 100.

Parreyi,
Parryl, vii. 5, 58, 117.
i. 6.

paucifolia

avoni, xlvii. "39, 23.

pedicellata, xlvii. 37, 45, 116.
unc ge Vik,

i. 9.
var. obovata, xlvii. 10.
phoenicistes, xlvii. 54, 55, 117.
Planellasi, xvii. 64, 68, 117.
2.

polymorpha, xlvil. 22, 36.
eter er xlvii. 36.
porto ceo xlvii. 11, 14.

Pringlei,
propinqua, Mee Vii. 11, 16, 116.
pterocarya, xlvil. 102, 103.

var. ovalis, xlvii. 21.
ae ae xivil. 35, '36, 112.
cilis xvii 112.
pnichelie. ah

punctata, xlvii. is, 5b.
punctifera, xlvii Th 13.

8,
var. multicaulis, xlvii. 106.
scoparioides, xlvii. 103, 105, 108,

, O4.
ceanialetas xlvil 103, 118.
Seneca, var. enuifolia, xlvii. 86.

sy
serpens. ivi 19, 21, 37, 116.
sa = i. 101.

55

Polyg - (cont

_ 8p
— aefolia, xlvii. 112.
sphaerocephala, xlvii. 79, 82.
sphaerocep gies xivii. 82.
sphaerospora, ee
sphaerosporum, x ‘ivi i
squamifolia, xlvii. 79, $8, 117.
stellera, xlvii. 94.
stipitata, sivil 11, 15, 16, 116. .
“ge

a :
strigulosa, xlvii.
subalata, xlvii. 79, 34, 410; 331;

tehuacana, an: oss 117:

tenella, xlvii
tenuiloba, xvii, 33, 36
ae xlvii. 70, 74

trichosperma, xlvii. 96, 112.
turgida, — 79, 82, 111, 117.
.70, 76.

variabili
f le veanthema 5 96, 117.
vii. 96.

velata, f ope a ‘4, 116.

velutina, vil.

verticillata, xvii a3:

r or xlvii. 83.
, 69.

garis, xlvii. 112.
bshesinns: xl 102, 105, 118.
tiana, xl vii, 79, § 87, se

6.
Polygala § f Acanthoclads, xlvii. 2.
Badi

ay ¢ Chamacbuxus, xivii . 2, 69.
- § Hebecarpa, xlvii. 4, E, 18.
ager’ —
= § He bacinda, at 59.
ee } Orthopolts, " xlvii. 78,
subsect. Galioideae, xlvii.
subsect. Glochidiatae,
xlvii. 90.

56 INDEX

Polygala § ONpuleste (continued).
c b]

xlvi ‘ ;
subsect Tenues, xlvii.
eet. Timoutoideae,

vil. 89.
paper Trichospermae,

xlvi
By § Phintolacnin, xlvii. 9.
. § Phlebotaenia, xlvii. 2, 9.
Syngala, xlvil. 59.
§ Timutua, xlvu. 78.
xm subg. Badiera, goers 3, 8, 10.
marge uxus, xlvii. 3,

§ Rhinotrops, xlvii. 70.
t

Eurhino-
pis, xlvii. 70.
subsect. Panto-

mone, xlvii. 70,
subg. Hebecarpa, xlvil. 3, 4,

§ Biloba, xlvii. 17, 18, 57.
RES TE xlvii. 4,
6,18, 11L

subsect. Adeno-
phora xlvii. 18,
54.

subsect. Heban

§ Huateca, xlvii. 17, 18,
“ subg. Hebeclada, xlvii. 3, 5,
§ Raecetsitiy xlvii. 59,
§ Apopetala, xlvii. 59.
# subg. Orthopolygala, xlvii. 3,
5, 6, 8, 78, 112.
§ : onninopsis, xlvii. 78,

§ Timutua, xvii. 78.
fa _ Galioideae,

Ser. "Glocidiatee,

Ser. Incamatae,
_xivii. 78, 1

Polygala subg. Orthopolygala
§ Timutua vali
Ser. Tenues, xlvii.
, 96.

Ser. Timoutoideae,
xlvii. 78, 89.

Se ain “Trichosper

e, xl vii. 78, 9)

mabe Orthopolygala, ser. na

“cc

“cc

baka. Phiebotacnia, sii 3, 8.
Polygalaceae, xxxvii. 227.
Polygonum, xxvii. 261; xxxiv. 51; 1.

acre, 1. 134.
a Xxvii. 263, 264.
ittorale, Xxvil. 263.

eale, XXxVii. 262.
li. 262.

ocarpum, sogibut 268, 264.
Spartans v. 51.
longistylum, pb ‘265.
mexicanum, xxvii. 265.

minus, |. 133, 134.
var. ner to A ]. 134.
ontinuum, I. 134.
mite, |. 133.
* strictum

, b. pusillum, 1. 134.
pennsylvanicum, xxvii. 265.

64.
punctatum, var. leptostachyum,
=~ _.

imum, xxvii. 263.

Roberti, xl. 138
sagittatum, xl. 139; ‘1. 134.
f. chloranthum, |. 134.

pan XXXIV. 51.
» XXvii. 263.
strietum, var. subcontinuum, 1.134.
iparum 54, 156.

Polvicidincienn. XXxvii. 178.
Polypodium, xxxvii. he 279.

am XXX

chnoodes, x

a eet XXXVii. 184.

Siaeidntece, xaxi xxxiv. 48, 49.

INDEX 57

Polypodium (continued).
XXXVil.
iubedd orme, XXXVii. 179, 280.
i. 178.

molle, xx
reper canna xxvii 179.
olium, 1. 279.
pep eae rapa 182.
pectinatum, XXXvVil
phyllitidis, xxvii. 178.
ranereesaiaee xxxvil. 179.
plantagine xxxvil. 184.
polypodi oides, xxx

reticulatum, xxxvii. 183.

rivulare, vil. 185
saccatum, xxxvii. 179
salicif , Xxxvii. 17
serrulatum, xxxvii. 1

Polystichum, xxxv. 174.
Braunii, xxxv. 154; xl. 116.
Thies XXXV. 158, 190; xl. 116,

aif;

scopulinum, xxxv. 158, 167, 174,

88
Populus ba! ifera, xl. 138, 147.
grandidentata, xl. 141, 148.
tremuloides, xl. 117.
acy Ria xxxvii. 268.
ec ns, xlii. 508.
ellipticum, 509.
. ruderale, xlii. 509
Holwayanum, xxviii xxviii. 48. pee
linifolium, var. brevifolium, xlii.

XXXVii.

iformis, xl. 138.
ier 134, 136, 140, 148,

praelongus, f. elegans, xl. 117.

pubescens, XXXIV. 48, 49; XXXVii.
3

Potentilla fruticosa, var. tenuifolia, x1.

maculata, xl. 127, 137.
162; xl. 127.

nsiana, XXXVv
tride sedge XXXV. 156, 162, 169.
Prenanthes, xx
altissima, A. 141, 148.
xxxv. 156, 164, 166.

racemosa, xl. 148

stricta, xlii. 514.

trifoliolata, var. nana, xxxv. 164,
169, 170, 91.
a farino var. —
BB veg 163 Ales

’

Psaca i xii. 5
Pseudo-helianthus, xlv. 521.

XXXVI1l _ 181.
Peeridophita, agai 152, 157, 187;

Pteris ne os ay var. caudata, xxxvii. 181.
me ngage 181.
Puceinellia, xIvi. 1-5.
airoides ,xlvi. 6, 16, 17, 23.
a,

angustata, xl 4 19, 21, 23.
arctica, xlvi. 4
Borreri

58

Puchinellia (continued).
fasciculata, xlvi. 5, 9, 10, 22.
laur entiana, xlvi. 5, 6, 14, 17,

3
ss xlvi. 5, 6, 16, 17, 23.
a, xlvi. 6, 15, 17, 22, 23.
ianiiiek xlvi. 2 8, 22.
var. minor, xlvi. 18, 20, 21,

nutkaensis, xlvi. 15, 22, 23.
Nuttallians, xlvi. 16.
paupercula, ‘xlvi. 5, 6, 9, 18, 21, 23.
var. alaskana, xlvi 6,9, 17, 18,
“ longiglumis, xlvi. 6, 20,
phryganodes, xlvi. 3-5, 8, 9, 18, 19,

rupestis, ane 6, 10, 22.

M4, 15.
Ve ae vi.
Pugiopappus, xli. 536, 341.
Bigel xli. 341.
_ Breweri,

Viii

lanceolata, xlviii. 15.

oblongifolia, xlviti. 17.
t

Bidens,
Spilant

Pyrola americana, meee 139
asarifo 115, iat,

var. ine carnata, xl. 138, 141.
elliptica, xl. 147.
andiflora, xxxv. 162, 190; 1. 142.
minor, xxxv. 154; xl. 138.
. 126.
Pyrus arbutifolia, var. atropurpurea,
xl. 117, 135, 149.
melanocarpa, x1. 139.
sitchensis, xl, 138.

Quamoclidion, xlix. 49.
ulti ca subsp. glandulosum,

subsp. obtusa, xlix. 49.
Quercus nectandraefolia, XXXviii. 424,
rubra 141.
rysophylla, XXXVill.

4

INDEX

Cine § gn dasa 0 a XXXViii. 423.
Quisqualis, xxxvii.
Ena XXXVii. 343 284.

Rabo de zorra, xxxii. 19.
Racomitrium lanuginosum, xxxv. 173.
Rainiera stricta, xlii.

Raiz de Cafia de la India, Xxxvil. 277.
fe) XXxvil. 276.
escobilla, xxxvii. 278

pepino, xxxvil. 277.
Ranaria cae ear xxxvi. 614.
Randia, xxxvii. 2
achloata, 3 XXXVii. 263, 286.
rili. 406.

xxxvili. 406.
obcordata, xxviii. 33.
Ranunculus abortivus, xl. 125.
is, l. 1
var. leiocarpa, 1. 138.
Allenii, xxxv. 161, 167; xl. 146;

filiformis, var. ovalis, l. 137.
Flammula, oe 135-137.

a, 1. 136.
intermedius, 1. 136, 137.
ans, 1. 136.

“

“ reptans

. unalaschcensis, l. 136,
137.

. i , 1. 135.
ar. cu
ai exe. 18 167; 1. 138.
ar. pe stiolubaias, l, 137, 138.
reniea, 1.

var. florepleno, | 139.

rus, |. 138, 139.

reptans, 1. 135-137,

var. ovalis, 1. 137.

ig strigulosus, 1. 137.
sceleratus, lL
orfii, ants 395.

INDEX 59

Ranunculus (continued).
ili. 394

xl. 161
Redhutes ‘io XXXVii. 235.
Relbunium humile, xxxi. 250.

enc x. 6833 "XXXVii. 199.
vue, vere 195.

Resina ae algarrobo, XXxxvii. 275.
Hi. 275,

de a b'sabo vabo, x0 XXxVil. 275.
snudo i, 275.
Rhabdotheea picrdioides, “xlii. 517.
Rham ae, XXXV 4.
Rhamnus : alnifolia, "my. 162, 189.
= a XXXVil. Jig

us, XXXV 203.
Bhaphithamngue loiveiflortin xlv. 531.
v. 531.

venus
Rhaponticum atrpliifolium, hag 514.
Rhetinophloe viride, xxxvii. 217.
Rbinasetith ex ee 33.
conan xl. 1

oblo sptoliie x: xxxv. 163, 166, 190.
psalis, xxxvii. 242, oe 287,
24

cassutha, xxx
assytha, vil, 242.
vss | pene. Sev 242, 281.
angle, xxxvii. 242, 274, 276, 278,
285, 293.
Rhizophoraceae, Sesh 242, 293.
Rhododendron,
canadense a ee "162, 187, 189.

leaning on. XXXV. 162, 169, 174,
182; xl.

Ribes . hirt ‘hirteitum, var. saxosum, xl.
8
lacustre, xl. 138.
oxyacanthoides, xxxv. 181.
prostratum, xl. 138.

Rindera glochidiata, xlv. 543.

Rinorea, xxxiv. 56; xxxvii, 2
eflexiflora, iv. 56.
atc Sgr Xxxiv. 56.

marginata, xxxvii. 238, 286.
silvatica, xxxiv.
River Birch, xl. 151.
ivina, xxxvii j
umilis, xxxvii. 209
vis, i; 2

vii. 220.
semen oe a: californica, xlix. 45, 46.
endocina, xlix. 45.
sitohanala xlix. 45, 46.
var. grandiflora,
coeens f. ‘Sukgdorh nl

PEE on xlix. 45.
Suksdorfii, xlix. 45, 46.
Ronabea aus tralis, XXXViii. 408.
Rondeletia, xxxviil. 403, ;

issima, Xxx
Rosa virginiana, xl. 139, 146, 149.
Rotala, xxxvi

XXxvii. 242, 286.

ovalis, XXxVii. 203.
Rubiaceae, xxxvii. 261, 287; xxxviii.
394; xli. 358.
Rubus arcticus, xxxv. 162, 169, 189,
190; xl. 123.
2 pata nit
hamae 150-152, 157,
162, 166, "177, 18¢ 180, 181; xl. 114,
123.
TUS, XXXV. 162, 169, 190.
XXXIX.

XXxi v, 67.

Rumex et tobe xl. 151.
occidentalis, xl. 123.

Rumfordia, xxxvi. 592.

60 INDEX

aggre Se:
S$, XXviii. 38; xxxvi. 593,

arnO5.
attenuata, xxxvi. 593, 594.
connata, sega 593, 594.
floribunda, . 261; Xxxvi. 592,
593.

forma S62 gala xxxi. 261;

ore opols, x XXXVi. 593, 595.
polymnioides, xxviii. 38; xxxvi.

Ruprechtia Cumingii, Xxxii. 52.
. exury. 62.
Ruprechtia $ Hexasepalae, xxxiv. 52.
§ seudoruprechtia, XXXIV.
2.

—— cuneata, xxxvi. 613.
unda, xxxvi. 613.
Pringlel, xxi — 26.
rugosa, Xxxi
syringae aisle, xxxvi. 613.
Rutaceae, xxxvii.
Rutidosis geared, xxxix. 206.
, xxxix. 207.
Levisthoenere: erg 192.
barbata, xxxv

na, XXXVii.

Sabatia chloroides, xl. 150.
dodec andra xi. 150, 159, 161.
262.

Sabha, XXxViii,

/xi1
sauihtoden: XXXV. 161, “167.

Sagittaria oe xl. 141.
latifolia, xl. 141.

Salicornia, xxxvii. 205, 278, 281, 290.
ambigua, xxxvii. 205.
fruticosa, xxxvil. 205,

Salivaria, xxxili. 524, 57

Salix, XXXV. 157; xl. 147.
arpa, xxxv. 154, 160, 166,

balsamifera, XXXV. "156, 160, 189;
8 ae |

"552, 553,

Basiay essai 160, 190; xl. 138.
candida, . 179: xl. 114, 123,

chlor olepis, xxxv. 160, 167.

cordifolis , xi. 123.

desert rtorum, xxxv. 155, 160, 167.
var. stricta, xxxv. 160.

et
S
oO
_
‘ou
&
<
© +
is

intonsa, al. 116.
pedicellaris, xxxv. 160, 189.

ar. hypoglauca, xl. 116.
vebsclaris 8,

ree |
ee XXXV. 153, 154, 156,
160, 166, 190.
pseudo-myrsinites xxxv. 160, 189,

190. 123.

reticulata, fe 110, 127.

speciosa, XXxv. 179.

Uva-ursi, xxxv. 154, 156, 160, 166;
xl. 123, 136.

vestita, xxxv. 160, 172, 190; xl.
117, 123, 129.

Salt-Marsh Goldenrod, xl xliii. 27.
alvia, xxxvii. 255 420.
adenophora, XXViii. hii, 86:
ageratifolia, xxviii. 53.
alamosana, XXVili. ‘5B.
cis

chionophylla, xxxiv. 64
cladodes, xxxviii. 417
coccinea, Xxxvii. 2

*

INDEX 61

Salvia (continued)

avidsonii, xxxi. 246
allax, xxviii. 419
fasciculata, xxvii

briata, xxxvii. 255
flaccidifolia,
fluviatilis, xxviii. 54; xxxiv. 64
fruticulosa, xxxvi

1. .
Ghiesbreghtii, seg 418.
onzalezii, xxviii. 420.

ongispicata, xxxiv. 63.
Lozani, xxxiv. 64.
Martensii, xxxiv. 67.
michoacana, xxvill. 55.
molina, xxviii. 53.
monilifo: » XXxviil. 418.
ee oe arey 63.

ablongiola, +: XXXViii. 417.
occidentalis, xxxvii. 255.

rmixta, xxviii. 53. .
chacposieiesea: Xxxvili. 421.
dadena, xxviii

rupicola, XXXViii. 420.
Sanctae-Luciae, xxxviii. 416, 417,
419, 420.
ulans, xxxiv. 66, 67.
tepicensis, soanvill 420.

. thymoides, xxxi
dion: aol 65; xxxvili. 421.

_— tlt et
um

Warszewicziana, xxxviii. 419, 420.
‘Salvia ser. Cyaneae, xxxiv. 67,

b
Sanicula rd “i xd. "149.

Sanvitaliopsis, xxxi. 260, 261.
Liebmannii, xxxi. 260, 261.

Sapotaceae, xxxvil. 245, 293.
Sapota as, XXXVil. 545,
Sarcostemma, xxxvii. 2

glaucum, xxxvii. 249.
nee xlix. 50.
hirtellum, xlix. 50.

noc

Sauvagesia, Xxxvil. , 280.
erecta, XXXVil. 238, 285.

seshdac our a iy 1. 153.

hii, 1. 153.
Savastania, f 153.
axifraga,

141,
aizoides, xxxv. 154, 161, 167, 172;
Vs.
Aizoon, xxxv. 154, 161, 166, 172;
a Tz.

autumnalis, xxxv. 154.
caespitosa, xxxv. 162, 183; xl.

aspensis, | 141, 142.
Geum, x1. 140.

savalin pos 161; 1. 141-143.
B. "tenuis 1. 142.
var. labradorica, 1 142, 143.
lia, XXxv. , 161, 166,
if.

or, |. 144.
rivularis, xxxv. 154, 155, 161.
stellaris, var. comosa, XXXV. :
61.

wasttraia’ 9g 153; xl. 124, 129.
Scaevola, XXXVil. 65.
Plumierii, xxxvii. 265, 285.

62 INDEX

Schaetzellia, xlii, 436.
seta seat palustris xi. 116:

2 aie xlii. 493.
Steak filifolia, sd

pusilla, xl. 110, 133-135, 140, 148,
Schkuhria oides, xlii. 506.

’schkuhri
senecioides, xlii. 506.
Schoenoeaulon, xxxiv. 19.

jaliscense, xxxiv.
officinale, xxxiv. 19:

, XXXIV . 20.
Schoenus barbatus, Xxxvii. 192.
Schoepfia angulata, Xxxiv. 23.
arbo xxiv, 22:

) XXXViii.

Sohvrenkia fasciculata, Xxxviii. 400.

Schwenkia a, xxxviii. 400.
- xl. 133.

190; xl. 133, 136, 160.

capitatus, vil. 191
ferrugineus, xxxvii. 191
rgianus, xl. 139.

alli, xl. 151, 155.
hudsonianus, ‘xl. 138.
lithospermus, xxxvii. 192
Longui, :

icran

anthus, xxxvii. 192.
— xxxv, 150, 180; xl.

subterminalis, xl. 128, 135.

Scleria, xxxvii. 1

tractente, XXXVii. 192, 280.
a, XxXxvil, 192.

arenaria, var. ac xivi. 10.
rs

var
Borreri, xlvi. 1
distans, xlvi. -

grigghnrores inestraey
pro

xlvi. 11.
satis am | tes
Sclerolepis, xlii. 435.
uniflora, xl. ae

sss oe xlv. 5
squa bide XXxiv. 22.
squa —— XXxiv. 22.

Scoparia, xxxv
dulcis, eexvil 259, 278, 285.

sic abr cosh AS

odosa, xl. 115.
Sendedeclactaneie: XXxvii. 258.
urvy Grass, xl. 119.

Scutellaria galericulata, xl. 146.
7. eee gerber 16.

suff. cens, xxxviii. 416.

Seaside Goldext-rod, sai. 26.
tiania, xxxvii. 2
corniculata, et 231, 286

Sebestenoides, xxxiv. 58.

Securidaca, eaxvii. “227, 279, 281.

XXxXVii. 22

cordata, xxix
vo lubilis, xlvii. 1, 14, wmUL
Selaginella selaginoides, Xxxv xxxv. 158, 170,
1 9, 190; 5.

26.
36, 37, 48; . 403
ii. 268: xl. 116, 131; 31: L “155.
aibouel cartine: XXXi. 267.
asclepiadeus, xxxil. 48.
auriculatus, xxxix. 215.
Balsamitae, xxxv. 164.
var. ifolius, xxxv. 164.
bracteatus, xxxi. 267.

curv
deltoideus, xxxix. 215.
discoideus, xxxv. 164, 191; <E 115.
6.

MacDougailii, xxxiv, 21.
gee ree xxxv. 164, 191; xl.

sie atus, xxxii. 37.

keans, + i ak 123.
us, xxxix. 215, 216.

scandens, xxxix. 215.

INDEX 63

ec are (continued).
nchifolius, xxxvii. 268, 285.
tomentosus , XXxil. 37.
erus, XXxi ¥. 21.
Benecibhena. xxxii. 37; li 433, 510.
Sericocarpus bifoliatus, var. Collinsii,
xl :

xlv. 515.
tortifolius, a Gollinali, xlv. 515.
Sericographis pauciflora, xxxvii. 261.
wives gghdeot ny s

233.
Serratula ‘deltoides, xlii. 514.
Sesbania vesicaria, var. atro-rubra,
xlii. 503.

Sesuvium, Xxxvii. 209,
portulacastrum, xxxvii.

09, 285.
Setaria, xxvii. 189; xlii. 498,
auca, xxxvii. 189.
berbis,
Seymeria deflexa, xxxvi. 607
Shepherdia, xxxv.
canadensis, XXXV. 162, 167, 172,
179; xl. 138.

Sho wy Ladies’ Slipper, xl. 114.
Sibbaldia prociiabeas xxxv. 154, 162,

, 178.
Sida, xxx. 236.
acuta, xxxvil. 236.
angustifolia, srayae 236.
carpinifolia, xxx x ges i. 236.

ii.
periplocifolia | XXXV ii. 236.
rhombifolia, XXXVii. "236, 278.

spinosa, var. an gustifolia, XXXVil.
236.

umbellata, xxxvii. 235.
Siegesbeckia i XXViii. 6.
portoricensis, xxvii
Silene acaulis, xxxv. 161, 169.
Silver fern, xxxvii. car
Silvery opulaster
Silybum atviplicfolium, xi 514.
imarubaceae, li. 225, 292.
Simsia, xli. 347-350, "373, 374-376.
a i xli. 377, 388.
amplexicaulis, xli. 373, 376, 386.
portlet, xli, 347, 374, 386, 387.
calva, xli. 373, 377-379.
var. su xli. 379.
canescens, xli. 356, 395.
Chaseae, xli. 377, 385.
cordata, ‘xii. 373, ’386.
Dom beyana, xli. 377, 390.

Simsia (continued).

erythranthema, xli. —
eurylepis, xli. 3 377,
exaristata, xli. 573° 377, 380, 381,

ficifolia, xli. 376, 386.
fo ee 6. 376, 377, 385, 387, 394,
o

ait son xli. 387.
becieiomene: xh. 3
Ghies sbreghtii, a3 377, 392.
grandiflora, xii. 374, 3 377, 390, 391.
heterophylla, xli. 347, 374, 376,
386, 395.
hirsuta, xli. 377, 389.
hispida, xli. 374, 395.
apr eamonge xi a 388.
Kunthiana
la Speer sy i 350, 374, 375,
377, 382
megace phala, xii. 377, 391.
pastoensis, xli i.
polycephala, xli. 375, 377, 391.
ne ts te 377, 384, 395.
sanguinea, xli. 375, 377° 394.
ar eri, xli. 395

scaposa, xli. 372,

Schaffneri, xli. 336, 387.

sericea, xli. yf

setosa, xli. 377, 379.

Sodiroi, xli. 377, 383, 384, 395.
, xli. 376, 379.

ba, xli. 377, 393.
Simsia § Geraea, xli. 356.
Siphonoglossa, xxviii.

?
Sisymbrium Loeselii, xlix. 62.
Sisyrinchium macrophyllum, xxviii. 28.
Biers, cnhantolin. xl, 146.
Skunk Currant, 38.
Smilax, xxxvii. 1 197, si bong

cumanensis A197.
Solanaceae, XXXVii. i 256, 287, 293.
Solanum, lacs 627; XXXVil. 257, 279,
28

aculeatissimum, xxxvii. 257.
citrullifolium, XXXVI. 627-629,
setigerum

‘hirtum, xxxvii. 257.
Humboldtii, xxxvii. 257.

64 INDEX

lanum (continued)

lanceaefolium, xxix. 695 } XXXvii.

oltzianum, sia 627, 629.
macroscolum, xxxvi. 627.
margaritense, xxix. 695; xxxvii.

258.

nigrum, XXxvii. 258.
nodiflorum, i

issima, xliii. 10, 12.
bra gi
angustifolia, x xliii, 27.
xliii.
azorica, xliii. 2
Bartr

os var. concolor, xxxv. 164.
8—

cana , 2.
pa ®-givoeaneseens, xl 9, 12.
var. eri, xlii
pennant Be li. a
ss ii

hii.
Elliottii, xliii. 7.

Solidago (continued).

var. Sees xlili. se 10.
fallax, xliii. 9

elas. xliii
maerophyila, xl. "125, 138.

th idea, xxxv. 164.
ante, ei :
multiradiata, XXXV. 164, 191; xl.

yp xii. 4, 5.
va a, xliii. 4,
sleshan xlizi 12.
racemosa, xlili.
rugosa, xl. 139, 146; xliii. 7, 12.
var. ra, xliii. Zi
illosa, xl. 131; xliti. 7, 8.
sper sidan xliii. 26, 2 27.
oe tae 27.
saittina. a
var. sal wt fe “xliii. 9.
squarrosa, xl. “Nii 148, 161.
stricta , xliii. 2
var. angustifolia, xliii. 26.
ginosa, xllii
untiguiste: xl. 15 sin. 6, 7:
s, xliii. i.

ar
Emacs. Ps
arctica, xliii. 4.
vrs alpina, xxxv. 156, 164,

Sorr
; Sparganium diver diversifolium, xl, 148.
, xl. 134, 160.
Sparganophorus ‘ saestoices, xlii. 475.
pear dens
ra

. 263, 282.

ta, XXXxVil.
Spermatophyta, xxxv. 152, 157, 187;
Sphaenodesma unguiculata, xlv. 532.

Sphagnum, xxxv. 183.
Shen adenine wa involucrata, xlv. 531.
henostegia, xxxvi

INDEX

cee Sone xxxvi. 606.

) XXXVi.
a clanthenes €, Xxxiil. 5
Spilanthes, pore §21, "522, 552, 558;

ii.
abyssinica, XXxiii. 526, 544, 556,

Acmella, xxxiii. 524, 533, 534, 544,
“oes 554, 563, 563, 565.

r. albescentifc lia, § XXXiil.
524, 535, 553
“ ealva, xxxili.
“ lanceolata, xxxiil. 524,
535, 553, 554
“ oleracea, xxxiii. 531
«paniculata, xxxill. 535
. iginosa, XXXlll
is, 59.
africana, xxxiil. 541.
alba, xxxili. 532, 553.
alpestris, xxxiii. 525, 541, 555, 564.
americana, xxxili. 526, 545, 547,
556 9365.

arnicoides, sea iy , 557.
550.

f. nervosa 1. 559

ar. gri nye =

« intermedia,

: peel ond “a 550.
acro

arrayana, XXxiil.
atzintiodclia, Xxxiil. 559.
unga, xxiii. 545, 556.
ar. parvula, xxxiii. 546, 556.
Scaler, next xxxiil. 559.
blepharicarpa, xxxiii. 527, 549, 557,
562, 564.

65

Spilanthes (continued).

otteril, xxxiii. 532.
brasiliensis, xxxiii. 530.
ot xxxill. 525, 540, 554,
ar xxxilil. 524, 536, 554,
aah xxxili. 524, 533, 553, 563-

eaulirhiza, xxxiil. 541.
8. madagascariensis, xXxxiii.

caulorrhiza, xxxiii. 541.
cernua, xxxiil. 5!
cham aecaula, XXXiii. 524, 528, 552.
ciliata, xxxili. 525, 538, '554, 562-
565.
var. diffusa, xxxili. 525, 539,

554.
commutata, xxxill. 559.
costata, xxxili. 524, 535, 554.

ili, 560.
538.
decumbens, xxxili. 527, 549, 555,
557, 565.
var. leptophylla, Xxxill. 527,
550, 557, 565.

Ha ae Xxxili. 527,
age: xxxiil. 558.
di xxxiil. 539, 558.

minor, xxxill. 5
disciformis, XXXiii. 525, 540, 555,
phaneractis, xxxiil. 543.
doroniooides, xxxi . 549.
. 539.
ena, ¥xxill. 527, 551, 558.
exasperata, 8. cayennensis, XXxiil.
532.
filipes, xxiii. 526, 542, 555, 562-
fimbriata, xxxill. 538.
gracilis, xxxiii. 560.
Saedlitors: > 2 526, 543, 555,
var. brachyglossa, Xxxili. 526,
, 055.
“ ealva, xxxili. 526, 544,

grandis, xxxiii, 539.
grisea, Bang ” 527, 550, 555, 557,
563.

66

INDEX

Spear ctl paleo eget d).

+ xxxill.. 627, 551,
arty 563.
“ sre xxxill. 527, 551,
63.
guatemalensis, xxxiii, 560.
helenioides, xxxiii. 549.
iabadicensis, xxxiii. 526, 542, 555.
er ves Xxxiil. 524, 552, 562, 564,

intermedia, xxxiii. 558.
iodiscaea, xxxiii. xiii. 525, 536, 554, 563,
565.

‘ po, xxiii. 525; 637,

av: vanica, Xxxiii

, 532.
limonica, xxxiii. <iii, 525, 541, 555, 564.
mean XXxiii.
Lundii, xxxiii. 525, 538, 554, ‘562-

Macraei, XXxiil. 529.
acrali, XXXiil. 529.

a glossa , XXxiil,
macrophyls XXXIil. 526, 543, 555,

macropoda, xxxill. 550, 558.

Mandonii , Xxxill, 539.

Mariannae, Xxxill. 539.

mauritiana, XXxiii. 525, 541, 555,
562, "565.

nervosa, XXXiii. iii 524, 528, 552, 563.
nitidus, xxxiii. 561.
Nuttallia Xxxill. 547.
olia, XXxill. the Be 553,
62-565;
f. radiifera, xxx; seeks “524, 525,
533, 553, 562, 563, 565.
var, acutiserrata, Xxxili. 524,
533, 553, 562, 565.
oleracea, xxxiii. 524, 530, 552, 553,
562-564.

Spilanthes (continued).
orizabaensis

xxxill. 545.
pallida, xxxiii. 558.
pammic: crophylla, xxxill. 526, 544,
556.

paniculata, xxxili. 535.

XXXili, 526, ee 555.

parvi olia, Xxxill. 5

a tis, xxxiii. 506, 543, 555,
564.

Poeppigii, xxxiil. 539.
poliolepidica, xxxiii. 525, 540, 555,
562,

popayanensis, xxxilil. 540

Xxxiii. 535, 554.
Ps eudo-Acmella, XXXiil. 534, 554,
558.
pseudo-gummifera, xxxiii. 561.
pusilla, xxxiii. 524, "529, 552, 565.
radicans, xx Xxxiii, 532.
ramosa, i. 546.
repens, fain 528, oe 559.
rhombifolia, xxxiii
Romanzoffiana, oe i,
rugosa, XXXiii
runcata, xxxill. 534,
Salamanni, Xxxill. 538.
5 xxxili. 545.
sosilifotin, xxxiil. 561.
sessilis, xxxill a
Sodiroi, XXxii
spnerdephal i. 559.
stenophylla, xxxiii. 525, 542, 555,

stolonifera, XXxXiil. 548.
pusilla, xxxiii. 529.
Be Tbe XXX. 525, 539, 554,

tenella, xxxill. 538.

, xxiii. 561; xxxix. 208.
einotaria, xxxili. 561.

uliginosa, xxxiii. 525, 538, 545, 554,

: a XXXiii. 524, 528, 529, 552,

s mugnch xiii. 529.
XXXili. "524, 529, 552.
fe eng eg XXxili. 524, 529,

lio ides, XXXiii. 561.

wede
‘Spilanthes § Acmella, xxxiii. 525, 536,
552 554 54, 559.

egos ‘Magnoradiatae,
5, 542, 555.

wabsost. - elvaniaats e,
xxxili. 525, 536, 554.

INDEX _ 67

Spilanthes (continued).
varia, xxxiii. 524, 527,

cascata, XXxill. ‘i
exa arr aes XXxiii. 532; XXXVI.

fusca, “xxxiii. 530.
hirt

4
Spondias, xxxvii XXXxvii. 232.
lutea, xxxvii. 232, 271, 275, 278,

Sponia a Xxxvii. 203.
Sporobolus, xxxvil. 189.
pana
Senin, XXxvii. 189.
virginicus, xxxvii. 190, 285, 291;

i.
Stachys ambigua, xl. 151.

boraginoides, xxxi. 245.
var Lee tr xxxi, 245.
45.

indica, xxxvii. 254.
jamaicensis, XXXVii. 254, 278, 282,

Statice, x1. 134.
Beto wee 155, 163, 167, 174,

Sickeanetas sintuts, xl. 141, 148.

Xxxi
Schottii, XXVili. 32.

ee jocamssie 153, 154.
ostachys, 1. 154.
Stenotopsis, oe 50.
interior, xlix.

9.
linear sper var. interior, xlix. 59.
Stenotus, xlix. 59.
olius, var. gai xix. 59.

Stephanopholis xli. 345
sa xh. 346.
ar. integrifolia, xli. 346.
peat een XXXVil. 237,
Steriphoma, xxxvii. 214, 279.

elliptica, XXXVil. 214, 281, 285.
Stevia, xxxii. 5, i. 431, 435.

alati

var. ores gen eh xxxvi.617.

pinifolia,
Blimmerae,¥ var. alba, xxxiv. 29.
r. durangensis, xxxiv. 29.

na |

calychyila. Xxx1i. 19.
el, XXXil. 35.
punctata, xlii. 482.
rapunculoides, xxxii. 45
revoluta, i. 617...
icifolia, xxviii. 34; xlii
serrata, xxxii. 8; xxxiv. 29; xlii

Stigmatophyllum, Xxxvii. 224.

seanes moc “xl. 125.
Stromanthe,

Stry chnos Erichsonii, xlii. 504.
Pec
Stylocorine al alpestris, xxxvill. 408.

» XXXV11
ar. grumelioides, Xxxviii. 408.

68 INDEX

a (continued).
longifolia, xxxviii. 408.
mollissima, xxxvili. 405.

Styloncerus

Stylosanthes, xxxvii. 222, 279, 290.
a milis, xxxvii. a

cosa, XXXVil. 222, 290, 292.
Steholavia aquatica, oath 161.
Sugar cane, xxxvii. 271.

uriana, XXxxvil. 226.

mariti
Symphorema paniculatum, xlv. 532

ii
iflora, xxxvii. 269
Syithoenn digitatum, xlii. 494.
Tabebuia, tdce 260.
xxix. 696; yess 260.
Tabenaemobtenh, save 247.
amygdalifolia, XXXvii.

247.
psychotrifolia, Xxxvill. 247, 274,

Talinum, 210.
p tum, xxxvii. 210.
a ey Sa xxxvul. 210.

racemosum, xxxvii. 210.
trangulese, Xxxvii. 210.

» Xxxvi. 613.

Tanacetum frurcmense, xl. 127, 138.
Taparo, xxxvii.
Taraxacum ee xxxv. 164,
191; xl. 117.

mult ifloru rus, xxxix. 206, 207.

Ebi pmo XXXVii. 223.
nerea, XXXVIl. 223.
Teramnus, XXXVil. 223.
natus, XXXVil. 223.
Vokwages. Xxxvil. 243.
u eras, XXXVli. 243.
Tetramerium aureum, xxxvi. 608.
fl — — 608.

alan v. 58.
Tetraneuris linearis, xii. 506.
arginata, xxxiv. 53, 54.

186.

testudinum, xxxvii. 186
Thalictrum alpinum, xxxv. 161; xl.
117, 129, 136.
confine, xl. 147.
dioicum, xl. 111, 146, 147.
divicum, . 146.
polygamum, xl. 147.
purpurascens, a 146, 147.
Thecophyllum, xxx i. 195, 279.
aidan xx scald 5.
Thespesia, xxxvii.
populnea, xxxvii. 236.
Thevetia, xxxvii.
nereifolia, XXXVii. 247, 284.

Thibaudia latifolia, xXxxvii. 245.
Thistle 16.

x Y hrasya campylostachya, xlii. 494.
Thuja Sonstentalee xl. 115, 142, 161.
Thymel ceae,

mado-

epeshocarces curvi _— t.
carpus, xlix ;

XXXVIi. 195.
aillei, XXXVii. 195, 285.
lingulata, Xxxvil. 195.
recurvata, xxx Xxxvil. 195, 291.
utri culata, XXXVii. 196, 291.
Timonius Forsteri, XXXViii. 408

INDEX 69

cuneeen (continued).
ie ag xli. 348, 355.
van xxx. 147, 167.
pachycephala, xlv. 518.
platylepis, xxxvi. 621.
8 rrima, xxxvi. 621.
Tivatua, XXxxvii. 277.
ore Xxxvil. 271, 273.
Toco ps a guyanensis, ae 395.
J
Tococa § Hanon, XXXviii. 395.
Tofieldia, xlix. 48.
ares: xxxv. 160, 172, 189; xl.
115, 138; xlix a, 48.
intermedia, 47 , 18.
occidentalis, xlix
palustris, xxxv. 160; vast 117,129,136.
2

vy. 541.
Saapiialides: XXXVi. oo 278, 286.
age XXxvii. 252, 275.

Trachypogon Jumosua, xlii. 493.
Tradescantia fluminensis, xxx. 235.
Tragia, xxxvil. 2

volubilis, XXXVii. 231, 275.
Tragoceras Schiedeanum, XXXiXx.

: XXxVii.
OE castrum, XXxxvil. 210, 291.
Tribulus, XXXVil. 224, 281.
cistoides, xxxvil. 224, 285.
Xxxvil. 224.

Tehoteann xxxil. 3 © xii, “436.

Trichogonia (continued).
a ee xxxil. 36.
capitata, xxxix
enthatola xlii. 439, 440.
podocarpa, xxxii. 36.

rhadinocarpa, xxxii. 36
salviaefolia, xlii. 439.

var. calva, xxxli. 16.
Trichomanes, XXXVIi. 185, 288.

alatum, xxxvil. 185

crispum, vii. 185.

membranaceum, xxxvii. 185.

polyanthos ii. 185.

polypodioides, Seis 185

sinuosum, ii. 185.
Tridax, ili. 3

iebmannii

platyphylla, xxxiv. 41

tenuifolia, v.

trilobata, xxxi.

262.
Triglochin palustris, xl. 138.
Trigonospermum floribundum, XXXVi.

Trilisa, xlii. 437.
Trillium cernuum, xl. 139.

rimeza, XXXVii. :
Tripsacum dactyloides, xlii. 493.
ermap itum, XXxvil.
Trisetum melicoides, xl. 132, 138.
melicoideum, xxxv. 1
XXXVli

Triumfetta 2
ee a

megalophyil, sch xi, 270; XXXVili.

acai XXViii. 7.
michuacana, xxviii. 6, 7; xlii. 517.
myricaefolia, xxxix. 196.

70 INDEX

Trixis (continued). :
elsonii, xxxi. 270; xxxviil. 412.

rosmarinifolia, xx
rugulosa, xxviii. 8, io: yee 270;
1. 412.

XXXVii

siivaticn, Xxvill. 12; xxxviii. 412.
suffruticosa, xxviii. a.
Wrightii, xxviii. 14

Tuberostyles, xlii. 436.
Tuckermannia, xli. 340.

9.
diffusa, XXXvii. 239, gp 293.
ifolma, XXXVil. 239,
Turneraceae, xxxvii.
Turricula, xlix, 42, 48.
, xlix. 42

Tussilago inte erifoli
macrophylla, xlii. 515.
Tylloma splendens, xlii. 514.

she cages aN 203.
, XXViii.

ie atensis, al 46.
Uragoga_ Larygeinate” Xxxviil. 408.
a, Xxxvili. 408.

cinndistion: 3 xl. 116, 135, 140.
lobata. , XXViii. 57.

montana, Xxxvii. 260.
mattana at 7 » XXvill. 57.
verapazensis, xxviii. 57.

Vaccinium, xxxv. 187; xxxvii. 245, 280.
caespi tosum, xxxv. 154, 156, 163,
eanadense, xxxv. 156, 163, 169,

Intifolium, XXXVii. 245, 286.
a. 117, 135, 139,

ayy Weeks

ovalifolium, xxxv. 163, 177, 178,
188, 190, 191; O1; xi. 116.
coccus ” Xxxv, 163, 1

” xxvii. 269,

Vaccimium (continued).
pennsylvanicum, xxxv. 181, 187.
ar. angust stifo lium, xxxv. 156,

ginos xxxv. 154, 156, 163,
169, 174, AB ‘82, 190; xl. 123.
Vitis-tdaea, 181.
cia, “XXXv. 156, 163,
169, 170, 177, 189, 191; xl.
123, 136.
bgeogeren calcicola, Xxxl. 252, 253.
eratophylla, xxxi. 253.
ma ri XXXi. <i. 252.
Napus, xxxi. 253.
Nelsonii, xxxi. 253.
sylvatica, xxxv. 163, 190; xl. 116.
uliginosa, xxxv | 163: ie 115, 116.
haere fruticosa, xlv. 531.
neri
orm tremadena, sex
Varronia, seat
alba, Xxxvii.
etcar a ied
cylin Getacken: pees 251.
lobosa, xxxvii. 251.
Vera, xxxvii. 273.
Veratrum caricifolium, xxxiv. 19.
viride, xl. 141, 148.
2

XXXVii. 237.

54.
ea, Xxxvil. 254.
Wertsincone. XXXVii. "352, 287; xlv. 532.
Ve —— XXXVii. 269; xli. 346-348,
50.
ypc igen Xxxvi. 621.
, Xxxill. 534.
sinta, mete 269.
aes XXXVii. 266.
rere. 180.

purinlata, xlv. 539.

i. 560.
buphthalmoides, xxxiii. 549.
Capitaneja, xxxiv. 41.

ar

caracasana, xxxix. 211.

ceanothifolia, xxx. 155.

columbiana, XXxix. ey Saale
eS XXXix.

gracilipes, XXvii. 269.
ata, xli. 373.

INDEX a2

Verbesina (continued).
Holwayi, xlv. 539.

hypoglauca, xxvii. 269; xli. 373.

hypomalaca, xli. 376.

hypaela, a 269

1

medull
montanoifolia,
XXXIV.
myriocephala, XXxix, 212, 214.
olia, xxvii. 26

i. 411.
var. leptopoda,

teat a Xxxix. 212, 213
occidentalis :
antha, xxxix. 214.
pauciflora 1

]

]

pinnata, xxvii. 270.
pleistocephala, xxxiv. 41; xli. 375.
Beeuriaemellay x 149.

os xli. 376.

obata, XXXViil. 411.
Tonduzii » XXviii. 42.
_ tuberosa 50.
turbacensis, XXXViil 411.

Verbesina § Lipactinia, xxxix. 214; xlv.

Seer XXxxiii. 523.
V

er
Verbisin: Xxxiii. 534.
Viednes salvaje, ve 278.
rmifuga, xxvi. 280,
bosa, Xxvi. 280, 286.
XXXVii.

?

funesta,
humifusa, xl. 124.

Viburnum acerifolium, sr oh
alnifolium, xl. 141,
caneariciden, xl. 111, 136, 146.
caudatum, xxxi. 250.

» Xxxi. 251.
cuneifolium, Xxxvi. 635.
Lentago, xl. 111.
membranaceum, 251.
peenoiionen: pod 1S, 163, 169,
190; xl. 138.
prunifolium, xxxvi. 635.
xxxi. 25).

ve ata, xx
Nise, XXviil. 41;

0. bos 49
oe oe i. 374,
freianth v. 518, 519.
Feintoides, xii . 374, 393.

Pringlei,
rhombi, ah 375.
uarrasa, xli. 376.
ey sana, AE, 518, 519.
trachyphylla, xli. 375.

ersa, XXXV. 151, 162.
aa ata, xl. 149.
labradorica, xxxv. 162; xl. 147.

72

bday ockandra d).
hrophylla, xxxv. 162, 189; xl.

oppositifolia, XXXvii. 238.
v. 162.

palustris, x
punctata, xvii 55
renifolia, xl. 12

septentrionalis, xl.
Violaceae, xxxvii. 238.

_
qe
[s<)
=}

9.
rum, XXxvii. 291.
1. 234

ne 531.
diversifolia, xlv. a
involucratus, xlv.

— idensis pac ore
531

area pedi xiv: 531,
viticifolia, xlv, 631.
Vitis, 1. 144.
Labrusca, : Ae 145, 147.
a, 1. 144.
no vae-anglige, | 146, 147.
beet i}
VikieAduen, sae
Volkameria ones xly. oak,
riesia, xxxvil. 196.
Ss a Nagnaeet XxXxvii. 196.
aris, Xxxvii. 196, 285.

Waltheria, xxxvii.

, XXXViii.
lorat: XXXViii. 405. .
— Pai 164, 166, 167; xxxvii.
aurea, xxx. 150.
biflora, xxxiii. 560.
buphthalmoides, XXxxvii. 269, 286.
, Xxx. 166; xxxvii. 270,

xlv.

INDEX

Whortleberry, xl. 123.
Wiborgia plop pe lige 4,
Wigandia caracasa 42.
viscosa at He 42
var. ealycina, xlix
. se tea lg sls 42.
ee a ge
Pts xlix. 42.
Aerie, xlix. 42.
Wild Pes L ti
Willoughbya, xxxii. 23.
Hie i

) XXXLX.

, xlii. 5
periplocitlia, xxvii 236, 286.
spicata, xlii.

Wittmackia, xxxvi eee
lin aed ulata, Xxxvii . 196.
Woodsia alpina, xxxv. 154, 158, 166, 172.
mates, XXXV. 154, 158, 166, 172;
xl. 129.

oregana, xxxv. 158.

scopulina, xxxv. 158.
Wulffia, xxxvii. 270.
baccata, xxxvii. 270.
rere xXxxvii. 270.

Ximenia, xxxvi

americ ; “eexvid 204, 285
imenesia sg , xli. 386. +
oetida

heterophylla, xli. 386.
hirta, xli. 38

hispida, a 305.
Xiphopteris, xxxvii. 180.
extensa, ae
rrulata, xxxvii. 180, 280.
Xolisma fruticosa, iy, 528.
Xoxonitzal, xxxii.
Simomiatas XXXil. <
Xylosma, xxxvii. 239
ni

itidum , XXXVii. 239.
Xyris montana, xl. 159.

Yam, xxxvii. 272.

Yellow Rock Rocket, xl. 123.
Yerba de soiote, xlii. 460.
Yoloxiltic

Zaluzania globosa, xxxiii. 560.
tri » Xxxill. 561.

Zanthoxylum, XXXVii. 225.
Pterota, xxxvii. 225.

. INDEX

Zea, xxxvii. 190.

Mas Xxxvi. 596.
Mays, xxxvii. 190, 284.
Zephyranthes, XXXvVii.

197.
xmenia ai 143-145, 157, 160-162,
16

66,
aurantiaca, a 158, 161.
, 150, rot,
159.

ceanothifolia, xxx. 15
e | XXX, 155.
costaricensis, XXX. 157.
crocea, xxx. 153, 167.
dulcis, xxx. 163, 164, 166.
elegans, xxx. 1
See XXX. 156, 166.
xxx. 162.

Ghiesbreghtii, xxx. 152.
gnaphalioides, xxx. 159.

Fettant malensis, xxx. 161.
iy ggg XXX. 144, pe 167.
, xxx. 160, 164,

eri, xxx. 14
phyllostegia, xxx. 165.
ttieri, xxx. 156.
podocephala, xxx. 148, 149.
Pringlei, xxx. 159.
retiaitata: xxx. 144, 167.

Zexmenia (continue
Rosei

texana, xxx. 164.

pesca Png xxx. 163, 167.
villosa, xxx. 167.

virgulta, xxx. 160, 163, 166.
wedelioides, xxx. 162.

zinnioides, xxx. 145, 151.
Zexmenia § Auchenocarpa, xxx. 144,
14
E
< porno xxx, 144.
hi

oy § Wedelioides, xxx. 144,
Zigadenus chloranthus, xl. 138.

~
“
LAL

unnii, xxi, 261.

Zygo ney inde pri ‘xxxvii. 224, 292.
Zresnhy liens arboreum, XXXVil. 224.